Pl-I *^ BRAMPTON ReP°rt of Cou… · Pi-2> Current Situation: Following Council approval of its...
Transcript of Pl-I *^ BRAMPTON ReP°rt of Cou… · Pi-2> Current Situation: Following Council approval of its...
![Page 1: Pl-I *^ BRAMPTON ReP°rt of Cou… · Pi-2> Current Situation: Following Council approval of its Post-Secondary Education Strategy on November 6, ... Call for Proposals Timeline .](https://reader033.fdocuments.in/reader033/viewer/2022060721/6080f345afc78e210d009525/html5/thumbnails/1.jpg)
Pl-I
^ BRAMPTON n RePdegrtflferfft pi r Committee of Council bramptonca HOWei UTy Committee ofthe Council of
The Corporation of the City of Brampton
Report from the Office of the CAP
and Executive Leadership Team
Date March 272014 COMMITTEE OF COUNCIL File M25 University DATE Apfl Z ol^mdash
Subject Authorization to Promote Brampton as a Post-Secondary University Host Municipality
Contact John Corbett CAO (Tel 905-874-2625)
Overview
bull On November 6 2013 City Council approved Bramptons Post-Secondary University Education Strategy including two primary goals (1) Support the creation of Sheridan University that is committed exclusively to undergraduate professional education with a major campus presence in Downtown Brampton and (2) to attract a new research-oriented university campus to Brampton This report relates to Goal 2 of this Strategy
bull On December 20 2013 the provincial government released its report titled Major Capacity Expansion Policy Framework
bull A Call for Proposals Guidelines document directed to universities was released on March 27 2014 by the province of Ontario
bull As outlined in the Major Capacity Expansion Call for Proposals Guidelines document municipalitys interested in being considered as a host community for future university spaces will be expected to work in collaboration with universities that are prepared to submit a proposal to the Province
bull What does this mean for Brampton In order to participate in the proposal call process the City of Brampton will have to promote itself as an interested host municipality and be selected by a university The decision on selecting a host municipality rests with the university
bull Bramptons Post-Secondary University Education Strategy includes positive and compelling demand location service level and community indicators that clearly differentiates Brampton in the Toronto Area and surrounding areas
bull Therefore this report recommends that the CAO and Executive Leadership Team be authorised to actively promote Brampton as a host municipality to universities in support of Bramptons strategy and in keeping with the Major Capacity Expansion Call for Proposals Guidelines
Recommendations
1 That the report prepared by John Corbett Chief Administrative Officer to the Committee of Council meeting of April 2 2014 re Authorization to Promote Brampton as a Post-Secondary University Host Municipality be received and
Pl-l
2 That the province of Ontario Major Capacity Expansion Policy Framework (dated December 20 2013) designed to provide funding for additional post-secondary education spaces across Ontario be endorsed and
3 That the Major Capacity Expansion Call for Proposals Guidelines and process (dated March 27 2014) directed to universities be endorsed and
4 That the City of Brampton participate as a host municipality in collaboration with a university partner in the Major Capacity Expansion Call-for-Proposals process that was initiated by the province of Ontario and
5 That the CAO and Executive Leadership Team be authorised to pro-actively promote Brampton as a host municipality to interested universities in alignment with Bramptons Post-Secondary Education Strategy and pursuant to the province of Ontario Major Capacity Expansion Call for Proposals Guidelines and
6 That the CAO and Executive Leadership Team serve as the technical steering committee overseeing this strategic economic development attraction initiative and that this technical steering committee shall report directly to City Council for the required municipal approvals
Background
Origin of Report
This report has its origin in Council Resolution C290-2013 (Bramptons Post-Secondary University Education Strategy approved on November 6 2013) with specific reference to Paragraph 3(c)
3 That Council authorise the implementation of this Strategy by approving the following actions
c The CAO be authorised to prepare document(s) in support of initiating a request for proposals process and project governance structure related to Goal 2 of Bramptons Post-Secondary Education Strategy that is the attraction of a research -oriented undergraduate and graduate university campus on municipally owned sites identified in this report Prior to issuance Council shall approve the request for proposal process and governance structure
Afull copy of Council Resolution C290 can be found in Appendix 1 In addition a full copy of Bramptons Post-Secondary University Strategy (Strategy) can be found in Appendix 2 Acopy of the Major Capacity Expansion Policy Framework (December 20 2013) and the Major Capacity Expansion Call for Proposals Guidelines (March 2014) can be found in Appendix 3
Pi-2gt
Current Situation
Following Council approval of its Post-Secondary Education Strategy on November 6 2013 the province of Ontario released its report titled Major Capacity Expansion Policy Framework to guide expansion of post-secondary institutions in Ontario (December 20 2013)
A Call for Proposals directed to universities and their host municipalities was released on March 27 2014 This Call for Proposals is part of the governments commitment to provide funding for 60000 additional post-secondary education spaces across Ontario
General Evaluation Criteria of Proposals
Evaluation criteria that will be used by the Ministry of Training Colleges and Universities are highlighted below
Strategic management of long-term enrolment growth and accessibility
Differentiation sustainability and accountability
Economic impact
Improving quality innovation and competitiveness
Affordability for students and the province
Call for Proposals Timeline
March 27 2014 Release ofCall for Proposals June 27 2014 Notice of Intent - The Notices of Intent will give MTCU an
early overview of interest in Major Capacity Expansion and will be posted on the Postsecondary Education Partners Gateway website within 30 days of the submission date
September 26 2014 Close of Call for Proposals
Role of Host Community
Municipalities interested in becoming a host community will be expected to work in collaboration with universities that are prepared to submit a proposal defined by the MajorCapacity Expansion Call for Proposals Guidelines
Bramptons Post-Secondary Education Strategy aligns with the principles in this Framework
The purpose of this report is to advance Bramptons Strategy by attracting a university partner interested in leading a proposal with the City of Brampton as a host municipality and to formalize an agreement guiding such a relationship
Fl-4
City of Brampton - Sheridan University Update
With respect to Goal One of Bramptons Strategy staff from the City of Brampton and Sheridan has formed a working team to undertake a feasibility study focused on a Sheridan University Campus in Downtown Brampton An Agreement and terms of reference guiding this feasibility study is currently being developed collaboratively by Sheridan and City staff In addition the City of Brampton continues to support Sheridan in its goal of obtaining University status in the Province of Ontario
Corporate Implications
Financial Impact
Should Council approve the recommendations in this report the CAO and Executive Leadership Team shall arrange to meet with interested universities One-on-one presentations is the preferred method of communicating Bramptons interest value-propositions and business case to post-secondary institutions however staff shall also consider participating in formal proposal calls that may be initiated by institutions seeking a host municipality The Council approved Strategy document shall serve as the primary reference material to support Bramptons case and promotional efforts
Strategic Plan
This report aligns with the following City of Brampton Strategic Plan initiatives
Thriving Priority - Strengthen Bramptons outstanding quality of life by encouraging economic growth innovation and entrepreneurship that enhance the Citys brand and residents lifestyles
bull Attract and Support and Knowledge-Based Jobs bull Increase Domestic and Foreign Direct Investment bull Expand the Inventory of Lifestyle Amenities bull Prosperity through the Creative Economy Tourism and Sport
Conclusion
In order for the City of Brampton to be in a position to participate and respond to the provincial Major Capacity Expansion Call for Proposals it is necessary for the City to seek a university partner that is interested in recognising the City of Brampton as a host municipality in a proposal to the Government of Ontario
FI-5
The recommendations in this report provide Council with a process that will allow the City of Brampton to pursue goals contained in its new Strategic Plan 2013 and its Post-Secondary Education Strategy (Goal Two) adopted in November 2013
Administrative Officer
Appendix 1 Council Resolution C290 City of Brampton
Appendix 2 Bramptons Post-Secondary University Strategy (Strategy) City of Brampton
Appendix 3 Major Capacity Expansion Policy Framework Government of Ontario
Fl-fe
APPENDIX 1
FI-1 C290-2013 Moved by Mayor Fennell Seconded by Regional Councillor Sanderson
1 That the report from J Corbett Chief Administrative Officer and Executive Leadership Team dated October 30 2013 to the Council Meeting of November 6 2013 re Bramptons Post-Secondary University Education Strategy (File C25) be received and
2 That Council commits to the proposed Post-Secondary University Education Strategy by approving the two major goals contained within this Strategy namely Goal 1 - Support the creation of Sheridan University that is committed exclusively to undergraduate professional education with a major presence in Downtown Brampton and Goal 2 shyAttract a new research-oriented university campus in Brampton that features undergraduate and graduate degrees and research programs and facilities for students faculty and industry and
3 That Council authorise the implementation of this Strategy by approving the following actions
a The Mayor and City Clerk be authorised to execute a Memorandum of Understanding agreement between the City of Brampton and Sheridan College ITAL related to Goal 1 of the Post-Secondary University Education Strategy outlining obligations of each organization related to the completion of a feasibility study for the site planning design build financing and maintenance of a major campus and related uses in Downtown Brampton as identified in this report And that the content of this Agreement be satisfactory to the City of Brampton CAO and the form satisfactory to the City Solicitor
b Upon its completion the feasibility study stated in 3(a) shall be presented to City Council and other agencies as required for approval and consideration of recommendations
c The CAO be authorised to prepare document(s) in support of initiating a request for proposals process and project governance structure related to Goal 2 of Bramptons Post-Secondary Education Strategy that is the attraction of a research-oriented undergraduate and graduate university campus on municipally owned sites identified in this report
Fi-B Prior to issuance Council shall approve the request for proposal process and governance structure
4 That Council authorises the CAO and Mayor to prepare a letter to the Premier of Ontario Minister of Training Colleges and Universities and Brampton MPPs asking the Government of Ontario to (a) support Bramptons Post-Secondary University Education Strategy (Goals 1 and 2) (b) continue to take the necessary steps to advance provincial legislation creating Sheridan University thereby making Sheridan eligible to apply for Association of Universities and Colleges of Canada (AUCC) accreditation and (c) the Province of Ontario support and assist as may be required the Citys effort to attract a research-oriented university campus to Brampton
Fl-q APPENDIX 2
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario
PI-10 October
2013
A Post-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario
The role ofpost-secondary education infostering economic development in Ontarios communities has never been more significant than today in this post-recessionary period
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 1
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario
1 INTRODUCTION ^
Higher learning is avision and commitment shared by the Province ofOntario post-secondary education institutions and industry As will be demonstrated in this Strategy the City of Brampton is a strong advocate and supporter of this shared vision
Creating and preserving knowledge-based jobs by enabling investments in post-secondary education research innovation and commercialization activities is at the heart of Bramptons economic vision In this post-recessionary period economic expansion is highly dependent on strategies designed to achieve this outcome
University Strategy
We are pleased to present Bramptons Strategy for post-secondary university education in
Brampton a two-pronged approach
Goal 1 Support the Creation of Sheridan University that is Committed Exclusively to
Undergraduate Professional Education The Cityof Brampton supports the vision and
mission of a new Sheridan University as a global leader in undergraduate professional
education To support this vision the Cityof Brampton is advocating and prepared to
invest its local share in a new undergraduate paradigm in Ontario that is exclusively
committed to undergraduate professional education features a strong focus on
students teaching and learning creativity and innovation offers undergraduate
research that is connected to industry and produces professional accreditations that
achieve the highest standards of quality programming and faculty The City of
Brampton is proposing that Sheridan University have a profound presence in Downtown
Brampton
Goal 2 Attract a New Research-Oriented University Campus in Brampton To support
the growing demand for undergraduate and graduate programs in the Toronto-centered
region (Zone 7) the City of Brampton is prepared to invest its local share in a new
university campus that features research capabilities for students faculty and industry
The City is prepared to partner with an existing Ontario university or participate with the
Province of Ontario in the start-up of the next publicly funded institute in Ontario
located in Brampton
A key underpinning of this Strategy is that the two goals described above are complementary
and intrinsically related from an advancement and institutional perspective
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 2
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario
Demand Drivers
The core drivers ofdemand that justify the expansion of post-secondary education in Ontario particularly in the Greater Toronto Area are well documented
What we present inthis Strategy however is a local community perspective that defines a compelling need for a new waveof post-secondary expansion driven by innovative thinking on undergraduate professional education as well as on undergraduate and graduate education with a focus on research-oriented programs classrooms and labs for faculty students and industry
In our recent strategic planning and community engagement process we found an interesting
human spirit and positive cultural attitude toward higher learning in Brampton This
community perspective was captured through extensive engagement approaches and multiple
primary and secondary information-gathering methods
As a result we have developed a Strategy that paints the picture of a growing diverse and
committed Brampton community ready for university development and a municipality that is
prepared to invest and lead a process that facilitates its communitys vision
Structure
This document is structured as follows
Part 2 - The Need - Meeting the Increasing Demand for Post-Secondary Education
Part 3 - Defining the Opportunities in Brampton
Part 4 - Bramptons Strategic Partnership - a Track Record of Success
Part 5 - Commitment to this Strategy
Part 6 - Next Steps - Our Proposed Implementation Plan
Part 7 - Key Contacts
A Note on Benchmarked Regions in Ontario
Ontarios geography for student registration statistics (OUAC) includes a Zone 7 comprised of
the Cityof Toronto York Region Peel Region (including Brampton) and Simcoe County This
was the reference zone used in our comparative analysis
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 3
A Post-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario
Fl-li 2 THE NEED - MEETING THE INCREASED DEMAND FOR POST-SECONDARY
EDUCATION
The economic benefits of the youth and vitalitythat a new college or university campus would bring are not lost on the Citys residents as a large majority view it to be a top priority for economic development
(64) particularly among influencers (84) Residents of Brampton Compiled by Environlcs 2013
Our Community Speaks Out
In 2013 the City invited its community to participate in a comprehensive strategic planning
program It has been ten years since the City last undertook a strategic planning exercise The
community has changed in that time and will continue to change as our population rises in
keeping with the Province of Ontarios Places to Grow Act
It began with initial research to identify the priorities of Bramptons residents and businesses
figure out what the City is doing well and where there may be room for improvement This
phase was completed through meetings with a variety of community groups and organizations
and a telephone survey to learn about the publics priorities perceptions and concerns From
the information we have collected we identified five Strategic Priorities for Bramptons future
Next we completed the community engagement phase of the process through a series of Town
Hall meetings and other feedback options including the Citys website Twitter email
voicemail and of course one-on-one
The feedback from residents has been impressive The vision and direction offered by the
public is persuasive articulate and focused on these priorities
o Economic Development
o Growth Management
o Environmental Stewardship
o Community Engagement
o Corporate Excellence
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 4
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario FI-I+
Economic development and growth management were identified asthe most important areas of focus for the City The public was clear that attracting large brand name companies and developing local talent were among the major themes for the Citys economic development Similarly the two most important economic development initiatives identified by Brampton residents were first attracting new businesses to the City (69 top priority rating) and second the building of college and university campuses (64) These two priorities are intrinsically related to each other
Promote Brampton Internationally
Support SMEs
Build College and University Campuses
Attract New Business
Top Priority bull Secondary Priority Not a Priority a Dont Know
Source Environics 2013 (Prepared for the City of Brampton Strategic Planning Engagement)
Growing Population
Brampton is a designated growth centre in the Province of Ontario With an official population
of523911 (2011) Brampton is the 9th largest City in Canada 4th largest in Ontario and 3rd largest in the Greater Toronto Area Between 1981 and 2011 Bramptons population grew by
an extraordinary rate of 84 per year Bramptons population is expected to reach
approximately 843000 people by 2031
Total Population 1981-2031
8428000
433806 325428
234445 268251 149090 188498
1981 1986 1991 1996 2001 2006 2011 2031
Source Statistics Canada 1981-2011 Forecast by Hemson Consulting Ltd Oct 2013
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 5
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario pf~S
At 21 Bramptons population grew more than the benchmarks during the period between 2006 and 2011 With a total population increase of90105 persons during this time-frame Brampton was ranked 3rd in Canada behind Toronto and Calgary and ahead of Edmonton Surrey Ottawa and Vaughan
Geography Population Population Population Change 2006 2011 2006 to 2011
Brampton (Zone 7) 433806 523911 208
York Region (Zone 7) 892712 1032524 157
Peel Region (Zone 7) 1159455 1296814 118
Toronto CMA 5113149 5583064 92
Canada 31612897 33476688 59
Ontario 12160282 12851821 57
Simcoe County (Zone 7) 422204 446063 57
City of Toronto (Zone 7) 2503281 2615060 45 Source Statistics Canada 2006 amp 2011
In 2006 the population in Zone 7 was 498 million representing 41 of the total population in Ontario By 2011 the population in this zone soared to 539 million featuring an impressive
82 growth rate above the provincial and national averages
This is a sound level of household formation during a difficult period in Ontarios economic
history Most of the population and household growth occurred in Peel and York Regions
a high demand zone for future university expansion
Brampton is ideally situated in Zone 7
to host Ontarios next wave
of university expansion
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 6
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario H (~ Icopy
A Young and Family Oriented Community
Brampton is a young City with a median age of 347 years according to Statistics Canada
Bramptons population is younger than the ten most populated cities in Canada as well as the
nation the province of Ontario and the Toronto region
Municipality Median Age Median Age 2011 Rank 2011
Brampton 347 1
Edmonton 360 2
Calgary 364 3
Mississauga 385 4
Montreal 386 5
Winnipeg 390 6
Toronto 392 7
Ottawa 392 7
Vancouver 397 9
Hamilton 409 10
Toronto CMA 386
York Region 393
Peel Region 369
Simcoe County 418
Ontario 404
Canada 406
Source Statistics Canada 2011
The typical post-secondary education enrollment age group between 20 and 39 includes more
than 151800 Brampton residents representing a growth rate of 28 between 2006 and 2011
Immigration is a Driver of Economic Growth
For the first time in its history the number of residents living in Brampton that was born
outside of Canada exceeded 50 of the population In other words the foreign-born
population in Brampton is greater than the Canadian-born population
Immigration continues to be a major influence in the growth and diversification of Bramptons
population labour force employment household income business enterprises and
institutions
This is a differentiating factor that is shaping a new highly energetic image of the City of
Brampton
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 7
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario ^ I bull |
Brampton is a magnet for newCanadians The peak immigration period in Bramptons statistical history is indeed the present time The most recent immigration figures from the 2001 and 2006 Census Surveys and the 2011 National Household Survey revealed that more than 83000 people settled in Brampton between 2001 and 2011 This represents an average annual rate of 8300 new foreign-born residents or approximately 33 of the total immigration into Canada into Brampton
Geography Foreign-Born Foreign Born Population Population 2011
Total 2011 As a of Population
Brampton 263670 506
Peel Region 650530 505
City of Toronto 1252215 486
Toronto CMA 2537410 46
York Region 463125 452
Ontario 3611365 29
Canada 6775765 n
Simcoe County 50915 116
Source Statistics Canada 2011
Between 2006 and 2011 the major countries of birth for new Brampton residents included
1 India-525
2 Philippines-68
3 Pakistan - 63
Languages Spoken in Brampton
Panjabi (Punjabi) Hindi and Urdu were the top three non-official languages in 2011 accounting
for 66 of all of the non-official languages spoken in Brampton making this City one of a few in
Canada with significant allophone representation
Rounding out the top ten languages spoken in Brampton were Portuguese (4) Spanish (5)
Tamil (6) Tagalog (7) Gujarati (8) Italian (9) and Vietnamese (10)
In total eighty-nine languages were reported in the 2011 National Household Survey as being
spoken in Brampton homes
Post-Secondary Educational Attainment
At 51 post-secondary education attainment in Brampton is below key benchmarks However
it is the municipalitys goal to increase this level to meet the provincial (55) and national (54)
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 8
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario p 1mdash1Q
average bypromoting and facilitating post-secondary facilities and access to programs that are next-to- home
Geography Post-Secondary Percentage of Certificate Diploma Total Population or Degree 2011 15 and Older 2011
CityofToronto 1271gt545 58
Toronto CMA 2629970 58
York Region 487945 58
Peel Region 576995 56
Ontario 5717340 55
Canada 14805190 54
Brampton 206770 51
Simcoe County 180650 50
Source Statistics Canada 2011
The Citys strategic economic growth initiatives will continue to result in a more diversified and
talented labour force Such initiatives include residential and commercial intensification of
Bramptons central commercial corridor attracting knowledge-based industries expansion of
executive housing supply investment in arts and culture and supporting programs that
promote entrepreneurship innovation and commercialization
Household Income
At $77787 Brampton had the 2nd highest reported household income among the regions in this sample
Geography Median Household Benchmark
Total Income Rank
2010
York Region $89100 1
Brampton $77787 2
Peel $77588 3
Toronto CMA $70365 4
Simcoe County $67468 5
Ontario $66358 6
Canada $61072 7
City of Toronto $58381 8
Source Statistics Canada 2011
Further between 2005 and 2010 the total number of Brampton households reported in the
highest income category being $100000 and more increased by 425
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 9
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario H|deg
Population Growth is Complimented by Strong Employment Growth
The Brampton economy has been projected to attract approximately 120000 net new jobs by 2031 for a total of 291000 people working in Brampton based business establishments
Employment 2011 2016 2021 2026 2031
Brampton 171000 204000 239000 263000 291000
Peel 730000 820000 880000
Source Hemson Consulting Ltd Oct 2013
Brampton will lead economic growth in Peel over the next two decades attracting 80 of the
employment forecasted in the region Brampton is home to 8075 businesses Brampton
businesses contribute approximately $129 Billion to the GDP or 52 of the output in the
Toronto Region The Citys output is dominated by a mixed economy heavily structured on
goods-producing trades and professional business services industries
The major non-government industries dominating the economic base of Brampton by place of
work employment include
- Manufacturing
- Retail and Wholesale Trade
- Professional and Business Services
- Transportation and Warehousing
This skilled and educated workforce in Brampton represents the 3rd highest concentration of labour in the Toronto Region
Major Corporations
Bramptons corporate community is vibrant featuring an impressive list of corporations from
Canadian and International enterprises that have invested in office production andor logistics
facilities in this community
bull Rogers Communications
bull Chrysler Canada
bull Loblaw Companies
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 10
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario P ImiO
Maple Lodge Farms
Canadian Tire Corporation
Coca Cola Bottling
Waste Management of Canada
Gamma Dynacare
Olymel LLP
Air Canada Strategic Operations Centre
Bacardi Canada
Export Packers Ltd
HBC Canada
Ford Motor Company
Nissan Canada
Medtronics Canada
MDA Robotics
Q9 Canada
Aircraft Appliances and Equipment
Para Paints Canada
Brita Water Filter
Clorox Canada Canon Canada recently Hunter Douglas Windows
announced theMandarin Restaurant Corporation
Nestle Canada relocation of their
Maple Leaf Foods national headquarters HankookTire
to Brampton Ontario Smuckers Canada
Parmalat Canada
Miele Canada
Best Buy CanadaFuture Shop Canada
Small and Medium Sized Enterprises (SMEs)
The backbone of Canadas economy is found in the entrepreneurs and innovators who own
and operate small and medium-sized enterprises While Brampton has an excellent
portfolio of corporate brand names the SME sector is an active contributor to economic
growth Ninety-four per cent (94) of all businesses in Brampton had less than 50
employees Small businesses remain strong in professional scientific and technical support
sectors as well as in business services and the retail and wholesale trades
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 11
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario FI-21
Brampton business establishments with less than ten employees had 23000 workers on their payroll in 2011
Public Sector Employment
Adiverse economic base such as Bramptons is also characterised by very good representation from institutions in the public sector
Major employers include
Regional Municipal of Peel The Peel Memorial Centre for
William Osier Health System
Peel Regional Police Integrated Health and Wellness
Corporation of the City of Brampton will attract between 3000-4000
Sheridan College Institute of Technology professionals in the medical
and Advanced Learning services sector by 2016
bull Ontario Courthouse - Grenville Davis
University Application Statistics
The Ontario Universities Application Centre (OUAC) produces an annual report of
application and registration data for secondary school and other applicants
In 2011 514596 applications were administered by the Ontario University system In the
ten-year period between 2002 and 2011 Ontario saw the number of applications received
grow by approximately 135000 During the same time-frame the number of registered
applicants increased by approximately 23000 or 336 In 2011 Ontario universities
hosted 78434 registered applicants
A key finding of the 2011 OUAC Report is that universities located in geographic zone 7
these being the Ontario College of Arts and Design York University Ryerson University and
the University of Toronto attracted the highest proportion of registered applicants from
their home-zone when compared to all other universities in Ontario
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 12
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario p I bull ^i
This point is highlighted in the following table
Universities in Geographic Registered Secondary Registered Other Group Zone 7 School Applicants Applicants
Originating From Originating from (includes Peel Region York Region Zone 7 in 2011 Zone 7 in 2011 Simcoe County and City of Toronto)
( of Total Registered for ( of Total Registered for Each University) Each University)
York 865 592
Ryerson 822 616
Toronto 743 209
OCAD 643 542
Average 4 System Wide 454 306 Source Ontario University Application Centre 2011
Given the large population demographic composition socio-economic characteristics and
cultural attitudes of residents living in Zone 7 it is clear that there is a positive bias for students
particularly secondary-school students to attend a university where they can live near or stay
within their family and community structures
This is a prevalent trend in Peel Region York Region Simcoe County and the City of Toronto
(the communities that comprise Zone 7) more so than any other region in Ontario
As a summary of the complex set of demand factors highlighted in this section of the report we
see tremendous justification for additional university services on the outer edge of the Greater
Toronto Area
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 13
A Post-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario Fl-ii
3 DEFINING THE OPPORTUNITY
Goal 1 - Sheridan University Campus in Downtown Brampton
Project Vision
Site Options
A
AX
PI
A profound and holistic Sheridan Downtown Brampton Campus
connected to its 9500 plus students at Brampton Davis Steeles Campus
supported by enhanced transit to its HMC Campus I and II and Oakville
Campus
1Nelson Square Garage (Phase II SWQRP) and Phase III Lands
2Heritage Theatre Block ^~ rzmdash~ V V i
bullbull bull bull --bull shy
bull -bullbullbull-Ty ^
General Description of Site Locations - for illustrative purposes only
Mobility These sites are within a 5-minute walking distance to the existing
Brampton GO Train Station (with service to Union Station and
KitchenerWaterloo) and the ZUM Bus Rapid Transit service on
Queen Street and Main Street with service to Sheridan Davis
Campus Guelph-Humber University Campus Mississauga City
Centre (HMC I and II) and York University The proposed
Hurontario-Main Light Rapid Transit system is also within walkinj
distance of the site and offers a direct link to HMC I and II
Infrastructure Type Post-Secondary Education Campus and Related Uses
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 14
A Post-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario Fl-24shy
Project Type DBFM or DBF Design Build Finance Maintain or Design Build
Finance (the final business model is subject to a detailed
feasibility study)
Goal 2 - A New University Campus in Brampton
Project Vision A new university campus that offers undergraduate and graduate
degrees with research-oriented programs for students faculty
industry
Site Option 1 65-acre site at McLaughlin Road and Queen Street West
southwest corner known municipally as Flower City Community
Campus This site was formerly owned by the Province of
Ontario (OPP Headquarters and Training Centre) and is currently
being used by the municipality
Mobility This site is located in the Central Area of Brampton with Brampton
Transit service provided to the property The site is 15
kilometres from the Downtown GO Train Station and the
Downtown ZUM BRT Station on Main Street and 3 km to the
Brampton ZUM BRT station at Shoppers World - Steeles Avenue
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 15
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario p | bull ^S
Site Location Option 2
Mobility
Infrastructure Type
Project Type
The road network provides easy access to the major 400 series
highways for example ETR 407 is 35 km south of this site and
Highway 410 is 45 km east of the site
2719 Bovaird Drive West at Heritage Road southwest quadrant
This 87-acre site was formerly owned by private industry Today
the site is owned by the City of Brampton and is being used by the
municipality for maintenance and operation services
CON5WHS
CON5WHS
iV
I
The Mount Pleasant GO Train Station is 22 km east of the site at
Creditview Road The major Highway 401 and ETR 407 juncture
is approximately 8 km by automobile Future infrastructure
serving this area includes the GTA West Corridor immediately
north and east of the subject property
Post-Secondary Education Campus and Related Uses
DBFM or DBF Design Build Finance Maintain or Design Build
Finance (the final business model is subject to a detailed
feasibility study)
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 16
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario p | 1copy
4 BRAMPTONS STRATEGIC PARTNERSHIPS - A RECORD OF SUCCESS
With its strategic partners the Cityof Brampton has demonstrated an excellent record of
success in building and delivering physical and human infrastructure projects designed to expand public services and improve Bramptons economicdevelopment competitiveness
Ultimately these partnerships have created and preserved Ontario jobs In this section we
showcase a few of these strategic projects
Transit Infrastructure Project-Zum Bus Rapid Transit Project
Zum is Brampton Transits Bus Rapid Transit (BRT) service With its limited stops advanced
technology and real-time next bus information Zum connects people and places within
Brampton and throughout the Greater Toronto Area (GTA) Zum Queen Street service began in
the fall of 2010 Ziim Main Street service began operating in September 2011 and Ziim Steeles
Avenue started in the fall of 2012
Ziim was funded by all three levels of government with investments of $95 million each from
the Federal Provincial and Municipal governments for a total allotment of $285 million
Phase Iof the project required $159 million Phase II which expanded services along Queen
Street and Steeles Avenue as well as introduce new services on Bovaird Drive will require $126
million when fully completed
This is a DBFM - Design Build Finance and Maintain project led by the City of Brampton
Brampton designed built financed and maintains all aspects of the Zum system-wide capital
and operating costs related to
bull Roadway infrastructure intersection modifications and signal priority equipment
bull New terminals and station stops with high-quality passenger amenities
Capital equipment including new vehicles for expanded and rebranded service
Intelligent Transportation System technologies including real-time passenger information
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 17
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario p ( raquo^7
Post-Secondary Education Infrastructure Project -Sheridan Centre for Advanced Manufacturing and Design Technology (CAMDT)
In response to the changing face of manufacturing in Central and Southern Ontario Sheridan College and the City of Brampton embarked on a vision to assist Canadian manufacturers to compete globally with knowledge and technology asthe keys to their success
Led by Sheridan College ITAL the CAMDT $8 million venture is a partnership with more than 20 regional manufacturers the Province of Ontario and the City of Brampton Together we are growing regional talent in this important sector In 2005 CAMDT opened its doors
Seen as a strategic economic development initiative the City of Brampton was a major funding
and local knowledge partner contributing$25 million to CAMDT - the largest investment it has
ever made as a municipality in post-secondary education City Councils investment in Sheridan
is intended to address the demand (in the manufacturing sector) for graduates with a broad
range of advanced technical and management skills as well as to provide enhanced training for
those already in the workforce
CAMDT uses a consortia approach with the following goals
New full-time courses and industrycollege projects
Applied research initiatives and student projects
Contract training and continuing education courses
Strengthen program enrolments and graduate placements
The Centre for Sustainable Manufacturing (CSM) is located in Brampton and houses 18000
square feet of state-of-the-art labs and a flexible automation and fabrication centre The labs
support academic programs in integrated manufacturing computer-aided
draftingmanufacturing and manufacturing management
The Centre helps meet current and future needs of local manufacturers to stimulate regional
economic development and prosperity Sheridan government and local industry have
collaborated for nearly a decade to position the Centre to address critical skills gaps in the
manufacturing sector The Centre is now partnering with industry to support technical financial
and knowledge development to facilitate adoption of innovative technologies that minimize
resource consumption harmful emissions waste and use of toxic materials
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 18
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario p | mdash^ff
Health Care Infrastructure Project shy
Peel Memorial Centre for Integrated Health and Wellness
The new Peel Memorial Centre in Brampton will support the William Osier Health Systems vision for an integrated health system by providing primary ambulatory and outpatient-based care
This is a DBFM - Design Build Maintain Finance project led by Infrastructure Ontario (10)
Scheduled to open in 2016 Peel Memorial CIHW will provide specialized outpatient-based care
including urgent care day surgery and specialty clinics with a focus on helping individuals better
manage chronic conditions like asthma diabetes and kidney disease
According to Osier Health System Peel Memorial will introduce new models of care to shift the
focus from illness to wellness and encourage patients to take a more active role in managing
their own health and well-being
Representing the leading edge in integrated health care delivery Peel Memorial will provide
access to specialized patient-centred care in a state-of-the-art facility that offers a wide variety
of traditional and alternative health care services It will help people to get and stay well
through a series of education prevention disease management and healing programs
In the fall of 2012 Osier received government approval to move forward with a request for
qualifications to design build finance and maintain the new facility Following this
announcement Brampton City Council decided to invest 50 of the community share with a
$60 million levy in support of the new Peel Memorial
Downtown Intensification Infrastructure Project shy
Southwest Quadrant Renewal Plan Municipal Office and Commercial Retail Development
On August 10 2011 Bramptons City Council approved the terms of agreement for the
Southwest Quadrant Renewal Plan which enables the City to move forward with a creative
solution to meet the Citys future administrative space needs and plans for revitalization of
Bramptons downtown The successful proposal submitted by Dominus Construction Group is
a plan for a mixed-use development with several new features including new administrative
parking and retail space and a pedestrian-friendly cityscape for completion in 2014
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 19
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario p f~2raquo^
This is a DBF - Design Build Finance project led by Dominus Construction Group The City is a tenant in the building on a long-term lease
Phase 1 of this LEEDS project now under construction includes a new nine-storey building at 41 George Street that can accommodate
bull 126398 foot building for administrative space
bull 10147 square feet for ground retail space
bull 10545 square feet for multi-purpose meeting rooms
bull 443 parking spaces (five levels of parking)
Phase la also under construction includes a two-storey addition to the current City Hall that
can accommodate
bull 2507 square feet for committee rooms
bull 6187 square feet for ground retail space
Phases 1 and la of the Southwest Quadrant Renewal Plan (SWQRP) represents a $94M
investment in the downtown and all 3 Phases of the combined SWQRP represents an
estimated investment of $251M
This investment in the Southwest Quadrant Renewal Plan is another major building block in the
ongoing evolution and revitalization of downtown Brampton both in terms of contributing to
the urban landscape as well as attracting private sector investment and opportunities
Combined with other major projects like the Rose Theatre Brampton the launch of Ziim on
Queen and Main Streets restoration work at Alderlea and Peel Heritage Complex and several
new condominium projects Bramptons Downtown is experiencing an exciting resurgence
The City of Brampton is planning to add another signature building in our downtown core
further evidence of Bramptons commitment to economic development
Sustainable Community Development Project shy
Mount Pleasant Mobility Hub
The project includes a number of elements that serve to establish Mount Pleasant as a transit-
oriented development exemplifying a more sustainable approach to suburban community
living
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 20
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario p |~^Q
In partnership with the OntarioGovernment MetrolinxGO and Mattamy Homes the City has invested approximately $23 million in the following infrastructure
bull Community Transit Infrastructure station stops and related passenger amenities
Intelligent Transportation Systems (ITS) and transit enhancements at intersections
bull Mobility Hub facility bus layovers sheltered passenger areas clock tower bike storage areas and related amenities
bull Cultural Heritage reconstructed historic CPR station structure to be used as a cultural
facility in the Mt Pleasant civicsquare shared with the Peel District School Board and the
Library
bull Pedestrian amenities Civic Square and Village Green incorporating a reflection poolskating
facility public art canopy structures play area and landscaping features
Through development and stewardship the Mount Pleasant Community will restore and
enhance individual features that currently cover approximately 8 (or 41 hectares) of the
area and create a Natural Heritage System that will cover approximately 19 (or 976 hectares)
of the community As development proceeds within the Mount Pleasant Community the
NHS will come into public ownership The City will be responsible to manage the NHS and our
goal is to support natural processes and regeneration that are beneficial to the health and
diversity of the natural features functions and habitat This will generally mean
bull Planting no-maintenance vegetative buffers between natural areas and private
properties using native trees shrubs and groundcovers
bull Not mowing pruning or spraying natural areas for weeds and insects
bull Allowing for annual flooding and ponding of water along East Huttonville Creek and
within wetlands and woodlands to maintain a natural hydrology that is critical for plant
and wildlife health and diversity
bull Allowingfor the natural loss of vegetation and regrowth of young trees and shrubs
bull Managing natural areas for invasive species such as Buckthorn and Norway Maple
bull Managing the urban trees along streets and parks for invasive species such as Emerald
Ash Borer
The Mount Pleasant Mobility Hub represents a large project that has created one-time
employment within the stipulated 2-year construction period as well generating annual
multipliers supporting Bramptons economic development for future generations
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 21
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario p [raquo^ )
5 OUR INVESTMENT - A COMMITMENT TO POST SECONDARY EDUCATION
The City of Brampton iscommitted to investing in this Strategy Below is a summary of the types of financial and in-kind investmentsthe municipality is prepared to make in order to realize this Strategy
bull Municipal Land Contribution
bull Municipal Commitment to Economic and Market Growth Policies
bull Municipal assistance on site servicing for digitally linked and virtual classrooms
laboratories office
bull Shared Infrastructure related to municipal services such as library field house gymnasium
bull Design an extensive planning process and design exercise that represents the highest
standard of excellence including engaging the community and surrounding land-owners
LEEDS Community and Environmental Design
bull Facilitating municipal and community partnerships to maximize utilization of spaces during
the May - August shoulder period
bull Economic development research grant to support research that fosters innovation and
commercialization
bull Support industry partnerships and innovative enterprises
bull Demonstrate commitment to a shared provincial municipal and university relationship
focused on a culture of open communication shared values community engagement and
volunteerism
bull Staff time and expertise dedicated to teams assigned to this Strategy
bull Leverage City of Brampton AAA Credit Rating by Standard amp Poors
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 22
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario p- ( ~ Q jL
6 IMPLEMENTATION STEPS
The following decision milestones guide the municipal commitment and stewardship of this
Strategy
bull Exploratory Meetings with Sheridan Executive and Chair of Governing Council
bull Preparation of Bramptons Post-Secondary Strategy Proposal
bull Presentation to Premier Wynne - Receive and Endorse Proposed Strategy
bull City Council approval of final post-secondary strategy and approval to enter into a
Memorandum of Understanding with Sheridan College ITAL to explore the feasibility of
establishing Sheridan University in Downtown Brampton
bull Execute an MOU with Sheridan
bull Complete the Feasibility Study for Goal 1
bull Form a project team to prepare the technical documents in support of an RFP related to
Goal 2 -Attract a new undergraduate and graduate research-oriented university campus
aligned with Bramptons vision and proposed site locations with reporting to Council
7 CONTACTS
Susan Fennell
Mayor
City of Brampton Tel 905-874-2600
John Corbett MCIP RPP
Chief Administrative Officer
City of Brampton Tel 905-874-2625
Creating andpreserving knowledge-basedjobs by enabling investments in post-secondary education research innovation and commercialization activities
is at the heart ofBramptons economic vision
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 23
APPENDIX 3
FI-V4shybullUTaarrgt-^M
Major
Capacity
Expansion
Policy
Framework
December 2013
Ministry of Training Colleges and Universities
pound Ontario
PI -IS
The Ontario Public Service endeavours to demonstrate leadership with respect to accessibility in Ontario Our goal isto ensure that Ontario government services products and focilities ore occessible to all our employees and to all members of the public we serve This document or the information that itcontains is available on request in alternative formats Please forward all requests for alternative formats to ServiceOntario ot 1-800-668-9938 (TTY 1-800-268-7095)
line publication equivolenle est disponible en francais sous le titre suivant (Mesttattgique pout Iocuoissement moeur de hcapocili 2013
This publication is also available on the Ministry ofTraining Colleges and Universities website at wwvontariocatcu 13-278 bull ISBN 978-1-4606-3428-8 (POF) bull copy Queens Printer for Ontario 2013
Contents
Vision 5
Context 5
Government Priorities 6
Components of the Policy Framework 7
Initial Review 7
Scope 7
Selection and Approval 9
Policy Implementation and Compliance 10
Appendix A
Contact Information and Checklist for Institutions Considering
Capacity Expansion 11
Appendix B
An Outline of the Review and Approval Process for Planned
Capacity Expansion Proposals 13
Appendix C
General Evaluation Criteria for Major Capacity Expansion 14
Pi-Vi
Vision
Ontarios colleges and universities will drive creativity innovation knowledge and community engagement through teaching and research They will put students first by providing the best possible learning experience for all qualified learners in an affordable and financially sustainable way ensuring high quality and globally competitive outcomes for students and Ontarios knowledge economy
Context
Between 2002-03 and 2012-13 the postsecondary education system in Ontario expanded substantially with full-time enrolment growing by over 160000 more than in any decade in the provinces history Ontario has been supporting enrolment growth across the college and university sectors through increases in operating grants enhancements to student financial aid and capital investments
Ontarios postsecondary institutions have been committed partners in their efforts to accommodate these unprecedented levels of enrolment growth and have thus contributed to expanding opportunities for students to pursue higher education in many communities across Ontario
At65 per cent Ontarios level of postsecondary attainment (college university and apprenticeship) in 2012 was higher than thatof any country in theOrganisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) The Ontario government has set a postsecondary education attainment target of 70 per cent to ensure that the province continues to benefit from the competitive advantage of its highly skilled and educated workforce in the global economy
In this context it is essential to ensure that in future the right spaces are created in the right places for Ontarios students This can be done by targeting areas in which population growth is strong but local postsecondary education capacity is limited
Population growth in Ontario has recently been - and is expected tocontinue to be - concentrated in a number of large urban areas Some of the regions and communities where strong
Fl-W
long-term demand growth is anticipated are not currently served by local campuses In those areas gaps have recently begun to appear between enrolment demand growth and the capacity to accommodate continued enrolment growth If left unaddressed those gaps are likely to widen over time
Projections are subject to uncertainty and caution should always be used when considering long-term forecasts Based on the ministrys latest assessment of demographics and long-term postsecondary education participation patterns enrolment demand growth will moderate in the near term but is expected to return to more rapid growth after 2020 with the potential for substantial enrolment increases over the longer term Consistent with recent trends long-term demand is expected to be greatest for degree-level programs
It is anticipated that the focus of most major capacity expansions in the future will be at the undergraduate degree level Students in rapidly growing communities have access to substantial local college facilities more than they do to local university campuses In addition although graduate enrolment has risen significantly in recent years it is much lower than enrolment at the undergraduate level and tends to be concentrated in fewer institutions
The timing of this anticipated growth in demand provides an important opportunity The province will have time to plan for and address postsecondary education capacity needs in areas of Ontario where communities are growing and where students need better and more affordable access to postsecondary education opportunities closer to home
Government Priorities
The Major Capacity Expansion Policy Framework set out in this document seeks to achieve the following objectives
bull Ensuring that future large-scale capacity expansion supports long-term postsecondary education priorities including institutional differentiation
bull Managing enrolment growth strategically in line with provincial growth planning priorities to address regional capacity gaps in underserved areas
bull Putting in place a transparent evidence-based decision making and implementation process
ldegt
9 Addressing affordability and sustainability for students institutions and the province by maximizing the cost-effectiveness of targeted investments
bull Creating local community and regional economic benefits leading to job creation and greater economic diversity
Components of the Policy Framework The components of the Major Capacity Expansion policy framework include
1) a description of the kinds of initiatives that will be within the scope of the new approval and selection process
2) the selection process and the criteria that will be used in evaluating proposals for approval after a call for proposals is made and
3) details on implementation and compliance
Initial Review
Any institution considering an initiative that involves an expansion ofcapacity should contact the ministry in writing using the checklist provided in Appendix A The ministry will review initiatives proposed by institutions on a case-by-case basis to determine whether the planned expansion is subject to the new selection and approval process outlined below The ministry will provide a response to the institutions request in writing clearly indicating whether a proposed project or initiative will be subject to the new Major Capacity Expansion selection and approval process Initiatives subject to the new process are not to proceed unless approved by the provincial government following a formal call for proposals
Scope
This policy framework addresses a significant provincial interest in the need for provincial management of future large-scale expansions in postsecondary education capacity Effective management and planning is also needed to help avoid potential conflicts that can arise between and among institutions sect with respect to the location of new facilities and campuses s
FI-H-0
The new approval and selection process is primarily focused on initiatives that are designed to accommodate significant long-term increases in the number of domestic full-time postsecondary education students Such large-scale initiatives could include expansions at existing locations or might involve the establishment of new campuses Initiatives could be partnerships including university-college collaborations that would also enhance students educational experience and student pathways
Recognizing thata wide range and variety of potential expansion opportunities exist in Ontarios diverse and complex postsecondary education system the ministry has avoided setting rigid parameters to define major capacity expansion However initiatives characterized by the following scale-related features are most likely to be subject to the new approval and selection process
0 accommodates enrolment growth of more than 1000 full-time students in the short term with the potential to accommodate longer-term growth of5000 to 10000 over the next twenty years (ie long-term enrolment comparable to enrolment at substantial existing college or university campuses)
8 adds new facilities (either owned or secured through long-term lease) larger than 70000 square feet (roughly 6500 square metres) designated primarily for academic purposes
raquo offers a broad range of programs with substantial new or expanded ancillary services (or shows clear potential for future growth in program offerings and ancillary services)
bull significantly improves local student access to postsecondary education in the short term (and has the potential to do so in the longer term) particularly in geographic locations that may be experiencing or are expected to develop capacity gaps
When reviewing a planned expansion the ministry will also take into consideration whether the initiative
bull competes with other capacity expansion initiatives in a particular geographic area or would have an impact on existing or already-planned postsecondary education facilities
bull in the case of proposed new campuses is outside the local area of the institutions existing campuses or is in a new community for the institution in terms of substantial permanent academic facilities For the purpose of this policy the local
FH+I
area of a campus is defined as the area within the median commuter shed for Census Metropolitan Areas in Ontario as specified by Statistics Canada (about 10 km)
Institutions making expansion proposals will be required to provide evidence of prior consultation with and support from other institutions that could be affected by the proposal confirmation of their own Board of Governors support for the proposal and confirmation of significant support from the local municipality or region
Selection and Approval Decisions about future large-scale postsecondary education capacityexpansion projects will be made on the basis of a formal transparent competitive process that will begin with a call for proposals directed to institutions Consideration will be given to proposals for large-scale expansion ofexisting campuses (main or satellite campuses) andor for the creation of new campuses
Calls for proposals will be directed to publicly assisted postsecondary education institutions in Ontario Eligibility to submit a proposal will in general be extended to all institutions however the government may decide to limit eligibility as appropriate depending on current circumstances and evolving provincial priorities
Municipalities interested in being considered as host locations for future major capacity expansion should work in collaboration with institutions that would be prepared to submit a proposal
Priority will be given to proposals in regions that have been experiencing sustained population and postsecondary education demand growth and that are underserved in terms of postsecondary education opportunities
The timing of future calls for proposals the number of projects selected for support and the level and timing of funding will be determined by the provincial government and will reflect a range of considerations including the fiscal environment
FI-M-1
When evaluating proposals the ministry will consider a setof criteria in the following categories consistent with its priorities for future capacity expansion (as outlined on page 6)
bull Strategic management of long-term enrolment growth and accessibility
bull Differentiation sustainability and accountability bull Economic impact raquo Quality innovation and competitiveness (including
institutional partnership options) bull Affordability for students and the province (including
substantial support from host communities)
Over time as circumstances change and priorities evolve the ministry may articulate additional requirements for the competitive process For details of general evaluation criteria refer to Appendix C Additional templates may be provided when a call for proposals is announced
Once the proposals have been evaluated the ministry will make recommendations to Cabinet for funding support for the selected proposals When one or more proposals have been selected and approved for funding bilateral agreements will be put in place between the institution(s) selected and the ministry
Policy Implementation and Compliance This policy framework will be effective immediately Institutions are encouraged to submit their expansion plans for initial review as soon as possible
If an initiative is determined to be outside the scope of this new approval and selection process itwill still be subject to other relevant ministry approval processes including but not limited to program approval and capital funding processes It will also have to be consistent with the terms of the Strategic Mandate Agreement established between the institution and the ministry
Failure to comply with the requirements setout in this policy framework will affect provincial funding Specifically new or expanded enrolment at the location of the expansion will not be recognized for funding through the college or university operating grants and the institution will not be eligible for provincial capital funding at the location Failure to comply could also affect future capital decisions by the provincial government
0 with respect to other locations
Fl-42gt
Appendix A Contact Information and Checklist for Institutions Considering Capacity Expansion
Institutions considering capacity expansion should direct a letter describing the project or initiative along with a completed checklist (see below) to
MCEsubmi53101iionfariocc1
The following checklist will help the ministry determine whether the planned expansion will be subject to the new approval and selection process under the MajorCapacity Expansion policy framework1
Please complete the checklist (copy and scan the completed form or create an e-file based on the template) and include it as an attachment to your communication to the ministry outlining your institutions planned capacity expansion project
Please provide additional information as needed in the Comments section of the checklist
1 A planned expansion that is deemed subject to the new selection and approval process is not to proceed unless approved by the province following a formal call for proposals A planned expansion that is deemed outside the scope of the Major Capacity Expansion approval and selection process will still be subject to other relevant ministry approval processes including but not limited to program approval and capital funding processes
pl-4-4shy
Checklist for Institutions Considering Capacity Expansion
Checklist Items
Size
How many full-time students would this initiative accommodate based on current plans
Is there potential for substantial longer-term enrolment growth If yes please provide a high-level estimate of potential enrolment
How much space (in sq ft) will be designated for academic purposes in the proposed facility (or expansion) Would new facilities be owned or secured through long-term lease
What is the credential mix of programs associated with this proposed expansion
What programs would be made available
Consultation
Have you consulted with other institutions that could be affected by this proposal
bull Which institution(s) have you consulted Are they supportive
Has your institution engaged its Board of Governors with respect to this proposal Is the board supportive
Is your proposal supported by the local municipality region in which it would be located
bull Will third-party resources (municipalities region other) be available to support this initiative What is the level of support expected
Location Services
Where would the new capacity be located (municipality region)
bull Is this a new locationcommunity for your institution
If proposing expansion at a new location is the location more than 10 km from existing campus(es)
Does the planned expansion include ancillary and student services
bull Please provide a list of services to be offered
Notes
Yes No Comme -
DD
an
a a
a a
bull a
bull a
bull a
bull This list is designed to provide information needed to determine whether a proposal will be deemed subject to the Major Capacity Expansion policy approval and selection process
bull Decisions will be made on a case-by-case basis If additional information is needed a representative of the Ministry ofTraining Colleges and Universities will contact the institution Please provide complete contact information including name position title email address and phone numbers
FI-H5
Appendix B An Outline of the Review and Approval Process for Planned Capacity Expansion Proposals
Chart 1 below outlines the steps in the assessment process that will be used to determine whether a planned capacity expansion will be deemed subject to the approval and selection process under the Major Capacity Expansion policy framework
Chart 2 outlines the steps in the process of selecting initiatives for funding under the Major Capacity Expansion policy framework
Chart 1 Initial Review - Is the Planned Expansion Subject to the Major Capacity Expansion Selection and Approval Process
The planned expansion
does not move forward
until approved by the
province following a Ministry reviews the institutions formal call for proposals
Institution submits a letter Failure to comply will submission to evaluate whether
describing the planned the planned expansion will be affect provincial funding
expansion with a completed subject to the new selection 1gt4^lt^t^fea1Vitaiiij4gtlJULJl^
and approval process under
for review the Major Capacity Expansion The planned expansion policy framework moves forward subject to
checklist to the ministry
Wampj^WJfeWamp$Si^^ all other ministry approval
processes (eg capital and
program approvals)
bulluiut^w-ww-yishy
Chart 2 SelectionApproval Process far a Major Capacity Expansion Following a Call for Proposals
Callfor proposals initiated Institutions submit Ministry assesses proposals Announcement of selected
by the province proposals against evaluation criteria initiatives to be supported
and brings forward selected for major capacity
proposals for Cabinet expansion
approval
raquoHSW^8raquoMJmmLiMH WOWluUdUJIUlbUitL
13
r
shy
Fl-Ho
enoix C General Evaluation Criteria for Major Capacity Expansion
Category Evaluation Criteria
Strategic Significant expansion of local postsecondary education opportunities for management students in underserved areas with growing demand based on long-term of long-term demographic trends enrolment Alignment with provincial priorities including Growth Plan priorities and
economic development initiativesgrowth and Clear potential to add substantial new capacity and support futureaccessibility enrolment growth in the postsecondary education sector
Differentiation Alignment with the institutions Strategic Mandate Agreement and goals sustainability and priorities of the Differentiation Policy Framework and Impact on nearby institutions accountability Effective and sustainable governance model including consideration
of the impact of distance from the expansion location for administration and academic experience Focus on undergraduate programs Range of programs offered locally and avoidance of unwarranted duplication of existing programming
Economic Demonstrated Value for Money including AFP options where impact appropriate and limits on provincial contributions
Tangible regional economic benefits combined with potential for province-wide benefit based on labour force skills and economic growth Demonstrated local economic benefits and linkages with local industries
Quality Innovative service delivery innovation Institutional partnership options including university-college collaboration and Postsecondary education quality and student experience (including
ancillary and student services)competitiveness
Affordabiiity Evidence of substantial support from host community including financial for students contributions and land ownership
Economies of scaleand the
province Linkages with local transportation for commuting students Potential for leveraging private sector resources Evidence of consideration ofalternatives to expansion proposal based on existing capacity and potential partnerships Proven financial health of institution with asset management plan in place Demonstrated labour market demand
Nofe These are the general criteria that will be used to guide the selection and approval of proposals submitted in response toa ministry call for proposals
N
News Release
Helping More Students Pursue Postsecondary Education
Ontario Calls for Expansion Proposals from Universities March 272014 945 am
Office of the Premier
Premier Kathleen Wynne announced today that the government is taking steps to
ensure that more students can pursue undergraduate degrees close to home The
province is inviting universities to submit proposals for new or expanded campuses in
underserved areas (colleges are encouraged to partner with universities to submit
proposals)
This call for proposals is part of the governments commitment to provide funding for
60000 additional postsecondary education spaces across Ontario The government will
collaborate closely with municipalities colleges and universities to ensure that capacity
is increased where it is needed the most
The proposals will be evaluated based on their potential to
bull Increase postsecondary spaces in underserved areas
bull Improve quality innovation and competitiveness
bull Demonstrate cost-effectiveness to both students and taxpayers
bull Help stimulate growth and economic development in Ontario
This will help establish a formal transparent and competitive process to evaluate
decisions about future expansions
Improving access to postsecondary education is part of the Ontario governments
economic plan that is creating jobs for today and tomorrow The comprehensive plan
and its six priorities focus on Ontarios greatest strengths -- its people and strategic
partnerships
Fl-M
Quick Facts
The call for proposals is open to all publicly assisted universities and all colleges of
applied arts and technology in Ontario with a deadline for submissions of Sept 26
2014 Colleges must partner with universities to be eligible for major capacity
expansion projects
Municipalities interested in being considered as host locations are expected to work
in collaboration with institutions that are submitting a proposal
The province released the Major Capacity Expansion Policy Framework in December
2013 to identify priority areas for growth
In the last 10 years full-time enrolment in Ontarios postsecondary system has grown
by more than 160000 mdash more than in any decade in the provinces history
bull The provinces 30 off Tuition Grant helped more than 230000 students start
college or university last year
Quotes
Fl-M
We are committed to helping more students get the postsecondary education they need to succeed
We want to bridge Ontarios skills gap and ensure that young people are equipped with all the right
skills mdash no matter where they live
Kathleen Wynne
Premier of Ontario
Expanding and creating new postsecondary campuses where they are needed most will help
ensure that more students have the opportunity to get a world-class education while staying close to
home Were working closely with our postsecondary partners to make sure the right spaces are in
the right places
Brad Duguid
Minister of Training Colleges and Universities
Laurier Brantford has provided immeasurable benefits to both local students and the citys
downtown revitalization This announcement signifies similar economic development partnerships
between municipalities and postsecondary institutions leading to new jobs and increased prosperity
for more communities across Ontario Chris Friel Mayor City of Brantford
PI-so
^^js^-^
Major
Capacity
Expansion
Call for
Proposals
GUIDELINES
March 2014
Ministry of Training Colleges and Universities
w^ Ontario
Fl-SI
The Ontario Public Service endeavours to demonstrate leadership with respect to accessibility in Ontario Our gool is to ensure that Ontario government services products and facilities are occessible to all our employees and to all members ofthe public we serve This document or the inlormolion that itcontains is available on request in alternative formats Pleose forward all requests lor alternative formats to ServiceOntario at1-800-668-9938 (TTY 1-800-268-709S)
line publication equivolente est disponible en francais sous le litre suivont Appel de propositions pour Ioccroissement moieur de la capocM - lignes directrices
This publication is also available on the Ministry olTraining Colleges and Universities website atwwivontariocatcu 13-323 bull ISBN 978-1-4606-3802-6 (PDF) bull copy Queens Printer for Ontario 2014
2014
Fi-sa
Contents
1 Background 5
2 Timelines for Submitting a Proposal 5
3 Notice of Intent 5
4 Eligible Applicants 6
5 Eligible Projects 6
6 Major Capacity Expansion General Evaluation Criteria 7
7 Weighting 8
8 Assessment and Ranking 9
9 Communications Protocol 13
10 Role of Infrastructure Ontario and Alternative
Financing and Procurement 13
11 The Selection Process and Funding 14
12 Components of the Submission 14
13 Links to Related Documents and Resources 16
14 Disclosure of Information 16
15 Call for Proposals Timeline 16
PI-S3
1 Background The ministry released its Major Capacity Expansion Policy Framework on December 20 2013 A commitment was made to
issue a Call for Proposals in early 2014
This Call for Proposals represents the beginning of a process that will lead to the selection of successful proposals which collectively will meet provincial goals for postsecondary education in Ontario - increased capacity at the undergraduate degree level greater affordability for students institutions and the province improved institutional differentiation and regional economic benefits This process will be guided by principles of fairness competitiveness and transparency and by a commitment to serve the public interest
This long-term initiative will help ensure that our postsecondary education system will have the right spaces in the right places for Ontario students
2 Timelines for Submitting a Proposal The closing date for submission of a Notice of Intent is June 27 2014
The closing date for submission of the full proposal is September 26 2014
Submissions must be received by the ministry on or before these dates
3 Notice of Intent
The Notice of Intent is a one-page overview of the proposed project Proposals will not be considered unless a Notice of Intent is received by the deadline ofJune 27 2014 To ensure transparency and competitiveness every Notice of Intent submitted to the ministry will be posted on the Postsecondary Education Partners Gateway website within 30 days of the submission date
Fl-Sf
4 Eligible Applicants In view of the focus on undergraduate degree capacity it is expected that submissions will be led by universities butcollegeshyuniversity partnership models are encouraged
All proposals must demonstrate need (ie expansion should be located in areas thatare currently underserved by postsecondary education andor thatare expected to experience significant future growth in enrolment demand)
5 Eligible Projects Recognizing the wide range and variety of potential expansion opportunities the ministry continues to avoid setting rigid parameters to define major capacityexpansion However as stated in the Major Capacity Expansion Policy Framework initiatives characterized by the following scale-related features are most likely to be subject to this approval and selection process
bull accommodates enrolment growth of more than 1000 full-time students in the short term with the potential to accommodate longer-term growth of 5000 to 10000 over the next twenty years (ie long-term enrolment comparable to enrolment at substantial existing collegeor university campuses)
bull adds new facilities (either owned or secured through long-term lease) larger than 70000 square feet (roughly 6500 square metres) designated primarily for academic purposes
bull offers a broad range of programs with substantial new or expanded ancillary services (or shows clear potential for future growth in program offerings and student and ancillary services)
bull significantly improves local student access to postsecondary education in the short term (and has the potential to continue to do so in the longer term) particularly in geographic locations that may be experiencing or are expected to develop capacity gaps at the undergraduate degree level
PI-S5
6 Major Capacity Expansion General Evaluation Criteria
The following general evaluation criteria were included in the Major Capacity Expansion Policy Framework These criteria will be used to assess proposals Institutions should demonstrate the alignment of their proposed projects with the criteria and may do so in any format suitable to them
Priority Objectives
Strategic management of long-term enrolment growth and accessibility
Differentiation sustainability and accountability
Economic impact
Quality innovation and competitiveness
General Criteria
bull Significant expansion of local postsecondary education opportunities for students in underserved areas with growing demand based on long-term demographic trends
bull Alignment with provincial priorities including Growth Plan priorities and economic development initiatives
bull Clear potential to add substantial new capacity and support future enrolment growth in the postsecondary education sector
Alignment with the institutions Strategic Mandate Agreement (SMA) and goals and priorities of the Differentiation Policy Framework Impact on nearby institutions Effective and sustainable governance model including consideration ofthe impact ofdistance from the expansion location for administration and academic experience Focus on undergraduate programs Range of programs offered locally and avoidance ofunwarranted duplication ofexisting programming
Tangible regional economic benefits combined with potential for province-wide benefit based on labour force skills and economic growth Demonstrated local economic benefits and linkages with local industries
Demonstrated Value for Money including Alternative Financing and Procurement (AFP) options where appropriate and limits on provincial contributions
Institutional partnership options including university-college collaboration
Innovative service delivery Postsecondary education quality and student experience (including student and ancillary services)
(continued)
Fl-5b
Priority Objectives General Criteria
Affordability for bull Evidence of substantial support from hostcommunity including students and the financial contributions and land ownership province bull Economies of scale
bull Linkages with local transportation for commuting students bull Potential for leveraging private sector resources bull Evidence of consideration of alternatives to expansion proposal
based on existing capacity and potential partnerships bull Proven financial health of institution with asset management plan
in place bull Demonstrated labour market demand
7 Weighting The evaluation criteria for the assessment of institutional
proposals will be weighted as follows
Category Weight
Section A Meeting Demand 30
bull Strategic management of long-term enrolment growth and accessibility
Section B Demonstrated Affordability 40
bull Affordability for students and the province
Section C Academic and Economic Considerations 30
bull Differentiation sustainability and accountability bull Economic impact bull Quality innovation and competitiveness (including institutional partnership
options)
PI-SI
8 Assessment and Ranking Funding will be awarded on a competitive basis and proposals will be evaluated for suitability using defined criteria Institutions should use both qualitative and quantitative analysis to demonstrate the alignment of their proposals with the general evaluation criteria
SECTION A MEETING DEMAND (30)
Proposals should demonstrate alignment with some or all of the following criteria
Priority Objective 1 Strategic management of long-term enrolment growth and accessibility
General Evaluation Criteria
1 Significant expansion of local postsecondary education opportunities for students in underserved areas with growing demand based on long-term demographic trends
2 Alignment with provincial priorities including Growth Plan priorities and economic development initiatives
3 Clear potential to add substantial new capacity and support future enrolment growth in the postsecondary education sector
Possible Alignment Measures
bull Demographic growth projections for location bull Existing enrolment capacity at institutions in
the proximity of the proposed expansion bull Estimated enrolment capacity ofthe
expansion and projected net increase in undergraduate enrolment
bull Number of students from the area of the intended expansion who are currently attending the institution(s)
Possible Information to Build Evidence Base
bull Institutions long-term enrolment master plan bull Joint campus master plan for partnerships (if applicable) bull Long-term enrolment viability study bull Completed enrolment table in the proposal template stating all assumptions bull Community profile demonstrating future demand in the area bull Documented support from and alignment with plans of any associated agencies municipalities
or other entities
bull Consideration of relevant provincial population and employment projections bull Consideration of key provincial policy directions relating to the location of public institutions and
their associated economic impacts (eg ability to contribute to urban revitalization efforts) bull Evidence of program demand (eg number of applications)
FI-5J
SECTION B DEMONSTRATED AFFORDABILITY (40)
Proposals should demonstrate alignment with some or all of the following criteria
Priority Objective 2 Affordability for students and the province
General Evaluation Criteria
1 Evidence of substantial support from host community including financial contributions and land ownership
2 Economies of scale 3 Linkages with local transportation for
commuting students 4 Potential for leveraging private sector
resources
5 Evidence of consideration of alternatives to expansion proposal based on existing capacity and potential partnerships
6 Proven financial health of institution with asset management plan in place
7 Demonstrated labour market demand
Possible Alignment Measures
bull Total cost of project and expected provincial contribution
bull Cost-benefit analysis ofexpanding an existing assetor building at a new location (or a combination thereof)
bull Distance from current campuses bull Current assetmanagement plan including
effects of expansion on Facilities Condition Index
bull Public transit capacity to the institution and between campuses
bull Debtasset ratioof institution(s) bull Energy sources and efficiency initiatives
(including proposed LEED certification) bull Long-term financial viability bull Existing student employment KPIs
Possible Information to Build Evidence Base
bull Detailed project costing information including projected cash flow requirements and net impact on operating cost
bull Business case demonstrating need for expansiori (existing campus only) including a service gap analysis
bull Letters of support from potential partners indicating details of financial andor in-kind contributions (eg land ownership)
bull Local transportation plan(s) showing current anc1planned public access to site (short- and long-term)
bull Independent verification of total expansion proj set cost
bull Financial health analysis including recent finan cial statements
bull Documentation of preliminary environmental assessment bull Control and ownership of buildings and equipment (partnerships only) bull Long-term forecast of incremental operating expenses and revenues (grants third party revenues)
as a result ofthe proposed project
PI-S9
SECTION C ACADEMIC AND ECONOMIC CONSIDERATIONS (30)
Proposals should demonstrate alignment with some or all of the following criteria
Priority Objective 3 Differentiation sustainability and accountability
General Evaluation Criteria
1Alignment with the institutions Strategic Mandate Agreement (SMA) and goals and priorities of the Differentiation Policy Framework
2 Impact on nearby institutions 3 Effective and sustainable governance model
including consideration of the impact of distance from the expansion location for administration and academic experience
4 Focus on undergraduate programs 5 Range of programs offered locally and
avoidance of unwarranted duplication of existing programming
Possible Alignment Measures
bull Assessment of alignment with SMA bull Proposed programs their alignment with
the institutions strengths and an overview ofsimilar existing programs offered by institutions near the expansion
bull Ranking of institution(s) on applications by students from the proposed area
Possible Information to Build Evidence Base
bull Finalized SMA
bull Program information (initial and planned) bull Overview of proposed institutional governance model bull Consultation overview including results of discussions with affected institutions and letters of
support (if applicable)
pi-to
Priority Objective 4 Economic impact
General Evaluation Criteria
1Tangible regional economic benefits combined with potential for province-wide benefit based on labour force skills and economic growth
2 Demonstrated local economic benefits and linkages with local industries
3 Demonstrated Value for Money including Alternative Financing and Procurement (AFP) options where appropriate and limits on provincial contributions
Possible Alignment Measures
bull Local economic benefits bull Alignment of programs with regional and
Ontario labour market needs
bull Expected financing cost (if any) bull Jobs created (short-term associated with
building period and ongoing) bull Ongoing jobs created at expansion bull Value for Money analysis related to proposed
procurement model
Possible Information to Build Evidence Base
bull An economic impact study or value planning study to demonstrate the projects potential to provide direct economic benefits for the surrounding area (eg by helping to revitalize the community unlock local development potential build the taxbase and leverage existing infrastructure and investments)
Priority Objective 5 Quality innovation and competitiveness
General Evaluation Criteria
1 Institutional partnership options including university-college collaboration
2 Innovative service delivery 3 Postsecondary education quality and student
experience (including student and ancillary services)
Possible Alignment Measures
bull Institutional track record with partnerships bull Assessment ofproposed academic plan and
service delivery bull Range of planned student and ancillary
services compared with services at existing campuses (short- and long-term)
bull Existing student experience (KPIs student outcomes)
Possible Information to Build Evidence Base
bull Institutions Strategic Plan bull Business case in support ofproposed academic plan including partnerships with relevant
raquo information aboutcurriculumpedagogy raquo financial information
raquo interjurisdictional case studies and examples bull Impact analysis with respect toacademic and administrative quality and quality of experience bull Overview of new program accreditation required ifapplicable
12
Fl-fel
9 Communications Protocol
Proposal submissions must be received at MCEsubmissions ontarioca by September 26 2014 Late submissions will not be accepted
Specific questions submitted to the ministry as part of the process will be answered and will be made available to all participants
To ensure a fair and transparent process the ministry will not provide any advisory services to institutions on an individual basis
10 Role of Infrastructure Ontario and Alternative
Financing and Procurement Infrastructure Ontario is a Crown agency of the Government of Ontario It is focused on modernizing and financing the renewal of public infrastructure maximizing the value of public real estate and managing government facilities It also provides expertise in project delivery lending real estate management and asset planning Infrastructure Ontario now has a greater role in procuring infrastructure as well engaging in both traditional forms of procurement and alternative financing and procurement (AFP) when appropriate
As indicated in the Ministry of Infrastructures Building Together Plan and in the provincial governments planning and budgeting process recommendations will be made on the procurement method and delivery of all college infrastructure projects valued at more than $50 million In addition universities with successful projects and associated provincial grants in excess of $100 million will be required to consult with Infrastructure Ontario The $100 million threshold may be lowered in future years
The criteria for assessing these projects could include scope complexity and value-for-money assessment with input from the ministry and Infrastructure Ontario
13
Pl-bl
11 The Selection Process and Funding The ministry will oversee the process leading to the selection of successful applications A multi-ministry panel will review the applications and make recommendations to Cabinet through the Ministry of Training Colleges and Universities Cabinetwill make the final decision aboutsuccessful projects andor future courses of action
Funding for successful projects will be provided subsequently The number of projects selected for support as well as the level and timing of funding will be determined by the provincial government and will reflect a range of considerations including the fiscal environment
12 Components of the Submission The following components of the submission are to be provided to the ministry by the dates indicated In addition to what is required below institutions may submit their proposals in any format that they believe best demonstrates the strengths of their proposed project with due attention to the relevance and conciseness of information supplied (Note that institutions may be asked to revise and re-submit their proposals ifexcessive amounts of information are provided)
All submissions must be preceded by
bull A Notice of Intent to be received by the ministry no later than June 27 2014
The Notices of Intent will give the ministry an early overview of interest in Major Capacity Expansion
14
pl-fe
The components of the proposal submission to be received by the ministry no later than September 26r 2014 are as follows
bull A completed checklist
A checklist is included in the Call for Proposals package The checklist must be completed and included in the submission (The checklist is reproduced from Appendix A of the Major Capacity Expansion Policy Framework page 12)
bull A completed capital template
Please refer to the template included in the Call for Proposals package The template requests detailed information on enrolment projections and funding sources This information must be provided using the template but it may also be presented in a different format in the context of the overall presentation
bull Supplementary information
Institutions are welcome to submit supplementary information to support their proposal Supplementary information may include a business case environmental impact studies and any other information or documentation that substantiates the proposal As noted earlier conciseness and relevance of information are
valued
Pleasealso include evidence of support for your proposal (including documentation of land ownership or leasing contracts documentation of municipal or other funding and letters of support)
In the case of a joint university-college submission approval under s 28 of the Financial Administration Act is required for financing if the debt is related to Colleges or if there is a contingent liability
15
Fl-b4shy
13 Links to Related Documents and Resources
Major Capacity Expansion Policy Framework
Differentiation Policy Framework
Places to Grow
Building Together
14 Disclosure of Information
The Freedom of Information and Protection of Privacy Act (FIPPA) applies to information in the custody or under the control of the ministry Institutions should identify whether any information in their proposals is submitted in confidence within the meaning of s 17 of FIPPA The proposals may be shared with a multi-ministry panel or other advisers that the ministry retains to assist with the assessment of the proposals
15 Call for Proposals Timeline
Date Deliverable
March 27 2014 Release of Call for Proposals
June 27 2014 Notice of Intent
September 26 2014 Close of Call for Proposals
Contact Information
Ministry staff may need to contact institutions to clarify details or request additional information Please provide complete and current contact information in your submission
16
![Page 2: Pl-I *^ BRAMPTON ReP°rt of Cou… · Pi-2> Current Situation: Following Council approval of its Post-Secondary Education Strategy on November 6, ... Call for Proposals Timeline .](https://reader033.fdocuments.in/reader033/viewer/2022060721/6080f345afc78e210d009525/html5/thumbnails/2.jpg)
Pl-l
2 That the province of Ontario Major Capacity Expansion Policy Framework (dated December 20 2013) designed to provide funding for additional post-secondary education spaces across Ontario be endorsed and
3 That the Major Capacity Expansion Call for Proposals Guidelines and process (dated March 27 2014) directed to universities be endorsed and
4 That the City of Brampton participate as a host municipality in collaboration with a university partner in the Major Capacity Expansion Call-for-Proposals process that was initiated by the province of Ontario and
5 That the CAO and Executive Leadership Team be authorised to pro-actively promote Brampton as a host municipality to interested universities in alignment with Bramptons Post-Secondary Education Strategy and pursuant to the province of Ontario Major Capacity Expansion Call for Proposals Guidelines and
6 That the CAO and Executive Leadership Team serve as the technical steering committee overseeing this strategic economic development attraction initiative and that this technical steering committee shall report directly to City Council for the required municipal approvals
Background
Origin of Report
This report has its origin in Council Resolution C290-2013 (Bramptons Post-Secondary University Education Strategy approved on November 6 2013) with specific reference to Paragraph 3(c)
3 That Council authorise the implementation of this Strategy by approving the following actions
c The CAO be authorised to prepare document(s) in support of initiating a request for proposals process and project governance structure related to Goal 2 of Bramptons Post-Secondary Education Strategy that is the attraction of a research -oriented undergraduate and graduate university campus on municipally owned sites identified in this report Prior to issuance Council shall approve the request for proposal process and governance structure
Afull copy of Council Resolution C290 can be found in Appendix 1 In addition a full copy of Bramptons Post-Secondary University Strategy (Strategy) can be found in Appendix 2 Acopy of the Major Capacity Expansion Policy Framework (December 20 2013) and the Major Capacity Expansion Call for Proposals Guidelines (March 2014) can be found in Appendix 3
Pi-2gt
Current Situation
Following Council approval of its Post-Secondary Education Strategy on November 6 2013 the province of Ontario released its report titled Major Capacity Expansion Policy Framework to guide expansion of post-secondary institutions in Ontario (December 20 2013)
A Call for Proposals directed to universities and their host municipalities was released on March 27 2014 This Call for Proposals is part of the governments commitment to provide funding for 60000 additional post-secondary education spaces across Ontario
General Evaluation Criteria of Proposals
Evaluation criteria that will be used by the Ministry of Training Colleges and Universities are highlighted below
Strategic management of long-term enrolment growth and accessibility
Differentiation sustainability and accountability
Economic impact
Improving quality innovation and competitiveness
Affordability for students and the province
Call for Proposals Timeline
March 27 2014 Release ofCall for Proposals June 27 2014 Notice of Intent - The Notices of Intent will give MTCU an
early overview of interest in Major Capacity Expansion and will be posted on the Postsecondary Education Partners Gateway website within 30 days of the submission date
September 26 2014 Close of Call for Proposals
Role of Host Community
Municipalities interested in becoming a host community will be expected to work in collaboration with universities that are prepared to submit a proposal defined by the MajorCapacity Expansion Call for Proposals Guidelines
Bramptons Post-Secondary Education Strategy aligns with the principles in this Framework
The purpose of this report is to advance Bramptons Strategy by attracting a university partner interested in leading a proposal with the City of Brampton as a host municipality and to formalize an agreement guiding such a relationship
Fl-4
City of Brampton - Sheridan University Update
With respect to Goal One of Bramptons Strategy staff from the City of Brampton and Sheridan has formed a working team to undertake a feasibility study focused on a Sheridan University Campus in Downtown Brampton An Agreement and terms of reference guiding this feasibility study is currently being developed collaboratively by Sheridan and City staff In addition the City of Brampton continues to support Sheridan in its goal of obtaining University status in the Province of Ontario
Corporate Implications
Financial Impact
Should Council approve the recommendations in this report the CAO and Executive Leadership Team shall arrange to meet with interested universities One-on-one presentations is the preferred method of communicating Bramptons interest value-propositions and business case to post-secondary institutions however staff shall also consider participating in formal proposal calls that may be initiated by institutions seeking a host municipality The Council approved Strategy document shall serve as the primary reference material to support Bramptons case and promotional efforts
Strategic Plan
This report aligns with the following City of Brampton Strategic Plan initiatives
Thriving Priority - Strengthen Bramptons outstanding quality of life by encouraging economic growth innovation and entrepreneurship that enhance the Citys brand and residents lifestyles
bull Attract and Support and Knowledge-Based Jobs bull Increase Domestic and Foreign Direct Investment bull Expand the Inventory of Lifestyle Amenities bull Prosperity through the Creative Economy Tourism and Sport
Conclusion
In order for the City of Brampton to be in a position to participate and respond to the provincial Major Capacity Expansion Call for Proposals it is necessary for the City to seek a university partner that is interested in recognising the City of Brampton as a host municipality in a proposal to the Government of Ontario
FI-5
The recommendations in this report provide Council with a process that will allow the City of Brampton to pursue goals contained in its new Strategic Plan 2013 and its Post-Secondary Education Strategy (Goal Two) adopted in November 2013
Administrative Officer
Appendix 1 Council Resolution C290 City of Brampton
Appendix 2 Bramptons Post-Secondary University Strategy (Strategy) City of Brampton
Appendix 3 Major Capacity Expansion Policy Framework Government of Ontario
Fl-fe
APPENDIX 1
FI-1 C290-2013 Moved by Mayor Fennell Seconded by Regional Councillor Sanderson
1 That the report from J Corbett Chief Administrative Officer and Executive Leadership Team dated October 30 2013 to the Council Meeting of November 6 2013 re Bramptons Post-Secondary University Education Strategy (File C25) be received and
2 That Council commits to the proposed Post-Secondary University Education Strategy by approving the two major goals contained within this Strategy namely Goal 1 - Support the creation of Sheridan University that is committed exclusively to undergraduate professional education with a major presence in Downtown Brampton and Goal 2 shyAttract a new research-oriented university campus in Brampton that features undergraduate and graduate degrees and research programs and facilities for students faculty and industry and
3 That Council authorise the implementation of this Strategy by approving the following actions
a The Mayor and City Clerk be authorised to execute a Memorandum of Understanding agreement between the City of Brampton and Sheridan College ITAL related to Goal 1 of the Post-Secondary University Education Strategy outlining obligations of each organization related to the completion of a feasibility study for the site planning design build financing and maintenance of a major campus and related uses in Downtown Brampton as identified in this report And that the content of this Agreement be satisfactory to the City of Brampton CAO and the form satisfactory to the City Solicitor
b Upon its completion the feasibility study stated in 3(a) shall be presented to City Council and other agencies as required for approval and consideration of recommendations
c The CAO be authorised to prepare document(s) in support of initiating a request for proposals process and project governance structure related to Goal 2 of Bramptons Post-Secondary Education Strategy that is the attraction of a research-oriented undergraduate and graduate university campus on municipally owned sites identified in this report
Fi-B Prior to issuance Council shall approve the request for proposal process and governance structure
4 That Council authorises the CAO and Mayor to prepare a letter to the Premier of Ontario Minister of Training Colleges and Universities and Brampton MPPs asking the Government of Ontario to (a) support Bramptons Post-Secondary University Education Strategy (Goals 1 and 2) (b) continue to take the necessary steps to advance provincial legislation creating Sheridan University thereby making Sheridan eligible to apply for Association of Universities and Colleges of Canada (AUCC) accreditation and (c) the Province of Ontario support and assist as may be required the Citys effort to attract a research-oriented university campus to Brampton
Fl-q APPENDIX 2
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario
PI-10 October
2013
A Post-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario
The role ofpost-secondary education infostering economic development in Ontarios communities has never been more significant than today in this post-recessionary period
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 1
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario
1 INTRODUCTION ^
Higher learning is avision and commitment shared by the Province ofOntario post-secondary education institutions and industry As will be demonstrated in this Strategy the City of Brampton is a strong advocate and supporter of this shared vision
Creating and preserving knowledge-based jobs by enabling investments in post-secondary education research innovation and commercialization activities is at the heart of Bramptons economic vision In this post-recessionary period economic expansion is highly dependent on strategies designed to achieve this outcome
University Strategy
We are pleased to present Bramptons Strategy for post-secondary university education in
Brampton a two-pronged approach
Goal 1 Support the Creation of Sheridan University that is Committed Exclusively to
Undergraduate Professional Education The Cityof Brampton supports the vision and
mission of a new Sheridan University as a global leader in undergraduate professional
education To support this vision the Cityof Brampton is advocating and prepared to
invest its local share in a new undergraduate paradigm in Ontario that is exclusively
committed to undergraduate professional education features a strong focus on
students teaching and learning creativity and innovation offers undergraduate
research that is connected to industry and produces professional accreditations that
achieve the highest standards of quality programming and faculty The City of
Brampton is proposing that Sheridan University have a profound presence in Downtown
Brampton
Goal 2 Attract a New Research-Oriented University Campus in Brampton To support
the growing demand for undergraduate and graduate programs in the Toronto-centered
region (Zone 7) the City of Brampton is prepared to invest its local share in a new
university campus that features research capabilities for students faculty and industry
The City is prepared to partner with an existing Ontario university or participate with the
Province of Ontario in the start-up of the next publicly funded institute in Ontario
located in Brampton
A key underpinning of this Strategy is that the two goals described above are complementary
and intrinsically related from an advancement and institutional perspective
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 2
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario
Demand Drivers
The core drivers ofdemand that justify the expansion of post-secondary education in Ontario particularly in the Greater Toronto Area are well documented
What we present inthis Strategy however is a local community perspective that defines a compelling need for a new waveof post-secondary expansion driven by innovative thinking on undergraduate professional education as well as on undergraduate and graduate education with a focus on research-oriented programs classrooms and labs for faculty students and industry
In our recent strategic planning and community engagement process we found an interesting
human spirit and positive cultural attitude toward higher learning in Brampton This
community perspective was captured through extensive engagement approaches and multiple
primary and secondary information-gathering methods
As a result we have developed a Strategy that paints the picture of a growing diverse and
committed Brampton community ready for university development and a municipality that is
prepared to invest and lead a process that facilitates its communitys vision
Structure
This document is structured as follows
Part 2 - The Need - Meeting the Increasing Demand for Post-Secondary Education
Part 3 - Defining the Opportunities in Brampton
Part 4 - Bramptons Strategic Partnership - a Track Record of Success
Part 5 - Commitment to this Strategy
Part 6 - Next Steps - Our Proposed Implementation Plan
Part 7 - Key Contacts
A Note on Benchmarked Regions in Ontario
Ontarios geography for student registration statistics (OUAC) includes a Zone 7 comprised of
the Cityof Toronto York Region Peel Region (including Brampton) and Simcoe County This
was the reference zone used in our comparative analysis
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 3
A Post-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario
Fl-li 2 THE NEED - MEETING THE INCREASED DEMAND FOR POST-SECONDARY
EDUCATION
The economic benefits of the youth and vitalitythat a new college or university campus would bring are not lost on the Citys residents as a large majority view it to be a top priority for economic development
(64) particularly among influencers (84) Residents of Brampton Compiled by Environlcs 2013
Our Community Speaks Out
In 2013 the City invited its community to participate in a comprehensive strategic planning
program It has been ten years since the City last undertook a strategic planning exercise The
community has changed in that time and will continue to change as our population rises in
keeping with the Province of Ontarios Places to Grow Act
It began with initial research to identify the priorities of Bramptons residents and businesses
figure out what the City is doing well and where there may be room for improvement This
phase was completed through meetings with a variety of community groups and organizations
and a telephone survey to learn about the publics priorities perceptions and concerns From
the information we have collected we identified five Strategic Priorities for Bramptons future
Next we completed the community engagement phase of the process through a series of Town
Hall meetings and other feedback options including the Citys website Twitter email
voicemail and of course one-on-one
The feedback from residents has been impressive The vision and direction offered by the
public is persuasive articulate and focused on these priorities
o Economic Development
o Growth Management
o Environmental Stewardship
o Community Engagement
o Corporate Excellence
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 4
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario FI-I+
Economic development and growth management were identified asthe most important areas of focus for the City The public was clear that attracting large brand name companies and developing local talent were among the major themes for the Citys economic development Similarly the two most important economic development initiatives identified by Brampton residents were first attracting new businesses to the City (69 top priority rating) and second the building of college and university campuses (64) These two priorities are intrinsically related to each other
Promote Brampton Internationally
Support SMEs
Build College and University Campuses
Attract New Business
Top Priority bull Secondary Priority Not a Priority a Dont Know
Source Environics 2013 (Prepared for the City of Brampton Strategic Planning Engagement)
Growing Population
Brampton is a designated growth centre in the Province of Ontario With an official population
of523911 (2011) Brampton is the 9th largest City in Canada 4th largest in Ontario and 3rd largest in the Greater Toronto Area Between 1981 and 2011 Bramptons population grew by
an extraordinary rate of 84 per year Bramptons population is expected to reach
approximately 843000 people by 2031
Total Population 1981-2031
8428000
433806 325428
234445 268251 149090 188498
1981 1986 1991 1996 2001 2006 2011 2031
Source Statistics Canada 1981-2011 Forecast by Hemson Consulting Ltd Oct 2013
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 5
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario pf~S
At 21 Bramptons population grew more than the benchmarks during the period between 2006 and 2011 With a total population increase of90105 persons during this time-frame Brampton was ranked 3rd in Canada behind Toronto and Calgary and ahead of Edmonton Surrey Ottawa and Vaughan
Geography Population Population Population Change 2006 2011 2006 to 2011
Brampton (Zone 7) 433806 523911 208
York Region (Zone 7) 892712 1032524 157
Peel Region (Zone 7) 1159455 1296814 118
Toronto CMA 5113149 5583064 92
Canada 31612897 33476688 59
Ontario 12160282 12851821 57
Simcoe County (Zone 7) 422204 446063 57
City of Toronto (Zone 7) 2503281 2615060 45 Source Statistics Canada 2006 amp 2011
In 2006 the population in Zone 7 was 498 million representing 41 of the total population in Ontario By 2011 the population in this zone soared to 539 million featuring an impressive
82 growth rate above the provincial and national averages
This is a sound level of household formation during a difficult period in Ontarios economic
history Most of the population and household growth occurred in Peel and York Regions
a high demand zone for future university expansion
Brampton is ideally situated in Zone 7
to host Ontarios next wave
of university expansion
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 6
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario H (~ Icopy
A Young and Family Oriented Community
Brampton is a young City with a median age of 347 years according to Statistics Canada
Bramptons population is younger than the ten most populated cities in Canada as well as the
nation the province of Ontario and the Toronto region
Municipality Median Age Median Age 2011 Rank 2011
Brampton 347 1
Edmonton 360 2
Calgary 364 3
Mississauga 385 4
Montreal 386 5
Winnipeg 390 6
Toronto 392 7
Ottawa 392 7
Vancouver 397 9
Hamilton 409 10
Toronto CMA 386
York Region 393
Peel Region 369
Simcoe County 418
Ontario 404
Canada 406
Source Statistics Canada 2011
The typical post-secondary education enrollment age group between 20 and 39 includes more
than 151800 Brampton residents representing a growth rate of 28 between 2006 and 2011
Immigration is a Driver of Economic Growth
For the first time in its history the number of residents living in Brampton that was born
outside of Canada exceeded 50 of the population In other words the foreign-born
population in Brampton is greater than the Canadian-born population
Immigration continues to be a major influence in the growth and diversification of Bramptons
population labour force employment household income business enterprises and
institutions
This is a differentiating factor that is shaping a new highly energetic image of the City of
Brampton
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 7
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario ^ I bull |
Brampton is a magnet for newCanadians The peak immigration period in Bramptons statistical history is indeed the present time The most recent immigration figures from the 2001 and 2006 Census Surveys and the 2011 National Household Survey revealed that more than 83000 people settled in Brampton between 2001 and 2011 This represents an average annual rate of 8300 new foreign-born residents or approximately 33 of the total immigration into Canada into Brampton
Geography Foreign-Born Foreign Born Population Population 2011
Total 2011 As a of Population
Brampton 263670 506
Peel Region 650530 505
City of Toronto 1252215 486
Toronto CMA 2537410 46
York Region 463125 452
Ontario 3611365 29
Canada 6775765 n
Simcoe County 50915 116
Source Statistics Canada 2011
Between 2006 and 2011 the major countries of birth for new Brampton residents included
1 India-525
2 Philippines-68
3 Pakistan - 63
Languages Spoken in Brampton
Panjabi (Punjabi) Hindi and Urdu were the top three non-official languages in 2011 accounting
for 66 of all of the non-official languages spoken in Brampton making this City one of a few in
Canada with significant allophone representation
Rounding out the top ten languages spoken in Brampton were Portuguese (4) Spanish (5)
Tamil (6) Tagalog (7) Gujarati (8) Italian (9) and Vietnamese (10)
In total eighty-nine languages were reported in the 2011 National Household Survey as being
spoken in Brampton homes
Post-Secondary Educational Attainment
At 51 post-secondary education attainment in Brampton is below key benchmarks However
it is the municipalitys goal to increase this level to meet the provincial (55) and national (54)
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 8
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario p 1mdash1Q
average bypromoting and facilitating post-secondary facilities and access to programs that are next-to- home
Geography Post-Secondary Percentage of Certificate Diploma Total Population or Degree 2011 15 and Older 2011
CityofToronto 1271gt545 58
Toronto CMA 2629970 58
York Region 487945 58
Peel Region 576995 56
Ontario 5717340 55
Canada 14805190 54
Brampton 206770 51
Simcoe County 180650 50
Source Statistics Canada 2011
The Citys strategic economic growth initiatives will continue to result in a more diversified and
talented labour force Such initiatives include residential and commercial intensification of
Bramptons central commercial corridor attracting knowledge-based industries expansion of
executive housing supply investment in arts and culture and supporting programs that
promote entrepreneurship innovation and commercialization
Household Income
At $77787 Brampton had the 2nd highest reported household income among the regions in this sample
Geography Median Household Benchmark
Total Income Rank
2010
York Region $89100 1
Brampton $77787 2
Peel $77588 3
Toronto CMA $70365 4
Simcoe County $67468 5
Ontario $66358 6
Canada $61072 7
City of Toronto $58381 8
Source Statistics Canada 2011
Further between 2005 and 2010 the total number of Brampton households reported in the
highest income category being $100000 and more increased by 425
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 9
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario H|deg
Population Growth is Complimented by Strong Employment Growth
The Brampton economy has been projected to attract approximately 120000 net new jobs by 2031 for a total of 291000 people working in Brampton based business establishments
Employment 2011 2016 2021 2026 2031
Brampton 171000 204000 239000 263000 291000
Peel 730000 820000 880000
Source Hemson Consulting Ltd Oct 2013
Brampton will lead economic growth in Peel over the next two decades attracting 80 of the
employment forecasted in the region Brampton is home to 8075 businesses Brampton
businesses contribute approximately $129 Billion to the GDP or 52 of the output in the
Toronto Region The Citys output is dominated by a mixed economy heavily structured on
goods-producing trades and professional business services industries
The major non-government industries dominating the economic base of Brampton by place of
work employment include
- Manufacturing
- Retail and Wholesale Trade
- Professional and Business Services
- Transportation and Warehousing
This skilled and educated workforce in Brampton represents the 3rd highest concentration of labour in the Toronto Region
Major Corporations
Bramptons corporate community is vibrant featuring an impressive list of corporations from
Canadian and International enterprises that have invested in office production andor logistics
facilities in this community
bull Rogers Communications
bull Chrysler Canada
bull Loblaw Companies
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 10
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario P ImiO
Maple Lodge Farms
Canadian Tire Corporation
Coca Cola Bottling
Waste Management of Canada
Gamma Dynacare
Olymel LLP
Air Canada Strategic Operations Centre
Bacardi Canada
Export Packers Ltd
HBC Canada
Ford Motor Company
Nissan Canada
Medtronics Canada
MDA Robotics
Q9 Canada
Aircraft Appliances and Equipment
Para Paints Canada
Brita Water Filter
Clorox Canada Canon Canada recently Hunter Douglas Windows
announced theMandarin Restaurant Corporation
Nestle Canada relocation of their
Maple Leaf Foods national headquarters HankookTire
to Brampton Ontario Smuckers Canada
Parmalat Canada
Miele Canada
Best Buy CanadaFuture Shop Canada
Small and Medium Sized Enterprises (SMEs)
The backbone of Canadas economy is found in the entrepreneurs and innovators who own
and operate small and medium-sized enterprises While Brampton has an excellent
portfolio of corporate brand names the SME sector is an active contributor to economic
growth Ninety-four per cent (94) of all businesses in Brampton had less than 50
employees Small businesses remain strong in professional scientific and technical support
sectors as well as in business services and the retail and wholesale trades
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 11
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario FI-21
Brampton business establishments with less than ten employees had 23000 workers on their payroll in 2011
Public Sector Employment
Adiverse economic base such as Bramptons is also characterised by very good representation from institutions in the public sector
Major employers include
Regional Municipal of Peel The Peel Memorial Centre for
William Osier Health System
Peel Regional Police Integrated Health and Wellness
Corporation of the City of Brampton will attract between 3000-4000
Sheridan College Institute of Technology professionals in the medical
and Advanced Learning services sector by 2016
bull Ontario Courthouse - Grenville Davis
University Application Statistics
The Ontario Universities Application Centre (OUAC) produces an annual report of
application and registration data for secondary school and other applicants
In 2011 514596 applications were administered by the Ontario University system In the
ten-year period between 2002 and 2011 Ontario saw the number of applications received
grow by approximately 135000 During the same time-frame the number of registered
applicants increased by approximately 23000 or 336 In 2011 Ontario universities
hosted 78434 registered applicants
A key finding of the 2011 OUAC Report is that universities located in geographic zone 7
these being the Ontario College of Arts and Design York University Ryerson University and
the University of Toronto attracted the highest proportion of registered applicants from
their home-zone when compared to all other universities in Ontario
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 12
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario p I bull ^i
This point is highlighted in the following table
Universities in Geographic Registered Secondary Registered Other Group Zone 7 School Applicants Applicants
Originating From Originating from (includes Peel Region York Region Zone 7 in 2011 Zone 7 in 2011 Simcoe County and City of Toronto)
( of Total Registered for ( of Total Registered for Each University) Each University)
York 865 592
Ryerson 822 616
Toronto 743 209
OCAD 643 542
Average 4 System Wide 454 306 Source Ontario University Application Centre 2011
Given the large population demographic composition socio-economic characteristics and
cultural attitudes of residents living in Zone 7 it is clear that there is a positive bias for students
particularly secondary-school students to attend a university where they can live near or stay
within their family and community structures
This is a prevalent trend in Peel Region York Region Simcoe County and the City of Toronto
(the communities that comprise Zone 7) more so than any other region in Ontario
As a summary of the complex set of demand factors highlighted in this section of the report we
see tremendous justification for additional university services on the outer edge of the Greater
Toronto Area
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 13
A Post-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario Fl-ii
3 DEFINING THE OPPORTUNITY
Goal 1 - Sheridan University Campus in Downtown Brampton
Project Vision
Site Options
A
AX
PI
A profound and holistic Sheridan Downtown Brampton Campus
connected to its 9500 plus students at Brampton Davis Steeles Campus
supported by enhanced transit to its HMC Campus I and II and Oakville
Campus
1Nelson Square Garage (Phase II SWQRP) and Phase III Lands
2Heritage Theatre Block ^~ rzmdash~ V V i
bullbull bull bull --bull shy
bull -bullbullbull-Ty ^
General Description of Site Locations - for illustrative purposes only
Mobility These sites are within a 5-minute walking distance to the existing
Brampton GO Train Station (with service to Union Station and
KitchenerWaterloo) and the ZUM Bus Rapid Transit service on
Queen Street and Main Street with service to Sheridan Davis
Campus Guelph-Humber University Campus Mississauga City
Centre (HMC I and II) and York University The proposed
Hurontario-Main Light Rapid Transit system is also within walkinj
distance of the site and offers a direct link to HMC I and II
Infrastructure Type Post-Secondary Education Campus and Related Uses
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 14
A Post-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario Fl-24shy
Project Type DBFM or DBF Design Build Finance Maintain or Design Build
Finance (the final business model is subject to a detailed
feasibility study)
Goal 2 - A New University Campus in Brampton
Project Vision A new university campus that offers undergraduate and graduate
degrees with research-oriented programs for students faculty
industry
Site Option 1 65-acre site at McLaughlin Road and Queen Street West
southwest corner known municipally as Flower City Community
Campus This site was formerly owned by the Province of
Ontario (OPP Headquarters and Training Centre) and is currently
being used by the municipality
Mobility This site is located in the Central Area of Brampton with Brampton
Transit service provided to the property The site is 15
kilometres from the Downtown GO Train Station and the
Downtown ZUM BRT Station on Main Street and 3 km to the
Brampton ZUM BRT station at Shoppers World - Steeles Avenue
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 15
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario p | bull ^S
Site Location Option 2
Mobility
Infrastructure Type
Project Type
The road network provides easy access to the major 400 series
highways for example ETR 407 is 35 km south of this site and
Highway 410 is 45 km east of the site
2719 Bovaird Drive West at Heritage Road southwest quadrant
This 87-acre site was formerly owned by private industry Today
the site is owned by the City of Brampton and is being used by the
municipality for maintenance and operation services
CON5WHS
CON5WHS
iV
I
The Mount Pleasant GO Train Station is 22 km east of the site at
Creditview Road The major Highway 401 and ETR 407 juncture
is approximately 8 km by automobile Future infrastructure
serving this area includes the GTA West Corridor immediately
north and east of the subject property
Post-Secondary Education Campus and Related Uses
DBFM or DBF Design Build Finance Maintain or Design Build
Finance (the final business model is subject to a detailed
feasibility study)
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 16
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario p | 1copy
4 BRAMPTONS STRATEGIC PARTNERSHIPS - A RECORD OF SUCCESS
With its strategic partners the Cityof Brampton has demonstrated an excellent record of
success in building and delivering physical and human infrastructure projects designed to expand public services and improve Bramptons economicdevelopment competitiveness
Ultimately these partnerships have created and preserved Ontario jobs In this section we
showcase a few of these strategic projects
Transit Infrastructure Project-Zum Bus Rapid Transit Project
Zum is Brampton Transits Bus Rapid Transit (BRT) service With its limited stops advanced
technology and real-time next bus information Zum connects people and places within
Brampton and throughout the Greater Toronto Area (GTA) Zum Queen Street service began in
the fall of 2010 Ziim Main Street service began operating in September 2011 and Ziim Steeles
Avenue started in the fall of 2012
Ziim was funded by all three levels of government with investments of $95 million each from
the Federal Provincial and Municipal governments for a total allotment of $285 million
Phase Iof the project required $159 million Phase II which expanded services along Queen
Street and Steeles Avenue as well as introduce new services on Bovaird Drive will require $126
million when fully completed
This is a DBFM - Design Build Finance and Maintain project led by the City of Brampton
Brampton designed built financed and maintains all aspects of the Zum system-wide capital
and operating costs related to
bull Roadway infrastructure intersection modifications and signal priority equipment
bull New terminals and station stops with high-quality passenger amenities
Capital equipment including new vehicles for expanded and rebranded service
Intelligent Transportation System technologies including real-time passenger information
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 17
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario p ( raquo^7
Post-Secondary Education Infrastructure Project -Sheridan Centre for Advanced Manufacturing and Design Technology (CAMDT)
In response to the changing face of manufacturing in Central and Southern Ontario Sheridan College and the City of Brampton embarked on a vision to assist Canadian manufacturers to compete globally with knowledge and technology asthe keys to their success
Led by Sheridan College ITAL the CAMDT $8 million venture is a partnership with more than 20 regional manufacturers the Province of Ontario and the City of Brampton Together we are growing regional talent in this important sector In 2005 CAMDT opened its doors
Seen as a strategic economic development initiative the City of Brampton was a major funding
and local knowledge partner contributing$25 million to CAMDT - the largest investment it has
ever made as a municipality in post-secondary education City Councils investment in Sheridan
is intended to address the demand (in the manufacturing sector) for graduates with a broad
range of advanced technical and management skills as well as to provide enhanced training for
those already in the workforce
CAMDT uses a consortia approach with the following goals
New full-time courses and industrycollege projects
Applied research initiatives and student projects
Contract training and continuing education courses
Strengthen program enrolments and graduate placements
The Centre for Sustainable Manufacturing (CSM) is located in Brampton and houses 18000
square feet of state-of-the-art labs and a flexible automation and fabrication centre The labs
support academic programs in integrated manufacturing computer-aided
draftingmanufacturing and manufacturing management
The Centre helps meet current and future needs of local manufacturers to stimulate regional
economic development and prosperity Sheridan government and local industry have
collaborated for nearly a decade to position the Centre to address critical skills gaps in the
manufacturing sector The Centre is now partnering with industry to support technical financial
and knowledge development to facilitate adoption of innovative technologies that minimize
resource consumption harmful emissions waste and use of toxic materials
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 18
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario p | mdash^ff
Health Care Infrastructure Project shy
Peel Memorial Centre for Integrated Health and Wellness
The new Peel Memorial Centre in Brampton will support the William Osier Health Systems vision for an integrated health system by providing primary ambulatory and outpatient-based care
This is a DBFM - Design Build Maintain Finance project led by Infrastructure Ontario (10)
Scheduled to open in 2016 Peel Memorial CIHW will provide specialized outpatient-based care
including urgent care day surgery and specialty clinics with a focus on helping individuals better
manage chronic conditions like asthma diabetes and kidney disease
According to Osier Health System Peel Memorial will introduce new models of care to shift the
focus from illness to wellness and encourage patients to take a more active role in managing
their own health and well-being
Representing the leading edge in integrated health care delivery Peel Memorial will provide
access to specialized patient-centred care in a state-of-the-art facility that offers a wide variety
of traditional and alternative health care services It will help people to get and stay well
through a series of education prevention disease management and healing programs
In the fall of 2012 Osier received government approval to move forward with a request for
qualifications to design build finance and maintain the new facility Following this
announcement Brampton City Council decided to invest 50 of the community share with a
$60 million levy in support of the new Peel Memorial
Downtown Intensification Infrastructure Project shy
Southwest Quadrant Renewal Plan Municipal Office and Commercial Retail Development
On August 10 2011 Bramptons City Council approved the terms of agreement for the
Southwest Quadrant Renewal Plan which enables the City to move forward with a creative
solution to meet the Citys future administrative space needs and plans for revitalization of
Bramptons downtown The successful proposal submitted by Dominus Construction Group is
a plan for a mixed-use development with several new features including new administrative
parking and retail space and a pedestrian-friendly cityscape for completion in 2014
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 19
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario p f~2raquo^
This is a DBF - Design Build Finance project led by Dominus Construction Group The City is a tenant in the building on a long-term lease
Phase 1 of this LEEDS project now under construction includes a new nine-storey building at 41 George Street that can accommodate
bull 126398 foot building for administrative space
bull 10147 square feet for ground retail space
bull 10545 square feet for multi-purpose meeting rooms
bull 443 parking spaces (five levels of parking)
Phase la also under construction includes a two-storey addition to the current City Hall that
can accommodate
bull 2507 square feet for committee rooms
bull 6187 square feet for ground retail space
Phases 1 and la of the Southwest Quadrant Renewal Plan (SWQRP) represents a $94M
investment in the downtown and all 3 Phases of the combined SWQRP represents an
estimated investment of $251M
This investment in the Southwest Quadrant Renewal Plan is another major building block in the
ongoing evolution and revitalization of downtown Brampton both in terms of contributing to
the urban landscape as well as attracting private sector investment and opportunities
Combined with other major projects like the Rose Theatre Brampton the launch of Ziim on
Queen and Main Streets restoration work at Alderlea and Peel Heritage Complex and several
new condominium projects Bramptons Downtown is experiencing an exciting resurgence
The City of Brampton is planning to add another signature building in our downtown core
further evidence of Bramptons commitment to economic development
Sustainable Community Development Project shy
Mount Pleasant Mobility Hub
The project includes a number of elements that serve to establish Mount Pleasant as a transit-
oriented development exemplifying a more sustainable approach to suburban community
living
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 20
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario p |~^Q
In partnership with the OntarioGovernment MetrolinxGO and Mattamy Homes the City has invested approximately $23 million in the following infrastructure
bull Community Transit Infrastructure station stops and related passenger amenities
Intelligent Transportation Systems (ITS) and transit enhancements at intersections
bull Mobility Hub facility bus layovers sheltered passenger areas clock tower bike storage areas and related amenities
bull Cultural Heritage reconstructed historic CPR station structure to be used as a cultural
facility in the Mt Pleasant civicsquare shared with the Peel District School Board and the
Library
bull Pedestrian amenities Civic Square and Village Green incorporating a reflection poolskating
facility public art canopy structures play area and landscaping features
Through development and stewardship the Mount Pleasant Community will restore and
enhance individual features that currently cover approximately 8 (or 41 hectares) of the
area and create a Natural Heritage System that will cover approximately 19 (or 976 hectares)
of the community As development proceeds within the Mount Pleasant Community the
NHS will come into public ownership The City will be responsible to manage the NHS and our
goal is to support natural processes and regeneration that are beneficial to the health and
diversity of the natural features functions and habitat This will generally mean
bull Planting no-maintenance vegetative buffers between natural areas and private
properties using native trees shrubs and groundcovers
bull Not mowing pruning or spraying natural areas for weeds and insects
bull Allowing for annual flooding and ponding of water along East Huttonville Creek and
within wetlands and woodlands to maintain a natural hydrology that is critical for plant
and wildlife health and diversity
bull Allowingfor the natural loss of vegetation and regrowth of young trees and shrubs
bull Managing natural areas for invasive species such as Buckthorn and Norway Maple
bull Managing the urban trees along streets and parks for invasive species such as Emerald
Ash Borer
The Mount Pleasant Mobility Hub represents a large project that has created one-time
employment within the stipulated 2-year construction period as well generating annual
multipliers supporting Bramptons economic development for future generations
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 21
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario p [raquo^ )
5 OUR INVESTMENT - A COMMITMENT TO POST SECONDARY EDUCATION
The City of Brampton iscommitted to investing in this Strategy Below is a summary of the types of financial and in-kind investmentsthe municipality is prepared to make in order to realize this Strategy
bull Municipal Land Contribution
bull Municipal Commitment to Economic and Market Growth Policies
bull Municipal assistance on site servicing for digitally linked and virtual classrooms
laboratories office
bull Shared Infrastructure related to municipal services such as library field house gymnasium
bull Design an extensive planning process and design exercise that represents the highest
standard of excellence including engaging the community and surrounding land-owners
LEEDS Community and Environmental Design
bull Facilitating municipal and community partnerships to maximize utilization of spaces during
the May - August shoulder period
bull Economic development research grant to support research that fosters innovation and
commercialization
bull Support industry partnerships and innovative enterprises
bull Demonstrate commitment to a shared provincial municipal and university relationship
focused on a culture of open communication shared values community engagement and
volunteerism
bull Staff time and expertise dedicated to teams assigned to this Strategy
bull Leverage City of Brampton AAA Credit Rating by Standard amp Poors
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 22
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario p- ( ~ Q jL
6 IMPLEMENTATION STEPS
The following decision milestones guide the municipal commitment and stewardship of this
Strategy
bull Exploratory Meetings with Sheridan Executive and Chair of Governing Council
bull Preparation of Bramptons Post-Secondary Strategy Proposal
bull Presentation to Premier Wynne - Receive and Endorse Proposed Strategy
bull City Council approval of final post-secondary strategy and approval to enter into a
Memorandum of Understanding with Sheridan College ITAL to explore the feasibility of
establishing Sheridan University in Downtown Brampton
bull Execute an MOU with Sheridan
bull Complete the Feasibility Study for Goal 1
bull Form a project team to prepare the technical documents in support of an RFP related to
Goal 2 -Attract a new undergraduate and graduate research-oriented university campus
aligned with Bramptons vision and proposed site locations with reporting to Council
7 CONTACTS
Susan Fennell
Mayor
City of Brampton Tel 905-874-2600
John Corbett MCIP RPP
Chief Administrative Officer
City of Brampton Tel 905-874-2625
Creating andpreserving knowledge-basedjobs by enabling investments in post-secondary education research innovation and commercialization activities
is at the heart ofBramptons economic vision
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 23
APPENDIX 3
FI-V4shybullUTaarrgt-^M
Major
Capacity
Expansion
Policy
Framework
December 2013
Ministry of Training Colleges and Universities
pound Ontario
PI -IS
The Ontario Public Service endeavours to demonstrate leadership with respect to accessibility in Ontario Our goal isto ensure that Ontario government services products and focilities ore occessible to all our employees and to all members of the public we serve This document or the information that itcontains is available on request in alternative formats Please forward all requests for alternative formats to ServiceOntario ot 1-800-668-9938 (TTY 1-800-268-7095)
line publication equivolenle est disponible en francais sous le titre suivant (Mesttattgique pout Iocuoissement moeur de hcapocili 2013
This publication is also available on the Ministry ofTraining Colleges and Universities website at wwvontariocatcu 13-278 bull ISBN 978-1-4606-3428-8 (POF) bull copy Queens Printer for Ontario 2013
Contents
Vision 5
Context 5
Government Priorities 6
Components of the Policy Framework 7
Initial Review 7
Scope 7
Selection and Approval 9
Policy Implementation and Compliance 10
Appendix A
Contact Information and Checklist for Institutions Considering
Capacity Expansion 11
Appendix B
An Outline of the Review and Approval Process for Planned
Capacity Expansion Proposals 13
Appendix C
General Evaluation Criteria for Major Capacity Expansion 14
Pi-Vi
Vision
Ontarios colleges and universities will drive creativity innovation knowledge and community engagement through teaching and research They will put students first by providing the best possible learning experience for all qualified learners in an affordable and financially sustainable way ensuring high quality and globally competitive outcomes for students and Ontarios knowledge economy
Context
Between 2002-03 and 2012-13 the postsecondary education system in Ontario expanded substantially with full-time enrolment growing by over 160000 more than in any decade in the provinces history Ontario has been supporting enrolment growth across the college and university sectors through increases in operating grants enhancements to student financial aid and capital investments
Ontarios postsecondary institutions have been committed partners in their efforts to accommodate these unprecedented levels of enrolment growth and have thus contributed to expanding opportunities for students to pursue higher education in many communities across Ontario
At65 per cent Ontarios level of postsecondary attainment (college university and apprenticeship) in 2012 was higher than thatof any country in theOrganisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) The Ontario government has set a postsecondary education attainment target of 70 per cent to ensure that the province continues to benefit from the competitive advantage of its highly skilled and educated workforce in the global economy
In this context it is essential to ensure that in future the right spaces are created in the right places for Ontarios students This can be done by targeting areas in which population growth is strong but local postsecondary education capacity is limited
Population growth in Ontario has recently been - and is expected tocontinue to be - concentrated in a number of large urban areas Some of the regions and communities where strong
Fl-W
long-term demand growth is anticipated are not currently served by local campuses In those areas gaps have recently begun to appear between enrolment demand growth and the capacity to accommodate continued enrolment growth If left unaddressed those gaps are likely to widen over time
Projections are subject to uncertainty and caution should always be used when considering long-term forecasts Based on the ministrys latest assessment of demographics and long-term postsecondary education participation patterns enrolment demand growth will moderate in the near term but is expected to return to more rapid growth after 2020 with the potential for substantial enrolment increases over the longer term Consistent with recent trends long-term demand is expected to be greatest for degree-level programs
It is anticipated that the focus of most major capacity expansions in the future will be at the undergraduate degree level Students in rapidly growing communities have access to substantial local college facilities more than they do to local university campuses In addition although graduate enrolment has risen significantly in recent years it is much lower than enrolment at the undergraduate level and tends to be concentrated in fewer institutions
The timing of this anticipated growth in demand provides an important opportunity The province will have time to plan for and address postsecondary education capacity needs in areas of Ontario where communities are growing and where students need better and more affordable access to postsecondary education opportunities closer to home
Government Priorities
The Major Capacity Expansion Policy Framework set out in this document seeks to achieve the following objectives
bull Ensuring that future large-scale capacity expansion supports long-term postsecondary education priorities including institutional differentiation
bull Managing enrolment growth strategically in line with provincial growth planning priorities to address regional capacity gaps in underserved areas
bull Putting in place a transparent evidence-based decision making and implementation process
ldegt
9 Addressing affordability and sustainability for students institutions and the province by maximizing the cost-effectiveness of targeted investments
bull Creating local community and regional economic benefits leading to job creation and greater economic diversity
Components of the Policy Framework The components of the Major Capacity Expansion policy framework include
1) a description of the kinds of initiatives that will be within the scope of the new approval and selection process
2) the selection process and the criteria that will be used in evaluating proposals for approval after a call for proposals is made and
3) details on implementation and compliance
Initial Review
Any institution considering an initiative that involves an expansion ofcapacity should contact the ministry in writing using the checklist provided in Appendix A The ministry will review initiatives proposed by institutions on a case-by-case basis to determine whether the planned expansion is subject to the new selection and approval process outlined below The ministry will provide a response to the institutions request in writing clearly indicating whether a proposed project or initiative will be subject to the new Major Capacity Expansion selection and approval process Initiatives subject to the new process are not to proceed unless approved by the provincial government following a formal call for proposals
Scope
This policy framework addresses a significant provincial interest in the need for provincial management of future large-scale expansions in postsecondary education capacity Effective management and planning is also needed to help avoid potential conflicts that can arise between and among institutions sect with respect to the location of new facilities and campuses s
FI-H-0
The new approval and selection process is primarily focused on initiatives that are designed to accommodate significant long-term increases in the number of domestic full-time postsecondary education students Such large-scale initiatives could include expansions at existing locations or might involve the establishment of new campuses Initiatives could be partnerships including university-college collaborations that would also enhance students educational experience and student pathways
Recognizing thata wide range and variety of potential expansion opportunities exist in Ontarios diverse and complex postsecondary education system the ministry has avoided setting rigid parameters to define major capacity expansion However initiatives characterized by the following scale-related features are most likely to be subject to the new approval and selection process
0 accommodates enrolment growth of more than 1000 full-time students in the short term with the potential to accommodate longer-term growth of5000 to 10000 over the next twenty years (ie long-term enrolment comparable to enrolment at substantial existing college or university campuses)
8 adds new facilities (either owned or secured through long-term lease) larger than 70000 square feet (roughly 6500 square metres) designated primarily for academic purposes
raquo offers a broad range of programs with substantial new or expanded ancillary services (or shows clear potential for future growth in program offerings and ancillary services)
bull significantly improves local student access to postsecondary education in the short term (and has the potential to do so in the longer term) particularly in geographic locations that may be experiencing or are expected to develop capacity gaps
When reviewing a planned expansion the ministry will also take into consideration whether the initiative
bull competes with other capacity expansion initiatives in a particular geographic area or would have an impact on existing or already-planned postsecondary education facilities
bull in the case of proposed new campuses is outside the local area of the institutions existing campuses or is in a new community for the institution in terms of substantial permanent academic facilities For the purpose of this policy the local
FH+I
area of a campus is defined as the area within the median commuter shed for Census Metropolitan Areas in Ontario as specified by Statistics Canada (about 10 km)
Institutions making expansion proposals will be required to provide evidence of prior consultation with and support from other institutions that could be affected by the proposal confirmation of their own Board of Governors support for the proposal and confirmation of significant support from the local municipality or region
Selection and Approval Decisions about future large-scale postsecondary education capacityexpansion projects will be made on the basis of a formal transparent competitive process that will begin with a call for proposals directed to institutions Consideration will be given to proposals for large-scale expansion ofexisting campuses (main or satellite campuses) andor for the creation of new campuses
Calls for proposals will be directed to publicly assisted postsecondary education institutions in Ontario Eligibility to submit a proposal will in general be extended to all institutions however the government may decide to limit eligibility as appropriate depending on current circumstances and evolving provincial priorities
Municipalities interested in being considered as host locations for future major capacity expansion should work in collaboration with institutions that would be prepared to submit a proposal
Priority will be given to proposals in regions that have been experiencing sustained population and postsecondary education demand growth and that are underserved in terms of postsecondary education opportunities
The timing of future calls for proposals the number of projects selected for support and the level and timing of funding will be determined by the provincial government and will reflect a range of considerations including the fiscal environment
FI-M-1
When evaluating proposals the ministry will consider a setof criteria in the following categories consistent with its priorities for future capacity expansion (as outlined on page 6)
bull Strategic management of long-term enrolment growth and accessibility
bull Differentiation sustainability and accountability bull Economic impact raquo Quality innovation and competitiveness (including
institutional partnership options) bull Affordability for students and the province (including
substantial support from host communities)
Over time as circumstances change and priorities evolve the ministry may articulate additional requirements for the competitive process For details of general evaluation criteria refer to Appendix C Additional templates may be provided when a call for proposals is announced
Once the proposals have been evaluated the ministry will make recommendations to Cabinet for funding support for the selected proposals When one or more proposals have been selected and approved for funding bilateral agreements will be put in place between the institution(s) selected and the ministry
Policy Implementation and Compliance This policy framework will be effective immediately Institutions are encouraged to submit their expansion plans for initial review as soon as possible
If an initiative is determined to be outside the scope of this new approval and selection process itwill still be subject to other relevant ministry approval processes including but not limited to program approval and capital funding processes It will also have to be consistent with the terms of the Strategic Mandate Agreement established between the institution and the ministry
Failure to comply with the requirements setout in this policy framework will affect provincial funding Specifically new or expanded enrolment at the location of the expansion will not be recognized for funding through the college or university operating grants and the institution will not be eligible for provincial capital funding at the location Failure to comply could also affect future capital decisions by the provincial government
0 with respect to other locations
Fl-42gt
Appendix A Contact Information and Checklist for Institutions Considering Capacity Expansion
Institutions considering capacity expansion should direct a letter describing the project or initiative along with a completed checklist (see below) to
MCEsubmi53101iionfariocc1
The following checklist will help the ministry determine whether the planned expansion will be subject to the new approval and selection process under the MajorCapacity Expansion policy framework1
Please complete the checklist (copy and scan the completed form or create an e-file based on the template) and include it as an attachment to your communication to the ministry outlining your institutions planned capacity expansion project
Please provide additional information as needed in the Comments section of the checklist
1 A planned expansion that is deemed subject to the new selection and approval process is not to proceed unless approved by the province following a formal call for proposals A planned expansion that is deemed outside the scope of the Major Capacity Expansion approval and selection process will still be subject to other relevant ministry approval processes including but not limited to program approval and capital funding processes
pl-4-4shy
Checklist for Institutions Considering Capacity Expansion
Checklist Items
Size
How many full-time students would this initiative accommodate based on current plans
Is there potential for substantial longer-term enrolment growth If yes please provide a high-level estimate of potential enrolment
How much space (in sq ft) will be designated for academic purposes in the proposed facility (or expansion) Would new facilities be owned or secured through long-term lease
What is the credential mix of programs associated with this proposed expansion
What programs would be made available
Consultation
Have you consulted with other institutions that could be affected by this proposal
bull Which institution(s) have you consulted Are they supportive
Has your institution engaged its Board of Governors with respect to this proposal Is the board supportive
Is your proposal supported by the local municipality region in which it would be located
bull Will third-party resources (municipalities region other) be available to support this initiative What is the level of support expected
Location Services
Where would the new capacity be located (municipality region)
bull Is this a new locationcommunity for your institution
If proposing expansion at a new location is the location more than 10 km from existing campus(es)
Does the planned expansion include ancillary and student services
bull Please provide a list of services to be offered
Notes
Yes No Comme -
DD
an
a a
a a
bull a
bull a
bull a
bull This list is designed to provide information needed to determine whether a proposal will be deemed subject to the Major Capacity Expansion policy approval and selection process
bull Decisions will be made on a case-by-case basis If additional information is needed a representative of the Ministry ofTraining Colleges and Universities will contact the institution Please provide complete contact information including name position title email address and phone numbers
FI-H5
Appendix B An Outline of the Review and Approval Process for Planned Capacity Expansion Proposals
Chart 1 below outlines the steps in the assessment process that will be used to determine whether a planned capacity expansion will be deemed subject to the approval and selection process under the Major Capacity Expansion policy framework
Chart 2 outlines the steps in the process of selecting initiatives for funding under the Major Capacity Expansion policy framework
Chart 1 Initial Review - Is the Planned Expansion Subject to the Major Capacity Expansion Selection and Approval Process
The planned expansion
does not move forward
until approved by the
province following a Ministry reviews the institutions formal call for proposals
Institution submits a letter Failure to comply will submission to evaluate whether
describing the planned the planned expansion will be affect provincial funding
expansion with a completed subject to the new selection 1gt4^lt^t^fea1Vitaiiij4gtlJULJl^
and approval process under
for review the Major Capacity Expansion The planned expansion policy framework moves forward subject to
checklist to the ministry
Wampj^WJfeWamp$Si^^ all other ministry approval
processes (eg capital and
program approvals)
bulluiut^w-ww-yishy
Chart 2 SelectionApproval Process far a Major Capacity Expansion Following a Call for Proposals
Callfor proposals initiated Institutions submit Ministry assesses proposals Announcement of selected
by the province proposals against evaluation criteria initiatives to be supported
and brings forward selected for major capacity
proposals for Cabinet expansion
approval
raquoHSW^8raquoMJmmLiMH WOWluUdUJIUlbUitL
13
r
shy
Fl-Ho
enoix C General Evaluation Criteria for Major Capacity Expansion
Category Evaluation Criteria
Strategic Significant expansion of local postsecondary education opportunities for management students in underserved areas with growing demand based on long-term of long-term demographic trends enrolment Alignment with provincial priorities including Growth Plan priorities and
economic development initiativesgrowth and Clear potential to add substantial new capacity and support futureaccessibility enrolment growth in the postsecondary education sector
Differentiation Alignment with the institutions Strategic Mandate Agreement and goals sustainability and priorities of the Differentiation Policy Framework and Impact on nearby institutions accountability Effective and sustainable governance model including consideration
of the impact of distance from the expansion location for administration and academic experience Focus on undergraduate programs Range of programs offered locally and avoidance of unwarranted duplication of existing programming
Economic Demonstrated Value for Money including AFP options where impact appropriate and limits on provincial contributions
Tangible regional economic benefits combined with potential for province-wide benefit based on labour force skills and economic growth Demonstrated local economic benefits and linkages with local industries
Quality Innovative service delivery innovation Institutional partnership options including university-college collaboration and Postsecondary education quality and student experience (including
ancillary and student services)competitiveness
Affordabiiity Evidence of substantial support from host community including financial for students contributions and land ownership
Economies of scaleand the
province Linkages with local transportation for commuting students Potential for leveraging private sector resources Evidence of consideration ofalternatives to expansion proposal based on existing capacity and potential partnerships Proven financial health of institution with asset management plan in place Demonstrated labour market demand
Nofe These are the general criteria that will be used to guide the selection and approval of proposals submitted in response toa ministry call for proposals
N
News Release
Helping More Students Pursue Postsecondary Education
Ontario Calls for Expansion Proposals from Universities March 272014 945 am
Office of the Premier
Premier Kathleen Wynne announced today that the government is taking steps to
ensure that more students can pursue undergraduate degrees close to home The
province is inviting universities to submit proposals for new or expanded campuses in
underserved areas (colleges are encouraged to partner with universities to submit
proposals)
This call for proposals is part of the governments commitment to provide funding for
60000 additional postsecondary education spaces across Ontario The government will
collaborate closely with municipalities colleges and universities to ensure that capacity
is increased where it is needed the most
The proposals will be evaluated based on their potential to
bull Increase postsecondary spaces in underserved areas
bull Improve quality innovation and competitiveness
bull Demonstrate cost-effectiveness to both students and taxpayers
bull Help stimulate growth and economic development in Ontario
This will help establish a formal transparent and competitive process to evaluate
decisions about future expansions
Improving access to postsecondary education is part of the Ontario governments
economic plan that is creating jobs for today and tomorrow The comprehensive plan
and its six priorities focus on Ontarios greatest strengths -- its people and strategic
partnerships
Fl-M
Quick Facts
The call for proposals is open to all publicly assisted universities and all colleges of
applied arts and technology in Ontario with a deadline for submissions of Sept 26
2014 Colleges must partner with universities to be eligible for major capacity
expansion projects
Municipalities interested in being considered as host locations are expected to work
in collaboration with institutions that are submitting a proposal
The province released the Major Capacity Expansion Policy Framework in December
2013 to identify priority areas for growth
In the last 10 years full-time enrolment in Ontarios postsecondary system has grown
by more than 160000 mdash more than in any decade in the provinces history
bull The provinces 30 off Tuition Grant helped more than 230000 students start
college or university last year
Quotes
Fl-M
We are committed to helping more students get the postsecondary education they need to succeed
We want to bridge Ontarios skills gap and ensure that young people are equipped with all the right
skills mdash no matter where they live
Kathleen Wynne
Premier of Ontario
Expanding and creating new postsecondary campuses where they are needed most will help
ensure that more students have the opportunity to get a world-class education while staying close to
home Were working closely with our postsecondary partners to make sure the right spaces are in
the right places
Brad Duguid
Minister of Training Colleges and Universities
Laurier Brantford has provided immeasurable benefits to both local students and the citys
downtown revitalization This announcement signifies similar economic development partnerships
between municipalities and postsecondary institutions leading to new jobs and increased prosperity
for more communities across Ontario Chris Friel Mayor City of Brantford
PI-so
^^js^-^
Major
Capacity
Expansion
Call for
Proposals
GUIDELINES
March 2014
Ministry of Training Colleges and Universities
w^ Ontario
Fl-SI
The Ontario Public Service endeavours to demonstrate leadership with respect to accessibility in Ontario Our gool is to ensure that Ontario government services products and facilities are occessible to all our employees and to all members ofthe public we serve This document or the inlormolion that itcontains is available on request in alternative formats Pleose forward all requests lor alternative formats to ServiceOntario at1-800-668-9938 (TTY 1-800-268-709S)
line publication equivolente est disponible en francais sous le litre suivont Appel de propositions pour Ioccroissement moieur de la capocM - lignes directrices
This publication is also available on the Ministry olTraining Colleges and Universities website atwwivontariocatcu 13-323 bull ISBN 978-1-4606-3802-6 (PDF) bull copy Queens Printer for Ontario 2014
2014
Fi-sa
Contents
1 Background 5
2 Timelines for Submitting a Proposal 5
3 Notice of Intent 5
4 Eligible Applicants 6
5 Eligible Projects 6
6 Major Capacity Expansion General Evaluation Criteria 7
7 Weighting 8
8 Assessment and Ranking 9
9 Communications Protocol 13
10 Role of Infrastructure Ontario and Alternative
Financing and Procurement 13
11 The Selection Process and Funding 14
12 Components of the Submission 14
13 Links to Related Documents and Resources 16
14 Disclosure of Information 16
15 Call for Proposals Timeline 16
PI-S3
1 Background The ministry released its Major Capacity Expansion Policy Framework on December 20 2013 A commitment was made to
issue a Call for Proposals in early 2014
This Call for Proposals represents the beginning of a process that will lead to the selection of successful proposals which collectively will meet provincial goals for postsecondary education in Ontario - increased capacity at the undergraduate degree level greater affordability for students institutions and the province improved institutional differentiation and regional economic benefits This process will be guided by principles of fairness competitiveness and transparency and by a commitment to serve the public interest
This long-term initiative will help ensure that our postsecondary education system will have the right spaces in the right places for Ontario students
2 Timelines for Submitting a Proposal The closing date for submission of a Notice of Intent is June 27 2014
The closing date for submission of the full proposal is September 26 2014
Submissions must be received by the ministry on or before these dates
3 Notice of Intent
The Notice of Intent is a one-page overview of the proposed project Proposals will not be considered unless a Notice of Intent is received by the deadline ofJune 27 2014 To ensure transparency and competitiveness every Notice of Intent submitted to the ministry will be posted on the Postsecondary Education Partners Gateway website within 30 days of the submission date
Fl-Sf
4 Eligible Applicants In view of the focus on undergraduate degree capacity it is expected that submissions will be led by universities butcollegeshyuniversity partnership models are encouraged
All proposals must demonstrate need (ie expansion should be located in areas thatare currently underserved by postsecondary education andor thatare expected to experience significant future growth in enrolment demand)
5 Eligible Projects Recognizing the wide range and variety of potential expansion opportunities the ministry continues to avoid setting rigid parameters to define major capacityexpansion However as stated in the Major Capacity Expansion Policy Framework initiatives characterized by the following scale-related features are most likely to be subject to this approval and selection process
bull accommodates enrolment growth of more than 1000 full-time students in the short term with the potential to accommodate longer-term growth of 5000 to 10000 over the next twenty years (ie long-term enrolment comparable to enrolment at substantial existing collegeor university campuses)
bull adds new facilities (either owned or secured through long-term lease) larger than 70000 square feet (roughly 6500 square metres) designated primarily for academic purposes
bull offers a broad range of programs with substantial new or expanded ancillary services (or shows clear potential for future growth in program offerings and student and ancillary services)
bull significantly improves local student access to postsecondary education in the short term (and has the potential to continue to do so in the longer term) particularly in geographic locations that may be experiencing or are expected to develop capacity gaps at the undergraduate degree level
PI-S5
6 Major Capacity Expansion General Evaluation Criteria
The following general evaluation criteria were included in the Major Capacity Expansion Policy Framework These criteria will be used to assess proposals Institutions should demonstrate the alignment of their proposed projects with the criteria and may do so in any format suitable to them
Priority Objectives
Strategic management of long-term enrolment growth and accessibility
Differentiation sustainability and accountability
Economic impact
Quality innovation and competitiveness
General Criteria
bull Significant expansion of local postsecondary education opportunities for students in underserved areas with growing demand based on long-term demographic trends
bull Alignment with provincial priorities including Growth Plan priorities and economic development initiatives
bull Clear potential to add substantial new capacity and support future enrolment growth in the postsecondary education sector
Alignment with the institutions Strategic Mandate Agreement (SMA) and goals and priorities of the Differentiation Policy Framework Impact on nearby institutions Effective and sustainable governance model including consideration ofthe impact ofdistance from the expansion location for administration and academic experience Focus on undergraduate programs Range of programs offered locally and avoidance ofunwarranted duplication ofexisting programming
Tangible regional economic benefits combined with potential for province-wide benefit based on labour force skills and economic growth Demonstrated local economic benefits and linkages with local industries
Demonstrated Value for Money including Alternative Financing and Procurement (AFP) options where appropriate and limits on provincial contributions
Institutional partnership options including university-college collaboration
Innovative service delivery Postsecondary education quality and student experience (including student and ancillary services)
(continued)
Fl-5b
Priority Objectives General Criteria
Affordability for bull Evidence of substantial support from hostcommunity including students and the financial contributions and land ownership province bull Economies of scale
bull Linkages with local transportation for commuting students bull Potential for leveraging private sector resources bull Evidence of consideration of alternatives to expansion proposal
based on existing capacity and potential partnerships bull Proven financial health of institution with asset management plan
in place bull Demonstrated labour market demand
7 Weighting The evaluation criteria for the assessment of institutional
proposals will be weighted as follows
Category Weight
Section A Meeting Demand 30
bull Strategic management of long-term enrolment growth and accessibility
Section B Demonstrated Affordability 40
bull Affordability for students and the province
Section C Academic and Economic Considerations 30
bull Differentiation sustainability and accountability bull Economic impact bull Quality innovation and competitiveness (including institutional partnership
options)
PI-SI
8 Assessment and Ranking Funding will be awarded on a competitive basis and proposals will be evaluated for suitability using defined criteria Institutions should use both qualitative and quantitative analysis to demonstrate the alignment of their proposals with the general evaluation criteria
SECTION A MEETING DEMAND (30)
Proposals should demonstrate alignment with some or all of the following criteria
Priority Objective 1 Strategic management of long-term enrolment growth and accessibility
General Evaluation Criteria
1 Significant expansion of local postsecondary education opportunities for students in underserved areas with growing demand based on long-term demographic trends
2 Alignment with provincial priorities including Growth Plan priorities and economic development initiatives
3 Clear potential to add substantial new capacity and support future enrolment growth in the postsecondary education sector
Possible Alignment Measures
bull Demographic growth projections for location bull Existing enrolment capacity at institutions in
the proximity of the proposed expansion bull Estimated enrolment capacity ofthe
expansion and projected net increase in undergraduate enrolment
bull Number of students from the area of the intended expansion who are currently attending the institution(s)
Possible Information to Build Evidence Base
bull Institutions long-term enrolment master plan bull Joint campus master plan for partnerships (if applicable) bull Long-term enrolment viability study bull Completed enrolment table in the proposal template stating all assumptions bull Community profile demonstrating future demand in the area bull Documented support from and alignment with plans of any associated agencies municipalities
or other entities
bull Consideration of relevant provincial population and employment projections bull Consideration of key provincial policy directions relating to the location of public institutions and
their associated economic impacts (eg ability to contribute to urban revitalization efforts) bull Evidence of program demand (eg number of applications)
FI-5J
SECTION B DEMONSTRATED AFFORDABILITY (40)
Proposals should demonstrate alignment with some or all of the following criteria
Priority Objective 2 Affordability for students and the province
General Evaluation Criteria
1 Evidence of substantial support from host community including financial contributions and land ownership
2 Economies of scale 3 Linkages with local transportation for
commuting students 4 Potential for leveraging private sector
resources
5 Evidence of consideration of alternatives to expansion proposal based on existing capacity and potential partnerships
6 Proven financial health of institution with asset management plan in place
7 Demonstrated labour market demand
Possible Alignment Measures
bull Total cost of project and expected provincial contribution
bull Cost-benefit analysis ofexpanding an existing assetor building at a new location (or a combination thereof)
bull Distance from current campuses bull Current assetmanagement plan including
effects of expansion on Facilities Condition Index
bull Public transit capacity to the institution and between campuses
bull Debtasset ratioof institution(s) bull Energy sources and efficiency initiatives
(including proposed LEED certification) bull Long-term financial viability bull Existing student employment KPIs
Possible Information to Build Evidence Base
bull Detailed project costing information including projected cash flow requirements and net impact on operating cost
bull Business case demonstrating need for expansiori (existing campus only) including a service gap analysis
bull Letters of support from potential partners indicating details of financial andor in-kind contributions (eg land ownership)
bull Local transportation plan(s) showing current anc1planned public access to site (short- and long-term)
bull Independent verification of total expansion proj set cost
bull Financial health analysis including recent finan cial statements
bull Documentation of preliminary environmental assessment bull Control and ownership of buildings and equipment (partnerships only) bull Long-term forecast of incremental operating expenses and revenues (grants third party revenues)
as a result ofthe proposed project
PI-S9
SECTION C ACADEMIC AND ECONOMIC CONSIDERATIONS (30)
Proposals should demonstrate alignment with some or all of the following criteria
Priority Objective 3 Differentiation sustainability and accountability
General Evaluation Criteria
1Alignment with the institutions Strategic Mandate Agreement (SMA) and goals and priorities of the Differentiation Policy Framework
2 Impact on nearby institutions 3 Effective and sustainable governance model
including consideration of the impact of distance from the expansion location for administration and academic experience
4 Focus on undergraduate programs 5 Range of programs offered locally and
avoidance of unwarranted duplication of existing programming
Possible Alignment Measures
bull Assessment of alignment with SMA bull Proposed programs their alignment with
the institutions strengths and an overview ofsimilar existing programs offered by institutions near the expansion
bull Ranking of institution(s) on applications by students from the proposed area
Possible Information to Build Evidence Base
bull Finalized SMA
bull Program information (initial and planned) bull Overview of proposed institutional governance model bull Consultation overview including results of discussions with affected institutions and letters of
support (if applicable)
pi-to
Priority Objective 4 Economic impact
General Evaluation Criteria
1Tangible regional economic benefits combined with potential for province-wide benefit based on labour force skills and economic growth
2 Demonstrated local economic benefits and linkages with local industries
3 Demonstrated Value for Money including Alternative Financing and Procurement (AFP) options where appropriate and limits on provincial contributions
Possible Alignment Measures
bull Local economic benefits bull Alignment of programs with regional and
Ontario labour market needs
bull Expected financing cost (if any) bull Jobs created (short-term associated with
building period and ongoing) bull Ongoing jobs created at expansion bull Value for Money analysis related to proposed
procurement model
Possible Information to Build Evidence Base
bull An economic impact study or value planning study to demonstrate the projects potential to provide direct economic benefits for the surrounding area (eg by helping to revitalize the community unlock local development potential build the taxbase and leverage existing infrastructure and investments)
Priority Objective 5 Quality innovation and competitiveness
General Evaluation Criteria
1 Institutional partnership options including university-college collaboration
2 Innovative service delivery 3 Postsecondary education quality and student
experience (including student and ancillary services)
Possible Alignment Measures
bull Institutional track record with partnerships bull Assessment ofproposed academic plan and
service delivery bull Range of planned student and ancillary
services compared with services at existing campuses (short- and long-term)
bull Existing student experience (KPIs student outcomes)
Possible Information to Build Evidence Base
bull Institutions Strategic Plan bull Business case in support ofproposed academic plan including partnerships with relevant
raquo information aboutcurriculumpedagogy raquo financial information
raquo interjurisdictional case studies and examples bull Impact analysis with respect toacademic and administrative quality and quality of experience bull Overview of new program accreditation required ifapplicable
12
Fl-fel
9 Communications Protocol
Proposal submissions must be received at MCEsubmissions ontarioca by September 26 2014 Late submissions will not be accepted
Specific questions submitted to the ministry as part of the process will be answered and will be made available to all participants
To ensure a fair and transparent process the ministry will not provide any advisory services to institutions on an individual basis
10 Role of Infrastructure Ontario and Alternative
Financing and Procurement Infrastructure Ontario is a Crown agency of the Government of Ontario It is focused on modernizing and financing the renewal of public infrastructure maximizing the value of public real estate and managing government facilities It also provides expertise in project delivery lending real estate management and asset planning Infrastructure Ontario now has a greater role in procuring infrastructure as well engaging in both traditional forms of procurement and alternative financing and procurement (AFP) when appropriate
As indicated in the Ministry of Infrastructures Building Together Plan and in the provincial governments planning and budgeting process recommendations will be made on the procurement method and delivery of all college infrastructure projects valued at more than $50 million In addition universities with successful projects and associated provincial grants in excess of $100 million will be required to consult with Infrastructure Ontario The $100 million threshold may be lowered in future years
The criteria for assessing these projects could include scope complexity and value-for-money assessment with input from the ministry and Infrastructure Ontario
13
Pl-bl
11 The Selection Process and Funding The ministry will oversee the process leading to the selection of successful applications A multi-ministry panel will review the applications and make recommendations to Cabinet through the Ministry of Training Colleges and Universities Cabinetwill make the final decision aboutsuccessful projects andor future courses of action
Funding for successful projects will be provided subsequently The number of projects selected for support as well as the level and timing of funding will be determined by the provincial government and will reflect a range of considerations including the fiscal environment
12 Components of the Submission The following components of the submission are to be provided to the ministry by the dates indicated In addition to what is required below institutions may submit their proposals in any format that they believe best demonstrates the strengths of their proposed project with due attention to the relevance and conciseness of information supplied (Note that institutions may be asked to revise and re-submit their proposals ifexcessive amounts of information are provided)
All submissions must be preceded by
bull A Notice of Intent to be received by the ministry no later than June 27 2014
The Notices of Intent will give the ministry an early overview of interest in Major Capacity Expansion
14
pl-fe
The components of the proposal submission to be received by the ministry no later than September 26r 2014 are as follows
bull A completed checklist
A checklist is included in the Call for Proposals package The checklist must be completed and included in the submission (The checklist is reproduced from Appendix A of the Major Capacity Expansion Policy Framework page 12)
bull A completed capital template
Please refer to the template included in the Call for Proposals package The template requests detailed information on enrolment projections and funding sources This information must be provided using the template but it may also be presented in a different format in the context of the overall presentation
bull Supplementary information
Institutions are welcome to submit supplementary information to support their proposal Supplementary information may include a business case environmental impact studies and any other information or documentation that substantiates the proposal As noted earlier conciseness and relevance of information are
valued
Pleasealso include evidence of support for your proposal (including documentation of land ownership or leasing contracts documentation of municipal or other funding and letters of support)
In the case of a joint university-college submission approval under s 28 of the Financial Administration Act is required for financing if the debt is related to Colleges or if there is a contingent liability
15
Fl-b4shy
13 Links to Related Documents and Resources
Major Capacity Expansion Policy Framework
Differentiation Policy Framework
Places to Grow
Building Together
14 Disclosure of Information
The Freedom of Information and Protection of Privacy Act (FIPPA) applies to information in the custody or under the control of the ministry Institutions should identify whether any information in their proposals is submitted in confidence within the meaning of s 17 of FIPPA The proposals may be shared with a multi-ministry panel or other advisers that the ministry retains to assist with the assessment of the proposals
15 Call for Proposals Timeline
Date Deliverable
March 27 2014 Release of Call for Proposals
June 27 2014 Notice of Intent
September 26 2014 Close of Call for Proposals
Contact Information
Ministry staff may need to contact institutions to clarify details or request additional information Please provide complete and current contact information in your submission
16
![Page 3: Pl-I *^ BRAMPTON ReP°rt of Cou… · Pi-2> Current Situation: Following Council approval of its Post-Secondary Education Strategy on November 6, ... Call for Proposals Timeline .](https://reader033.fdocuments.in/reader033/viewer/2022060721/6080f345afc78e210d009525/html5/thumbnails/3.jpg)
Pi-2gt
Current Situation
Following Council approval of its Post-Secondary Education Strategy on November 6 2013 the province of Ontario released its report titled Major Capacity Expansion Policy Framework to guide expansion of post-secondary institutions in Ontario (December 20 2013)
A Call for Proposals directed to universities and their host municipalities was released on March 27 2014 This Call for Proposals is part of the governments commitment to provide funding for 60000 additional post-secondary education spaces across Ontario
General Evaluation Criteria of Proposals
Evaluation criteria that will be used by the Ministry of Training Colleges and Universities are highlighted below
Strategic management of long-term enrolment growth and accessibility
Differentiation sustainability and accountability
Economic impact
Improving quality innovation and competitiveness
Affordability for students and the province
Call for Proposals Timeline
March 27 2014 Release ofCall for Proposals June 27 2014 Notice of Intent - The Notices of Intent will give MTCU an
early overview of interest in Major Capacity Expansion and will be posted on the Postsecondary Education Partners Gateway website within 30 days of the submission date
September 26 2014 Close of Call for Proposals
Role of Host Community
Municipalities interested in becoming a host community will be expected to work in collaboration with universities that are prepared to submit a proposal defined by the MajorCapacity Expansion Call for Proposals Guidelines
Bramptons Post-Secondary Education Strategy aligns with the principles in this Framework
The purpose of this report is to advance Bramptons Strategy by attracting a university partner interested in leading a proposal with the City of Brampton as a host municipality and to formalize an agreement guiding such a relationship
Fl-4
City of Brampton - Sheridan University Update
With respect to Goal One of Bramptons Strategy staff from the City of Brampton and Sheridan has formed a working team to undertake a feasibility study focused on a Sheridan University Campus in Downtown Brampton An Agreement and terms of reference guiding this feasibility study is currently being developed collaboratively by Sheridan and City staff In addition the City of Brampton continues to support Sheridan in its goal of obtaining University status in the Province of Ontario
Corporate Implications
Financial Impact
Should Council approve the recommendations in this report the CAO and Executive Leadership Team shall arrange to meet with interested universities One-on-one presentations is the preferred method of communicating Bramptons interest value-propositions and business case to post-secondary institutions however staff shall also consider participating in formal proposal calls that may be initiated by institutions seeking a host municipality The Council approved Strategy document shall serve as the primary reference material to support Bramptons case and promotional efforts
Strategic Plan
This report aligns with the following City of Brampton Strategic Plan initiatives
Thriving Priority - Strengthen Bramptons outstanding quality of life by encouraging economic growth innovation and entrepreneurship that enhance the Citys brand and residents lifestyles
bull Attract and Support and Knowledge-Based Jobs bull Increase Domestic and Foreign Direct Investment bull Expand the Inventory of Lifestyle Amenities bull Prosperity through the Creative Economy Tourism and Sport
Conclusion
In order for the City of Brampton to be in a position to participate and respond to the provincial Major Capacity Expansion Call for Proposals it is necessary for the City to seek a university partner that is interested in recognising the City of Brampton as a host municipality in a proposal to the Government of Ontario
FI-5
The recommendations in this report provide Council with a process that will allow the City of Brampton to pursue goals contained in its new Strategic Plan 2013 and its Post-Secondary Education Strategy (Goal Two) adopted in November 2013
Administrative Officer
Appendix 1 Council Resolution C290 City of Brampton
Appendix 2 Bramptons Post-Secondary University Strategy (Strategy) City of Brampton
Appendix 3 Major Capacity Expansion Policy Framework Government of Ontario
Fl-fe
APPENDIX 1
FI-1 C290-2013 Moved by Mayor Fennell Seconded by Regional Councillor Sanderson
1 That the report from J Corbett Chief Administrative Officer and Executive Leadership Team dated October 30 2013 to the Council Meeting of November 6 2013 re Bramptons Post-Secondary University Education Strategy (File C25) be received and
2 That Council commits to the proposed Post-Secondary University Education Strategy by approving the two major goals contained within this Strategy namely Goal 1 - Support the creation of Sheridan University that is committed exclusively to undergraduate professional education with a major presence in Downtown Brampton and Goal 2 shyAttract a new research-oriented university campus in Brampton that features undergraduate and graduate degrees and research programs and facilities for students faculty and industry and
3 That Council authorise the implementation of this Strategy by approving the following actions
a The Mayor and City Clerk be authorised to execute a Memorandum of Understanding agreement between the City of Brampton and Sheridan College ITAL related to Goal 1 of the Post-Secondary University Education Strategy outlining obligations of each organization related to the completion of a feasibility study for the site planning design build financing and maintenance of a major campus and related uses in Downtown Brampton as identified in this report And that the content of this Agreement be satisfactory to the City of Brampton CAO and the form satisfactory to the City Solicitor
b Upon its completion the feasibility study stated in 3(a) shall be presented to City Council and other agencies as required for approval and consideration of recommendations
c The CAO be authorised to prepare document(s) in support of initiating a request for proposals process and project governance structure related to Goal 2 of Bramptons Post-Secondary Education Strategy that is the attraction of a research-oriented undergraduate and graduate university campus on municipally owned sites identified in this report
Fi-B Prior to issuance Council shall approve the request for proposal process and governance structure
4 That Council authorises the CAO and Mayor to prepare a letter to the Premier of Ontario Minister of Training Colleges and Universities and Brampton MPPs asking the Government of Ontario to (a) support Bramptons Post-Secondary University Education Strategy (Goals 1 and 2) (b) continue to take the necessary steps to advance provincial legislation creating Sheridan University thereby making Sheridan eligible to apply for Association of Universities and Colleges of Canada (AUCC) accreditation and (c) the Province of Ontario support and assist as may be required the Citys effort to attract a research-oriented university campus to Brampton
Fl-q APPENDIX 2
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario
PI-10 October
2013
A Post-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario
The role ofpost-secondary education infostering economic development in Ontarios communities has never been more significant than today in this post-recessionary period
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 1
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario
1 INTRODUCTION ^
Higher learning is avision and commitment shared by the Province ofOntario post-secondary education institutions and industry As will be demonstrated in this Strategy the City of Brampton is a strong advocate and supporter of this shared vision
Creating and preserving knowledge-based jobs by enabling investments in post-secondary education research innovation and commercialization activities is at the heart of Bramptons economic vision In this post-recessionary period economic expansion is highly dependent on strategies designed to achieve this outcome
University Strategy
We are pleased to present Bramptons Strategy for post-secondary university education in
Brampton a two-pronged approach
Goal 1 Support the Creation of Sheridan University that is Committed Exclusively to
Undergraduate Professional Education The Cityof Brampton supports the vision and
mission of a new Sheridan University as a global leader in undergraduate professional
education To support this vision the Cityof Brampton is advocating and prepared to
invest its local share in a new undergraduate paradigm in Ontario that is exclusively
committed to undergraduate professional education features a strong focus on
students teaching and learning creativity and innovation offers undergraduate
research that is connected to industry and produces professional accreditations that
achieve the highest standards of quality programming and faculty The City of
Brampton is proposing that Sheridan University have a profound presence in Downtown
Brampton
Goal 2 Attract a New Research-Oriented University Campus in Brampton To support
the growing demand for undergraduate and graduate programs in the Toronto-centered
region (Zone 7) the City of Brampton is prepared to invest its local share in a new
university campus that features research capabilities for students faculty and industry
The City is prepared to partner with an existing Ontario university or participate with the
Province of Ontario in the start-up of the next publicly funded institute in Ontario
located in Brampton
A key underpinning of this Strategy is that the two goals described above are complementary
and intrinsically related from an advancement and institutional perspective
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 2
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario
Demand Drivers
The core drivers ofdemand that justify the expansion of post-secondary education in Ontario particularly in the Greater Toronto Area are well documented
What we present inthis Strategy however is a local community perspective that defines a compelling need for a new waveof post-secondary expansion driven by innovative thinking on undergraduate professional education as well as on undergraduate and graduate education with a focus on research-oriented programs classrooms and labs for faculty students and industry
In our recent strategic planning and community engagement process we found an interesting
human spirit and positive cultural attitude toward higher learning in Brampton This
community perspective was captured through extensive engagement approaches and multiple
primary and secondary information-gathering methods
As a result we have developed a Strategy that paints the picture of a growing diverse and
committed Brampton community ready for university development and a municipality that is
prepared to invest and lead a process that facilitates its communitys vision
Structure
This document is structured as follows
Part 2 - The Need - Meeting the Increasing Demand for Post-Secondary Education
Part 3 - Defining the Opportunities in Brampton
Part 4 - Bramptons Strategic Partnership - a Track Record of Success
Part 5 - Commitment to this Strategy
Part 6 - Next Steps - Our Proposed Implementation Plan
Part 7 - Key Contacts
A Note on Benchmarked Regions in Ontario
Ontarios geography for student registration statistics (OUAC) includes a Zone 7 comprised of
the Cityof Toronto York Region Peel Region (including Brampton) and Simcoe County This
was the reference zone used in our comparative analysis
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 3
A Post-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario
Fl-li 2 THE NEED - MEETING THE INCREASED DEMAND FOR POST-SECONDARY
EDUCATION
The economic benefits of the youth and vitalitythat a new college or university campus would bring are not lost on the Citys residents as a large majority view it to be a top priority for economic development
(64) particularly among influencers (84) Residents of Brampton Compiled by Environlcs 2013
Our Community Speaks Out
In 2013 the City invited its community to participate in a comprehensive strategic planning
program It has been ten years since the City last undertook a strategic planning exercise The
community has changed in that time and will continue to change as our population rises in
keeping with the Province of Ontarios Places to Grow Act
It began with initial research to identify the priorities of Bramptons residents and businesses
figure out what the City is doing well and where there may be room for improvement This
phase was completed through meetings with a variety of community groups and organizations
and a telephone survey to learn about the publics priorities perceptions and concerns From
the information we have collected we identified five Strategic Priorities for Bramptons future
Next we completed the community engagement phase of the process through a series of Town
Hall meetings and other feedback options including the Citys website Twitter email
voicemail and of course one-on-one
The feedback from residents has been impressive The vision and direction offered by the
public is persuasive articulate and focused on these priorities
o Economic Development
o Growth Management
o Environmental Stewardship
o Community Engagement
o Corporate Excellence
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 4
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario FI-I+
Economic development and growth management were identified asthe most important areas of focus for the City The public was clear that attracting large brand name companies and developing local talent were among the major themes for the Citys economic development Similarly the two most important economic development initiatives identified by Brampton residents were first attracting new businesses to the City (69 top priority rating) and second the building of college and university campuses (64) These two priorities are intrinsically related to each other
Promote Brampton Internationally
Support SMEs
Build College and University Campuses
Attract New Business
Top Priority bull Secondary Priority Not a Priority a Dont Know
Source Environics 2013 (Prepared for the City of Brampton Strategic Planning Engagement)
Growing Population
Brampton is a designated growth centre in the Province of Ontario With an official population
of523911 (2011) Brampton is the 9th largest City in Canada 4th largest in Ontario and 3rd largest in the Greater Toronto Area Between 1981 and 2011 Bramptons population grew by
an extraordinary rate of 84 per year Bramptons population is expected to reach
approximately 843000 people by 2031
Total Population 1981-2031
8428000
433806 325428
234445 268251 149090 188498
1981 1986 1991 1996 2001 2006 2011 2031
Source Statistics Canada 1981-2011 Forecast by Hemson Consulting Ltd Oct 2013
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 5
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario pf~S
At 21 Bramptons population grew more than the benchmarks during the period between 2006 and 2011 With a total population increase of90105 persons during this time-frame Brampton was ranked 3rd in Canada behind Toronto and Calgary and ahead of Edmonton Surrey Ottawa and Vaughan
Geography Population Population Population Change 2006 2011 2006 to 2011
Brampton (Zone 7) 433806 523911 208
York Region (Zone 7) 892712 1032524 157
Peel Region (Zone 7) 1159455 1296814 118
Toronto CMA 5113149 5583064 92
Canada 31612897 33476688 59
Ontario 12160282 12851821 57
Simcoe County (Zone 7) 422204 446063 57
City of Toronto (Zone 7) 2503281 2615060 45 Source Statistics Canada 2006 amp 2011
In 2006 the population in Zone 7 was 498 million representing 41 of the total population in Ontario By 2011 the population in this zone soared to 539 million featuring an impressive
82 growth rate above the provincial and national averages
This is a sound level of household formation during a difficult period in Ontarios economic
history Most of the population and household growth occurred in Peel and York Regions
a high demand zone for future university expansion
Brampton is ideally situated in Zone 7
to host Ontarios next wave
of university expansion
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 6
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario H (~ Icopy
A Young and Family Oriented Community
Brampton is a young City with a median age of 347 years according to Statistics Canada
Bramptons population is younger than the ten most populated cities in Canada as well as the
nation the province of Ontario and the Toronto region
Municipality Median Age Median Age 2011 Rank 2011
Brampton 347 1
Edmonton 360 2
Calgary 364 3
Mississauga 385 4
Montreal 386 5
Winnipeg 390 6
Toronto 392 7
Ottawa 392 7
Vancouver 397 9
Hamilton 409 10
Toronto CMA 386
York Region 393
Peel Region 369
Simcoe County 418
Ontario 404
Canada 406
Source Statistics Canada 2011
The typical post-secondary education enrollment age group between 20 and 39 includes more
than 151800 Brampton residents representing a growth rate of 28 between 2006 and 2011
Immigration is a Driver of Economic Growth
For the first time in its history the number of residents living in Brampton that was born
outside of Canada exceeded 50 of the population In other words the foreign-born
population in Brampton is greater than the Canadian-born population
Immigration continues to be a major influence in the growth and diversification of Bramptons
population labour force employment household income business enterprises and
institutions
This is a differentiating factor that is shaping a new highly energetic image of the City of
Brampton
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 7
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario ^ I bull |
Brampton is a magnet for newCanadians The peak immigration period in Bramptons statistical history is indeed the present time The most recent immigration figures from the 2001 and 2006 Census Surveys and the 2011 National Household Survey revealed that more than 83000 people settled in Brampton between 2001 and 2011 This represents an average annual rate of 8300 new foreign-born residents or approximately 33 of the total immigration into Canada into Brampton
Geography Foreign-Born Foreign Born Population Population 2011
Total 2011 As a of Population
Brampton 263670 506
Peel Region 650530 505
City of Toronto 1252215 486
Toronto CMA 2537410 46
York Region 463125 452
Ontario 3611365 29
Canada 6775765 n
Simcoe County 50915 116
Source Statistics Canada 2011
Between 2006 and 2011 the major countries of birth for new Brampton residents included
1 India-525
2 Philippines-68
3 Pakistan - 63
Languages Spoken in Brampton
Panjabi (Punjabi) Hindi and Urdu were the top three non-official languages in 2011 accounting
for 66 of all of the non-official languages spoken in Brampton making this City one of a few in
Canada with significant allophone representation
Rounding out the top ten languages spoken in Brampton were Portuguese (4) Spanish (5)
Tamil (6) Tagalog (7) Gujarati (8) Italian (9) and Vietnamese (10)
In total eighty-nine languages were reported in the 2011 National Household Survey as being
spoken in Brampton homes
Post-Secondary Educational Attainment
At 51 post-secondary education attainment in Brampton is below key benchmarks However
it is the municipalitys goal to increase this level to meet the provincial (55) and national (54)
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 8
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario p 1mdash1Q
average bypromoting and facilitating post-secondary facilities and access to programs that are next-to- home
Geography Post-Secondary Percentage of Certificate Diploma Total Population or Degree 2011 15 and Older 2011
CityofToronto 1271gt545 58
Toronto CMA 2629970 58
York Region 487945 58
Peel Region 576995 56
Ontario 5717340 55
Canada 14805190 54
Brampton 206770 51
Simcoe County 180650 50
Source Statistics Canada 2011
The Citys strategic economic growth initiatives will continue to result in a more diversified and
talented labour force Such initiatives include residential and commercial intensification of
Bramptons central commercial corridor attracting knowledge-based industries expansion of
executive housing supply investment in arts and culture and supporting programs that
promote entrepreneurship innovation and commercialization
Household Income
At $77787 Brampton had the 2nd highest reported household income among the regions in this sample
Geography Median Household Benchmark
Total Income Rank
2010
York Region $89100 1
Brampton $77787 2
Peel $77588 3
Toronto CMA $70365 4
Simcoe County $67468 5
Ontario $66358 6
Canada $61072 7
City of Toronto $58381 8
Source Statistics Canada 2011
Further between 2005 and 2010 the total number of Brampton households reported in the
highest income category being $100000 and more increased by 425
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 9
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario H|deg
Population Growth is Complimented by Strong Employment Growth
The Brampton economy has been projected to attract approximately 120000 net new jobs by 2031 for a total of 291000 people working in Brampton based business establishments
Employment 2011 2016 2021 2026 2031
Brampton 171000 204000 239000 263000 291000
Peel 730000 820000 880000
Source Hemson Consulting Ltd Oct 2013
Brampton will lead economic growth in Peel over the next two decades attracting 80 of the
employment forecasted in the region Brampton is home to 8075 businesses Brampton
businesses contribute approximately $129 Billion to the GDP or 52 of the output in the
Toronto Region The Citys output is dominated by a mixed economy heavily structured on
goods-producing trades and professional business services industries
The major non-government industries dominating the economic base of Brampton by place of
work employment include
- Manufacturing
- Retail and Wholesale Trade
- Professional and Business Services
- Transportation and Warehousing
This skilled and educated workforce in Brampton represents the 3rd highest concentration of labour in the Toronto Region
Major Corporations
Bramptons corporate community is vibrant featuring an impressive list of corporations from
Canadian and International enterprises that have invested in office production andor logistics
facilities in this community
bull Rogers Communications
bull Chrysler Canada
bull Loblaw Companies
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 10
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario P ImiO
Maple Lodge Farms
Canadian Tire Corporation
Coca Cola Bottling
Waste Management of Canada
Gamma Dynacare
Olymel LLP
Air Canada Strategic Operations Centre
Bacardi Canada
Export Packers Ltd
HBC Canada
Ford Motor Company
Nissan Canada
Medtronics Canada
MDA Robotics
Q9 Canada
Aircraft Appliances and Equipment
Para Paints Canada
Brita Water Filter
Clorox Canada Canon Canada recently Hunter Douglas Windows
announced theMandarin Restaurant Corporation
Nestle Canada relocation of their
Maple Leaf Foods national headquarters HankookTire
to Brampton Ontario Smuckers Canada
Parmalat Canada
Miele Canada
Best Buy CanadaFuture Shop Canada
Small and Medium Sized Enterprises (SMEs)
The backbone of Canadas economy is found in the entrepreneurs and innovators who own
and operate small and medium-sized enterprises While Brampton has an excellent
portfolio of corporate brand names the SME sector is an active contributor to economic
growth Ninety-four per cent (94) of all businesses in Brampton had less than 50
employees Small businesses remain strong in professional scientific and technical support
sectors as well as in business services and the retail and wholesale trades
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 11
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario FI-21
Brampton business establishments with less than ten employees had 23000 workers on their payroll in 2011
Public Sector Employment
Adiverse economic base such as Bramptons is also characterised by very good representation from institutions in the public sector
Major employers include
Regional Municipal of Peel The Peel Memorial Centre for
William Osier Health System
Peel Regional Police Integrated Health and Wellness
Corporation of the City of Brampton will attract between 3000-4000
Sheridan College Institute of Technology professionals in the medical
and Advanced Learning services sector by 2016
bull Ontario Courthouse - Grenville Davis
University Application Statistics
The Ontario Universities Application Centre (OUAC) produces an annual report of
application and registration data for secondary school and other applicants
In 2011 514596 applications were administered by the Ontario University system In the
ten-year period between 2002 and 2011 Ontario saw the number of applications received
grow by approximately 135000 During the same time-frame the number of registered
applicants increased by approximately 23000 or 336 In 2011 Ontario universities
hosted 78434 registered applicants
A key finding of the 2011 OUAC Report is that universities located in geographic zone 7
these being the Ontario College of Arts and Design York University Ryerson University and
the University of Toronto attracted the highest proportion of registered applicants from
their home-zone when compared to all other universities in Ontario
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 12
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario p I bull ^i
This point is highlighted in the following table
Universities in Geographic Registered Secondary Registered Other Group Zone 7 School Applicants Applicants
Originating From Originating from (includes Peel Region York Region Zone 7 in 2011 Zone 7 in 2011 Simcoe County and City of Toronto)
( of Total Registered for ( of Total Registered for Each University) Each University)
York 865 592
Ryerson 822 616
Toronto 743 209
OCAD 643 542
Average 4 System Wide 454 306 Source Ontario University Application Centre 2011
Given the large population demographic composition socio-economic characteristics and
cultural attitudes of residents living in Zone 7 it is clear that there is a positive bias for students
particularly secondary-school students to attend a university where they can live near or stay
within their family and community structures
This is a prevalent trend in Peel Region York Region Simcoe County and the City of Toronto
(the communities that comprise Zone 7) more so than any other region in Ontario
As a summary of the complex set of demand factors highlighted in this section of the report we
see tremendous justification for additional university services on the outer edge of the Greater
Toronto Area
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 13
A Post-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario Fl-ii
3 DEFINING THE OPPORTUNITY
Goal 1 - Sheridan University Campus in Downtown Brampton
Project Vision
Site Options
A
AX
PI
A profound and holistic Sheridan Downtown Brampton Campus
connected to its 9500 plus students at Brampton Davis Steeles Campus
supported by enhanced transit to its HMC Campus I and II and Oakville
Campus
1Nelson Square Garage (Phase II SWQRP) and Phase III Lands
2Heritage Theatre Block ^~ rzmdash~ V V i
bullbull bull bull --bull shy
bull -bullbullbull-Ty ^
General Description of Site Locations - for illustrative purposes only
Mobility These sites are within a 5-minute walking distance to the existing
Brampton GO Train Station (with service to Union Station and
KitchenerWaterloo) and the ZUM Bus Rapid Transit service on
Queen Street and Main Street with service to Sheridan Davis
Campus Guelph-Humber University Campus Mississauga City
Centre (HMC I and II) and York University The proposed
Hurontario-Main Light Rapid Transit system is also within walkinj
distance of the site and offers a direct link to HMC I and II
Infrastructure Type Post-Secondary Education Campus and Related Uses
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 14
A Post-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario Fl-24shy
Project Type DBFM or DBF Design Build Finance Maintain or Design Build
Finance (the final business model is subject to a detailed
feasibility study)
Goal 2 - A New University Campus in Brampton
Project Vision A new university campus that offers undergraduate and graduate
degrees with research-oriented programs for students faculty
industry
Site Option 1 65-acre site at McLaughlin Road and Queen Street West
southwest corner known municipally as Flower City Community
Campus This site was formerly owned by the Province of
Ontario (OPP Headquarters and Training Centre) and is currently
being used by the municipality
Mobility This site is located in the Central Area of Brampton with Brampton
Transit service provided to the property The site is 15
kilometres from the Downtown GO Train Station and the
Downtown ZUM BRT Station on Main Street and 3 km to the
Brampton ZUM BRT station at Shoppers World - Steeles Avenue
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 15
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario p | bull ^S
Site Location Option 2
Mobility
Infrastructure Type
Project Type
The road network provides easy access to the major 400 series
highways for example ETR 407 is 35 km south of this site and
Highway 410 is 45 km east of the site
2719 Bovaird Drive West at Heritage Road southwest quadrant
This 87-acre site was formerly owned by private industry Today
the site is owned by the City of Brampton and is being used by the
municipality for maintenance and operation services
CON5WHS
CON5WHS
iV
I
The Mount Pleasant GO Train Station is 22 km east of the site at
Creditview Road The major Highway 401 and ETR 407 juncture
is approximately 8 km by automobile Future infrastructure
serving this area includes the GTA West Corridor immediately
north and east of the subject property
Post-Secondary Education Campus and Related Uses
DBFM or DBF Design Build Finance Maintain or Design Build
Finance (the final business model is subject to a detailed
feasibility study)
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 16
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario p | 1copy
4 BRAMPTONS STRATEGIC PARTNERSHIPS - A RECORD OF SUCCESS
With its strategic partners the Cityof Brampton has demonstrated an excellent record of
success in building and delivering physical and human infrastructure projects designed to expand public services and improve Bramptons economicdevelopment competitiveness
Ultimately these partnerships have created and preserved Ontario jobs In this section we
showcase a few of these strategic projects
Transit Infrastructure Project-Zum Bus Rapid Transit Project
Zum is Brampton Transits Bus Rapid Transit (BRT) service With its limited stops advanced
technology and real-time next bus information Zum connects people and places within
Brampton and throughout the Greater Toronto Area (GTA) Zum Queen Street service began in
the fall of 2010 Ziim Main Street service began operating in September 2011 and Ziim Steeles
Avenue started in the fall of 2012
Ziim was funded by all three levels of government with investments of $95 million each from
the Federal Provincial and Municipal governments for a total allotment of $285 million
Phase Iof the project required $159 million Phase II which expanded services along Queen
Street and Steeles Avenue as well as introduce new services on Bovaird Drive will require $126
million when fully completed
This is a DBFM - Design Build Finance and Maintain project led by the City of Brampton
Brampton designed built financed and maintains all aspects of the Zum system-wide capital
and operating costs related to
bull Roadway infrastructure intersection modifications and signal priority equipment
bull New terminals and station stops with high-quality passenger amenities
Capital equipment including new vehicles for expanded and rebranded service
Intelligent Transportation System technologies including real-time passenger information
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 17
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario p ( raquo^7
Post-Secondary Education Infrastructure Project -Sheridan Centre for Advanced Manufacturing and Design Technology (CAMDT)
In response to the changing face of manufacturing in Central and Southern Ontario Sheridan College and the City of Brampton embarked on a vision to assist Canadian manufacturers to compete globally with knowledge and technology asthe keys to their success
Led by Sheridan College ITAL the CAMDT $8 million venture is a partnership with more than 20 regional manufacturers the Province of Ontario and the City of Brampton Together we are growing regional talent in this important sector In 2005 CAMDT opened its doors
Seen as a strategic economic development initiative the City of Brampton was a major funding
and local knowledge partner contributing$25 million to CAMDT - the largest investment it has
ever made as a municipality in post-secondary education City Councils investment in Sheridan
is intended to address the demand (in the manufacturing sector) for graduates with a broad
range of advanced technical and management skills as well as to provide enhanced training for
those already in the workforce
CAMDT uses a consortia approach with the following goals
New full-time courses and industrycollege projects
Applied research initiatives and student projects
Contract training and continuing education courses
Strengthen program enrolments and graduate placements
The Centre for Sustainable Manufacturing (CSM) is located in Brampton and houses 18000
square feet of state-of-the-art labs and a flexible automation and fabrication centre The labs
support academic programs in integrated manufacturing computer-aided
draftingmanufacturing and manufacturing management
The Centre helps meet current and future needs of local manufacturers to stimulate regional
economic development and prosperity Sheridan government and local industry have
collaborated for nearly a decade to position the Centre to address critical skills gaps in the
manufacturing sector The Centre is now partnering with industry to support technical financial
and knowledge development to facilitate adoption of innovative technologies that minimize
resource consumption harmful emissions waste and use of toxic materials
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 18
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario p | mdash^ff
Health Care Infrastructure Project shy
Peel Memorial Centre for Integrated Health and Wellness
The new Peel Memorial Centre in Brampton will support the William Osier Health Systems vision for an integrated health system by providing primary ambulatory and outpatient-based care
This is a DBFM - Design Build Maintain Finance project led by Infrastructure Ontario (10)
Scheduled to open in 2016 Peel Memorial CIHW will provide specialized outpatient-based care
including urgent care day surgery and specialty clinics with a focus on helping individuals better
manage chronic conditions like asthma diabetes and kidney disease
According to Osier Health System Peel Memorial will introduce new models of care to shift the
focus from illness to wellness and encourage patients to take a more active role in managing
their own health and well-being
Representing the leading edge in integrated health care delivery Peel Memorial will provide
access to specialized patient-centred care in a state-of-the-art facility that offers a wide variety
of traditional and alternative health care services It will help people to get and stay well
through a series of education prevention disease management and healing programs
In the fall of 2012 Osier received government approval to move forward with a request for
qualifications to design build finance and maintain the new facility Following this
announcement Brampton City Council decided to invest 50 of the community share with a
$60 million levy in support of the new Peel Memorial
Downtown Intensification Infrastructure Project shy
Southwest Quadrant Renewal Plan Municipal Office and Commercial Retail Development
On August 10 2011 Bramptons City Council approved the terms of agreement for the
Southwest Quadrant Renewal Plan which enables the City to move forward with a creative
solution to meet the Citys future administrative space needs and plans for revitalization of
Bramptons downtown The successful proposal submitted by Dominus Construction Group is
a plan for a mixed-use development with several new features including new administrative
parking and retail space and a pedestrian-friendly cityscape for completion in 2014
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 19
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario p f~2raquo^
This is a DBF - Design Build Finance project led by Dominus Construction Group The City is a tenant in the building on a long-term lease
Phase 1 of this LEEDS project now under construction includes a new nine-storey building at 41 George Street that can accommodate
bull 126398 foot building for administrative space
bull 10147 square feet for ground retail space
bull 10545 square feet for multi-purpose meeting rooms
bull 443 parking spaces (five levels of parking)
Phase la also under construction includes a two-storey addition to the current City Hall that
can accommodate
bull 2507 square feet for committee rooms
bull 6187 square feet for ground retail space
Phases 1 and la of the Southwest Quadrant Renewal Plan (SWQRP) represents a $94M
investment in the downtown and all 3 Phases of the combined SWQRP represents an
estimated investment of $251M
This investment in the Southwest Quadrant Renewal Plan is another major building block in the
ongoing evolution and revitalization of downtown Brampton both in terms of contributing to
the urban landscape as well as attracting private sector investment and opportunities
Combined with other major projects like the Rose Theatre Brampton the launch of Ziim on
Queen and Main Streets restoration work at Alderlea and Peel Heritage Complex and several
new condominium projects Bramptons Downtown is experiencing an exciting resurgence
The City of Brampton is planning to add another signature building in our downtown core
further evidence of Bramptons commitment to economic development
Sustainable Community Development Project shy
Mount Pleasant Mobility Hub
The project includes a number of elements that serve to establish Mount Pleasant as a transit-
oriented development exemplifying a more sustainable approach to suburban community
living
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 20
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario p |~^Q
In partnership with the OntarioGovernment MetrolinxGO and Mattamy Homes the City has invested approximately $23 million in the following infrastructure
bull Community Transit Infrastructure station stops and related passenger amenities
Intelligent Transportation Systems (ITS) and transit enhancements at intersections
bull Mobility Hub facility bus layovers sheltered passenger areas clock tower bike storage areas and related amenities
bull Cultural Heritage reconstructed historic CPR station structure to be used as a cultural
facility in the Mt Pleasant civicsquare shared with the Peel District School Board and the
Library
bull Pedestrian amenities Civic Square and Village Green incorporating a reflection poolskating
facility public art canopy structures play area and landscaping features
Through development and stewardship the Mount Pleasant Community will restore and
enhance individual features that currently cover approximately 8 (or 41 hectares) of the
area and create a Natural Heritage System that will cover approximately 19 (or 976 hectares)
of the community As development proceeds within the Mount Pleasant Community the
NHS will come into public ownership The City will be responsible to manage the NHS and our
goal is to support natural processes and regeneration that are beneficial to the health and
diversity of the natural features functions and habitat This will generally mean
bull Planting no-maintenance vegetative buffers between natural areas and private
properties using native trees shrubs and groundcovers
bull Not mowing pruning or spraying natural areas for weeds and insects
bull Allowing for annual flooding and ponding of water along East Huttonville Creek and
within wetlands and woodlands to maintain a natural hydrology that is critical for plant
and wildlife health and diversity
bull Allowingfor the natural loss of vegetation and regrowth of young trees and shrubs
bull Managing natural areas for invasive species such as Buckthorn and Norway Maple
bull Managing the urban trees along streets and parks for invasive species such as Emerald
Ash Borer
The Mount Pleasant Mobility Hub represents a large project that has created one-time
employment within the stipulated 2-year construction period as well generating annual
multipliers supporting Bramptons economic development for future generations
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 21
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario p [raquo^ )
5 OUR INVESTMENT - A COMMITMENT TO POST SECONDARY EDUCATION
The City of Brampton iscommitted to investing in this Strategy Below is a summary of the types of financial and in-kind investmentsthe municipality is prepared to make in order to realize this Strategy
bull Municipal Land Contribution
bull Municipal Commitment to Economic and Market Growth Policies
bull Municipal assistance on site servicing for digitally linked and virtual classrooms
laboratories office
bull Shared Infrastructure related to municipal services such as library field house gymnasium
bull Design an extensive planning process and design exercise that represents the highest
standard of excellence including engaging the community and surrounding land-owners
LEEDS Community and Environmental Design
bull Facilitating municipal and community partnerships to maximize utilization of spaces during
the May - August shoulder period
bull Economic development research grant to support research that fosters innovation and
commercialization
bull Support industry partnerships and innovative enterprises
bull Demonstrate commitment to a shared provincial municipal and university relationship
focused on a culture of open communication shared values community engagement and
volunteerism
bull Staff time and expertise dedicated to teams assigned to this Strategy
bull Leverage City of Brampton AAA Credit Rating by Standard amp Poors
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 22
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario p- ( ~ Q jL
6 IMPLEMENTATION STEPS
The following decision milestones guide the municipal commitment and stewardship of this
Strategy
bull Exploratory Meetings with Sheridan Executive and Chair of Governing Council
bull Preparation of Bramptons Post-Secondary Strategy Proposal
bull Presentation to Premier Wynne - Receive and Endorse Proposed Strategy
bull City Council approval of final post-secondary strategy and approval to enter into a
Memorandum of Understanding with Sheridan College ITAL to explore the feasibility of
establishing Sheridan University in Downtown Brampton
bull Execute an MOU with Sheridan
bull Complete the Feasibility Study for Goal 1
bull Form a project team to prepare the technical documents in support of an RFP related to
Goal 2 -Attract a new undergraduate and graduate research-oriented university campus
aligned with Bramptons vision and proposed site locations with reporting to Council
7 CONTACTS
Susan Fennell
Mayor
City of Brampton Tel 905-874-2600
John Corbett MCIP RPP
Chief Administrative Officer
City of Brampton Tel 905-874-2625
Creating andpreserving knowledge-basedjobs by enabling investments in post-secondary education research innovation and commercialization activities
is at the heart ofBramptons economic vision
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 23
APPENDIX 3
FI-V4shybullUTaarrgt-^M
Major
Capacity
Expansion
Policy
Framework
December 2013
Ministry of Training Colleges and Universities
pound Ontario
PI -IS
The Ontario Public Service endeavours to demonstrate leadership with respect to accessibility in Ontario Our goal isto ensure that Ontario government services products and focilities ore occessible to all our employees and to all members of the public we serve This document or the information that itcontains is available on request in alternative formats Please forward all requests for alternative formats to ServiceOntario ot 1-800-668-9938 (TTY 1-800-268-7095)
line publication equivolenle est disponible en francais sous le titre suivant (Mesttattgique pout Iocuoissement moeur de hcapocili 2013
This publication is also available on the Ministry ofTraining Colleges and Universities website at wwvontariocatcu 13-278 bull ISBN 978-1-4606-3428-8 (POF) bull copy Queens Printer for Ontario 2013
Contents
Vision 5
Context 5
Government Priorities 6
Components of the Policy Framework 7
Initial Review 7
Scope 7
Selection and Approval 9
Policy Implementation and Compliance 10
Appendix A
Contact Information and Checklist for Institutions Considering
Capacity Expansion 11
Appendix B
An Outline of the Review and Approval Process for Planned
Capacity Expansion Proposals 13
Appendix C
General Evaluation Criteria for Major Capacity Expansion 14
Pi-Vi
Vision
Ontarios colleges and universities will drive creativity innovation knowledge and community engagement through teaching and research They will put students first by providing the best possible learning experience for all qualified learners in an affordable and financially sustainable way ensuring high quality and globally competitive outcomes for students and Ontarios knowledge economy
Context
Between 2002-03 and 2012-13 the postsecondary education system in Ontario expanded substantially with full-time enrolment growing by over 160000 more than in any decade in the provinces history Ontario has been supporting enrolment growth across the college and university sectors through increases in operating grants enhancements to student financial aid and capital investments
Ontarios postsecondary institutions have been committed partners in their efforts to accommodate these unprecedented levels of enrolment growth and have thus contributed to expanding opportunities for students to pursue higher education in many communities across Ontario
At65 per cent Ontarios level of postsecondary attainment (college university and apprenticeship) in 2012 was higher than thatof any country in theOrganisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) The Ontario government has set a postsecondary education attainment target of 70 per cent to ensure that the province continues to benefit from the competitive advantage of its highly skilled and educated workforce in the global economy
In this context it is essential to ensure that in future the right spaces are created in the right places for Ontarios students This can be done by targeting areas in which population growth is strong but local postsecondary education capacity is limited
Population growth in Ontario has recently been - and is expected tocontinue to be - concentrated in a number of large urban areas Some of the regions and communities where strong
Fl-W
long-term demand growth is anticipated are not currently served by local campuses In those areas gaps have recently begun to appear between enrolment demand growth and the capacity to accommodate continued enrolment growth If left unaddressed those gaps are likely to widen over time
Projections are subject to uncertainty and caution should always be used when considering long-term forecasts Based on the ministrys latest assessment of demographics and long-term postsecondary education participation patterns enrolment demand growth will moderate in the near term but is expected to return to more rapid growth after 2020 with the potential for substantial enrolment increases over the longer term Consistent with recent trends long-term demand is expected to be greatest for degree-level programs
It is anticipated that the focus of most major capacity expansions in the future will be at the undergraduate degree level Students in rapidly growing communities have access to substantial local college facilities more than they do to local university campuses In addition although graduate enrolment has risen significantly in recent years it is much lower than enrolment at the undergraduate level and tends to be concentrated in fewer institutions
The timing of this anticipated growth in demand provides an important opportunity The province will have time to plan for and address postsecondary education capacity needs in areas of Ontario where communities are growing and where students need better and more affordable access to postsecondary education opportunities closer to home
Government Priorities
The Major Capacity Expansion Policy Framework set out in this document seeks to achieve the following objectives
bull Ensuring that future large-scale capacity expansion supports long-term postsecondary education priorities including institutional differentiation
bull Managing enrolment growth strategically in line with provincial growth planning priorities to address regional capacity gaps in underserved areas
bull Putting in place a transparent evidence-based decision making and implementation process
ldegt
9 Addressing affordability and sustainability for students institutions and the province by maximizing the cost-effectiveness of targeted investments
bull Creating local community and regional economic benefits leading to job creation and greater economic diversity
Components of the Policy Framework The components of the Major Capacity Expansion policy framework include
1) a description of the kinds of initiatives that will be within the scope of the new approval and selection process
2) the selection process and the criteria that will be used in evaluating proposals for approval after a call for proposals is made and
3) details on implementation and compliance
Initial Review
Any institution considering an initiative that involves an expansion ofcapacity should contact the ministry in writing using the checklist provided in Appendix A The ministry will review initiatives proposed by institutions on a case-by-case basis to determine whether the planned expansion is subject to the new selection and approval process outlined below The ministry will provide a response to the institutions request in writing clearly indicating whether a proposed project or initiative will be subject to the new Major Capacity Expansion selection and approval process Initiatives subject to the new process are not to proceed unless approved by the provincial government following a formal call for proposals
Scope
This policy framework addresses a significant provincial interest in the need for provincial management of future large-scale expansions in postsecondary education capacity Effective management and planning is also needed to help avoid potential conflicts that can arise between and among institutions sect with respect to the location of new facilities and campuses s
FI-H-0
The new approval and selection process is primarily focused on initiatives that are designed to accommodate significant long-term increases in the number of domestic full-time postsecondary education students Such large-scale initiatives could include expansions at existing locations or might involve the establishment of new campuses Initiatives could be partnerships including university-college collaborations that would also enhance students educational experience and student pathways
Recognizing thata wide range and variety of potential expansion opportunities exist in Ontarios diverse and complex postsecondary education system the ministry has avoided setting rigid parameters to define major capacity expansion However initiatives characterized by the following scale-related features are most likely to be subject to the new approval and selection process
0 accommodates enrolment growth of more than 1000 full-time students in the short term with the potential to accommodate longer-term growth of5000 to 10000 over the next twenty years (ie long-term enrolment comparable to enrolment at substantial existing college or university campuses)
8 adds new facilities (either owned or secured through long-term lease) larger than 70000 square feet (roughly 6500 square metres) designated primarily for academic purposes
raquo offers a broad range of programs with substantial new or expanded ancillary services (or shows clear potential for future growth in program offerings and ancillary services)
bull significantly improves local student access to postsecondary education in the short term (and has the potential to do so in the longer term) particularly in geographic locations that may be experiencing or are expected to develop capacity gaps
When reviewing a planned expansion the ministry will also take into consideration whether the initiative
bull competes with other capacity expansion initiatives in a particular geographic area or would have an impact on existing or already-planned postsecondary education facilities
bull in the case of proposed new campuses is outside the local area of the institutions existing campuses or is in a new community for the institution in terms of substantial permanent academic facilities For the purpose of this policy the local
FH+I
area of a campus is defined as the area within the median commuter shed for Census Metropolitan Areas in Ontario as specified by Statistics Canada (about 10 km)
Institutions making expansion proposals will be required to provide evidence of prior consultation with and support from other institutions that could be affected by the proposal confirmation of their own Board of Governors support for the proposal and confirmation of significant support from the local municipality or region
Selection and Approval Decisions about future large-scale postsecondary education capacityexpansion projects will be made on the basis of a formal transparent competitive process that will begin with a call for proposals directed to institutions Consideration will be given to proposals for large-scale expansion ofexisting campuses (main or satellite campuses) andor for the creation of new campuses
Calls for proposals will be directed to publicly assisted postsecondary education institutions in Ontario Eligibility to submit a proposal will in general be extended to all institutions however the government may decide to limit eligibility as appropriate depending on current circumstances and evolving provincial priorities
Municipalities interested in being considered as host locations for future major capacity expansion should work in collaboration with institutions that would be prepared to submit a proposal
Priority will be given to proposals in regions that have been experiencing sustained population and postsecondary education demand growth and that are underserved in terms of postsecondary education opportunities
The timing of future calls for proposals the number of projects selected for support and the level and timing of funding will be determined by the provincial government and will reflect a range of considerations including the fiscal environment
FI-M-1
When evaluating proposals the ministry will consider a setof criteria in the following categories consistent with its priorities for future capacity expansion (as outlined on page 6)
bull Strategic management of long-term enrolment growth and accessibility
bull Differentiation sustainability and accountability bull Economic impact raquo Quality innovation and competitiveness (including
institutional partnership options) bull Affordability for students and the province (including
substantial support from host communities)
Over time as circumstances change and priorities evolve the ministry may articulate additional requirements for the competitive process For details of general evaluation criteria refer to Appendix C Additional templates may be provided when a call for proposals is announced
Once the proposals have been evaluated the ministry will make recommendations to Cabinet for funding support for the selected proposals When one or more proposals have been selected and approved for funding bilateral agreements will be put in place between the institution(s) selected and the ministry
Policy Implementation and Compliance This policy framework will be effective immediately Institutions are encouraged to submit their expansion plans for initial review as soon as possible
If an initiative is determined to be outside the scope of this new approval and selection process itwill still be subject to other relevant ministry approval processes including but not limited to program approval and capital funding processes It will also have to be consistent with the terms of the Strategic Mandate Agreement established between the institution and the ministry
Failure to comply with the requirements setout in this policy framework will affect provincial funding Specifically new or expanded enrolment at the location of the expansion will not be recognized for funding through the college or university operating grants and the institution will not be eligible for provincial capital funding at the location Failure to comply could also affect future capital decisions by the provincial government
0 with respect to other locations
Fl-42gt
Appendix A Contact Information and Checklist for Institutions Considering Capacity Expansion
Institutions considering capacity expansion should direct a letter describing the project or initiative along with a completed checklist (see below) to
MCEsubmi53101iionfariocc1
The following checklist will help the ministry determine whether the planned expansion will be subject to the new approval and selection process under the MajorCapacity Expansion policy framework1
Please complete the checklist (copy and scan the completed form or create an e-file based on the template) and include it as an attachment to your communication to the ministry outlining your institutions planned capacity expansion project
Please provide additional information as needed in the Comments section of the checklist
1 A planned expansion that is deemed subject to the new selection and approval process is not to proceed unless approved by the province following a formal call for proposals A planned expansion that is deemed outside the scope of the Major Capacity Expansion approval and selection process will still be subject to other relevant ministry approval processes including but not limited to program approval and capital funding processes
pl-4-4shy
Checklist for Institutions Considering Capacity Expansion
Checklist Items
Size
How many full-time students would this initiative accommodate based on current plans
Is there potential for substantial longer-term enrolment growth If yes please provide a high-level estimate of potential enrolment
How much space (in sq ft) will be designated for academic purposes in the proposed facility (or expansion) Would new facilities be owned or secured through long-term lease
What is the credential mix of programs associated with this proposed expansion
What programs would be made available
Consultation
Have you consulted with other institutions that could be affected by this proposal
bull Which institution(s) have you consulted Are they supportive
Has your institution engaged its Board of Governors with respect to this proposal Is the board supportive
Is your proposal supported by the local municipality region in which it would be located
bull Will third-party resources (municipalities region other) be available to support this initiative What is the level of support expected
Location Services
Where would the new capacity be located (municipality region)
bull Is this a new locationcommunity for your institution
If proposing expansion at a new location is the location more than 10 km from existing campus(es)
Does the planned expansion include ancillary and student services
bull Please provide a list of services to be offered
Notes
Yes No Comme -
DD
an
a a
a a
bull a
bull a
bull a
bull This list is designed to provide information needed to determine whether a proposal will be deemed subject to the Major Capacity Expansion policy approval and selection process
bull Decisions will be made on a case-by-case basis If additional information is needed a representative of the Ministry ofTraining Colleges and Universities will contact the institution Please provide complete contact information including name position title email address and phone numbers
FI-H5
Appendix B An Outline of the Review and Approval Process for Planned Capacity Expansion Proposals
Chart 1 below outlines the steps in the assessment process that will be used to determine whether a planned capacity expansion will be deemed subject to the approval and selection process under the Major Capacity Expansion policy framework
Chart 2 outlines the steps in the process of selecting initiatives for funding under the Major Capacity Expansion policy framework
Chart 1 Initial Review - Is the Planned Expansion Subject to the Major Capacity Expansion Selection and Approval Process
The planned expansion
does not move forward
until approved by the
province following a Ministry reviews the institutions formal call for proposals
Institution submits a letter Failure to comply will submission to evaluate whether
describing the planned the planned expansion will be affect provincial funding
expansion with a completed subject to the new selection 1gt4^lt^t^fea1Vitaiiij4gtlJULJl^
and approval process under
for review the Major Capacity Expansion The planned expansion policy framework moves forward subject to
checklist to the ministry
Wampj^WJfeWamp$Si^^ all other ministry approval
processes (eg capital and
program approvals)
bulluiut^w-ww-yishy
Chart 2 SelectionApproval Process far a Major Capacity Expansion Following a Call for Proposals
Callfor proposals initiated Institutions submit Ministry assesses proposals Announcement of selected
by the province proposals against evaluation criteria initiatives to be supported
and brings forward selected for major capacity
proposals for Cabinet expansion
approval
raquoHSW^8raquoMJmmLiMH WOWluUdUJIUlbUitL
13
r
shy
Fl-Ho
enoix C General Evaluation Criteria for Major Capacity Expansion
Category Evaluation Criteria
Strategic Significant expansion of local postsecondary education opportunities for management students in underserved areas with growing demand based on long-term of long-term demographic trends enrolment Alignment with provincial priorities including Growth Plan priorities and
economic development initiativesgrowth and Clear potential to add substantial new capacity and support futureaccessibility enrolment growth in the postsecondary education sector
Differentiation Alignment with the institutions Strategic Mandate Agreement and goals sustainability and priorities of the Differentiation Policy Framework and Impact on nearby institutions accountability Effective and sustainable governance model including consideration
of the impact of distance from the expansion location for administration and academic experience Focus on undergraduate programs Range of programs offered locally and avoidance of unwarranted duplication of existing programming
Economic Demonstrated Value for Money including AFP options where impact appropriate and limits on provincial contributions
Tangible regional economic benefits combined with potential for province-wide benefit based on labour force skills and economic growth Demonstrated local economic benefits and linkages with local industries
Quality Innovative service delivery innovation Institutional partnership options including university-college collaboration and Postsecondary education quality and student experience (including
ancillary and student services)competitiveness
Affordabiiity Evidence of substantial support from host community including financial for students contributions and land ownership
Economies of scaleand the
province Linkages with local transportation for commuting students Potential for leveraging private sector resources Evidence of consideration ofalternatives to expansion proposal based on existing capacity and potential partnerships Proven financial health of institution with asset management plan in place Demonstrated labour market demand
Nofe These are the general criteria that will be used to guide the selection and approval of proposals submitted in response toa ministry call for proposals
N
News Release
Helping More Students Pursue Postsecondary Education
Ontario Calls for Expansion Proposals from Universities March 272014 945 am
Office of the Premier
Premier Kathleen Wynne announced today that the government is taking steps to
ensure that more students can pursue undergraduate degrees close to home The
province is inviting universities to submit proposals for new or expanded campuses in
underserved areas (colleges are encouraged to partner with universities to submit
proposals)
This call for proposals is part of the governments commitment to provide funding for
60000 additional postsecondary education spaces across Ontario The government will
collaborate closely with municipalities colleges and universities to ensure that capacity
is increased where it is needed the most
The proposals will be evaluated based on their potential to
bull Increase postsecondary spaces in underserved areas
bull Improve quality innovation and competitiveness
bull Demonstrate cost-effectiveness to both students and taxpayers
bull Help stimulate growth and economic development in Ontario
This will help establish a formal transparent and competitive process to evaluate
decisions about future expansions
Improving access to postsecondary education is part of the Ontario governments
economic plan that is creating jobs for today and tomorrow The comprehensive plan
and its six priorities focus on Ontarios greatest strengths -- its people and strategic
partnerships
Fl-M
Quick Facts
The call for proposals is open to all publicly assisted universities and all colleges of
applied arts and technology in Ontario with a deadline for submissions of Sept 26
2014 Colleges must partner with universities to be eligible for major capacity
expansion projects
Municipalities interested in being considered as host locations are expected to work
in collaboration with institutions that are submitting a proposal
The province released the Major Capacity Expansion Policy Framework in December
2013 to identify priority areas for growth
In the last 10 years full-time enrolment in Ontarios postsecondary system has grown
by more than 160000 mdash more than in any decade in the provinces history
bull The provinces 30 off Tuition Grant helped more than 230000 students start
college or university last year
Quotes
Fl-M
We are committed to helping more students get the postsecondary education they need to succeed
We want to bridge Ontarios skills gap and ensure that young people are equipped with all the right
skills mdash no matter where they live
Kathleen Wynne
Premier of Ontario
Expanding and creating new postsecondary campuses where they are needed most will help
ensure that more students have the opportunity to get a world-class education while staying close to
home Were working closely with our postsecondary partners to make sure the right spaces are in
the right places
Brad Duguid
Minister of Training Colleges and Universities
Laurier Brantford has provided immeasurable benefits to both local students and the citys
downtown revitalization This announcement signifies similar economic development partnerships
between municipalities and postsecondary institutions leading to new jobs and increased prosperity
for more communities across Ontario Chris Friel Mayor City of Brantford
PI-so
^^js^-^
Major
Capacity
Expansion
Call for
Proposals
GUIDELINES
March 2014
Ministry of Training Colleges and Universities
w^ Ontario
Fl-SI
The Ontario Public Service endeavours to demonstrate leadership with respect to accessibility in Ontario Our gool is to ensure that Ontario government services products and facilities are occessible to all our employees and to all members ofthe public we serve This document or the inlormolion that itcontains is available on request in alternative formats Pleose forward all requests lor alternative formats to ServiceOntario at1-800-668-9938 (TTY 1-800-268-709S)
line publication equivolente est disponible en francais sous le litre suivont Appel de propositions pour Ioccroissement moieur de la capocM - lignes directrices
This publication is also available on the Ministry olTraining Colleges and Universities website atwwivontariocatcu 13-323 bull ISBN 978-1-4606-3802-6 (PDF) bull copy Queens Printer for Ontario 2014
2014
Fi-sa
Contents
1 Background 5
2 Timelines for Submitting a Proposal 5
3 Notice of Intent 5
4 Eligible Applicants 6
5 Eligible Projects 6
6 Major Capacity Expansion General Evaluation Criteria 7
7 Weighting 8
8 Assessment and Ranking 9
9 Communications Protocol 13
10 Role of Infrastructure Ontario and Alternative
Financing and Procurement 13
11 The Selection Process and Funding 14
12 Components of the Submission 14
13 Links to Related Documents and Resources 16
14 Disclosure of Information 16
15 Call for Proposals Timeline 16
PI-S3
1 Background The ministry released its Major Capacity Expansion Policy Framework on December 20 2013 A commitment was made to
issue a Call for Proposals in early 2014
This Call for Proposals represents the beginning of a process that will lead to the selection of successful proposals which collectively will meet provincial goals for postsecondary education in Ontario - increased capacity at the undergraduate degree level greater affordability for students institutions and the province improved institutional differentiation and regional economic benefits This process will be guided by principles of fairness competitiveness and transparency and by a commitment to serve the public interest
This long-term initiative will help ensure that our postsecondary education system will have the right spaces in the right places for Ontario students
2 Timelines for Submitting a Proposal The closing date for submission of a Notice of Intent is June 27 2014
The closing date for submission of the full proposal is September 26 2014
Submissions must be received by the ministry on or before these dates
3 Notice of Intent
The Notice of Intent is a one-page overview of the proposed project Proposals will not be considered unless a Notice of Intent is received by the deadline ofJune 27 2014 To ensure transparency and competitiveness every Notice of Intent submitted to the ministry will be posted on the Postsecondary Education Partners Gateway website within 30 days of the submission date
Fl-Sf
4 Eligible Applicants In view of the focus on undergraduate degree capacity it is expected that submissions will be led by universities butcollegeshyuniversity partnership models are encouraged
All proposals must demonstrate need (ie expansion should be located in areas thatare currently underserved by postsecondary education andor thatare expected to experience significant future growth in enrolment demand)
5 Eligible Projects Recognizing the wide range and variety of potential expansion opportunities the ministry continues to avoid setting rigid parameters to define major capacityexpansion However as stated in the Major Capacity Expansion Policy Framework initiatives characterized by the following scale-related features are most likely to be subject to this approval and selection process
bull accommodates enrolment growth of more than 1000 full-time students in the short term with the potential to accommodate longer-term growth of 5000 to 10000 over the next twenty years (ie long-term enrolment comparable to enrolment at substantial existing collegeor university campuses)
bull adds new facilities (either owned or secured through long-term lease) larger than 70000 square feet (roughly 6500 square metres) designated primarily for academic purposes
bull offers a broad range of programs with substantial new or expanded ancillary services (or shows clear potential for future growth in program offerings and student and ancillary services)
bull significantly improves local student access to postsecondary education in the short term (and has the potential to continue to do so in the longer term) particularly in geographic locations that may be experiencing or are expected to develop capacity gaps at the undergraduate degree level
PI-S5
6 Major Capacity Expansion General Evaluation Criteria
The following general evaluation criteria were included in the Major Capacity Expansion Policy Framework These criteria will be used to assess proposals Institutions should demonstrate the alignment of their proposed projects with the criteria and may do so in any format suitable to them
Priority Objectives
Strategic management of long-term enrolment growth and accessibility
Differentiation sustainability and accountability
Economic impact
Quality innovation and competitiveness
General Criteria
bull Significant expansion of local postsecondary education opportunities for students in underserved areas with growing demand based on long-term demographic trends
bull Alignment with provincial priorities including Growth Plan priorities and economic development initiatives
bull Clear potential to add substantial new capacity and support future enrolment growth in the postsecondary education sector
Alignment with the institutions Strategic Mandate Agreement (SMA) and goals and priorities of the Differentiation Policy Framework Impact on nearby institutions Effective and sustainable governance model including consideration ofthe impact ofdistance from the expansion location for administration and academic experience Focus on undergraduate programs Range of programs offered locally and avoidance ofunwarranted duplication ofexisting programming
Tangible regional economic benefits combined with potential for province-wide benefit based on labour force skills and economic growth Demonstrated local economic benefits and linkages with local industries
Demonstrated Value for Money including Alternative Financing and Procurement (AFP) options where appropriate and limits on provincial contributions
Institutional partnership options including university-college collaboration
Innovative service delivery Postsecondary education quality and student experience (including student and ancillary services)
(continued)
Fl-5b
Priority Objectives General Criteria
Affordability for bull Evidence of substantial support from hostcommunity including students and the financial contributions and land ownership province bull Economies of scale
bull Linkages with local transportation for commuting students bull Potential for leveraging private sector resources bull Evidence of consideration of alternatives to expansion proposal
based on existing capacity and potential partnerships bull Proven financial health of institution with asset management plan
in place bull Demonstrated labour market demand
7 Weighting The evaluation criteria for the assessment of institutional
proposals will be weighted as follows
Category Weight
Section A Meeting Demand 30
bull Strategic management of long-term enrolment growth and accessibility
Section B Demonstrated Affordability 40
bull Affordability for students and the province
Section C Academic and Economic Considerations 30
bull Differentiation sustainability and accountability bull Economic impact bull Quality innovation and competitiveness (including institutional partnership
options)
PI-SI
8 Assessment and Ranking Funding will be awarded on a competitive basis and proposals will be evaluated for suitability using defined criteria Institutions should use both qualitative and quantitative analysis to demonstrate the alignment of their proposals with the general evaluation criteria
SECTION A MEETING DEMAND (30)
Proposals should demonstrate alignment with some or all of the following criteria
Priority Objective 1 Strategic management of long-term enrolment growth and accessibility
General Evaluation Criteria
1 Significant expansion of local postsecondary education opportunities for students in underserved areas with growing demand based on long-term demographic trends
2 Alignment with provincial priorities including Growth Plan priorities and economic development initiatives
3 Clear potential to add substantial new capacity and support future enrolment growth in the postsecondary education sector
Possible Alignment Measures
bull Demographic growth projections for location bull Existing enrolment capacity at institutions in
the proximity of the proposed expansion bull Estimated enrolment capacity ofthe
expansion and projected net increase in undergraduate enrolment
bull Number of students from the area of the intended expansion who are currently attending the institution(s)
Possible Information to Build Evidence Base
bull Institutions long-term enrolment master plan bull Joint campus master plan for partnerships (if applicable) bull Long-term enrolment viability study bull Completed enrolment table in the proposal template stating all assumptions bull Community profile demonstrating future demand in the area bull Documented support from and alignment with plans of any associated agencies municipalities
or other entities
bull Consideration of relevant provincial population and employment projections bull Consideration of key provincial policy directions relating to the location of public institutions and
their associated economic impacts (eg ability to contribute to urban revitalization efforts) bull Evidence of program demand (eg number of applications)
FI-5J
SECTION B DEMONSTRATED AFFORDABILITY (40)
Proposals should demonstrate alignment with some or all of the following criteria
Priority Objective 2 Affordability for students and the province
General Evaluation Criteria
1 Evidence of substantial support from host community including financial contributions and land ownership
2 Economies of scale 3 Linkages with local transportation for
commuting students 4 Potential for leveraging private sector
resources
5 Evidence of consideration of alternatives to expansion proposal based on existing capacity and potential partnerships
6 Proven financial health of institution with asset management plan in place
7 Demonstrated labour market demand
Possible Alignment Measures
bull Total cost of project and expected provincial contribution
bull Cost-benefit analysis ofexpanding an existing assetor building at a new location (or a combination thereof)
bull Distance from current campuses bull Current assetmanagement plan including
effects of expansion on Facilities Condition Index
bull Public transit capacity to the institution and between campuses
bull Debtasset ratioof institution(s) bull Energy sources and efficiency initiatives
(including proposed LEED certification) bull Long-term financial viability bull Existing student employment KPIs
Possible Information to Build Evidence Base
bull Detailed project costing information including projected cash flow requirements and net impact on operating cost
bull Business case demonstrating need for expansiori (existing campus only) including a service gap analysis
bull Letters of support from potential partners indicating details of financial andor in-kind contributions (eg land ownership)
bull Local transportation plan(s) showing current anc1planned public access to site (short- and long-term)
bull Independent verification of total expansion proj set cost
bull Financial health analysis including recent finan cial statements
bull Documentation of preliminary environmental assessment bull Control and ownership of buildings and equipment (partnerships only) bull Long-term forecast of incremental operating expenses and revenues (grants third party revenues)
as a result ofthe proposed project
PI-S9
SECTION C ACADEMIC AND ECONOMIC CONSIDERATIONS (30)
Proposals should demonstrate alignment with some or all of the following criteria
Priority Objective 3 Differentiation sustainability and accountability
General Evaluation Criteria
1Alignment with the institutions Strategic Mandate Agreement (SMA) and goals and priorities of the Differentiation Policy Framework
2 Impact on nearby institutions 3 Effective and sustainable governance model
including consideration of the impact of distance from the expansion location for administration and academic experience
4 Focus on undergraduate programs 5 Range of programs offered locally and
avoidance of unwarranted duplication of existing programming
Possible Alignment Measures
bull Assessment of alignment with SMA bull Proposed programs their alignment with
the institutions strengths and an overview ofsimilar existing programs offered by institutions near the expansion
bull Ranking of institution(s) on applications by students from the proposed area
Possible Information to Build Evidence Base
bull Finalized SMA
bull Program information (initial and planned) bull Overview of proposed institutional governance model bull Consultation overview including results of discussions with affected institutions and letters of
support (if applicable)
pi-to
Priority Objective 4 Economic impact
General Evaluation Criteria
1Tangible regional economic benefits combined with potential for province-wide benefit based on labour force skills and economic growth
2 Demonstrated local economic benefits and linkages with local industries
3 Demonstrated Value for Money including Alternative Financing and Procurement (AFP) options where appropriate and limits on provincial contributions
Possible Alignment Measures
bull Local economic benefits bull Alignment of programs with regional and
Ontario labour market needs
bull Expected financing cost (if any) bull Jobs created (short-term associated with
building period and ongoing) bull Ongoing jobs created at expansion bull Value for Money analysis related to proposed
procurement model
Possible Information to Build Evidence Base
bull An economic impact study or value planning study to demonstrate the projects potential to provide direct economic benefits for the surrounding area (eg by helping to revitalize the community unlock local development potential build the taxbase and leverage existing infrastructure and investments)
Priority Objective 5 Quality innovation and competitiveness
General Evaluation Criteria
1 Institutional partnership options including university-college collaboration
2 Innovative service delivery 3 Postsecondary education quality and student
experience (including student and ancillary services)
Possible Alignment Measures
bull Institutional track record with partnerships bull Assessment ofproposed academic plan and
service delivery bull Range of planned student and ancillary
services compared with services at existing campuses (short- and long-term)
bull Existing student experience (KPIs student outcomes)
Possible Information to Build Evidence Base
bull Institutions Strategic Plan bull Business case in support ofproposed academic plan including partnerships with relevant
raquo information aboutcurriculumpedagogy raquo financial information
raquo interjurisdictional case studies and examples bull Impact analysis with respect toacademic and administrative quality and quality of experience bull Overview of new program accreditation required ifapplicable
12
Fl-fel
9 Communications Protocol
Proposal submissions must be received at MCEsubmissions ontarioca by September 26 2014 Late submissions will not be accepted
Specific questions submitted to the ministry as part of the process will be answered and will be made available to all participants
To ensure a fair and transparent process the ministry will not provide any advisory services to institutions on an individual basis
10 Role of Infrastructure Ontario and Alternative
Financing and Procurement Infrastructure Ontario is a Crown agency of the Government of Ontario It is focused on modernizing and financing the renewal of public infrastructure maximizing the value of public real estate and managing government facilities It also provides expertise in project delivery lending real estate management and asset planning Infrastructure Ontario now has a greater role in procuring infrastructure as well engaging in both traditional forms of procurement and alternative financing and procurement (AFP) when appropriate
As indicated in the Ministry of Infrastructures Building Together Plan and in the provincial governments planning and budgeting process recommendations will be made on the procurement method and delivery of all college infrastructure projects valued at more than $50 million In addition universities with successful projects and associated provincial grants in excess of $100 million will be required to consult with Infrastructure Ontario The $100 million threshold may be lowered in future years
The criteria for assessing these projects could include scope complexity and value-for-money assessment with input from the ministry and Infrastructure Ontario
13
Pl-bl
11 The Selection Process and Funding The ministry will oversee the process leading to the selection of successful applications A multi-ministry panel will review the applications and make recommendations to Cabinet through the Ministry of Training Colleges and Universities Cabinetwill make the final decision aboutsuccessful projects andor future courses of action
Funding for successful projects will be provided subsequently The number of projects selected for support as well as the level and timing of funding will be determined by the provincial government and will reflect a range of considerations including the fiscal environment
12 Components of the Submission The following components of the submission are to be provided to the ministry by the dates indicated In addition to what is required below institutions may submit their proposals in any format that they believe best demonstrates the strengths of their proposed project with due attention to the relevance and conciseness of information supplied (Note that institutions may be asked to revise and re-submit their proposals ifexcessive amounts of information are provided)
All submissions must be preceded by
bull A Notice of Intent to be received by the ministry no later than June 27 2014
The Notices of Intent will give the ministry an early overview of interest in Major Capacity Expansion
14
pl-fe
The components of the proposal submission to be received by the ministry no later than September 26r 2014 are as follows
bull A completed checklist
A checklist is included in the Call for Proposals package The checklist must be completed and included in the submission (The checklist is reproduced from Appendix A of the Major Capacity Expansion Policy Framework page 12)
bull A completed capital template
Please refer to the template included in the Call for Proposals package The template requests detailed information on enrolment projections and funding sources This information must be provided using the template but it may also be presented in a different format in the context of the overall presentation
bull Supplementary information
Institutions are welcome to submit supplementary information to support their proposal Supplementary information may include a business case environmental impact studies and any other information or documentation that substantiates the proposal As noted earlier conciseness and relevance of information are
valued
Pleasealso include evidence of support for your proposal (including documentation of land ownership or leasing contracts documentation of municipal or other funding and letters of support)
In the case of a joint university-college submission approval under s 28 of the Financial Administration Act is required for financing if the debt is related to Colleges or if there is a contingent liability
15
Fl-b4shy
13 Links to Related Documents and Resources
Major Capacity Expansion Policy Framework
Differentiation Policy Framework
Places to Grow
Building Together
14 Disclosure of Information
The Freedom of Information and Protection of Privacy Act (FIPPA) applies to information in the custody or under the control of the ministry Institutions should identify whether any information in their proposals is submitted in confidence within the meaning of s 17 of FIPPA The proposals may be shared with a multi-ministry panel or other advisers that the ministry retains to assist with the assessment of the proposals
15 Call for Proposals Timeline
Date Deliverable
March 27 2014 Release of Call for Proposals
June 27 2014 Notice of Intent
September 26 2014 Close of Call for Proposals
Contact Information
Ministry staff may need to contact institutions to clarify details or request additional information Please provide complete and current contact information in your submission
16
![Page 4: Pl-I *^ BRAMPTON ReP°rt of Cou… · Pi-2> Current Situation: Following Council approval of its Post-Secondary Education Strategy on November 6, ... Call for Proposals Timeline .](https://reader033.fdocuments.in/reader033/viewer/2022060721/6080f345afc78e210d009525/html5/thumbnails/4.jpg)
Fl-4
City of Brampton - Sheridan University Update
With respect to Goal One of Bramptons Strategy staff from the City of Brampton and Sheridan has formed a working team to undertake a feasibility study focused on a Sheridan University Campus in Downtown Brampton An Agreement and terms of reference guiding this feasibility study is currently being developed collaboratively by Sheridan and City staff In addition the City of Brampton continues to support Sheridan in its goal of obtaining University status in the Province of Ontario
Corporate Implications
Financial Impact
Should Council approve the recommendations in this report the CAO and Executive Leadership Team shall arrange to meet with interested universities One-on-one presentations is the preferred method of communicating Bramptons interest value-propositions and business case to post-secondary institutions however staff shall also consider participating in formal proposal calls that may be initiated by institutions seeking a host municipality The Council approved Strategy document shall serve as the primary reference material to support Bramptons case and promotional efforts
Strategic Plan
This report aligns with the following City of Brampton Strategic Plan initiatives
Thriving Priority - Strengthen Bramptons outstanding quality of life by encouraging economic growth innovation and entrepreneurship that enhance the Citys brand and residents lifestyles
bull Attract and Support and Knowledge-Based Jobs bull Increase Domestic and Foreign Direct Investment bull Expand the Inventory of Lifestyle Amenities bull Prosperity through the Creative Economy Tourism and Sport
Conclusion
In order for the City of Brampton to be in a position to participate and respond to the provincial Major Capacity Expansion Call for Proposals it is necessary for the City to seek a university partner that is interested in recognising the City of Brampton as a host municipality in a proposal to the Government of Ontario
FI-5
The recommendations in this report provide Council with a process that will allow the City of Brampton to pursue goals contained in its new Strategic Plan 2013 and its Post-Secondary Education Strategy (Goal Two) adopted in November 2013
Administrative Officer
Appendix 1 Council Resolution C290 City of Brampton
Appendix 2 Bramptons Post-Secondary University Strategy (Strategy) City of Brampton
Appendix 3 Major Capacity Expansion Policy Framework Government of Ontario
Fl-fe
APPENDIX 1
FI-1 C290-2013 Moved by Mayor Fennell Seconded by Regional Councillor Sanderson
1 That the report from J Corbett Chief Administrative Officer and Executive Leadership Team dated October 30 2013 to the Council Meeting of November 6 2013 re Bramptons Post-Secondary University Education Strategy (File C25) be received and
2 That Council commits to the proposed Post-Secondary University Education Strategy by approving the two major goals contained within this Strategy namely Goal 1 - Support the creation of Sheridan University that is committed exclusively to undergraduate professional education with a major presence in Downtown Brampton and Goal 2 shyAttract a new research-oriented university campus in Brampton that features undergraduate and graduate degrees and research programs and facilities for students faculty and industry and
3 That Council authorise the implementation of this Strategy by approving the following actions
a The Mayor and City Clerk be authorised to execute a Memorandum of Understanding agreement between the City of Brampton and Sheridan College ITAL related to Goal 1 of the Post-Secondary University Education Strategy outlining obligations of each organization related to the completion of a feasibility study for the site planning design build financing and maintenance of a major campus and related uses in Downtown Brampton as identified in this report And that the content of this Agreement be satisfactory to the City of Brampton CAO and the form satisfactory to the City Solicitor
b Upon its completion the feasibility study stated in 3(a) shall be presented to City Council and other agencies as required for approval and consideration of recommendations
c The CAO be authorised to prepare document(s) in support of initiating a request for proposals process and project governance structure related to Goal 2 of Bramptons Post-Secondary Education Strategy that is the attraction of a research-oriented undergraduate and graduate university campus on municipally owned sites identified in this report
Fi-B Prior to issuance Council shall approve the request for proposal process and governance structure
4 That Council authorises the CAO and Mayor to prepare a letter to the Premier of Ontario Minister of Training Colleges and Universities and Brampton MPPs asking the Government of Ontario to (a) support Bramptons Post-Secondary University Education Strategy (Goals 1 and 2) (b) continue to take the necessary steps to advance provincial legislation creating Sheridan University thereby making Sheridan eligible to apply for Association of Universities and Colleges of Canada (AUCC) accreditation and (c) the Province of Ontario support and assist as may be required the Citys effort to attract a research-oriented university campus to Brampton
Fl-q APPENDIX 2
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario
PI-10 October
2013
A Post-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario
The role ofpost-secondary education infostering economic development in Ontarios communities has never been more significant than today in this post-recessionary period
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 1
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario
1 INTRODUCTION ^
Higher learning is avision and commitment shared by the Province ofOntario post-secondary education institutions and industry As will be demonstrated in this Strategy the City of Brampton is a strong advocate and supporter of this shared vision
Creating and preserving knowledge-based jobs by enabling investments in post-secondary education research innovation and commercialization activities is at the heart of Bramptons economic vision In this post-recessionary period economic expansion is highly dependent on strategies designed to achieve this outcome
University Strategy
We are pleased to present Bramptons Strategy for post-secondary university education in
Brampton a two-pronged approach
Goal 1 Support the Creation of Sheridan University that is Committed Exclusively to
Undergraduate Professional Education The Cityof Brampton supports the vision and
mission of a new Sheridan University as a global leader in undergraduate professional
education To support this vision the Cityof Brampton is advocating and prepared to
invest its local share in a new undergraduate paradigm in Ontario that is exclusively
committed to undergraduate professional education features a strong focus on
students teaching and learning creativity and innovation offers undergraduate
research that is connected to industry and produces professional accreditations that
achieve the highest standards of quality programming and faculty The City of
Brampton is proposing that Sheridan University have a profound presence in Downtown
Brampton
Goal 2 Attract a New Research-Oriented University Campus in Brampton To support
the growing demand for undergraduate and graduate programs in the Toronto-centered
region (Zone 7) the City of Brampton is prepared to invest its local share in a new
university campus that features research capabilities for students faculty and industry
The City is prepared to partner with an existing Ontario university or participate with the
Province of Ontario in the start-up of the next publicly funded institute in Ontario
located in Brampton
A key underpinning of this Strategy is that the two goals described above are complementary
and intrinsically related from an advancement and institutional perspective
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 2
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario
Demand Drivers
The core drivers ofdemand that justify the expansion of post-secondary education in Ontario particularly in the Greater Toronto Area are well documented
What we present inthis Strategy however is a local community perspective that defines a compelling need for a new waveof post-secondary expansion driven by innovative thinking on undergraduate professional education as well as on undergraduate and graduate education with a focus on research-oriented programs classrooms and labs for faculty students and industry
In our recent strategic planning and community engagement process we found an interesting
human spirit and positive cultural attitude toward higher learning in Brampton This
community perspective was captured through extensive engagement approaches and multiple
primary and secondary information-gathering methods
As a result we have developed a Strategy that paints the picture of a growing diverse and
committed Brampton community ready for university development and a municipality that is
prepared to invest and lead a process that facilitates its communitys vision
Structure
This document is structured as follows
Part 2 - The Need - Meeting the Increasing Demand for Post-Secondary Education
Part 3 - Defining the Opportunities in Brampton
Part 4 - Bramptons Strategic Partnership - a Track Record of Success
Part 5 - Commitment to this Strategy
Part 6 - Next Steps - Our Proposed Implementation Plan
Part 7 - Key Contacts
A Note on Benchmarked Regions in Ontario
Ontarios geography for student registration statistics (OUAC) includes a Zone 7 comprised of
the Cityof Toronto York Region Peel Region (including Brampton) and Simcoe County This
was the reference zone used in our comparative analysis
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 3
A Post-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario
Fl-li 2 THE NEED - MEETING THE INCREASED DEMAND FOR POST-SECONDARY
EDUCATION
The economic benefits of the youth and vitalitythat a new college or university campus would bring are not lost on the Citys residents as a large majority view it to be a top priority for economic development
(64) particularly among influencers (84) Residents of Brampton Compiled by Environlcs 2013
Our Community Speaks Out
In 2013 the City invited its community to participate in a comprehensive strategic planning
program It has been ten years since the City last undertook a strategic planning exercise The
community has changed in that time and will continue to change as our population rises in
keeping with the Province of Ontarios Places to Grow Act
It began with initial research to identify the priorities of Bramptons residents and businesses
figure out what the City is doing well and where there may be room for improvement This
phase was completed through meetings with a variety of community groups and organizations
and a telephone survey to learn about the publics priorities perceptions and concerns From
the information we have collected we identified five Strategic Priorities for Bramptons future
Next we completed the community engagement phase of the process through a series of Town
Hall meetings and other feedback options including the Citys website Twitter email
voicemail and of course one-on-one
The feedback from residents has been impressive The vision and direction offered by the
public is persuasive articulate and focused on these priorities
o Economic Development
o Growth Management
o Environmental Stewardship
o Community Engagement
o Corporate Excellence
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 4
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario FI-I+
Economic development and growth management were identified asthe most important areas of focus for the City The public was clear that attracting large brand name companies and developing local talent were among the major themes for the Citys economic development Similarly the two most important economic development initiatives identified by Brampton residents were first attracting new businesses to the City (69 top priority rating) and second the building of college and university campuses (64) These two priorities are intrinsically related to each other
Promote Brampton Internationally
Support SMEs
Build College and University Campuses
Attract New Business
Top Priority bull Secondary Priority Not a Priority a Dont Know
Source Environics 2013 (Prepared for the City of Brampton Strategic Planning Engagement)
Growing Population
Brampton is a designated growth centre in the Province of Ontario With an official population
of523911 (2011) Brampton is the 9th largest City in Canada 4th largest in Ontario and 3rd largest in the Greater Toronto Area Between 1981 and 2011 Bramptons population grew by
an extraordinary rate of 84 per year Bramptons population is expected to reach
approximately 843000 people by 2031
Total Population 1981-2031
8428000
433806 325428
234445 268251 149090 188498
1981 1986 1991 1996 2001 2006 2011 2031
Source Statistics Canada 1981-2011 Forecast by Hemson Consulting Ltd Oct 2013
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 5
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario pf~S
At 21 Bramptons population grew more than the benchmarks during the period between 2006 and 2011 With a total population increase of90105 persons during this time-frame Brampton was ranked 3rd in Canada behind Toronto and Calgary and ahead of Edmonton Surrey Ottawa and Vaughan
Geography Population Population Population Change 2006 2011 2006 to 2011
Brampton (Zone 7) 433806 523911 208
York Region (Zone 7) 892712 1032524 157
Peel Region (Zone 7) 1159455 1296814 118
Toronto CMA 5113149 5583064 92
Canada 31612897 33476688 59
Ontario 12160282 12851821 57
Simcoe County (Zone 7) 422204 446063 57
City of Toronto (Zone 7) 2503281 2615060 45 Source Statistics Canada 2006 amp 2011
In 2006 the population in Zone 7 was 498 million representing 41 of the total population in Ontario By 2011 the population in this zone soared to 539 million featuring an impressive
82 growth rate above the provincial and national averages
This is a sound level of household formation during a difficult period in Ontarios economic
history Most of the population and household growth occurred in Peel and York Regions
a high demand zone for future university expansion
Brampton is ideally situated in Zone 7
to host Ontarios next wave
of university expansion
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 6
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario H (~ Icopy
A Young and Family Oriented Community
Brampton is a young City with a median age of 347 years according to Statistics Canada
Bramptons population is younger than the ten most populated cities in Canada as well as the
nation the province of Ontario and the Toronto region
Municipality Median Age Median Age 2011 Rank 2011
Brampton 347 1
Edmonton 360 2
Calgary 364 3
Mississauga 385 4
Montreal 386 5
Winnipeg 390 6
Toronto 392 7
Ottawa 392 7
Vancouver 397 9
Hamilton 409 10
Toronto CMA 386
York Region 393
Peel Region 369
Simcoe County 418
Ontario 404
Canada 406
Source Statistics Canada 2011
The typical post-secondary education enrollment age group between 20 and 39 includes more
than 151800 Brampton residents representing a growth rate of 28 between 2006 and 2011
Immigration is a Driver of Economic Growth
For the first time in its history the number of residents living in Brampton that was born
outside of Canada exceeded 50 of the population In other words the foreign-born
population in Brampton is greater than the Canadian-born population
Immigration continues to be a major influence in the growth and diversification of Bramptons
population labour force employment household income business enterprises and
institutions
This is a differentiating factor that is shaping a new highly energetic image of the City of
Brampton
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 7
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario ^ I bull |
Brampton is a magnet for newCanadians The peak immigration period in Bramptons statistical history is indeed the present time The most recent immigration figures from the 2001 and 2006 Census Surveys and the 2011 National Household Survey revealed that more than 83000 people settled in Brampton between 2001 and 2011 This represents an average annual rate of 8300 new foreign-born residents or approximately 33 of the total immigration into Canada into Brampton
Geography Foreign-Born Foreign Born Population Population 2011
Total 2011 As a of Population
Brampton 263670 506
Peel Region 650530 505
City of Toronto 1252215 486
Toronto CMA 2537410 46
York Region 463125 452
Ontario 3611365 29
Canada 6775765 n
Simcoe County 50915 116
Source Statistics Canada 2011
Between 2006 and 2011 the major countries of birth for new Brampton residents included
1 India-525
2 Philippines-68
3 Pakistan - 63
Languages Spoken in Brampton
Panjabi (Punjabi) Hindi and Urdu were the top three non-official languages in 2011 accounting
for 66 of all of the non-official languages spoken in Brampton making this City one of a few in
Canada with significant allophone representation
Rounding out the top ten languages spoken in Brampton were Portuguese (4) Spanish (5)
Tamil (6) Tagalog (7) Gujarati (8) Italian (9) and Vietnamese (10)
In total eighty-nine languages were reported in the 2011 National Household Survey as being
spoken in Brampton homes
Post-Secondary Educational Attainment
At 51 post-secondary education attainment in Brampton is below key benchmarks However
it is the municipalitys goal to increase this level to meet the provincial (55) and national (54)
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 8
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario p 1mdash1Q
average bypromoting and facilitating post-secondary facilities and access to programs that are next-to- home
Geography Post-Secondary Percentage of Certificate Diploma Total Population or Degree 2011 15 and Older 2011
CityofToronto 1271gt545 58
Toronto CMA 2629970 58
York Region 487945 58
Peel Region 576995 56
Ontario 5717340 55
Canada 14805190 54
Brampton 206770 51
Simcoe County 180650 50
Source Statistics Canada 2011
The Citys strategic economic growth initiatives will continue to result in a more diversified and
talented labour force Such initiatives include residential and commercial intensification of
Bramptons central commercial corridor attracting knowledge-based industries expansion of
executive housing supply investment in arts and culture and supporting programs that
promote entrepreneurship innovation and commercialization
Household Income
At $77787 Brampton had the 2nd highest reported household income among the regions in this sample
Geography Median Household Benchmark
Total Income Rank
2010
York Region $89100 1
Brampton $77787 2
Peel $77588 3
Toronto CMA $70365 4
Simcoe County $67468 5
Ontario $66358 6
Canada $61072 7
City of Toronto $58381 8
Source Statistics Canada 2011
Further between 2005 and 2010 the total number of Brampton households reported in the
highest income category being $100000 and more increased by 425
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 9
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario H|deg
Population Growth is Complimented by Strong Employment Growth
The Brampton economy has been projected to attract approximately 120000 net new jobs by 2031 for a total of 291000 people working in Brampton based business establishments
Employment 2011 2016 2021 2026 2031
Brampton 171000 204000 239000 263000 291000
Peel 730000 820000 880000
Source Hemson Consulting Ltd Oct 2013
Brampton will lead economic growth in Peel over the next two decades attracting 80 of the
employment forecasted in the region Brampton is home to 8075 businesses Brampton
businesses contribute approximately $129 Billion to the GDP or 52 of the output in the
Toronto Region The Citys output is dominated by a mixed economy heavily structured on
goods-producing trades and professional business services industries
The major non-government industries dominating the economic base of Brampton by place of
work employment include
- Manufacturing
- Retail and Wholesale Trade
- Professional and Business Services
- Transportation and Warehousing
This skilled and educated workforce in Brampton represents the 3rd highest concentration of labour in the Toronto Region
Major Corporations
Bramptons corporate community is vibrant featuring an impressive list of corporations from
Canadian and International enterprises that have invested in office production andor logistics
facilities in this community
bull Rogers Communications
bull Chrysler Canada
bull Loblaw Companies
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 10
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario P ImiO
Maple Lodge Farms
Canadian Tire Corporation
Coca Cola Bottling
Waste Management of Canada
Gamma Dynacare
Olymel LLP
Air Canada Strategic Operations Centre
Bacardi Canada
Export Packers Ltd
HBC Canada
Ford Motor Company
Nissan Canada
Medtronics Canada
MDA Robotics
Q9 Canada
Aircraft Appliances and Equipment
Para Paints Canada
Brita Water Filter
Clorox Canada Canon Canada recently Hunter Douglas Windows
announced theMandarin Restaurant Corporation
Nestle Canada relocation of their
Maple Leaf Foods national headquarters HankookTire
to Brampton Ontario Smuckers Canada
Parmalat Canada
Miele Canada
Best Buy CanadaFuture Shop Canada
Small and Medium Sized Enterprises (SMEs)
The backbone of Canadas economy is found in the entrepreneurs and innovators who own
and operate small and medium-sized enterprises While Brampton has an excellent
portfolio of corporate brand names the SME sector is an active contributor to economic
growth Ninety-four per cent (94) of all businesses in Brampton had less than 50
employees Small businesses remain strong in professional scientific and technical support
sectors as well as in business services and the retail and wholesale trades
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 11
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario FI-21
Brampton business establishments with less than ten employees had 23000 workers on their payroll in 2011
Public Sector Employment
Adiverse economic base such as Bramptons is also characterised by very good representation from institutions in the public sector
Major employers include
Regional Municipal of Peel The Peel Memorial Centre for
William Osier Health System
Peel Regional Police Integrated Health and Wellness
Corporation of the City of Brampton will attract between 3000-4000
Sheridan College Institute of Technology professionals in the medical
and Advanced Learning services sector by 2016
bull Ontario Courthouse - Grenville Davis
University Application Statistics
The Ontario Universities Application Centre (OUAC) produces an annual report of
application and registration data for secondary school and other applicants
In 2011 514596 applications were administered by the Ontario University system In the
ten-year period between 2002 and 2011 Ontario saw the number of applications received
grow by approximately 135000 During the same time-frame the number of registered
applicants increased by approximately 23000 or 336 In 2011 Ontario universities
hosted 78434 registered applicants
A key finding of the 2011 OUAC Report is that universities located in geographic zone 7
these being the Ontario College of Arts and Design York University Ryerson University and
the University of Toronto attracted the highest proportion of registered applicants from
their home-zone when compared to all other universities in Ontario
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 12
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario p I bull ^i
This point is highlighted in the following table
Universities in Geographic Registered Secondary Registered Other Group Zone 7 School Applicants Applicants
Originating From Originating from (includes Peel Region York Region Zone 7 in 2011 Zone 7 in 2011 Simcoe County and City of Toronto)
( of Total Registered for ( of Total Registered for Each University) Each University)
York 865 592
Ryerson 822 616
Toronto 743 209
OCAD 643 542
Average 4 System Wide 454 306 Source Ontario University Application Centre 2011
Given the large population demographic composition socio-economic characteristics and
cultural attitudes of residents living in Zone 7 it is clear that there is a positive bias for students
particularly secondary-school students to attend a university where they can live near or stay
within their family and community structures
This is a prevalent trend in Peel Region York Region Simcoe County and the City of Toronto
(the communities that comprise Zone 7) more so than any other region in Ontario
As a summary of the complex set of demand factors highlighted in this section of the report we
see tremendous justification for additional university services on the outer edge of the Greater
Toronto Area
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 13
A Post-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario Fl-ii
3 DEFINING THE OPPORTUNITY
Goal 1 - Sheridan University Campus in Downtown Brampton
Project Vision
Site Options
A
AX
PI
A profound and holistic Sheridan Downtown Brampton Campus
connected to its 9500 plus students at Brampton Davis Steeles Campus
supported by enhanced transit to its HMC Campus I and II and Oakville
Campus
1Nelson Square Garage (Phase II SWQRP) and Phase III Lands
2Heritage Theatre Block ^~ rzmdash~ V V i
bullbull bull bull --bull shy
bull -bullbullbull-Ty ^
General Description of Site Locations - for illustrative purposes only
Mobility These sites are within a 5-minute walking distance to the existing
Brampton GO Train Station (with service to Union Station and
KitchenerWaterloo) and the ZUM Bus Rapid Transit service on
Queen Street and Main Street with service to Sheridan Davis
Campus Guelph-Humber University Campus Mississauga City
Centre (HMC I and II) and York University The proposed
Hurontario-Main Light Rapid Transit system is also within walkinj
distance of the site and offers a direct link to HMC I and II
Infrastructure Type Post-Secondary Education Campus and Related Uses
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 14
A Post-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario Fl-24shy
Project Type DBFM or DBF Design Build Finance Maintain or Design Build
Finance (the final business model is subject to a detailed
feasibility study)
Goal 2 - A New University Campus in Brampton
Project Vision A new university campus that offers undergraduate and graduate
degrees with research-oriented programs for students faculty
industry
Site Option 1 65-acre site at McLaughlin Road and Queen Street West
southwest corner known municipally as Flower City Community
Campus This site was formerly owned by the Province of
Ontario (OPP Headquarters and Training Centre) and is currently
being used by the municipality
Mobility This site is located in the Central Area of Brampton with Brampton
Transit service provided to the property The site is 15
kilometres from the Downtown GO Train Station and the
Downtown ZUM BRT Station on Main Street and 3 km to the
Brampton ZUM BRT station at Shoppers World - Steeles Avenue
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 15
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario p | bull ^S
Site Location Option 2
Mobility
Infrastructure Type
Project Type
The road network provides easy access to the major 400 series
highways for example ETR 407 is 35 km south of this site and
Highway 410 is 45 km east of the site
2719 Bovaird Drive West at Heritage Road southwest quadrant
This 87-acre site was formerly owned by private industry Today
the site is owned by the City of Brampton and is being used by the
municipality for maintenance and operation services
CON5WHS
CON5WHS
iV
I
The Mount Pleasant GO Train Station is 22 km east of the site at
Creditview Road The major Highway 401 and ETR 407 juncture
is approximately 8 km by automobile Future infrastructure
serving this area includes the GTA West Corridor immediately
north and east of the subject property
Post-Secondary Education Campus and Related Uses
DBFM or DBF Design Build Finance Maintain or Design Build
Finance (the final business model is subject to a detailed
feasibility study)
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 16
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario p | 1copy
4 BRAMPTONS STRATEGIC PARTNERSHIPS - A RECORD OF SUCCESS
With its strategic partners the Cityof Brampton has demonstrated an excellent record of
success in building and delivering physical and human infrastructure projects designed to expand public services and improve Bramptons economicdevelopment competitiveness
Ultimately these partnerships have created and preserved Ontario jobs In this section we
showcase a few of these strategic projects
Transit Infrastructure Project-Zum Bus Rapid Transit Project
Zum is Brampton Transits Bus Rapid Transit (BRT) service With its limited stops advanced
technology and real-time next bus information Zum connects people and places within
Brampton and throughout the Greater Toronto Area (GTA) Zum Queen Street service began in
the fall of 2010 Ziim Main Street service began operating in September 2011 and Ziim Steeles
Avenue started in the fall of 2012
Ziim was funded by all three levels of government with investments of $95 million each from
the Federal Provincial and Municipal governments for a total allotment of $285 million
Phase Iof the project required $159 million Phase II which expanded services along Queen
Street and Steeles Avenue as well as introduce new services on Bovaird Drive will require $126
million when fully completed
This is a DBFM - Design Build Finance and Maintain project led by the City of Brampton
Brampton designed built financed and maintains all aspects of the Zum system-wide capital
and operating costs related to
bull Roadway infrastructure intersection modifications and signal priority equipment
bull New terminals and station stops with high-quality passenger amenities
Capital equipment including new vehicles for expanded and rebranded service
Intelligent Transportation System technologies including real-time passenger information
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 17
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario p ( raquo^7
Post-Secondary Education Infrastructure Project -Sheridan Centre for Advanced Manufacturing and Design Technology (CAMDT)
In response to the changing face of manufacturing in Central and Southern Ontario Sheridan College and the City of Brampton embarked on a vision to assist Canadian manufacturers to compete globally with knowledge and technology asthe keys to their success
Led by Sheridan College ITAL the CAMDT $8 million venture is a partnership with more than 20 regional manufacturers the Province of Ontario and the City of Brampton Together we are growing regional talent in this important sector In 2005 CAMDT opened its doors
Seen as a strategic economic development initiative the City of Brampton was a major funding
and local knowledge partner contributing$25 million to CAMDT - the largest investment it has
ever made as a municipality in post-secondary education City Councils investment in Sheridan
is intended to address the demand (in the manufacturing sector) for graduates with a broad
range of advanced technical and management skills as well as to provide enhanced training for
those already in the workforce
CAMDT uses a consortia approach with the following goals
New full-time courses and industrycollege projects
Applied research initiatives and student projects
Contract training and continuing education courses
Strengthen program enrolments and graduate placements
The Centre for Sustainable Manufacturing (CSM) is located in Brampton and houses 18000
square feet of state-of-the-art labs and a flexible automation and fabrication centre The labs
support academic programs in integrated manufacturing computer-aided
draftingmanufacturing and manufacturing management
The Centre helps meet current and future needs of local manufacturers to stimulate regional
economic development and prosperity Sheridan government and local industry have
collaborated for nearly a decade to position the Centre to address critical skills gaps in the
manufacturing sector The Centre is now partnering with industry to support technical financial
and knowledge development to facilitate adoption of innovative technologies that minimize
resource consumption harmful emissions waste and use of toxic materials
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 18
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario p | mdash^ff
Health Care Infrastructure Project shy
Peel Memorial Centre for Integrated Health and Wellness
The new Peel Memorial Centre in Brampton will support the William Osier Health Systems vision for an integrated health system by providing primary ambulatory and outpatient-based care
This is a DBFM - Design Build Maintain Finance project led by Infrastructure Ontario (10)
Scheduled to open in 2016 Peel Memorial CIHW will provide specialized outpatient-based care
including urgent care day surgery and specialty clinics with a focus on helping individuals better
manage chronic conditions like asthma diabetes and kidney disease
According to Osier Health System Peel Memorial will introduce new models of care to shift the
focus from illness to wellness and encourage patients to take a more active role in managing
their own health and well-being
Representing the leading edge in integrated health care delivery Peel Memorial will provide
access to specialized patient-centred care in a state-of-the-art facility that offers a wide variety
of traditional and alternative health care services It will help people to get and stay well
through a series of education prevention disease management and healing programs
In the fall of 2012 Osier received government approval to move forward with a request for
qualifications to design build finance and maintain the new facility Following this
announcement Brampton City Council decided to invest 50 of the community share with a
$60 million levy in support of the new Peel Memorial
Downtown Intensification Infrastructure Project shy
Southwest Quadrant Renewal Plan Municipal Office and Commercial Retail Development
On August 10 2011 Bramptons City Council approved the terms of agreement for the
Southwest Quadrant Renewal Plan which enables the City to move forward with a creative
solution to meet the Citys future administrative space needs and plans for revitalization of
Bramptons downtown The successful proposal submitted by Dominus Construction Group is
a plan for a mixed-use development with several new features including new administrative
parking and retail space and a pedestrian-friendly cityscape for completion in 2014
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 19
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario p f~2raquo^
This is a DBF - Design Build Finance project led by Dominus Construction Group The City is a tenant in the building on a long-term lease
Phase 1 of this LEEDS project now under construction includes a new nine-storey building at 41 George Street that can accommodate
bull 126398 foot building for administrative space
bull 10147 square feet for ground retail space
bull 10545 square feet for multi-purpose meeting rooms
bull 443 parking spaces (five levels of parking)
Phase la also under construction includes a two-storey addition to the current City Hall that
can accommodate
bull 2507 square feet for committee rooms
bull 6187 square feet for ground retail space
Phases 1 and la of the Southwest Quadrant Renewal Plan (SWQRP) represents a $94M
investment in the downtown and all 3 Phases of the combined SWQRP represents an
estimated investment of $251M
This investment in the Southwest Quadrant Renewal Plan is another major building block in the
ongoing evolution and revitalization of downtown Brampton both in terms of contributing to
the urban landscape as well as attracting private sector investment and opportunities
Combined with other major projects like the Rose Theatre Brampton the launch of Ziim on
Queen and Main Streets restoration work at Alderlea and Peel Heritage Complex and several
new condominium projects Bramptons Downtown is experiencing an exciting resurgence
The City of Brampton is planning to add another signature building in our downtown core
further evidence of Bramptons commitment to economic development
Sustainable Community Development Project shy
Mount Pleasant Mobility Hub
The project includes a number of elements that serve to establish Mount Pleasant as a transit-
oriented development exemplifying a more sustainable approach to suburban community
living
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 20
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario p |~^Q
In partnership with the OntarioGovernment MetrolinxGO and Mattamy Homes the City has invested approximately $23 million in the following infrastructure
bull Community Transit Infrastructure station stops and related passenger amenities
Intelligent Transportation Systems (ITS) and transit enhancements at intersections
bull Mobility Hub facility bus layovers sheltered passenger areas clock tower bike storage areas and related amenities
bull Cultural Heritage reconstructed historic CPR station structure to be used as a cultural
facility in the Mt Pleasant civicsquare shared with the Peel District School Board and the
Library
bull Pedestrian amenities Civic Square and Village Green incorporating a reflection poolskating
facility public art canopy structures play area and landscaping features
Through development and stewardship the Mount Pleasant Community will restore and
enhance individual features that currently cover approximately 8 (or 41 hectares) of the
area and create a Natural Heritage System that will cover approximately 19 (or 976 hectares)
of the community As development proceeds within the Mount Pleasant Community the
NHS will come into public ownership The City will be responsible to manage the NHS and our
goal is to support natural processes and regeneration that are beneficial to the health and
diversity of the natural features functions and habitat This will generally mean
bull Planting no-maintenance vegetative buffers between natural areas and private
properties using native trees shrubs and groundcovers
bull Not mowing pruning or spraying natural areas for weeds and insects
bull Allowing for annual flooding and ponding of water along East Huttonville Creek and
within wetlands and woodlands to maintain a natural hydrology that is critical for plant
and wildlife health and diversity
bull Allowingfor the natural loss of vegetation and regrowth of young trees and shrubs
bull Managing natural areas for invasive species such as Buckthorn and Norway Maple
bull Managing the urban trees along streets and parks for invasive species such as Emerald
Ash Borer
The Mount Pleasant Mobility Hub represents a large project that has created one-time
employment within the stipulated 2-year construction period as well generating annual
multipliers supporting Bramptons economic development for future generations
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 21
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario p [raquo^ )
5 OUR INVESTMENT - A COMMITMENT TO POST SECONDARY EDUCATION
The City of Brampton iscommitted to investing in this Strategy Below is a summary of the types of financial and in-kind investmentsthe municipality is prepared to make in order to realize this Strategy
bull Municipal Land Contribution
bull Municipal Commitment to Economic and Market Growth Policies
bull Municipal assistance on site servicing for digitally linked and virtual classrooms
laboratories office
bull Shared Infrastructure related to municipal services such as library field house gymnasium
bull Design an extensive planning process and design exercise that represents the highest
standard of excellence including engaging the community and surrounding land-owners
LEEDS Community and Environmental Design
bull Facilitating municipal and community partnerships to maximize utilization of spaces during
the May - August shoulder period
bull Economic development research grant to support research that fosters innovation and
commercialization
bull Support industry partnerships and innovative enterprises
bull Demonstrate commitment to a shared provincial municipal and university relationship
focused on a culture of open communication shared values community engagement and
volunteerism
bull Staff time and expertise dedicated to teams assigned to this Strategy
bull Leverage City of Brampton AAA Credit Rating by Standard amp Poors
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 22
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario p- ( ~ Q jL
6 IMPLEMENTATION STEPS
The following decision milestones guide the municipal commitment and stewardship of this
Strategy
bull Exploratory Meetings with Sheridan Executive and Chair of Governing Council
bull Preparation of Bramptons Post-Secondary Strategy Proposal
bull Presentation to Premier Wynne - Receive and Endorse Proposed Strategy
bull City Council approval of final post-secondary strategy and approval to enter into a
Memorandum of Understanding with Sheridan College ITAL to explore the feasibility of
establishing Sheridan University in Downtown Brampton
bull Execute an MOU with Sheridan
bull Complete the Feasibility Study for Goal 1
bull Form a project team to prepare the technical documents in support of an RFP related to
Goal 2 -Attract a new undergraduate and graduate research-oriented university campus
aligned with Bramptons vision and proposed site locations with reporting to Council
7 CONTACTS
Susan Fennell
Mayor
City of Brampton Tel 905-874-2600
John Corbett MCIP RPP
Chief Administrative Officer
City of Brampton Tel 905-874-2625
Creating andpreserving knowledge-basedjobs by enabling investments in post-secondary education research innovation and commercialization activities
is at the heart ofBramptons economic vision
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 23
APPENDIX 3
FI-V4shybullUTaarrgt-^M
Major
Capacity
Expansion
Policy
Framework
December 2013
Ministry of Training Colleges and Universities
pound Ontario
PI -IS
The Ontario Public Service endeavours to demonstrate leadership with respect to accessibility in Ontario Our goal isto ensure that Ontario government services products and focilities ore occessible to all our employees and to all members of the public we serve This document or the information that itcontains is available on request in alternative formats Please forward all requests for alternative formats to ServiceOntario ot 1-800-668-9938 (TTY 1-800-268-7095)
line publication equivolenle est disponible en francais sous le titre suivant (Mesttattgique pout Iocuoissement moeur de hcapocili 2013
This publication is also available on the Ministry ofTraining Colleges and Universities website at wwvontariocatcu 13-278 bull ISBN 978-1-4606-3428-8 (POF) bull copy Queens Printer for Ontario 2013
Contents
Vision 5
Context 5
Government Priorities 6
Components of the Policy Framework 7
Initial Review 7
Scope 7
Selection and Approval 9
Policy Implementation and Compliance 10
Appendix A
Contact Information and Checklist for Institutions Considering
Capacity Expansion 11
Appendix B
An Outline of the Review and Approval Process for Planned
Capacity Expansion Proposals 13
Appendix C
General Evaluation Criteria for Major Capacity Expansion 14
Pi-Vi
Vision
Ontarios colleges and universities will drive creativity innovation knowledge and community engagement through teaching and research They will put students first by providing the best possible learning experience for all qualified learners in an affordable and financially sustainable way ensuring high quality and globally competitive outcomes for students and Ontarios knowledge economy
Context
Between 2002-03 and 2012-13 the postsecondary education system in Ontario expanded substantially with full-time enrolment growing by over 160000 more than in any decade in the provinces history Ontario has been supporting enrolment growth across the college and university sectors through increases in operating grants enhancements to student financial aid and capital investments
Ontarios postsecondary institutions have been committed partners in their efforts to accommodate these unprecedented levels of enrolment growth and have thus contributed to expanding opportunities for students to pursue higher education in many communities across Ontario
At65 per cent Ontarios level of postsecondary attainment (college university and apprenticeship) in 2012 was higher than thatof any country in theOrganisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) The Ontario government has set a postsecondary education attainment target of 70 per cent to ensure that the province continues to benefit from the competitive advantage of its highly skilled and educated workforce in the global economy
In this context it is essential to ensure that in future the right spaces are created in the right places for Ontarios students This can be done by targeting areas in which population growth is strong but local postsecondary education capacity is limited
Population growth in Ontario has recently been - and is expected tocontinue to be - concentrated in a number of large urban areas Some of the regions and communities where strong
Fl-W
long-term demand growth is anticipated are not currently served by local campuses In those areas gaps have recently begun to appear between enrolment demand growth and the capacity to accommodate continued enrolment growth If left unaddressed those gaps are likely to widen over time
Projections are subject to uncertainty and caution should always be used when considering long-term forecasts Based on the ministrys latest assessment of demographics and long-term postsecondary education participation patterns enrolment demand growth will moderate in the near term but is expected to return to more rapid growth after 2020 with the potential for substantial enrolment increases over the longer term Consistent with recent trends long-term demand is expected to be greatest for degree-level programs
It is anticipated that the focus of most major capacity expansions in the future will be at the undergraduate degree level Students in rapidly growing communities have access to substantial local college facilities more than they do to local university campuses In addition although graduate enrolment has risen significantly in recent years it is much lower than enrolment at the undergraduate level and tends to be concentrated in fewer institutions
The timing of this anticipated growth in demand provides an important opportunity The province will have time to plan for and address postsecondary education capacity needs in areas of Ontario where communities are growing and where students need better and more affordable access to postsecondary education opportunities closer to home
Government Priorities
The Major Capacity Expansion Policy Framework set out in this document seeks to achieve the following objectives
bull Ensuring that future large-scale capacity expansion supports long-term postsecondary education priorities including institutional differentiation
bull Managing enrolment growth strategically in line with provincial growth planning priorities to address regional capacity gaps in underserved areas
bull Putting in place a transparent evidence-based decision making and implementation process
ldegt
9 Addressing affordability and sustainability for students institutions and the province by maximizing the cost-effectiveness of targeted investments
bull Creating local community and regional economic benefits leading to job creation and greater economic diversity
Components of the Policy Framework The components of the Major Capacity Expansion policy framework include
1) a description of the kinds of initiatives that will be within the scope of the new approval and selection process
2) the selection process and the criteria that will be used in evaluating proposals for approval after a call for proposals is made and
3) details on implementation and compliance
Initial Review
Any institution considering an initiative that involves an expansion ofcapacity should contact the ministry in writing using the checklist provided in Appendix A The ministry will review initiatives proposed by institutions on a case-by-case basis to determine whether the planned expansion is subject to the new selection and approval process outlined below The ministry will provide a response to the institutions request in writing clearly indicating whether a proposed project or initiative will be subject to the new Major Capacity Expansion selection and approval process Initiatives subject to the new process are not to proceed unless approved by the provincial government following a formal call for proposals
Scope
This policy framework addresses a significant provincial interest in the need for provincial management of future large-scale expansions in postsecondary education capacity Effective management and planning is also needed to help avoid potential conflicts that can arise between and among institutions sect with respect to the location of new facilities and campuses s
FI-H-0
The new approval and selection process is primarily focused on initiatives that are designed to accommodate significant long-term increases in the number of domestic full-time postsecondary education students Such large-scale initiatives could include expansions at existing locations or might involve the establishment of new campuses Initiatives could be partnerships including university-college collaborations that would also enhance students educational experience and student pathways
Recognizing thata wide range and variety of potential expansion opportunities exist in Ontarios diverse and complex postsecondary education system the ministry has avoided setting rigid parameters to define major capacity expansion However initiatives characterized by the following scale-related features are most likely to be subject to the new approval and selection process
0 accommodates enrolment growth of more than 1000 full-time students in the short term with the potential to accommodate longer-term growth of5000 to 10000 over the next twenty years (ie long-term enrolment comparable to enrolment at substantial existing college or university campuses)
8 adds new facilities (either owned or secured through long-term lease) larger than 70000 square feet (roughly 6500 square metres) designated primarily for academic purposes
raquo offers a broad range of programs with substantial new or expanded ancillary services (or shows clear potential for future growth in program offerings and ancillary services)
bull significantly improves local student access to postsecondary education in the short term (and has the potential to do so in the longer term) particularly in geographic locations that may be experiencing or are expected to develop capacity gaps
When reviewing a planned expansion the ministry will also take into consideration whether the initiative
bull competes with other capacity expansion initiatives in a particular geographic area or would have an impact on existing or already-planned postsecondary education facilities
bull in the case of proposed new campuses is outside the local area of the institutions existing campuses or is in a new community for the institution in terms of substantial permanent academic facilities For the purpose of this policy the local
FH+I
area of a campus is defined as the area within the median commuter shed for Census Metropolitan Areas in Ontario as specified by Statistics Canada (about 10 km)
Institutions making expansion proposals will be required to provide evidence of prior consultation with and support from other institutions that could be affected by the proposal confirmation of their own Board of Governors support for the proposal and confirmation of significant support from the local municipality or region
Selection and Approval Decisions about future large-scale postsecondary education capacityexpansion projects will be made on the basis of a formal transparent competitive process that will begin with a call for proposals directed to institutions Consideration will be given to proposals for large-scale expansion ofexisting campuses (main or satellite campuses) andor for the creation of new campuses
Calls for proposals will be directed to publicly assisted postsecondary education institutions in Ontario Eligibility to submit a proposal will in general be extended to all institutions however the government may decide to limit eligibility as appropriate depending on current circumstances and evolving provincial priorities
Municipalities interested in being considered as host locations for future major capacity expansion should work in collaboration with institutions that would be prepared to submit a proposal
Priority will be given to proposals in regions that have been experiencing sustained population and postsecondary education demand growth and that are underserved in terms of postsecondary education opportunities
The timing of future calls for proposals the number of projects selected for support and the level and timing of funding will be determined by the provincial government and will reflect a range of considerations including the fiscal environment
FI-M-1
When evaluating proposals the ministry will consider a setof criteria in the following categories consistent with its priorities for future capacity expansion (as outlined on page 6)
bull Strategic management of long-term enrolment growth and accessibility
bull Differentiation sustainability and accountability bull Economic impact raquo Quality innovation and competitiveness (including
institutional partnership options) bull Affordability for students and the province (including
substantial support from host communities)
Over time as circumstances change and priorities evolve the ministry may articulate additional requirements for the competitive process For details of general evaluation criteria refer to Appendix C Additional templates may be provided when a call for proposals is announced
Once the proposals have been evaluated the ministry will make recommendations to Cabinet for funding support for the selected proposals When one or more proposals have been selected and approved for funding bilateral agreements will be put in place between the institution(s) selected and the ministry
Policy Implementation and Compliance This policy framework will be effective immediately Institutions are encouraged to submit their expansion plans for initial review as soon as possible
If an initiative is determined to be outside the scope of this new approval and selection process itwill still be subject to other relevant ministry approval processes including but not limited to program approval and capital funding processes It will also have to be consistent with the terms of the Strategic Mandate Agreement established between the institution and the ministry
Failure to comply with the requirements setout in this policy framework will affect provincial funding Specifically new or expanded enrolment at the location of the expansion will not be recognized for funding through the college or university operating grants and the institution will not be eligible for provincial capital funding at the location Failure to comply could also affect future capital decisions by the provincial government
0 with respect to other locations
Fl-42gt
Appendix A Contact Information and Checklist for Institutions Considering Capacity Expansion
Institutions considering capacity expansion should direct a letter describing the project or initiative along with a completed checklist (see below) to
MCEsubmi53101iionfariocc1
The following checklist will help the ministry determine whether the planned expansion will be subject to the new approval and selection process under the MajorCapacity Expansion policy framework1
Please complete the checklist (copy and scan the completed form or create an e-file based on the template) and include it as an attachment to your communication to the ministry outlining your institutions planned capacity expansion project
Please provide additional information as needed in the Comments section of the checklist
1 A planned expansion that is deemed subject to the new selection and approval process is not to proceed unless approved by the province following a formal call for proposals A planned expansion that is deemed outside the scope of the Major Capacity Expansion approval and selection process will still be subject to other relevant ministry approval processes including but not limited to program approval and capital funding processes
pl-4-4shy
Checklist for Institutions Considering Capacity Expansion
Checklist Items
Size
How many full-time students would this initiative accommodate based on current plans
Is there potential for substantial longer-term enrolment growth If yes please provide a high-level estimate of potential enrolment
How much space (in sq ft) will be designated for academic purposes in the proposed facility (or expansion) Would new facilities be owned or secured through long-term lease
What is the credential mix of programs associated with this proposed expansion
What programs would be made available
Consultation
Have you consulted with other institutions that could be affected by this proposal
bull Which institution(s) have you consulted Are they supportive
Has your institution engaged its Board of Governors with respect to this proposal Is the board supportive
Is your proposal supported by the local municipality region in which it would be located
bull Will third-party resources (municipalities region other) be available to support this initiative What is the level of support expected
Location Services
Where would the new capacity be located (municipality region)
bull Is this a new locationcommunity for your institution
If proposing expansion at a new location is the location more than 10 km from existing campus(es)
Does the planned expansion include ancillary and student services
bull Please provide a list of services to be offered
Notes
Yes No Comme -
DD
an
a a
a a
bull a
bull a
bull a
bull This list is designed to provide information needed to determine whether a proposal will be deemed subject to the Major Capacity Expansion policy approval and selection process
bull Decisions will be made on a case-by-case basis If additional information is needed a representative of the Ministry ofTraining Colleges and Universities will contact the institution Please provide complete contact information including name position title email address and phone numbers
FI-H5
Appendix B An Outline of the Review and Approval Process for Planned Capacity Expansion Proposals
Chart 1 below outlines the steps in the assessment process that will be used to determine whether a planned capacity expansion will be deemed subject to the approval and selection process under the Major Capacity Expansion policy framework
Chart 2 outlines the steps in the process of selecting initiatives for funding under the Major Capacity Expansion policy framework
Chart 1 Initial Review - Is the Planned Expansion Subject to the Major Capacity Expansion Selection and Approval Process
The planned expansion
does not move forward
until approved by the
province following a Ministry reviews the institutions formal call for proposals
Institution submits a letter Failure to comply will submission to evaluate whether
describing the planned the planned expansion will be affect provincial funding
expansion with a completed subject to the new selection 1gt4^lt^t^fea1Vitaiiij4gtlJULJl^
and approval process under
for review the Major Capacity Expansion The planned expansion policy framework moves forward subject to
checklist to the ministry
Wampj^WJfeWamp$Si^^ all other ministry approval
processes (eg capital and
program approvals)
bulluiut^w-ww-yishy
Chart 2 SelectionApproval Process far a Major Capacity Expansion Following a Call for Proposals
Callfor proposals initiated Institutions submit Ministry assesses proposals Announcement of selected
by the province proposals against evaluation criteria initiatives to be supported
and brings forward selected for major capacity
proposals for Cabinet expansion
approval
raquoHSW^8raquoMJmmLiMH WOWluUdUJIUlbUitL
13
r
shy
Fl-Ho
enoix C General Evaluation Criteria for Major Capacity Expansion
Category Evaluation Criteria
Strategic Significant expansion of local postsecondary education opportunities for management students in underserved areas with growing demand based on long-term of long-term demographic trends enrolment Alignment with provincial priorities including Growth Plan priorities and
economic development initiativesgrowth and Clear potential to add substantial new capacity and support futureaccessibility enrolment growth in the postsecondary education sector
Differentiation Alignment with the institutions Strategic Mandate Agreement and goals sustainability and priorities of the Differentiation Policy Framework and Impact on nearby institutions accountability Effective and sustainable governance model including consideration
of the impact of distance from the expansion location for administration and academic experience Focus on undergraduate programs Range of programs offered locally and avoidance of unwarranted duplication of existing programming
Economic Demonstrated Value for Money including AFP options where impact appropriate and limits on provincial contributions
Tangible regional economic benefits combined with potential for province-wide benefit based on labour force skills and economic growth Demonstrated local economic benefits and linkages with local industries
Quality Innovative service delivery innovation Institutional partnership options including university-college collaboration and Postsecondary education quality and student experience (including
ancillary and student services)competitiveness
Affordabiiity Evidence of substantial support from host community including financial for students contributions and land ownership
Economies of scaleand the
province Linkages with local transportation for commuting students Potential for leveraging private sector resources Evidence of consideration ofalternatives to expansion proposal based on existing capacity and potential partnerships Proven financial health of institution with asset management plan in place Demonstrated labour market demand
Nofe These are the general criteria that will be used to guide the selection and approval of proposals submitted in response toa ministry call for proposals
N
News Release
Helping More Students Pursue Postsecondary Education
Ontario Calls for Expansion Proposals from Universities March 272014 945 am
Office of the Premier
Premier Kathleen Wynne announced today that the government is taking steps to
ensure that more students can pursue undergraduate degrees close to home The
province is inviting universities to submit proposals for new or expanded campuses in
underserved areas (colleges are encouraged to partner with universities to submit
proposals)
This call for proposals is part of the governments commitment to provide funding for
60000 additional postsecondary education spaces across Ontario The government will
collaborate closely with municipalities colleges and universities to ensure that capacity
is increased where it is needed the most
The proposals will be evaluated based on their potential to
bull Increase postsecondary spaces in underserved areas
bull Improve quality innovation and competitiveness
bull Demonstrate cost-effectiveness to both students and taxpayers
bull Help stimulate growth and economic development in Ontario
This will help establish a formal transparent and competitive process to evaluate
decisions about future expansions
Improving access to postsecondary education is part of the Ontario governments
economic plan that is creating jobs for today and tomorrow The comprehensive plan
and its six priorities focus on Ontarios greatest strengths -- its people and strategic
partnerships
Fl-M
Quick Facts
The call for proposals is open to all publicly assisted universities and all colleges of
applied arts and technology in Ontario with a deadline for submissions of Sept 26
2014 Colleges must partner with universities to be eligible for major capacity
expansion projects
Municipalities interested in being considered as host locations are expected to work
in collaboration with institutions that are submitting a proposal
The province released the Major Capacity Expansion Policy Framework in December
2013 to identify priority areas for growth
In the last 10 years full-time enrolment in Ontarios postsecondary system has grown
by more than 160000 mdash more than in any decade in the provinces history
bull The provinces 30 off Tuition Grant helped more than 230000 students start
college or university last year
Quotes
Fl-M
We are committed to helping more students get the postsecondary education they need to succeed
We want to bridge Ontarios skills gap and ensure that young people are equipped with all the right
skills mdash no matter where they live
Kathleen Wynne
Premier of Ontario
Expanding and creating new postsecondary campuses where they are needed most will help
ensure that more students have the opportunity to get a world-class education while staying close to
home Were working closely with our postsecondary partners to make sure the right spaces are in
the right places
Brad Duguid
Minister of Training Colleges and Universities
Laurier Brantford has provided immeasurable benefits to both local students and the citys
downtown revitalization This announcement signifies similar economic development partnerships
between municipalities and postsecondary institutions leading to new jobs and increased prosperity
for more communities across Ontario Chris Friel Mayor City of Brantford
PI-so
^^js^-^
Major
Capacity
Expansion
Call for
Proposals
GUIDELINES
March 2014
Ministry of Training Colleges and Universities
w^ Ontario
Fl-SI
The Ontario Public Service endeavours to demonstrate leadership with respect to accessibility in Ontario Our gool is to ensure that Ontario government services products and facilities are occessible to all our employees and to all members ofthe public we serve This document or the inlormolion that itcontains is available on request in alternative formats Pleose forward all requests lor alternative formats to ServiceOntario at1-800-668-9938 (TTY 1-800-268-709S)
line publication equivolente est disponible en francais sous le litre suivont Appel de propositions pour Ioccroissement moieur de la capocM - lignes directrices
This publication is also available on the Ministry olTraining Colleges and Universities website atwwivontariocatcu 13-323 bull ISBN 978-1-4606-3802-6 (PDF) bull copy Queens Printer for Ontario 2014
2014
Fi-sa
Contents
1 Background 5
2 Timelines for Submitting a Proposal 5
3 Notice of Intent 5
4 Eligible Applicants 6
5 Eligible Projects 6
6 Major Capacity Expansion General Evaluation Criteria 7
7 Weighting 8
8 Assessment and Ranking 9
9 Communications Protocol 13
10 Role of Infrastructure Ontario and Alternative
Financing and Procurement 13
11 The Selection Process and Funding 14
12 Components of the Submission 14
13 Links to Related Documents and Resources 16
14 Disclosure of Information 16
15 Call for Proposals Timeline 16
PI-S3
1 Background The ministry released its Major Capacity Expansion Policy Framework on December 20 2013 A commitment was made to
issue a Call for Proposals in early 2014
This Call for Proposals represents the beginning of a process that will lead to the selection of successful proposals which collectively will meet provincial goals for postsecondary education in Ontario - increased capacity at the undergraduate degree level greater affordability for students institutions and the province improved institutional differentiation and regional economic benefits This process will be guided by principles of fairness competitiveness and transparency and by a commitment to serve the public interest
This long-term initiative will help ensure that our postsecondary education system will have the right spaces in the right places for Ontario students
2 Timelines for Submitting a Proposal The closing date for submission of a Notice of Intent is June 27 2014
The closing date for submission of the full proposal is September 26 2014
Submissions must be received by the ministry on or before these dates
3 Notice of Intent
The Notice of Intent is a one-page overview of the proposed project Proposals will not be considered unless a Notice of Intent is received by the deadline ofJune 27 2014 To ensure transparency and competitiveness every Notice of Intent submitted to the ministry will be posted on the Postsecondary Education Partners Gateway website within 30 days of the submission date
Fl-Sf
4 Eligible Applicants In view of the focus on undergraduate degree capacity it is expected that submissions will be led by universities butcollegeshyuniversity partnership models are encouraged
All proposals must demonstrate need (ie expansion should be located in areas thatare currently underserved by postsecondary education andor thatare expected to experience significant future growth in enrolment demand)
5 Eligible Projects Recognizing the wide range and variety of potential expansion opportunities the ministry continues to avoid setting rigid parameters to define major capacityexpansion However as stated in the Major Capacity Expansion Policy Framework initiatives characterized by the following scale-related features are most likely to be subject to this approval and selection process
bull accommodates enrolment growth of more than 1000 full-time students in the short term with the potential to accommodate longer-term growth of 5000 to 10000 over the next twenty years (ie long-term enrolment comparable to enrolment at substantial existing collegeor university campuses)
bull adds new facilities (either owned or secured through long-term lease) larger than 70000 square feet (roughly 6500 square metres) designated primarily for academic purposes
bull offers a broad range of programs with substantial new or expanded ancillary services (or shows clear potential for future growth in program offerings and student and ancillary services)
bull significantly improves local student access to postsecondary education in the short term (and has the potential to continue to do so in the longer term) particularly in geographic locations that may be experiencing or are expected to develop capacity gaps at the undergraduate degree level
PI-S5
6 Major Capacity Expansion General Evaluation Criteria
The following general evaluation criteria were included in the Major Capacity Expansion Policy Framework These criteria will be used to assess proposals Institutions should demonstrate the alignment of their proposed projects with the criteria and may do so in any format suitable to them
Priority Objectives
Strategic management of long-term enrolment growth and accessibility
Differentiation sustainability and accountability
Economic impact
Quality innovation and competitiveness
General Criteria
bull Significant expansion of local postsecondary education opportunities for students in underserved areas with growing demand based on long-term demographic trends
bull Alignment with provincial priorities including Growth Plan priorities and economic development initiatives
bull Clear potential to add substantial new capacity and support future enrolment growth in the postsecondary education sector
Alignment with the institutions Strategic Mandate Agreement (SMA) and goals and priorities of the Differentiation Policy Framework Impact on nearby institutions Effective and sustainable governance model including consideration ofthe impact ofdistance from the expansion location for administration and academic experience Focus on undergraduate programs Range of programs offered locally and avoidance ofunwarranted duplication ofexisting programming
Tangible regional economic benefits combined with potential for province-wide benefit based on labour force skills and economic growth Demonstrated local economic benefits and linkages with local industries
Demonstrated Value for Money including Alternative Financing and Procurement (AFP) options where appropriate and limits on provincial contributions
Institutional partnership options including university-college collaboration
Innovative service delivery Postsecondary education quality and student experience (including student and ancillary services)
(continued)
Fl-5b
Priority Objectives General Criteria
Affordability for bull Evidence of substantial support from hostcommunity including students and the financial contributions and land ownership province bull Economies of scale
bull Linkages with local transportation for commuting students bull Potential for leveraging private sector resources bull Evidence of consideration of alternatives to expansion proposal
based on existing capacity and potential partnerships bull Proven financial health of institution with asset management plan
in place bull Demonstrated labour market demand
7 Weighting The evaluation criteria for the assessment of institutional
proposals will be weighted as follows
Category Weight
Section A Meeting Demand 30
bull Strategic management of long-term enrolment growth and accessibility
Section B Demonstrated Affordability 40
bull Affordability for students and the province
Section C Academic and Economic Considerations 30
bull Differentiation sustainability and accountability bull Economic impact bull Quality innovation and competitiveness (including institutional partnership
options)
PI-SI
8 Assessment and Ranking Funding will be awarded on a competitive basis and proposals will be evaluated for suitability using defined criteria Institutions should use both qualitative and quantitative analysis to demonstrate the alignment of their proposals with the general evaluation criteria
SECTION A MEETING DEMAND (30)
Proposals should demonstrate alignment with some or all of the following criteria
Priority Objective 1 Strategic management of long-term enrolment growth and accessibility
General Evaluation Criteria
1 Significant expansion of local postsecondary education opportunities for students in underserved areas with growing demand based on long-term demographic trends
2 Alignment with provincial priorities including Growth Plan priorities and economic development initiatives
3 Clear potential to add substantial new capacity and support future enrolment growth in the postsecondary education sector
Possible Alignment Measures
bull Demographic growth projections for location bull Existing enrolment capacity at institutions in
the proximity of the proposed expansion bull Estimated enrolment capacity ofthe
expansion and projected net increase in undergraduate enrolment
bull Number of students from the area of the intended expansion who are currently attending the institution(s)
Possible Information to Build Evidence Base
bull Institutions long-term enrolment master plan bull Joint campus master plan for partnerships (if applicable) bull Long-term enrolment viability study bull Completed enrolment table in the proposal template stating all assumptions bull Community profile demonstrating future demand in the area bull Documented support from and alignment with plans of any associated agencies municipalities
or other entities
bull Consideration of relevant provincial population and employment projections bull Consideration of key provincial policy directions relating to the location of public institutions and
their associated economic impacts (eg ability to contribute to urban revitalization efforts) bull Evidence of program demand (eg number of applications)
FI-5J
SECTION B DEMONSTRATED AFFORDABILITY (40)
Proposals should demonstrate alignment with some or all of the following criteria
Priority Objective 2 Affordability for students and the province
General Evaluation Criteria
1 Evidence of substantial support from host community including financial contributions and land ownership
2 Economies of scale 3 Linkages with local transportation for
commuting students 4 Potential for leveraging private sector
resources
5 Evidence of consideration of alternatives to expansion proposal based on existing capacity and potential partnerships
6 Proven financial health of institution with asset management plan in place
7 Demonstrated labour market demand
Possible Alignment Measures
bull Total cost of project and expected provincial contribution
bull Cost-benefit analysis ofexpanding an existing assetor building at a new location (or a combination thereof)
bull Distance from current campuses bull Current assetmanagement plan including
effects of expansion on Facilities Condition Index
bull Public transit capacity to the institution and between campuses
bull Debtasset ratioof institution(s) bull Energy sources and efficiency initiatives
(including proposed LEED certification) bull Long-term financial viability bull Existing student employment KPIs
Possible Information to Build Evidence Base
bull Detailed project costing information including projected cash flow requirements and net impact on operating cost
bull Business case demonstrating need for expansiori (existing campus only) including a service gap analysis
bull Letters of support from potential partners indicating details of financial andor in-kind contributions (eg land ownership)
bull Local transportation plan(s) showing current anc1planned public access to site (short- and long-term)
bull Independent verification of total expansion proj set cost
bull Financial health analysis including recent finan cial statements
bull Documentation of preliminary environmental assessment bull Control and ownership of buildings and equipment (partnerships only) bull Long-term forecast of incremental operating expenses and revenues (grants third party revenues)
as a result ofthe proposed project
PI-S9
SECTION C ACADEMIC AND ECONOMIC CONSIDERATIONS (30)
Proposals should demonstrate alignment with some or all of the following criteria
Priority Objective 3 Differentiation sustainability and accountability
General Evaluation Criteria
1Alignment with the institutions Strategic Mandate Agreement (SMA) and goals and priorities of the Differentiation Policy Framework
2 Impact on nearby institutions 3 Effective and sustainable governance model
including consideration of the impact of distance from the expansion location for administration and academic experience
4 Focus on undergraduate programs 5 Range of programs offered locally and
avoidance of unwarranted duplication of existing programming
Possible Alignment Measures
bull Assessment of alignment with SMA bull Proposed programs their alignment with
the institutions strengths and an overview ofsimilar existing programs offered by institutions near the expansion
bull Ranking of institution(s) on applications by students from the proposed area
Possible Information to Build Evidence Base
bull Finalized SMA
bull Program information (initial and planned) bull Overview of proposed institutional governance model bull Consultation overview including results of discussions with affected institutions and letters of
support (if applicable)
pi-to
Priority Objective 4 Economic impact
General Evaluation Criteria
1Tangible regional economic benefits combined with potential for province-wide benefit based on labour force skills and economic growth
2 Demonstrated local economic benefits and linkages with local industries
3 Demonstrated Value for Money including Alternative Financing and Procurement (AFP) options where appropriate and limits on provincial contributions
Possible Alignment Measures
bull Local economic benefits bull Alignment of programs with regional and
Ontario labour market needs
bull Expected financing cost (if any) bull Jobs created (short-term associated with
building period and ongoing) bull Ongoing jobs created at expansion bull Value for Money analysis related to proposed
procurement model
Possible Information to Build Evidence Base
bull An economic impact study or value planning study to demonstrate the projects potential to provide direct economic benefits for the surrounding area (eg by helping to revitalize the community unlock local development potential build the taxbase and leverage existing infrastructure and investments)
Priority Objective 5 Quality innovation and competitiveness
General Evaluation Criteria
1 Institutional partnership options including university-college collaboration
2 Innovative service delivery 3 Postsecondary education quality and student
experience (including student and ancillary services)
Possible Alignment Measures
bull Institutional track record with partnerships bull Assessment ofproposed academic plan and
service delivery bull Range of planned student and ancillary
services compared with services at existing campuses (short- and long-term)
bull Existing student experience (KPIs student outcomes)
Possible Information to Build Evidence Base
bull Institutions Strategic Plan bull Business case in support ofproposed academic plan including partnerships with relevant
raquo information aboutcurriculumpedagogy raquo financial information
raquo interjurisdictional case studies and examples bull Impact analysis with respect toacademic and administrative quality and quality of experience bull Overview of new program accreditation required ifapplicable
12
Fl-fel
9 Communications Protocol
Proposal submissions must be received at MCEsubmissions ontarioca by September 26 2014 Late submissions will not be accepted
Specific questions submitted to the ministry as part of the process will be answered and will be made available to all participants
To ensure a fair and transparent process the ministry will not provide any advisory services to institutions on an individual basis
10 Role of Infrastructure Ontario and Alternative
Financing and Procurement Infrastructure Ontario is a Crown agency of the Government of Ontario It is focused on modernizing and financing the renewal of public infrastructure maximizing the value of public real estate and managing government facilities It also provides expertise in project delivery lending real estate management and asset planning Infrastructure Ontario now has a greater role in procuring infrastructure as well engaging in both traditional forms of procurement and alternative financing and procurement (AFP) when appropriate
As indicated in the Ministry of Infrastructures Building Together Plan and in the provincial governments planning and budgeting process recommendations will be made on the procurement method and delivery of all college infrastructure projects valued at more than $50 million In addition universities with successful projects and associated provincial grants in excess of $100 million will be required to consult with Infrastructure Ontario The $100 million threshold may be lowered in future years
The criteria for assessing these projects could include scope complexity and value-for-money assessment with input from the ministry and Infrastructure Ontario
13
Pl-bl
11 The Selection Process and Funding The ministry will oversee the process leading to the selection of successful applications A multi-ministry panel will review the applications and make recommendations to Cabinet through the Ministry of Training Colleges and Universities Cabinetwill make the final decision aboutsuccessful projects andor future courses of action
Funding for successful projects will be provided subsequently The number of projects selected for support as well as the level and timing of funding will be determined by the provincial government and will reflect a range of considerations including the fiscal environment
12 Components of the Submission The following components of the submission are to be provided to the ministry by the dates indicated In addition to what is required below institutions may submit their proposals in any format that they believe best demonstrates the strengths of their proposed project with due attention to the relevance and conciseness of information supplied (Note that institutions may be asked to revise and re-submit their proposals ifexcessive amounts of information are provided)
All submissions must be preceded by
bull A Notice of Intent to be received by the ministry no later than June 27 2014
The Notices of Intent will give the ministry an early overview of interest in Major Capacity Expansion
14
pl-fe
The components of the proposal submission to be received by the ministry no later than September 26r 2014 are as follows
bull A completed checklist
A checklist is included in the Call for Proposals package The checklist must be completed and included in the submission (The checklist is reproduced from Appendix A of the Major Capacity Expansion Policy Framework page 12)
bull A completed capital template
Please refer to the template included in the Call for Proposals package The template requests detailed information on enrolment projections and funding sources This information must be provided using the template but it may also be presented in a different format in the context of the overall presentation
bull Supplementary information
Institutions are welcome to submit supplementary information to support their proposal Supplementary information may include a business case environmental impact studies and any other information or documentation that substantiates the proposal As noted earlier conciseness and relevance of information are
valued
Pleasealso include evidence of support for your proposal (including documentation of land ownership or leasing contracts documentation of municipal or other funding and letters of support)
In the case of a joint university-college submission approval under s 28 of the Financial Administration Act is required for financing if the debt is related to Colleges or if there is a contingent liability
15
Fl-b4shy
13 Links to Related Documents and Resources
Major Capacity Expansion Policy Framework
Differentiation Policy Framework
Places to Grow
Building Together
14 Disclosure of Information
The Freedom of Information and Protection of Privacy Act (FIPPA) applies to information in the custody or under the control of the ministry Institutions should identify whether any information in their proposals is submitted in confidence within the meaning of s 17 of FIPPA The proposals may be shared with a multi-ministry panel or other advisers that the ministry retains to assist with the assessment of the proposals
15 Call for Proposals Timeline
Date Deliverable
March 27 2014 Release of Call for Proposals
June 27 2014 Notice of Intent
September 26 2014 Close of Call for Proposals
Contact Information
Ministry staff may need to contact institutions to clarify details or request additional information Please provide complete and current contact information in your submission
16
![Page 5: Pl-I *^ BRAMPTON ReP°rt of Cou… · Pi-2> Current Situation: Following Council approval of its Post-Secondary Education Strategy on November 6, ... Call for Proposals Timeline .](https://reader033.fdocuments.in/reader033/viewer/2022060721/6080f345afc78e210d009525/html5/thumbnails/5.jpg)
FI-5
The recommendations in this report provide Council with a process that will allow the City of Brampton to pursue goals contained in its new Strategic Plan 2013 and its Post-Secondary Education Strategy (Goal Two) adopted in November 2013
Administrative Officer
Appendix 1 Council Resolution C290 City of Brampton
Appendix 2 Bramptons Post-Secondary University Strategy (Strategy) City of Brampton
Appendix 3 Major Capacity Expansion Policy Framework Government of Ontario
Fl-fe
APPENDIX 1
FI-1 C290-2013 Moved by Mayor Fennell Seconded by Regional Councillor Sanderson
1 That the report from J Corbett Chief Administrative Officer and Executive Leadership Team dated October 30 2013 to the Council Meeting of November 6 2013 re Bramptons Post-Secondary University Education Strategy (File C25) be received and
2 That Council commits to the proposed Post-Secondary University Education Strategy by approving the two major goals contained within this Strategy namely Goal 1 - Support the creation of Sheridan University that is committed exclusively to undergraduate professional education with a major presence in Downtown Brampton and Goal 2 shyAttract a new research-oriented university campus in Brampton that features undergraduate and graduate degrees and research programs and facilities for students faculty and industry and
3 That Council authorise the implementation of this Strategy by approving the following actions
a The Mayor and City Clerk be authorised to execute a Memorandum of Understanding agreement between the City of Brampton and Sheridan College ITAL related to Goal 1 of the Post-Secondary University Education Strategy outlining obligations of each organization related to the completion of a feasibility study for the site planning design build financing and maintenance of a major campus and related uses in Downtown Brampton as identified in this report And that the content of this Agreement be satisfactory to the City of Brampton CAO and the form satisfactory to the City Solicitor
b Upon its completion the feasibility study stated in 3(a) shall be presented to City Council and other agencies as required for approval and consideration of recommendations
c The CAO be authorised to prepare document(s) in support of initiating a request for proposals process and project governance structure related to Goal 2 of Bramptons Post-Secondary Education Strategy that is the attraction of a research-oriented undergraduate and graduate university campus on municipally owned sites identified in this report
Fi-B Prior to issuance Council shall approve the request for proposal process and governance structure
4 That Council authorises the CAO and Mayor to prepare a letter to the Premier of Ontario Minister of Training Colleges and Universities and Brampton MPPs asking the Government of Ontario to (a) support Bramptons Post-Secondary University Education Strategy (Goals 1 and 2) (b) continue to take the necessary steps to advance provincial legislation creating Sheridan University thereby making Sheridan eligible to apply for Association of Universities and Colleges of Canada (AUCC) accreditation and (c) the Province of Ontario support and assist as may be required the Citys effort to attract a research-oriented university campus to Brampton
Fl-q APPENDIX 2
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario
PI-10 October
2013
A Post-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario
The role ofpost-secondary education infostering economic development in Ontarios communities has never been more significant than today in this post-recessionary period
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 1
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario
1 INTRODUCTION ^
Higher learning is avision and commitment shared by the Province ofOntario post-secondary education institutions and industry As will be demonstrated in this Strategy the City of Brampton is a strong advocate and supporter of this shared vision
Creating and preserving knowledge-based jobs by enabling investments in post-secondary education research innovation and commercialization activities is at the heart of Bramptons economic vision In this post-recessionary period economic expansion is highly dependent on strategies designed to achieve this outcome
University Strategy
We are pleased to present Bramptons Strategy for post-secondary university education in
Brampton a two-pronged approach
Goal 1 Support the Creation of Sheridan University that is Committed Exclusively to
Undergraduate Professional Education The Cityof Brampton supports the vision and
mission of a new Sheridan University as a global leader in undergraduate professional
education To support this vision the Cityof Brampton is advocating and prepared to
invest its local share in a new undergraduate paradigm in Ontario that is exclusively
committed to undergraduate professional education features a strong focus on
students teaching and learning creativity and innovation offers undergraduate
research that is connected to industry and produces professional accreditations that
achieve the highest standards of quality programming and faculty The City of
Brampton is proposing that Sheridan University have a profound presence in Downtown
Brampton
Goal 2 Attract a New Research-Oriented University Campus in Brampton To support
the growing demand for undergraduate and graduate programs in the Toronto-centered
region (Zone 7) the City of Brampton is prepared to invest its local share in a new
university campus that features research capabilities for students faculty and industry
The City is prepared to partner with an existing Ontario university or participate with the
Province of Ontario in the start-up of the next publicly funded institute in Ontario
located in Brampton
A key underpinning of this Strategy is that the two goals described above are complementary
and intrinsically related from an advancement and institutional perspective
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 2
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario
Demand Drivers
The core drivers ofdemand that justify the expansion of post-secondary education in Ontario particularly in the Greater Toronto Area are well documented
What we present inthis Strategy however is a local community perspective that defines a compelling need for a new waveof post-secondary expansion driven by innovative thinking on undergraduate professional education as well as on undergraduate and graduate education with a focus on research-oriented programs classrooms and labs for faculty students and industry
In our recent strategic planning and community engagement process we found an interesting
human spirit and positive cultural attitude toward higher learning in Brampton This
community perspective was captured through extensive engagement approaches and multiple
primary and secondary information-gathering methods
As a result we have developed a Strategy that paints the picture of a growing diverse and
committed Brampton community ready for university development and a municipality that is
prepared to invest and lead a process that facilitates its communitys vision
Structure
This document is structured as follows
Part 2 - The Need - Meeting the Increasing Demand for Post-Secondary Education
Part 3 - Defining the Opportunities in Brampton
Part 4 - Bramptons Strategic Partnership - a Track Record of Success
Part 5 - Commitment to this Strategy
Part 6 - Next Steps - Our Proposed Implementation Plan
Part 7 - Key Contacts
A Note on Benchmarked Regions in Ontario
Ontarios geography for student registration statistics (OUAC) includes a Zone 7 comprised of
the Cityof Toronto York Region Peel Region (including Brampton) and Simcoe County This
was the reference zone used in our comparative analysis
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 3
A Post-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario
Fl-li 2 THE NEED - MEETING THE INCREASED DEMAND FOR POST-SECONDARY
EDUCATION
The economic benefits of the youth and vitalitythat a new college or university campus would bring are not lost on the Citys residents as a large majority view it to be a top priority for economic development
(64) particularly among influencers (84) Residents of Brampton Compiled by Environlcs 2013
Our Community Speaks Out
In 2013 the City invited its community to participate in a comprehensive strategic planning
program It has been ten years since the City last undertook a strategic planning exercise The
community has changed in that time and will continue to change as our population rises in
keeping with the Province of Ontarios Places to Grow Act
It began with initial research to identify the priorities of Bramptons residents and businesses
figure out what the City is doing well and where there may be room for improvement This
phase was completed through meetings with a variety of community groups and organizations
and a telephone survey to learn about the publics priorities perceptions and concerns From
the information we have collected we identified five Strategic Priorities for Bramptons future
Next we completed the community engagement phase of the process through a series of Town
Hall meetings and other feedback options including the Citys website Twitter email
voicemail and of course one-on-one
The feedback from residents has been impressive The vision and direction offered by the
public is persuasive articulate and focused on these priorities
o Economic Development
o Growth Management
o Environmental Stewardship
o Community Engagement
o Corporate Excellence
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 4
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario FI-I+
Economic development and growth management were identified asthe most important areas of focus for the City The public was clear that attracting large brand name companies and developing local talent were among the major themes for the Citys economic development Similarly the two most important economic development initiatives identified by Brampton residents were first attracting new businesses to the City (69 top priority rating) and second the building of college and university campuses (64) These two priorities are intrinsically related to each other
Promote Brampton Internationally
Support SMEs
Build College and University Campuses
Attract New Business
Top Priority bull Secondary Priority Not a Priority a Dont Know
Source Environics 2013 (Prepared for the City of Brampton Strategic Planning Engagement)
Growing Population
Brampton is a designated growth centre in the Province of Ontario With an official population
of523911 (2011) Brampton is the 9th largest City in Canada 4th largest in Ontario and 3rd largest in the Greater Toronto Area Between 1981 and 2011 Bramptons population grew by
an extraordinary rate of 84 per year Bramptons population is expected to reach
approximately 843000 people by 2031
Total Population 1981-2031
8428000
433806 325428
234445 268251 149090 188498
1981 1986 1991 1996 2001 2006 2011 2031
Source Statistics Canada 1981-2011 Forecast by Hemson Consulting Ltd Oct 2013
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 5
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario pf~S
At 21 Bramptons population grew more than the benchmarks during the period between 2006 and 2011 With a total population increase of90105 persons during this time-frame Brampton was ranked 3rd in Canada behind Toronto and Calgary and ahead of Edmonton Surrey Ottawa and Vaughan
Geography Population Population Population Change 2006 2011 2006 to 2011
Brampton (Zone 7) 433806 523911 208
York Region (Zone 7) 892712 1032524 157
Peel Region (Zone 7) 1159455 1296814 118
Toronto CMA 5113149 5583064 92
Canada 31612897 33476688 59
Ontario 12160282 12851821 57
Simcoe County (Zone 7) 422204 446063 57
City of Toronto (Zone 7) 2503281 2615060 45 Source Statistics Canada 2006 amp 2011
In 2006 the population in Zone 7 was 498 million representing 41 of the total population in Ontario By 2011 the population in this zone soared to 539 million featuring an impressive
82 growth rate above the provincial and national averages
This is a sound level of household formation during a difficult period in Ontarios economic
history Most of the population and household growth occurred in Peel and York Regions
a high demand zone for future university expansion
Brampton is ideally situated in Zone 7
to host Ontarios next wave
of university expansion
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 6
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario H (~ Icopy
A Young and Family Oriented Community
Brampton is a young City with a median age of 347 years according to Statistics Canada
Bramptons population is younger than the ten most populated cities in Canada as well as the
nation the province of Ontario and the Toronto region
Municipality Median Age Median Age 2011 Rank 2011
Brampton 347 1
Edmonton 360 2
Calgary 364 3
Mississauga 385 4
Montreal 386 5
Winnipeg 390 6
Toronto 392 7
Ottawa 392 7
Vancouver 397 9
Hamilton 409 10
Toronto CMA 386
York Region 393
Peel Region 369
Simcoe County 418
Ontario 404
Canada 406
Source Statistics Canada 2011
The typical post-secondary education enrollment age group between 20 and 39 includes more
than 151800 Brampton residents representing a growth rate of 28 between 2006 and 2011
Immigration is a Driver of Economic Growth
For the first time in its history the number of residents living in Brampton that was born
outside of Canada exceeded 50 of the population In other words the foreign-born
population in Brampton is greater than the Canadian-born population
Immigration continues to be a major influence in the growth and diversification of Bramptons
population labour force employment household income business enterprises and
institutions
This is a differentiating factor that is shaping a new highly energetic image of the City of
Brampton
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 7
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario ^ I bull |
Brampton is a magnet for newCanadians The peak immigration period in Bramptons statistical history is indeed the present time The most recent immigration figures from the 2001 and 2006 Census Surveys and the 2011 National Household Survey revealed that more than 83000 people settled in Brampton between 2001 and 2011 This represents an average annual rate of 8300 new foreign-born residents or approximately 33 of the total immigration into Canada into Brampton
Geography Foreign-Born Foreign Born Population Population 2011
Total 2011 As a of Population
Brampton 263670 506
Peel Region 650530 505
City of Toronto 1252215 486
Toronto CMA 2537410 46
York Region 463125 452
Ontario 3611365 29
Canada 6775765 n
Simcoe County 50915 116
Source Statistics Canada 2011
Between 2006 and 2011 the major countries of birth for new Brampton residents included
1 India-525
2 Philippines-68
3 Pakistan - 63
Languages Spoken in Brampton
Panjabi (Punjabi) Hindi and Urdu were the top three non-official languages in 2011 accounting
for 66 of all of the non-official languages spoken in Brampton making this City one of a few in
Canada with significant allophone representation
Rounding out the top ten languages spoken in Brampton were Portuguese (4) Spanish (5)
Tamil (6) Tagalog (7) Gujarati (8) Italian (9) and Vietnamese (10)
In total eighty-nine languages were reported in the 2011 National Household Survey as being
spoken in Brampton homes
Post-Secondary Educational Attainment
At 51 post-secondary education attainment in Brampton is below key benchmarks However
it is the municipalitys goal to increase this level to meet the provincial (55) and national (54)
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 8
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario p 1mdash1Q
average bypromoting and facilitating post-secondary facilities and access to programs that are next-to- home
Geography Post-Secondary Percentage of Certificate Diploma Total Population or Degree 2011 15 and Older 2011
CityofToronto 1271gt545 58
Toronto CMA 2629970 58
York Region 487945 58
Peel Region 576995 56
Ontario 5717340 55
Canada 14805190 54
Brampton 206770 51
Simcoe County 180650 50
Source Statistics Canada 2011
The Citys strategic economic growth initiatives will continue to result in a more diversified and
talented labour force Such initiatives include residential and commercial intensification of
Bramptons central commercial corridor attracting knowledge-based industries expansion of
executive housing supply investment in arts and culture and supporting programs that
promote entrepreneurship innovation and commercialization
Household Income
At $77787 Brampton had the 2nd highest reported household income among the regions in this sample
Geography Median Household Benchmark
Total Income Rank
2010
York Region $89100 1
Brampton $77787 2
Peel $77588 3
Toronto CMA $70365 4
Simcoe County $67468 5
Ontario $66358 6
Canada $61072 7
City of Toronto $58381 8
Source Statistics Canada 2011
Further between 2005 and 2010 the total number of Brampton households reported in the
highest income category being $100000 and more increased by 425
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 9
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario H|deg
Population Growth is Complimented by Strong Employment Growth
The Brampton economy has been projected to attract approximately 120000 net new jobs by 2031 for a total of 291000 people working in Brampton based business establishments
Employment 2011 2016 2021 2026 2031
Brampton 171000 204000 239000 263000 291000
Peel 730000 820000 880000
Source Hemson Consulting Ltd Oct 2013
Brampton will lead economic growth in Peel over the next two decades attracting 80 of the
employment forecasted in the region Brampton is home to 8075 businesses Brampton
businesses contribute approximately $129 Billion to the GDP or 52 of the output in the
Toronto Region The Citys output is dominated by a mixed economy heavily structured on
goods-producing trades and professional business services industries
The major non-government industries dominating the economic base of Brampton by place of
work employment include
- Manufacturing
- Retail and Wholesale Trade
- Professional and Business Services
- Transportation and Warehousing
This skilled and educated workforce in Brampton represents the 3rd highest concentration of labour in the Toronto Region
Major Corporations
Bramptons corporate community is vibrant featuring an impressive list of corporations from
Canadian and International enterprises that have invested in office production andor logistics
facilities in this community
bull Rogers Communications
bull Chrysler Canada
bull Loblaw Companies
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 10
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario P ImiO
Maple Lodge Farms
Canadian Tire Corporation
Coca Cola Bottling
Waste Management of Canada
Gamma Dynacare
Olymel LLP
Air Canada Strategic Operations Centre
Bacardi Canada
Export Packers Ltd
HBC Canada
Ford Motor Company
Nissan Canada
Medtronics Canada
MDA Robotics
Q9 Canada
Aircraft Appliances and Equipment
Para Paints Canada
Brita Water Filter
Clorox Canada Canon Canada recently Hunter Douglas Windows
announced theMandarin Restaurant Corporation
Nestle Canada relocation of their
Maple Leaf Foods national headquarters HankookTire
to Brampton Ontario Smuckers Canada
Parmalat Canada
Miele Canada
Best Buy CanadaFuture Shop Canada
Small and Medium Sized Enterprises (SMEs)
The backbone of Canadas economy is found in the entrepreneurs and innovators who own
and operate small and medium-sized enterprises While Brampton has an excellent
portfolio of corporate brand names the SME sector is an active contributor to economic
growth Ninety-four per cent (94) of all businesses in Brampton had less than 50
employees Small businesses remain strong in professional scientific and technical support
sectors as well as in business services and the retail and wholesale trades
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 11
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario FI-21
Brampton business establishments with less than ten employees had 23000 workers on their payroll in 2011
Public Sector Employment
Adiverse economic base such as Bramptons is also characterised by very good representation from institutions in the public sector
Major employers include
Regional Municipal of Peel The Peel Memorial Centre for
William Osier Health System
Peel Regional Police Integrated Health and Wellness
Corporation of the City of Brampton will attract between 3000-4000
Sheridan College Institute of Technology professionals in the medical
and Advanced Learning services sector by 2016
bull Ontario Courthouse - Grenville Davis
University Application Statistics
The Ontario Universities Application Centre (OUAC) produces an annual report of
application and registration data for secondary school and other applicants
In 2011 514596 applications were administered by the Ontario University system In the
ten-year period between 2002 and 2011 Ontario saw the number of applications received
grow by approximately 135000 During the same time-frame the number of registered
applicants increased by approximately 23000 or 336 In 2011 Ontario universities
hosted 78434 registered applicants
A key finding of the 2011 OUAC Report is that universities located in geographic zone 7
these being the Ontario College of Arts and Design York University Ryerson University and
the University of Toronto attracted the highest proportion of registered applicants from
their home-zone when compared to all other universities in Ontario
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 12
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario p I bull ^i
This point is highlighted in the following table
Universities in Geographic Registered Secondary Registered Other Group Zone 7 School Applicants Applicants
Originating From Originating from (includes Peel Region York Region Zone 7 in 2011 Zone 7 in 2011 Simcoe County and City of Toronto)
( of Total Registered for ( of Total Registered for Each University) Each University)
York 865 592
Ryerson 822 616
Toronto 743 209
OCAD 643 542
Average 4 System Wide 454 306 Source Ontario University Application Centre 2011
Given the large population demographic composition socio-economic characteristics and
cultural attitudes of residents living in Zone 7 it is clear that there is a positive bias for students
particularly secondary-school students to attend a university where they can live near or stay
within their family and community structures
This is a prevalent trend in Peel Region York Region Simcoe County and the City of Toronto
(the communities that comprise Zone 7) more so than any other region in Ontario
As a summary of the complex set of demand factors highlighted in this section of the report we
see tremendous justification for additional university services on the outer edge of the Greater
Toronto Area
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 13
A Post-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario Fl-ii
3 DEFINING THE OPPORTUNITY
Goal 1 - Sheridan University Campus in Downtown Brampton
Project Vision
Site Options
A
AX
PI
A profound and holistic Sheridan Downtown Brampton Campus
connected to its 9500 plus students at Brampton Davis Steeles Campus
supported by enhanced transit to its HMC Campus I and II and Oakville
Campus
1Nelson Square Garage (Phase II SWQRP) and Phase III Lands
2Heritage Theatre Block ^~ rzmdash~ V V i
bullbull bull bull --bull shy
bull -bullbullbull-Ty ^
General Description of Site Locations - for illustrative purposes only
Mobility These sites are within a 5-minute walking distance to the existing
Brampton GO Train Station (with service to Union Station and
KitchenerWaterloo) and the ZUM Bus Rapid Transit service on
Queen Street and Main Street with service to Sheridan Davis
Campus Guelph-Humber University Campus Mississauga City
Centre (HMC I and II) and York University The proposed
Hurontario-Main Light Rapid Transit system is also within walkinj
distance of the site and offers a direct link to HMC I and II
Infrastructure Type Post-Secondary Education Campus and Related Uses
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 14
A Post-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario Fl-24shy
Project Type DBFM or DBF Design Build Finance Maintain or Design Build
Finance (the final business model is subject to a detailed
feasibility study)
Goal 2 - A New University Campus in Brampton
Project Vision A new university campus that offers undergraduate and graduate
degrees with research-oriented programs for students faculty
industry
Site Option 1 65-acre site at McLaughlin Road and Queen Street West
southwest corner known municipally as Flower City Community
Campus This site was formerly owned by the Province of
Ontario (OPP Headquarters and Training Centre) and is currently
being used by the municipality
Mobility This site is located in the Central Area of Brampton with Brampton
Transit service provided to the property The site is 15
kilometres from the Downtown GO Train Station and the
Downtown ZUM BRT Station on Main Street and 3 km to the
Brampton ZUM BRT station at Shoppers World - Steeles Avenue
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 15
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario p | bull ^S
Site Location Option 2
Mobility
Infrastructure Type
Project Type
The road network provides easy access to the major 400 series
highways for example ETR 407 is 35 km south of this site and
Highway 410 is 45 km east of the site
2719 Bovaird Drive West at Heritage Road southwest quadrant
This 87-acre site was formerly owned by private industry Today
the site is owned by the City of Brampton and is being used by the
municipality for maintenance and operation services
CON5WHS
CON5WHS
iV
I
The Mount Pleasant GO Train Station is 22 km east of the site at
Creditview Road The major Highway 401 and ETR 407 juncture
is approximately 8 km by automobile Future infrastructure
serving this area includes the GTA West Corridor immediately
north and east of the subject property
Post-Secondary Education Campus and Related Uses
DBFM or DBF Design Build Finance Maintain or Design Build
Finance (the final business model is subject to a detailed
feasibility study)
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 16
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario p | 1copy
4 BRAMPTONS STRATEGIC PARTNERSHIPS - A RECORD OF SUCCESS
With its strategic partners the Cityof Brampton has demonstrated an excellent record of
success in building and delivering physical and human infrastructure projects designed to expand public services and improve Bramptons economicdevelopment competitiveness
Ultimately these partnerships have created and preserved Ontario jobs In this section we
showcase a few of these strategic projects
Transit Infrastructure Project-Zum Bus Rapid Transit Project
Zum is Brampton Transits Bus Rapid Transit (BRT) service With its limited stops advanced
technology and real-time next bus information Zum connects people and places within
Brampton and throughout the Greater Toronto Area (GTA) Zum Queen Street service began in
the fall of 2010 Ziim Main Street service began operating in September 2011 and Ziim Steeles
Avenue started in the fall of 2012
Ziim was funded by all three levels of government with investments of $95 million each from
the Federal Provincial and Municipal governments for a total allotment of $285 million
Phase Iof the project required $159 million Phase II which expanded services along Queen
Street and Steeles Avenue as well as introduce new services on Bovaird Drive will require $126
million when fully completed
This is a DBFM - Design Build Finance and Maintain project led by the City of Brampton
Brampton designed built financed and maintains all aspects of the Zum system-wide capital
and operating costs related to
bull Roadway infrastructure intersection modifications and signal priority equipment
bull New terminals and station stops with high-quality passenger amenities
Capital equipment including new vehicles for expanded and rebranded service
Intelligent Transportation System technologies including real-time passenger information
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 17
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario p ( raquo^7
Post-Secondary Education Infrastructure Project -Sheridan Centre for Advanced Manufacturing and Design Technology (CAMDT)
In response to the changing face of manufacturing in Central and Southern Ontario Sheridan College and the City of Brampton embarked on a vision to assist Canadian manufacturers to compete globally with knowledge and technology asthe keys to their success
Led by Sheridan College ITAL the CAMDT $8 million venture is a partnership with more than 20 regional manufacturers the Province of Ontario and the City of Brampton Together we are growing regional talent in this important sector In 2005 CAMDT opened its doors
Seen as a strategic economic development initiative the City of Brampton was a major funding
and local knowledge partner contributing$25 million to CAMDT - the largest investment it has
ever made as a municipality in post-secondary education City Councils investment in Sheridan
is intended to address the demand (in the manufacturing sector) for graduates with a broad
range of advanced technical and management skills as well as to provide enhanced training for
those already in the workforce
CAMDT uses a consortia approach with the following goals
New full-time courses and industrycollege projects
Applied research initiatives and student projects
Contract training and continuing education courses
Strengthen program enrolments and graduate placements
The Centre for Sustainable Manufacturing (CSM) is located in Brampton and houses 18000
square feet of state-of-the-art labs and a flexible automation and fabrication centre The labs
support academic programs in integrated manufacturing computer-aided
draftingmanufacturing and manufacturing management
The Centre helps meet current and future needs of local manufacturers to stimulate regional
economic development and prosperity Sheridan government and local industry have
collaborated for nearly a decade to position the Centre to address critical skills gaps in the
manufacturing sector The Centre is now partnering with industry to support technical financial
and knowledge development to facilitate adoption of innovative technologies that minimize
resource consumption harmful emissions waste and use of toxic materials
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 18
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario p | mdash^ff
Health Care Infrastructure Project shy
Peel Memorial Centre for Integrated Health and Wellness
The new Peel Memorial Centre in Brampton will support the William Osier Health Systems vision for an integrated health system by providing primary ambulatory and outpatient-based care
This is a DBFM - Design Build Maintain Finance project led by Infrastructure Ontario (10)
Scheduled to open in 2016 Peel Memorial CIHW will provide specialized outpatient-based care
including urgent care day surgery and specialty clinics with a focus on helping individuals better
manage chronic conditions like asthma diabetes and kidney disease
According to Osier Health System Peel Memorial will introduce new models of care to shift the
focus from illness to wellness and encourage patients to take a more active role in managing
their own health and well-being
Representing the leading edge in integrated health care delivery Peel Memorial will provide
access to specialized patient-centred care in a state-of-the-art facility that offers a wide variety
of traditional and alternative health care services It will help people to get and stay well
through a series of education prevention disease management and healing programs
In the fall of 2012 Osier received government approval to move forward with a request for
qualifications to design build finance and maintain the new facility Following this
announcement Brampton City Council decided to invest 50 of the community share with a
$60 million levy in support of the new Peel Memorial
Downtown Intensification Infrastructure Project shy
Southwest Quadrant Renewal Plan Municipal Office and Commercial Retail Development
On August 10 2011 Bramptons City Council approved the terms of agreement for the
Southwest Quadrant Renewal Plan which enables the City to move forward with a creative
solution to meet the Citys future administrative space needs and plans for revitalization of
Bramptons downtown The successful proposal submitted by Dominus Construction Group is
a plan for a mixed-use development with several new features including new administrative
parking and retail space and a pedestrian-friendly cityscape for completion in 2014
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 19
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario p f~2raquo^
This is a DBF - Design Build Finance project led by Dominus Construction Group The City is a tenant in the building on a long-term lease
Phase 1 of this LEEDS project now under construction includes a new nine-storey building at 41 George Street that can accommodate
bull 126398 foot building for administrative space
bull 10147 square feet for ground retail space
bull 10545 square feet for multi-purpose meeting rooms
bull 443 parking spaces (five levels of parking)
Phase la also under construction includes a two-storey addition to the current City Hall that
can accommodate
bull 2507 square feet for committee rooms
bull 6187 square feet for ground retail space
Phases 1 and la of the Southwest Quadrant Renewal Plan (SWQRP) represents a $94M
investment in the downtown and all 3 Phases of the combined SWQRP represents an
estimated investment of $251M
This investment in the Southwest Quadrant Renewal Plan is another major building block in the
ongoing evolution and revitalization of downtown Brampton both in terms of contributing to
the urban landscape as well as attracting private sector investment and opportunities
Combined with other major projects like the Rose Theatre Brampton the launch of Ziim on
Queen and Main Streets restoration work at Alderlea and Peel Heritage Complex and several
new condominium projects Bramptons Downtown is experiencing an exciting resurgence
The City of Brampton is planning to add another signature building in our downtown core
further evidence of Bramptons commitment to economic development
Sustainable Community Development Project shy
Mount Pleasant Mobility Hub
The project includes a number of elements that serve to establish Mount Pleasant as a transit-
oriented development exemplifying a more sustainable approach to suburban community
living
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 20
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario p |~^Q
In partnership with the OntarioGovernment MetrolinxGO and Mattamy Homes the City has invested approximately $23 million in the following infrastructure
bull Community Transit Infrastructure station stops and related passenger amenities
Intelligent Transportation Systems (ITS) and transit enhancements at intersections
bull Mobility Hub facility bus layovers sheltered passenger areas clock tower bike storage areas and related amenities
bull Cultural Heritage reconstructed historic CPR station structure to be used as a cultural
facility in the Mt Pleasant civicsquare shared with the Peel District School Board and the
Library
bull Pedestrian amenities Civic Square and Village Green incorporating a reflection poolskating
facility public art canopy structures play area and landscaping features
Through development and stewardship the Mount Pleasant Community will restore and
enhance individual features that currently cover approximately 8 (or 41 hectares) of the
area and create a Natural Heritage System that will cover approximately 19 (or 976 hectares)
of the community As development proceeds within the Mount Pleasant Community the
NHS will come into public ownership The City will be responsible to manage the NHS and our
goal is to support natural processes and regeneration that are beneficial to the health and
diversity of the natural features functions and habitat This will generally mean
bull Planting no-maintenance vegetative buffers between natural areas and private
properties using native trees shrubs and groundcovers
bull Not mowing pruning or spraying natural areas for weeds and insects
bull Allowing for annual flooding and ponding of water along East Huttonville Creek and
within wetlands and woodlands to maintain a natural hydrology that is critical for plant
and wildlife health and diversity
bull Allowingfor the natural loss of vegetation and regrowth of young trees and shrubs
bull Managing natural areas for invasive species such as Buckthorn and Norway Maple
bull Managing the urban trees along streets and parks for invasive species such as Emerald
Ash Borer
The Mount Pleasant Mobility Hub represents a large project that has created one-time
employment within the stipulated 2-year construction period as well generating annual
multipliers supporting Bramptons economic development for future generations
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 21
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario p [raquo^ )
5 OUR INVESTMENT - A COMMITMENT TO POST SECONDARY EDUCATION
The City of Brampton iscommitted to investing in this Strategy Below is a summary of the types of financial and in-kind investmentsthe municipality is prepared to make in order to realize this Strategy
bull Municipal Land Contribution
bull Municipal Commitment to Economic and Market Growth Policies
bull Municipal assistance on site servicing for digitally linked and virtual classrooms
laboratories office
bull Shared Infrastructure related to municipal services such as library field house gymnasium
bull Design an extensive planning process and design exercise that represents the highest
standard of excellence including engaging the community and surrounding land-owners
LEEDS Community and Environmental Design
bull Facilitating municipal and community partnerships to maximize utilization of spaces during
the May - August shoulder period
bull Economic development research grant to support research that fosters innovation and
commercialization
bull Support industry partnerships and innovative enterprises
bull Demonstrate commitment to a shared provincial municipal and university relationship
focused on a culture of open communication shared values community engagement and
volunteerism
bull Staff time and expertise dedicated to teams assigned to this Strategy
bull Leverage City of Brampton AAA Credit Rating by Standard amp Poors
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 22
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario p- ( ~ Q jL
6 IMPLEMENTATION STEPS
The following decision milestones guide the municipal commitment and stewardship of this
Strategy
bull Exploratory Meetings with Sheridan Executive and Chair of Governing Council
bull Preparation of Bramptons Post-Secondary Strategy Proposal
bull Presentation to Premier Wynne - Receive and Endorse Proposed Strategy
bull City Council approval of final post-secondary strategy and approval to enter into a
Memorandum of Understanding with Sheridan College ITAL to explore the feasibility of
establishing Sheridan University in Downtown Brampton
bull Execute an MOU with Sheridan
bull Complete the Feasibility Study for Goal 1
bull Form a project team to prepare the technical documents in support of an RFP related to
Goal 2 -Attract a new undergraduate and graduate research-oriented university campus
aligned with Bramptons vision and proposed site locations with reporting to Council
7 CONTACTS
Susan Fennell
Mayor
City of Brampton Tel 905-874-2600
John Corbett MCIP RPP
Chief Administrative Officer
City of Brampton Tel 905-874-2625
Creating andpreserving knowledge-basedjobs by enabling investments in post-secondary education research innovation and commercialization activities
is at the heart ofBramptons economic vision
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 23
APPENDIX 3
FI-V4shybullUTaarrgt-^M
Major
Capacity
Expansion
Policy
Framework
December 2013
Ministry of Training Colleges and Universities
pound Ontario
PI -IS
The Ontario Public Service endeavours to demonstrate leadership with respect to accessibility in Ontario Our goal isto ensure that Ontario government services products and focilities ore occessible to all our employees and to all members of the public we serve This document or the information that itcontains is available on request in alternative formats Please forward all requests for alternative formats to ServiceOntario ot 1-800-668-9938 (TTY 1-800-268-7095)
line publication equivolenle est disponible en francais sous le titre suivant (Mesttattgique pout Iocuoissement moeur de hcapocili 2013
This publication is also available on the Ministry ofTraining Colleges and Universities website at wwvontariocatcu 13-278 bull ISBN 978-1-4606-3428-8 (POF) bull copy Queens Printer for Ontario 2013
Contents
Vision 5
Context 5
Government Priorities 6
Components of the Policy Framework 7
Initial Review 7
Scope 7
Selection and Approval 9
Policy Implementation and Compliance 10
Appendix A
Contact Information and Checklist for Institutions Considering
Capacity Expansion 11
Appendix B
An Outline of the Review and Approval Process for Planned
Capacity Expansion Proposals 13
Appendix C
General Evaluation Criteria for Major Capacity Expansion 14
Pi-Vi
Vision
Ontarios colleges and universities will drive creativity innovation knowledge and community engagement through teaching and research They will put students first by providing the best possible learning experience for all qualified learners in an affordable and financially sustainable way ensuring high quality and globally competitive outcomes for students and Ontarios knowledge economy
Context
Between 2002-03 and 2012-13 the postsecondary education system in Ontario expanded substantially with full-time enrolment growing by over 160000 more than in any decade in the provinces history Ontario has been supporting enrolment growth across the college and university sectors through increases in operating grants enhancements to student financial aid and capital investments
Ontarios postsecondary institutions have been committed partners in their efforts to accommodate these unprecedented levels of enrolment growth and have thus contributed to expanding opportunities for students to pursue higher education in many communities across Ontario
At65 per cent Ontarios level of postsecondary attainment (college university and apprenticeship) in 2012 was higher than thatof any country in theOrganisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) The Ontario government has set a postsecondary education attainment target of 70 per cent to ensure that the province continues to benefit from the competitive advantage of its highly skilled and educated workforce in the global economy
In this context it is essential to ensure that in future the right spaces are created in the right places for Ontarios students This can be done by targeting areas in which population growth is strong but local postsecondary education capacity is limited
Population growth in Ontario has recently been - and is expected tocontinue to be - concentrated in a number of large urban areas Some of the regions and communities where strong
Fl-W
long-term demand growth is anticipated are not currently served by local campuses In those areas gaps have recently begun to appear between enrolment demand growth and the capacity to accommodate continued enrolment growth If left unaddressed those gaps are likely to widen over time
Projections are subject to uncertainty and caution should always be used when considering long-term forecasts Based on the ministrys latest assessment of demographics and long-term postsecondary education participation patterns enrolment demand growth will moderate in the near term but is expected to return to more rapid growth after 2020 with the potential for substantial enrolment increases over the longer term Consistent with recent trends long-term demand is expected to be greatest for degree-level programs
It is anticipated that the focus of most major capacity expansions in the future will be at the undergraduate degree level Students in rapidly growing communities have access to substantial local college facilities more than they do to local university campuses In addition although graduate enrolment has risen significantly in recent years it is much lower than enrolment at the undergraduate level and tends to be concentrated in fewer institutions
The timing of this anticipated growth in demand provides an important opportunity The province will have time to plan for and address postsecondary education capacity needs in areas of Ontario where communities are growing and where students need better and more affordable access to postsecondary education opportunities closer to home
Government Priorities
The Major Capacity Expansion Policy Framework set out in this document seeks to achieve the following objectives
bull Ensuring that future large-scale capacity expansion supports long-term postsecondary education priorities including institutional differentiation
bull Managing enrolment growth strategically in line with provincial growth planning priorities to address regional capacity gaps in underserved areas
bull Putting in place a transparent evidence-based decision making and implementation process
ldegt
9 Addressing affordability and sustainability for students institutions and the province by maximizing the cost-effectiveness of targeted investments
bull Creating local community and regional economic benefits leading to job creation and greater economic diversity
Components of the Policy Framework The components of the Major Capacity Expansion policy framework include
1) a description of the kinds of initiatives that will be within the scope of the new approval and selection process
2) the selection process and the criteria that will be used in evaluating proposals for approval after a call for proposals is made and
3) details on implementation and compliance
Initial Review
Any institution considering an initiative that involves an expansion ofcapacity should contact the ministry in writing using the checklist provided in Appendix A The ministry will review initiatives proposed by institutions on a case-by-case basis to determine whether the planned expansion is subject to the new selection and approval process outlined below The ministry will provide a response to the institutions request in writing clearly indicating whether a proposed project or initiative will be subject to the new Major Capacity Expansion selection and approval process Initiatives subject to the new process are not to proceed unless approved by the provincial government following a formal call for proposals
Scope
This policy framework addresses a significant provincial interest in the need for provincial management of future large-scale expansions in postsecondary education capacity Effective management and planning is also needed to help avoid potential conflicts that can arise between and among institutions sect with respect to the location of new facilities and campuses s
FI-H-0
The new approval and selection process is primarily focused on initiatives that are designed to accommodate significant long-term increases in the number of domestic full-time postsecondary education students Such large-scale initiatives could include expansions at existing locations or might involve the establishment of new campuses Initiatives could be partnerships including university-college collaborations that would also enhance students educational experience and student pathways
Recognizing thata wide range and variety of potential expansion opportunities exist in Ontarios diverse and complex postsecondary education system the ministry has avoided setting rigid parameters to define major capacity expansion However initiatives characterized by the following scale-related features are most likely to be subject to the new approval and selection process
0 accommodates enrolment growth of more than 1000 full-time students in the short term with the potential to accommodate longer-term growth of5000 to 10000 over the next twenty years (ie long-term enrolment comparable to enrolment at substantial existing college or university campuses)
8 adds new facilities (either owned or secured through long-term lease) larger than 70000 square feet (roughly 6500 square metres) designated primarily for academic purposes
raquo offers a broad range of programs with substantial new or expanded ancillary services (or shows clear potential for future growth in program offerings and ancillary services)
bull significantly improves local student access to postsecondary education in the short term (and has the potential to do so in the longer term) particularly in geographic locations that may be experiencing or are expected to develop capacity gaps
When reviewing a planned expansion the ministry will also take into consideration whether the initiative
bull competes with other capacity expansion initiatives in a particular geographic area or would have an impact on existing or already-planned postsecondary education facilities
bull in the case of proposed new campuses is outside the local area of the institutions existing campuses or is in a new community for the institution in terms of substantial permanent academic facilities For the purpose of this policy the local
FH+I
area of a campus is defined as the area within the median commuter shed for Census Metropolitan Areas in Ontario as specified by Statistics Canada (about 10 km)
Institutions making expansion proposals will be required to provide evidence of prior consultation with and support from other institutions that could be affected by the proposal confirmation of their own Board of Governors support for the proposal and confirmation of significant support from the local municipality or region
Selection and Approval Decisions about future large-scale postsecondary education capacityexpansion projects will be made on the basis of a formal transparent competitive process that will begin with a call for proposals directed to institutions Consideration will be given to proposals for large-scale expansion ofexisting campuses (main or satellite campuses) andor for the creation of new campuses
Calls for proposals will be directed to publicly assisted postsecondary education institutions in Ontario Eligibility to submit a proposal will in general be extended to all institutions however the government may decide to limit eligibility as appropriate depending on current circumstances and evolving provincial priorities
Municipalities interested in being considered as host locations for future major capacity expansion should work in collaboration with institutions that would be prepared to submit a proposal
Priority will be given to proposals in regions that have been experiencing sustained population and postsecondary education demand growth and that are underserved in terms of postsecondary education opportunities
The timing of future calls for proposals the number of projects selected for support and the level and timing of funding will be determined by the provincial government and will reflect a range of considerations including the fiscal environment
FI-M-1
When evaluating proposals the ministry will consider a setof criteria in the following categories consistent with its priorities for future capacity expansion (as outlined on page 6)
bull Strategic management of long-term enrolment growth and accessibility
bull Differentiation sustainability and accountability bull Economic impact raquo Quality innovation and competitiveness (including
institutional partnership options) bull Affordability for students and the province (including
substantial support from host communities)
Over time as circumstances change and priorities evolve the ministry may articulate additional requirements for the competitive process For details of general evaluation criteria refer to Appendix C Additional templates may be provided when a call for proposals is announced
Once the proposals have been evaluated the ministry will make recommendations to Cabinet for funding support for the selected proposals When one or more proposals have been selected and approved for funding bilateral agreements will be put in place between the institution(s) selected and the ministry
Policy Implementation and Compliance This policy framework will be effective immediately Institutions are encouraged to submit their expansion plans for initial review as soon as possible
If an initiative is determined to be outside the scope of this new approval and selection process itwill still be subject to other relevant ministry approval processes including but not limited to program approval and capital funding processes It will also have to be consistent with the terms of the Strategic Mandate Agreement established between the institution and the ministry
Failure to comply with the requirements setout in this policy framework will affect provincial funding Specifically new or expanded enrolment at the location of the expansion will not be recognized for funding through the college or university operating grants and the institution will not be eligible for provincial capital funding at the location Failure to comply could also affect future capital decisions by the provincial government
0 with respect to other locations
Fl-42gt
Appendix A Contact Information and Checklist for Institutions Considering Capacity Expansion
Institutions considering capacity expansion should direct a letter describing the project or initiative along with a completed checklist (see below) to
MCEsubmi53101iionfariocc1
The following checklist will help the ministry determine whether the planned expansion will be subject to the new approval and selection process under the MajorCapacity Expansion policy framework1
Please complete the checklist (copy and scan the completed form or create an e-file based on the template) and include it as an attachment to your communication to the ministry outlining your institutions planned capacity expansion project
Please provide additional information as needed in the Comments section of the checklist
1 A planned expansion that is deemed subject to the new selection and approval process is not to proceed unless approved by the province following a formal call for proposals A planned expansion that is deemed outside the scope of the Major Capacity Expansion approval and selection process will still be subject to other relevant ministry approval processes including but not limited to program approval and capital funding processes
pl-4-4shy
Checklist for Institutions Considering Capacity Expansion
Checklist Items
Size
How many full-time students would this initiative accommodate based on current plans
Is there potential for substantial longer-term enrolment growth If yes please provide a high-level estimate of potential enrolment
How much space (in sq ft) will be designated for academic purposes in the proposed facility (or expansion) Would new facilities be owned or secured through long-term lease
What is the credential mix of programs associated with this proposed expansion
What programs would be made available
Consultation
Have you consulted with other institutions that could be affected by this proposal
bull Which institution(s) have you consulted Are they supportive
Has your institution engaged its Board of Governors with respect to this proposal Is the board supportive
Is your proposal supported by the local municipality region in which it would be located
bull Will third-party resources (municipalities region other) be available to support this initiative What is the level of support expected
Location Services
Where would the new capacity be located (municipality region)
bull Is this a new locationcommunity for your institution
If proposing expansion at a new location is the location more than 10 km from existing campus(es)
Does the planned expansion include ancillary and student services
bull Please provide a list of services to be offered
Notes
Yes No Comme -
DD
an
a a
a a
bull a
bull a
bull a
bull This list is designed to provide information needed to determine whether a proposal will be deemed subject to the Major Capacity Expansion policy approval and selection process
bull Decisions will be made on a case-by-case basis If additional information is needed a representative of the Ministry ofTraining Colleges and Universities will contact the institution Please provide complete contact information including name position title email address and phone numbers
FI-H5
Appendix B An Outline of the Review and Approval Process for Planned Capacity Expansion Proposals
Chart 1 below outlines the steps in the assessment process that will be used to determine whether a planned capacity expansion will be deemed subject to the approval and selection process under the Major Capacity Expansion policy framework
Chart 2 outlines the steps in the process of selecting initiatives for funding under the Major Capacity Expansion policy framework
Chart 1 Initial Review - Is the Planned Expansion Subject to the Major Capacity Expansion Selection and Approval Process
The planned expansion
does not move forward
until approved by the
province following a Ministry reviews the institutions formal call for proposals
Institution submits a letter Failure to comply will submission to evaluate whether
describing the planned the planned expansion will be affect provincial funding
expansion with a completed subject to the new selection 1gt4^lt^t^fea1Vitaiiij4gtlJULJl^
and approval process under
for review the Major Capacity Expansion The planned expansion policy framework moves forward subject to
checklist to the ministry
Wampj^WJfeWamp$Si^^ all other ministry approval
processes (eg capital and
program approvals)
bulluiut^w-ww-yishy
Chart 2 SelectionApproval Process far a Major Capacity Expansion Following a Call for Proposals
Callfor proposals initiated Institutions submit Ministry assesses proposals Announcement of selected
by the province proposals against evaluation criteria initiatives to be supported
and brings forward selected for major capacity
proposals for Cabinet expansion
approval
raquoHSW^8raquoMJmmLiMH WOWluUdUJIUlbUitL
13
r
shy
Fl-Ho
enoix C General Evaluation Criteria for Major Capacity Expansion
Category Evaluation Criteria
Strategic Significant expansion of local postsecondary education opportunities for management students in underserved areas with growing demand based on long-term of long-term demographic trends enrolment Alignment with provincial priorities including Growth Plan priorities and
economic development initiativesgrowth and Clear potential to add substantial new capacity and support futureaccessibility enrolment growth in the postsecondary education sector
Differentiation Alignment with the institutions Strategic Mandate Agreement and goals sustainability and priorities of the Differentiation Policy Framework and Impact on nearby institutions accountability Effective and sustainable governance model including consideration
of the impact of distance from the expansion location for administration and academic experience Focus on undergraduate programs Range of programs offered locally and avoidance of unwarranted duplication of existing programming
Economic Demonstrated Value for Money including AFP options where impact appropriate and limits on provincial contributions
Tangible regional economic benefits combined with potential for province-wide benefit based on labour force skills and economic growth Demonstrated local economic benefits and linkages with local industries
Quality Innovative service delivery innovation Institutional partnership options including university-college collaboration and Postsecondary education quality and student experience (including
ancillary and student services)competitiveness
Affordabiiity Evidence of substantial support from host community including financial for students contributions and land ownership
Economies of scaleand the
province Linkages with local transportation for commuting students Potential for leveraging private sector resources Evidence of consideration ofalternatives to expansion proposal based on existing capacity and potential partnerships Proven financial health of institution with asset management plan in place Demonstrated labour market demand
Nofe These are the general criteria that will be used to guide the selection and approval of proposals submitted in response toa ministry call for proposals
N
News Release
Helping More Students Pursue Postsecondary Education
Ontario Calls for Expansion Proposals from Universities March 272014 945 am
Office of the Premier
Premier Kathleen Wynne announced today that the government is taking steps to
ensure that more students can pursue undergraduate degrees close to home The
province is inviting universities to submit proposals for new or expanded campuses in
underserved areas (colleges are encouraged to partner with universities to submit
proposals)
This call for proposals is part of the governments commitment to provide funding for
60000 additional postsecondary education spaces across Ontario The government will
collaborate closely with municipalities colleges and universities to ensure that capacity
is increased where it is needed the most
The proposals will be evaluated based on their potential to
bull Increase postsecondary spaces in underserved areas
bull Improve quality innovation and competitiveness
bull Demonstrate cost-effectiveness to both students and taxpayers
bull Help stimulate growth and economic development in Ontario
This will help establish a formal transparent and competitive process to evaluate
decisions about future expansions
Improving access to postsecondary education is part of the Ontario governments
economic plan that is creating jobs for today and tomorrow The comprehensive plan
and its six priorities focus on Ontarios greatest strengths -- its people and strategic
partnerships
Fl-M
Quick Facts
The call for proposals is open to all publicly assisted universities and all colleges of
applied arts and technology in Ontario with a deadline for submissions of Sept 26
2014 Colleges must partner with universities to be eligible for major capacity
expansion projects
Municipalities interested in being considered as host locations are expected to work
in collaboration with institutions that are submitting a proposal
The province released the Major Capacity Expansion Policy Framework in December
2013 to identify priority areas for growth
In the last 10 years full-time enrolment in Ontarios postsecondary system has grown
by more than 160000 mdash more than in any decade in the provinces history
bull The provinces 30 off Tuition Grant helped more than 230000 students start
college or university last year
Quotes
Fl-M
We are committed to helping more students get the postsecondary education they need to succeed
We want to bridge Ontarios skills gap and ensure that young people are equipped with all the right
skills mdash no matter where they live
Kathleen Wynne
Premier of Ontario
Expanding and creating new postsecondary campuses where they are needed most will help
ensure that more students have the opportunity to get a world-class education while staying close to
home Were working closely with our postsecondary partners to make sure the right spaces are in
the right places
Brad Duguid
Minister of Training Colleges and Universities
Laurier Brantford has provided immeasurable benefits to both local students and the citys
downtown revitalization This announcement signifies similar economic development partnerships
between municipalities and postsecondary institutions leading to new jobs and increased prosperity
for more communities across Ontario Chris Friel Mayor City of Brantford
PI-so
^^js^-^
Major
Capacity
Expansion
Call for
Proposals
GUIDELINES
March 2014
Ministry of Training Colleges and Universities
w^ Ontario
Fl-SI
The Ontario Public Service endeavours to demonstrate leadership with respect to accessibility in Ontario Our gool is to ensure that Ontario government services products and facilities are occessible to all our employees and to all members ofthe public we serve This document or the inlormolion that itcontains is available on request in alternative formats Pleose forward all requests lor alternative formats to ServiceOntario at1-800-668-9938 (TTY 1-800-268-709S)
line publication equivolente est disponible en francais sous le litre suivont Appel de propositions pour Ioccroissement moieur de la capocM - lignes directrices
This publication is also available on the Ministry olTraining Colleges and Universities website atwwivontariocatcu 13-323 bull ISBN 978-1-4606-3802-6 (PDF) bull copy Queens Printer for Ontario 2014
2014
Fi-sa
Contents
1 Background 5
2 Timelines for Submitting a Proposal 5
3 Notice of Intent 5
4 Eligible Applicants 6
5 Eligible Projects 6
6 Major Capacity Expansion General Evaluation Criteria 7
7 Weighting 8
8 Assessment and Ranking 9
9 Communications Protocol 13
10 Role of Infrastructure Ontario and Alternative
Financing and Procurement 13
11 The Selection Process and Funding 14
12 Components of the Submission 14
13 Links to Related Documents and Resources 16
14 Disclosure of Information 16
15 Call for Proposals Timeline 16
PI-S3
1 Background The ministry released its Major Capacity Expansion Policy Framework on December 20 2013 A commitment was made to
issue a Call for Proposals in early 2014
This Call for Proposals represents the beginning of a process that will lead to the selection of successful proposals which collectively will meet provincial goals for postsecondary education in Ontario - increased capacity at the undergraduate degree level greater affordability for students institutions and the province improved institutional differentiation and regional economic benefits This process will be guided by principles of fairness competitiveness and transparency and by a commitment to serve the public interest
This long-term initiative will help ensure that our postsecondary education system will have the right spaces in the right places for Ontario students
2 Timelines for Submitting a Proposal The closing date for submission of a Notice of Intent is June 27 2014
The closing date for submission of the full proposal is September 26 2014
Submissions must be received by the ministry on or before these dates
3 Notice of Intent
The Notice of Intent is a one-page overview of the proposed project Proposals will not be considered unless a Notice of Intent is received by the deadline ofJune 27 2014 To ensure transparency and competitiveness every Notice of Intent submitted to the ministry will be posted on the Postsecondary Education Partners Gateway website within 30 days of the submission date
Fl-Sf
4 Eligible Applicants In view of the focus on undergraduate degree capacity it is expected that submissions will be led by universities butcollegeshyuniversity partnership models are encouraged
All proposals must demonstrate need (ie expansion should be located in areas thatare currently underserved by postsecondary education andor thatare expected to experience significant future growth in enrolment demand)
5 Eligible Projects Recognizing the wide range and variety of potential expansion opportunities the ministry continues to avoid setting rigid parameters to define major capacityexpansion However as stated in the Major Capacity Expansion Policy Framework initiatives characterized by the following scale-related features are most likely to be subject to this approval and selection process
bull accommodates enrolment growth of more than 1000 full-time students in the short term with the potential to accommodate longer-term growth of 5000 to 10000 over the next twenty years (ie long-term enrolment comparable to enrolment at substantial existing collegeor university campuses)
bull adds new facilities (either owned or secured through long-term lease) larger than 70000 square feet (roughly 6500 square metres) designated primarily for academic purposes
bull offers a broad range of programs with substantial new or expanded ancillary services (or shows clear potential for future growth in program offerings and student and ancillary services)
bull significantly improves local student access to postsecondary education in the short term (and has the potential to continue to do so in the longer term) particularly in geographic locations that may be experiencing or are expected to develop capacity gaps at the undergraduate degree level
PI-S5
6 Major Capacity Expansion General Evaluation Criteria
The following general evaluation criteria were included in the Major Capacity Expansion Policy Framework These criteria will be used to assess proposals Institutions should demonstrate the alignment of their proposed projects with the criteria and may do so in any format suitable to them
Priority Objectives
Strategic management of long-term enrolment growth and accessibility
Differentiation sustainability and accountability
Economic impact
Quality innovation and competitiveness
General Criteria
bull Significant expansion of local postsecondary education opportunities for students in underserved areas with growing demand based on long-term demographic trends
bull Alignment with provincial priorities including Growth Plan priorities and economic development initiatives
bull Clear potential to add substantial new capacity and support future enrolment growth in the postsecondary education sector
Alignment with the institutions Strategic Mandate Agreement (SMA) and goals and priorities of the Differentiation Policy Framework Impact on nearby institutions Effective and sustainable governance model including consideration ofthe impact ofdistance from the expansion location for administration and academic experience Focus on undergraduate programs Range of programs offered locally and avoidance ofunwarranted duplication ofexisting programming
Tangible regional economic benefits combined with potential for province-wide benefit based on labour force skills and economic growth Demonstrated local economic benefits and linkages with local industries
Demonstrated Value for Money including Alternative Financing and Procurement (AFP) options where appropriate and limits on provincial contributions
Institutional partnership options including university-college collaboration
Innovative service delivery Postsecondary education quality and student experience (including student and ancillary services)
(continued)
Fl-5b
Priority Objectives General Criteria
Affordability for bull Evidence of substantial support from hostcommunity including students and the financial contributions and land ownership province bull Economies of scale
bull Linkages with local transportation for commuting students bull Potential for leveraging private sector resources bull Evidence of consideration of alternatives to expansion proposal
based on existing capacity and potential partnerships bull Proven financial health of institution with asset management plan
in place bull Demonstrated labour market demand
7 Weighting The evaluation criteria for the assessment of institutional
proposals will be weighted as follows
Category Weight
Section A Meeting Demand 30
bull Strategic management of long-term enrolment growth and accessibility
Section B Demonstrated Affordability 40
bull Affordability for students and the province
Section C Academic and Economic Considerations 30
bull Differentiation sustainability and accountability bull Economic impact bull Quality innovation and competitiveness (including institutional partnership
options)
PI-SI
8 Assessment and Ranking Funding will be awarded on a competitive basis and proposals will be evaluated for suitability using defined criteria Institutions should use both qualitative and quantitative analysis to demonstrate the alignment of their proposals with the general evaluation criteria
SECTION A MEETING DEMAND (30)
Proposals should demonstrate alignment with some or all of the following criteria
Priority Objective 1 Strategic management of long-term enrolment growth and accessibility
General Evaluation Criteria
1 Significant expansion of local postsecondary education opportunities for students in underserved areas with growing demand based on long-term demographic trends
2 Alignment with provincial priorities including Growth Plan priorities and economic development initiatives
3 Clear potential to add substantial new capacity and support future enrolment growth in the postsecondary education sector
Possible Alignment Measures
bull Demographic growth projections for location bull Existing enrolment capacity at institutions in
the proximity of the proposed expansion bull Estimated enrolment capacity ofthe
expansion and projected net increase in undergraduate enrolment
bull Number of students from the area of the intended expansion who are currently attending the institution(s)
Possible Information to Build Evidence Base
bull Institutions long-term enrolment master plan bull Joint campus master plan for partnerships (if applicable) bull Long-term enrolment viability study bull Completed enrolment table in the proposal template stating all assumptions bull Community profile demonstrating future demand in the area bull Documented support from and alignment with plans of any associated agencies municipalities
or other entities
bull Consideration of relevant provincial population and employment projections bull Consideration of key provincial policy directions relating to the location of public institutions and
their associated economic impacts (eg ability to contribute to urban revitalization efforts) bull Evidence of program demand (eg number of applications)
FI-5J
SECTION B DEMONSTRATED AFFORDABILITY (40)
Proposals should demonstrate alignment with some or all of the following criteria
Priority Objective 2 Affordability for students and the province
General Evaluation Criteria
1 Evidence of substantial support from host community including financial contributions and land ownership
2 Economies of scale 3 Linkages with local transportation for
commuting students 4 Potential for leveraging private sector
resources
5 Evidence of consideration of alternatives to expansion proposal based on existing capacity and potential partnerships
6 Proven financial health of institution with asset management plan in place
7 Demonstrated labour market demand
Possible Alignment Measures
bull Total cost of project and expected provincial contribution
bull Cost-benefit analysis ofexpanding an existing assetor building at a new location (or a combination thereof)
bull Distance from current campuses bull Current assetmanagement plan including
effects of expansion on Facilities Condition Index
bull Public transit capacity to the institution and between campuses
bull Debtasset ratioof institution(s) bull Energy sources and efficiency initiatives
(including proposed LEED certification) bull Long-term financial viability bull Existing student employment KPIs
Possible Information to Build Evidence Base
bull Detailed project costing information including projected cash flow requirements and net impact on operating cost
bull Business case demonstrating need for expansiori (existing campus only) including a service gap analysis
bull Letters of support from potential partners indicating details of financial andor in-kind contributions (eg land ownership)
bull Local transportation plan(s) showing current anc1planned public access to site (short- and long-term)
bull Independent verification of total expansion proj set cost
bull Financial health analysis including recent finan cial statements
bull Documentation of preliminary environmental assessment bull Control and ownership of buildings and equipment (partnerships only) bull Long-term forecast of incremental operating expenses and revenues (grants third party revenues)
as a result ofthe proposed project
PI-S9
SECTION C ACADEMIC AND ECONOMIC CONSIDERATIONS (30)
Proposals should demonstrate alignment with some or all of the following criteria
Priority Objective 3 Differentiation sustainability and accountability
General Evaluation Criteria
1Alignment with the institutions Strategic Mandate Agreement (SMA) and goals and priorities of the Differentiation Policy Framework
2 Impact on nearby institutions 3 Effective and sustainable governance model
including consideration of the impact of distance from the expansion location for administration and academic experience
4 Focus on undergraduate programs 5 Range of programs offered locally and
avoidance of unwarranted duplication of existing programming
Possible Alignment Measures
bull Assessment of alignment with SMA bull Proposed programs their alignment with
the institutions strengths and an overview ofsimilar existing programs offered by institutions near the expansion
bull Ranking of institution(s) on applications by students from the proposed area
Possible Information to Build Evidence Base
bull Finalized SMA
bull Program information (initial and planned) bull Overview of proposed institutional governance model bull Consultation overview including results of discussions with affected institutions and letters of
support (if applicable)
pi-to
Priority Objective 4 Economic impact
General Evaluation Criteria
1Tangible regional economic benefits combined with potential for province-wide benefit based on labour force skills and economic growth
2 Demonstrated local economic benefits and linkages with local industries
3 Demonstrated Value for Money including Alternative Financing and Procurement (AFP) options where appropriate and limits on provincial contributions
Possible Alignment Measures
bull Local economic benefits bull Alignment of programs with regional and
Ontario labour market needs
bull Expected financing cost (if any) bull Jobs created (short-term associated with
building period and ongoing) bull Ongoing jobs created at expansion bull Value for Money analysis related to proposed
procurement model
Possible Information to Build Evidence Base
bull An economic impact study or value planning study to demonstrate the projects potential to provide direct economic benefits for the surrounding area (eg by helping to revitalize the community unlock local development potential build the taxbase and leverage existing infrastructure and investments)
Priority Objective 5 Quality innovation and competitiveness
General Evaluation Criteria
1 Institutional partnership options including university-college collaboration
2 Innovative service delivery 3 Postsecondary education quality and student
experience (including student and ancillary services)
Possible Alignment Measures
bull Institutional track record with partnerships bull Assessment ofproposed academic plan and
service delivery bull Range of planned student and ancillary
services compared with services at existing campuses (short- and long-term)
bull Existing student experience (KPIs student outcomes)
Possible Information to Build Evidence Base
bull Institutions Strategic Plan bull Business case in support ofproposed academic plan including partnerships with relevant
raquo information aboutcurriculumpedagogy raquo financial information
raquo interjurisdictional case studies and examples bull Impact analysis with respect toacademic and administrative quality and quality of experience bull Overview of new program accreditation required ifapplicable
12
Fl-fel
9 Communications Protocol
Proposal submissions must be received at MCEsubmissions ontarioca by September 26 2014 Late submissions will not be accepted
Specific questions submitted to the ministry as part of the process will be answered and will be made available to all participants
To ensure a fair and transparent process the ministry will not provide any advisory services to institutions on an individual basis
10 Role of Infrastructure Ontario and Alternative
Financing and Procurement Infrastructure Ontario is a Crown agency of the Government of Ontario It is focused on modernizing and financing the renewal of public infrastructure maximizing the value of public real estate and managing government facilities It also provides expertise in project delivery lending real estate management and asset planning Infrastructure Ontario now has a greater role in procuring infrastructure as well engaging in both traditional forms of procurement and alternative financing and procurement (AFP) when appropriate
As indicated in the Ministry of Infrastructures Building Together Plan and in the provincial governments planning and budgeting process recommendations will be made on the procurement method and delivery of all college infrastructure projects valued at more than $50 million In addition universities with successful projects and associated provincial grants in excess of $100 million will be required to consult with Infrastructure Ontario The $100 million threshold may be lowered in future years
The criteria for assessing these projects could include scope complexity and value-for-money assessment with input from the ministry and Infrastructure Ontario
13
Pl-bl
11 The Selection Process and Funding The ministry will oversee the process leading to the selection of successful applications A multi-ministry panel will review the applications and make recommendations to Cabinet through the Ministry of Training Colleges and Universities Cabinetwill make the final decision aboutsuccessful projects andor future courses of action
Funding for successful projects will be provided subsequently The number of projects selected for support as well as the level and timing of funding will be determined by the provincial government and will reflect a range of considerations including the fiscal environment
12 Components of the Submission The following components of the submission are to be provided to the ministry by the dates indicated In addition to what is required below institutions may submit their proposals in any format that they believe best demonstrates the strengths of their proposed project with due attention to the relevance and conciseness of information supplied (Note that institutions may be asked to revise and re-submit their proposals ifexcessive amounts of information are provided)
All submissions must be preceded by
bull A Notice of Intent to be received by the ministry no later than June 27 2014
The Notices of Intent will give the ministry an early overview of interest in Major Capacity Expansion
14
pl-fe
The components of the proposal submission to be received by the ministry no later than September 26r 2014 are as follows
bull A completed checklist
A checklist is included in the Call for Proposals package The checklist must be completed and included in the submission (The checklist is reproduced from Appendix A of the Major Capacity Expansion Policy Framework page 12)
bull A completed capital template
Please refer to the template included in the Call for Proposals package The template requests detailed information on enrolment projections and funding sources This information must be provided using the template but it may also be presented in a different format in the context of the overall presentation
bull Supplementary information
Institutions are welcome to submit supplementary information to support their proposal Supplementary information may include a business case environmental impact studies and any other information or documentation that substantiates the proposal As noted earlier conciseness and relevance of information are
valued
Pleasealso include evidence of support for your proposal (including documentation of land ownership or leasing contracts documentation of municipal or other funding and letters of support)
In the case of a joint university-college submission approval under s 28 of the Financial Administration Act is required for financing if the debt is related to Colleges or if there is a contingent liability
15
Fl-b4shy
13 Links to Related Documents and Resources
Major Capacity Expansion Policy Framework
Differentiation Policy Framework
Places to Grow
Building Together
14 Disclosure of Information
The Freedom of Information and Protection of Privacy Act (FIPPA) applies to information in the custody or under the control of the ministry Institutions should identify whether any information in their proposals is submitted in confidence within the meaning of s 17 of FIPPA The proposals may be shared with a multi-ministry panel or other advisers that the ministry retains to assist with the assessment of the proposals
15 Call for Proposals Timeline
Date Deliverable
March 27 2014 Release of Call for Proposals
June 27 2014 Notice of Intent
September 26 2014 Close of Call for Proposals
Contact Information
Ministry staff may need to contact institutions to clarify details or request additional information Please provide complete and current contact information in your submission
16
![Page 6: Pl-I *^ BRAMPTON ReP°rt of Cou… · Pi-2> Current Situation: Following Council approval of its Post-Secondary Education Strategy on November 6, ... Call for Proposals Timeline .](https://reader033.fdocuments.in/reader033/viewer/2022060721/6080f345afc78e210d009525/html5/thumbnails/6.jpg)
Fl-fe
APPENDIX 1
FI-1 C290-2013 Moved by Mayor Fennell Seconded by Regional Councillor Sanderson
1 That the report from J Corbett Chief Administrative Officer and Executive Leadership Team dated October 30 2013 to the Council Meeting of November 6 2013 re Bramptons Post-Secondary University Education Strategy (File C25) be received and
2 That Council commits to the proposed Post-Secondary University Education Strategy by approving the two major goals contained within this Strategy namely Goal 1 - Support the creation of Sheridan University that is committed exclusively to undergraduate professional education with a major presence in Downtown Brampton and Goal 2 shyAttract a new research-oriented university campus in Brampton that features undergraduate and graduate degrees and research programs and facilities for students faculty and industry and
3 That Council authorise the implementation of this Strategy by approving the following actions
a The Mayor and City Clerk be authorised to execute a Memorandum of Understanding agreement between the City of Brampton and Sheridan College ITAL related to Goal 1 of the Post-Secondary University Education Strategy outlining obligations of each organization related to the completion of a feasibility study for the site planning design build financing and maintenance of a major campus and related uses in Downtown Brampton as identified in this report And that the content of this Agreement be satisfactory to the City of Brampton CAO and the form satisfactory to the City Solicitor
b Upon its completion the feasibility study stated in 3(a) shall be presented to City Council and other agencies as required for approval and consideration of recommendations
c The CAO be authorised to prepare document(s) in support of initiating a request for proposals process and project governance structure related to Goal 2 of Bramptons Post-Secondary Education Strategy that is the attraction of a research-oriented undergraduate and graduate university campus on municipally owned sites identified in this report
Fi-B Prior to issuance Council shall approve the request for proposal process and governance structure
4 That Council authorises the CAO and Mayor to prepare a letter to the Premier of Ontario Minister of Training Colleges and Universities and Brampton MPPs asking the Government of Ontario to (a) support Bramptons Post-Secondary University Education Strategy (Goals 1 and 2) (b) continue to take the necessary steps to advance provincial legislation creating Sheridan University thereby making Sheridan eligible to apply for Association of Universities and Colleges of Canada (AUCC) accreditation and (c) the Province of Ontario support and assist as may be required the Citys effort to attract a research-oriented university campus to Brampton
Fl-q APPENDIX 2
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario
PI-10 October
2013
A Post-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario
The role ofpost-secondary education infostering economic development in Ontarios communities has never been more significant than today in this post-recessionary period
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 1
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario
1 INTRODUCTION ^
Higher learning is avision and commitment shared by the Province ofOntario post-secondary education institutions and industry As will be demonstrated in this Strategy the City of Brampton is a strong advocate and supporter of this shared vision
Creating and preserving knowledge-based jobs by enabling investments in post-secondary education research innovation and commercialization activities is at the heart of Bramptons economic vision In this post-recessionary period economic expansion is highly dependent on strategies designed to achieve this outcome
University Strategy
We are pleased to present Bramptons Strategy for post-secondary university education in
Brampton a two-pronged approach
Goal 1 Support the Creation of Sheridan University that is Committed Exclusively to
Undergraduate Professional Education The Cityof Brampton supports the vision and
mission of a new Sheridan University as a global leader in undergraduate professional
education To support this vision the Cityof Brampton is advocating and prepared to
invest its local share in a new undergraduate paradigm in Ontario that is exclusively
committed to undergraduate professional education features a strong focus on
students teaching and learning creativity and innovation offers undergraduate
research that is connected to industry and produces professional accreditations that
achieve the highest standards of quality programming and faculty The City of
Brampton is proposing that Sheridan University have a profound presence in Downtown
Brampton
Goal 2 Attract a New Research-Oriented University Campus in Brampton To support
the growing demand for undergraduate and graduate programs in the Toronto-centered
region (Zone 7) the City of Brampton is prepared to invest its local share in a new
university campus that features research capabilities for students faculty and industry
The City is prepared to partner with an existing Ontario university or participate with the
Province of Ontario in the start-up of the next publicly funded institute in Ontario
located in Brampton
A key underpinning of this Strategy is that the two goals described above are complementary
and intrinsically related from an advancement and institutional perspective
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 2
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario
Demand Drivers
The core drivers ofdemand that justify the expansion of post-secondary education in Ontario particularly in the Greater Toronto Area are well documented
What we present inthis Strategy however is a local community perspective that defines a compelling need for a new waveof post-secondary expansion driven by innovative thinking on undergraduate professional education as well as on undergraduate and graduate education with a focus on research-oriented programs classrooms and labs for faculty students and industry
In our recent strategic planning and community engagement process we found an interesting
human spirit and positive cultural attitude toward higher learning in Brampton This
community perspective was captured through extensive engagement approaches and multiple
primary and secondary information-gathering methods
As a result we have developed a Strategy that paints the picture of a growing diverse and
committed Brampton community ready for university development and a municipality that is
prepared to invest and lead a process that facilitates its communitys vision
Structure
This document is structured as follows
Part 2 - The Need - Meeting the Increasing Demand for Post-Secondary Education
Part 3 - Defining the Opportunities in Brampton
Part 4 - Bramptons Strategic Partnership - a Track Record of Success
Part 5 - Commitment to this Strategy
Part 6 - Next Steps - Our Proposed Implementation Plan
Part 7 - Key Contacts
A Note on Benchmarked Regions in Ontario
Ontarios geography for student registration statistics (OUAC) includes a Zone 7 comprised of
the Cityof Toronto York Region Peel Region (including Brampton) and Simcoe County This
was the reference zone used in our comparative analysis
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 3
A Post-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario
Fl-li 2 THE NEED - MEETING THE INCREASED DEMAND FOR POST-SECONDARY
EDUCATION
The economic benefits of the youth and vitalitythat a new college or university campus would bring are not lost on the Citys residents as a large majority view it to be a top priority for economic development
(64) particularly among influencers (84) Residents of Brampton Compiled by Environlcs 2013
Our Community Speaks Out
In 2013 the City invited its community to participate in a comprehensive strategic planning
program It has been ten years since the City last undertook a strategic planning exercise The
community has changed in that time and will continue to change as our population rises in
keeping with the Province of Ontarios Places to Grow Act
It began with initial research to identify the priorities of Bramptons residents and businesses
figure out what the City is doing well and where there may be room for improvement This
phase was completed through meetings with a variety of community groups and organizations
and a telephone survey to learn about the publics priorities perceptions and concerns From
the information we have collected we identified five Strategic Priorities for Bramptons future
Next we completed the community engagement phase of the process through a series of Town
Hall meetings and other feedback options including the Citys website Twitter email
voicemail and of course one-on-one
The feedback from residents has been impressive The vision and direction offered by the
public is persuasive articulate and focused on these priorities
o Economic Development
o Growth Management
o Environmental Stewardship
o Community Engagement
o Corporate Excellence
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 4
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario FI-I+
Economic development and growth management were identified asthe most important areas of focus for the City The public was clear that attracting large brand name companies and developing local talent were among the major themes for the Citys economic development Similarly the two most important economic development initiatives identified by Brampton residents were first attracting new businesses to the City (69 top priority rating) and second the building of college and university campuses (64) These two priorities are intrinsically related to each other
Promote Brampton Internationally
Support SMEs
Build College and University Campuses
Attract New Business
Top Priority bull Secondary Priority Not a Priority a Dont Know
Source Environics 2013 (Prepared for the City of Brampton Strategic Planning Engagement)
Growing Population
Brampton is a designated growth centre in the Province of Ontario With an official population
of523911 (2011) Brampton is the 9th largest City in Canada 4th largest in Ontario and 3rd largest in the Greater Toronto Area Between 1981 and 2011 Bramptons population grew by
an extraordinary rate of 84 per year Bramptons population is expected to reach
approximately 843000 people by 2031
Total Population 1981-2031
8428000
433806 325428
234445 268251 149090 188498
1981 1986 1991 1996 2001 2006 2011 2031
Source Statistics Canada 1981-2011 Forecast by Hemson Consulting Ltd Oct 2013
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 5
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario pf~S
At 21 Bramptons population grew more than the benchmarks during the period between 2006 and 2011 With a total population increase of90105 persons during this time-frame Brampton was ranked 3rd in Canada behind Toronto and Calgary and ahead of Edmonton Surrey Ottawa and Vaughan
Geography Population Population Population Change 2006 2011 2006 to 2011
Brampton (Zone 7) 433806 523911 208
York Region (Zone 7) 892712 1032524 157
Peel Region (Zone 7) 1159455 1296814 118
Toronto CMA 5113149 5583064 92
Canada 31612897 33476688 59
Ontario 12160282 12851821 57
Simcoe County (Zone 7) 422204 446063 57
City of Toronto (Zone 7) 2503281 2615060 45 Source Statistics Canada 2006 amp 2011
In 2006 the population in Zone 7 was 498 million representing 41 of the total population in Ontario By 2011 the population in this zone soared to 539 million featuring an impressive
82 growth rate above the provincial and national averages
This is a sound level of household formation during a difficult period in Ontarios economic
history Most of the population and household growth occurred in Peel and York Regions
a high demand zone for future university expansion
Brampton is ideally situated in Zone 7
to host Ontarios next wave
of university expansion
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 6
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario H (~ Icopy
A Young and Family Oriented Community
Brampton is a young City with a median age of 347 years according to Statistics Canada
Bramptons population is younger than the ten most populated cities in Canada as well as the
nation the province of Ontario and the Toronto region
Municipality Median Age Median Age 2011 Rank 2011
Brampton 347 1
Edmonton 360 2
Calgary 364 3
Mississauga 385 4
Montreal 386 5
Winnipeg 390 6
Toronto 392 7
Ottawa 392 7
Vancouver 397 9
Hamilton 409 10
Toronto CMA 386
York Region 393
Peel Region 369
Simcoe County 418
Ontario 404
Canada 406
Source Statistics Canada 2011
The typical post-secondary education enrollment age group between 20 and 39 includes more
than 151800 Brampton residents representing a growth rate of 28 between 2006 and 2011
Immigration is a Driver of Economic Growth
For the first time in its history the number of residents living in Brampton that was born
outside of Canada exceeded 50 of the population In other words the foreign-born
population in Brampton is greater than the Canadian-born population
Immigration continues to be a major influence in the growth and diversification of Bramptons
population labour force employment household income business enterprises and
institutions
This is a differentiating factor that is shaping a new highly energetic image of the City of
Brampton
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 7
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario ^ I bull |
Brampton is a magnet for newCanadians The peak immigration period in Bramptons statistical history is indeed the present time The most recent immigration figures from the 2001 and 2006 Census Surveys and the 2011 National Household Survey revealed that more than 83000 people settled in Brampton between 2001 and 2011 This represents an average annual rate of 8300 new foreign-born residents or approximately 33 of the total immigration into Canada into Brampton
Geography Foreign-Born Foreign Born Population Population 2011
Total 2011 As a of Population
Brampton 263670 506
Peel Region 650530 505
City of Toronto 1252215 486
Toronto CMA 2537410 46
York Region 463125 452
Ontario 3611365 29
Canada 6775765 n
Simcoe County 50915 116
Source Statistics Canada 2011
Between 2006 and 2011 the major countries of birth for new Brampton residents included
1 India-525
2 Philippines-68
3 Pakistan - 63
Languages Spoken in Brampton
Panjabi (Punjabi) Hindi and Urdu were the top three non-official languages in 2011 accounting
for 66 of all of the non-official languages spoken in Brampton making this City one of a few in
Canada with significant allophone representation
Rounding out the top ten languages spoken in Brampton were Portuguese (4) Spanish (5)
Tamil (6) Tagalog (7) Gujarati (8) Italian (9) and Vietnamese (10)
In total eighty-nine languages were reported in the 2011 National Household Survey as being
spoken in Brampton homes
Post-Secondary Educational Attainment
At 51 post-secondary education attainment in Brampton is below key benchmarks However
it is the municipalitys goal to increase this level to meet the provincial (55) and national (54)
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 8
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario p 1mdash1Q
average bypromoting and facilitating post-secondary facilities and access to programs that are next-to- home
Geography Post-Secondary Percentage of Certificate Diploma Total Population or Degree 2011 15 and Older 2011
CityofToronto 1271gt545 58
Toronto CMA 2629970 58
York Region 487945 58
Peel Region 576995 56
Ontario 5717340 55
Canada 14805190 54
Brampton 206770 51
Simcoe County 180650 50
Source Statistics Canada 2011
The Citys strategic economic growth initiatives will continue to result in a more diversified and
talented labour force Such initiatives include residential and commercial intensification of
Bramptons central commercial corridor attracting knowledge-based industries expansion of
executive housing supply investment in arts and culture and supporting programs that
promote entrepreneurship innovation and commercialization
Household Income
At $77787 Brampton had the 2nd highest reported household income among the regions in this sample
Geography Median Household Benchmark
Total Income Rank
2010
York Region $89100 1
Brampton $77787 2
Peel $77588 3
Toronto CMA $70365 4
Simcoe County $67468 5
Ontario $66358 6
Canada $61072 7
City of Toronto $58381 8
Source Statistics Canada 2011
Further between 2005 and 2010 the total number of Brampton households reported in the
highest income category being $100000 and more increased by 425
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 9
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario H|deg
Population Growth is Complimented by Strong Employment Growth
The Brampton economy has been projected to attract approximately 120000 net new jobs by 2031 for a total of 291000 people working in Brampton based business establishments
Employment 2011 2016 2021 2026 2031
Brampton 171000 204000 239000 263000 291000
Peel 730000 820000 880000
Source Hemson Consulting Ltd Oct 2013
Brampton will lead economic growth in Peel over the next two decades attracting 80 of the
employment forecasted in the region Brampton is home to 8075 businesses Brampton
businesses contribute approximately $129 Billion to the GDP or 52 of the output in the
Toronto Region The Citys output is dominated by a mixed economy heavily structured on
goods-producing trades and professional business services industries
The major non-government industries dominating the economic base of Brampton by place of
work employment include
- Manufacturing
- Retail and Wholesale Trade
- Professional and Business Services
- Transportation and Warehousing
This skilled and educated workforce in Brampton represents the 3rd highest concentration of labour in the Toronto Region
Major Corporations
Bramptons corporate community is vibrant featuring an impressive list of corporations from
Canadian and International enterprises that have invested in office production andor logistics
facilities in this community
bull Rogers Communications
bull Chrysler Canada
bull Loblaw Companies
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 10
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario P ImiO
Maple Lodge Farms
Canadian Tire Corporation
Coca Cola Bottling
Waste Management of Canada
Gamma Dynacare
Olymel LLP
Air Canada Strategic Operations Centre
Bacardi Canada
Export Packers Ltd
HBC Canada
Ford Motor Company
Nissan Canada
Medtronics Canada
MDA Robotics
Q9 Canada
Aircraft Appliances and Equipment
Para Paints Canada
Brita Water Filter
Clorox Canada Canon Canada recently Hunter Douglas Windows
announced theMandarin Restaurant Corporation
Nestle Canada relocation of their
Maple Leaf Foods national headquarters HankookTire
to Brampton Ontario Smuckers Canada
Parmalat Canada
Miele Canada
Best Buy CanadaFuture Shop Canada
Small and Medium Sized Enterprises (SMEs)
The backbone of Canadas economy is found in the entrepreneurs and innovators who own
and operate small and medium-sized enterprises While Brampton has an excellent
portfolio of corporate brand names the SME sector is an active contributor to economic
growth Ninety-four per cent (94) of all businesses in Brampton had less than 50
employees Small businesses remain strong in professional scientific and technical support
sectors as well as in business services and the retail and wholesale trades
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 11
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario FI-21
Brampton business establishments with less than ten employees had 23000 workers on their payroll in 2011
Public Sector Employment
Adiverse economic base such as Bramptons is also characterised by very good representation from institutions in the public sector
Major employers include
Regional Municipal of Peel The Peel Memorial Centre for
William Osier Health System
Peel Regional Police Integrated Health and Wellness
Corporation of the City of Brampton will attract between 3000-4000
Sheridan College Institute of Technology professionals in the medical
and Advanced Learning services sector by 2016
bull Ontario Courthouse - Grenville Davis
University Application Statistics
The Ontario Universities Application Centre (OUAC) produces an annual report of
application and registration data for secondary school and other applicants
In 2011 514596 applications were administered by the Ontario University system In the
ten-year period between 2002 and 2011 Ontario saw the number of applications received
grow by approximately 135000 During the same time-frame the number of registered
applicants increased by approximately 23000 or 336 In 2011 Ontario universities
hosted 78434 registered applicants
A key finding of the 2011 OUAC Report is that universities located in geographic zone 7
these being the Ontario College of Arts and Design York University Ryerson University and
the University of Toronto attracted the highest proportion of registered applicants from
their home-zone when compared to all other universities in Ontario
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 12
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario p I bull ^i
This point is highlighted in the following table
Universities in Geographic Registered Secondary Registered Other Group Zone 7 School Applicants Applicants
Originating From Originating from (includes Peel Region York Region Zone 7 in 2011 Zone 7 in 2011 Simcoe County and City of Toronto)
( of Total Registered for ( of Total Registered for Each University) Each University)
York 865 592
Ryerson 822 616
Toronto 743 209
OCAD 643 542
Average 4 System Wide 454 306 Source Ontario University Application Centre 2011
Given the large population demographic composition socio-economic characteristics and
cultural attitudes of residents living in Zone 7 it is clear that there is a positive bias for students
particularly secondary-school students to attend a university where they can live near or stay
within their family and community structures
This is a prevalent trend in Peel Region York Region Simcoe County and the City of Toronto
(the communities that comprise Zone 7) more so than any other region in Ontario
As a summary of the complex set of demand factors highlighted in this section of the report we
see tremendous justification for additional university services on the outer edge of the Greater
Toronto Area
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 13
A Post-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario Fl-ii
3 DEFINING THE OPPORTUNITY
Goal 1 - Sheridan University Campus in Downtown Brampton
Project Vision
Site Options
A
AX
PI
A profound and holistic Sheridan Downtown Brampton Campus
connected to its 9500 plus students at Brampton Davis Steeles Campus
supported by enhanced transit to its HMC Campus I and II and Oakville
Campus
1Nelson Square Garage (Phase II SWQRP) and Phase III Lands
2Heritage Theatre Block ^~ rzmdash~ V V i
bullbull bull bull --bull shy
bull -bullbullbull-Ty ^
General Description of Site Locations - for illustrative purposes only
Mobility These sites are within a 5-minute walking distance to the existing
Brampton GO Train Station (with service to Union Station and
KitchenerWaterloo) and the ZUM Bus Rapid Transit service on
Queen Street and Main Street with service to Sheridan Davis
Campus Guelph-Humber University Campus Mississauga City
Centre (HMC I and II) and York University The proposed
Hurontario-Main Light Rapid Transit system is also within walkinj
distance of the site and offers a direct link to HMC I and II
Infrastructure Type Post-Secondary Education Campus and Related Uses
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 14
A Post-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario Fl-24shy
Project Type DBFM or DBF Design Build Finance Maintain or Design Build
Finance (the final business model is subject to a detailed
feasibility study)
Goal 2 - A New University Campus in Brampton
Project Vision A new university campus that offers undergraduate and graduate
degrees with research-oriented programs for students faculty
industry
Site Option 1 65-acre site at McLaughlin Road and Queen Street West
southwest corner known municipally as Flower City Community
Campus This site was formerly owned by the Province of
Ontario (OPP Headquarters and Training Centre) and is currently
being used by the municipality
Mobility This site is located in the Central Area of Brampton with Brampton
Transit service provided to the property The site is 15
kilometres from the Downtown GO Train Station and the
Downtown ZUM BRT Station on Main Street and 3 km to the
Brampton ZUM BRT station at Shoppers World - Steeles Avenue
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 15
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario p | bull ^S
Site Location Option 2
Mobility
Infrastructure Type
Project Type
The road network provides easy access to the major 400 series
highways for example ETR 407 is 35 km south of this site and
Highway 410 is 45 km east of the site
2719 Bovaird Drive West at Heritage Road southwest quadrant
This 87-acre site was formerly owned by private industry Today
the site is owned by the City of Brampton and is being used by the
municipality for maintenance and operation services
CON5WHS
CON5WHS
iV
I
The Mount Pleasant GO Train Station is 22 km east of the site at
Creditview Road The major Highway 401 and ETR 407 juncture
is approximately 8 km by automobile Future infrastructure
serving this area includes the GTA West Corridor immediately
north and east of the subject property
Post-Secondary Education Campus and Related Uses
DBFM or DBF Design Build Finance Maintain or Design Build
Finance (the final business model is subject to a detailed
feasibility study)
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 16
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario p | 1copy
4 BRAMPTONS STRATEGIC PARTNERSHIPS - A RECORD OF SUCCESS
With its strategic partners the Cityof Brampton has demonstrated an excellent record of
success in building and delivering physical and human infrastructure projects designed to expand public services and improve Bramptons economicdevelopment competitiveness
Ultimately these partnerships have created and preserved Ontario jobs In this section we
showcase a few of these strategic projects
Transit Infrastructure Project-Zum Bus Rapid Transit Project
Zum is Brampton Transits Bus Rapid Transit (BRT) service With its limited stops advanced
technology and real-time next bus information Zum connects people and places within
Brampton and throughout the Greater Toronto Area (GTA) Zum Queen Street service began in
the fall of 2010 Ziim Main Street service began operating in September 2011 and Ziim Steeles
Avenue started in the fall of 2012
Ziim was funded by all three levels of government with investments of $95 million each from
the Federal Provincial and Municipal governments for a total allotment of $285 million
Phase Iof the project required $159 million Phase II which expanded services along Queen
Street and Steeles Avenue as well as introduce new services on Bovaird Drive will require $126
million when fully completed
This is a DBFM - Design Build Finance and Maintain project led by the City of Brampton
Brampton designed built financed and maintains all aspects of the Zum system-wide capital
and operating costs related to
bull Roadway infrastructure intersection modifications and signal priority equipment
bull New terminals and station stops with high-quality passenger amenities
Capital equipment including new vehicles for expanded and rebranded service
Intelligent Transportation System technologies including real-time passenger information
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 17
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario p ( raquo^7
Post-Secondary Education Infrastructure Project -Sheridan Centre for Advanced Manufacturing and Design Technology (CAMDT)
In response to the changing face of manufacturing in Central and Southern Ontario Sheridan College and the City of Brampton embarked on a vision to assist Canadian manufacturers to compete globally with knowledge and technology asthe keys to their success
Led by Sheridan College ITAL the CAMDT $8 million venture is a partnership with more than 20 regional manufacturers the Province of Ontario and the City of Brampton Together we are growing regional talent in this important sector In 2005 CAMDT opened its doors
Seen as a strategic economic development initiative the City of Brampton was a major funding
and local knowledge partner contributing$25 million to CAMDT - the largest investment it has
ever made as a municipality in post-secondary education City Councils investment in Sheridan
is intended to address the demand (in the manufacturing sector) for graduates with a broad
range of advanced technical and management skills as well as to provide enhanced training for
those already in the workforce
CAMDT uses a consortia approach with the following goals
New full-time courses and industrycollege projects
Applied research initiatives and student projects
Contract training and continuing education courses
Strengthen program enrolments and graduate placements
The Centre for Sustainable Manufacturing (CSM) is located in Brampton and houses 18000
square feet of state-of-the-art labs and a flexible automation and fabrication centre The labs
support academic programs in integrated manufacturing computer-aided
draftingmanufacturing and manufacturing management
The Centre helps meet current and future needs of local manufacturers to stimulate regional
economic development and prosperity Sheridan government and local industry have
collaborated for nearly a decade to position the Centre to address critical skills gaps in the
manufacturing sector The Centre is now partnering with industry to support technical financial
and knowledge development to facilitate adoption of innovative technologies that minimize
resource consumption harmful emissions waste and use of toxic materials
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 18
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario p | mdash^ff
Health Care Infrastructure Project shy
Peel Memorial Centre for Integrated Health and Wellness
The new Peel Memorial Centre in Brampton will support the William Osier Health Systems vision for an integrated health system by providing primary ambulatory and outpatient-based care
This is a DBFM - Design Build Maintain Finance project led by Infrastructure Ontario (10)
Scheduled to open in 2016 Peel Memorial CIHW will provide specialized outpatient-based care
including urgent care day surgery and specialty clinics with a focus on helping individuals better
manage chronic conditions like asthma diabetes and kidney disease
According to Osier Health System Peel Memorial will introduce new models of care to shift the
focus from illness to wellness and encourage patients to take a more active role in managing
their own health and well-being
Representing the leading edge in integrated health care delivery Peel Memorial will provide
access to specialized patient-centred care in a state-of-the-art facility that offers a wide variety
of traditional and alternative health care services It will help people to get and stay well
through a series of education prevention disease management and healing programs
In the fall of 2012 Osier received government approval to move forward with a request for
qualifications to design build finance and maintain the new facility Following this
announcement Brampton City Council decided to invest 50 of the community share with a
$60 million levy in support of the new Peel Memorial
Downtown Intensification Infrastructure Project shy
Southwest Quadrant Renewal Plan Municipal Office and Commercial Retail Development
On August 10 2011 Bramptons City Council approved the terms of agreement for the
Southwest Quadrant Renewal Plan which enables the City to move forward with a creative
solution to meet the Citys future administrative space needs and plans for revitalization of
Bramptons downtown The successful proposal submitted by Dominus Construction Group is
a plan for a mixed-use development with several new features including new administrative
parking and retail space and a pedestrian-friendly cityscape for completion in 2014
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 19
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario p f~2raquo^
This is a DBF - Design Build Finance project led by Dominus Construction Group The City is a tenant in the building on a long-term lease
Phase 1 of this LEEDS project now under construction includes a new nine-storey building at 41 George Street that can accommodate
bull 126398 foot building for administrative space
bull 10147 square feet for ground retail space
bull 10545 square feet for multi-purpose meeting rooms
bull 443 parking spaces (five levels of parking)
Phase la also under construction includes a two-storey addition to the current City Hall that
can accommodate
bull 2507 square feet for committee rooms
bull 6187 square feet for ground retail space
Phases 1 and la of the Southwest Quadrant Renewal Plan (SWQRP) represents a $94M
investment in the downtown and all 3 Phases of the combined SWQRP represents an
estimated investment of $251M
This investment in the Southwest Quadrant Renewal Plan is another major building block in the
ongoing evolution and revitalization of downtown Brampton both in terms of contributing to
the urban landscape as well as attracting private sector investment and opportunities
Combined with other major projects like the Rose Theatre Brampton the launch of Ziim on
Queen and Main Streets restoration work at Alderlea and Peel Heritage Complex and several
new condominium projects Bramptons Downtown is experiencing an exciting resurgence
The City of Brampton is planning to add another signature building in our downtown core
further evidence of Bramptons commitment to economic development
Sustainable Community Development Project shy
Mount Pleasant Mobility Hub
The project includes a number of elements that serve to establish Mount Pleasant as a transit-
oriented development exemplifying a more sustainable approach to suburban community
living
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 20
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario p |~^Q
In partnership with the OntarioGovernment MetrolinxGO and Mattamy Homes the City has invested approximately $23 million in the following infrastructure
bull Community Transit Infrastructure station stops and related passenger amenities
Intelligent Transportation Systems (ITS) and transit enhancements at intersections
bull Mobility Hub facility bus layovers sheltered passenger areas clock tower bike storage areas and related amenities
bull Cultural Heritage reconstructed historic CPR station structure to be used as a cultural
facility in the Mt Pleasant civicsquare shared with the Peel District School Board and the
Library
bull Pedestrian amenities Civic Square and Village Green incorporating a reflection poolskating
facility public art canopy structures play area and landscaping features
Through development and stewardship the Mount Pleasant Community will restore and
enhance individual features that currently cover approximately 8 (or 41 hectares) of the
area and create a Natural Heritage System that will cover approximately 19 (or 976 hectares)
of the community As development proceeds within the Mount Pleasant Community the
NHS will come into public ownership The City will be responsible to manage the NHS and our
goal is to support natural processes and regeneration that are beneficial to the health and
diversity of the natural features functions and habitat This will generally mean
bull Planting no-maintenance vegetative buffers between natural areas and private
properties using native trees shrubs and groundcovers
bull Not mowing pruning or spraying natural areas for weeds and insects
bull Allowing for annual flooding and ponding of water along East Huttonville Creek and
within wetlands and woodlands to maintain a natural hydrology that is critical for plant
and wildlife health and diversity
bull Allowingfor the natural loss of vegetation and regrowth of young trees and shrubs
bull Managing natural areas for invasive species such as Buckthorn and Norway Maple
bull Managing the urban trees along streets and parks for invasive species such as Emerald
Ash Borer
The Mount Pleasant Mobility Hub represents a large project that has created one-time
employment within the stipulated 2-year construction period as well generating annual
multipliers supporting Bramptons economic development for future generations
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 21
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario p [raquo^ )
5 OUR INVESTMENT - A COMMITMENT TO POST SECONDARY EDUCATION
The City of Brampton iscommitted to investing in this Strategy Below is a summary of the types of financial and in-kind investmentsthe municipality is prepared to make in order to realize this Strategy
bull Municipal Land Contribution
bull Municipal Commitment to Economic and Market Growth Policies
bull Municipal assistance on site servicing for digitally linked and virtual classrooms
laboratories office
bull Shared Infrastructure related to municipal services such as library field house gymnasium
bull Design an extensive planning process and design exercise that represents the highest
standard of excellence including engaging the community and surrounding land-owners
LEEDS Community and Environmental Design
bull Facilitating municipal and community partnerships to maximize utilization of spaces during
the May - August shoulder period
bull Economic development research grant to support research that fosters innovation and
commercialization
bull Support industry partnerships and innovative enterprises
bull Demonstrate commitment to a shared provincial municipal and university relationship
focused on a culture of open communication shared values community engagement and
volunteerism
bull Staff time and expertise dedicated to teams assigned to this Strategy
bull Leverage City of Brampton AAA Credit Rating by Standard amp Poors
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 22
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario p- ( ~ Q jL
6 IMPLEMENTATION STEPS
The following decision milestones guide the municipal commitment and stewardship of this
Strategy
bull Exploratory Meetings with Sheridan Executive and Chair of Governing Council
bull Preparation of Bramptons Post-Secondary Strategy Proposal
bull Presentation to Premier Wynne - Receive and Endorse Proposed Strategy
bull City Council approval of final post-secondary strategy and approval to enter into a
Memorandum of Understanding with Sheridan College ITAL to explore the feasibility of
establishing Sheridan University in Downtown Brampton
bull Execute an MOU with Sheridan
bull Complete the Feasibility Study for Goal 1
bull Form a project team to prepare the technical documents in support of an RFP related to
Goal 2 -Attract a new undergraduate and graduate research-oriented university campus
aligned with Bramptons vision and proposed site locations with reporting to Council
7 CONTACTS
Susan Fennell
Mayor
City of Brampton Tel 905-874-2600
John Corbett MCIP RPP
Chief Administrative Officer
City of Brampton Tel 905-874-2625
Creating andpreserving knowledge-basedjobs by enabling investments in post-secondary education research innovation and commercialization activities
is at the heart ofBramptons economic vision
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 23
APPENDIX 3
FI-V4shybullUTaarrgt-^M
Major
Capacity
Expansion
Policy
Framework
December 2013
Ministry of Training Colleges and Universities
pound Ontario
PI -IS
The Ontario Public Service endeavours to demonstrate leadership with respect to accessibility in Ontario Our goal isto ensure that Ontario government services products and focilities ore occessible to all our employees and to all members of the public we serve This document or the information that itcontains is available on request in alternative formats Please forward all requests for alternative formats to ServiceOntario ot 1-800-668-9938 (TTY 1-800-268-7095)
line publication equivolenle est disponible en francais sous le titre suivant (Mesttattgique pout Iocuoissement moeur de hcapocili 2013
This publication is also available on the Ministry ofTraining Colleges and Universities website at wwvontariocatcu 13-278 bull ISBN 978-1-4606-3428-8 (POF) bull copy Queens Printer for Ontario 2013
Contents
Vision 5
Context 5
Government Priorities 6
Components of the Policy Framework 7
Initial Review 7
Scope 7
Selection and Approval 9
Policy Implementation and Compliance 10
Appendix A
Contact Information and Checklist for Institutions Considering
Capacity Expansion 11
Appendix B
An Outline of the Review and Approval Process for Planned
Capacity Expansion Proposals 13
Appendix C
General Evaluation Criteria for Major Capacity Expansion 14
Pi-Vi
Vision
Ontarios colleges and universities will drive creativity innovation knowledge and community engagement through teaching and research They will put students first by providing the best possible learning experience for all qualified learners in an affordable and financially sustainable way ensuring high quality and globally competitive outcomes for students and Ontarios knowledge economy
Context
Between 2002-03 and 2012-13 the postsecondary education system in Ontario expanded substantially with full-time enrolment growing by over 160000 more than in any decade in the provinces history Ontario has been supporting enrolment growth across the college and university sectors through increases in operating grants enhancements to student financial aid and capital investments
Ontarios postsecondary institutions have been committed partners in their efforts to accommodate these unprecedented levels of enrolment growth and have thus contributed to expanding opportunities for students to pursue higher education in many communities across Ontario
At65 per cent Ontarios level of postsecondary attainment (college university and apprenticeship) in 2012 was higher than thatof any country in theOrganisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) The Ontario government has set a postsecondary education attainment target of 70 per cent to ensure that the province continues to benefit from the competitive advantage of its highly skilled and educated workforce in the global economy
In this context it is essential to ensure that in future the right spaces are created in the right places for Ontarios students This can be done by targeting areas in which population growth is strong but local postsecondary education capacity is limited
Population growth in Ontario has recently been - and is expected tocontinue to be - concentrated in a number of large urban areas Some of the regions and communities where strong
Fl-W
long-term demand growth is anticipated are not currently served by local campuses In those areas gaps have recently begun to appear between enrolment demand growth and the capacity to accommodate continued enrolment growth If left unaddressed those gaps are likely to widen over time
Projections are subject to uncertainty and caution should always be used when considering long-term forecasts Based on the ministrys latest assessment of demographics and long-term postsecondary education participation patterns enrolment demand growth will moderate in the near term but is expected to return to more rapid growth after 2020 with the potential for substantial enrolment increases over the longer term Consistent with recent trends long-term demand is expected to be greatest for degree-level programs
It is anticipated that the focus of most major capacity expansions in the future will be at the undergraduate degree level Students in rapidly growing communities have access to substantial local college facilities more than they do to local university campuses In addition although graduate enrolment has risen significantly in recent years it is much lower than enrolment at the undergraduate level and tends to be concentrated in fewer institutions
The timing of this anticipated growth in demand provides an important opportunity The province will have time to plan for and address postsecondary education capacity needs in areas of Ontario where communities are growing and where students need better and more affordable access to postsecondary education opportunities closer to home
Government Priorities
The Major Capacity Expansion Policy Framework set out in this document seeks to achieve the following objectives
bull Ensuring that future large-scale capacity expansion supports long-term postsecondary education priorities including institutional differentiation
bull Managing enrolment growth strategically in line with provincial growth planning priorities to address regional capacity gaps in underserved areas
bull Putting in place a transparent evidence-based decision making and implementation process
ldegt
9 Addressing affordability and sustainability for students institutions and the province by maximizing the cost-effectiveness of targeted investments
bull Creating local community and regional economic benefits leading to job creation and greater economic diversity
Components of the Policy Framework The components of the Major Capacity Expansion policy framework include
1) a description of the kinds of initiatives that will be within the scope of the new approval and selection process
2) the selection process and the criteria that will be used in evaluating proposals for approval after a call for proposals is made and
3) details on implementation and compliance
Initial Review
Any institution considering an initiative that involves an expansion ofcapacity should contact the ministry in writing using the checklist provided in Appendix A The ministry will review initiatives proposed by institutions on a case-by-case basis to determine whether the planned expansion is subject to the new selection and approval process outlined below The ministry will provide a response to the institutions request in writing clearly indicating whether a proposed project or initiative will be subject to the new Major Capacity Expansion selection and approval process Initiatives subject to the new process are not to proceed unless approved by the provincial government following a formal call for proposals
Scope
This policy framework addresses a significant provincial interest in the need for provincial management of future large-scale expansions in postsecondary education capacity Effective management and planning is also needed to help avoid potential conflicts that can arise between and among institutions sect with respect to the location of new facilities and campuses s
FI-H-0
The new approval and selection process is primarily focused on initiatives that are designed to accommodate significant long-term increases in the number of domestic full-time postsecondary education students Such large-scale initiatives could include expansions at existing locations or might involve the establishment of new campuses Initiatives could be partnerships including university-college collaborations that would also enhance students educational experience and student pathways
Recognizing thata wide range and variety of potential expansion opportunities exist in Ontarios diverse and complex postsecondary education system the ministry has avoided setting rigid parameters to define major capacity expansion However initiatives characterized by the following scale-related features are most likely to be subject to the new approval and selection process
0 accommodates enrolment growth of more than 1000 full-time students in the short term with the potential to accommodate longer-term growth of5000 to 10000 over the next twenty years (ie long-term enrolment comparable to enrolment at substantial existing college or university campuses)
8 adds new facilities (either owned or secured through long-term lease) larger than 70000 square feet (roughly 6500 square metres) designated primarily for academic purposes
raquo offers a broad range of programs with substantial new or expanded ancillary services (or shows clear potential for future growth in program offerings and ancillary services)
bull significantly improves local student access to postsecondary education in the short term (and has the potential to do so in the longer term) particularly in geographic locations that may be experiencing or are expected to develop capacity gaps
When reviewing a planned expansion the ministry will also take into consideration whether the initiative
bull competes with other capacity expansion initiatives in a particular geographic area or would have an impact on existing or already-planned postsecondary education facilities
bull in the case of proposed new campuses is outside the local area of the institutions existing campuses or is in a new community for the institution in terms of substantial permanent academic facilities For the purpose of this policy the local
FH+I
area of a campus is defined as the area within the median commuter shed for Census Metropolitan Areas in Ontario as specified by Statistics Canada (about 10 km)
Institutions making expansion proposals will be required to provide evidence of prior consultation with and support from other institutions that could be affected by the proposal confirmation of their own Board of Governors support for the proposal and confirmation of significant support from the local municipality or region
Selection and Approval Decisions about future large-scale postsecondary education capacityexpansion projects will be made on the basis of a formal transparent competitive process that will begin with a call for proposals directed to institutions Consideration will be given to proposals for large-scale expansion ofexisting campuses (main or satellite campuses) andor for the creation of new campuses
Calls for proposals will be directed to publicly assisted postsecondary education institutions in Ontario Eligibility to submit a proposal will in general be extended to all institutions however the government may decide to limit eligibility as appropriate depending on current circumstances and evolving provincial priorities
Municipalities interested in being considered as host locations for future major capacity expansion should work in collaboration with institutions that would be prepared to submit a proposal
Priority will be given to proposals in regions that have been experiencing sustained population and postsecondary education demand growth and that are underserved in terms of postsecondary education opportunities
The timing of future calls for proposals the number of projects selected for support and the level and timing of funding will be determined by the provincial government and will reflect a range of considerations including the fiscal environment
FI-M-1
When evaluating proposals the ministry will consider a setof criteria in the following categories consistent with its priorities for future capacity expansion (as outlined on page 6)
bull Strategic management of long-term enrolment growth and accessibility
bull Differentiation sustainability and accountability bull Economic impact raquo Quality innovation and competitiveness (including
institutional partnership options) bull Affordability for students and the province (including
substantial support from host communities)
Over time as circumstances change and priorities evolve the ministry may articulate additional requirements for the competitive process For details of general evaluation criteria refer to Appendix C Additional templates may be provided when a call for proposals is announced
Once the proposals have been evaluated the ministry will make recommendations to Cabinet for funding support for the selected proposals When one or more proposals have been selected and approved for funding bilateral agreements will be put in place between the institution(s) selected and the ministry
Policy Implementation and Compliance This policy framework will be effective immediately Institutions are encouraged to submit their expansion plans for initial review as soon as possible
If an initiative is determined to be outside the scope of this new approval and selection process itwill still be subject to other relevant ministry approval processes including but not limited to program approval and capital funding processes It will also have to be consistent with the terms of the Strategic Mandate Agreement established between the institution and the ministry
Failure to comply with the requirements setout in this policy framework will affect provincial funding Specifically new or expanded enrolment at the location of the expansion will not be recognized for funding through the college or university operating grants and the institution will not be eligible for provincial capital funding at the location Failure to comply could also affect future capital decisions by the provincial government
0 with respect to other locations
Fl-42gt
Appendix A Contact Information and Checklist for Institutions Considering Capacity Expansion
Institutions considering capacity expansion should direct a letter describing the project or initiative along with a completed checklist (see below) to
MCEsubmi53101iionfariocc1
The following checklist will help the ministry determine whether the planned expansion will be subject to the new approval and selection process under the MajorCapacity Expansion policy framework1
Please complete the checklist (copy and scan the completed form or create an e-file based on the template) and include it as an attachment to your communication to the ministry outlining your institutions planned capacity expansion project
Please provide additional information as needed in the Comments section of the checklist
1 A planned expansion that is deemed subject to the new selection and approval process is not to proceed unless approved by the province following a formal call for proposals A planned expansion that is deemed outside the scope of the Major Capacity Expansion approval and selection process will still be subject to other relevant ministry approval processes including but not limited to program approval and capital funding processes
pl-4-4shy
Checklist for Institutions Considering Capacity Expansion
Checklist Items
Size
How many full-time students would this initiative accommodate based on current plans
Is there potential for substantial longer-term enrolment growth If yes please provide a high-level estimate of potential enrolment
How much space (in sq ft) will be designated for academic purposes in the proposed facility (or expansion) Would new facilities be owned or secured through long-term lease
What is the credential mix of programs associated with this proposed expansion
What programs would be made available
Consultation
Have you consulted with other institutions that could be affected by this proposal
bull Which institution(s) have you consulted Are they supportive
Has your institution engaged its Board of Governors with respect to this proposal Is the board supportive
Is your proposal supported by the local municipality region in which it would be located
bull Will third-party resources (municipalities region other) be available to support this initiative What is the level of support expected
Location Services
Where would the new capacity be located (municipality region)
bull Is this a new locationcommunity for your institution
If proposing expansion at a new location is the location more than 10 km from existing campus(es)
Does the planned expansion include ancillary and student services
bull Please provide a list of services to be offered
Notes
Yes No Comme -
DD
an
a a
a a
bull a
bull a
bull a
bull This list is designed to provide information needed to determine whether a proposal will be deemed subject to the Major Capacity Expansion policy approval and selection process
bull Decisions will be made on a case-by-case basis If additional information is needed a representative of the Ministry ofTraining Colleges and Universities will contact the institution Please provide complete contact information including name position title email address and phone numbers
FI-H5
Appendix B An Outline of the Review and Approval Process for Planned Capacity Expansion Proposals
Chart 1 below outlines the steps in the assessment process that will be used to determine whether a planned capacity expansion will be deemed subject to the approval and selection process under the Major Capacity Expansion policy framework
Chart 2 outlines the steps in the process of selecting initiatives for funding under the Major Capacity Expansion policy framework
Chart 1 Initial Review - Is the Planned Expansion Subject to the Major Capacity Expansion Selection and Approval Process
The planned expansion
does not move forward
until approved by the
province following a Ministry reviews the institutions formal call for proposals
Institution submits a letter Failure to comply will submission to evaluate whether
describing the planned the planned expansion will be affect provincial funding
expansion with a completed subject to the new selection 1gt4^lt^t^fea1Vitaiiij4gtlJULJl^
and approval process under
for review the Major Capacity Expansion The planned expansion policy framework moves forward subject to
checklist to the ministry
Wampj^WJfeWamp$Si^^ all other ministry approval
processes (eg capital and
program approvals)
bulluiut^w-ww-yishy
Chart 2 SelectionApproval Process far a Major Capacity Expansion Following a Call for Proposals
Callfor proposals initiated Institutions submit Ministry assesses proposals Announcement of selected
by the province proposals against evaluation criteria initiatives to be supported
and brings forward selected for major capacity
proposals for Cabinet expansion
approval
raquoHSW^8raquoMJmmLiMH WOWluUdUJIUlbUitL
13
r
shy
Fl-Ho
enoix C General Evaluation Criteria for Major Capacity Expansion
Category Evaluation Criteria
Strategic Significant expansion of local postsecondary education opportunities for management students in underserved areas with growing demand based on long-term of long-term demographic trends enrolment Alignment with provincial priorities including Growth Plan priorities and
economic development initiativesgrowth and Clear potential to add substantial new capacity and support futureaccessibility enrolment growth in the postsecondary education sector
Differentiation Alignment with the institutions Strategic Mandate Agreement and goals sustainability and priorities of the Differentiation Policy Framework and Impact on nearby institutions accountability Effective and sustainable governance model including consideration
of the impact of distance from the expansion location for administration and academic experience Focus on undergraduate programs Range of programs offered locally and avoidance of unwarranted duplication of existing programming
Economic Demonstrated Value for Money including AFP options where impact appropriate and limits on provincial contributions
Tangible regional economic benefits combined with potential for province-wide benefit based on labour force skills and economic growth Demonstrated local economic benefits and linkages with local industries
Quality Innovative service delivery innovation Institutional partnership options including university-college collaboration and Postsecondary education quality and student experience (including
ancillary and student services)competitiveness
Affordabiiity Evidence of substantial support from host community including financial for students contributions and land ownership
Economies of scaleand the
province Linkages with local transportation for commuting students Potential for leveraging private sector resources Evidence of consideration ofalternatives to expansion proposal based on existing capacity and potential partnerships Proven financial health of institution with asset management plan in place Demonstrated labour market demand
Nofe These are the general criteria that will be used to guide the selection and approval of proposals submitted in response toa ministry call for proposals
N
News Release
Helping More Students Pursue Postsecondary Education
Ontario Calls for Expansion Proposals from Universities March 272014 945 am
Office of the Premier
Premier Kathleen Wynne announced today that the government is taking steps to
ensure that more students can pursue undergraduate degrees close to home The
province is inviting universities to submit proposals for new or expanded campuses in
underserved areas (colleges are encouraged to partner with universities to submit
proposals)
This call for proposals is part of the governments commitment to provide funding for
60000 additional postsecondary education spaces across Ontario The government will
collaborate closely with municipalities colleges and universities to ensure that capacity
is increased where it is needed the most
The proposals will be evaluated based on their potential to
bull Increase postsecondary spaces in underserved areas
bull Improve quality innovation and competitiveness
bull Demonstrate cost-effectiveness to both students and taxpayers
bull Help stimulate growth and economic development in Ontario
This will help establish a formal transparent and competitive process to evaluate
decisions about future expansions
Improving access to postsecondary education is part of the Ontario governments
economic plan that is creating jobs for today and tomorrow The comprehensive plan
and its six priorities focus on Ontarios greatest strengths -- its people and strategic
partnerships
Fl-M
Quick Facts
The call for proposals is open to all publicly assisted universities and all colleges of
applied arts and technology in Ontario with a deadline for submissions of Sept 26
2014 Colleges must partner with universities to be eligible for major capacity
expansion projects
Municipalities interested in being considered as host locations are expected to work
in collaboration with institutions that are submitting a proposal
The province released the Major Capacity Expansion Policy Framework in December
2013 to identify priority areas for growth
In the last 10 years full-time enrolment in Ontarios postsecondary system has grown
by more than 160000 mdash more than in any decade in the provinces history
bull The provinces 30 off Tuition Grant helped more than 230000 students start
college or university last year
Quotes
Fl-M
We are committed to helping more students get the postsecondary education they need to succeed
We want to bridge Ontarios skills gap and ensure that young people are equipped with all the right
skills mdash no matter where they live
Kathleen Wynne
Premier of Ontario
Expanding and creating new postsecondary campuses where they are needed most will help
ensure that more students have the opportunity to get a world-class education while staying close to
home Were working closely with our postsecondary partners to make sure the right spaces are in
the right places
Brad Duguid
Minister of Training Colleges and Universities
Laurier Brantford has provided immeasurable benefits to both local students and the citys
downtown revitalization This announcement signifies similar economic development partnerships
between municipalities and postsecondary institutions leading to new jobs and increased prosperity
for more communities across Ontario Chris Friel Mayor City of Brantford
PI-so
^^js^-^
Major
Capacity
Expansion
Call for
Proposals
GUIDELINES
March 2014
Ministry of Training Colleges and Universities
w^ Ontario
Fl-SI
The Ontario Public Service endeavours to demonstrate leadership with respect to accessibility in Ontario Our gool is to ensure that Ontario government services products and facilities are occessible to all our employees and to all members ofthe public we serve This document or the inlormolion that itcontains is available on request in alternative formats Pleose forward all requests lor alternative formats to ServiceOntario at1-800-668-9938 (TTY 1-800-268-709S)
line publication equivolente est disponible en francais sous le litre suivont Appel de propositions pour Ioccroissement moieur de la capocM - lignes directrices
This publication is also available on the Ministry olTraining Colleges and Universities website atwwivontariocatcu 13-323 bull ISBN 978-1-4606-3802-6 (PDF) bull copy Queens Printer for Ontario 2014
2014
Fi-sa
Contents
1 Background 5
2 Timelines for Submitting a Proposal 5
3 Notice of Intent 5
4 Eligible Applicants 6
5 Eligible Projects 6
6 Major Capacity Expansion General Evaluation Criteria 7
7 Weighting 8
8 Assessment and Ranking 9
9 Communications Protocol 13
10 Role of Infrastructure Ontario and Alternative
Financing and Procurement 13
11 The Selection Process and Funding 14
12 Components of the Submission 14
13 Links to Related Documents and Resources 16
14 Disclosure of Information 16
15 Call for Proposals Timeline 16
PI-S3
1 Background The ministry released its Major Capacity Expansion Policy Framework on December 20 2013 A commitment was made to
issue a Call for Proposals in early 2014
This Call for Proposals represents the beginning of a process that will lead to the selection of successful proposals which collectively will meet provincial goals for postsecondary education in Ontario - increased capacity at the undergraduate degree level greater affordability for students institutions and the province improved institutional differentiation and regional economic benefits This process will be guided by principles of fairness competitiveness and transparency and by a commitment to serve the public interest
This long-term initiative will help ensure that our postsecondary education system will have the right spaces in the right places for Ontario students
2 Timelines for Submitting a Proposal The closing date for submission of a Notice of Intent is June 27 2014
The closing date for submission of the full proposal is September 26 2014
Submissions must be received by the ministry on or before these dates
3 Notice of Intent
The Notice of Intent is a one-page overview of the proposed project Proposals will not be considered unless a Notice of Intent is received by the deadline ofJune 27 2014 To ensure transparency and competitiveness every Notice of Intent submitted to the ministry will be posted on the Postsecondary Education Partners Gateway website within 30 days of the submission date
Fl-Sf
4 Eligible Applicants In view of the focus on undergraduate degree capacity it is expected that submissions will be led by universities butcollegeshyuniversity partnership models are encouraged
All proposals must demonstrate need (ie expansion should be located in areas thatare currently underserved by postsecondary education andor thatare expected to experience significant future growth in enrolment demand)
5 Eligible Projects Recognizing the wide range and variety of potential expansion opportunities the ministry continues to avoid setting rigid parameters to define major capacityexpansion However as stated in the Major Capacity Expansion Policy Framework initiatives characterized by the following scale-related features are most likely to be subject to this approval and selection process
bull accommodates enrolment growth of more than 1000 full-time students in the short term with the potential to accommodate longer-term growth of 5000 to 10000 over the next twenty years (ie long-term enrolment comparable to enrolment at substantial existing collegeor university campuses)
bull adds new facilities (either owned or secured through long-term lease) larger than 70000 square feet (roughly 6500 square metres) designated primarily for academic purposes
bull offers a broad range of programs with substantial new or expanded ancillary services (or shows clear potential for future growth in program offerings and student and ancillary services)
bull significantly improves local student access to postsecondary education in the short term (and has the potential to continue to do so in the longer term) particularly in geographic locations that may be experiencing or are expected to develop capacity gaps at the undergraduate degree level
PI-S5
6 Major Capacity Expansion General Evaluation Criteria
The following general evaluation criteria were included in the Major Capacity Expansion Policy Framework These criteria will be used to assess proposals Institutions should demonstrate the alignment of their proposed projects with the criteria and may do so in any format suitable to them
Priority Objectives
Strategic management of long-term enrolment growth and accessibility
Differentiation sustainability and accountability
Economic impact
Quality innovation and competitiveness
General Criteria
bull Significant expansion of local postsecondary education opportunities for students in underserved areas with growing demand based on long-term demographic trends
bull Alignment with provincial priorities including Growth Plan priorities and economic development initiatives
bull Clear potential to add substantial new capacity and support future enrolment growth in the postsecondary education sector
Alignment with the institutions Strategic Mandate Agreement (SMA) and goals and priorities of the Differentiation Policy Framework Impact on nearby institutions Effective and sustainable governance model including consideration ofthe impact ofdistance from the expansion location for administration and academic experience Focus on undergraduate programs Range of programs offered locally and avoidance ofunwarranted duplication ofexisting programming
Tangible regional economic benefits combined with potential for province-wide benefit based on labour force skills and economic growth Demonstrated local economic benefits and linkages with local industries
Demonstrated Value for Money including Alternative Financing and Procurement (AFP) options where appropriate and limits on provincial contributions
Institutional partnership options including university-college collaboration
Innovative service delivery Postsecondary education quality and student experience (including student and ancillary services)
(continued)
Fl-5b
Priority Objectives General Criteria
Affordability for bull Evidence of substantial support from hostcommunity including students and the financial contributions and land ownership province bull Economies of scale
bull Linkages with local transportation for commuting students bull Potential for leveraging private sector resources bull Evidence of consideration of alternatives to expansion proposal
based on existing capacity and potential partnerships bull Proven financial health of institution with asset management plan
in place bull Demonstrated labour market demand
7 Weighting The evaluation criteria for the assessment of institutional
proposals will be weighted as follows
Category Weight
Section A Meeting Demand 30
bull Strategic management of long-term enrolment growth and accessibility
Section B Demonstrated Affordability 40
bull Affordability for students and the province
Section C Academic and Economic Considerations 30
bull Differentiation sustainability and accountability bull Economic impact bull Quality innovation and competitiveness (including institutional partnership
options)
PI-SI
8 Assessment and Ranking Funding will be awarded on a competitive basis and proposals will be evaluated for suitability using defined criteria Institutions should use both qualitative and quantitative analysis to demonstrate the alignment of their proposals with the general evaluation criteria
SECTION A MEETING DEMAND (30)
Proposals should demonstrate alignment with some or all of the following criteria
Priority Objective 1 Strategic management of long-term enrolment growth and accessibility
General Evaluation Criteria
1 Significant expansion of local postsecondary education opportunities for students in underserved areas with growing demand based on long-term demographic trends
2 Alignment with provincial priorities including Growth Plan priorities and economic development initiatives
3 Clear potential to add substantial new capacity and support future enrolment growth in the postsecondary education sector
Possible Alignment Measures
bull Demographic growth projections for location bull Existing enrolment capacity at institutions in
the proximity of the proposed expansion bull Estimated enrolment capacity ofthe
expansion and projected net increase in undergraduate enrolment
bull Number of students from the area of the intended expansion who are currently attending the institution(s)
Possible Information to Build Evidence Base
bull Institutions long-term enrolment master plan bull Joint campus master plan for partnerships (if applicable) bull Long-term enrolment viability study bull Completed enrolment table in the proposal template stating all assumptions bull Community profile demonstrating future demand in the area bull Documented support from and alignment with plans of any associated agencies municipalities
or other entities
bull Consideration of relevant provincial population and employment projections bull Consideration of key provincial policy directions relating to the location of public institutions and
their associated economic impacts (eg ability to contribute to urban revitalization efforts) bull Evidence of program demand (eg number of applications)
FI-5J
SECTION B DEMONSTRATED AFFORDABILITY (40)
Proposals should demonstrate alignment with some or all of the following criteria
Priority Objective 2 Affordability for students and the province
General Evaluation Criteria
1 Evidence of substantial support from host community including financial contributions and land ownership
2 Economies of scale 3 Linkages with local transportation for
commuting students 4 Potential for leveraging private sector
resources
5 Evidence of consideration of alternatives to expansion proposal based on existing capacity and potential partnerships
6 Proven financial health of institution with asset management plan in place
7 Demonstrated labour market demand
Possible Alignment Measures
bull Total cost of project and expected provincial contribution
bull Cost-benefit analysis ofexpanding an existing assetor building at a new location (or a combination thereof)
bull Distance from current campuses bull Current assetmanagement plan including
effects of expansion on Facilities Condition Index
bull Public transit capacity to the institution and between campuses
bull Debtasset ratioof institution(s) bull Energy sources and efficiency initiatives
(including proposed LEED certification) bull Long-term financial viability bull Existing student employment KPIs
Possible Information to Build Evidence Base
bull Detailed project costing information including projected cash flow requirements and net impact on operating cost
bull Business case demonstrating need for expansiori (existing campus only) including a service gap analysis
bull Letters of support from potential partners indicating details of financial andor in-kind contributions (eg land ownership)
bull Local transportation plan(s) showing current anc1planned public access to site (short- and long-term)
bull Independent verification of total expansion proj set cost
bull Financial health analysis including recent finan cial statements
bull Documentation of preliminary environmental assessment bull Control and ownership of buildings and equipment (partnerships only) bull Long-term forecast of incremental operating expenses and revenues (grants third party revenues)
as a result ofthe proposed project
PI-S9
SECTION C ACADEMIC AND ECONOMIC CONSIDERATIONS (30)
Proposals should demonstrate alignment with some or all of the following criteria
Priority Objective 3 Differentiation sustainability and accountability
General Evaluation Criteria
1Alignment with the institutions Strategic Mandate Agreement (SMA) and goals and priorities of the Differentiation Policy Framework
2 Impact on nearby institutions 3 Effective and sustainable governance model
including consideration of the impact of distance from the expansion location for administration and academic experience
4 Focus on undergraduate programs 5 Range of programs offered locally and
avoidance of unwarranted duplication of existing programming
Possible Alignment Measures
bull Assessment of alignment with SMA bull Proposed programs their alignment with
the institutions strengths and an overview ofsimilar existing programs offered by institutions near the expansion
bull Ranking of institution(s) on applications by students from the proposed area
Possible Information to Build Evidence Base
bull Finalized SMA
bull Program information (initial and planned) bull Overview of proposed institutional governance model bull Consultation overview including results of discussions with affected institutions and letters of
support (if applicable)
pi-to
Priority Objective 4 Economic impact
General Evaluation Criteria
1Tangible regional economic benefits combined with potential for province-wide benefit based on labour force skills and economic growth
2 Demonstrated local economic benefits and linkages with local industries
3 Demonstrated Value for Money including Alternative Financing and Procurement (AFP) options where appropriate and limits on provincial contributions
Possible Alignment Measures
bull Local economic benefits bull Alignment of programs with regional and
Ontario labour market needs
bull Expected financing cost (if any) bull Jobs created (short-term associated with
building period and ongoing) bull Ongoing jobs created at expansion bull Value for Money analysis related to proposed
procurement model
Possible Information to Build Evidence Base
bull An economic impact study or value planning study to demonstrate the projects potential to provide direct economic benefits for the surrounding area (eg by helping to revitalize the community unlock local development potential build the taxbase and leverage existing infrastructure and investments)
Priority Objective 5 Quality innovation and competitiveness
General Evaluation Criteria
1 Institutional partnership options including university-college collaboration
2 Innovative service delivery 3 Postsecondary education quality and student
experience (including student and ancillary services)
Possible Alignment Measures
bull Institutional track record with partnerships bull Assessment ofproposed academic plan and
service delivery bull Range of planned student and ancillary
services compared with services at existing campuses (short- and long-term)
bull Existing student experience (KPIs student outcomes)
Possible Information to Build Evidence Base
bull Institutions Strategic Plan bull Business case in support ofproposed academic plan including partnerships with relevant
raquo information aboutcurriculumpedagogy raquo financial information
raquo interjurisdictional case studies and examples bull Impact analysis with respect toacademic and administrative quality and quality of experience bull Overview of new program accreditation required ifapplicable
12
Fl-fel
9 Communications Protocol
Proposal submissions must be received at MCEsubmissions ontarioca by September 26 2014 Late submissions will not be accepted
Specific questions submitted to the ministry as part of the process will be answered and will be made available to all participants
To ensure a fair and transparent process the ministry will not provide any advisory services to institutions on an individual basis
10 Role of Infrastructure Ontario and Alternative
Financing and Procurement Infrastructure Ontario is a Crown agency of the Government of Ontario It is focused on modernizing and financing the renewal of public infrastructure maximizing the value of public real estate and managing government facilities It also provides expertise in project delivery lending real estate management and asset planning Infrastructure Ontario now has a greater role in procuring infrastructure as well engaging in both traditional forms of procurement and alternative financing and procurement (AFP) when appropriate
As indicated in the Ministry of Infrastructures Building Together Plan and in the provincial governments planning and budgeting process recommendations will be made on the procurement method and delivery of all college infrastructure projects valued at more than $50 million In addition universities with successful projects and associated provincial grants in excess of $100 million will be required to consult with Infrastructure Ontario The $100 million threshold may be lowered in future years
The criteria for assessing these projects could include scope complexity and value-for-money assessment with input from the ministry and Infrastructure Ontario
13
Pl-bl
11 The Selection Process and Funding The ministry will oversee the process leading to the selection of successful applications A multi-ministry panel will review the applications and make recommendations to Cabinet through the Ministry of Training Colleges and Universities Cabinetwill make the final decision aboutsuccessful projects andor future courses of action
Funding for successful projects will be provided subsequently The number of projects selected for support as well as the level and timing of funding will be determined by the provincial government and will reflect a range of considerations including the fiscal environment
12 Components of the Submission The following components of the submission are to be provided to the ministry by the dates indicated In addition to what is required below institutions may submit their proposals in any format that they believe best demonstrates the strengths of their proposed project with due attention to the relevance and conciseness of information supplied (Note that institutions may be asked to revise and re-submit their proposals ifexcessive amounts of information are provided)
All submissions must be preceded by
bull A Notice of Intent to be received by the ministry no later than June 27 2014
The Notices of Intent will give the ministry an early overview of interest in Major Capacity Expansion
14
pl-fe
The components of the proposal submission to be received by the ministry no later than September 26r 2014 are as follows
bull A completed checklist
A checklist is included in the Call for Proposals package The checklist must be completed and included in the submission (The checklist is reproduced from Appendix A of the Major Capacity Expansion Policy Framework page 12)
bull A completed capital template
Please refer to the template included in the Call for Proposals package The template requests detailed information on enrolment projections and funding sources This information must be provided using the template but it may also be presented in a different format in the context of the overall presentation
bull Supplementary information
Institutions are welcome to submit supplementary information to support their proposal Supplementary information may include a business case environmental impact studies and any other information or documentation that substantiates the proposal As noted earlier conciseness and relevance of information are
valued
Pleasealso include evidence of support for your proposal (including documentation of land ownership or leasing contracts documentation of municipal or other funding and letters of support)
In the case of a joint university-college submission approval under s 28 of the Financial Administration Act is required for financing if the debt is related to Colleges or if there is a contingent liability
15
Fl-b4shy
13 Links to Related Documents and Resources
Major Capacity Expansion Policy Framework
Differentiation Policy Framework
Places to Grow
Building Together
14 Disclosure of Information
The Freedom of Information and Protection of Privacy Act (FIPPA) applies to information in the custody or under the control of the ministry Institutions should identify whether any information in their proposals is submitted in confidence within the meaning of s 17 of FIPPA The proposals may be shared with a multi-ministry panel or other advisers that the ministry retains to assist with the assessment of the proposals
15 Call for Proposals Timeline
Date Deliverable
March 27 2014 Release of Call for Proposals
June 27 2014 Notice of Intent
September 26 2014 Close of Call for Proposals
Contact Information
Ministry staff may need to contact institutions to clarify details or request additional information Please provide complete and current contact information in your submission
16
![Page 7: Pl-I *^ BRAMPTON ReP°rt of Cou… · Pi-2> Current Situation: Following Council approval of its Post-Secondary Education Strategy on November 6, ... Call for Proposals Timeline .](https://reader033.fdocuments.in/reader033/viewer/2022060721/6080f345afc78e210d009525/html5/thumbnails/7.jpg)
FI-1 C290-2013 Moved by Mayor Fennell Seconded by Regional Councillor Sanderson
1 That the report from J Corbett Chief Administrative Officer and Executive Leadership Team dated October 30 2013 to the Council Meeting of November 6 2013 re Bramptons Post-Secondary University Education Strategy (File C25) be received and
2 That Council commits to the proposed Post-Secondary University Education Strategy by approving the two major goals contained within this Strategy namely Goal 1 - Support the creation of Sheridan University that is committed exclusively to undergraduate professional education with a major presence in Downtown Brampton and Goal 2 shyAttract a new research-oriented university campus in Brampton that features undergraduate and graduate degrees and research programs and facilities for students faculty and industry and
3 That Council authorise the implementation of this Strategy by approving the following actions
a The Mayor and City Clerk be authorised to execute a Memorandum of Understanding agreement between the City of Brampton and Sheridan College ITAL related to Goal 1 of the Post-Secondary University Education Strategy outlining obligations of each organization related to the completion of a feasibility study for the site planning design build financing and maintenance of a major campus and related uses in Downtown Brampton as identified in this report And that the content of this Agreement be satisfactory to the City of Brampton CAO and the form satisfactory to the City Solicitor
b Upon its completion the feasibility study stated in 3(a) shall be presented to City Council and other agencies as required for approval and consideration of recommendations
c The CAO be authorised to prepare document(s) in support of initiating a request for proposals process and project governance structure related to Goal 2 of Bramptons Post-Secondary Education Strategy that is the attraction of a research-oriented undergraduate and graduate university campus on municipally owned sites identified in this report
Fi-B Prior to issuance Council shall approve the request for proposal process and governance structure
4 That Council authorises the CAO and Mayor to prepare a letter to the Premier of Ontario Minister of Training Colleges and Universities and Brampton MPPs asking the Government of Ontario to (a) support Bramptons Post-Secondary University Education Strategy (Goals 1 and 2) (b) continue to take the necessary steps to advance provincial legislation creating Sheridan University thereby making Sheridan eligible to apply for Association of Universities and Colleges of Canada (AUCC) accreditation and (c) the Province of Ontario support and assist as may be required the Citys effort to attract a research-oriented university campus to Brampton
Fl-q APPENDIX 2
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario
PI-10 October
2013
A Post-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario
The role ofpost-secondary education infostering economic development in Ontarios communities has never been more significant than today in this post-recessionary period
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 1
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario
1 INTRODUCTION ^
Higher learning is avision and commitment shared by the Province ofOntario post-secondary education institutions and industry As will be demonstrated in this Strategy the City of Brampton is a strong advocate and supporter of this shared vision
Creating and preserving knowledge-based jobs by enabling investments in post-secondary education research innovation and commercialization activities is at the heart of Bramptons economic vision In this post-recessionary period economic expansion is highly dependent on strategies designed to achieve this outcome
University Strategy
We are pleased to present Bramptons Strategy for post-secondary university education in
Brampton a two-pronged approach
Goal 1 Support the Creation of Sheridan University that is Committed Exclusively to
Undergraduate Professional Education The Cityof Brampton supports the vision and
mission of a new Sheridan University as a global leader in undergraduate professional
education To support this vision the Cityof Brampton is advocating and prepared to
invest its local share in a new undergraduate paradigm in Ontario that is exclusively
committed to undergraduate professional education features a strong focus on
students teaching and learning creativity and innovation offers undergraduate
research that is connected to industry and produces professional accreditations that
achieve the highest standards of quality programming and faculty The City of
Brampton is proposing that Sheridan University have a profound presence in Downtown
Brampton
Goal 2 Attract a New Research-Oriented University Campus in Brampton To support
the growing demand for undergraduate and graduate programs in the Toronto-centered
region (Zone 7) the City of Brampton is prepared to invest its local share in a new
university campus that features research capabilities for students faculty and industry
The City is prepared to partner with an existing Ontario university or participate with the
Province of Ontario in the start-up of the next publicly funded institute in Ontario
located in Brampton
A key underpinning of this Strategy is that the two goals described above are complementary
and intrinsically related from an advancement and institutional perspective
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 2
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario
Demand Drivers
The core drivers ofdemand that justify the expansion of post-secondary education in Ontario particularly in the Greater Toronto Area are well documented
What we present inthis Strategy however is a local community perspective that defines a compelling need for a new waveof post-secondary expansion driven by innovative thinking on undergraduate professional education as well as on undergraduate and graduate education with a focus on research-oriented programs classrooms and labs for faculty students and industry
In our recent strategic planning and community engagement process we found an interesting
human spirit and positive cultural attitude toward higher learning in Brampton This
community perspective was captured through extensive engagement approaches and multiple
primary and secondary information-gathering methods
As a result we have developed a Strategy that paints the picture of a growing diverse and
committed Brampton community ready for university development and a municipality that is
prepared to invest and lead a process that facilitates its communitys vision
Structure
This document is structured as follows
Part 2 - The Need - Meeting the Increasing Demand for Post-Secondary Education
Part 3 - Defining the Opportunities in Brampton
Part 4 - Bramptons Strategic Partnership - a Track Record of Success
Part 5 - Commitment to this Strategy
Part 6 - Next Steps - Our Proposed Implementation Plan
Part 7 - Key Contacts
A Note on Benchmarked Regions in Ontario
Ontarios geography for student registration statistics (OUAC) includes a Zone 7 comprised of
the Cityof Toronto York Region Peel Region (including Brampton) and Simcoe County This
was the reference zone used in our comparative analysis
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 3
A Post-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario
Fl-li 2 THE NEED - MEETING THE INCREASED DEMAND FOR POST-SECONDARY
EDUCATION
The economic benefits of the youth and vitalitythat a new college or university campus would bring are not lost on the Citys residents as a large majority view it to be a top priority for economic development
(64) particularly among influencers (84) Residents of Brampton Compiled by Environlcs 2013
Our Community Speaks Out
In 2013 the City invited its community to participate in a comprehensive strategic planning
program It has been ten years since the City last undertook a strategic planning exercise The
community has changed in that time and will continue to change as our population rises in
keeping with the Province of Ontarios Places to Grow Act
It began with initial research to identify the priorities of Bramptons residents and businesses
figure out what the City is doing well and where there may be room for improvement This
phase was completed through meetings with a variety of community groups and organizations
and a telephone survey to learn about the publics priorities perceptions and concerns From
the information we have collected we identified five Strategic Priorities for Bramptons future
Next we completed the community engagement phase of the process through a series of Town
Hall meetings and other feedback options including the Citys website Twitter email
voicemail and of course one-on-one
The feedback from residents has been impressive The vision and direction offered by the
public is persuasive articulate and focused on these priorities
o Economic Development
o Growth Management
o Environmental Stewardship
o Community Engagement
o Corporate Excellence
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 4
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario FI-I+
Economic development and growth management were identified asthe most important areas of focus for the City The public was clear that attracting large brand name companies and developing local talent were among the major themes for the Citys economic development Similarly the two most important economic development initiatives identified by Brampton residents were first attracting new businesses to the City (69 top priority rating) and second the building of college and university campuses (64) These two priorities are intrinsically related to each other
Promote Brampton Internationally
Support SMEs
Build College and University Campuses
Attract New Business
Top Priority bull Secondary Priority Not a Priority a Dont Know
Source Environics 2013 (Prepared for the City of Brampton Strategic Planning Engagement)
Growing Population
Brampton is a designated growth centre in the Province of Ontario With an official population
of523911 (2011) Brampton is the 9th largest City in Canada 4th largest in Ontario and 3rd largest in the Greater Toronto Area Between 1981 and 2011 Bramptons population grew by
an extraordinary rate of 84 per year Bramptons population is expected to reach
approximately 843000 people by 2031
Total Population 1981-2031
8428000
433806 325428
234445 268251 149090 188498
1981 1986 1991 1996 2001 2006 2011 2031
Source Statistics Canada 1981-2011 Forecast by Hemson Consulting Ltd Oct 2013
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 5
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario pf~S
At 21 Bramptons population grew more than the benchmarks during the period between 2006 and 2011 With a total population increase of90105 persons during this time-frame Brampton was ranked 3rd in Canada behind Toronto and Calgary and ahead of Edmonton Surrey Ottawa and Vaughan
Geography Population Population Population Change 2006 2011 2006 to 2011
Brampton (Zone 7) 433806 523911 208
York Region (Zone 7) 892712 1032524 157
Peel Region (Zone 7) 1159455 1296814 118
Toronto CMA 5113149 5583064 92
Canada 31612897 33476688 59
Ontario 12160282 12851821 57
Simcoe County (Zone 7) 422204 446063 57
City of Toronto (Zone 7) 2503281 2615060 45 Source Statistics Canada 2006 amp 2011
In 2006 the population in Zone 7 was 498 million representing 41 of the total population in Ontario By 2011 the population in this zone soared to 539 million featuring an impressive
82 growth rate above the provincial and national averages
This is a sound level of household formation during a difficult period in Ontarios economic
history Most of the population and household growth occurred in Peel and York Regions
a high demand zone for future university expansion
Brampton is ideally situated in Zone 7
to host Ontarios next wave
of university expansion
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 6
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario H (~ Icopy
A Young and Family Oriented Community
Brampton is a young City with a median age of 347 years according to Statistics Canada
Bramptons population is younger than the ten most populated cities in Canada as well as the
nation the province of Ontario and the Toronto region
Municipality Median Age Median Age 2011 Rank 2011
Brampton 347 1
Edmonton 360 2
Calgary 364 3
Mississauga 385 4
Montreal 386 5
Winnipeg 390 6
Toronto 392 7
Ottawa 392 7
Vancouver 397 9
Hamilton 409 10
Toronto CMA 386
York Region 393
Peel Region 369
Simcoe County 418
Ontario 404
Canada 406
Source Statistics Canada 2011
The typical post-secondary education enrollment age group between 20 and 39 includes more
than 151800 Brampton residents representing a growth rate of 28 between 2006 and 2011
Immigration is a Driver of Economic Growth
For the first time in its history the number of residents living in Brampton that was born
outside of Canada exceeded 50 of the population In other words the foreign-born
population in Brampton is greater than the Canadian-born population
Immigration continues to be a major influence in the growth and diversification of Bramptons
population labour force employment household income business enterprises and
institutions
This is a differentiating factor that is shaping a new highly energetic image of the City of
Brampton
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 7
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario ^ I bull |
Brampton is a magnet for newCanadians The peak immigration period in Bramptons statistical history is indeed the present time The most recent immigration figures from the 2001 and 2006 Census Surveys and the 2011 National Household Survey revealed that more than 83000 people settled in Brampton between 2001 and 2011 This represents an average annual rate of 8300 new foreign-born residents or approximately 33 of the total immigration into Canada into Brampton
Geography Foreign-Born Foreign Born Population Population 2011
Total 2011 As a of Population
Brampton 263670 506
Peel Region 650530 505
City of Toronto 1252215 486
Toronto CMA 2537410 46
York Region 463125 452
Ontario 3611365 29
Canada 6775765 n
Simcoe County 50915 116
Source Statistics Canada 2011
Between 2006 and 2011 the major countries of birth for new Brampton residents included
1 India-525
2 Philippines-68
3 Pakistan - 63
Languages Spoken in Brampton
Panjabi (Punjabi) Hindi and Urdu were the top three non-official languages in 2011 accounting
for 66 of all of the non-official languages spoken in Brampton making this City one of a few in
Canada with significant allophone representation
Rounding out the top ten languages spoken in Brampton were Portuguese (4) Spanish (5)
Tamil (6) Tagalog (7) Gujarati (8) Italian (9) and Vietnamese (10)
In total eighty-nine languages were reported in the 2011 National Household Survey as being
spoken in Brampton homes
Post-Secondary Educational Attainment
At 51 post-secondary education attainment in Brampton is below key benchmarks However
it is the municipalitys goal to increase this level to meet the provincial (55) and national (54)
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 8
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario p 1mdash1Q
average bypromoting and facilitating post-secondary facilities and access to programs that are next-to- home
Geography Post-Secondary Percentage of Certificate Diploma Total Population or Degree 2011 15 and Older 2011
CityofToronto 1271gt545 58
Toronto CMA 2629970 58
York Region 487945 58
Peel Region 576995 56
Ontario 5717340 55
Canada 14805190 54
Brampton 206770 51
Simcoe County 180650 50
Source Statistics Canada 2011
The Citys strategic economic growth initiatives will continue to result in a more diversified and
talented labour force Such initiatives include residential and commercial intensification of
Bramptons central commercial corridor attracting knowledge-based industries expansion of
executive housing supply investment in arts and culture and supporting programs that
promote entrepreneurship innovation and commercialization
Household Income
At $77787 Brampton had the 2nd highest reported household income among the regions in this sample
Geography Median Household Benchmark
Total Income Rank
2010
York Region $89100 1
Brampton $77787 2
Peel $77588 3
Toronto CMA $70365 4
Simcoe County $67468 5
Ontario $66358 6
Canada $61072 7
City of Toronto $58381 8
Source Statistics Canada 2011
Further between 2005 and 2010 the total number of Brampton households reported in the
highest income category being $100000 and more increased by 425
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 9
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario H|deg
Population Growth is Complimented by Strong Employment Growth
The Brampton economy has been projected to attract approximately 120000 net new jobs by 2031 for a total of 291000 people working in Brampton based business establishments
Employment 2011 2016 2021 2026 2031
Brampton 171000 204000 239000 263000 291000
Peel 730000 820000 880000
Source Hemson Consulting Ltd Oct 2013
Brampton will lead economic growth in Peel over the next two decades attracting 80 of the
employment forecasted in the region Brampton is home to 8075 businesses Brampton
businesses contribute approximately $129 Billion to the GDP or 52 of the output in the
Toronto Region The Citys output is dominated by a mixed economy heavily structured on
goods-producing trades and professional business services industries
The major non-government industries dominating the economic base of Brampton by place of
work employment include
- Manufacturing
- Retail and Wholesale Trade
- Professional and Business Services
- Transportation and Warehousing
This skilled and educated workforce in Brampton represents the 3rd highest concentration of labour in the Toronto Region
Major Corporations
Bramptons corporate community is vibrant featuring an impressive list of corporations from
Canadian and International enterprises that have invested in office production andor logistics
facilities in this community
bull Rogers Communications
bull Chrysler Canada
bull Loblaw Companies
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 10
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario P ImiO
Maple Lodge Farms
Canadian Tire Corporation
Coca Cola Bottling
Waste Management of Canada
Gamma Dynacare
Olymel LLP
Air Canada Strategic Operations Centre
Bacardi Canada
Export Packers Ltd
HBC Canada
Ford Motor Company
Nissan Canada
Medtronics Canada
MDA Robotics
Q9 Canada
Aircraft Appliances and Equipment
Para Paints Canada
Brita Water Filter
Clorox Canada Canon Canada recently Hunter Douglas Windows
announced theMandarin Restaurant Corporation
Nestle Canada relocation of their
Maple Leaf Foods national headquarters HankookTire
to Brampton Ontario Smuckers Canada
Parmalat Canada
Miele Canada
Best Buy CanadaFuture Shop Canada
Small and Medium Sized Enterprises (SMEs)
The backbone of Canadas economy is found in the entrepreneurs and innovators who own
and operate small and medium-sized enterprises While Brampton has an excellent
portfolio of corporate brand names the SME sector is an active contributor to economic
growth Ninety-four per cent (94) of all businesses in Brampton had less than 50
employees Small businesses remain strong in professional scientific and technical support
sectors as well as in business services and the retail and wholesale trades
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 11
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario FI-21
Brampton business establishments with less than ten employees had 23000 workers on their payroll in 2011
Public Sector Employment
Adiverse economic base such as Bramptons is also characterised by very good representation from institutions in the public sector
Major employers include
Regional Municipal of Peel The Peel Memorial Centre for
William Osier Health System
Peel Regional Police Integrated Health and Wellness
Corporation of the City of Brampton will attract between 3000-4000
Sheridan College Institute of Technology professionals in the medical
and Advanced Learning services sector by 2016
bull Ontario Courthouse - Grenville Davis
University Application Statistics
The Ontario Universities Application Centre (OUAC) produces an annual report of
application and registration data for secondary school and other applicants
In 2011 514596 applications were administered by the Ontario University system In the
ten-year period between 2002 and 2011 Ontario saw the number of applications received
grow by approximately 135000 During the same time-frame the number of registered
applicants increased by approximately 23000 or 336 In 2011 Ontario universities
hosted 78434 registered applicants
A key finding of the 2011 OUAC Report is that universities located in geographic zone 7
these being the Ontario College of Arts and Design York University Ryerson University and
the University of Toronto attracted the highest proportion of registered applicants from
their home-zone when compared to all other universities in Ontario
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 12
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario p I bull ^i
This point is highlighted in the following table
Universities in Geographic Registered Secondary Registered Other Group Zone 7 School Applicants Applicants
Originating From Originating from (includes Peel Region York Region Zone 7 in 2011 Zone 7 in 2011 Simcoe County and City of Toronto)
( of Total Registered for ( of Total Registered for Each University) Each University)
York 865 592
Ryerson 822 616
Toronto 743 209
OCAD 643 542
Average 4 System Wide 454 306 Source Ontario University Application Centre 2011
Given the large population demographic composition socio-economic characteristics and
cultural attitudes of residents living in Zone 7 it is clear that there is a positive bias for students
particularly secondary-school students to attend a university where they can live near or stay
within their family and community structures
This is a prevalent trend in Peel Region York Region Simcoe County and the City of Toronto
(the communities that comprise Zone 7) more so than any other region in Ontario
As a summary of the complex set of demand factors highlighted in this section of the report we
see tremendous justification for additional university services on the outer edge of the Greater
Toronto Area
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 13
A Post-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario Fl-ii
3 DEFINING THE OPPORTUNITY
Goal 1 - Sheridan University Campus in Downtown Brampton
Project Vision
Site Options
A
AX
PI
A profound and holistic Sheridan Downtown Brampton Campus
connected to its 9500 plus students at Brampton Davis Steeles Campus
supported by enhanced transit to its HMC Campus I and II and Oakville
Campus
1Nelson Square Garage (Phase II SWQRP) and Phase III Lands
2Heritage Theatre Block ^~ rzmdash~ V V i
bullbull bull bull --bull shy
bull -bullbullbull-Ty ^
General Description of Site Locations - for illustrative purposes only
Mobility These sites are within a 5-minute walking distance to the existing
Brampton GO Train Station (with service to Union Station and
KitchenerWaterloo) and the ZUM Bus Rapid Transit service on
Queen Street and Main Street with service to Sheridan Davis
Campus Guelph-Humber University Campus Mississauga City
Centre (HMC I and II) and York University The proposed
Hurontario-Main Light Rapid Transit system is also within walkinj
distance of the site and offers a direct link to HMC I and II
Infrastructure Type Post-Secondary Education Campus and Related Uses
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 14
A Post-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario Fl-24shy
Project Type DBFM or DBF Design Build Finance Maintain or Design Build
Finance (the final business model is subject to a detailed
feasibility study)
Goal 2 - A New University Campus in Brampton
Project Vision A new university campus that offers undergraduate and graduate
degrees with research-oriented programs for students faculty
industry
Site Option 1 65-acre site at McLaughlin Road and Queen Street West
southwest corner known municipally as Flower City Community
Campus This site was formerly owned by the Province of
Ontario (OPP Headquarters and Training Centre) and is currently
being used by the municipality
Mobility This site is located in the Central Area of Brampton with Brampton
Transit service provided to the property The site is 15
kilometres from the Downtown GO Train Station and the
Downtown ZUM BRT Station on Main Street and 3 km to the
Brampton ZUM BRT station at Shoppers World - Steeles Avenue
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 15
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario p | bull ^S
Site Location Option 2
Mobility
Infrastructure Type
Project Type
The road network provides easy access to the major 400 series
highways for example ETR 407 is 35 km south of this site and
Highway 410 is 45 km east of the site
2719 Bovaird Drive West at Heritage Road southwest quadrant
This 87-acre site was formerly owned by private industry Today
the site is owned by the City of Brampton and is being used by the
municipality for maintenance and operation services
CON5WHS
CON5WHS
iV
I
The Mount Pleasant GO Train Station is 22 km east of the site at
Creditview Road The major Highway 401 and ETR 407 juncture
is approximately 8 km by automobile Future infrastructure
serving this area includes the GTA West Corridor immediately
north and east of the subject property
Post-Secondary Education Campus and Related Uses
DBFM or DBF Design Build Finance Maintain or Design Build
Finance (the final business model is subject to a detailed
feasibility study)
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 16
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario p | 1copy
4 BRAMPTONS STRATEGIC PARTNERSHIPS - A RECORD OF SUCCESS
With its strategic partners the Cityof Brampton has demonstrated an excellent record of
success in building and delivering physical and human infrastructure projects designed to expand public services and improve Bramptons economicdevelopment competitiveness
Ultimately these partnerships have created and preserved Ontario jobs In this section we
showcase a few of these strategic projects
Transit Infrastructure Project-Zum Bus Rapid Transit Project
Zum is Brampton Transits Bus Rapid Transit (BRT) service With its limited stops advanced
technology and real-time next bus information Zum connects people and places within
Brampton and throughout the Greater Toronto Area (GTA) Zum Queen Street service began in
the fall of 2010 Ziim Main Street service began operating in September 2011 and Ziim Steeles
Avenue started in the fall of 2012
Ziim was funded by all three levels of government with investments of $95 million each from
the Federal Provincial and Municipal governments for a total allotment of $285 million
Phase Iof the project required $159 million Phase II which expanded services along Queen
Street and Steeles Avenue as well as introduce new services on Bovaird Drive will require $126
million when fully completed
This is a DBFM - Design Build Finance and Maintain project led by the City of Brampton
Brampton designed built financed and maintains all aspects of the Zum system-wide capital
and operating costs related to
bull Roadway infrastructure intersection modifications and signal priority equipment
bull New terminals and station stops with high-quality passenger amenities
Capital equipment including new vehicles for expanded and rebranded service
Intelligent Transportation System technologies including real-time passenger information
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 17
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario p ( raquo^7
Post-Secondary Education Infrastructure Project -Sheridan Centre for Advanced Manufacturing and Design Technology (CAMDT)
In response to the changing face of manufacturing in Central and Southern Ontario Sheridan College and the City of Brampton embarked on a vision to assist Canadian manufacturers to compete globally with knowledge and technology asthe keys to their success
Led by Sheridan College ITAL the CAMDT $8 million venture is a partnership with more than 20 regional manufacturers the Province of Ontario and the City of Brampton Together we are growing regional talent in this important sector In 2005 CAMDT opened its doors
Seen as a strategic economic development initiative the City of Brampton was a major funding
and local knowledge partner contributing$25 million to CAMDT - the largest investment it has
ever made as a municipality in post-secondary education City Councils investment in Sheridan
is intended to address the demand (in the manufacturing sector) for graduates with a broad
range of advanced technical and management skills as well as to provide enhanced training for
those already in the workforce
CAMDT uses a consortia approach with the following goals
New full-time courses and industrycollege projects
Applied research initiatives and student projects
Contract training and continuing education courses
Strengthen program enrolments and graduate placements
The Centre for Sustainable Manufacturing (CSM) is located in Brampton and houses 18000
square feet of state-of-the-art labs and a flexible automation and fabrication centre The labs
support academic programs in integrated manufacturing computer-aided
draftingmanufacturing and manufacturing management
The Centre helps meet current and future needs of local manufacturers to stimulate regional
economic development and prosperity Sheridan government and local industry have
collaborated for nearly a decade to position the Centre to address critical skills gaps in the
manufacturing sector The Centre is now partnering with industry to support technical financial
and knowledge development to facilitate adoption of innovative technologies that minimize
resource consumption harmful emissions waste and use of toxic materials
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 18
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario p | mdash^ff
Health Care Infrastructure Project shy
Peel Memorial Centre for Integrated Health and Wellness
The new Peel Memorial Centre in Brampton will support the William Osier Health Systems vision for an integrated health system by providing primary ambulatory and outpatient-based care
This is a DBFM - Design Build Maintain Finance project led by Infrastructure Ontario (10)
Scheduled to open in 2016 Peel Memorial CIHW will provide specialized outpatient-based care
including urgent care day surgery and specialty clinics with a focus on helping individuals better
manage chronic conditions like asthma diabetes and kidney disease
According to Osier Health System Peel Memorial will introduce new models of care to shift the
focus from illness to wellness and encourage patients to take a more active role in managing
their own health and well-being
Representing the leading edge in integrated health care delivery Peel Memorial will provide
access to specialized patient-centred care in a state-of-the-art facility that offers a wide variety
of traditional and alternative health care services It will help people to get and stay well
through a series of education prevention disease management and healing programs
In the fall of 2012 Osier received government approval to move forward with a request for
qualifications to design build finance and maintain the new facility Following this
announcement Brampton City Council decided to invest 50 of the community share with a
$60 million levy in support of the new Peel Memorial
Downtown Intensification Infrastructure Project shy
Southwest Quadrant Renewal Plan Municipal Office and Commercial Retail Development
On August 10 2011 Bramptons City Council approved the terms of agreement for the
Southwest Quadrant Renewal Plan which enables the City to move forward with a creative
solution to meet the Citys future administrative space needs and plans for revitalization of
Bramptons downtown The successful proposal submitted by Dominus Construction Group is
a plan for a mixed-use development with several new features including new administrative
parking and retail space and a pedestrian-friendly cityscape for completion in 2014
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 19
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario p f~2raquo^
This is a DBF - Design Build Finance project led by Dominus Construction Group The City is a tenant in the building on a long-term lease
Phase 1 of this LEEDS project now under construction includes a new nine-storey building at 41 George Street that can accommodate
bull 126398 foot building for administrative space
bull 10147 square feet for ground retail space
bull 10545 square feet for multi-purpose meeting rooms
bull 443 parking spaces (five levels of parking)
Phase la also under construction includes a two-storey addition to the current City Hall that
can accommodate
bull 2507 square feet for committee rooms
bull 6187 square feet for ground retail space
Phases 1 and la of the Southwest Quadrant Renewal Plan (SWQRP) represents a $94M
investment in the downtown and all 3 Phases of the combined SWQRP represents an
estimated investment of $251M
This investment in the Southwest Quadrant Renewal Plan is another major building block in the
ongoing evolution and revitalization of downtown Brampton both in terms of contributing to
the urban landscape as well as attracting private sector investment and opportunities
Combined with other major projects like the Rose Theatre Brampton the launch of Ziim on
Queen and Main Streets restoration work at Alderlea and Peel Heritage Complex and several
new condominium projects Bramptons Downtown is experiencing an exciting resurgence
The City of Brampton is planning to add another signature building in our downtown core
further evidence of Bramptons commitment to economic development
Sustainable Community Development Project shy
Mount Pleasant Mobility Hub
The project includes a number of elements that serve to establish Mount Pleasant as a transit-
oriented development exemplifying a more sustainable approach to suburban community
living
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 20
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario p |~^Q
In partnership with the OntarioGovernment MetrolinxGO and Mattamy Homes the City has invested approximately $23 million in the following infrastructure
bull Community Transit Infrastructure station stops and related passenger amenities
Intelligent Transportation Systems (ITS) and transit enhancements at intersections
bull Mobility Hub facility bus layovers sheltered passenger areas clock tower bike storage areas and related amenities
bull Cultural Heritage reconstructed historic CPR station structure to be used as a cultural
facility in the Mt Pleasant civicsquare shared with the Peel District School Board and the
Library
bull Pedestrian amenities Civic Square and Village Green incorporating a reflection poolskating
facility public art canopy structures play area and landscaping features
Through development and stewardship the Mount Pleasant Community will restore and
enhance individual features that currently cover approximately 8 (or 41 hectares) of the
area and create a Natural Heritage System that will cover approximately 19 (or 976 hectares)
of the community As development proceeds within the Mount Pleasant Community the
NHS will come into public ownership The City will be responsible to manage the NHS and our
goal is to support natural processes and regeneration that are beneficial to the health and
diversity of the natural features functions and habitat This will generally mean
bull Planting no-maintenance vegetative buffers between natural areas and private
properties using native trees shrubs and groundcovers
bull Not mowing pruning or spraying natural areas for weeds and insects
bull Allowing for annual flooding and ponding of water along East Huttonville Creek and
within wetlands and woodlands to maintain a natural hydrology that is critical for plant
and wildlife health and diversity
bull Allowingfor the natural loss of vegetation and regrowth of young trees and shrubs
bull Managing natural areas for invasive species such as Buckthorn and Norway Maple
bull Managing the urban trees along streets and parks for invasive species such as Emerald
Ash Borer
The Mount Pleasant Mobility Hub represents a large project that has created one-time
employment within the stipulated 2-year construction period as well generating annual
multipliers supporting Bramptons economic development for future generations
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 21
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario p [raquo^ )
5 OUR INVESTMENT - A COMMITMENT TO POST SECONDARY EDUCATION
The City of Brampton iscommitted to investing in this Strategy Below is a summary of the types of financial and in-kind investmentsthe municipality is prepared to make in order to realize this Strategy
bull Municipal Land Contribution
bull Municipal Commitment to Economic and Market Growth Policies
bull Municipal assistance on site servicing for digitally linked and virtual classrooms
laboratories office
bull Shared Infrastructure related to municipal services such as library field house gymnasium
bull Design an extensive planning process and design exercise that represents the highest
standard of excellence including engaging the community and surrounding land-owners
LEEDS Community and Environmental Design
bull Facilitating municipal and community partnerships to maximize utilization of spaces during
the May - August shoulder period
bull Economic development research grant to support research that fosters innovation and
commercialization
bull Support industry partnerships and innovative enterprises
bull Demonstrate commitment to a shared provincial municipal and university relationship
focused on a culture of open communication shared values community engagement and
volunteerism
bull Staff time and expertise dedicated to teams assigned to this Strategy
bull Leverage City of Brampton AAA Credit Rating by Standard amp Poors
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 22
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario p- ( ~ Q jL
6 IMPLEMENTATION STEPS
The following decision milestones guide the municipal commitment and stewardship of this
Strategy
bull Exploratory Meetings with Sheridan Executive and Chair of Governing Council
bull Preparation of Bramptons Post-Secondary Strategy Proposal
bull Presentation to Premier Wynne - Receive and Endorse Proposed Strategy
bull City Council approval of final post-secondary strategy and approval to enter into a
Memorandum of Understanding with Sheridan College ITAL to explore the feasibility of
establishing Sheridan University in Downtown Brampton
bull Execute an MOU with Sheridan
bull Complete the Feasibility Study for Goal 1
bull Form a project team to prepare the technical documents in support of an RFP related to
Goal 2 -Attract a new undergraduate and graduate research-oriented university campus
aligned with Bramptons vision and proposed site locations with reporting to Council
7 CONTACTS
Susan Fennell
Mayor
City of Brampton Tel 905-874-2600
John Corbett MCIP RPP
Chief Administrative Officer
City of Brampton Tel 905-874-2625
Creating andpreserving knowledge-basedjobs by enabling investments in post-secondary education research innovation and commercialization activities
is at the heart ofBramptons economic vision
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 23
APPENDIX 3
FI-V4shybullUTaarrgt-^M
Major
Capacity
Expansion
Policy
Framework
December 2013
Ministry of Training Colleges and Universities
pound Ontario
PI -IS
The Ontario Public Service endeavours to demonstrate leadership with respect to accessibility in Ontario Our goal isto ensure that Ontario government services products and focilities ore occessible to all our employees and to all members of the public we serve This document or the information that itcontains is available on request in alternative formats Please forward all requests for alternative formats to ServiceOntario ot 1-800-668-9938 (TTY 1-800-268-7095)
line publication equivolenle est disponible en francais sous le titre suivant (Mesttattgique pout Iocuoissement moeur de hcapocili 2013
This publication is also available on the Ministry ofTraining Colleges and Universities website at wwvontariocatcu 13-278 bull ISBN 978-1-4606-3428-8 (POF) bull copy Queens Printer for Ontario 2013
Contents
Vision 5
Context 5
Government Priorities 6
Components of the Policy Framework 7
Initial Review 7
Scope 7
Selection and Approval 9
Policy Implementation and Compliance 10
Appendix A
Contact Information and Checklist for Institutions Considering
Capacity Expansion 11
Appendix B
An Outline of the Review and Approval Process for Planned
Capacity Expansion Proposals 13
Appendix C
General Evaluation Criteria for Major Capacity Expansion 14
Pi-Vi
Vision
Ontarios colleges and universities will drive creativity innovation knowledge and community engagement through teaching and research They will put students first by providing the best possible learning experience for all qualified learners in an affordable and financially sustainable way ensuring high quality and globally competitive outcomes for students and Ontarios knowledge economy
Context
Between 2002-03 and 2012-13 the postsecondary education system in Ontario expanded substantially with full-time enrolment growing by over 160000 more than in any decade in the provinces history Ontario has been supporting enrolment growth across the college and university sectors through increases in operating grants enhancements to student financial aid and capital investments
Ontarios postsecondary institutions have been committed partners in their efforts to accommodate these unprecedented levels of enrolment growth and have thus contributed to expanding opportunities for students to pursue higher education in many communities across Ontario
At65 per cent Ontarios level of postsecondary attainment (college university and apprenticeship) in 2012 was higher than thatof any country in theOrganisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) The Ontario government has set a postsecondary education attainment target of 70 per cent to ensure that the province continues to benefit from the competitive advantage of its highly skilled and educated workforce in the global economy
In this context it is essential to ensure that in future the right spaces are created in the right places for Ontarios students This can be done by targeting areas in which population growth is strong but local postsecondary education capacity is limited
Population growth in Ontario has recently been - and is expected tocontinue to be - concentrated in a number of large urban areas Some of the regions and communities where strong
Fl-W
long-term demand growth is anticipated are not currently served by local campuses In those areas gaps have recently begun to appear between enrolment demand growth and the capacity to accommodate continued enrolment growth If left unaddressed those gaps are likely to widen over time
Projections are subject to uncertainty and caution should always be used when considering long-term forecasts Based on the ministrys latest assessment of demographics and long-term postsecondary education participation patterns enrolment demand growth will moderate in the near term but is expected to return to more rapid growth after 2020 with the potential for substantial enrolment increases over the longer term Consistent with recent trends long-term demand is expected to be greatest for degree-level programs
It is anticipated that the focus of most major capacity expansions in the future will be at the undergraduate degree level Students in rapidly growing communities have access to substantial local college facilities more than they do to local university campuses In addition although graduate enrolment has risen significantly in recent years it is much lower than enrolment at the undergraduate level and tends to be concentrated in fewer institutions
The timing of this anticipated growth in demand provides an important opportunity The province will have time to plan for and address postsecondary education capacity needs in areas of Ontario where communities are growing and where students need better and more affordable access to postsecondary education opportunities closer to home
Government Priorities
The Major Capacity Expansion Policy Framework set out in this document seeks to achieve the following objectives
bull Ensuring that future large-scale capacity expansion supports long-term postsecondary education priorities including institutional differentiation
bull Managing enrolment growth strategically in line with provincial growth planning priorities to address regional capacity gaps in underserved areas
bull Putting in place a transparent evidence-based decision making and implementation process
ldegt
9 Addressing affordability and sustainability for students institutions and the province by maximizing the cost-effectiveness of targeted investments
bull Creating local community and regional economic benefits leading to job creation and greater economic diversity
Components of the Policy Framework The components of the Major Capacity Expansion policy framework include
1) a description of the kinds of initiatives that will be within the scope of the new approval and selection process
2) the selection process and the criteria that will be used in evaluating proposals for approval after a call for proposals is made and
3) details on implementation and compliance
Initial Review
Any institution considering an initiative that involves an expansion ofcapacity should contact the ministry in writing using the checklist provided in Appendix A The ministry will review initiatives proposed by institutions on a case-by-case basis to determine whether the planned expansion is subject to the new selection and approval process outlined below The ministry will provide a response to the institutions request in writing clearly indicating whether a proposed project or initiative will be subject to the new Major Capacity Expansion selection and approval process Initiatives subject to the new process are not to proceed unless approved by the provincial government following a formal call for proposals
Scope
This policy framework addresses a significant provincial interest in the need for provincial management of future large-scale expansions in postsecondary education capacity Effective management and planning is also needed to help avoid potential conflicts that can arise between and among institutions sect with respect to the location of new facilities and campuses s
FI-H-0
The new approval and selection process is primarily focused on initiatives that are designed to accommodate significant long-term increases in the number of domestic full-time postsecondary education students Such large-scale initiatives could include expansions at existing locations or might involve the establishment of new campuses Initiatives could be partnerships including university-college collaborations that would also enhance students educational experience and student pathways
Recognizing thata wide range and variety of potential expansion opportunities exist in Ontarios diverse and complex postsecondary education system the ministry has avoided setting rigid parameters to define major capacity expansion However initiatives characterized by the following scale-related features are most likely to be subject to the new approval and selection process
0 accommodates enrolment growth of more than 1000 full-time students in the short term with the potential to accommodate longer-term growth of5000 to 10000 over the next twenty years (ie long-term enrolment comparable to enrolment at substantial existing college or university campuses)
8 adds new facilities (either owned or secured through long-term lease) larger than 70000 square feet (roughly 6500 square metres) designated primarily for academic purposes
raquo offers a broad range of programs with substantial new or expanded ancillary services (or shows clear potential for future growth in program offerings and ancillary services)
bull significantly improves local student access to postsecondary education in the short term (and has the potential to do so in the longer term) particularly in geographic locations that may be experiencing or are expected to develop capacity gaps
When reviewing a planned expansion the ministry will also take into consideration whether the initiative
bull competes with other capacity expansion initiatives in a particular geographic area or would have an impact on existing or already-planned postsecondary education facilities
bull in the case of proposed new campuses is outside the local area of the institutions existing campuses or is in a new community for the institution in terms of substantial permanent academic facilities For the purpose of this policy the local
FH+I
area of a campus is defined as the area within the median commuter shed for Census Metropolitan Areas in Ontario as specified by Statistics Canada (about 10 km)
Institutions making expansion proposals will be required to provide evidence of prior consultation with and support from other institutions that could be affected by the proposal confirmation of their own Board of Governors support for the proposal and confirmation of significant support from the local municipality or region
Selection and Approval Decisions about future large-scale postsecondary education capacityexpansion projects will be made on the basis of a formal transparent competitive process that will begin with a call for proposals directed to institutions Consideration will be given to proposals for large-scale expansion ofexisting campuses (main or satellite campuses) andor for the creation of new campuses
Calls for proposals will be directed to publicly assisted postsecondary education institutions in Ontario Eligibility to submit a proposal will in general be extended to all institutions however the government may decide to limit eligibility as appropriate depending on current circumstances and evolving provincial priorities
Municipalities interested in being considered as host locations for future major capacity expansion should work in collaboration with institutions that would be prepared to submit a proposal
Priority will be given to proposals in regions that have been experiencing sustained population and postsecondary education demand growth and that are underserved in terms of postsecondary education opportunities
The timing of future calls for proposals the number of projects selected for support and the level and timing of funding will be determined by the provincial government and will reflect a range of considerations including the fiscal environment
FI-M-1
When evaluating proposals the ministry will consider a setof criteria in the following categories consistent with its priorities for future capacity expansion (as outlined on page 6)
bull Strategic management of long-term enrolment growth and accessibility
bull Differentiation sustainability and accountability bull Economic impact raquo Quality innovation and competitiveness (including
institutional partnership options) bull Affordability for students and the province (including
substantial support from host communities)
Over time as circumstances change and priorities evolve the ministry may articulate additional requirements for the competitive process For details of general evaluation criteria refer to Appendix C Additional templates may be provided when a call for proposals is announced
Once the proposals have been evaluated the ministry will make recommendations to Cabinet for funding support for the selected proposals When one or more proposals have been selected and approved for funding bilateral agreements will be put in place between the institution(s) selected and the ministry
Policy Implementation and Compliance This policy framework will be effective immediately Institutions are encouraged to submit their expansion plans for initial review as soon as possible
If an initiative is determined to be outside the scope of this new approval and selection process itwill still be subject to other relevant ministry approval processes including but not limited to program approval and capital funding processes It will also have to be consistent with the terms of the Strategic Mandate Agreement established between the institution and the ministry
Failure to comply with the requirements setout in this policy framework will affect provincial funding Specifically new or expanded enrolment at the location of the expansion will not be recognized for funding through the college or university operating grants and the institution will not be eligible for provincial capital funding at the location Failure to comply could also affect future capital decisions by the provincial government
0 with respect to other locations
Fl-42gt
Appendix A Contact Information and Checklist for Institutions Considering Capacity Expansion
Institutions considering capacity expansion should direct a letter describing the project or initiative along with a completed checklist (see below) to
MCEsubmi53101iionfariocc1
The following checklist will help the ministry determine whether the planned expansion will be subject to the new approval and selection process under the MajorCapacity Expansion policy framework1
Please complete the checklist (copy and scan the completed form or create an e-file based on the template) and include it as an attachment to your communication to the ministry outlining your institutions planned capacity expansion project
Please provide additional information as needed in the Comments section of the checklist
1 A planned expansion that is deemed subject to the new selection and approval process is not to proceed unless approved by the province following a formal call for proposals A planned expansion that is deemed outside the scope of the Major Capacity Expansion approval and selection process will still be subject to other relevant ministry approval processes including but not limited to program approval and capital funding processes
pl-4-4shy
Checklist for Institutions Considering Capacity Expansion
Checklist Items
Size
How many full-time students would this initiative accommodate based on current plans
Is there potential for substantial longer-term enrolment growth If yes please provide a high-level estimate of potential enrolment
How much space (in sq ft) will be designated for academic purposes in the proposed facility (or expansion) Would new facilities be owned or secured through long-term lease
What is the credential mix of programs associated with this proposed expansion
What programs would be made available
Consultation
Have you consulted with other institutions that could be affected by this proposal
bull Which institution(s) have you consulted Are they supportive
Has your institution engaged its Board of Governors with respect to this proposal Is the board supportive
Is your proposal supported by the local municipality region in which it would be located
bull Will third-party resources (municipalities region other) be available to support this initiative What is the level of support expected
Location Services
Where would the new capacity be located (municipality region)
bull Is this a new locationcommunity for your institution
If proposing expansion at a new location is the location more than 10 km from existing campus(es)
Does the planned expansion include ancillary and student services
bull Please provide a list of services to be offered
Notes
Yes No Comme -
DD
an
a a
a a
bull a
bull a
bull a
bull This list is designed to provide information needed to determine whether a proposal will be deemed subject to the Major Capacity Expansion policy approval and selection process
bull Decisions will be made on a case-by-case basis If additional information is needed a representative of the Ministry ofTraining Colleges and Universities will contact the institution Please provide complete contact information including name position title email address and phone numbers
FI-H5
Appendix B An Outline of the Review and Approval Process for Planned Capacity Expansion Proposals
Chart 1 below outlines the steps in the assessment process that will be used to determine whether a planned capacity expansion will be deemed subject to the approval and selection process under the Major Capacity Expansion policy framework
Chart 2 outlines the steps in the process of selecting initiatives for funding under the Major Capacity Expansion policy framework
Chart 1 Initial Review - Is the Planned Expansion Subject to the Major Capacity Expansion Selection and Approval Process
The planned expansion
does not move forward
until approved by the
province following a Ministry reviews the institutions formal call for proposals
Institution submits a letter Failure to comply will submission to evaluate whether
describing the planned the planned expansion will be affect provincial funding
expansion with a completed subject to the new selection 1gt4^lt^t^fea1Vitaiiij4gtlJULJl^
and approval process under
for review the Major Capacity Expansion The planned expansion policy framework moves forward subject to
checklist to the ministry
Wampj^WJfeWamp$Si^^ all other ministry approval
processes (eg capital and
program approvals)
bulluiut^w-ww-yishy
Chart 2 SelectionApproval Process far a Major Capacity Expansion Following a Call for Proposals
Callfor proposals initiated Institutions submit Ministry assesses proposals Announcement of selected
by the province proposals against evaluation criteria initiatives to be supported
and brings forward selected for major capacity
proposals for Cabinet expansion
approval
raquoHSW^8raquoMJmmLiMH WOWluUdUJIUlbUitL
13
r
shy
Fl-Ho
enoix C General Evaluation Criteria for Major Capacity Expansion
Category Evaluation Criteria
Strategic Significant expansion of local postsecondary education opportunities for management students in underserved areas with growing demand based on long-term of long-term demographic trends enrolment Alignment with provincial priorities including Growth Plan priorities and
economic development initiativesgrowth and Clear potential to add substantial new capacity and support futureaccessibility enrolment growth in the postsecondary education sector
Differentiation Alignment with the institutions Strategic Mandate Agreement and goals sustainability and priorities of the Differentiation Policy Framework and Impact on nearby institutions accountability Effective and sustainable governance model including consideration
of the impact of distance from the expansion location for administration and academic experience Focus on undergraduate programs Range of programs offered locally and avoidance of unwarranted duplication of existing programming
Economic Demonstrated Value for Money including AFP options where impact appropriate and limits on provincial contributions
Tangible regional economic benefits combined with potential for province-wide benefit based on labour force skills and economic growth Demonstrated local economic benefits and linkages with local industries
Quality Innovative service delivery innovation Institutional partnership options including university-college collaboration and Postsecondary education quality and student experience (including
ancillary and student services)competitiveness
Affordabiiity Evidence of substantial support from host community including financial for students contributions and land ownership
Economies of scaleand the
province Linkages with local transportation for commuting students Potential for leveraging private sector resources Evidence of consideration ofalternatives to expansion proposal based on existing capacity and potential partnerships Proven financial health of institution with asset management plan in place Demonstrated labour market demand
Nofe These are the general criteria that will be used to guide the selection and approval of proposals submitted in response toa ministry call for proposals
N
News Release
Helping More Students Pursue Postsecondary Education
Ontario Calls for Expansion Proposals from Universities March 272014 945 am
Office of the Premier
Premier Kathleen Wynne announced today that the government is taking steps to
ensure that more students can pursue undergraduate degrees close to home The
province is inviting universities to submit proposals for new or expanded campuses in
underserved areas (colleges are encouraged to partner with universities to submit
proposals)
This call for proposals is part of the governments commitment to provide funding for
60000 additional postsecondary education spaces across Ontario The government will
collaborate closely with municipalities colleges and universities to ensure that capacity
is increased where it is needed the most
The proposals will be evaluated based on their potential to
bull Increase postsecondary spaces in underserved areas
bull Improve quality innovation and competitiveness
bull Demonstrate cost-effectiveness to both students and taxpayers
bull Help stimulate growth and economic development in Ontario
This will help establish a formal transparent and competitive process to evaluate
decisions about future expansions
Improving access to postsecondary education is part of the Ontario governments
economic plan that is creating jobs for today and tomorrow The comprehensive plan
and its six priorities focus on Ontarios greatest strengths -- its people and strategic
partnerships
Fl-M
Quick Facts
The call for proposals is open to all publicly assisted universities and all colleges of
applied arts and technology in Ontario with a deadline for submissions of Sept 26
2014 Colleges must partner with universities to be eligible for major capacity
expansion projects
Municipalities interested in being considered as host locations are expected to work
in collaboration with institutions that are submitting a proposal
The province released the Major Capacity Expansion Policy Framework in December
2013 to identify priority areas for growth
In the last 10 years full-time enrolment in Ontarios postsecondary system has grown
by more than 160000 mdash more than in any decade in the provinces history
bull The provinces 30 off Tuition Grant helped more than 230000 students start
college or university last year
Quotes
Fl-M
We are committed to helping more students get the postsecondary education they need to succeed
We want to bridge Ontarios skills gap and ensure that young people are equipped with all the right
skills mdash no matter where they live
Kathleen Wynne
Premier of Ontario
Expanding and creating new postsecondary campuses where they are needed most will help
ensure that more students have the opportunity to get a world-class education while staying close to
home Were working closely with our postsecondary partners to make sure the right spaces are in
the right places
Brad Duguid
Minister of Training Colleges and Universities
Laurier Brantford has provided immeasurable benefits to both local students and the citys
downtown revitalization This announcement signifies similar economic development partnerships
between municipalities and postsecondary institutions leading to new jobs and increased prosperity
for more communities across Ontario Chris Friel Mayor City of Brantford
PI-so
^^js^-^
Major
Capacity
Expansion
Call for
Proposals
GUIDELINES
March 2014
Ministry of Training Colleges and Universities
w^ Ontario
Fl-SI
The Ontario Public Service endeavours to demonstrate leadership with respect to accessibility in Ontario Our gool is to ensure that Ontario government services products and facilities are occessible to all our employees and to all members ofthe public we serve This document or the inlormolion that itcontains is available on request in alternative formats Pleose forward all requests lor alternative formats to ServiceOntario at1-800-668-9938 (TTY 1-800-268-709S)
line publication equivolente est disponible en francais sous le litre suivont Appel de propositions pour Ioccroissement moieur de la capocM - lignes directrices
This publication is also available on the Ministry olTraining Colleges and Universities website atwwivontariocatcu 13-323 bull ISBN 978-1-4606-3802-6 (PDF) bull copy Queens Printer for Ontario 2014
2014
Fi-sa
Contents
1 Background 5
2 Timelines for Submitting a Proposal 5
3 Notice of Intent 5
4 Eligible Applicants 6
5 Eligible Projects 6
6 Major Capacity Expansion General Evaluation Criteria 7
7 Weighting 8
8 Assessment and Ranking 9
9 Communications Protocol 13
10 Role of Infrastructure Ontario and Alternative
Financing and Procurement 13
11 The Selection Process and Funding 14
12 Components of the Submission 14
13 Links to Related Documents and Resources 16
14 Disclosure of Information 16
15 Call for Proposals Timeline 16
PI-S3
1 Background The ministry released its Major Capacity Expansion Policy Framework on December 20 2013 A commitment was made to
issue a Call for Proposals in early 2014
This Call for Proposals represents the beginning of a process that will lead to the selection of successful proposals which collectively will meet provincial goals for postsecondary education in Ontario - increased capacity at the undergraduate degree level greater affordability for students institutions and the province improved institutional differentiation and regional economic benefits This process will be guided by principles of fairness competitiveness and transparency and by a commitment to serve the public interest
This long-term initiative will help ensure that our postsecondary education system will have the right spaces in the right places for Ontario students
2 Timelines for Submitting a Proposal The closing date for submission of a Notice of Intent is June 27 2014
The closing date for submission of the full proposal is September 26 2014
Submissions must be received by the ministry on or before these dates
3 Notice of Intent
The Notice of Intent is a one-page overview of the proposed project Proposals will not be considered unless a Notice of Intent is received by the deadline ofJune 27 2014 To ensure transparency and competitiveness every Notice of Intent submitted to the ministry will be posted on the Postsecondary Education Partners Gateway website within 30 days of the submission date
Fl-Sf
4 Eligible Applicants In view of the focus on undergraduate degree capacity it is expected that submissions will be led by universities butcollegeshyuniversity partnership models are encouraged
All proposals must demonstrate need (ie expansion should be located in areas thatare currently underserved by postsecondary education andor thatare expected to experience significant future growth in enrolment demand)
5 Eligible Projects Recognizing the wide range and variety of potential expansion opportunities the ministry continues to avoid setting rigid parameters to define major capacityexpansion However as stated in the Major Capacity Expansion Policy Framework initiatives characterized by the following scale-related features are most likely to be subject to this approval and selection process
bull accommodates enrolment growth of more than 1000 full-time students in the short term with the potential to accommodate longer-term growth of 5000 to 10000 over the next twenty years (ie long-term enrolment comparable to enrolment at substantial existing collegeor university campuses)
bull adds new facilities (either owned or secured through long-term lease) larger than 70000 square feet (roughly 6500 square metres) designated primarily for academic purposes
bull offers a broad range of programs with substantial new or expanded ancillary services (or shows clear potential for future growth in program offerings and student and ancillary services)
bull significantly improves local student access to postsecondary education in the short term (and has the potential to continue to do so in the longer term) particularly in geographic locations that may be experiencing or are expected to develop capacity gaps at the undergraduate degree level
PI-S5
6 Major Capacity Expansion General Evaluation Criteria
The following general evaluation criteria were included in the Major Capacity Expansion Policy Framework These criteria will be used to assess proposals Institutions should demonstrate the alignment of their proposed projects with the criteria and may do so in any format suitable to them
Priority Objectives
Strategic management of long-term enrolment growth and accessibility
Differentiation sustainability and accountability
Economic impact
Quality innovation and competitiveness
General Criteria
bull Significant expansion of local postsecondary education opportunities for students in underserved areas with growing demand based on long-term demographic trends
bull Alignment with provincial priorities including Growth Plan priorities and economic development initiatives
bull Clear potential to add substantial new capacity and support future enrolment growth in the postsecondary education sector
Alignment with the institutions Strategic Mandate Agreement (SMA) and goals and priorities of the Differentiation Policy Framework Impact on nearby institutions Effective and sustainable governance model including consideration ofthe impact ofdistance from the expansion location for administration and academic experience Focus on undergraduate programs Range of programs offered locally and avoidance ofunwarranted duplication ofexisting programming
Tangible regional economic benefits combined with potential for province-wide benefit based on labour force skills and economic growth Demonstrated local economic benefits and linkages with local industries
Demonstrated Value for Money including Alternative Financing and Procurement (AFP) options where appropriate and limits on provincial contributions
Institutional partnership options including university-college collaboration
Innovative service delivery Postsecondary education quality and student experience (including student and ancillary services)
(continued)
Fl-5b
Priority Objectives General Criteria
Affordability for bull Evidence of substantial support from hostcommunity including students and the financial contributions and land ownership province bull Economies of scale
bull Linkages with local transportation for commuting students bull Potential for leveraging private sector resources bull Evidence of consideration of alternatives to expansion proposal
based on existing capacity and potential partnerships bull Proven financial health of institution with asset management plan
in place bull Demonstrated labour market demand
7 Weighting The evaluation criteria for the assessment of institutional
proposals will be weighted as follows
Category Weight
Section A Meeting Demand 30
bull Strategic management of long-term enrolment growth and accessibility
Section B Demonstrated Affordability 40
bull Affordability for students and the province
Section C Academic and Economic Considerations 30
bull Differentiation sustainability and accountability bull Economic impact bull Quality innovation and competitiveness (including institutional partnership
options)
PI-SI
8 Assessment and Ranking Funding will be awarded on a competitive basis and proposals will be evaluated for suitability using defined criteria Institutions should use both qualitative and quantitative analysis to demonstrate the alignment of their proposals with the general evaluation criteria
SECTION A MEETING DEMAND (30)
Proposals should demonstrate alignment with some or all of the following criteria
Priority Objective 1 Strategic management of long-term enrolment growth and accessibility
General Evaluation Criteria
1 Significant expansion of local postsecondary education opportunities for students in underserved areas with growing demand based on long-term demographic trends
2 Alignment with provincial priorities including Growth Plan priorities and economic development initiatives
3 Clear potential to add substantial new capacity and support future enrolment growth in the postsecondary education sector
Possible Alignment Measures
bull Demographic growth projections for location bull Existing enrolment capacity at institutions in
the proximity of the proposed expansion bull Estimated enrolment capacity ofthe
expansion and projected net increase in undergraduate enrolment
bull Number of students from the area of the intended expansion who are currently attending the institution(s)
Possible Information to Build Evidence Base
bull Institutions long-term enrolment master plan bull Joint campus master plan for partnerships (if applicable) bull Long-term enrolment viability study bull Completed enrolment table in the proposal template stating all assumptions bull Community profile demonstrating future demand in the area bull Documented support from and alignment with plans of any associated agencies municipalities
or other entities
bull Consideration of relevant provincial population and employment projections bull Consideration of key provincial policy directions relating to the location of public institutions and
their associated economic impacts (eg ability to contribute to urban revitalization efforts) bull Evidence of program demand (eg number of applications)
FI-5J
SECTION B DEMONSTRATED AFFORDABILITY (40)
Proposals should demonstrate alignment with some or all of the following criteria
Priority Objective 2 Affordability for students and the province
General Evaluation Criteria
1 Evidence of substantial support from host community including financial contributions and land ownership
2 Economies of scale 3 Linkages with local transportation for
commuting students 4 Potential for leveraging private sector
resources
5 Evidence of consideration of alternatives to expansion proposal based on existing capacity and potential partnerships
6 Proven financial health of institution with asset management plan in place
7 Demonstrated labour market demand
Possible Alignment Measures
bull Total cost of project and expected provincial contribution
bull Cost-benefit analysis ofexpanding an existing assetor building at a new location (or a combination thereof)
bull Distance from current campuses bull Current assetmanagement plan including
effects of expansion on Facilities Condition Index
bull Public transit capacity to the institution and between campuses
bull Debtasset ratioof institution(s) bull Energy sources and efficiency initiatives
(including proposed LEED certification) bull Long-term financial viability bull Existing student employment KPIs
Possible Information to Build Evidence Base
bull Detailed project costing information including projected cash flow requirements and net impact on operating cost
bull Business case demonstrating need for expansiori (existing campus only) including a service gap analysis
bull Letters of support from potential partners indicating details of financial andor in-kind contributions (eg land ownership)
bull Local transportation plan(s) showing current anc1planned public access to site (short- and long-term)
bull Independent verification of total expansion proj set cost
bull Financial health analysis including recent finan cial statements
bull Documentation of preliminary environmental assessment bull Control and ownership of buildings and equipment (partnerships only) bull Long-term forecast of incremental operating expenses and revenues (grants third party revenues)
as a result ofthe proposed project
PI-S9
SECTION C ACADEMIC AND ECONOMIC CONSIDERATIONS (30)
Proposals should demonstrate alignment with some or all of the following criteria
Priority Objective 3 Differentiation sustainability and accountability
General Evaluation Criteria
1Alignment with the institutions Strategic Mandate Agreement (SMA) and goals and priorities of the Differentiation Policy Framework
2 Impact on nearby institutions 3 Effective and sustainable governance model
including consideration of the impact of distance from the expansion location for administration and academic experience
4 Focus on undergraduate programs 5 Range of programs offered locally and
avoidance of unwarranted duplication of existing programming
Possible Alignment Measures
bull Assessment of alignment with SMA bull Proposed programs their alignment with
the institutions strengths and an overview ofsimilar existing programs offered by institutions near the expansion
bull Ranking of institution(s) on applications by students from the proposed area
Possible Information to Build Evidence Base
bull Finalized SMA
bull Program information (initial and planned) bull Overview of proposed institutional governance model bull Consultation overview including results of discussions with affected institutions and letters of
support (if applicable)
pi-to
Priority Objective 4 Economic impact
General Evaluation Criteria
1Tangible regional economic benefits combined with potential for province-wide benefit based on labour force skills and economic growth
2 Demonstrated local economic benefits and linkages with local industries
3 Demonstrated Value for Money including Alternative Financing and Procurement (AFP) options where appropriate and limits on provincial contributions
Possible Alignment Measures
bull Local economic benefits bull Alignment of programs with regional and
Ontario labour market needs
bull Expected financing cost (if any) bull Jobs created (short-term associated with
building period and ongoing) bull Ongoing jobs created at expansion bull Value for Money analysis related to proposed
procurement model
Possible Information to Build Evidence Base
bull An economic impact study or value planning study to demonstrate the projects potential to provide direct economic benefits for the surrounding area (eg by helping to revitalize the community unlock local development potential build the taxbase and leverage existing infrastructure and investments)
Priority Objective 5 Quality innovation and competitiveness
General Evaluation Criteria
1 Institutional partnership options including university-college collaboration
2 Innovative service delivery 3 Postsecondary education quality and student
experience (including student and ancillary services)
Possible Alignment Measures
bull Institutional track record with partnerships bull Assessment ofproposed academic plan and
service delivery bull Range of planned student and ancillary
services compared with services at existing campuses (short- and long-term)
bull Existing student experience (KPIs student outcomes)
Possible Information to Build Evidence Base
bull Institutions Strategic Plan bull Business case in support ofproposed academic plan including partnerships with relevant
raquo information aboutcurriculumpedagogy raquo financial information
raquo interjurisdictional case studies and examples bull Impact analysis with respect toacademic and administrative quality and quality of experience bull Overview of new program accreditation required ifapplicable
12
Fl-fel
9 Communications Protocol
Proposal submissions must be received at MCEsubmissions ontarioca by September 26 2014 Late submissions will not be accepted
Specific questions submitted to the ministry as part of the process will be answered and will be made available to all participants
To ensure a fair and transparent process the ministry will not provide any advisory services to institutions on an individual basis
10 Role of Infrastructure Ontario and Alternative
Financing and Procurement Infrastructure Ontario is a Crown agency of the Government of Ontario It is focused on modernizing and financing the renewal of public infrastructure maximizing the value of public real estate and managing government facilities It also provides expertise in project delivery lending real estate management and asset planning Infrastructure Ontario now has a greater role in procuring infrastructure as well engaging in both traditional forms of procurement and alternative financing and procurement (AFP) when appropriate
As indicated in the Ministry of Infrastructures Building Together Plan and in the provincial governments planning and budgeting process recommendations will be made on the procurement method and delivery of all college infrastructure projects valued at more than $50 million In addition universities with successful projects and associated provincial grants in excess of $100 million will be required to consult with Infrastructure Ontario The $100 million threshold may be lowered in future years
The criteria for assessing these projects could include scope complexity and value-for-money assessment with input from the ministry and Infrastructure Ontario
13
Pl-bl
11 The Selection Process and Funding The ministry will oversee the process leading to the selection of successful applications A multi-ministry panel will review the applications and make recommendations to Cabinet through the Ministry of Training Colleges and Universities Cabinetwill make the final decision aboutsuccessful projects andor future courses of action
Funding for successful projects will be provided subsequently The number of projects selected for support as well as the level and timing of funding will be determined by the provincial government and will reflect a range of considerations including the fiscal environment
12 Components of the Submission The following components of the submission are to be provided to the ministry by the dates indicated In addition to what is required below institutions may submit their proposals in any format that they believe best demonstrates the strengths of their proposed project with due attention to the relevance and conciseness of information supplied (Note that institutions may be asked to revise and re-submit their proposals ifexcessive amounts of information are provided)
All submissions must be preceded by
bull A Notice of Intent to be received by the ministry no later than June 27 2014
The Notices of Intent will give the ministry an early overview of interest in Major Capacity Expansion
14
pl-fe
The components of the proposal submission to be received by the ministry no later than September 26r 2014 are as follows
bull A completed checklist
A checklist is included in the Call for Proposals package The checklist must be completed and included in the submission (The checklist is reproduced from Appendix A of the Major Capacity Expansion Policy Framework page 12)
bull A completed capital template
Please refer to the template included in the Call for Proposals package The template requests detailed information on enrolment projections and funding sources This information must be provided using the template but it may also be presented in a different format in the context of the overall presentation
bull Supplementary information
Institutions are welcome to submit supplementary information to support their proposal Supplementary information may include a business case environmental impact studies and any other information or documentation that substantiates the proposal As noted earlier conciseness and relevance of information are
valued
Pleasealso include evidence of support for your proposal (including documentation of land ownership or leasing contracts documentation of municipal or other funding and letters of support)
In the case of a joint university-college submission approval under s 28 of the Financial Administration Act is required for financing if the debt is related to Colleges or if there is a contingent liability
15
Fl-b4shy
13 Links to Related Documents and Resources
Major Capacity Expansion Policy Framework
Differentiation Policy Framework
Places to Grow
Building Together
14 Disclosure of Information
The Freedom of Information and Protection of Privacy Act (FIPPA) applies to information in the custody or under the control of the ministry Institutions should identify whether any information in their proposals is submitted in confidence within the meaning of s 17 of FIPPA The proposals may be shared with a multi-ministry panel or other advisers that the ministry retains to assist with the assessment of the proposals
15 Call for Proposals Timeline
Date Deliverable
March 27 2014 Release of Call for Proposals
June 27 2014 Notice of Intent
September 26 2014 Close of Call for Proposals
Contact Information
Ministry staff may need to contact institutions to clarify details or request additional information Please provide complete and current contact information in your submission
16
![Page 8: Pl-I *^ BRAMPTON ReP°rt of Cou… · Pi-2> Current Situation: Following Council approval of its Post-Secondary Education Strategy on November 6, ... Call for Proposals Timeline .](https://reader033.fdocuments.in/reader033/viewer/2022060721/6080f345afc78e210d009525/html5/thumbnails/8.jpg)
Fi-B Prior to issuance Council shall approve the request for proposal process and governance structure
4 That Council authorises the CAO and Mayor to prepare a letter to the Premier of Ontario Minister of Training Colleges and Universities and Brampton MPPs asking the Government of Ontario to (a) support Bramptons Post-Secondary University Education Strategy (Goals 1 and 2) (b) continue to take the necessary steps to advance provincial legislation creating Sheridan University thereby making Sheridan eligible to apply for Association of Universities and Colleges of Canada (AUCC) accreditation and (c) the Province of Ontario support and assist as may be required the Citys effort to attract a research-oriented university campus to Brampton
Fl-q APPENDIX 2
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario
PI-10 October
2013
A Post-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario
The role ofpost-secondary education infostering economic development in Ontarios communities has never been more significant than today in this post-recessionary period
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 1
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario
1 INTRODUCTION ^
Higher learning is avision and commitment shared by the Province ofOntario post-secondary education institutions and industry As will be demonstrated in this Strategy the City of Brampton is a strong advocate and supporter of this shared vision
Creating and preserving knowledge-based jobs by enabling investments in post-secondary education research innovation and commercialization activities is at the heart of Bramptons economic vision In this post-recessionary period economic expansion is highly dependent on strategies designed to achieve this outcome
University Strategy
We are pleased to present Bramptons Strategy for post-secondary university education in
Brampton a two-pronged approach
Goal 1 Support the Creation of Sheridan University that is Committed Exclusively to
Undergraduate Professional Education The Cityof Brampton supports the vision and
mission of a new Sheridan University as a global leader in undergraduate professional
education To support this vision the Cityof Brampton is advocating and prepared to
invest its local share in a new undergraduate paradigm in Ontario that is exclusively
committed to undergraduate professional education features a strong focus on
students teaching and learning creativity and innovation offers undergraduate
research that is connected to industry and produces professional accreditations that
achieve the highest standards of quality programming and faculty The City of
Brampton is proposing that Sheridan University have a profound presence in Downtown
Brampton
Goal 2 Attract a New Research-Oriented University Campus in Brampton To support
the growing demand for undergraduate and graduate programs in the Toronto-centered
region (Zone 7) the City of Brampton is prepared to invest its local share in a new
university campus that features research capabilities for students faculty and industry
The City is prepared to partner with an existing Ontario university or participate with the
Province of Ontario in the start-up of the next publicly funded institute in Ontario
located in Brampton
A key underpinning of this Strategy is that the two goals described above are complementary
and intrinsically related from an advancement and institutional perspective
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 2
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario
Demand Drivers
The core drivers ofdemand that justify the expansion of post-secondary education in Ontario particularly in the Greater Toronto Area are well documented
What we present inthis Strategy however is a local community perspective that defines a compelling need for a new waveof post-secondary expansion driven by innovative thinking on undergraduate professional education as well as on undergraduate and graduate education with a focus on research-oriented programs classrooms and labs for faculty students and industry
In our recent strategic planning and community engagement process we found an interesting
human spirit and positive cultural attitude toward higher learning in Brampton This
community perspective was captured through extensive engagement approaches and multiple
primary and secondary information-gathering methods
As a result we have developed a Strategy that paints the picture of a growing diverse and
committed Brampton community ready for university development and a municipality that is
prepared to invest and lead a process that facilitates its communitys vision
Structure
This document is structured as follows
Part 2 - The Need - Meeting the Increasing Demand for Post-Secondary Education
Part 3 - Defining the Opportunities in Brampton
Part 4 - Bramptons Strategic Partnership - a Track Record of Success
Part 5 - Commitment to this Strategy
Part 6 - Next Steps - Our Proposed Implementation Plan
Part 7 - Key Contacts
A Note on Benchmarked Regions in Ontario
Ontarios geography for student registration statistics (OUAC) includes a Zone 7 comprised of
the Cityof Toronto York Region Peel Region (including Brampton) and Simcoe County This
was the reference zone used in our comparative analysis
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 3
A Post-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario
Fl-li 2 THE NEED - MEETING THE INCREASED DEMAND FOR POST-SECONDARY
EDUCATION
The economic benefits of the youth and vitalitythat a new college or university campus would bring are not lost on the Citys residents as a large majority view it to be a top priority for economic development
(64) particularly among influencers (84) Residents of Brampton Compiled by Environlcs 2013
Our Community Speaks Out
In 2013 the City invited its community to participate in a comprehensive strategic planning
program It has been ten years since the City last undertook a strategic planning exercise The
community has changed in that time and will continue to change as our population rises in
keeping with the Province of Ontarios Places to Grow Act
It began with initial research to identify the priorities of Bramptons residents and businesses
figure out what the City is doing well and where there may be room for improvement This
phase was completed through meetings with a variety of community groups and organizations
and a telephone survey to learn about the publics priorities perceptions and concerns From
the information we have collected we identified five Strategic Priorities for Bramptons future
Next we completed the community engagement phase of the process through a series of Town
Hall meetings and other feedback options including the Citys website Twitter email
voicemail and of course one-on-one
The feedback from residents has been impressive The vision and direction offered by the
public is persuasive articulate and focused on these priorities
o Economic Development
o Growth Management
o Environmental Stewardship
o Community Engagement
o Corporate Excellence
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 4
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario FI-I+
Economic development and growth management were identified asthe most important areas of focus for the City The public was clear that attracting large brand name companies and developing local talent were among the major themes for the Citys economic development Similarly the two most important economic development initiatives identified by Brampton residents were first attracting new businesses to the City (69 top priority rating) and second the building of college and university campuses (64) These two priorities are intrinsically related to each other
Promote Brampton Internationally
Support SMEs
Build College and University Campuses
Attract New Business
Top Priority bull Secondary Priority Not a Priority a Dont Know
Source Environics 2013 (Prepared for the City of Brampton Strategic Planning Engagement)
Growing Population
Brampton is a designated growth centre in the Province of Ontario With an official population
of523911 (2011) Brampton is the 9th largest City in Canada 4th largest in Ontario and 3rd largest in the Greater Toronto Area Between 1981 and 2011 Bramptons population grew by
an extraordinary rate of 84 per year Bramptons population is expected to reach
approximately 843000 people by 2031
Total Population 1981-2031
8428000
433806 325428
234445 268251 149090 188498
1981 1986 1991 1996 2001 2006 2011 2031
Source Statistics Canada 1981-2011 Forecast by Hemson Consulting Ltd Oct 2013
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 5
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario pf~S
At 21 Bramptons population grew more than the benchmarks during the period between 2006 and 2011 With a total population increase of90105 persons during this time-frame Brampton was ranked 3rd in Canada behind Toronto and Calgary and ahead of Edmonton Surrey Ottawa and Vaughan
Geography Population Population Population Change 2006 2011 2006 to 2011
Brampton (Zone 7) 433806 523911 208
York Region (Zone 7) 892712 1032524 157
Peel Region (Zone 7) 1159455 1296814 118
Toronto CMA 5113149 5583064 92
Canada 31612897 33476688 59
Ontario 12160282 12851821 57
Simcoe County (Zone 7) 422204 446063 57
City of Toronto (Zone 7) 2503281 2615060 45 Source Statistics Canada 2006 amp 2011
In 2006 the population in Zone 7 was 498 million representing 41 of the total population in Ontario By 2011 the population in this zone soared to 539 million featuring an impressive
82 growth rate above the provincial and national averages
This is a sound level of household formation during a difficult period in Ontarios economic
history Most of the population and household growth occurred in Peel and York Regions
a high demand zone for future university expansion
Brampton is ideally situated in Zone 7
to host Ontarios next wave
of university expansion
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 6
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario H (~ Icopy
A Young and Family Oriented Community
Brampton is a young City with a median age of 347 years according to Statistics Canada
Bramptons population is younger than the ten most populated cities in Canada as well as the
nation the province of Ontario and the Toronto region
Municipality Median Age Median Age 2011 Rank 2011
Brampton 347 1
Edmonton 360 2
Calgary 364 3
Mississauga 385 4
Montreal 386 5
Winnipeg 390 6
Toronto 392 7
Ottawa 392 7
Vancouver 397 9
Hamilton 409 10
Toronto CMA 386
York Region 393
Peel Region 369
Simcoe County 418
Ontario 404
Canada 406
Source Statistics Canada 2011
The typical post-secondary education enrollment age group between 20 and 39 includes more
than 151800 Brampton residents representing a growth rate of 28 between 2006 and 2011
Immigration is a Driver of Economic Growth
For the first time in its history the number of residents living in Brampton that was born
outside of Canada exceeded 50 of the population In other words the foreign-born
population in Brampton is greater than the Canadian-born population
Immigration continues to be a major influence in the growth and diversification of Bramptons
population labour force employment household income business enterprises and
institutions
This is a differentiating factor that is shaping a new highly energetic image of the City of
Brampton
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 7
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario ^ I bull |
Brampton is a magnet for newCanadians The peak immigration period in Bramptons statistical history is indeed the present time The most recent immigration figures from the 2001 and 2006 Census Surveys and the 2011 National Household Survey revealed that more than 83000 people settled in Brampton between 2001 and 2011 This represents an average annual rate of 8300 new foreign-born residents or approximately 33 of the total immigration into Canada into Brampton
Geography Foreign-Born Foreign Born Population Population 2011
Total 2011 As a of Population
Brampton 263670 506
Peel Region 650530 505
City of Toronto 1252215 486
Toronto CMA 2537410 46
York Region 463125 452
Ontario 3611365 29
Canada 6775765 n
Simcoe County 50915 116
Source Statistics Canada 2011
Between 2006 and 2011 the major countries of birth for new Brampton residents included
1 India-525
2 Philippines-68
3 Pakistan - 63
Languages Spoken in Brampton
Panjabi (Punjabi) Hindi and Urdu were the top three non-official languages in 2011 accounting
for 66 of all of the non-official languages spoken in Brampton making this City one of a few in
Canada with significant allophone representation
Rounding out the top ten languages spoken in Brampton were Portuguese (4) Spanish (5)
Tamil (6) Tagalog (7) Gujarati (8) Italian (9) and Vietnamese (10)
In total eighty-nine languages were reported in the 2011 National Household Survey as being
spoken in Brampton homes
Post-Secondary Educational Attainment
At 51 post-secondary education attainment in Brampton is below key benchmarks However
it is the municipalitys goal to increase this level to meet the provincial (55) and national (54)
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 8
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario p 1mdash1Q
average bypromoting and facilitating post-secondary facilities and access to programs that are next-to- home
Geography Post-Secondary Percentage of Certificate Diploma Total Population or Degree 2011 15 and Older 2011
CityofToronto 1271gt545 58
Toronto CMA 2629970 58
York Region 487945 58
Peel Region 576995 56
Ontario 5717340 55
Canada 14805190 54
Brampton 206770 51
Simcoe County 180650 50
Source Statistics Canada 2011
The Citys strategic economic growth initiatives will continue to result in a more diversified and
talented labour force Such initiatives include residential and commercial intensification of
Bramptons central commercial corridor attracting knowledge-based industries expansion of
executive housing supply investment in arts and culture and supporting programs that
promote entrepreneurship innovation and commercialization
Household Income
At $77787 Brampton had the 2nd highest reported household income among the regions in this sample
Geography Median Household Benchmark
Total Income Rank
2010
York Region $89100 1
Brampton $77787 2
Peel $77588 3
Toronto CMA $70365 4
Simcoe County $67468 5
Ontario $66358 6
Canada $61072 7
City of Toronto $58381 8
Source Statistics Canada 2011
Further between 2005 and 2010 the total number of Brampton households reported in the
highest income category being $100000 and more increased by 425
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 9
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario H|deg
Population Growth is Complimented by Strong Employment Growth
The Brampton economy has been projected to attract approximately 120000 net new jobs by 2031 for a total of 291000 people working in Brampton based business establishments
Employment 2011 2016 2021 2026 2031
Brampton 171000 204000 239000 263000 291000
Peel 730000 820000 880000
Source Hemson Consulting Ltd Oct 2013
Brampton will lead economic growth in Peel over the next two decades attracting 80 of the
employment forecasted in the region Brampton is home to 8075 businesses Brampton
businesses contribute approximately $129 Billion to the GDP or 52 of the output in the
Toronto Region The Citys output is dominated by a mixed economy heavily structured on
goods-producing trades and professional business services industries
The major non-government industries dominating the economic base of Brampton by place of
work employment include
- Manufacturing
- Retail and Wholesale Trade
- Professional and Business Services
- Transportation and Warehousing
This skilled and educated workforce in Brampton represents the 3rd highest concentration of labour in the Toronto Region
Major Corporations
Bramptons corporate community is vibrant featuring an impressive list of corporations from
Canadian and International enterprises that have invested in office production andor logistics
facilities in this community
bull Rogers Communications
bull Chrysler Canada
bull Loblaw Companies
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 10
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario P ImiO
Maple Lodge Farms
Canadian Tire Corporation
Coca Cola Bottling
Waste Management of Canada
Gamma Dynacare
Olymel LLP
Air Canada Strategic Operations Centre
Bacardi Canada
Export Packers Ltd
HBC Canada
Ford Motor Company
Nissan Canada
Medtronics Canada
MDA Robotics
Q9 Canada
Aircraft Appliances and Equipment
Para Paints Canada
Brita Water Filter
Clorox Canada Canon Canada recently Hunter Douglas Windows
announced theMandarin Restaurant Corporation
Nestle Canada relocation of their
Maple Leaf Foods national headquarters HankookTire
to Brampton Ontario Smuckers Canada
Parmalat Canada
Miele Canada
Best Buy CanadaFuture Shop Canada
Small and Medium Sized Enterprises (SMEs)
The backbone of Canadas economy is found in the entrepreneurs and innovators who own
and operate small and medium-sized enterprises While Brampton has an excellent
portfolio of corporate brand names the SME sector is an active contributor to economic
growth Ninety-four per cent (94) of all businesses in Brampton had less than 50
employees Small businesses remain strong in professional scientific and technical support
sectors as well as in business services and the retail and wholesale trades
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 11
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario FI-21
Brampton business establishments with less than ten employees had 23000 workers on their payroll in 2011
Public Sector Employment
Adiverse economic base such as Bramptons is also characterised by very good representation from institutions in the public sector
Major employers include
Regional Municipal of Peel The Peel Memorial Centre for
William Osier Health System
Peel Regional Police Integrated Health and Wellness
Corporation of the City of Brampton will attract between 3000-4000
Sheridan College Institute of Technology professionals in the medical
and Advanced Learning services sector by 2016
bull Ontario Courthouse - Grenville Davis
University Application Statistics
The Ontario Universities Application Centre (OUAC) produces an annual report of
application and registration data for secondary school and other applicants
In 2011 514596 applications were administered by the Ontario University system In the
ten-year period between 2002 and 2011 Ontario saw the number of applications received
grow by approximately 135000 During the same time-frame the number of registered
applicants increased by approximately 23000 or 336 In 2011 Ontario universities
hosted 78434 registered applicants
A key finding of the 2011 OUAC Report is that universities located in geographic zone 7
these being the Ontario College of Arts and Design York University Ryerson University and
the University of Toronto attracted the highest proportion of registered applicants from
their home-zone when compared to all other universities in Ontario
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 12
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario p I bull ^i
This point is highlighted in the following table
Universities in Geographic Registered Secondary Registered Other Group Zone 7 School Applicants Applicants
Originating From Originating from (includes Peel Region York Region Zone 7 in 2011 Zone 7 in 2011 Simcoe County and City of Toronto)
( of Total Registered for ( of Total Registered for Each University) Each University)
York 865 592
Ryerson 822 616
Toronto 743 209
OCAD 643 542
Average 4 System Wide 454 306 Source Ontario University Application Centre 2011
Given the large population demographic composition socio-economic characteristics and
cultural attitudes of residents living in Zone 7 it is clear that there is a positive bias for students
particularly secondary-school students to attend a university where they can live near or stay
within their family and community structures
This is a prevalent trend in Peel Region York Region Simcoe County and the City of Toronto
(the communities that comprise Zone 7) more so than any other region in Ontario
As a summary of the complex set of demand factors highlighted in this section of the report we
see tremendous justification for additional university services on the outer edge of the Greater
Toronto Area
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 13
A Post-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario Fl-ii
3 DEFINING THE OPPORTUNITY
Goal 1 - Sheridan University Campus in Downtown Brampton
Project Vision
Site Options
A
AX
PI
A profound and holistic Sheridan Downtown Brampton Campus
connected to its 9500 plus students at Brampton Davis Steeles Campus
supported by enhanced transit to its HMC Campus I and II and Oakville
Campus
1Nelson Square Garage (Phase II SWQRP) and Phase III Lands
2Heritage Theatre Block ^~ rzmdash~ V V i
bullbull bull bull --bull shy
bull -bullbullbull-Ty ^
General Description of Site Locations - for illustrative purposes only
Mobility These sites are within a 5-minute walking distance to the existing
Brampton GO Train Station (with service to Union Station and
KitchenerWaterloo) and the ZUM Bus Rapid Transit service on
Queen Street and Main Street with service to Sheridan Davis
Campus Guelph-Humber University Campus Mississauga City
Centre (HMC I and II) and York University The proposed
Hurontario-Main Light Rapid Transit system is also within walkinj
distance of the site and offers a direct link to HMC I and II
Infrastructure Type Post-Secondary Education Campus and Related Uses
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 14
A Post-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario Fl-24shy
Project Type DBFM or DBF Design Build Finance Maintain or Design Build
Finance (the final business model is subject to a detailed
feasibility study)
Goal 2 - A New University Campus in Brampton
Project Vision A new university campus that offers undergraduate and graduate
degrees with research-oriented programs for students faculty
industry
Site Option 1 65-acre site at McLaughlin Road and Queen Street West
southwest corner known municipally as Flower City Community
Campus This site was formerly owned by the Province of
Ontario (OPP Headquarters and Training Centre) and is currently
being used by the municipality
Mobility This site is located in the Central Area of Brampton with Brampton
Transit service provided to the property The site is 15
kilometres from the Downtown GO Train Station and the
Downtown ZUM BRT Station on Main Street and 3 km to the
Brampton ZUM BRT station at Shoppers World - Steeles Avenue
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 15
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario p | bull ^S
Site Location Option 2
Mobility
Infrastructure Type
Project Type
The road network provides easy access to the major 400 series
highways for example ETR 407 is 35 km south of this site and
Highway 410 is 45 km east of the site
2719 Bovaird Drive West at Heritage Road southwest quadrant
This 87-acre site was formerly owned by private industry Today
the site is owned by the City of Brampton and is being used by the
municipality for maintenance and operation services
CON5WHS
CON5WHS
iV
I
The Mount Pleasant GO Train Station is 22 km east of the site at
Creditview Road The major Highway 401 and ETR 407 juncture
is approximately 8 km by automobile Future infrastructure
serving this area includes the GTA West Corridor immediately
north and east of the subject property
Post-Secondary Education Campus and Related Uses
DBFM or DBF Design Build Finance Maintain or Design Build
Finance (the final business model is subject to a detailed
feasibility study)
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 16
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario p | 1copy
4 BRAMPTONS STRATEGIC PARTNERSHIPS - A RECORD OF SUCCESS
With its strategic partners the Cityof Brampton has demonstrated an excellent record of
success in building and delivering physical and human infrastructure projects designed to expand public services and improve Bramptons economicdevelopment competitiveness
Ultimately these partnerships have created and preserved Ontario jobs In this section we
showcase a few of these strategic projects
Transit Infrastructure Project-Zum Bus Rapid Transit Project
Zum is Brampton Transits Bus Rapid Transit (BRT) service With its limited stops advanced
technology and real-time next bus information Zum connects people and places within
Brampton and throughout the Greater Toronto Area (GTA) Zum Queen Street service began in
the fall of 2010 Ziim Main Street service began operating in September 2011 and Ziim Steeles
Avenue started in the fall of 2012
Ziim was funded by all three levels of government with investments of $95 million each from
the Federal Provincial and Municipal governments for a total allotment of $285 million
Phase Iof the project required $159 million Phase II which expanded services along Queen
Street and Steeles Avenue as well as introduce new services on Bovaird Drive will require $126
million when fully completed
This is a DBFM - Design Build Finance and Maintain project led by the City of Brampton
Brampton designed built financed and maintains all aspects of the Zum system-wide capital
and operating costs related to
bull Roadway infrastructure intersection modifications and signal priority equipment
bull New terminals and station stops with high-quality passenger amenities
Capital equipment including new vehicles for expanded and rebranded service
Intelligent Transportation System technologies including real-time passenger information
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 17
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario p ( raquo^7
Post-Secondary Education Infrastructure Project -Sheridan Centre for Advanced Manufacturing and Design Technology (CAMDT)
In response to the changing face of manufacturing in Central and Southern Ontario Sheridan College and the City of Brampton embarked on a vision to assist Canadian manufacturers to compete globally with knowledge and technology asthe keys to their success
Led by Sheridan College ITAL the CAMDT $8 million venture is a partnership with more than 20 regional manufacturers the Province of Ontario and the City of Brampton Together we are growing regional talent in this important sector In 2005 CAMDT opened its doors
Seen as a strategic economic development initiative the City of Brampton was a major funding
and local knowledge partner contributing$25 million to CAMDT - the largest investment it has
ever made as a municipality in post-secondary education City Councils investment in Sheridan
is intended to address the demand (in the manufacturing sector) for graduates with a broad
range of advanced technical and management skills as well as to provide enhanced training for
those already in the workforce
CAMDT uses a consortia approach with the following goals
New full-time courses and industrycollege projects
Applied research initiatives and student projects
Contract training and continuing education courses
Strengthen program enrolments and graduate placements
The Centre for Sustainable Manufacturing (CSM) is located in Brampton and houses 18000
square feet of state-of-the-art labs and a flexible automation and fabrication centre The labs
support academic programs in integrated manufacturing computer-aided
draftingmanufacturing and manufacturing management
The Centre helps meet current and future needs of local manufacturers to stimulate regional
economic development and prosperity Sheridan government and local industry have
collaborated for nearly a decade to position the Centre to address critical skills gaps in the
manufacturing sector The Centre is now partnering with industry to support technical financial
and knowledge development to facilitate adoption of innovative technologies that minimize
resource consumption harmful emissions waste and use of toxic materials
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 18
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario p | mdash^ff
Health Care Infrastructure Project shy
Peel Memorial Centre for Integrated Health and Wellness
The new Peel Memorial Centre in Brampton will support the William Osier Health Systems vision for an integrated health system by providing primary ambulatory and outpatient-based care
This is a DBFM - Design Build Maintain Finance project led by Infrastructure Ontario (10)
Scheduled to open in 2016 Peel Memorial CIHW will provide specialized outpatient-based care
including urgent care day surgery and specialty clinics with a focus on helping individuals better
manage chronic conditions like asthma diabetes and kidney disease
According to Osier Health System Peel Memorial will introduce new models of care to shift the
focus from illness to wellness and encourage patients to take a more active role in managing
their own health and well-being
Representing the leading edge in integrated health care delivery Peel Memorial will provide
access to specialized patient-centred care in a state-of-the-art facility that offers a wide variety
of traditional and alternative health care services It will help people to get and stay well
through a series of education prevention disease management and healing programs
In the fall of 2012 Osier received government approval to move forward with a request for
qualifications to design build finance and maintain the new facility Following this
announcement Brampton City Council decided to invest 50 of the community share with a
$60 million levy in support of the new Peel Memorial
Downtown Intensification Infrastructure Project shy
Southwest Quadrant Renewal Plan Municipal Office and Commercial Retail Development
On August 10 2011 Bramptons City Council approved the terms of agreement for the
Southwest Quadrant Renewal Plan which enables the City to move forward with a creative
solution to meet the Citys future administrative space needs and plans for revitalization of
Bramptons downtown The successful proposal submitted by Dominus Construction Group is
a plan for a mixed-use development with several new features including new administrative
parking and retail space and a pedestrian-friendly cityscape for completion in 2014
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 19
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario p f~2raquo^
This is a DBF - Design Build Finance project led by Dominus Construction Group The City is a tenant in the building on a long-term lease
Phase 1 of this LEEDS project now under construction includes a new nine-storey building at 41 George Street that can accommodate
bull 126398 foot building for administrative space
bull 10147 square feet for ground retail space
bull 10545 square feet for multi-purpose meeting rooms
bull 443 parking spaces (five levels of parking)
Phase la also under construction includes a two-storey addition to the current City Hall that
can accommodate
bull 2507 square feet for committee rooms
bull 6187 square feet for ground retail space
Phases 1 and la of the Southwest Quadrant Renewal Plan (SWQRP) represents a $94M
investment in the downtown and all 3 Phases of the combined SWQRP represents an
estimated investment of $251M
This investment in the Southwest Quadrant Renewal Plan is another major building block in the
ongoing evolution and revitalization of downtown Brampton both in terms of contributing to
the urban landscape as well as attracting private sector investment and opportunities
Combined with other major projects like the Rose Theatre Brampton the launch of Ziim on
Queen and Main Streets restoration work at Alderlea and Peel Heritage Complex and several
new condominium projects Bramptons Downtown is experiencing an exciting resurgence
The City of Brampton is planning to add another signature building in our downtown core
further evidence of Bramptons commitment to economic development
Sustainable Community Development Project shy
Mount Pleasant Mobility Hub
The project includes a number of elements that serve to establish Mount Pleasant as a transit-
oriented development exemplifying a more sustainable approach to suburban community
living
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 20
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario p |~^Q
In partnership with the OntarioGovernment MetrolinxGO and Mattamy Homes the City has invested approximately $23 million in the following infrastructure
bull Community Transit Infrastructure station stops and related passenger amenities
Intelligent Transportation Systems (ITS) and transit enhancements at intersections
bull Mobility Hub facility bus layovers sheltered passenger areas clock tower bike storage areas and related amenities
bull Cultural Heritage reconstructed historic CPR station structure to be used as a cultural
facility in the Mt Pleasant civicsquare shared with the Peel District School Board and the
Library
bull Pedestrian amenities Civic Square and Village Green incorporating a reflection poolskating
facility public art canopy structures play area and landscaping features
Through development and stewardship the Mount Pleasant Community will restore and
enhance individual features that currently cover approximately 8 (or 41 hectares) of the
area and create a Natural Heritage System that will cover approximately 19 (or 976 hectares)
of the community As development proceeds within the Mount Pleasant Community the
NHS will come into public ownership The City will be responsible to manage the NHS and our
goal is to support natural processes and regeneration that are beneficial to the health and
diversity of the natural features functions and habitat This will generally mean
bull Planting no-maintenance vegetative buffers between natural areas and private
properties using native trees shrubs and groundcovers
bull Not mowing pruning or spraying natural areas for weeds and insects
bull Allowing for annual flooding and ponding of water along East Huttonville Creek and
within wetlands and woodlands to maintain a natural hydrology that is critical for plant
and wildlife health and diversity
bull Allowingfor the natural loss of vegetation and regrowth of young trees and shrubs
bull Managing natural areas for invasive species such as Buckthorn and Norway Maple
bull Managing the urban trees along streets and parks for invasive species such as Emerald
Ash Borer
The Mount Pleasant Mobility Hub represents a large project that has created one-time
employment within the stipulated 2-year construction period as well generating annual
multipliers supporting Bramptons economic development for future generations
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 21
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario p [raquo^ )
5 OUR INVESTMENT - A COMMITMENT TO POST SECONDARY EDUCATION
The City of Brampton iscommitted to investing in this Strategy Below is a summary of the types of financial and in-kind investmentsthe municipality is prepared to make in order to realize this Strategy
bull Municipal Land Contribution
bull Municipal Commitment to Economic and Market Growth Policies
bull Municipal assistance on site servicing for digitally linked and virtual classrooms
laboratories office
bull Shared Infrastructure related to municipal services such as library field house gymnasium
bull Design an extensive planning process and design exercise that represents the highest
standard of excellence including engaging the community and surrounding land-owners
LEEDS Community and Environmental Design
bull Facilitating municipal and community partnerships to maximize utilization of spaces during
the May - August shoulder period
bull Economic development research grant to support research that fosters innovation and
commercialization
bull Support industry partnerships and innovative enterprises
bull Demonstrate commitment to a shared provincial municipal and university relationship
focused on a culture of open communication shared values community engagement and
volunteerism
bull Staff time and expertise dedicated to teams assigned to this Strategy
bull Leverage City of Brampton AAA Credit Rating by Standard amp Poors
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 22
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario p- ( ~ Q jL
6 IMPLEMENTATION STEPS
The following decision milestones guide the municipal commitment and stewardship of this
Strategy
bull Exploratory Meetings with Sheridan Executive and Chair of Governing Council
bull Preparation of Bramptons Post-Secondary Strategy Proposal
bull Presentation to Premier Wynne - Receive and Endorse Proposed Strategy
bull City Council approval of final post-secondary strategy and approval to enter into a
Memorandum of Understanding with Sheridan College ITAL to explore the feasibility of
establishing Sheridan University in Downtown Brampton
bull Execute an MOU with Sheridan
bull Complete the Feasibility Study for Goal 1
bull Form a project team to prepare the technical documents in support of an RFP related to
Goal 2 -Attract a new undergraduate and graduate research-oriented university campus
aligned with Bramptons vision and proposed site locations with reporting to Council
7 CONTACTS
Susan Fennell
Mayor
City of Brampton Tel 905-874-2600
John Corbett MCIP RPP
Chief Administrative Officer
City of Brampton Tel 905-874-2625
Creating andpreserving knowledge-basedjobs by enabling investments in post-secondary education research innovation and commercialization activities
is at the heart ofBramptons economic vision
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 23
APPENDIX 3
FI-V4shybullUTaarrgt-^M
Major
Capacity
Expansion
Policy
Framework
December 2013
Ministry of Training Colleges and Universities
pound Ontario
PI -IS
The Ontario Public Service endeavours to demonstrate leadership with respect to accessibility in Ontario Our goal isto ensure that Ontario government services products and focilities ore occessible to all our employees and to all members of the public we serve This document or the information that itcontains is available on request in alternative formats Please forward all requests for alternative formats to ServiceOntario ot 1-800-668-9938 (TTY 1-800-268-7095)
line publication equivolenle est disponible en francais sous le titre suivant (Mesttattgique pout Iocuoissement moeur de hcapocili 2013
This publication is also available on the Ministry ofTraining Colleges and Universities website at wwvontariocatcu 13-278 bull ISBN 978-1-4606-3428-8 (POF) bull copy Queens Printer for Ontario 2013
Contents
Vision 5
Context 5
Government Priorities 6
Components of the Policy Framework 7
Initial Review 7
Scope 7
Selection and Approval 9
Policy Implementation and Compliance 10
Appendix A
Contact Information and Checklist for Institutions Considering
Capacity Expansion 11
Appendix B
An Outline of the Review and Approval Process for Planned
Capacity Expansion Proposals 13
Appendix C
General Evaluation Criteria for Major Capacity Expansion 14
Pi-Vi
Vision
Ontarios colleges and universities will drive creativity innovation knowledge and community engagement through teaching and research They will put students first by providing the best possible learning experience for all qualified learners in an affordable and financially sustainable way ensuring high quality and globally competitive outcomes for students and Ontarios knowledge economy
Context
Between 2002-03 and 2012-13 the postsecondary education system in Ontario expanded substantially with full-time enrolment growing by over 160000 more than in any decade in the provinces history Ontario has been supporting enrolment growth across the college and university sectors through increases in operating grants enhancements to student financial aid and capital investments
Ontarios postsecondary institutions have been committed partners in their efforts to accommodate these unprecedented levels of enrolment growth and have thus contributed to expanding opportunities for students to pursue higher education in many communities across Ontario
At65 per cent Ontarios level of postsecondary attainment (college university and apprenticeship) in 2012 was higher than thatof any country in theOrganisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) The Ontario government has set a postsecondary education attainment target of 70 per cent to ensure that the province continues to benefit from the competitive advantage of its highly skilled and educated workforce in the global economy
In this context it is essential to ensure that in future the right spaces are created in the right places for Ontarios students This can be done by targeting areas in which population growth is strong but local postsecondary education capacity is limited
Population growth in Ontario has recently been - and is expected tocontinue to be - concentrated in a number of large urban areas Some of the regions and communities where strong
Fl-W
long-term demand growth is anticipated are not currently served by local campuses In those areas gaps have recently begun to appear between enrolment demand growth and the capacity to accommodate continued enrolment growth If left unaddressed those gaps are likely to widen over time
Projections are subject to uncertainty and caution should always be used when considering long-term forecasts Based on the ministrys latest assessment of demographics and long-term postsecondary education participation patterns enrolment demand growth will moderate in the near term but is expected to return to more rapid growth after 2020 with the potential for substantial enrolment increases over the longer term Consistent with recent trends long-term demand is expected to be greatest for degree-level programs
It is anticipated that the focus of most major capacity expansions in the future will be at the undergraduate degree level Students in rapidly growing communities have access to substantial local college facilities more than they do to local university campuses In addition although graduate enrolment has risen significantly in recent years it is much lower than enrolment at the undergraduate level and tends to be concentrated in fewer institutions
The timing of this anticipated growth in demand provides an important opportunity The province will have time to plan for and address postsecondary education capacity needs in areas of Ontario where communities are growing and where students need better and more affordable access to postsecondary education opportunities closer to home
Government Priorities
The Major Capacity Expansion Policy Framework set out in this document seeks to achieve the following objectives
bull Ensuring that future large-scale capacity expansion supports long-term postsecondary education priorities including institutional differentiation
bull Managing enrolment growth strategically in line with provincial growth planning priorities to address regional capacity gaps in underserved areas
bull Putting in place a transparent evidence-based decision making and implementation process
ldegt
9 Addressing affordability and sustainability for students institutions and the province by maximizing the cost-effectiveness of targeted investments
bull Creating local community and regional economic benefits leading to job creation and greater economic diversity
Components of the Policy Framework The components of the Major Capacity Expansion policy framework include
1) a description of the kinds of initiatives that will be within the scope of the new approval and selection process
2) the selection process and the criteria that will be used in evaluating proposals for approval after a call for proposals is made and
3) details on implementation and compliance
Initial Review
Any institution considering an initiative that involves an expansion ofcapacity should contact the ministry in writing using the checklist provided in Appendix A The ministry will review initiatives proposed by institutions on a case-by-case basis to determine whether the planned expansion is subject to the new selection and approval process outlined below The ministry will provide a response to the institutions request in writing clearly indicating whether a proposed project or initiative will be subject to the new Major Capacity Expansion selection and approval process Initiatives subject to the new process are not to proceed unless approved by the provincial government following a formal call for proposals
Scope
This policy framework addresses a significant provincial interest in the need for provincial management of future large-scale expansions in postsecondary education capacity Effective management and planning is also needed to help avoid potential conflicts that can arise between and among institutions sect with respect to the location of new facilities and campuses s
FI-H-0
The new approval and selection process is primarily focused on initiatives that are designed to accommodate significant long-term increases in the number of domestic full-time postsecondary education students Such large-scale initiatives could include expansions at existing locations or might involve the establishment of new campuses Initiatives could be partnerships including university-college collaborations that would also enhance students educational experience and student pathways
Recognizing thata wide range and variety of potential expansion opportunities exist in Ontarios diverse and complex postsecondary education system the ministry has avoided setting rigid parameters to define major capacity expansion However initiatives characterized by the following scale-related features are most likely to be subject to the new approval and selection process
0 accommodates enrolment growth of more than 1000 full-time students in the short term with the potential to accommodate longer-term growth of5000 to 10000 over the next twenty years (ie long-term enrolment comparable to enrolment at substantial existing college or university campuses)
8 adds new facilities (either owned or secured through long-term lease) larger than 70000 square feet (roughly 6500 square metres) designated primarily for academic purposes
raquo offers a broad range of programs with substantial new or expanded ancillary services (or shows clear potential for future growth in program offerings and ancillary services)
bull significantly improves local student access to postsecondary education in the short term (and has the potential to do so in the longer term) particularly in geographic locations that may be experiencing or are expected to develop capacity gaps
When reviewing a planned expansion the ministry will also take into consideration whether the initiative
bull competes with other capacity expansion initiatives in a particular geographic area or would have an impact on existing or already-planned postsecondary education facilities
bull in the case of proposed new campuses is outside the local area of the institutions existing campuses or is in a new community for the institution in terms of substantial permanent academic facilities For the purpose of this policy the local
FH+I
area of a campus is defined as the area within the median commuter shed for Census Metropolitan Areas in Ontario as specified by Statistics Canada (about 10 km)
Institutions making expansion proposals will be required to provide evidence of prior consultation with and support from other institutions that could be affected by the proposal confirmation of their own Board of Governors support for the proposal and confirmation of significant support from the local municipality or region
Selection and Approval Decisions about future large-scale postsecondary education capacityexpansion projects will be made on the basis of a formal transparent competitive process that will begin with a call for proposals directed to institutions Consideration will be given to proposals for large-scale expansion ofexisting campuses (main or satellite campuses) andor for the creation of new campuses
Calls for proposals will be directed to publicly assisted postsecondary education institutions in Ontario Eligibility to submit a proposal will in general be extended to all institutions however the government may decide to limit eligibility as appropriate depending on current circumstances and evolving provincial priorities
Municipalities interested in being considered as host locations for future major capacity expansion should work in collaboration with institutions that would be prepared to submit a proposal
Priority will be given to proposals in regions that have been experiencing sustained population and postsecondary education demand growth and that are underserved in terms of postsecondary education opportunities
The timing of future calls for proposals the number of projects selected for support and the level and timing of funding will be determined by the provincial government and will reflect a range of considerations including the fiscal environment
FI-M-1
When evaluating proposals the ministry will consider a setof criteria in the following categories consistent with its priorities for future capacity expansion (as outlined on page 6)
bull Strategic management of long-term enrolment growth and accessibility
bull Differentiation sustainability and accountability bull Economic impact raquo Quality innovation and competitiveness (including
institutional partnership options) bull Affordability for students and the province (including
substantial support from host communities)
Over time as circumstances change and priorities evolve the ministry may articulate additional requirements for the competitive process For details of general evaluation criteria refer to Appendix C Additional templates may be provided when a call for proposals is announced
Once the proposals have been evaluated the ministry will make recommendations to Cabinet for funding support for the selected proposals When one or more proposals have been selected and approved for funding bilateral agreements will be put in place between the institution(s) selected and the ministry
Policy Implementation and Compliance This policy framework will be effective immediately Institutions are encouraged to submit their expansion plans for initial review as soon as possible
If an initiative is determined to be outside the scope of this new approval and selection process itwill still be subject to other relevant ministry approval processes including but not limited to program approval and capital funding processes It will also have to be consistent with the terms of the Strategic Mandate Agreement established between the institution and the ministry
Failure to comply with the requirements setout in this policy framework will affect provincial funding Specifically new or expanded enrolment at the location of the expansion will not be recognized for funding through the college or university operating grants and the institution will not be eligible for provincial capital funding at the location Failure to comply could also affect future capital decisions by the provincial government
0 with respect to other locations
Fl-42gt
Appendix A Contact Information and Checklist for Institutions Considering Capacity Expansion
Institutions considering capacity expansion should direct a letter describing the project or initiative along with a completed checklist (see below) to
MCEsubmi53101iionfariocc1
The following checklist will help the ministry determine whether the planned expansion will be subject to the new approval and selection process under the MajorCapacity Expansion policy framework1
Please complete the checklist (copy and scan the completed form or create an e-file based on the template) and include it as an attachment to your communication to the ministry outlining your institutions planned capacity expansion project
Please provide additional information as needed in the Comments section of the checklist
1 A planned expansion that is deemed subject to the new selection and approval process is not to proceed unless approved by the province following a formal call for proposals A planned expansion that is deemed outside the scope of the Major Capacity Expansion approval and selection process will still be subject to other relevant ministry approval processes including but not limited to program approval and capital funding processes
pl-4-4shy
Checklist for Institutions Considering Capacity Expansion
Checklist Items
Size
How many full-time students would this initiative accommodate based on current plans
Is there potential for substantial longer-term enrolment growth If yes please provide a high-level estimate of potential enrolment
How much space (in sq ft) will be designated for academic purposes in the proposed facility (or expansion) Would new facilities be owned or secured through long-term lease
What is the credential mix of programs associated with this proposed expansion
What programs would be made available
Consultation
Have you consulted with other institutions that could be affected by this proposal
bull Which institution(s) have you consulted Are they supportive
Has your institution engaged its Board of Governors with respect to this proposal Is the board supportive
Is your proposal supported by the local municipality region in which it would be located
bull Will third-party resources (municipalities region other) be available to support this initiative What is the level of support expected
Location Services
Where would the new capacity be located (municipality region)
bull Is this a new locationcommunity for your institution
If proposing expansion at a new location is the location more than 10 km from existing campus(es)
Does the planned expansion include ancillary and student services
bull Please provide a list of services to be offered
Notes
Yes No Comme -
DD
an
a a
a a
bull a
bull a
bull a
bull This list is designed to provide information needed to determine whether a proposal will be deemed subject to the Major Capacity Expansion policy approval and selection process
bull Decisions will be made on a case-by-case basis If additional information is needed a representative of the Ministry ofTraining Colleges and Universities will contact the institution Please provide complete contact information including name position title email address and phone numbers
FI-H5
Appendix B An Outline of the Review and Approval Process for Planned Capacity Expansion Proposals
Chart 1 below outlines the steps in the assessment process that will be used to determine whether a planned capacity expansion will be deemed subject to the approval and selection process under the Major Capacity Expansion policy framework
Chart 2 outlines the steps in the process of selecting initiatives for funding under the Major Capacity Expansion policy framework
Chart 1 Initial Review - Is the Planned Expansion Subject to the Major Capacity Expansion Selection and Approval Process
The planned expansion
does not move forward
until approved by the
province following a Ministry reviews the institutions formal call for proposals
Institution submits a letter Failure to comply will submission to evaluate whether
describing the planned the planned expansion will be affect provincial funding
expansion with a completed subject to the new selection 1gt4^lt^t^fea1Vitaiiij4gtlJULJl^
and approval process under
for review the Major Capacity Expansion The planned expansion policy framework moves forward subject to
checklist to the ministry
Wampj^WJfeWamp$Si^^ all other ministry approval
processes (eg capital and
program approvals)
bulluiut^w-ww-yishy
Chart 2 SelectionApproval Process far a Major Capacity Expansion Following a Call for Proposals
Callfor proposals initiated Institutions submit Ministry assesses proposals Announcement of selected
by the province proposals against evaluation criteria initiatives to be supported
and brings forward selected for major capacity
proposals for Cabinet expansion
approval
raquoHSW^8raquoMJmmLiMH WOWluUdUJIUlbUitL
13
r
shy
Fl-Ho
enoix C General Evaluation Criteria for Major Capacity Expansion
Category Evaluation Criteria
Strategic Significant expansion of local postsecondary education opportunities for management students in underserved areas with growing demand based on long-term of long-term demographic trends enrolment Alignment with provincial priorities including Growth Plan priorities and
economic development initiativesgrowth and Clear potential to add substantial new capacity and support futureaccessibility enrolment growth in the postsecondary education sector
Differentiation Alignment with the institutions Strategic Mandate Agreement and goals sustainability and priorities of the Differentiation Policy Framework and Impact on nearby institutions accountability Effective and sustainable governance model including consideration
of the impact of distance from the expansion location for administration and academic experience Focus on undergraduate programs Range of programs offered locally and avoidance of unwarranted duplication of existing programming
Economic Demonstrated Value for Money including AFP options where impact appropriate and limits on provincial contributions
Tangible regional economic benefits combined with potential for province-wide benefit based on labour force skills and economic growth Demonstrated local economic benefits and linkages with local industries
Quality Innovative service delivery innovation Institutional partnership options including university-college collaboration and Postsecondary education quality and student experience (including
ancillary and student services)competitiveness
Affordabiiity Evidence of substantial support from host community including financial for students contributions and land ownership
Economies of scaleand the
province Linkages with local transportation for commuting students Potential for leveraging private sector resources Evidence of consideration ofalternatives to expansion proposal based on existing capacity and potential partnerships Proven financial health of institution with asset management plan in place Demonstrated labour market demand
Nofe These are the general criteria that will be used to guide the selection and approval of proposals submitted in response toa ministry call for proposals
N
News Release
Helping More Students Pursue Postsecondary Education
Ontario Calls for Expansion Proposals from Universities March 272014 945 am
Office of the Premier
Premier Kathleen Wynne announced today that the government is taking steps to
ensure that more students can pursue undergraduate degrees close to home The
province is inviting universities to submit proposals for new or expanded campuses in
underserved areas (colleges are encouraged to partner with universities to submit
proposals)
This call for proposals is part of the governments commitment to provide funding for
60000 additional postsecondary education spaces across Ontario The government will
collaborate closely with municipalities colleges and universities to ensure that capacity
is increased where it is needed the most
The proposals will be evaluated based on their potential to
bull Increase postsecondary spaces in underserved areas
bull Improve quality innovation and competitiveness
bull Demonstrate cost-effectiveness to both students and taxpayers
bull Help stimulate growth and economic development in Ontario
This will help establish a formal transparent and competitive process to evaluate
decisions about future expansions
Improving access to postsecondary education is part of the Ontario governments
economic plan that is creating jobs for today and tomorrow The comprehensive plan
and its six priorities focus on Ontarios greatest strengths -- its people and strategic
partnerships
Fl-M
Quick Facts
The call for proposals is open to all publicly assisted universities and all colleges of
applied arts and technology in Ontario with a deadline for submissions of Sept 26
2014 Colleges must partner with universities to be eligible for major capacity
expansion projects
Municipalities interested in being considered as host locations are expected to work
in collaboration with institutions that are submitting a proposal
The province released the Major Capacity Expansion Policy Framework in December
2013 to identify priority areas for growth
In the last 10 years full-time enrolment in Ontarios postsecondary system has grown
by more than 160000 mdash more than in any decade in the provinces history
bull The provinces 30 off Tuition Grant helped more than 230000 students start
college or university last year
Quotes
Fl-M
We are committed to helping more students get the postsecondary education they need to succeed
We want to bridge Ontarios skills gap and ensure that young people are equipped with all the right
skills mdash no matter where they live
Kathleen Wynne
Premier of Ontario
Expanding and creating new postsecondary campuses where they are needed most will help
ensure that more students have the opportunity to get a world-class education while staying close to
home Were working closely with our postsecondary partners to make sure the right spaces are in
the right places
Brad Duguid
Minister of Training Colleges and Universities
Laurier Brantford has provided immeasurable benefits to both local students and the citys
downtown revitalization This announcement signifies similar economic development partnerships
between municipalities and postsecondary institutions leading to new jobs and increased prosperity
for more communities across Ontario Chris Friel Mayor City of Brantford
PI-so
^^js^-^
Major
Capacity
Expansion
Call for
Proposals
GUIDELINES
March 2014
Ministry of Training Colleges and Universities
w^ Ontario
Fl-SI
The Ontario Public Service endeavours to demonstrate leadership with respect to accessibility in Ontario Our gool is to ensure that Ontario government services products and facilities are occessible to all our employees and to all members ofthe public we serve This document or the inlormolion that itcontains is available on request in alternative formats Pleose forward all requests lor alternative formats to ServiceOntario at1-800-668-9938 (TTY 1-800-268-709S)
line publication equivolente est disponible en francais sous le litre suivont Appel de propositions pour Ioccroissement moieur de la capocM - lignes directrices
This publication is also available on the Ministry olTraining Colleges and Universities website atwwivontariocatcu 13-323 bull ISBN 978-1-4606-3802-6 (PDF) bull copy Queens Printer for Ontario 2014
2014
Fi-sa
Contents
1 Background 5
2 Timelines for Submitting a Proposal 5
3 Notice of Intent 5
4 Eligible Applicants 6
5 Eligible Projects 6
6 Major Capacity Expansion General Evaluation Criteria 7
7 Weighting 8
8 Assessment and Ranking 9
9 Communications Protocol 13
10 Role of Infrastructure Ontario and Alternative
Financing and Procurement 13
11 The Selection Process and Funding 14
12 Components of the Submission 14
13 Links to Related Documents and Resources 16
14 Disclosure of Information 16
15 Call for Proposals Timeline 16
PI-S3
1 Background The ministry released its Major Capacity Expansion Policy Framework on December 20 2013 A commitment was made to
issue a Call for Proposals in early 2014
This Call for Proposals represents the beginning of a process that will lead to the selection of successful proposals which collectively will meet provincial goals for postsecondary education in Ontario - increased capacity at the undergraduate degree level greater affordability for students institutions and the province improved institutional differentiation and regional economic benefits This process will be guided by principles of fairness competitiveness and transparency and by a commitment to serve the public interest
This long-term initiative will help ensure that our postsecondary education system will have the right spaces in the right places for Ontario students
2 Timelines for Submitting a Proposal The closing date for submission of a Notice of Intent is June 27 2014
The closing date for submission of the full proposal is September 26 2014
Submissions must be received by the ministry on or before these dates
3 Notice of Intent
The Notice of Intent is a one-page overview of the proposed project Proposals will not be considered unless a Notice of Intent is received by the deadline ofJune 27 2014 To ensure transparency and competitiveness every Notice of Intent submitted to the ministry will be posted on the Postsecondary Education Partners Gateway website within 30 days of the submission date
Fl-Sf
4 Eligible Applicants In view of the focus on undergraduate degree capacity it is expected that submissions will be led by universities butcollegeshyuniversity partnership models are encouraged
All proposals must demonstrate need (ie expansion should be located in areas thatare currently underserved by postsecondary education andor thatare expected to experience significant future growth in enrolment demand)
5 Eligible Projects Recognizing the wide range and variety of potential expansion opportunities the ministry continues to avoid setting rigid parameters to define major capacityexpansion However as stated in the Major Capacity Expansion Policy Framework initiatives characterized by the following scale-related features are most likely to be subject to this approval and selection process
bull accommodates enrolment growth of more than 1000 full-time students in the short term with the potential to accommodate longer-term growth of 5000 to 10000 over the next twenty years (ie long-term enrolment comparable to enrolment at substantial existing collegeor university campuses)
bull adds new facilities (either owned or secured through long-term lease) larger than 70000 square feet (roughly 6500 square metres) designated primarily for academic purposes
bull offers a broad range of programs with substantial new or expanded ancillary services (or shows clear potential for future growth in program offerings and student and ancillary services)
bull significantly improves local student access to postsecondary education in the short term (and has the potential to continue to do so in the longer term) particularly in geographic locations that may be experiencing or are expected to develop capacity gaps at the undergraduate degree level
PI-S5
6 Major Capacity Expansion General Evaluation Criteria
The following general evaluation criteria were included in the Major Capacity Expansion Policy Framework These criteria will be used to assess proposals Institutions should demonstrate the alignment of their proposed projects with the criteria and may do so in any format suitable to them
Priority Objectives
Strategic management of long-term enrolment growth and accessibility
Differentiation sustainability and accountability
Economic impact
Quality innovation and competitiveness
General Criteria
bull Significant expansion of local postsecondary education opportunities for students in underserved areas with growing demand based on long-term demographic trends
bull Alignment with provincial priorities including Growth Plan priorities and economic development initiatives
bull Clear potential to add substantial new capacity and support future enrolment growth in the postsecondary education sector
Alignment with the institutions Strategic Mandate Agreement (SMA) and goals and priorities of the Differentiation Policy Framework Impact on nearby institutions Effective and sustainable governance model including consideration ofthe impact ofdistance from the expansion location for administration and academic experience Focus on undergraduate programs Range of programs offered locally and avoidance ofunwarranted duplication ofexisting programming
Tangible regional economic benefits combined with potential for province-wide benefit based on labour force skills and economic growth Demonstrated local economic benefits and linkages with local industries
Demonstrated Value for Money including Alternative Financing and Procurement (AFP) options where appropriate and limits on provincial contributions
Institutional partnership options including university-college collaboration
Innovative service delivery Postsecondary education quality and student experience (including student and ancillary services)
(continued)
Fl-5b
Priority Objectives General Criteria
Affordability for bull Evidence of substantial support from hostcommunity including students and the financial contributions and land ownership province bull Economies of scale
bull Linkages with local transportation for commuting students bull Potential for leveraging private sector resources bull Evidence of consideration of alternatives to expansion proposal
based on existing capacity and potential partnerships bull Proven financial health of institution with asset management plan
in place bull Demonstrated labour market demand
7 Weighting The evaluation criteria for the assessment of institutional
proposals will be weighted as follows
Category Weight
Section A Meeting Demand 30
bull Strategic management of long-term enrolment growth and accessibility
Section B Demonstrated Affordability 40
bull Affordability for students and the province
Section C Academic and Economic Considerations 30
bull Differentiation sustainability and accountability bull Economic impact bull Quality innovation and competitiveness (including institutional partnership
options)
PI-SI
8 Assessment and Ranking Funding will be awarded on a competitive basis and proposals will be evaluated for suitability using defined criteria Institutions should use both qualitative and quantitative analysis to demonstrate the alignment of their proposals with the general evaluation criteria
SECTION A MEETING DEMAND (30)
Proposals should demonstrate alignment with some or all of the following criteria
Priority Objective 1 Strategic management of long-term enrolment growth and accessibility
General Evaluation Criteria
1 Significant expansion of local postsecondary education opportunities for students in underserved areas with growing demand based on long-term demographic trends
2 Alignment with provincial priorities including Growth Plan priorities and economic development initiatives
3 Clear potential to add substantial new capacity and support future enrolment growth in the postsecondary education sector
Possible Alignment Measures
bull Demographic growth projections for location bull Existing enrolment capacity at institutions in
the proximity of the proposed expansion bull Estimated enrolment capacity ofthe
expansion and projected net increase in undergraduate enrolment
bull Number of students from the area of the intended expansion who are currently attending the institution(s)
Possible Information to Build Evidence Base
bull Institutions long-term enrolment master plan bull Joint campus master plan for partnerships (if applicable) bull Long-term enrolment viability study bull Completed enrolment table in the proposal template stating all assumptions bull Community profile demonstrating future demand in the area bull Documented support from and alignment with plans of any associated agencies municipalities
or other entities
bull Consideration of relevant provincial population and employment projections bull Consideration of key provincial policy directions relating to the location of public institutions and
their associated economic impacts (eg ability to contribute to urban revitalization efforts) bull Evidence of program demand (eg number of applications)
FI-5J
SECTION B DEMONSTRATED AFFORDABILITY (40)
Proposals should demonstrate alignment with some or all of the following criteria
Priority Objective 2 Affordability for students and the province
General Evaluation Criteria
1 Evidence of substantial support from host community including financial contributions and land ownership
2 Economies of scale 3 Linkages with local transportation for
commuting students 4 Potential for leveraging private sector
resources
5 Evidence of consideration of alternatives to expansion proposal based on existing capacity and potential partnerships
6 Proven financial health of institution with asset management plan in place
7 Demonstrated labour market demand
Possible Alignment Measures
bull Total cost of project and expected provincial contribution
bull Cost-benefit analysis ofexpanding an existing assetor building at a new location (or a combination thereof)
bull Distance from current campuses bull Current assetmanagement plan including
effects of expansion on Facilities Condition Index
bull Public transit capacity to the institution and between campuses
bull Debtasset ratioof institution(s) bull Energy sources and efficiency initiatives
(including proposed LEED certification) bull Long-term financial viability bull Existing student employment KPIs
Possible Information to Build Evidence Base
bull Detailed project costing information including projected cash flow requirements and net impact on operating cost
bull Business case demonstrating need for expansiori (existing campus only) including a service gap analysis
bull Letters of support from potential partners indicating details of financial andor in-kind contributions (eg land ownership)
bull Local transportation plan(s) showing current anc1planned public access to site (short- and long-term)
bull Independent verification of total expansion proj set cost
bull Financial health analysis including recent finan cial statements
bull Documentation of preliminary environmental assessment bull Control and ownership of buildings and equipment (partnerships only) bull Long-term forecast of incremental operating expenses and revenues (grants third party revenues)
as a result ofthe proposed project
PI-S9
SECTION C ACADEMIC AND ECONOMIC CONSIDERATIONS (30)
Proposals should demonstrate alignment with some or all of the following criteria
Priority Objective 3 Differentiation sustainability and accountability
General Evaluation Criteria
1Alignment with the institutions Strategic Mandate Agreement (SMA) and goals and priorities of the Differentiation Policy Framework
2 Impact on nearby institutions 3 Effective and sustainable governance model
including consideration of the impact of distance from the expansion location for administration and academic experience
4 Focus on undergraduate programs 5 Range of programs offered locally and
avoidance of unwarranted duplication of existing programming
Possible Alignment Measures
bull Assessment of alignment with SMA bull Proposed programs their alignment with
the institutions strengths and an overview ofsimilar existing programs offered by institutions near the expansion
bull Ranking of institution(s) on applications by students from the proposed area
Possible Information to Build Evidence Base
bull Finalized SMA
bull Program information (initial and planned) bull Overview of proposed institutional governance model bull Consultation overview including results of discussions with affected institutions and letters of
support (if applicable)
pi-to
Priority Objective 4 Economic impact
General Evaluation Criteria
1Tangible regional economic benefits combined with potential for province-wide benefit based on labour force skills and economic growth
2 Demonstrated local economic benefits and linkages with local industries
3 Demonstrated Value for Money including Alternative Financing and Procurement (AFP) options where appropriate and limits on provincial contributions
Possible Alignment Measures
bull Local economic benefits bull Alignment of programs with regional and
Ontario labour market needs
bull Expected financing cost (if any) bull Jobs created (short-term associated with
building period and ongoing) bull Ongoing jobs created at expansion bull Value for Money analysis related to proposed
procurement model
Possible Information to Build Evidence Base
bull An economic impact study or value planning study to demonstrate the projects potential to provide direct economic benefits for the surrounding area (eg by helping to revitalize the community unlock local development potential build the taxbase and leverage existing infrastructure and investments)
Priority Objective 5 Quality innovation and competitiveness
General Evaluation Criteria
1 Institutional partnership options including university-college collaboration
2 Innovative service delivery 3 Postsecondary education quality and student
experience (including student and ancillary services)
Possible Alignment Measures
bull Institutional track record with partnerships bull Assessment ofproposed academic plan and
service delivery bull Range of planned student and ancillary
services compared with services at existing campuses (short- and long-term)
bull Existing student experience (KPIs student outcomes)
Possible Information to Build Evidence Base
bull Institutions Strategic Plan bull Business case in support ofproposed academic plan including partnerships with relevant
raquo information aboutcurriculumpedagogy raquo financial information
raquo interjurisdictional case studies and examples bull Impact analysis with respect toacademic and administrative quality and quality of experience bull Overview of new program accreditation required ifapplicable
12
Fl-fel
9 Communications Protocol
Proposal submissions must be received at MCEsubmissions ontarioca by September 26 2014 Late submissions will not be accepted
Specific questions submitted to the ministry as part of the process will be answered and will be made available to all participants
To ensure a fair and transparent process the ministry will not provide any advisory services to institutions on an individual basis
10 Role of Infrastructure Ontario and Alternative
Financing and Procurement Infrastructure Ontario is a Crown agency of the Government of Ontario It is focused on modernizing and financing the renewal of public infrastructure maximizing the value of public real estate and managing government facilities It also provides expertise in project delivery lending real estate management and asset planning Infrastructure Ontario now has a greater role in procuring infrastructure as well engaging in both traditional forms of procurement and alternative financing and procurement (AFP) when appropriate
As indicated in the Ministry of Infrastructures Building Together Plan and in the provincial governments planning and budgeting process recommendations will be made on the procurement method and delivery of all college infrastructure projects valued at more than $50 million In addition universities with successful projects and associated provincial grants in excess of $100 million will be required to consult with Infrastructure Ontario The $100 million threshold may be lowered in future years
The criteria for assessing these projects could include scope complexity and value-for-money assessment with input from the ministry and Infrastructure Ontario
13
Pl-bl
11 The Selection Process and Funding The ministry will oversee the process leading to the selection of successful applications A multi-ministry panel will review the applications and make recommendations to Cabinet through the Ministry of Training Colleges and Universities Cabinetwill make the final decision aboutsuccessful projects andor future courses of action
Funding for successful projects will be provided subsequently The number of projects selected for support as well as the level and timing of funding will be determined by the provincial government and will reflect a range of considerations including the fiscal environment
12 Components of the Submission The following components of the submission are to be provided to the ministry by the dates indicated In addition to what is required below institutions may submit their proposals in any format that they believe best demonstrates the strengths of their proposed project with due attention to the relevance and conciseness of information supplied (Note that institutions may be asked to revise and re-submit their proposals ifexcessive amounts of information are provided)
All submissions must be preceded by
bull A Notice of Intent to be received by the ministry no later than June 27 2014
The Notices of Intent will give the ministry an early overview of interest in Major Capacity Expansion
14
pl-fe
The components of the proposal submission to be received by the ministry no later than September 26r 2014 are as follows
bull A completed checklist
A checklist is included in the Call for Proposals package The checklist must be completed and included in the submission (The checklist is reproduced from Appendix A of the Major Capacity Expansion Policy Framework page 12)
bull A completed capital template
Please refer to the template included in the Call for Proposals package The template requests detailed information on enrolment projections and funding sources This information must be provided using the template but it may also be presented in a different format in the context of the overall presentation
bull Supplementary information
Institutions are welcome to submit supplementary information to support their proposal Supplementary information may include a business case environmental impact studies and any other information or documentation that substantiates the proposal As noted earlier conciseness and relevance of information are
valued
Pleasealso include evidence of support for your proposal (including documentation of land ownership or leasing contracts documentation of municipal or other funding and letters of support)
In the case of a joint university-college submission approval under s 28 of the Financial Administration Act is required for financing if the debt is related to Colleges or if there is a contingent liability
15
Fl-b4shy
13 Links to Related Documents and Resources
Major Capacity Expansion Policy Framework
Differentiation Policy Framework
Places to Grow
Building Together
14 Disclosure of Information
The Freedom of Information and Protection of Privacy Act (FIPPA) applies to information in the custody or under the control of the ministry Institutions should identify whether any information in their proposals is submitted in confidence within the meaning of s 17 of FIPPA The proposals may be shared with a multi-ministry panel or other advisers that the ministry retains to assist with the assessment of the proposals
15 Call for Proposals Timeline
Date Deliverable
March 27 2014 Release of Call for Proposals
June 27 2014 Notice of Intent
September 26 2014 Close of Call for Proposals
Contact Information
Ministry staff may need to contact institutions to clarify details or request additional information Please provide complete and current contact information in your submission
16
![Page 9: Pl-I *^ BRAMPTON ReP°rt of Cou… · Pi-2> Current Situation: Following Council approval of its Post-Secondary Education Strategy on November 6, ... Call for Proposals Timeline .](https://reader033.fdocuments.in/reader033/viewer/2022060721/6080f345afc78e210d009525/html5/thumbnails/9.jpg)
Fl-q APPENDIX 2
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario
PI-10 October
2013
A Post-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario
The role ofpost-secondary education infostering economic development in Ontarios communities has never been more significant than today in this post-recessionary period
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 1
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario
1 INTRODUCTION ^
Higher learning is avision and commitment shared by the Province ofOntario post-secondary education institutions and industry As will be demonstrated in this Strategy the City of Brampton is a strong advocate and supporter of this shared vision
Creating and preserving knowledge-based jobs by enabling investments in post-secondary education research innovation and commercialization activities is at the heart of Bramptons economic vision In this post-recessionary period economic expansion is highly dependent on strategies designed to achieve this outcome
University Strategy
We are pleased to present Bramptons Strategy for post-secondary university education in
Brampton a two-pronged approach
Goal 1 Support the Creation of Sheridan University that is Committed Exclusively to
Undergraduate Professional Education The Cityof Brampton supports the vision and
mission of a new Sheridan University as a global leader in undergraduate professional
education To support this vision the Cityof Brampton is advocating and prepared to
invest its local share in a new undergraduate paradigm in Ontario that is exclusively
committed to undergraduate professional education features a strong focus on
students teaching and learning creativity and innovation offers undergraduate
research that is connected to industry and produces professional accreditations that
achieve the highest standards of quality programming and faculty The City of
Brampton is proposing that Sheridan University have a profound presence in Downtown
Brampton
Goal 2 Attract a New Research-Oriented University Campus in Brampton To support
the growing demand for undergraduate and graduate programs in the Toronto-centered
region (Zone 7) the City of Brampton is prepared to invest its local share in a new
university campus that features research capabilities for students faculty and industry
The City is prepared to partner with an existing Ontario university or participate with the
Province of Ontario in the start-up of the next publicly funded institute in Ontario
located in Brampton
A key underpinning of this Strategy is that the two goals described above are complementary
and intrinsically related from an advancement and institutional perspective
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 2
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario
Demand Drivers
The core drivers ofdemand that justify the expansion of post-secondary education in Ontario particularly in the Greater Toronto Area are well documented
What we present inthis Strategy however is a local community perspective that defines a compelling need for a new waveof post-secondary expansion driven by innovative thinking on undergraduate professional education as well as on undergraduate and graduate education with a focus on research-oriented programs classrooms and labs for faculty students and industry
In our recent strategic planning and community engagement process we found an interesting
human spirit and positive cultural attitude toward higher learning in Brampton This
community perspective was captured through extensive engagement approaches and multiple
primary and secondary information-gathering methods
As a result we have developed a Strategy that paints the picture of a growing diverse and
committed Brampton community ready for university development and a municipality that is
prepared to invest and lead a process that facilitates its communitys vision
Structure
This document is structured as follows
Part 2 - The Need - Meeting the Increasing Demand for Post-Secondary Education
Part 3 - Defining the Opportunities in Brampton
Part 4 - Bramptons Strategic Partnership - a Track Record of Success
Part 5 - Commitment to this Strategy
Part 6 - Next Steps - Our Proposed Implementation Plan
Part 7 - Key Contacts
A Note on Benchmarked Regions in Ontario
Ontarios geography for student registration statistics (OUAC) includes a Zone 7 comprised of
the Cityof Toronto York Region Peel Region (including Brampton) and Simcoe County This
was the reference zone used in our comparative analysis
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 3
A Post-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario
Fl-li 2 THE NEED - MEETING THE INCREASED DEMAND FOR POST-SECONDARY
EDUCATION
The economic benefits of the youth and vitalitythat a new college or university campus would bring are not lost on the Citys residents as a large majority view it to be a top priority for economic development
(64) particularly among influencers (84) Residents of Brampton Compiled by Environlcs 2013
Our Community Speaks Out
In 2013 the City invited its community to participate in a comprehensive strategic planning
program It has been ten years since the City last undertook a strategic planning exercise The
community has changed in that time and will continue to change as our population rises in
keeping with the Province of Ontarios Places to Grow Act
It began with initial research to identify the priorities of Bramptons residents and businesses
figure out what the City is doing well and where there may be room for improvement This
phase was completed through meetings with a variety of community groups and organizations
and a telephone survey to learn about the publics priorities perceptions and concerns From
the information we have collected we identified five Strategic Priorities for Bramptons future
Next we completed the community engagement phase of the process through a series of Town
Hall meetings and other feedback options including the Citys website Twitter email
voicemail and of course one-on-one
The feedback from residents has been impressive The vision and direction offered by the
public is persuasive articulate and focused on these priorities
o Economic Development
o Growth Management
o Environmental Stewardship
o Community Engagement
o Corporate Excellence
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 4
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario FI-I+
Economic development and growth management were identified asthe most important areas of focus for the City The public was clear that attracting large brand name companies and developing local talent were among the major themes for the Citys economic development Similarly the two most important economic development initiatives identified by Brampton residents were first attracting new businesses to the City (69 top priority rating) and second the building of college and university campuses (64) These two priorities are intrinsically related to each other
Promote Brampton Internationally
Support SMEs
Build College and University Campuses
Attract New Business
Top Priority bull Secondary Priority Not a Priority a Dont Know
Source Environics 2013 (Prepared for the City of Brampton Strategic Planning Engagement)
Growing Population
Brampton is a designated growth centre in the Province of Ontario With an official population
of523911 (2011) Brampton is the 9th largest City in Canada 4th largest in Ontario and 3rd largest in the Greater Toronto Area Between 1981 and 2011 Bramptons population grew by
an extraordinary rate of 84 per year Bramptons population is expected to reach
approximately 843000 people by 2031
Total Population 1981-2031
8428000
433806 325428
234445 268251 149090 188498
1981 1986 1991 1996 2001 2006 2011 2031
Source Statistics Canada 1981-2011 Forecast by Hemson Consulting Ltd Oct 2013
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 5
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario pf~S
At 21 Bramptons population grew more than the benchmarks during the period between 2006 and 2011 With a total population increase of90105 persons during this time-frame Brampton was ranked 3rd in Canada behind Toronto and Calgary and ahead of Edmonton Surrey Ottawa and Vaughan
Geography Population Population Population Change 2006 2011 2006 to 2011
Brampton (Zone 7) 433806 523911 208
York Region (Zone 7) 892712 1032524 157
Peel Region (Zone 7) 1159455 1296814 118
Toronto CMA 5113149 5583064 92
Canada 31612897 33476688 59
Ontario 12160282 12851821 57
Simcoe County (Zone 7) 422204 446063 57
City of Toronto (Zone 7) 2503281 2615060 45 Source Statistics Canada 2006 amp 2011
In 2006 the population in Zone 7 was 498 million representing 41 of the total population in Ontario By 2011 the population in this zone soared to 539 million featuring an impressive
82 growth rate above the provincial and national averages
This is a sound level of household formation during a difficult period in Ontarios economic
history Most of the population and household growth occurred in Peel and York Regions
a high demand zone for future university expansion
Brampton is ideally situated in Zone 7
to host Ontarios next wave
of university expansion
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 6
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario H (~ Icopy
A Young and Family Oriented Community
Brampton is a young City with a median age of 347 years according to Statistics Canada
Bramptons population is younger than the ten most populated cities in Canada as well as the
nation the province of Ontario and the Toronto region
Municipality Median Age Median Age 2011 Rank 2011
Brampton 347 1
Edmonton 360 2
Calgary 364 3
Mississauga 385 4
Montreal 386 5
Winnipeg 390 6
Toronto 392 7
Ottawa 392 7
Vancouver 397 9
Hamilton 409 10
Toronto CMA 386
York Region 393
Peel Region 369
Simcoe County 418
Ontario 404
Canada 406
Source Statistics Canada 2011
The typical post-secondary education enrollment age group between 20 and 39 includes more
than 151800 Brampton residents representing a growth rate of 28 between 2006 and 2011
Immigration is a Driver of Economic Growth
For the first time in its history the number of residents living in Brampton that was born
outside of Canada exceeded 50 of the population In other words the foreign-born
population in Brampton is greater than the Canadian-born population
Immigration continues to be a major influence in the growth and diversification of Bramptons
population labour force employment household income business enterprises and
institutions
This is a differentiating factor that is shaping a new highly energetic image of the City of
Brampton
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 7
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario ^ I bull |
Brampton is a magnet for newCanadians The peak immigration period in Bramptons statistical history is indeed the present time The most recent immigration figures from the 2001 and 2006 Census Surveys and the 2011 National Household Survey revealed that more than 83000 people settled in Brampton between 2001 and 2011 This represents an average annual rate of 8300 new foreign-born residents or approximately 33 of the total immigration into Canada into Brampton
Geography Foreign-Born Foreign Born Population Population 2011
Total 2011 As a of Population
Brampton 263670 506
Peel Region 650530 505
City of Toronto 1252215 486
Toronto CMA 2537410 46
York Region 463125 452
Ontario 3611365 29
Canada 6775765 n
Simcoe County 50915 116
Source Statistics Canada 2011
Between 2006 and 2011 the major countries of birth for new Brampton residents included
1 India-525
2 Philippines-68
3 Pakistan - 63
Languages Spoken in Brampton
Panjabi (Punjabi) Hindi and Urdu were the top three non-official languages in 2011 accounting
for 66 of all of the non-official languages spoken in Brampton making this City one of a few in
Canada with significant allophone representation
Rounding out the top ten languages spoken in Brampton were Portuguese (4) Spanish (5)
Tamil (6) Tagalog (7) Gujarati (8) Italian (9) and Vietnamese (10)
In total eighty-nine languages were reported in the 2011 National Household Survey as being
spoken in Brampton homes
Post-Secondary Educational Attainment
At 51 post-secondary education attainment in Brampton is below key benchmarks However
it is the municipalitys goal to increase this level to meet the provincial (55) and national (54)
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 8
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario p 1mdash1Q
average bypromoting and facilitating post-secondary facilities and access to programs that are next-to- home
Geography Post-Secondary Percentage of Certificate Diploma Total Population or Degree 2011 15 and Older 2011
CityofToronto 1271gt545 58
Toronto CMA 2629970 58
York Region 487945 58
Peel Region 576995 56
Ontario 5717340 55
Canada 14805190 54
Brampton 206770 51
Simcoe County 180650 50
Source Statistics Canada 2011
The Citys strategic economic growth initiatives will continue to result in a more diversified and
talented labour force Such initiatives include residential and commercial intensification of
Bramptons central commercial corridor attracting knowledge-based industries expansion of
executive housing supply investment in arts and culture and supporting programs that
promote entrepreneurship innovation and commercialization
Household Income
At $77787 Brampton had the 2nd highest reported household income among the regions in this sample
Geography Median Household Benchmark
Total Income Rank
2010
York Region $89100 1
Brampton $77787 2
Peel $77588 3
Toronto CMA $70365 4
Simcoe County $67468 5
Ontario $66358 6
Canada $61072 7
City of Toronto $58381 8
Source Statistics Canada 2011
Further between 2005 and 2010 the total number of Brampton households reported in the
highest income category being $100000 and more increased by 425
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 9
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario H|deg
Population Growth is Complimented by Strong Employment Growth
The Brampton economy has been projected to attract approximately 120000 net new jobs by 2031 for a total of 291000 people working in Brampton based business establishments
Employment 2011 2016 2021 2026 2031
Brampton 171000 204000 239000 263000 291000
Peel 730000 820000 880000
Source Hemson Consulting Ltd Oct 2013
Brampton will lead economic growth in Peel over the next two decades attracting 80 of the
employment forecasted in the region Brampton is home to 8075 businesses Brampton
businesses contribute approximately $129 Billion to the GDP or 52 of the output in the
Toronto Region The Citys output is dominated by a mixed economy heavily structured on
goods-producing trades and professional business services industries
The major non-government industries dominating the economic base of Brampton by place of
work employment include
- Manufacturing
- Retail and Wholesale Trade
- Professional and Business Services
- Transportation and Warehousing
This skilled and educated workforce in Brampton represents the 3rd highest concentration of labour in the Toronto Region
Major Corporations
Bramptons corporate community is vibrant featuring an impressive list of corporations from
Canadian and International enterprises that have invested in office production andor logistics
facilities in this community
bull Rogers Communications
bull Chrysler Canada
bull Loblaw Companies
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 10
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario P ImiO
Maple Lodge Farms
Canadian Tire Corporation
Coca Cola Bottling
Waste Management of Canada
Gamma Dynacare
Olymel LLP
Air Canada Strategic Operations Centre
Bacardi Canada
Export Packers Ltd
HBC Canada
Ford Motor Company
Nissan Canada
Medtronics Canada
MDA Robotics
Q9 Canada
Aircraft Appliances and Equipment
Para Paints Canada
Brita Water Filter
Clorox Canada Canon Canada recently Hunter Douglas Windows
announced theMandarin Restaurant Corporation
Nestle Canada relocation of their
Maple Leaf Foods national headquarters HankookTire
to Brampton Ontario Smuckers Canada
Parmalat Canada
Miele Canada
Best Buy CanadaFuture Shop Canada
Small and Medium Sized Enterprises (SMEs)
The backbone of Canadas economy is found in the entrepreneurs and innovators who own
and operate small and medium-sized enterprises While Brampton has an excellent
portfolio of corporate brand names the SME sector is an active contributor to economic
growth Ninety-four per cent (94) of all businesses in Brampton had less than 50
employees Small businesses remain strong in professional scientific and technical support
sectors as well as in business services and the retail and wholesale trades
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 11
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario FI-21
Brampton business establishments with less than ten employees had 23000 workers on their payroll in 2011
Public Sector Employment
Adiverse economic base such as Bramptons is also characterised by very good representation from institutions in the public sector
Major employers include
Regional Municipal of Peel The Peel Memorial Centre for
William Osier Health System
Peel Regional Police Integrated Health and Wellness
Corporation of the City of Brampton will attract between 3000-4000
Sheridan College Institute of Technology professionals in the medical
and Advanced Learning services sector by 2016
bull Ontario Courthouse - Grenville Davis
University Application Statistics
The Ontario Universities Application Centre (OUAC) produces an annual report of
application and registration data for secondary school and other applicants
In 2011 514596 applications were administered by the Ontario University system In the
ten-year period between 2002 and 2011 Ontario saw the number of applications received
grow by approximately 135000 During the same time-frame the number of registered
applicants increased by approximately 23000 or 336 In 2011 Ontario universities
hosted 78434 registered applicants
A key finding of the 2011 OUAC Report is that universities located in geographic zone 7
these being the Ontario College of Arts and Design York University Ryerson University and
the University of Toronto attracted the highest proportion of registered applicants from
their home-zone when compared to all other universities in Ontario
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 12
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario p I bull ^i
This point is highlighted in the following table
Universities in Geographic Registered Secondary Registered Other Group Zone 7 School Applicants Applicants
Originating From Originating from (includes Peel Region York Region Zone 7 in 2011 Zone 7 in 2011 Simcoe County and City of Toronto)
( of Total Registered for ( of Total Registered for Each University) Each University)
York 865 592
Ryerson 822 616
Toronto 743 209
OCAD 643 542
Average 4 System Wide 454 306 Source Ontario University Application Centre 2011
Given the large population demographic composition socio-economic characteristics and
cultural attitudes of residents living in Zone 7 it is clear that there is a positive bias for students
particularly secondary-school students to attend a university where they can live near or stay
within their family and community structures
This is a prevalent trend in Peel Region York Region Simcoe County and the City of Toronto
(the communities that comprise Zone 7) more so than any other region in Ontario
As a summary of the complex set of demand factors highlighted in this section of the report we
see tremendous justification for additional university services on the outer edge of the Greater
Toronto Area
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 13
A Post-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario Fl-ii
3 DEFINING THE OPPORTUNITY
Goal 1 - Sheridan University Campus in Downtown Brampton
Project Vision
Site Options
A
AX
PI
A profound and holistic Sheridan Downtown Brampton Campus
connected to its 9500 plus students at Brampton Davis Steeles Campus
supported by enhanced transit to its HMC Campus I and II and Oakville
Campus
1Nelson Square Garage (Phase II SWQRP) and Phase III Lands
2Heritage Theatre Block ^~ rzmdash~ V V i
bullbull bull bull --bull shy
bull -bullbullbull-Ty ^
General Description of Site Locations - for illustrative purposes only
Mobility These sites are within a 5-minute walking distance to the existing
Brampton GO Train Station (with service to Union Station and
KitchenerWaterloo) and the ZUM Bus Rapid Transit service on
Queen Street and Main Street with service to Sheridan Davis
Campus Guelph-Humber University Campus Mississauga City
Centre (HMC I and II) and York University The proposed
Hurontario-Main Light Rapid Transit system is also within walkinj
distance of the site and offers a direct link to HMC I and II
Infrastructure Type Post-Secondary Education Campus and Related Uses
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 14
A Post-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario Fl-24shy
Project Type DBFM or DBF Design Build Finance Maintain or Design Build
Finance (the final business model is subject to a detailed
feasibility study)
Goal 2 - A New University Campus in Brampton
Project Vision A new university campus that offers undergraduate and graduate
degrees with research-oriented programs for students faculty
industry
Site Option 1 65-acre site at McLaughlin Road and Queen Street West
southwest corner known municipally as Flower City Community
Campus This site was formerly owned by the Province of
Ontario (OPP Headquarters and Training Centre) and is currently
being used by the municipality
Mobility This site is located in the Central Area of Brampton with Brampton
Transit service provided to the property The site is 15
kilometres from the Downtown GO Train Station and the
Downtown ZUM BRT Station on Main Street and 3 km to the
Brampton ZUM BRT station at Shoppers World - Steeles Avenue
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 15
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario p | bull ^S
Site Location Option 2
Mobility
Infrastructure Type
Project Type
The road network provides easy access to the major 400 series
highways for example ETR 407 is 35 km south of this site and
Highway 410 is 45 km east of the site
2719 Bovaird Drive West at Heritage Road southwest quadrant
This 87-acre site was formerly owned by private industry Today
the site is owned by the City of Brampton and is being used by the
municipality for maintenance and operation services
CON5WHS
CON5WHS
iV
I
The Mount Pleasant GO Train Station is 22 km east of the site at
Creditview Road The major Highway 401 and ETR 407 juncture
is approximately 8 km by automobile Future infrastructure
serving this area includes the GTA West Corridor immediately
north and east of the subject property
Post-Secondary Education Campus and Related Uses
DBFM or DBF Design Build Finance Maintain or Design Build
Finance (the final business model is subject to a detailed
feasibility study)
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 16
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario p | 1copy
4 BRAMPTONS STRATEGIC PARTNERSHIPS - A RECORD OF SUCCESS
With its strategic partners the Cityof Brampton has demonstrated an excellent record of
success in building and delivering physical and human infrastructure projects designed to expand public services and improve Bramptons economicdevelopment competitiveness
Ultimately these partnerships have created and preserved Ontario jobs In this section we
showcase a few of these strategic projects
Transit Infrastructure Project-Zum Bus Rapid Transit Project
Zum is Brampton Transits Bus Rapid Transit (BRT) service With its limited stops advanced
technology and real-time next bus information Zum connects people and places within
Brampton and throughout the Greater Toronto Area (GTA) Zum Queen Street service began in
the fall of 2010 Ziim Main Street service began operating in September 2011 and Ziim Steeles
Avenue started in the fall of 2012
Ziim was funded by all three levels of government with investments of $95 million each from
the Federal Provincial and Municipal governments for a total allotment of $285 million
Phase Iof the project required $159 million Phase II which expanded services along Queen
Street and Steeles Avenue as well as introduce new services on Bovaird Drive will require $126
million when fully completed
This is a DBFM - Design Build Finance and Maintain project led by the City of Brampton
Brampton designed built financed and maintains all aspects of the Zum system-wide capital
and operating costs related to
bull Roadway infrastructure intersection modifications and signal priority equipment
bull New terminals and station stops with high-quality passenger amenities
Capital equipment including new vehicles for expanded and rebranded service
Intelligent Transportation System technologies including real-time passenger information
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 17
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario p ( raquo^7
Post-Secondary Education Infrastructure Project -Sheridan Centre for Advanced Manufacturing and Design Technology (CAMDT)
In response to the changing face of manufacturing in Central and Southern Ontario Sheridan College and the City of Brampton embarked on a vision to assist Canadian manufacturers to compete globally with knowledge and technology asthe keys to their success
Led by Sheridan College ITAL the CAMDT $8 million venture is a partnership with more than 20 regional manufacturers the Province of Ontario and the City of Brampton Together we are growing regional talent in this important sector In 2005 CAMDT opened its doors
Seen as a strategic economic development initiative the City of Brampton was a major funding
and local knowledge partner contributing$25 million to CAMDT - the largest investment it has
ever made as a municipality in post-secondary education City Councils investment in Sheridan
is intended to address the demand (in the manufacturing sector) for graduates with a broad
range of advanced technical and management skills as well as to provide enhanced training for
those already in the workforce
CAMDT uses a consortia approach with the following goals
New full-time courses and industrycollege projects
Applied research initiatives and student projects
Contract training and continuing education courses
Strengthen program enrolments and graduate placements
The Centre for Sustainable Manufacturing (CSM) is located in Brampton and houses 18000
square feet of state-of-the-art labs and a flexible automation and fabrication centre The labs
support academic programs in integrated manufacturing computer-aided
draftingmanufacturing and manufacturing management
The Centre helps meet current and future needs of local manufacturers to stimulate regional
economic development and prosperity Sheridan government and local industry have
collaborated for nearly a decade to position the Centre to address critical skills gaps in the
manufacturing sector The Centre is now partnering with industry to support technical financial
and knowledge development to facilitate adoption of innovative technologies that minimize
resource consumption harmful emissions waste and use of toxic materials
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 18
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario p | mdash^ff
Health Care Infrastructure Project shy
Peel Memorial Centre for Integrated Health and Wellness
The new Peel Memorial Centre in Brampton will support the William Osier Health Systems vision for an integrated health system by providing primary ambulatory and outpatient-based care
This is a DBFM - Design Build Maintain Finance project led by Infrastructure Ontario (10)
Scheduled to open in 2016 Peel Memorial CIHW will provide specialized outpatient-based care
including urgent care day surgery and specialty clinics with a focus on helping individuals better
manage chronic conditions like asthma diabetes and kidney disease
According to Osier Health System Peel Memorial will introduce new models of care to shift the
focus from illness to wellness and encourage patients to take a more active role in managing
their own health and well-being
Representing the leading edge in integrated health care delivery Peel Memorial will provide
access to specialized patient-centred care in a state-of-the-art facility that offers a wide variety
of traditional and alternative health care services It will help people to get and stay well
through a series of education prevention disease management and healing programs
In the fall of 2012 Osier received government approval to move forward with a request for
qualifications to design build finance and maintain the new facility Following this
announcement Brampton City Council decided to invest 50 of the community share with a
$60 million levy in support of the new Peel Memorial
Downtown Intensification Infrastructure Project shy
Southwest Quadrant Renewal Plan Municipal Office and Commercial Retail Development
On August 10 2011 Bramptons City Council approved the terms of agreement for the
Southwest Quadrant Renewal Plan which enables the City to move forward with a creative
solution to meet the Citys future administrative space needs and plans for revitalization of
Bramptons downtown The successful proposal submitted by Dominus Construction Group is
a plan for a mixed-use development with several new features including new administrative
parking and retail space and a pedestrian-friendly cityscape for completion in 2014
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 19
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario p f~2raquo^
This is a DBF - Design Build Finance project led by Dominus Construction Group The City is a tenant in the building on a long-term lease
Phase 1 of this LEEDS project now under construction includes a new nine-storey building at 41 George Street that can accommodate
bull 126398 foot building for administrative space
bull 10147 square feet for ground retail space
bull 10545 square feet for multi-purpose meeting rooms
bull 443 parking spaces (five levels of parking)
Phase la also under construction includes a two-storey addition to the current City Hall that
can accommodate
bull 2507 square feet for committee rooms
bull 6187 square feet for ground retail space
Phases 1 and la of the Southwest Quadrant Renewal Plan (SWQRP) represents a $94M
investment in the downtown and all 3 Phases of the combined SWQRP represents an
estimated investment of $251M
This investment in the Southwest Quadrant Renewal Plan is another major building block in the
ongoing evolution and revitalization of downtown Brampton both in terms of contributing to
the urban landscape as well as attracting private sector investment and opportunities
Combined with other major projects like the Rose Theatre Brampton the launch of Ziim on
Queen and Main Streets restoration work at Alderlea and Peel Heritage Complex and several
new condominium projects Bramptons Downtown is experiencing an exciting resurgence
The City of Brampton is planning to add another signature building in our downtown core
further evidence of Bramptons commitment to economic development
Sustainable Community Development Project shy
Mount Pleasant Mobility Hub
The project includes a number of elements that serve to establish Mount Pleasant as a transit-
oriented development exemplifying a more sustainable approach to suburban community
living
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 20
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario p |~^Q
In partnership with the OntarioGovernment MetrolinxGO and Mattamy Homes the City has invested approximately $23 million in the following infrastructure
bull Community Transit Infrastructure station stops and related passenger amenities
Intelligent Transportation Systems (ITS) and transit enhancements at intersections
bull Mobility Hub facility bus layovers sheltered passenger areas clock tower bike storage areas and related amenities
bull Cultural Heritage reconstructed historic CPR station structure to be used as a cultural
facility in the Mt Pleasant civicsquare shared with the Peel District School Board and the
Library
bull Pedestrian amenities Civic Square and Village Green incorporating a reflection poolskating
facility public art canopy structures play area and landscaping features
Through development and stewardship the Mount Pleasant Community will restore and
enhance individual features that currently cover approximately 8 (or 41 hectares) of the
area and create a Natural Heritage System that will cover approximately 19 (or 976 hectares)
of the community As development proceeds within the Mount Pleasant Community the
NHS will come into public ownership The City will be responsible to manage the NHS and our
goal is to support natural processes and regeneration that are beneficial to the health and
diversity of the natural features functions and habitat This will generally mean
bull Planting no-maintenance vegetative buffers between natural areas and private
properties using native trees shrubs and groundcovers
bull Not mowing pruning or spraying natural areas for weeds and insects
bull Allowing for annual flooding and ponding of water along East Huttonville Creek and
within wetlands and woodlands to maintain a natural hydrology that is critical for plant
and wildlife health and diversity
bull Allowingfor the natural loss of vegetation and regrowth of young trees and shrubs
bull Managing natural areas for invasive species such as Buckthorn and Norway Maple
bull Managing the urban trees along streets and parks for invasive species such as Emerald
Ash Borer
The Mount Pleasant Mobility Hub represents a large project that has created one-time
employment within the stipulated 2-year construction period as well generating annual
multipliers supporting Bramptons economic development for future generations
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 21
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario p [raquo^ )
5 OUR INVESTMENT - A COMMITMENT TO POST SECONDARY EDUCATION
The City of Brampton iscommitted to investing in this Strategy Below is a summary of the types of financial and in-kind investmentsthe municipality is prepared to make in order to realize this Strategy
bull Municipal Land Contribution
bull Municipal Commitment to Economic and Market Growth Policies
bull Municipal assistance on site servicing for digitally linked and virtual classrooms
laboratories office
bull Shared Infrastructure related to municipal services such as library field house gymnasium
bull Design an extensive planning process and design exercise that represents the highest
standard of excellence including engaging the community and surrounding land-owners
LEEDS Community and Environmental Design
bull Facilitating municipal and community partnerships to maximize utilization of spaces during
the May - August shoulder period
bull Economic development research grant to support research that fosters innovation and
commercialization
bull Support industry partnerships and innovative enterprises
bull Demonstrate commitment to a shared provincial municipal and university relationship
focused on a culture of open communication shared values community engagement and
volunteerism
bull Staff time and expertise dedicated to teams assigned to this Strategy
bull Leverage City of Brampton AAA Credit Rating by Standard amp Poors
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 22
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario p- ( ~ Q jL
6 IMPLEMENTATION STEPS
The following decision milestones guide the municipal commitment and stewardship of this
Strategy
bull Exploratory Meetings with Sheridan Executive and Chair of Governing Council
bull Preparation of Bramptons Post-Secondary Strategy Proposal
bull Presentation to Premier Wynne - Receive and Endorse Proposed Strategy
bull City Council approval of final post-secondary strategy and approval to enter into a
Memorandum of Understanding with Sheridan College ITAL to explore the feasibility of
establishing Sheridan University in Downtown Brampton
bull Execute an MOU with Sheridan
bull Complete the Feasibility Study for Goal 1
bull Form a project team to prepare the technical documents in support of an RFP related to
Goal 2 -Attract a new undergraduate and graduate research-oriented university campus
aligned with Bramptons vision and proposed site locations with reporting to Council
7 CONTACTS
Susan Fennell
Mayor
City of Brampton Tel 905-874-2600
John Corbett MCIP RPP
Chief Administrative Officer
City of Brampton Tel 905-874-2625
Creating andpreserving knowledge-basedjobs by enabling investments in post-secondary education research innovation and commercialization activities
is at the heart ofBramptons economic vision
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 23
APPENDIX 3
FI-V4shybullUTaarrgt-^M
Major
Capacity
Expansion
Policy
Framework
December 2013
Ministry of Training Colleges and Universities
pound Ontario
PI -IS
The Ontario Public Service endeavours to demonstrate leadership with respect to accessibility in Ontario Our goal isto ensure that Ontario government services products and focilities ore occessible to all our employees and to all members of the public we serve This document or the information that itcontains is available on request in alternative formats Please forward all requests for alternative formats to ServiceOntario ot 1-800-668-9938 (TTY 1-800-268-7095)
line publication equivolenle est disponible en francais sous le titre suivant (Mesttattgique pout Iocuoissement moeur de hcapocili 2013
This publication is also available on the Ministry ofTraining Colleges and Universities website at wwvontariocatcu 13-278 bull ISBN 978-1-4606-3428-8 (POF) bull copy Queens Printer for Ontario 2013
Contents
Vision 5
Context 5
Government Priorities 6
Components of the Policy Framework 7
Initial Review 7
Scope 7
Selection and Approval 9
Policy Implementation and Compliance 10
Appendix A
Contact Information and Checklist for Institutions Considering
Capacity Expansion 11
Appendix B
An Outline of the Review and Approval Process for Planned
Capacity Expansion Proposals 13
Appendix C
General Evaluation Criteria for Major Capacity Expansion 14
Pi-Vi
Vision
Ontarios colleges and universities will drive creativity innovation knowledge and community engagement through teaching and research They will put students first by providing the best possible learning experience for all qualified learners in an affordable and financially sustainable way ensuring high quality and globally competitive outcomes for students and Ontarios knowledge economy
Context
Between 2002-03 and 2012-13 the postsecondary education system in Ontario expanded substantially with full-time enrolment growing by over 160000 more than in any decade in the provinces history Ontario has been supporting enrolment growth across the college and university sectors through increases in operating grants enhancements to student financial aid and capital investments
Ontarios postsecondary institutions have been committed partners in their efforts to accommodate these unprecedented levels of enrolment growth and have thus contributed to expanding opportunities for students to pursue higher education in many communities across Ontario
At65 per cent Ontarios level of postsecondary attainment (college university and apprenticeship) in 2012 was higher than thatof any country in theOrganisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) The Ontario government has set a postsecondary education attainment target of 70 per cent to ensure that the province continues to benefit from the competitive advantage of its highly skilled and educated workforce in the global economy
In this context it is essential to ensure that in future the right spaces are created in the right places for Ontarios students This can be done by targeting areas in which population growth is strong but local postsecondary education capacity is limited
Population growth in Ontario has recently been - and is expected tocontinue to be - concentrated in a number of large urban areas Some of the regions and communities where strong
Fl-W
long-term demand growth is anticipated are not currently served by local campuses In those areas gaps have recently begun to appear between enrolment demand growth and the capacity to accommodate continued enrolment growth If left unaddressed those gaps are likely to widen over time
Projections are subject to uncertainty and caution should always be used when considering long-term forecasts Based on the ministrys latest assessment of demographics and long-term postsecondary education participation patterns enrolment demand growth will moderate in the near term but is expected to return to more rapid growth after 2020 with the potential for substantial enrolment increases over the longer term Consistent with recent trends long-term demand is expected to be greatest for degree-level programs
It is anticipated that the focus of most major capacity expansions in the future will be at the undergraduate degree level Students in rapidly growing communities have access to substantial local college facilities more than they do to local university campuses In addition although graduate enrolment has risen significantly in recent years it is much lower than enrolment at the undergraduate level and tends to be concentrated in fewer institutions
The timing of this anticipated growth in demand provides an important opportunity The province will have time to plan for and address postsecondary education capacity needs in areas of Ontario where communities are growing and where students need better and more affordable access to postsecondary education opportunities closer to home
Government Priorities
The Major Capacity Expansion Policy Framework set out in this document seeks to achieve the following objectives
bull Ensuring that future large-scale capacity expansion supports long-term postsecondary education priorities including institutional differentiation
bull Managing enrolment growth strategically in line with provincial growth planning priorities to address regional capacity gaps in underserved areas
bull Putting in place a transparent evidence-based decision making and implementation process
ldegt
9 Addressing affordability and sustainability for students institutions and the province by maximizing the cost-effectiveness of targeted investments
bull Creating local community and regional economic benefits leading to job creation and greater economic diversity
Components of the Policy Framework The components of the Major Capacity Expansion policy framework include
1) a description of the kinds of initiatives that will be within the scope of the new approval and selection process
2) the selection process and the criteria that will be used in evaluating proposals for approval after a call for proposals is made and
3) details on implementation and compliance
Initial Review
Any institution considering an initiative that involves an expansion ofcapacity should contact the ministry in writing using the checklist provided in Appendix A The ministry will review initiatives proposed by institutions on a case-by-case basis to determine whether the planned expansion is subject to the new selection and approval process outlined below The ministry will provide a response to the institutions request in writing clearly indicating whether a proposed project or initiative will be subject to the new Major Capacity Expansion selection and approval process Initiatives subject to the new process are not to proceed unless approved by the provincial government following a formal call for proposals
Scope
This policy framework addresses a significant provincial interest in the need for provincial management of future large-scale expansions in postsecondary education capacity Effective management and planning is also needed to help avoid potential conflicts that can arise between and among institutions sect with respect to the location of new facilities and campuses s
FI-H-0
The new approval and selection process is primarily focused on initiatives that are designed to accommodate significant long-term increases in the number of domestic full-time postsecondary education students Such large-scale initiatives could include expansions at existing locations or might involve the establishment of new campuses Initiatives could be partnerships including university-college collaborations that would also enhance students educational experience and student pathways
Recognizing thata wide range and variety of potential expansion opportunities exist in Ontarios diverse and complex postsecondary education system the ministry has avoided setting rigid parameters to define major capacity expansion However initiatives characterized by the following scale-related features are most likely to be subject to the new approval and selection process
0 accommodates enrolment growth of more than 1000 full-time students in the short term with the potential to accommodate longer-term growth of5000 to 10000 over the next twenty years (ie long-term enrolment comparable to enrolment at substantial existing college or university campuses)
8 adds new facilities (either owned or secured through long-term lease) larger than 70000 square feet (roughly 6500 square metres) designated primarily for academic purposes
raquo offers a broad range of programs with substantial new or expanded ancillary services (or shows clear potential for future growth in program offerings and ancillary services)
bull significantly improves local student access to postsecondary education in the short term (and has the potential to do so in the longer term) particularly in geographic locations that may be experiencing or are expected to develop capacity gaps
When reviewing a planned expansion the ministry will also take into consideration whether the initiative
bull competes with other capacity expansion initiatives in a particular geographic area or would have an impact on existing or already-planned postsecondary education facilities
bull in the case of proposed new campuses is outside the local area of the institutions existing campuses or is in a new community for the institution in terms of substantial permanent academic facilities For the purpose of this policy the local
FH+I
area of a campus is defined as the area within the median commuter shed for Census Metropolitan Areas in Ontario as specified by Statistics Canada (about 10 km)
Institutions making expansion proposals will be required to provide evidence of prior consultation with and support from other institutions that could be affected by the proposal confirmation of their own Board of Governors support for the proposal and confirmation of significant support from the local municipality or region
Selection and Approval Decisions about future large-scale postsecondary education capacityexpansion projects will be made on the basis of a formal transparent competitive process that will begin with a call for proposals directed to institutions Consideration will be given to proposals for large-scale expansion ofexisting campuses (main or satellite campuses) andor for the creation of new campuses
Calls for proposals will be directed to publicly assisted postsecondary education institutions in Ontario Eligibility to submit a proposal will in general be extended to all institutions however the government may decide to limit eligibility as appropriate depending on current circumstances and evolving provincial priorities
Municipalities interested in being considered as host locations for future major capacity expansion should work in collaboration with institutions that would be prepared to submit a proposal
Priority will be given to proposals in regions that have been experiencing sustained population and postsecondary education demand growth and that are underserved in terms of postsecondary education opportunities
The timing of future calls for proposals the number of projects selected for support and the level and timing of funding will be determined by the provincial government and will reflect a range of considerations including the fiscal environment
FI-M-1
When evaluating proposals the ministry will consider a setof criteria in the following categories consistent with its priorities for future capacity expansion (as outlined on page 6)
bull Strategic management of long-term enrolment growth and accessibility
bull Differentiation sustainability and accountability bull Economic impact raquo Quality innovation and competitiveness (including
institutional partnership options) bull Affordability for students and the province (including
substantial support from host communities)
Over time as circumstances change and priorities evolve the ministry may articulate additional requirements for the competitive process For details of general evaluation criteria refer to Appendix C Additional templates may be provided when a call for proposals is announced
Once the proposals have been evaluated the ministry will make recommendations to Cabinet for funding support for the selected proposals When one or more proposals have been selected and approved for funding bilateral agreements will be put in place between the institution(s) selected and the ministry
Policy Implementation and Compliance This policy framework will be effective immediately Institutions are encouraged to submit their expansion plans for initial review as soon as possible
If an initiative is determined to be outside the scope of this new approval and selection process itwill still be subject to other relevant ministry approval processes including but not limited to program approval and capital funding processes It will also have to be consistent with the terms of the Strategic Mandate Agreement established between the institution and the ministry
Failure to comply with the requirements setout in this policy framework will affect provincial funding Specifically new or expanded enrolment at the location of the expansion will not be recognized for funding through the college or university operating grants and the institution will not be eligible for provincial capital funding at the location Failure to comply could also affect future capital decisions by the provincial government
0 with respect to other locations
Fl-42gt
Appendix A Contact Information and Checklist for Institutions Considering Capacity Expansion
Institutions considering capacity expansion should direct a letter describing the project or initiative along with a completed checklist (see below) to
MCEsubmi53101iionfariocc1
The following checklist will help the ministry determine whether the planned expansion will be subject to the new approval and selection process under the MajorCapacity Expansion policy framework1
Please complete the checklist (copy and scan the completed form or create an e-file based on the template) and include it as an attachment to your communication to the ministry outlining your institutions planned capacity expansion project
Please provide additional information as needed in the Comments section of the checklist
1 A planned expansion that is deemed subject to the new selection and approval process is not to proceed unless approved by the province following a formal call for proposals A planned expansion that is deemed outside the scope of the Major Capacity Expansion approval and selection process will still be subject to other relevant ministry approval processes including but not limited to program approval and capital funding processes
pl-4-4shy
Checklist for Institutions Considering Capacity Expansion
Checklist Items
Size
How many full-time students would this initiative accommodate based on current plans
Is there potential for substantial longer-term enrolment growth If yes please provide a high-level estimate of potential enrolment
How much space (in sq ft) will be designated for academic purposes in the proposed facility (or expansion) Would new facilities be owned or secured through long-term lease
What is the credential mix of programs associated with this proposed expansion
What programs would be made available
Consultation
Have you consulted with other institutions that could be affected by this proposal
bull Which institution(s) have you consulted Are they supportive
Has your institution engaged its Board of Governors with respect to this proposal Is the board supportive
Is your proposal supported by the local municipality region in which it would be located
bull Will third-party resources (municipalities region other) be available to support this initiative What is the level of support expected
Location Services
Where would the new capacity be located (municipality region)
bull Is this a new locationcommunity for your institution
If proposing expansion at a new location is the location more than 10 km from existing campus(es)
Does the planned expansion include ancillary and student services
bull Please provide a list of services to be offered
Notes
Yes No Comme -
DD
an
a a
a a
bull a
bull a
bull a
bull This list is designed to provide information needed to determine whether a proposal will be deemed subject to the Major Capacity Expansion policy approval and selection process
bull Decisions will be made on a case-by-case basis If additional information is needed a representative of the Ministry ofTraining Colleges and Universities will contact the institution Please provide complete contact information including name position title email address and phone numbers
FI-H5
Appendix B An Outline of the Review and Approval Process for Planned Capacity Expansion Proposals
Chart 1 below outlines the steps in the assessment process that will be used to determine whether a planned capacity expansion will be deemed subject to the approval and selection process under the Major Capacity Expansion policy framework
Chart 2 outlines the steps in the process of selecting initiatives for funding under the Major Capacity Expansion policy framework
Chart 1 Initial Review - Is the Planned Expansion Subject to the Major Capacity Expansion Selection and Approval Process
The planned expansion
does not move forward
until approved by the
province following a Ministry reviews the institutions formal call for proposals
Institution submits a letter Failure to comply will submission to evaluate whether
describing the planned the planned expansion will be affect provincial funding
expansion with a completed subject to the new selection 1gt4^lt^t^fea1Vitaiiij4gtlJULJl^
and approval process under
for review the Major Capacity Expansion The planned expansion policy framework moves forward subject to
checklist to the ministry
Wampj^WJfeWamp$Si^^ all other ministry approval
processes (eg capital and
program approvals)
bulluiut^w-ww-yishy
Chart 2 SelectionApproval Process far a Major Capacity Expansion Following a Call for Proposals
Callfor proposals initiated Institutions submit Ministry assesses proposals Announcement of selected
by the province proposals against evaluation criteria initiatives to be supported
and brings forward selected for major capacity
proposals for Cabinet expansion
approval
raquoHSW^8raquoMJmmLiMH WOWluUdUJIUlbUitL
13
r
shy
Fl-Ho
enoix C General Evaluation Criteria for Major Capacity Expansion
Category Evaluation Criteria
Strategic Significant expansion of local postsecondary education opportunities for management students in underserved areas with growing demand based on long-term of long-term demographic trends enrolment Alignment with provincial priorities including Growth Plan priorities and
economic development initiativesgrowth and Clear potential to add substantial new capacity and support futureaccessibility enrolment growth in the postsecondary education sector
Differentiation Alignment with the institutions Strategic Mandate Agreement and goals sustainability and priorities of the Differentiation Policy Framework and Impact on nearby institutions accountability Effective and sustainable governance model including consideration
of the impact of distance from the expansion location for administration and academic experience Focus on undergraduate programs Range of programs offered locally and avoidance of unwarranted duplication of existing programming
Economic Demonstrated Value for Money including AFP options where impact appropriate and limits on provincial contributions
Tangible regional economic benefits combined with potential for province-wide benefit based on labour force skills and economic growth Demonstrated local economic benefits and linkages with local industries
Quality Innovative service delivery innovation Institutional partnership options including university-college collaboration and Postsecondary education quality and student experience (including
ancillary and student services)competitiveness
Affordabiiity Evidence of substantial support from host community including financial for students contributions and land ownership
Economies of scaleand the
province Linkages with local transportation for commuting students Potential for leveraging private sector resources Evidence of consideration ofalternatives to expansion proposal based on existing capacity and potential partnerships Proven financial health of institution with asset management plan in place Demonstrated labour market demand
Nofe These are the general criteria that will be used to guide the selection and approval of proposals submitted in response toa ministry call for proposals
N
News Release
Helping More Students Pursue Postsecondary Education
Ontario Calls for Expansion Proposals from Universities March 272014 945 am
Office of the Premier
Premier Kathleen Wynne announced today that the government is taking steps to
ensure that more students can pursue undergraduate degrees close to home The
province is inviting universities to submit proposals for new or expanded campuses in
underserved areas (colleges are encouraged to partner with universities to submit
proposals)
This call for proposals is part of the governments commitment to provide funding for
60000 additional postsecondary education spaces across Ontario The government will
collaborate closely with municipalities colleges and universities to ensure that capacity
is increased where it is needed the most
The proposals will be evaluated based on their potential to
bull Increase postsecondary spaces in underserved areas
bull Improve quality innovation and competitiveness
bull Demonstrate cost-effectiveness to both students and taxpayers
bull Help stimulate growth and economic development in Ontario
This will help establish a formal transparent and competitive process to evaluate
decisions about future expansions
Improving access to postsecondary education is part of the Ontario governments
economic plan that is creating jobs for today and tomorrow The comprehensive plan
and its six priorities focus on Ontarios greatest strengths -- its people and strategic
partnerships
Fl-M
Quick Facts
The call for proposals is open to all publicly assisted universities and all colleges of
applied arts and technology in Ontario with a deadline for submissions of Sept 26
2014 Colleges must partner with universities to be eligible for major capacity
expansion projects
Municipalities interested in being considered as host locations are expected to work
in collaboration with institutions that are submitting a proposal
The province released the Major Capacity Expansion Policy Framework in December
2013 to identify priority areas for growth
In the last 10 years full-time enrolment in Ontarios postsecondary system has grown
by more than 160000 mdash more than in any decade in the provinces history
bull The provinces 30 off Tuition Grant helped more than 230000 students start
college or university last year
Quotes
Fl-M
We are committed to helping more students get the postsecondary education they need to succeed
We want to bridge Ontarios skills gap and ensure that young people are equipped with all the right
skills mdash no matter where they live
Kathleen Wynne
Premier of Ontario
Expanding and creating new postsecondary campuses where they are needed most will help
ensure that more students have the opportunity to get a world-class education while staying close to
home Were working closely with our postsecondary partners to make sure the right spaces are in
the right places
Brad Duguid
Minister of Training Colleges and Universities
Laurier Brantford has provided immeasurable benefits to both local students and the citys
downtown revitalization This announcement signifies similar economic development partnerships
between municipalities and postsecondary institutions leading to new jobs and increased prosperity
for more communities across Ontario Chris Friel Mayor City of Brantford
PI-so
^^js^-^
Major
Capacity
Expansion
Call for
Proposals
GUIDELINES
March 2014
Ministry of Training Colleges and Universities
w^ Ontario
Fl-SI
The Ontario Public Service endeavours to demonstrate leadership with respect to accessibility in Ontario Our gool is to ensure that Ontario government services products and facilities are occessible to all our employees and to all members ofthe public we serve This document or the inlormolion that itcontains is available on request in alternative formats Pleose forward all requests lor alternative formats to ServiceOntario at1-800-668-9938 (TTY 1-800-268-709S)
line publication equivolente est disponible en francais sous le litre suivont Appel de propositions pour Ioccroissement moieur de la capocM - lignes directrices
This publication is also available on the Ministry olTraining Colleges and Universities website atwwivontariocatcu 13-323 bull ISBN 978-1-4606-3802-6 (PDF) bull copy Queens Printer for Ontario 2014
2014
Fi-sa
Contents
1 Background 5
2 Timelines for Submitting a Proposal 5
3 Notice of Intent 5
4 Eligible Applicants 6
5 Eligible Projects 6
6 Major Capacity Expansion General Evaluation Criteria 7
7 Weighting 8
8 Assessment and Ranking 9
9 Communications Protocol 13
10 Role of Infrastructure Ontario and Alternative
Financing and Procurement 13
11 The Selection Process and Funding 14
12 Components of the Submission 14
13 Links to Related Documents and Resources 16
14 Disclosure of Information 16
15 Call for Proposals Timeline 16
PI-S3
1 Background The ministry released its Major Capacity Expansion Policy Framework on December 20 2013 A commitment was made to
issue a Call for Proposals in early 2014
This Call for Proposals represents the beginning of a process that will lead to the selection of successful proposals which collectively will meet provincial goals for postsecondary education in Ontario - increased capacity at the undergraduate degree level greater affordability for students institutions and the province improved institutional differentiation and regional economic benefits This process will be guided by principles of fairness competitiveness and transparency and by a commitment to serve the public interest
This long-term initiative will help ensure that our postsecondary education system will have the right spaces in the right places for Ontario students
2 Timelines for Submitting a Proposal The closing date for submission of a Notice of Intent is June 27 2014
The closing date for submission of the full proposal is September 26 2014
Submissions must be received by the ministry on or before these dates
3 Notice of Intent
The Notice of Intent is a one-page overview of the proposed project Proposals will not be considered unless a Notice of Intent is received by the deadline ofJune 27 2014 To ensure transparency and competitiveness every Notice of Intent submitted to the ministry will be posted on the Postsecondary Education Partners Gateway website within 30 days of the submission date
Fl-Sf
4 Eligible Applicants In view of the focus on undergraduate degree capacity it is expected that submissions will be led by universities butcollegeshyuniversity partnership models are encouraged
All proposals must demonstrate need (ie expansion should be located in areas thatare currently underserved by postsecondary education andor thatare expected to experience significant future growth in enrolment demand)
5 Eligible Projects Recognizing the wide range and variety of potential expansion opportunities the ministry continues to avoid setting rigid parameters to define major capacityexpansion However as stated in the Major Capacity Expansion Policy Framework initiatives characterized by the following scale-related features are most likely to be subject to this approval and selection process
bull accommodates enrolment growth of more than 1000 full-time students in the short term with the potential to accommodate longer-term growth of 5000 to 10000 over the next twenty years (ie long-term enrolment comparable to enrolment at substantial existing collegeor university campuses)
bull adds new facilities (either owned or secured through long-term lease) larger than 70000 square feet (roughly 6500 square metres) designated primarily for academic purposes
bull offers a broad range of programs with substantial new or expanded ancillary services (or shows clear potential for future growth in program offerings and student and ancillary services)
bull significantly improves local student access to postsecondary education in the short term (and has the potential to continue to do so in the longer term) particularly in geographic locations that may be experiencing or are expected to develop capacity gaps at the undergraduate degree level
PI-S5
6 Major Capacity Expansion General Evaluation Criteria
The following general evaluation criteria were included in the Major Capacity Expansion Policy Framework These criteria will be used to assess proposals Institutions should demonstrate the alignment of their proposed projects with the criteria and may do so in any format suitable to them
Priority Objectives
Strategic management of long-term enrolment growth and accessibility
Differentiation sustainability and accountability
Economic impact
Quality innovation and competitiveness
General Criteria
bull Significant expansion of local postsecondary education opportunities for students in underserved areas with growing demand based on long-term demographic trends
bull Alignment with provincial priorities including Growth Plan priorities and economic development initiatives
bull Clear potential to add substantial new capacity and support future enrolment growth in the postsecondary education sector
Alignment with the institutions Strategic Mandate Agreement (SMA) and goals and priorities of the Differentiation Policy Framework Impact on nearby institutions Effective and sustainable governance model including consideration ofthe impact ofdistance from the expansion location for administration and academic experience Focus on undergraduate programs Range of programs offered locally and avoidance ofunwarranted duplication ofexisting programming
Tangible regional economic benefits combined with potential for province-wide benefit based on labour force skills and economic growth Demonstrated local economic benefits and linkages with local industries
Demonstrated Value for Money including Alternative Financing and Procurement (AFP) options where appropriate and limits on provincial contributions
Institutional partnership options including university-college collaboration
Innovative service delivery Postsecondary education quality and student experience (including student and ancillary services)
(continued)
Fl-5b
Priority Objectives General Criteria
Affordability for bull Evidence of substantial support from hostcommunity including students and the financial contributions and land ownership province bull Economies of scale
bull Linkages with local transportation for commuting students bull Potential for leveraging private sector resources bull Evidence of consideration of alternatives to expansion proposal
based on existing capacity and potential partnerships bull Proven financial health of institution with asset management plan
in place bull Demonstrated labour market demand
7 Weighting The evaluation criteria for the assessment of institutional
proposals will be weighted as follows
Category Weight
Section A Meeting Demand 30
bull Strategic management of long-term enrolment growth and accessibility
Section B Demonstrated Affordability 40
bull Affordability for students and the province
Section C Academic and Economic Considerations 30
bull Differentiation sustainability and accountability bull Economic impact bull Quality innovation and competitiveness (including institutional partnership
options)
PI-SI
8 Assessment and Ranking Funding will be awarded on a competitive basis and proposals will be evaluated for suitability using defined criteria Institutions should use both qualitative and quantitative analysis to demonstrate the alignment of their proposals with the general evaluation criteria
SECTION A MEETING DEMAND (30)
Proposals should demonstrate alignment with some or all of the following criteria
Priority Objective 1 Strategic management of long-term enrolment growth and accessibility
General Evaluation Criteria
1 Significant expansion of local postsecondary education opportunities for students in underserved areas with growing demand based on long-term demographic trends
2 Alignment with provincial priorities including Growth Plan priorities and economic development initiatives
3 Clear potential to add substantial new capacity and support future enrolment growth in the postsecondary education sector
Possible Alignment Measures
bull Demographic growth projections for location bull Existing enrolment capacity at institutions in
the proximity of the proposed expansion bull Estimated enrolment capacity ofthe
expansion and projected net increase in undergraduate enrolment
bull Number of students from the area of the intended expansion who are currently attending the institution(s)
Possible Information to Build Evidence Base
bull Institutions long-term enrolment master plan bull Joint campus master plan for partnerships (if applicable) bull Long-term enrolment viability study bull Completed enrolment table in the proposal template stating all assumptions bull Community profile demonstrating future demand in the area bull Documented support from and alignment with plans of any associated agencies municipalities
or other entities
bull Consideration of relevant provincial population and employment projections bull Consideration of key provincial policy directions relating to the location of public institutions and
their associated economic impacts (eg ability to contribute to urban revitalization efforts) bull Evidence of program demand (eg number of applications)
FI-5J
SECTION B DEMONSTRATED AFFORDABILITY (40)
Proposals should demonstrate alignment with some or all of the following criteria
Priority Objective 2 Affordability for students and the province
General Evaluation Criteria
1 Evidence of substantial support from host community including financial contributions and land ownership
2 Economies of scale 3 Linkages with local transportation for
commuting students 4 Potential for leveraging private sector
resources
5 Evidence of consideration of alternatives to expansion proposal based on existing capacity and potential partnerships
6 Proven financial health of institution with asset management plan in place
7 Demonstrated labour market demand
Possible Alignment Measures
bull Total cost of project and expected provincial contribution
bull Cost-benefit analysis ofexpanding an existing assetor building at a new location (or a combination thereof)
bull Distance from current campuses bull Current assetmanagement plan including
effects of expansion on Facilities Condition Index
bull Public transit capacity to the institution and between campuses
bull Debtasset ratioof institution(s) bull Energy sources and efficiency initiatives
(including proposed LEED certification) bull Long-term financial viability bull Existing student employment KPIs
Possible Information to Build Evidence Base
bull Detailed project costing information including projected cash flow requirements and net impact on operating cost
bull Business case demonstrating need for expansiori (existing campus only) including a service gap analysis
bull Letters of support from potential partners indicating details of financial andor in-kind contributions (eg land ownership)
bull Local transportation plan(s) showing current anc1planned public access to site (short- and long-term)
bull Independent verification of total expansion proj set cost
bull Financial health analysis including recent finan cial statements
bull Documentation of preliminary environmental assessment bull Control and ownership of buildings and equipment (partnerships only) bull Long-term forecast of incremental operating expenses and revenues (grants third party revenues)
as a result ofthe proposed project
PI-S9
SECTION C ACADEMIC AND ECONOMIC CONSIDERATIONS (30)
Proposals should demonstrate alignment with some or all of the following criteria
Priority Objective 3 Differentiation sustainability and accountability
General Evaluation Criteria
1Alignment with the institutions Strategic Mandate Agreement (SMA) and goals and priorities of the Differentiation Policy Framework
2 Impact on nearby institutions 3 Effective and sustainable governance model
including consideration of the impact of distance from the expansion location for administration and academic experience
4 Focus on undergraduate programs 5 Range of programs offered locally and
avoidance of unwarranted duplication of existing programming
Possible Alignment Measures
bull Assessment of alignment with SMA bull Proposed programs their alignment with
the institutions strengths and an overview ofsimilar existing programs offered by institutions near the expansion
bull Ranking of institution(s) on applications by students from the proposed area
Possible Information to Build Evidence Base
bull Finalized SMA
bull Program information (initial and planned) bull Overview of proposed institutional governance model bull Consultation overview including results of discussions with affected institutions and letters of
support (if applicable)
pi-to
Priority Objective 4 Economic impact
General Evaluation Criteria
1Tangible regional economic benefits combined with potential for province-wide benefit based on labour force skills and economic growth
2 Demonstrated local economic benefits and linkages with local industries
3 Demonstrated Value for Money including Alternative Financing and Procurement (AFP) options where appropriate and limits on provincial contributions
Possible Alignment Measures
bull Local economic benefits bull Alignment of programs with regional and
Ontario labour market needs
bull Expected financing cost (if any) bull Jobs created (short-term associated with
building period and ongoing) bull Ongoing jobs created at expansion bull Value for Money analysis related to proposed
procurement model
Possible Information to Build Evidence Base
bull An economic impact study or value planning study to demonstrate the projects potential to provide direct economic benefits for the surrounding area (eg by helping to revitalize the community unlock local development potential build the taxbase and leverage existing infrastructure and investments)
Priority Objective 5 Quality innovation and competitiveness
General Evaluation Criteria
1 Institutional partnership options including university-college collaboration
2 Innovative service delivery 3 Postsecondary education quality and student
experience (including student and ancillary services)
Possible Alignment Measures
bull Institutional track record with partnerships bull Assessment ofproposed academic plan and
service delivery bull Range of planned student and ancillary
services compared with services at existing campuses (short- and long-term)
bull Existing student experience (KPIs student outcomes)
Possible Information to Build Evidence Base
bull Institutions Strategic Plan bull Business case in support ofproposed academic plan including partnerships with relevant
raquo information aboutcurriculumpedagogy raquo financial information
raquo interjurisdictional case studies and examples bull Impact analysis with respect toacademic and administrative quality and quality of experience bull Overview of new program accreditation required ifapplicable
12
Fl-fel
9 Communications Protocol
Proposal submissions must be received at MCEsubmissions ontarioca by September 26 2014 Late submissions will not be accepted
Specific questions submitted to the ministry as part of the process will be answered and will be made available to all participants
To ensure a fair and transparent process the ministry will not provide any advisory services to institutions on an individual basis
10 Role of Infrastructure Ontario and Alternative
Financing and Procurement Infrastructure Ontario is a Crown agency of the Government of Ontario It is focused on modernizing and financing the renewal of public infrastructure maximizing the value of public real estate and managing government facilities It also provides expertise in project delivery lending real estate management and asset planning Infrastructure Ontario now has a greater role in procuring infrastructure as well engaging in both traditional forms of procurement and alternative financing and procurement (AFP) when appropriate
As indicated in the Ministry of Infrastructures Building Together Plan and in the provincial governments planning and budgeting process recommendations will be made on the procurement method and delivery of all college infrastructure projects valued at more than $50 million In addition universities with successful projects and associated provincial grants in excess of $100 million will be required to consult with Infrastructure Ontario The $100 million threshold may be lowered in future years
The criteria for assessing these projects could include scope complexity and value-for-money assessment with input from the ministry and Infrastructure Ontario
13
Pl-bl
11 The Selection Process and Funding The ministry will oversee the process leading to the selection of successful applications A multi-ministry panel will review the applications and make recommendations to Cabinet through the Ministry of Training Colleges and Universities Cabinetwill make the final decision aboutsuccessful projects andor future courses of action
Funding for successful projects will be provided subsequently The number of projects selected for support as well as the level and timing of funding will be determined by the provincial government and will reflect a range of considerations including the fiscal environment
12 Components of the Submission The following components of the submission are to be provided to the ministry by the dates indicated In addition to what is required below institutions may submit their proposals in any format that they believe best demonstrates the strengths of their proposed project with due attention to the relevance and conciseness of information supplied (Note that institutions may be asked to revise and re-submit their proposals ifexcessive amounts of information are provided)
All submissions must be preceded by
bull A Notice of Intent to be received by the ministry no later than June 27 2014
The Notices of Intent will give the ministry an early overview of interest in Major Capacity Expansion
14
pl-fe
The components of the proposal submission to be received by the ministry no later than September 26r 2014 are as follows
bull A completed checklist
A checklist is included in the Call for Proposals package The checklist must be completed and included in the submission (The checklist is reproduced from Appendix A of the Major Capacity Expansion Policy Framework page 12)
bull A completed capital template
Please refer to the template included in the Call for Proposals package The template requests detailed information on enrolment projections and funding sources This information must be provided using the template but it may also be presented in a different format in the context of the overall presentation
bull Supplementary information
Institutions are welcome to submit supplementary information to support their proposal Supplementary information may include a business case environmental impact studies and any other information or documentation that substantiates the proposal As noted earlier conciseness and relevance of information are
valued
Pleasealso include evidence of support for your proposal (including documentation of land ownership or leasing contracts documentation of municipal or other funding and letters of support)
In the case of a joint university-college submission approval under s 28 of the Financial Administration Act is required for financing if the debt is related to Colleges or if there is a contingent liability
15
Fl-b4shy
13 Links to Related Documents and Resources
Major Capacity Expansion Policy Framework
Differentiation Policy Framework
Places to Grow
Building Together
14 Disclosure of Information
The Freedom of Information and Protection of Privacy Act (FIPPA) applies to information in the custody or under the control of the ministry Institutions should identify whether any information in their proposals is submitted in confidence within the meaning of s 17 of FIPPA The proposals may be shared with a multi-ministry panel or other advisers that the ministry retains to assist with the assessment of the proposals
15 Call for Proposals Timeline
Date Deliverable
March 27 2014 Release of Call for Proposals
June 27 2014 Notice of Intent
September 26 2014 Close of Call for Proposals
Contact Information
Ministry staff may need to contact institutions to clarify details or request additional information Please provide complete and current contact information in your submission
16
![Page 10: Pl-I *^ BRAMPTON ReP°rt of Cou… · Pi-2> Current Situation: Following Council approval of its Post-Secondary Education Strategy on November 6, ... Call for Proposals Timeline .](https://reader033.fdocuments.in/reader033/viewer/2022060721/6080f345afc78e210d009525/html5/thumbnails/10.jpg)
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario
PI-10 October
2013
A Post-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario
The role ofpost-secondary education infostering economic development in Ontarios communities has never been more significant than today in this post-recessionary period
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 1
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario
1 INTRODUCTION ^
Higher learning is avision and commitment shared by the Province ofOntario post-secondary education institutions and industry As will be demonstrated in this Strategy the City of Brampton is a strong advocate and supporter of this shared vision
Creating and preserving knowledge-based jobs by enabling investments in post-secondary education research innovation and commercialization activities is at the heart of Bramptons economic vision In this post-recessionary period economic expansion is highly dependent on strategies designed to achieve this outcome
University Strategy
We are pleased to present Bramptons Strategy for post-secondary university education in
Brampton a two-pronged approach
Goal 1 Support the Creation of Sheridan University that is Committed Exclusively to
Undergraduate Professional Education The Cityof Brampton supports the vision and
mission of a new Sheridan University as a global leader in undergraduate professional
education To support this vision the Cityof Brampton is advocating and prepared to
invest its local share in a new undergraduate paradigm in Ontario that is exclusively
committed to undergraduate professional education features a strong focus on
students teaching and learning creativity and innovation offers undergraduate
research that is connected to industry and produces professional accreditations that
achieve the highest standards of quality programming and faculty The City of
Brampton is proposing that Sheridan University have a profound presence in Downtown
Brampton
Goal 2 Attract a New Research-Oriented University Campus in Brampton To support
the growing demand for undergraduate and graduate programs in the Toronto-centered
region (Zone 7) the City of Brampton is prepared to invest its local share in a new
university campus that features research capabilities for students faculty and industry
The City is prepared to partner with an existing Ontario university or participate with the
Province of Ontario in the start-up of the next publicly funded institute in Ontario
located in Brampton
A key underpinning of this Strategy is that the two goals described above are complementary
and intrinsically related from an advancement and institutional perspective
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 2
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario
Demand Drivers
The core drivers ofdemand that justify the expansion of post-secondary education in Ontario particularly in the Greater Toronto Area are well documented
What we present inthis Strategy however is a local community perspective that defines a compelling need for a new waveof post-secondary expansion driven by innovative thinking on undergraduate professional education as well as on undergraduate and graduate education with a focus on research-oriented programs classrooms and labs for faculty students and industry
In our recent strategic planning and community engagement process we found an interesting
human spirit and positive cultural attitude toward higher learning in Brampton This
community perspective was captured through extensive engagement approaches and multiple
primary and secondary information-gathering methods
As a result we have developed a Strategy that paints the picture of a growing diverse and
committed Brampton community ready for university development and a municipality that is
prepared to invest and lead a process that facilitates its communitys vision
Structure
This document is structured as follows
Part 2 - The Need - Meeting the Increasing Demand for Post-Secondary Education
Part 3 - Defining the Opportunities in Brampton
Part 4 - Bramptons Strategic Partnership - a Track Record of Success
Part 5 - Commitment to this Strategy
Part 6 - Next Steps - Our Proposed Implementation Plan
Part 7 - Key Contacts
A Note on Benchmarked Regions in Ontario
Ontarios geography for student registration statistics (OUAC) includes a Zone 7 comprised of
the Cityof Toronto York Region Peel Region (including Brampton) and Simcoe County This
was the reference zone used in our comparative analysis
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 3
A Post-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario
Fl-li 2 THE NEED - MEETING THE INCREASED DEMAND FOR POST-SECONDARY
EDUCATION
The economic benefits of the youth and vitalitythat a new college or university campus would bring are not lost on the Citys residents as a large majority view it to be a top priority for economic development
(64) particularly among influencers (84) Residents of Brampton Compiled by Environlcs 2013
Our Community Speaks Out
In 2013 the City invited its community to participate in a comprehensive strategic planning
program It has been ten years since the City last undertook a strategic planning exercise The
community has changed in that time and will continue to change as our population rises in
keeping with the Province of Ontarios Places to Grow Act
It began with initial research to identify the priorities of Bramptons residents and businesses
figure out what the City is doing well and where there may be room for improvement This
phase was completed through meetings with a variety of community groups and organizations
and a telephone survey to learn about the publics priorities perceptions and concerns From
the information we have collected we identified five Strategic Priorities for Bramptons future
Next we completed the community engagement phase of the process through a series of Town
Hall meetings and other feedback options including the Citys website Twitter email
voicemail and of course one-on-one
The feedback from residents has been impressive The vision and direction offered by the
public is persuasive articulate and focused on these priorities
o Economic Development
o Growth Management
o Environmental Stewardship
o Community Engagement
o Corporate Excellence
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 4
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario FI-I+
Economic development and growth management were identified asthe most important areas of focus for the City The public was clear that attracting large brand name companies and developing local talent were among the major themes for the Citys economic development Similarly the two most important economic development initiatives identified by Brampton residents were first attracting new businesses to the City (69 top priority rating) and second the building of college and university campuses (64) These two priorities are intrinsically related to each other
Promote Brampton Internationally
Support SMEs
Build College and University Campuses
Attract New Business
Top Priority bull Secondary Priority Not a Priority a Dont Know
Source Environics 2013 (Prepared for the City of Brampton Strategic Planning Engagement)
Growing Population
Brampton is a designated growth centre in the Province of Ontario With an official population
of523911 (2011) Brampton is the 9th largest City in Canada 4th largest in Ontario and 3rd largest in the Greater Toronto Area Between 1981 and 2011 Bramptons population grew by
an extraordinary rate of 84 per year Bramptons population is expected to reach
approximately 843000 people by 2031
Total Population 1981-2031
8428000
433806 325428
234445 268251 149090 188498
1981 1986 1991 1996 2001 2006 2011 2031
Source Statistics Canada 1981-2011 Forecast by Hemson Consulting Ltd Oct 2013
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 5
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario pf~S
At 21 Bramptons population grew more than the benchmarks during the period between 2006 and 2011 With a total population increase of90105 persons during this time-frame Brampton was ranked 3rd in Canada behind Toronto and Calgary and ahead of Edmonton Surrey Ottawa and Vaughan
Geography Population Population Population Change 2006 2011 2006 to 2011
Brampton (Zone 7) 433806 523911 208
York Region (Zone 7) 892712 1032524 157
Peel Region (Zone 7) 1159455 1296814 118
Toronto CMA 5113149 5583064 92
Canada 31612897 33476688 59
Ontario 12160282 12851821 57
Simcoe County (Zone 7) 422204 446063 57
City of Toronto (Zone 7) 2503281 2615060 45 Source Statistics Canada 2006 amp 2011
In 2006 the population in Zone 7 was 498 million representing 41 of the total population in Ontario By 2011 the population in this zone soared to 539 million featuring an impressive
82 growth rate above the provincial and national averages
This is a sound level of household formation during a difficult period in Ontarios economic
history Most of the population and household growth occurred in Peel and York Regions
a high demand zone for future university expansion
Brampton is ideally situated in Zone 7
to host Ontarios next wave
of university expansion
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 6
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario H (~ Icopy
A Young and Family Oriented Community
Brampton is a young City with a median age of 347 years according to Statistics Canada
Bramptons population is younger than the ten most populated cities in Canada as well as the
nation the province of Ontario and the Toronto region
Municipality Median Age Median Age 2011 Rank 2011
Brampton 347 1
Edmonton 360 2
Calgary 364 3
Mississauga 385 4
Montreal 386 5
Winnipeg 390 6
Toronto 392 7
Ottawa 392 7
Vancouver 397 9
Hamilton 409 10
Toronto CMA 386
York Region 393
Peel Region 369
Simcoe County 418
Ontario 404
Canada 406
Source Statistics Canada 2011
The typical post-secondary education enrollment age group between 20 and 39 includes more
than 151800 Brampton residents representing a growth rate of 28 between 2006 and 2011
Immigration is a Driver of Economic Growth
For the first time in its history the number of residents living in Brampton that was born
outside of Canada exceeded 50 of the population In other words the foreign-born
population in Brampton is greater than the Canadian-born population
Immigration continues to be a major influence in the growth and diversification of Bramptons
population labour force employment household income business enterprises and
institutions
This is a differentiating factor that is shaping a new highly energetic image of the City of
Brampton
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 7
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario ^ I bull |
Brampton is a magnet for newCanadians The peak immigration period in Bramptons statistical history is indeed the present time The most recent immigration figures from the 2001 and 2006 Census Surveys and the 2011 National Household Survey revealed that more than 83000 people settled in Brampton between 2001 and 2011 This represents an average annual rate of 8300 new foreign-born residents or approximately 33 of the total immigration into Canada into Brampton
Geography Foreign-Born Foreign Born Population Population 2011
Total 2011 As a of Population
Brampton 263670 506
Peel Region 650530 505
City of Toronto 1252215 486
Toronto CMA 2537410 46
York Region 463125 452
Ontario 3611365 29
Canada 6775765 n
Simcoe County 50915 116
Source Statistics Canada 2011
Between 2006 and 2011 the major countries of birth for new Brampton residents included
1 India-525
2 Philippines-68
3 Pakistan - 63
Languages Spoken in Brampton
Panjabi (Punjabi) Hindi and Urdu were the top three non-official languages in 2011 accounting
for 66 of all of the non-official languages spoken in Brampton making this City one of a few in
Canada with significant allophone representation
Rounding out the top ten languages spoken in Brampton were Portuguese (4) Spanish (5)
Tamil (6) Tagalog (7) Gujarati (8) Italian (9) and Vietnamese (10)
In total eighty-nine languages were reported in the 2011 National Household Survey as being
spoken in Brampton homes
Post-Secondary Educational Attainment
At 51 post-secondary education attainment in Brampton is below key benchmarks However
it is the municipalitys goal to increase this level to meet the provincial (55) and national (54)
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 8
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario p 1mdash1Q
average bypromoting and facilitating post-secondary facilities and access to programs that are next-to- home
Geography Post-Secondary Percentage of Certificate Diploma Total Population or Degree 2011 15 and Older 2011
CityofToronto 1271gt545 58
Toronto CMA 2629970 58
York Region 487945 58
Peel Region 576995 56
Ontario 5717340 55
Canada 14805190 54
Brampton 206770 51
Simcoe County 180650 50
Source Statistics Canada 2011
The Citys strategic economic growth initiatives will continue to result in a more diversified and
talented labour force Such initiatives include residential and commercial intensification of
Bramptons central commercial corridor attracting knowledge-based industries expansion of
executive housing supply investment in arts and culture and supporting programs that
promote entrepreneurship innovation and commercialization
Household Income
At $77787 Brampton had the 2nd highest reported household income among the regions in this sample
Geography Median Household Benchmark
Total Income Rank
2010
York Region $89100 1
Brampton $77787 2
Peel $77588 3
Toronto CMA $70365 4
Simcoe County $67468 5
Ontario $66358 6
Canada $61072 7
City of Toronto $58381 8
Source Statistics Canada 2011
Further between 2005 and 2010 the total number of Brampton households reported in the
highest income category being $100000 and more increased by 425
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 9
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario H|deg
Population Growth is Complimented by Strong Employment Growth
The Brampton economy has been projected to attract approximately 120000 net new jobs by 2031 for a total of 291000 people working in Brampton based business establishments
Employment 2011 2016 2021 2026 2031
Brampton 171000 204000 239000 263000 291000
Peel 730000 820000 880000
Source Hemson Consulting Ltd Oct 2013
Brampton will lead economic growth in Peel over the next two decades attracting 80 of the
employment forecasted in the region Brampton is home to 8075 businesses Brampton
businesses contribute approximately $129 Billion to the GDP or 52 of the output in the
Toronto Region The Citys output is dominated by a mixed economy heavily structured on
goods-producing trades and professional business services industries
The major non-government industries dominating the economic base of Brampton by place of
work employment include
- Manufacturing
- Retail and Wholesale Trade
- Professional and Business Services
- Transportation and Warehousing
This skilled and educated workforce in Brampton represents the 3rd highest concentration of labour in the Toronto Region
Major Corporations
Bramptons corporate community is vibrant featuring an impressive list of corporations from
Canadian and International enterprises that have invested in office production andor logistics
facilities in this community
bull Rogers Communications
bull Chrysler Canada
bull Loblaw Companies
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 10
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario P ImiO
Maple Lodge Farms
Canadian Tire Corporation
Coca Cola Bottling
Waste Management of Canada
Gamma Dynacare
Olymel LLP
Air Canada Strategic Operations Centre
Bacardi Canada
Export Packers Ltd
HBC Canada
Ford Motor Company
Nissan Canada
Medtronics Canada
MDA Robotics
Q9 Canada
Aircraft Appliances and Equipment
Para Paints Canada
Brita Water Filter
Clorox Canada Canon Canada recently Hunter Douglas Windows
announced theMandarin Restaurant Corporation
Nestle Canada relocation of their
Maple Leaf Foods national headquarters HankookTire
to Brampton Ontario Smuckers Canada
Parmalat Canada
Miele Canada
Best Buy CanadaFuture Shop Canada
Small and Medium Sized Enterprises (SMEs)
The backbone of Canadas economy is found in the entrepreneurs and innovators who own
and operate small and medium-sized enterprises While Brampton has an excellent
portfolio of corporate brand names the SME sector is an active contributor to economic
growth Ninety-four per cent (94) of all businesses in Brampton had less than 50
employees Small businesses remain strong in professional scientific and technical support
sectors as well as in business services and the retail and wholesale trades
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 11
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario FI-21
Brampton business establishments with less than ten employees had 23000 workers on their payroll in 2011
Public Sector Employment
Adiverse economic base such as Bramptons is also characterised by very good representation from institutions in the public sector
Major employers include
Regional Municipal of Peel The Peel Memorial Centre for
William Osier Health System
Peel Regional Police Integrated Health and Wellness
Corporation of the City of Brampton will attract between 3000-4000
Sheridan College Institute of Technology professionals in the medical
and Advanced Learning services sector by 2016
bull Ontario Courthouse - Grenville Davis
University Application Statistics
The Ontario Universities Application Centre (OUAC) produces an annual report of
application and registration data for secondary school and other applicants
In 2011 514596 applications were administered by the Ontario University system In the
ten-year period between 2002 and 2011 Ontario saw the number of applications received
grow by approximately 135000 During the same time-frame the number of registered
applicants increased by approximately 23000 or 336 In 2011 Ontario universities
hosted 78434 registered applicants
A key finding of the 2011 OUAC Report is that universities located in geographic zone 7
these being the Ontario College of Arts and Design York University Ryerson University and
the University of Toronto attracted the highest proportion of registered applicants from
their home-zone when compared to all other universities in Ontario
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 12
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario p I bull ^i
This point is highlighted in the following table
Universities in Geographic Registered Secondary Registered Other Group Zone 7 School Applicants Applicants
Originating From Originating from (includes Peel Region York Region Zone 7 in 2011 Zone 7 in 2011 Simcoe County and City of Toronto)
( of Total Registered for ( of Total Registered for Each University) Each University)
York 865 592
Ryerson 822 616
Toronto 743 209
OCAD 643 542
Average 4 System Wide 454 306 Source Ontario University Application Centre 2011
Given the large population demographic composition socio-economic characteristics and
cultural attitudes of residents living in Zone 7 it is clear that there is a positive bias for students
particularly secondary-school students to attend a university where they can live near or stay
within their family and community structures
This is a prevalent trend in Peel Region York Region Simcoe County and the City of Toronto
(the communities that comprise Zone 7) more so than any other region in Ontario
As a summary of the complex set of demand factors highlighted in this section of the report we
see tremendous justification for additional university services on the outer edge of the Greater
Toronto Area
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 13
A Post-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario Fl-ii
3 DEFINING THE OPPORTUNITY
Goal 1 - Sheridan University Campus in Downtown Brampton
Project Vision
Site Options
A
AX
PI
A profound and holistic Sheridan Downtown Brampton Campus
connected to its 9500 plus students at Brampton Davis Steeles Campus
supported by enhanced transit to its HMC Campus I and II and Oakville
Campus
1Nelson Square Garage (Phase II SWQRP) and Phase III Lands
2Heritage Theatre Block ^~ rzmdash~ V V i
bullbull bull bull --bull shy
bull -bullbullbull-Ty ^
General Description of Site Locations - for illustrative purposes only
Mobility These sites are within a 5-minute walking distance to the existing
Brampton GO Train Station (with service to Union Station and
KitchenerWaterloo) and the ZUM Bus Rapid Transit service on
Queen Street and Main Street with service to Sheridan Davis
Campus Guelph-Humber University Campus Mississauga City
Centre (HMC I and II) and York University The proposed
Hurontario-Main Light Rapid Transit system is also within walkinj
distance of the site and offers a direct link to HMC I and II
Infrastructure Type Post-Secondary Education Campus and Related Uses
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 14
A Post-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario Fl-24shy
Project Type DBFM or DBF Design Build Finance Maintain or Design Build
Finance (the final business model is subject to a detailed
feasibility study)
Goal 2 - A New University Campus in Brampton
Project Vision A new university campus that offers undergraduate and graduate
degrees with research-oriented programs for students faculty
industry
Site Option 1 65-acre site at McLaughlin Road and Queen Street West
southwest corner known municipally as Flower City Community
Campus This site was formerly owned by the Province of
Ontario (OPP Headquarters and Training Centre) and is currently
being used by the municipality
Mobility This site is located in the Central Area of Brampton with Brampton
Transit service provided to the property The site is 15
kilometres from the Downtown GO Train Station and the
Downtown ZUM BRT Station on Main Street and 3 km to the
Brampton ZUM BRT station at Shoppers World - Steeles Avenue
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 15
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario p | bull ^S
Site Location Option 2
Mobility
Infrastructure Type
Project Type
The road network provides easy access to the major 400 series
highways for example ETR 407 is 35 km south of this site and
Highway 410 is 45 km east of the site
2719 Bovaird Drive West at Heritage Road southwest quadrant
This 87-acre site was formerly owned by private industry Today
the site is owned by the City of Brampton and is being used by the
municipality for maintenance and operation services
CON5WHS
CON5WHS
iV
I
The Mount Pleasant GO Train Station is 22 km east of the site at
Creditview Road The major Highway 401 and ETR 407 juncture
is approximately 8 km by automobile Future infrastructure
serving this area includes the GTA West Corridor immediately
north and east of the subject property
Post-Secondary Education Campus and Related Uses
DBFM or DBF Design Build Finance Maintain or Design Build
Finance (the final business model is subject to a detailed
feasibility study)
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 16
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario p | 1copy
4 BRAMPTONS STRATEGIC PARTNERSHIPS - A RECORD OF SUCCESS
With its strategic partners the Cityof Brampton has demonstrated an excellent record of
success in building and delivering physical and human infrastructure projects designed to expand public services and improve Bramptons economicdevelopment competitiveness
Ultimately these partnerships have created and preserved Ontario jobs In this section we
showcase a few of these strategic projects
Transit Infrastructure Project-Zum Bus Rapid Transit Project
Zum is Brampton Transits Bus Rapid Transit (BRT) service With its limited stops advanced
technology and real-time next bus information Zum connects people and places within
Brampton and throughout the Greater Toronto Area (GTA) Zum Queen Street service began in
the fall of 2010 Ziim Main Street service began operating in September 2011 and Ziim Steeles
Avenue started in the fall of 2012
Ziim was funded by all three levels of government with investments of $95 million each from
the Federal Provincial and Municipal governments for a total allotment of $285 million
Phase Iof the project required $159 million Phase II which expanded services along Queen
Street and Steeles Avenue as well as introduce new services on Bovaird Drive will require $126
million when fully completed
This is a DBFM - Design Build Finance and Maintain project led by the City of Brampton
Brampton designed built financed and maintains all aspects of the Zum system-wide capital
and operating costs related to
bull Roadway infrastructure intersection modifications and signal priority equipment
bull New terminals and station stops with high-quality passenger amenities
Capital equipment including new vehicles for expanded and rebranded service
Intelligent Transportation System technologies including real-time passenger information
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 17
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario p ( raquo^7
Post-Secondary Education Infrastructure Project -Sheridan Centre for Advanced Manufacturing and Design Technology (CAMDT)
In response to the changing face of manufacturing in Central and Southern Ontario Sheridan College and the City of Brampton embarked on a vision to assist Canadian manufacturers to compete globally with knowledge and technology asthe keys to their success
Led by Sheridan College ITAL the CAMDT $8 million venture is a partnership with more than 20 regional manufacturers the Province of Ontario and the City of Brampton Together we are growing regional talent in this important sector In 2005 CAMDT opened its doors
Seen as a strategic economic development initiative the City of Brampton was a major funding
and local knowledge partner contributing$25 million to CAMDT - the largest investment it has
ever made as a municipality in post-secondary education City Councils investment in Sheridan
is intended to address the demand (in the manufacturing sector) for graduates with a broad
range of advanced technical and management skills as well as to provide enhanced training for
those already in the workforce
CAMDT uses a consortia approach with the following goals
New full-time courses and industrycollege projects
Applied research initiatives and student projects
Contract training and continuing education courses
Strengthen program enrolments and graduate placements
The Centre for Sustainable Manufacturing (CSM) is located in Brampton and houses 18000
square feet of state-of-the-art labs and a flexible automation and fabrication centre The labs
support academic programs in integrated manufacturing computer-aided
draftingmanufacturing and manufacturing management
The Centre helps meet current and future needs of local manufacturers to stimulate regional
economic development and prosperity Sheridan government and local industry have
collaborated for nearly a decade to position the Centre to address critical skills gaps in the
manufacturing sector The Centre is now partnering with industry to support technical financial
and knowledge development to facilitate adoption of innovative technologies that minimize
resource consumption harmful emissions waste and use of toxic materials
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 18
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario p | mdash^ff
Health Care Infrastructure Project shy
Peel Memorial Centre for Integrated Health and Wellness
The new Peel Memorial Centre in Brampton will support the William Osier Health Systems vision for an integrated health system by providing primary ambulatory and outpatient-based care
This is a DBFM - Design Build Maintain Finance project led by Infrastructure Ontario (10)
Scheduled to open in 2016 Peel Memorial CIHW will provide specialized outpatient-based care
including urgent care day surgery and specialty clinics with a focus on helping individuals better
manage chronic conditions like asthma diabetes and kidney disease
According to Osier Health System Peel Memorial will introduce new models of care to shift the
focus from illness to wellness and encourage patients to take a more active role in managing
their own health and well-being
Representing the leading edge in integrated health care delivery Peel Memorial will provide
access to specialized patient-centred care in a state-of-the-art facility that offers a wide variety
of traditional and alternative health care services It will help people to get and stay well
through a series of education prevention disease management and healing programs
In the fall of 2012 Osier received government approval to move forward with a request for
qualifications to design build finance and maintain the new facility Following this
announcement Brampton City Council decided to invest 50 of the community share with a
$60 million levy in support of the new Peel Memorial
Downtown Intensification Infrastructure Project shy
Southwest Quadrant Renewal Plan Municipal Office and Commercial Retail Development
On August 10 2011 Bramptons City Council approved the terms of agreement for the
Southwest Quadrant Renewal Plan which enables the City to move forward with a creative
solution to meet the Citys future administrative space needs and plans for revitalization of
Bramptons downtown The successful proposal submitted by Dominus Construction Group is
a plan for a mixed-use development with several new features including new administrative
parking and retail space and a pedestrian-friendly cityscape for completion in 2014
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 19
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario p f~2raquo^
This is a DBF - Design Build Finance project led by Dominus Construction Group The City is a tenant in the building on a long-term lease
Phase 1 of this LEEDS project now under construction includes a new nine-storey building at 41 George Street that can accommodate
bull 126398 foot building for administrative space
bull 10147 square feet for ground retail space
bull 10545 square feet for multi-purpose meeting rooms
bull 443 parking spaces (five levels of parking)
Phase la also under construction includes a two-storey addition to the current City Hall that
can accommodate
bull 2507 square feet for committee rooms
bull 6187 square feet for ground retail space
Phases 1 and la of the Southwest Quadrant Renewal Plan (SWQRP) represents a $94M
investment in the downtown and all 3 Phases of the combined SWQRP represents an
estimated investment of $251M
This investment in the Southwest Quadrant Renewal Plan is another major building block in the
ongoing evolution and revitalization of downtown Brampton both in terms of contributing to
the urban landscape as well as attracting private sector investment and opportunities
Combined with other major projects like the Rose Theatre Brampton the launch of Ziim on
Queen and Main Streets restoration work at Alderlea and Peel Heritage Complex and several
new condominium projects Bramptons Downtown is experiencing an exciting resurgence
The City of Brampton is planning to add another signature building in our downtown core
further evidence of Bramptons commitment to economic development
Sustainable Community Development Project shy
Mount Pleasant Mobility Hub
The project includes a number of elements that serve to establish Mount Pleasant as a transit-
oriented development exemplifying a more sustainable approach to suburban community
living
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 20
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario p |~^Q
In partnership with the OntarioGovernment MetrolinxGO and Mattamy Homes the City has invested approximately $23 million in the following infrastructure
bull Community Transit Infrastructure station stops and related passenger amenities
Intelligent Transportation Systems (ITS) and transit enhancements at intersections
bull Mobility Hub facility bus layovers sheltered passenger areas clock tower bike storage areas and related amenities
bull Cultural Heritage reconstructed historic CPR station structure to be used as a cultural
facility in the Mt Pleasant civicsquare shared with the Peel District School Board and the
Library
bull Pedestrian amenities Civic Square and Village Green incorporating a reflection poolskating
facility public art canopy structures play area and landscaping features
Through development and stewardship the Mount Pleasant Community will restore and
enhance individual features that currently cover approximately 8 (or 41 hectares) of the
area and create a Natural Heritage System that will cover approximately 19 (or 976 hectares)
of the community As development proceeds within the Mount Pleasant Community the
NHS will come into public ownership The City will be responsible to manage the NHS and our
goal is to support natural processes and regeneration that are beneficial to the health and
diversity of the natural features functions and habitat This will generally mean
bull Planting no-maintenance vegetative buffers between natural areas and private
properties using native trees shrubs and groundcovers
bull Not mowing pruning or spraying natural areas for weeds and insects
bull Allowing for annual flooding and ponding of water along East Huttonville Creek and
within wetlands and woodlands to maintain a natural hydrology that is critical for plant
and wildlife health and diversity
bull Allowingfor the natural loss of vegetation and regrowth of young trees and shrubs
bull Managing natural areas for invasive species such as Buckthorn and Norway Maple
bull Managing the urban trees along streets and parks for invasive species such as Emerald
Ash Borer
The Mount Pleasant Mobility Hub represents a large project that has created one-time
employment within the stipulated 2-year construction period as well generating annual
multipliers supporting Bramptons economic development for future generations
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 21
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario p [raquo^ )
5 OUR INVESTMENT - A COMMITMENT TO POST SECONDARY EDUCATION
The City of Brampton iscommitted to investing in this Strategy Below is a summary of the types of financial and in-kind investmentsthe municipality is prepared to make in order to realize this Strategy
bull Municipal Land Contribution
bull Municipal Commitment to Economic and Market Growth Policies
bull Municipal assistance on site servicing for digitally linked and virtual classrooms
laboratories office
bull Shared Infrastructure related to municipal services such as library field house gymnasium
bull Design an extensive planning process and design exercise that represents the highest
standard of excellence including engaging the community and surrounding land-owners
LEEDS Community and Environmental Design
bull Facilitating municipal and community partnerships to maximize utilization of spaces during
the May - August shoulder period
bull Economic development research grant to support research that fosters innovation and
commercialization
bull Support industry partnerships and innovative enterprises
bull Demonstrate commitment to a shared provincial municipal and university relationship
focused on a culture of open communication shared values community engagement and
volunteerism
bull Staff time and expertise dedicated to teams assigned to this Strategy
bull Leverage City of Brampton AAA Credit Rating by Standard amp Poors
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 22
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario p- ( ~ Q jL
6 IMPLEMENTATION STEPS
The following decision milestones guide the municipal commitment and stewardship of this
Strategy
bull Exploratory Meetings with Sheridan Executive and Chair of Governing Council
bull Preparation of Bramptons Post-Secondary Strategy Proposal
bull Presentation to Premier Wynne - Receive and Endorse Proposed Strategy
bull City Council approval of final post-secondary strategy and approval to enter into a
Memorandum of Understanding with Sheridan College ITAL to explore the feasibility of
establishing Sheridan University in Downtown Brampton
bull Execute an MOU with Sheridan
bull Complete the Feasibility Study for Goal 1
bull Form a project team to prepare the technical documents in support of an RFP related to
Goal 2 -Attract a new undergraduate and graduate research-oriented university campus
aligned with Bramptons vision and proposed site locations with reporting to Council
7 CONTACTS
Susan Fennell
Mayor
City of Brampton Tel 905-874-2600
John Corbett MCIP RPP
Chief Administrative Officer
City of Brampton Tel 905-874-2625
Creating andpreserving knowledge-basedjobs by enabling investments in post-secondary education research innovation and commercialization activities
is at the heart ofBramptons economic vision
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 23
APPENDIX 3
FI-V4shybullUTaarrgt-^M
Major
Capacity
Expansion
Policy
Framework
December 2013
Ministry of Training Colleges and Universities
pound Ontario
PI -IS
The Ontario Public Service endeavours to demonstrate leadership with respect to accessibility in Ontario Our goal isto ensure that Ontario government services products and focilities ore occessible to all our employees and to all members of the public we serve This document or the information that itcontains is available on request in alternative formats Please forward all requests for alternative formats to ServiceOntario ot 1-800-668-9938 (TTY 1-800-268-7095)
line publication equivolenle est disponible en francais sous le titre suivant (Mesttattgique pout Iocuoissement moeur de hcapocili 2013
This publication is also available on the Ministry ofTraining Colleges and Universities website at wwvontariocatcu 13-278 bull ISBN 978-1-4606-3428-8 (POF) bull copy Queens Printer for Ontario 2013
Contents
Vision 5
Context 5
Government Priorities 6
Components of the Policy Framework 7
Initial Review 7
Scope 7
Selection and Approval 9
Policy Implementation and Compliance 10
Appendix A
Contact Information and Checklist for Institutions Considering
Capacity Expansion 11
Appendix B
An Outline of the Review and Approval Process for Planned
Capacity Expansion Proposals 13
Appendix C
General Evaluation Criteria for Major Capacity Expansion 14
Pi-Vi
Vision
Ontarios colleges and universities will drive creativity innovation knowledge and community engagement through teaching and research They will put students first by providing the best possible learning experience for all qualified learners in an affordable and financially sustainable way ensuring high quality and globally competitive outcomes for students and Ontarios knowledge economy
Context
Between 2002-03 and 2012-13 the postsecondary education system in Ontario expanded substantially with full-time enrolment growing by over 160000 more than in any decade in the provinces history Ontario has been supporting enrolment growth across the college and university sectors through increases in operating grants enhancements to student financial aid and capital investments
Ontarios postsecondary institutions have been committed partners in their efforts to accommodate these unprecedented levels of enrolment growth and have thus contributed to expanding opportunities for students to pursue higher education in many communities across Ontario
At65 per cent Ontarios level of postsecondary attainment (college university and apprenticeship) in 2012 was higher than thatof any country in theOrganisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) The Ontario government has set a postsecondary education attainment target of 70 per cent to ensure that the province continues to benefit from the competitive advantage of its highly skilled and educated workforce in the global economy
In this context it is essential to ensure that in future the right spaces are created in the right places for Ontarios students This can be done by targeting areas in which population growth is strong but local postsecondary education capacity is limited
Population growth in Ontario has recently been - and is expected tocontinue to be - concentrated in a number of large urban areas Some of the regions and communities where strong
Fl-W
long-term demand growth is anticipated are not currently served by local campuses In those areas gaps have recently begun to appear between enrolment demand growth and the capacity to accommodate continued enrolment growth If left unaddressed those gaps are likely to widen over time
Projections are subject to uncertainty and caution should always be used when considering long-term forecasts Based on the ministrys latest assessment of demographics and long-term postsecondary education participation patterns enrolment demand growth will moderate in the near term but is expected to return to more rapid growth after 2020 with the potential for substantial enrolment increases over the longer term Consistent with recent trends long-term demand is expected to be greatest for degree-level programs
It is anticipated that the focus of most major capacity expansions in the future will be at the undergraduate degree level Students in rapidly growing communities have access to substantial local college facilities more than they do to local university campuses In addition although graduate enrolment has risen significantly in recent years it is much lower than enrolment at the undergraduate level and tends to be concentrated in fewer institutions
The timing of this anticipated growth in demand provides an important opportunity The province will have time to plan for and address postsecondary education capacity needs in areas of Ontario where communities are growing and where students need better and more affordable access to postsecondary education opportunities closer to home
Government Priorities
The Major Capacity Expansion Policy Framework set out in this document seeks to achieve the following objectives
bull Ensuring that future large-scale capacity expansion supports long-term postsecondary education priorities including institutional differentiation
bull Managing enrolment growth strategically in line with provincial growth planning priorities to address regional capacity gaps in underserved areas
bull Putting in place a transparent evidence-based decision making and implementation process
ldegt
9 Addressing affordability and sustainability for students institutions and the province by maximizing the cost-effectiveness of targeted investments
bull Creating local community and regional economic benefits leading to job creation and greater economic diversity
Components of the Policy Framework The components of the Major Capacity Expansion policy framework include
1) a description of the kinds of initiatives that will be within the scope of the new approval and selection process
2) the selection process and the criteria that will be used in evaluating proposals for approval after a call for proposals is made and
3) details on implementation and compliance
Initial Review
Any institution considering an initiative that involves an expansion ofcapacity should contact the ministry in writing using the checklist provided in Appendix A The ministry will review initiatives proposed by institutions on a case-by-case basis to determine whether the planned expansion is subject to the new selection and approval process outlined below The ministry will provide a response to the institutions request in writing clearly indicating whether a proposed project or initiative will be subject to the new Major Capacity Expansion selection and approval process Initiatives subject to the new process are not to proceed unless approved by the provincial government following a formal call for proposals
Scope
This policy framework addresses a significant provincial interest in the need for provincial management of future large-scale expansions in postsecondary education capacity Effective management and planning is also needed to help avoid potential conflicts that can arise between and among institutions sect with respect to the location of new facilities and campuses s
FI-H-0
The new approval and selection process is primarily focused on initiatives that are designed to accommodate significant long-term increases in the number of domestic full-time postsecondary education students Such large-scale initiatives could include expansions at existing locations or might involve the establishment of new campuses Initiatives could be partnerships including university-college collaborations that would also enhance students educational experience and student pathways
Recognizing thata wide range and variety of potential expansion opportunities exist in Ontarios diverse and complex postsecondary education system the ministry has avoided setting rigid parameters to define major capacity expansion However initiatives characterized by the following scale-related features are most likely to be subject to the new approval and selection process
0 accommodates enrolment growth of more than 1000 full-time students in the short term with the potential to accommodate longer-term growth of5000 to 10000 over the next twenty years (ie long-term enrolment comparable to enrolment at substantial existing college or university campuses)
8 adds new facilities (either owned or secured through long-term lease) larger than 70000 square feet (roughly 6500 square metres) designated primarily for academic purposes
raquo offers a broad range of programs with substantial new or expanded ancillary services (or shows clear potential for future growth in program offerings and ancillary services)
bull significantly improves local student access to postsecondary education in the short term (and has the potential to do so in the longer term) particularly in geographic locations that may be experiencing or are expected to develop capacity gaps
When reviewing a planned expansion the ministry will also take into consideration whether the initiative
bull competes with other capacity expansion initiatives in a particular geographic area or would have an impact on existing or already-planned postsecondary education facilities
bull in the case of proposed new campuses is outside the local area of the institutions existing campuses or is in a new community for the institution in terms of substantial permanent academic facilities For the purpose of this policy the local
FH+I
area of a campus is defined as the area within the median commuter shed for Census Metropolitan Areas in Ontario as specified by Statistics Canada (about 10 km)
Institutions making expansion proposals will be required to provide evidence of prior consultation with and support from other institutions that could be affected by the proposal confirmation of their own Board of Governors support for the proposal and confirmation of significant support from the local municipality or region
Selection and Approval Decisions about future large-scale postsecondary education capacityexpansion projects will be made on the basis of a formal transparent competitive process that will begin with a call for proposals directed to institutions Consideration will be given to proposals for large-scale expansion ofexisting campuses (main or satellite campuses) andor for the creation of new campuses
Calls for proposals will be directed to publicly assisted postsecondary education institutions in Ontario Eligibility to submit a proposal will in general be extended to all institutions however the government may decide to limit eligibility as appropriate depending on current circumstances and evolving provincial priorities
Municipalities interested in being considered as host locations for future major capacity expansion should work in collaboration with institutions that would be prepared to submit a proposal
Priority will be given to proposals in regions that have been experiencing sustained population and postsecondary education demand growth and that are underserved in terms of postsecondary education opportunities
The timing of future calls for proposals the number of projects selected for support and the level and timing of funding will be determined by the provincial government and will reflect a range of considerations including the fiscal environment
FI-M-1
When evaluating proposals the ministry will consider a setof criteria in the following categories consistent with its priorities for future capacity expansion (as outlined on page 6)
bull Strategic management of long-term enrolment growth and accessibility
bull Differentiation sustainability and accountability bull Economic impact raquo Quality innovation and competitiveness (including
institutional partnership options) bull Affordability for students and the province (including
substantial support from host communities)
Over time as circumstances change and priorities evolve the ministry may articulate additional requirements for the competitive process For details of general evaluation criteria refer to Appendix C Additional templates may be provided when a call for proposals is announced
Once the proposals have been evaluated the ministry will make recommendations to Cabinet for funding support for the selected proposals When one or more proposals have been selected and approved for funding bilateral agreements will be put in place between the institution(s) selected and the ministry
Policy Implementation and Compliance This policy framework will be effective immediately Institutions are encouraged to submit their expansion plans for initial review as soon as possible
If an initiative is determined to be outside the scope of this new approval and selection process itwill still be subject to other relevant ministry approval processes including but not limited to program approval and capital funding processes It will also have to be consistent with the terms of the Strategic Mandate Agreement established between the institution and the ministry
Failure to comply with the requirements setout in this policy framework will affect provincial funding Specifically new or expanded enrolment at the location of the expansion will not be recognized for funding through the college or university operating grants and the institution will not be eligible for provincial capital funding at the location Failure to comply could also affect future capital decisions by the provincial government
0 with respect to other locations
Fl-42gt
Appendix A Contact Information and Checklist for Institutions Considering Capacity Expansion
Institutions considering capacity expansion should direct a letter describing the project or initiative along with a completed checklist (see below) to
MCEsubmi53101iionfariocc1
The following checklist will help the ministry determine whether the planned expansion will be subject to the new approval and selection process under the MajorCapacity Expansion policy framework1
Please complete the checklist (copy and scan the completed form or create an e-file based on the template) and include it as an attachment to your communication to the ministry outlining your institutions planned capacity expansion project
Please provide additional information as needed in the Comments section of the checklist
1 A planned expansion that is deemed subject to the new selection and approval process is not to proceed unless approved by the province following a formal call for proposals A planned expansion that is deemed outside the scope of the Major Capacity Expansion approval and selection process will still be subject to other relevant ministry approval processes including but not limited to program approval and capital funding processes
pl-4-4shy
Checklist for Institutions Considering Capacity Expansion
Checklist Items
Size
How many full-time students would this initiative accommodate based on current plans
Is there potential for substantial longer-term enrolment growth If yes please provide a high-level estimate of potential enrolment
How much space (in sq ft) will be designated for academic purposes in the proposed facility (or expansion) Would new facilities be owned or secured through long-term lease
What is the credential mix of programs associated with this proposed expansion
What programs would be made available
Consultation
Have you consulted with other institutions that could be affected by this proposal
bull Which institution(s) have you consulted Are they supportive
Has your institution engaged its Board of Governors with respect to this proposal Is the board supportive
Is your proposal supported by the local municipality region in which it would be located
bull Will third-party resources (municipalities region other) be available to support this initiative What is the level of support expected
Location Services
Where would the new capacity be located (municipality region)
bull Is this a new locationcommunity for your institution
If proposing expansion at a new location is the location more than 10 km from existing campus(es)
Does the planned expansion include ancillary and student services
bull Please provide a list of services to be offered
Notes
Yes No Comme -
DD
an
a a
a a
bull a
bull a
bull a
bull This list is designed to provide information needed to determine whether a proposal will be deemed subject to the Major Capacity Expansion policy approval and selection process
bull Decisions will be made on a case-by-case basis If additional information is needed a representative of the Ministry ofTraining Colleges and Universities will contact the institution Please provide complete contact information including name position title email address and phone numbers
FI-H5
Appendix B An Outline of the Review and Approval Process for Planned Capacity Expansion Proposals
Chart 1 below outlines the steps in the assessment process that will be used to determine whether a planned capacity expansion will be deemed subject to the approval and selection process under the Major Capacity Expansion policy framework
Chart 2 outlines the steps in the process of selecting initiatives for funding under the Major Capacity Expansion policy framework
Chart 1 Initial Review - Is the Planned Expansion Subject to the Major Capacity Expansion Selection and Approval Process
The planned expansion
does not move forward
until approved by the
province following a Ministry reviews the institutions formal call for proposals
Institution submits a letter Failure to comply will submission to evaluate whether
describing the planned the planned expansion will be affect provincial funding
expansion with a completed subject to the new selection 1gt4^lt^t^fea1Vitaiiij4gtlJULJl^
and approval process under
for review the Major Capacity Expansion The planned expansion policy framework moves forward subject to
checklist to the ministry
Wampj^WJfeWamp$Si^^ all other ministry approval
processes (eg capital and
program approvals)
bulluiut^w-ww-yishy
Chart 2 SelectionApproval Process far a Major Capacity Expansion Following a Call for Proposals
Callfor proposals initiated Institutions submit Ministry assesses proposals Announcement of selected
by the province proposals against evaluation criteria initiatives to be supported
and brings forward selected for major capacity
proposals for Cabinet expansion
approval
raquoHSW^8raquoMJmmLiMH WOWluUdUJIUlbUitL
13
r
shy
Fl-Ho
enoix C General Evaluation Criteria for Major Capacity Expansion
Category Evaluation Criteria
Strategic Significant expansion of local postsecondary education opportunities for management students in underserved areas with growing demand based on long-term of long-term demographic trends enrolment Alignment with provincial priorities including Growth Plan priorities and
economic development initiativesgrowth and Clear potential to add substantial new capacity and support futureaccessibility enrolment growth in the postsecondary education sector
Differentiation Alignment with the institutions Strategic Mandate Agreement and goals sustainability and priorities of the Differentiation Policy Framework and Impact on nearby institutions accountability Effective and sustainable governance model including consideration
of the impact of distance from the expansion location for administration and academic experience Focus on undergraduate programs Range of programs offered locally and avoidance of unwarranted duplication of existing programming
Economic Demonstrated Value for Money including AFP options where impact appropriate and limits on provincial contributions
Tangible regional economic benefits combined with potential for province-wide benefit based on labour force skills and economic growth Demonstrated local economic benefits and linkages with local industries
Quality Innovative service delivery innovation Institutional partnership options including university-college collaboration and Postsecondary education quality and student experience (including
ancillary and student services)competitiveness
Affordabiiity Evidence of substantial support from host community including financial for students contributions and land ownership
Economies of scaleand the
province Linkages with local transportation for commuting students Potential for leveraging private sector resources Evidence of consideration ofalternatives to expansion proposal based on existing capacity and potential partnerships Proven financial health of institution with asset management plan in place Demonstrated labour market demand
Nofe These are the general criteria that will be used to guide the selection and approval of proposals submitted in response toa ministry call for proposals
N
News Release
Helping More Students Pursue Postsecondary Education
Ontario Calls for Expansion Proposals from Universities March 272014 945 am
Office of the Premier
Premier Kathleen Wynne announced today that the government is taking steps to
ensure that more students can pursue undergraduate degrees close to home The
province is inviting universities to submit proposals for new or expanded campuses in
underserved areas (colleges are encouraged to partner with universities to submit
proposals)
This call for proposals is part of the governments commitment to provide funding for
60000 additional postsecondary education spaces across Ontario The government will
collaborate closely with municipalities colleges and universities to ensure that capacity
is increased where it is needed the most
The proposals will be evaluated based on their potential to
bull Increase postsecondary spaces in underserved areas
bull Improve quality innovation and competitiveness
bull Demonstrate cost-effectiveness to both students and taxpayers
bull Help stimulate growth and economic development in Ontario
This will help establish a formal transparent and competitive process to evaluate
decisions about future expansions
Improving access to postsecondary education is part of the Ontario governments
economic plan that is creating jobs for today and tomorrow The comprehensive plan
and its six priorities focus on Ontarios greatest strengths -- its people and strategic
partnerships
Fl-M
Quick Facts
The call for proposals is open to all publicly assisted universities and all colleges of
applied arts and technology in Ontario with a deadline for submissions of Sept 26
2014 Colleges must partner with universities to be eligible for major capacity
expansion projects
Municipalities interested in being considered as host locations are expected to work
in collaboration with institutions that are submitting a proposal
The province released the Major Capacity Expansion Policy Framework in December
2013 to identify priority areas for growth
In the last 10 years full-time enrolment in Ontarios postsecondary system has grown
by more than 160000 mdash more than in any decade in the provinces history
bull The provinces 30 off Tuition Grant helped more than 230000 students start
college or university last year
Quotes
Fl-M
We are committed to helping more students get the postsecondary education they need to succeed
We want to bridge Ontarios skills gap and ensure that young people are equipped with all the right
skills mdash no matter where they live
Kathleen Wynne
Premier of Ontario
Expanding and creating new postsecondary campuses where they are needed most will help
ensure that more students have the opportunity to get a world-class education while staying close to
home Were working closely with our postsecondary partners to make sure the right spaces are in
the right places
Brad Duguid
Minister of Training Colleges and Universities
Laurier Brantford has provided immeasurable benefits to both local students and the citys
downtown revitalization This announcement signifies similar economic development partnerships
between municipalities and postsecondary institutions leading to new jobs and increased prosperity
for more communities across Ontario Chris Friel Mayor City of Brantford
PI-so
^^js^-^
Major
Capacity
Expansion
Call for
Proposals
GUIDELINES
March 2014
Ministry of Training Colleges and Universities
w^ Ontario
Fl-SI
The Ontario Public Service endeavours to demonstrate leadership with respect to accessibility in Ontario Our gool is to ensure that Ontario government services products and facilities are occessible to all our employees and to all members ofthe public we serve This document or the inlormolion that itcontains is available on request in alternative formats Pleose forward all requests lor alternative formats to ServiceOntario at1-800-668-9938 (TTY 1-800-268-709S)
line publication equivolente est disponible en francais sous le litre suivont Appel de propositions pour Ioccroissement moieur de la capocM - lignes directrices
This publication is also available on the Ministry olTraining Colleges and Universities website atwwivontariocatcu 13-323 bull ISBN 978-1-4606-3802-6 (PDF) bull copy Queens Printer for Ontario 2014
2014
Fi-sa
Contents
1 Background 5
2 Timelines for Submitting a Proposal 5
3 Notice of Intent 5
4 Eligible Applicants 6
5 Eligible Projects 6
6 Major Capacity Expansion General Evaluation Criteria 7
7 Weighting 8
8 Assessment and Ranking 9
9 Communications Protocol 13
10 Role of Infrastructure Ontario and Alternative
Financing and Procurement 13
11 The Selection Process and Funding 14
12 Components of the Submission 14
13 Links to Related Documents and Resources 16
14 Disclosure of Information 16
15 Call for Proposals Timeline 16
PI-S3
1 Background The ministry released its Major Capacity Expansion Policy Framework on December 20 2013 A commitment was made to
issue a Call for Proposals in early 2014
This Call for Proposals represents the beginning of a process that will lead to the selection of successful proposals which collectively will meet provincial goals for postsecondary education in Ontario - increased capacity at the undergraduate degree level greater affordability for students institutions and the province improved institutional differentiation and regional economic benefits This process will be guided by principles of fairness competitiveness and transparency and by a commitment to serve the public interest
This long-term initiative will help ensure that our postsecondary education system will have the right spaces in the right places for Ontario students
2 Timelines for Submitting a Proposal The closing date for submission of a Notice of Intent is June 27 2014
The closing date for submission of the full proposal is September 26 2014
Submissions must be received by the ministry on or before these dates
3 Notice of Intent
The Notice of Intent is a one-page overview of the proposed project Proposals will not be considered unless a Notice of Intent is received by the deadline ofJune 27 2014 To ensure transparency and competitiveness every Notice of Intent submitted to the ministry will be posted on the Postsecondary Education Partners Gateway website within 30 days of the submission date
Fl-Sf
4 Eligible Applicants In view of the focus on undergraduate degree capacity it is expected that submissions will be led by universities butcollegeshyuniversity partnership models are encouraged
All proposals must demonstrate need (ie expansion should be located in areas thatare currently underserved by postsecondary education andor thatare expected to experience significant future growth in enrolment demand)
5 Eligible Projects Recognizing the wide range and variety of potential expansion opportunities the ministry continues to avoid setting rigid parameters to define major capacityexpansion However as stated in the Major Capacity Expansion Policy Framework initiatives characterized by the following scale-related features are most likely to be subject to this approval and selection process
bull accommodates enrolment growth of more than 1000 full-time students in the short term with the potential to accommodate longer-term growth of 5000 to 10000 over the next twenty years (ie long-term enrolment comparable to enrolment at substantial existing collegeor university campuses)
bull adds new facilities (either owned or secured through long-term lease) larger than 70000 square feet (roughly 6500 square metres) designated primarily for academic purposes
bull offers a broad range of programs with substantial new or expanded ancillary services (or shows clear potential for future growth in program offerings and student and ancillary services)
bull significantly improves local student access to postsecondary education in the short term (and has the potential to continue to do so in the longer term) particularly in geographic locations that may be experiencing or are expected to develop capacity gaps at the undergraduate degree level
PI-S5
6 Major Capacity Expansion General Evaluation Criteria
The following general evaluation criteria were included in the Major Capacity Expansion Policy Framework These criteria will be used to assess proposals Institutions should demonstrate the alignment of their proposed projects with the criteria and may do so in any format suitable to them
Priority Objectives
Strategic management of long-term enrolment growth and accessibility
Differentiation sustainability and accountability
Economic impact
Quality innovation and competitiveness
General Criteria
bull Significant expansion of local postsecondary education opportunities for students in underserved areas with growing demand based on long-term demographic trends
bull Alignment with provincial priorities including Growth Plan priorities and economic development initiatives
bull Clear potential to add substantial new capacity and support future enrolment growth in the postsecondary education sector
Alignment with the institutions Strategic Mandate Agreement (SMA) and goals and priorities of the Differentiation Policy Framework Impact on nearby institutions Effective and sustainable governance model including consideration ofthe impact ofdistance from the expansion location for administration and academic experience Focus on undergraduate programs Range of programs offered locally and avoidance ofunwarranted duplication ofexisting programming
Tangible regional economic benefits combined with potential for province-wide benefit based on labour force skills and economic growth Demonstrated local economic benefits and linkages with local industries
Demonstrated Value for Money including Alternative Financing and Procurement (AFP) options where appropriate and limits on provincial contributions
Institutional partnership options including university-college collaboration
Innovative service delivery Postsecondary education quality and student experience (including student and ancillary services)
(continued)
Fl-5b
Priority Objectives General Criteria
Affordability for bull Evidence of substantial support from hostcommunity including students and the financial contributions and land ownership province bull Economies of scale
bull Linkages with local transportation for commuting students bull Potential for leveraging private sector resources bull Evidence of consideration of alternatives to expansion proposal
based on existing capacity and potential partnerships bull Proven financial health of institution with asset management plan
in place bull Demonstrated labour market demand
7 Weighting The evaluation criteria for the assessment of institutional
proposals will be weighted as follows
Category Weight
Section A Meeting Demand 30
bull Strategic management of long-term enrolment growth and accessibility
Section B Demonstrated Affordability 40
bull Affordability for students and the province
Section C Academic and Economic Considerations 30
bull Differentiation sustainability and accountability bull Economic impact bull Quality innovation and competitiveness (including institutional partnership
options)
PI-SI
8 Assessment and Ranking Funding will be awarded on a competitive basis and proposals will be evaluated for suitability using defined criteria Institutions should use both qualitative and quantitative analysis to demonstrate the alignment of their proposals with the general evaluation criteria
SECTION A MEETING DEMAND (30)
Proposals should demonstrate alignment with some or all of the following criteria
Priority Objective 1 Strategic management of long-term enrolment growth and accessibility
General Evaluation Criteria
1 Significant expansion of local postsecondary education opportunities for students in underserved areas with growing demand based on long-term demographic trends
2 Alignment with provincial priorities including Growth Plan priorities and economic development initiatives
3 Clear potential to add substantial new capacity and support future enrolment growth in the postsecondary education sector
Possible Alignment Measures
bull Demographic growth projections for location bull Existing enrolment capacity at institutions in
the proximity of the proposed expansion bull Estimated enrolment capacity ofthe
expansion and projected net increase in undergraduate enrolment
bull Number of students from the area of the intended expansion who are currently attending the institution(s)
Possible Information to Build Evidence Base
bull Institutions long-term enrolment master plan bull Joint campus master plan for partnerships (if applicable) bull Long-term enrolment viability study bull Completed enrolment table in the proposal template stating all assumptions bull Community profile demonstrating future demand in the area bull Documented support from and alignment with plans of any associated agencies municipalities
or other entities
bull Consideration of relevant provincial population and employment projections bull Consideration of key provincial policy directions relating to the location of public institutions and
their associated economic impacts (eg ability to contribute to urban revitalization efforts) bull Evidence of program demand (eg number of applications)
FI-5J
SECTION B DEMONSTRATED AFFORDABILITY (40)
Proposals should demonstrate alignment with some or all of the following criteria
Priority Objective 2 Affordability for students and the province
General Evaluation Criteria
1 Evidence of substantial support from host community including financial contributions and land ownership
2 Economies of scale 3 Linkages with local transportation for
commuting students 4 Potential for leveraging private sector
resources
5 Evidence of consideration of alternatives to expansion proposal based on existing capacity and potential partnerships
6 Proven financial health of institution with asset management plan in place
7 Demonstrated labour market demand
Possible Alignment Measures
bull Total cost of project and expected provincial contribution
bull Cost-benefit analysis ofexpanding an existing assetor building at a new location (or a combination thereof)
bull Distance from current campuses bull Current assetmanagement plan including
effects of expansion on Facilities Condition Index
bull Public transit capacity to the institution and between campuses
bull Debtasset ratioof institution(s) bull Energy sources and efficiency initiatives
(including proposed LEED certification) bull Long-term financial viability bull Existing student employment KPIs
Possible Information to Build Evidence Base
bull Detailed project costing information including projected cash flow requirements and net impact on operating cost
bull Business case demonstrating need for expansiori (existing campus only) including a service gap analysis
bull Letters of support from potential partners indicating details of financial andor in-kind contributions (eg land ownership)
bull Local transportation plan(s) showing current anc1planned public access to site (short- and long-term)
bull Independent verification of total expansion proj set cost
bull Financial health analysis including recent finan cial statements
bull Documentation of preliminary environmental assessment bull Control and ownership of buildings and equipment (partnerships only) bull Long-term forecast of incremental operating expenses and revenues (grants third party revenues)
as a result ofthe proposed project
PI-S9
SECTION C ACADEMIC AND ECONOMIC CONSIDERATIONS (30)
Proposals should demonstrate alignment with some or all of the following criteria
Priority Objective 3 Differentiation sustainability and accountability
General Evaluation Criteria
1Alignment with the institutions Strategic Mandate Agreement (SMA) and goals and priorities of the Differentiation Policy Framework
2 Impact on nearby institutions 3 Effective and sustainable governance model
including consideration of the impact of distance from the expansion location for administration and academic experience
4 Focus on undergraduate programs 5 Range of programs offered locally and
avoidance of unwarranted duplication of existing programming
Possible Alignment Measures
bull Assessment of alignment with SMA bull Proposed programs their alignment with
the institutions strengths and an overview ofsimilar existing programs offered by institutions near the expansion
bull Ranking of institution(s) on applications by students from the proposed area
Possible Information to Build Evidence Base
bull Finalized SMA
bull Program information (initial and planned) bull Overview of proposed institutional governance model bull Consultation overview including results of discussions with affected institutions and letters of
support (if applicable)
pi-to
Priority Objective 4 Economic impact
General Evaluation Criteria
1Tangible regional economic benefits combined with potential for province-wide benefit based on labour force skills and economic growth
2 Demonstrated local economic benefits and linkages with local industries
3 Demonstrated Value for Money including Alternative Financing and Procurement (AFP) options where appropriate and limits on provincial contributions
Possible Alignment Measures
bull Local economic benefits bull Alignment of programs with regional and
Ontario labour market needs
bull Expected financing cost (if any) bull Jobs created (short-term associated with
building period and ongoing) bull Ongoing jobs created at expansion bull Value for Money analysis related to proposed
procurement model
Possible Information to Build Evidence Base
bull An economic impact study or value planning study to demonstrate the projects potential to provide direct economic benefits for the surrounding area (eg by helping to revitalize the community unlock local development potential build the taxbase and leverage existing infrastructure and investments)
Priority Objective 5 Quality innovation and competitiveness
General Evaluation Criteria
1 Institutional partnership options including university-college collaboration
2 Innovative service delivery 3 Postsecondary education quality and student
experience (including student and ancillary services)
Possible Alignment Measures
bull Institutional track record with partnerships bull Assessment ofproposed academic plan and
service delivery bull Range of planned student and ancillary
services compared with services at existing campuses (short- and long-term)
bull Existing student experience (KPIs student outcomes)
Possible Information to Build Evidence Base
bull Institutions Strategic Plan bull Business case in support ofproposed academic plan including partnerships with relevant
raquo information aboutcurriculumpedagogy raquo financial information
raquo interjurisdictional case studies and examples bull Impact analysis with respect toacademic and administrative quality and quality of experience bull Overview of new program accreditation required ifapplicable
12
Fl-fel
9 Communications Protocol
Proposal submissions must be received at MCEsubmissions ontarioca by September 26 2014 Late submissions will not be accepted
Specific questions submitted to the ministry as part of the process will be answered and will be made available to all participants
To ensure a fair and transparent process the ministry will not provide any advisory services to institutions on an individual basis
10 Role of Infrastructure Ontario and Alternative
Financing and Procurement Infrastructure Ontario is a Crown agency of the Government of Ontario It is focused on modernizing and financing the renewal of public infrastructure maximizing the value of public real estate and managing government facilities It also provides expertise in project delivery lending real estate management and asset planning Infrastructure Ontario now has a greater role in procuring infrastructure as well engaging in both traditional forms of procurement and alternative financing and procurement (AFP) when appropriate
As indicated in the Ministry of Infrastructures Building Together Plan and in the provincial governments planning and budgeting process recommendations will be made on the procurement method and delivery of all college infrastructure projects valued at more than $50 million In addition universities with successful projects and associated provincial grants in excess of $100 million will be required to consult with Infrastructure Ontario The $100 million threshold may be lowered in future years
The criteria for assessing these projects could include scope complexity and value-for-money assessment with input from the ministry and Infrastructure Ontario
13
Pl-bl
11 The Selection Process and Funding The ministry will oversee the process leading to the selection of successful applications A multi-ministry panel will review the applications and make recommendations to Cabinet through the Ministry of Training Colleges and Universities Cabinetwill make the final decision aboutsuccessful projects andor future courses of action
Funding for successful projects will be provided subsequently The number of projects selected for support as well as the level and timing of funding will be determined by the provincial government and will reflect a range of considerations including the fiscal environment
12 Components of the Submission The following components of the submission are to be provided to the ministry by the dates indicated In addition to what is required below institutions may submit their proposals in any format that they believe best demonstrates the strengths of their proposed project with due attention to the relevance and conciseness of information supplied (Note that institutions may be asked to revise and re-submit their proposals ifexcessive amounts of information are provided)
All submissions must be preceded by
bull A Notice of Intent to be received by the ministry no later than June 27 2014
The Notices of Intent will give the ministry an early overview of interest in Major Capacity Expansion
14
pl-fe
The components of the proposal submission to be received by the ministry no later than September 26r 2014 are as follows
bull A completed checklist
A checklist is included in the Call for Proposals package The checklist must be completed and included in the submission (The checklist is reproduced from Appendix A of the Major Capacity Expansion Policy Framework page 12)
bull A completed capital template
Please refer to the template included in the Call for Proposals package The template requests detailed information on enrolment projections and funding sources This information must be provided using the template but it may also be presented in a different format in the context of the overall presentation
bull Supplementary information
Institutions are welcome to submit supplementary information to support their proposal Supplementary information may include a business case environmental impact studies and any other information or documentation that substantiates the proposal As noted earlier conciseness and relevance of information are
valued
Pleasealso include evidence of support for your proposal (including documentation of land ownership or leasing contracts documentation of municipal or other funding and letters of support)
In the case of a joint university-college submission approval under s 28 of the Financial Administration Act is required for financing if the debt is related to Colleges or if there is a contingent liability
15
Fl-b4shy
13 Links to Related Documents and Resources
Major Capacity Expansion Policy Framework
Differentiation Policy Framework
Places to Grow
Building Together
14 Disclosure of Information
The Freedom of Information and Protection of Privacy Act (FIPPA) applies to information in the custody or under the control of the ministry Institutions should identify whether any information in their proposals is submitted in confidence within the meaning of s 17 of FIPPA The proposals may be shared with a multi-ministry panel or other advisers that the ministry retains to assist with the assessment of the proposals
15 Call for Proposals Timeline
Date Deliverable
March 27 2014 Release of Call for Proposals
June 27 2014 Notice of Intent
September 26 2014 Close of Call for Proposals
Contact Information
Ministry staff may need to contact institutions to clarify details or request additional information Please provide complete and current contact information in your submission
16
![Page 11: Pl-I *^ BRAMPTON ReP°rt of Cou… · Pi-2> Current Situation: Following Council approval of its Post-Secondary Education Strategy on November 6, ... Call for Proposals Timeline .](https://reader033.fdocuments.in/reader033/viewer/2022060721/6080f345afc78e210d009525/html5/thumbnails/11.jpg)
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario
1 INTRODUCTION ^
Higher learning is avision and commitment shared by the Province ofOntario post-secondary education institutions and industry As will be demonstrated in this Strategy the City of Brampton is a strong advocate and supporter of this shared vision
Creating and preserving knowledge-based jobs by enabling investments in post-secondary education research innovation and commercialization activities is at the heart of Bramptons economic vision In this post-recessionary period economic expansion is highly dependent on strategies designed to achieve this outcome
University Strategy
We are pleased to present Bramptons Strategy for post-secondary university education in
Brampton a two-pronged approach
Goal 1 Support the Creation of Sheridan University that is Committed Exclusively to
Undergraduate Professional Education The Cityof Brampton supports the vision and
mission of a new Sheridan University as a global leader in undergraduate professional
education To support this vision the Cityof Brampton is advocating and prepared to
invest its local share in a new undergraduate paradigm in Ontario that is exclusively
committed to undergraduate professional education features a strong focus on
students teaching and learning creativity and innovation offers undergraduate
research that is connected to industry and produces professional accreditations that
achieve the highest standards of quality programming and faculty The City of
Brampton is proposing that Sheridan University have a profound presence in Downtown
Brampton
Goal 2 Attract a New Research-Oriented University Campus in Brampton To support
the growing demand for undergraduate and graduate programs in the Toronto-centered
region (Zone 7) the City of Brampton is prepared to invest its local share in a new
university campus that features research capabilities for students faculty and industry
The City is prepared to partner with an existing Ontario university or participate with the
Province of Ontario in the start-up of the next publicly funded institute in Ontario
located in Brampton
A key underpinning of this Strategy is that the two goals described above are complementary
and intrinsically related from an advancement and institutional perspective
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 2
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario
Demand Drivers
The core drivers ofdemand that justify the expansion of post-secondary education in Ontario particularly in the Greater Toronto Area are well documented
What we present inthis Strategy however is a local community perspective that defines a compelling need for a new waveof post-secondary expansion driven by innovative thinking on undergraduate professional education as well as on undergraduate and graduate education with a focus on research-oriented programs classrooms and labs for faculty students and industry
In our recent strategic planning and community engagement process we found an interesting
human spirit and positive cultural attitude toward higher learning in Brampton This
community perspective was captured through extensive engagement approaches and multiple
primary and secondary information-gathering methods
As a result we have developed a Strategy that paints the picture of a growing diverse and
committed Brampton community ready for university development and a municipality that is
prepared to invest and lead a process that facilitates its communitys vision
Structure
This document is structured as follows
Part 2 - The Need - Meeting the Increasing Demand for Post-Secondary Education
Part 3 - Defining the Opportunities in Brampton
Part 4 - Bramptons Strategic Partnership - a Track Record of Success
Part 5 - Commitment to this Strategy
Part 6 - Next Steps - Our Proposed Implementation Plan
Part 7 - Key Contacts
A Note on Benchmarked Regions in Ontario
Ontarios geography for student registration statistics (OUAC) includes a Zone 7 comprised of
the Cityof Toronto York Region Peel Region (including Brampton) and Simcoe County This
was the reference zone used in our comparative analysis
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 3
A Post-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario
Fl-li 2 THE NEED - MEETING THE INCREASED DEMAND FOR POST-SECONDARY
EDUCATION
The economic benefits of the youth and vitalitythat a new college or university campus would bring are not lost on the Citys residents as a large majority view it to be a top priority for economic development
(64) particularly among influencers (84) Residents of Brampton Compiled by Environlcs 2013
Our Community Speaks Out
In 2013 the City invited its community to participate in a comprehensive strategic planning
program It has been ten years since the City last undertook a strategic planning exercise The
community has changed in that time and will continue to change as our population rises in
keeping with the Province of Ontarios Places to Grow Act
It began with initial research to identify the priorities of Bramptons residents and businesses
figure out what the City is doing well and where there may be room for improvement This
phase was completed through meetings with a variety of community groups and organizations
and a telephone survey to learn about the publics priorities perceptions and concerns From
the information we have collected we identified five Strategic Priorities for Bramptons future
Next we completed the community engagement phase of the process through a series of Town
Hall meetings and other feedback options including the Citys website Twitter email
voicemail and of course one-on-one
The feedback from residents has been impressive The vision and direction offered by the
public is persuasive articulate and focused on these priorities
o Economic Development
o Growth Management
o Environmental Stewardship
o Community Engagement
o Corporate Excellence
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 4
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario FI-I+
Economic development and growth management were identified asthe most important areas of focus for the City The public was clear that attracting large brand name companies and developing local talent were among the major themes for the Citys economic development Similarly the two most important economic development initiatives identified by Brampton residents were first attracting new businesses to the City (69 top priority rating) and second the building of college and university campuses (64) These two priorities are intrinsically related to each other
Promote Brampton Internationally
Support SMEs
Build College and University Campuses
Attract New Business
Top Priority bull Secondary Priority Not a Priority a Dont Know
Source Environics 2013 (Prepared for the City of Brampton Strategic Planning Engagement)
Growing Population
Brampton is a designated growth centre in the Province of Ontario With an official population
of523911 (2011) Brampton is the 9th largest City in Canada 4th largest in Ontario and 3rd largest in the Greater Toronto Area Between 1981 and 2011 Bramptons population grew by
an extraordinary rate of 84 per year Bramptons population is expected to reach
approximately 843000 people by 2031
Total Population 1981-2031
8428000
433806 325428
234445 268251 149090 188498
1981 1986 1991 1996 2001 2006 2011 2031
Source Statistics Canada 1981-2011 Forecast by Hemson Consulting Ltd Oct 2013
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 5
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario pf~S
At 21 Bramptons population grew more than the benchmarks during the period between 2006 and 2011 With a total population increase of90105 persons during this time-frame Brampton was ranked 3rd in Canada behind Toronto and Calgary and ahead of Edmonton Surrey Ottawa and Vaughan
Geography Population Population Population Change 2006 2011 2006 to 2011
Brampton (Zone 7) 433806 523911 208
York Region (Zone 7) 892712 1032524 157
Peel Region (Zone 7) 1159455 1296814 118
Toronto CMA 5113149 5583064 92
Canada 31612897 33476688 59
Ontario 12160282 12851821 57
Simcoe County (Zone 7) 422204 446063 57
City of Toronto (Zone 7) 2503281 2615060 45 Source Statistics Canada 2006 amp 2011
In 2006 the population in Zone 7 was 498 million representing 41 of the total population in Ontario By 2011 the population in this zone soared to 539 million featuring an impressive
82 growth rate above the provincial and national averages
This is a sound level of household formation during a difficult period in Ontarios economic
history Most of the population and household growth occurred in Peel and York Regions
a high demand zone for future university expansion
Brampton is ideally situated in Zone 7
to host Ontarios next wave
of university expansion
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 6
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario H (~ Icopy
A Young and Family Oriented Community
Brampton is a young City with a median age of 347 years according to Statistics Canada
Bramptons population is younger than the ten most populated cities in Canada as well as the
nation the province of Ontario and the Toronto region
Municipality Median Age Median Age 2011 Rank 2011
Brampton 347 1
Edmonton 360 2
Calgary 364 3
Mississauga 385 4
Montreal 386 5
Winnipeg 390 6
Toronto 392 7
Ottawa 392 7
Vancouver 397 9
Hamilton 409 10
Toronto CMA 386
York Region 393
Peel Region 369
Simcoe County 418
Ontario 404
Canada 406
Source Statistics Canada 2011
The typical post-secondary education enrollment age group between 20 and 39 includes more
than 151800 Brampton residents representing a growth rate of 28 between 2006 and 2011
Immigration is a Driver of Economic Growth
For the first time in its history the number of residents living in Brampton that was born
outside of Canada exceeded 50 of the population In other words the foreign-born
population in Brampton is greater than the Canadian-born population
Immigration continues to be a major influence in the growth and diversification of Bramptons
population labour force employment household income business enterprises and
institutions
This is a differentiating factor that is shaping a new highly energetic image of the City of
Brampton
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 7
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario ^ I bull |
Brampton is a magnet for newCanadians The peak immigration period in Bramptons statistical history is indeed the present time The most recent immigration figures from the 2001 and 2006 Census Surveys and the 2011 National Household Survey revealed that more than 83000 people settled in Brampton between 2001 and 2011 This represents an average annual rate of 8300 new foreign-born residents or approximately 33 of the total immigration into Canada into Brampton
Geography Foreign-Born Foreign Born Population Population 2011
Total 2011 As a of Population
Brampton 263670 506
Peel Region 650530 505
City of Toronto 1252215 486
Toronto CMA 2537410 46
York Region 463125 452
Ontario 3611365 29
Canada 6775765 n
Simcoe County 50915 116
Source Statistics Canada 2011
Between 2006 and 2011 the major countries of birth for new Brampton residents included
1 India-525
2 Philippines-68
3 Pakistan - 63
Languages Spoken in Brampton
Panjabi (Punjabi) Hindi and Urdu were the top three non-official languages in 2011 accounting
for 66 of all of the non-official languages spoken in Brampton making this City one of a few in
Canada with significant allophone representation
Rounding out the top ten languages spoken in Brampton were Portuguese (4) Spanish (5)
Tamil (6) Tagalog (7) Gujarati (8) Italian (9) and Vietnamese (10)
In total eighty-nine languages were reported in the 2011 National Household Survey as being
spoken in Brampton homes
Post-Secondary Educational Attainment
At 51 post-secondary education attainment in Brampton is below key benchmarks However
it is the municipalitys goal to increase this level to meet the provincial (55) and national (54)
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 8
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario p 1mdash1Q
average bypromoting and facilitating post-secondary facilities and access to programs that are next-to- home
Geography Post-Secondary Percentage of Certificate Diploma Total Population or Degree 2011 15 and Older 2011
CityofToronto 1271gt545 58
Toronto CMA 2629970 58
York Region 487945 58
Peel Region 576995 56
Ontario 5717340 55
Canada 14805190 54
Brampton 206770 51
Simcoe County 180650 50
Source Statistics Canada 2011
The Citys strategic economic growth initiatives will continue to result in a more diversified and
talented labour force Such initiatives include residential and commercial intensification of
Bramptons central commercial corridor attracting knowledge-based industries expansion of
executive housing supply investment in arts and culture and supporting programs that
promote entrepreneurship innovation and commercialization
Household Income
At $77787 Brampton had the 2nd highest reported household income among the regions in this sample
Geography Median Household Benchmark
Total Income Rank
2010
York Region $89100 1
Brampton $77787 2
Peel $77588 3
Toronto CMA $70365 4
Simcoe County $67468 5
Ontario $66358 6
Canada $61072 7
City of Toronto $58381 8
Source Statistics Canada 2011
Further between 2005 and 2010 the total number of Brampton households reported in the
highest income category being $100000 and more increased by 425
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 9
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario H|deg
Population Growth is Complimented by Strong Employment Growth
The Brampton economy has been projected to attract approximately 120000 net new jobs by 2031 for a total of 291000 people working in Brampton based business establishments
Employment 2011 2016 2021 2026 2031
Brampton 171000 204000 239000 263000 291000
Peel 730000 820000 880000
Source Hemson Consulting Ltd Oct 2013
Brampton will lead economic growth in Peel over the next two decades attracting 80 of the
employment forecasted in the region Brampton is home to 8075 businesses Brampton
businesses contribute approximately $129 Billion to the GDP or 52 of the output in the
Toronto Region The Citys output is dominated by a mixed economy heavily structured on
goods-producing trades and professional business services industries
The major non-government industries dominating the economic base of Brampton by place of
work employment include
- Manufacturing
- Retail and Wholesale Trade
- Professional and Business Services
- Transportation and Warehousing
This skilled and educated workforce in Brampton represents the 3rd highest concentration of labour in the Toronto Region
Major Corporations
Bramptons corporate community is vibrant featuring an impressive list of corporations from
Canadian and International enterprises that have invested in office production andor logistics
facilities in this community
bull Rogers Communications
bull Chrysler Canada
bull Loblaw Companies
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 10
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario P ImiO
Maple Lodge Farms
Canadian Tire Corporation
Coca Cola Bottling
Waste Management of Canada
Gamma Dynacare
Olymel LLP
Air Canada Strategic Operations Centre
Bacardi Canada
Export Packers Ltd
HBC Canada
Ford Motor Company
Nissan Canada
Medtronics Canada
MDA Robotics
Q9 Canada
Aircraft Appliances and Equipment
Para Paints Canada
Brita Water Filter
Clorox Canada Canon Canada recently Hunter Douglas Windows
announced theMandarin Restaurant Corporation
Nestle Canada relocation of their
Maple Leaf Foods national headquarters HankookTire
to Brampton Ontario Smuckers Canada
Parmalat Canada
Miele Canada
Best Buy CanadaFuture Shop Canada
Small and Medium Sized Enterprises (SMEs)
The backbone of Canadas economy is found in the entrepreneurs and innovators who own
and operate small and medium-sized enterprises While Brampton has an excellent
portfolio of corporate brand names the SME sector is an active contributor to economic
growth Ninety-four per cent (94) of all businesses in Brampton had less than 50
employees Small businesses remain strong in professional scientific and technical support
sectors as well as in business services and the retail and wholesale trades
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 11
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario FI-21
Brampton business establishments with less than ten employees had 23000 workers on their payroll in 2011
Public Sector Employment
Adiverse economic base such as Bramptons is also characterised by very good representation from institutions in the public sector
Major employers include
Regional Municipal of Peel The Peel Memorial Centre for
William Osier Health System
Peel Regional Police Integrated Health and Wellness
Corporation of the City of Brampton will attract between 3000-4000
Sheridan College Institute of Technology professionals in the medical
and Advanced Learning services sector by 2016
bull Ontario Courthouse - Grenville Davis
University Application Statistics
The Ontario Universities Application Centre (OUAC) produces an annual report of
application and registration data for secondary school and other applicants
In 2011 514596 applications were administered by the Ontario University system In the
ten-year period between 2002 and 2011 Ontario saw the number of applications received
grow by approximately 135000 During the same time-frame the number of registered
applicants increased by approximately 23000 or 336 In 2011 Ontario universities
hosted 78434 registered applicants
A key finding of the 2011 OUAC Report is that universities located in geographic zone 7
these being the Ontario College of Arts and Design York University Ryerson University and
the University of Toronto attracted the highest proportion of registered applicants from
their home-zone when compared to all other universities in Ontario
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 12
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario p I bull ^i
This point is highlighted in the following table
Universities in Geographic Registered Secondary Registered Other Group Zone 7 School Applicants Applicants
Originating From Originating from (includes Peel Region York Region Zone 7 in 2011 Zone 7 in 2011 Simcoe County and City of Toronto)
( of Total Registered for ( of Total Registered for Each University) Each University)
York 865 592
Ryerson 822 616
Toronto 743 209
OCAD 643 542
Average 4 System Wide 454 306 Source Ontario University Application Centre 2011
Given the large population demographic composition socio-economic characteristics and
cultural attitudes of residents living in Zone 7 it is clear that there is a positive bias for students
particularly secondary-school students to attend a university where they can live near or stay
within their family and community structures
This is a prevalent trend in Peel Region York Region Simcoe County and the City of Toronto
(the communities that comprise Zone 7) more so than any other region in Ontario
As a summary of the complex set of demand factors highlighted in this section of the report we
see tremendous justification for additional university services on the outer edge of the Greater
Toronto Area
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 13
A Post-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario Fl-ii
3 DEFINING THE OPPORTUNITY
Goal 1 - Sheridan University Campus in Downtown Brampton
Project Vision
Site Options
A
AX
PI
A profound and holistic Sheridan Downtown Brampton Campus
connected to its 9500 plus students at Brampton Davis Steeles Campus
supported by enhanced transit to its HMC Campus I and II and Oakville
Campus
1Nelson Square Garage (Phase II SWQRP) and Phase III Lands
2Heritage Theatre Block ^~ rzmdash~ V V i
bullbull bull bull --bull shy
bull -bullbullbull-Ty ^
General Description of Site Locations - for illustrative purposes only
Mobility These sites are within a 5-minute walking distance to the existing
Brampton GO Train Station (with service to Union Station and
KitchenerWaterloo) and the ZUM Bus Rapid Transit service on
Queen Street and Main Street with service to Sheridan Davis
Campus Guelph-Humber University Campus Mississauga City
Centre (HMC I and II) and York University The proposed
Hurontario-Main Light Rapid Transit system is also within walkinj
distance of the site and offers a direct link to HMC I and II
Infrastructure Type Post-Secondary Education Campus and Related Uses
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 14
A Post-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario Fl-24shy
Project Type DBFM or DBF Design Build Finance Maintain or Design Build
Finance (the final business model is subject to a detailed
feasibility study)
Goal 2 - A New University Campus in Brampton
Project Vision A new university campus that offers undergraduate and graduate
degrees with research-oriented programs for students faculty
industry
Site Option 1 65-acre site at McLaughlin Road and Queen Street West
southwest corner known municipally as Flower City Community
Campus This site was formerly owned by the Province of
Ontario (OPP Headquarters and Training Centre) and is currently
being used by the municipality
Mobility This site is located in the Central Area of Brampton with Brampton
Transit service provided to the property The site is 15
kilometres from the Downtown GO Train Station and the
Downtown ZUM BRT Station on Main Street and 3 km to the
Brampton ZUM BRT station at Shoppers World - Steeles Avenue
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 15
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario p | bull ^S
Site Location Option 2
Mobility
Infrastructure Type
Project Type
The road network provides easy access to the major 400 series
highways for example ETR 407 is 35 km south of this site and
Highway 410 is 45 km east of the site
2719 Bovaird Drive West at Heritage Road southwest quadrant
This 87-acre site was formerly owned by private industry Today
the site is owned by the City of Brampton and is being used by the
municipality for maintenance and operation services
CON5WHS
CON5WHS
iV
I
The Mount Pleasant GO Train Station is 22 km east of the site at
Creditview Road The major Highway 401 and ETR 407 juncture
is approximately 8 km by automobile Future infrastructure
serving this area includes the GTA West Corridor immediately
north and east of the subject property
Post-Secondary Education Campus and Related Uses
DBFM or DBF Design Build Finance Maintain or Design Build
Finance (the final business model is subject to a detailed
feasibility study)
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 16
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario p | 1copy
4 BRAMPTONS STRATEGIC PARTNERSHIPS - A RECORD OF SUCCESS
With its strategic partners the Cityof Brampton has demonstrated an excellent record of
success in building and delivering physical and human infrastructure projects designed to expand public services and improve Bramptons economicdevelopment competitiveness
Ultimately these partnerships have created and preserved Ontario jobs In this section we
showcase a few of these strategic projects
Transit Infrastructure Project-Zum Bus Rapid Transit Project
Zum is Brampton Transits Bus Rapid Transit (BRT) service With its limited stops advanced
technology and real-time next bus information Zum connects people and places within
Brampton and throughout the Greater Toronto Area (GTA) Zum Queen Street service began in
the fall of 2010 Ziim Main Street service began operating in September 2011 and Ziim Steeles
Avenue started in the fall of 2012
Ziim was funded by all three levels of government with investments of $95 million each from
the Federal Provincial and Municipal governments for a total allotment of $285 million
Phase Iof the project required $159 million Phase II which expanded services along Queen
Street and Steeles Avenue as well as introduce new services on Bovaird Drive will require $126
million when fully completed
This is a DBFM - Design Build Finance and Maintain project led by the City of Brampton
Brampton designed built financed and maintains all aspects of the Zum system-wide capital
and operating costs related to
bull Roadway infrastructure intersection modifications and signal priority equipment
bull New terminals and station stops with high-quality passenger amenities
Capital equipment including new vehicles for expanded and rebranded service
Intelligent Transportation System technologies including real-time passenger information
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 17
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario p ( raquo^7
Post-Secondary Education Infrastructure Project -Sheridan Centre for Advanced Manufacturing and Design Technology (CAMDT)
In response to the changing face of manufacturing in Central and Southern Ontario Sheridan College and the City of Brampton embarked on a vision to assist Canadian manufacturers to compete globally with knowledge and technology asthe keys to their success
Led by Sheridan College ITAL the CAMDT $8 million venture is a partnership with more than 20 regional manufacturers the Province of Ontario and the City of Brampton Together we are growing regional talent in this important sector In 2005 CAMDT opened its doors
Seen as a strategic economic development initiative the City of Brampton was a major funding
and local knowledge partner contributing$25 million to CAMDT - the largest investment it has
ever made as a municipality in post-secondary education City Councils investment in Sheridan
is intended to address the demand (in the manufacturing sector) for graduates with a broad
range of advanced technical and management skills as well as to provide enhanced training for
those already in the workforce
CAMDT uses a consortia approach with the following goals
New full-time courses and industrycollege projects
Applied research initiatives and student projects
Contract training and continuing education courses
Strengthen program enrolments and graduate placements
The Centre for Sustainable Manufacturing (CSM) is located in Brampton and houses 18000
square feet of state-of-the-art labs and a flexible automation and fabrication centre The labs
support academic programs in integrated manufacturing computer-aided
draftingmanufacturing and manufacturing management
The Centre helps meet current and future needs of local manufacturers to stimulate regional
economic development and prosperity Sheridan government and local industry have
collaborated for nearly a decade to position the Centre to address critical skills gaps in the
manufacturing sector The Centre is now partnering with industry to support technical financial
and knowledge development to facilitate adoption of innovative technologies that minimize
resource consumption harmful emissions waste and use of toxic materials
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 18
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario p | mdash^ff
Health Care Infrastructure Project shy
Peel Memorial Centre for Integrated Health and Wellness
The new Peel Memorial Centre in Brampton will support the William Osier Health Systems vision for an integrated health system by providing primary ambulatory and outpatient-based care
This is a DBFM - Design Build Maintain Finance project led by Infrastructure Ontario (10)
Scheduled to open in 2016 Peel Memorial CIHW will provide specialized outpatient-based care
including urgent care day surgery and specialty clinics with a focus on helping individuals better
manage chronic conditions like asthma diabetes and kidney disease
According to Osier Health System Peel Memorial will introduce new models of care to shift the
focus from illness to wellness and encourage patients to take a more active role in managing
their own health and well-being
Representing the leading edge in integrated health care delivery Peel Memorial will provide
access to specialized patient-centred care in a state-of-the-art facility that offers a wide variety
of traditional and alternative health care services It will help people to get and stay well
through a series of education prevention disease management and healing programs
In the fall of 2012 Osier received government approval to move forward with a request for
qualifications to design build finance and maintain the new facility Following this
announcement Brampton City Council decided to invest 50 of the community share with a
$60 million levy in support of the new Peel Memorial
Downtown Intensification Infrastructure Project shy
Southwest Quadrant Renewal Plan Municipal Office and Commercial Retail Development
On August 10 2011 Bramptons City Council approved the terms of agreement for the
Southwest Quadrant Renewal Plan which enables the City to move forward with a creative
solution to meet the Citys future administrative space needs and plans for revitalization of
Bramptons downtown The successful proposal submitted by Dominus Construction Group is
a plan for a mixed-use development with several new features including new administrative
parking and retail space and a pedestrian-friendly cityscape for completion in 2014
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 19
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario p f~2raquo^
This is a DBF - Design Build Finance project led by Dominus Construction Group The City is a tenant in the building on a long-term lease
Phase 1 of this LEEDS project now under construction includes a new nine-storey building at 41 George Street that can accommodate
bull 126398 foot building for administrative space
bull 10147 square feet for ground retail space
bull 10545 square feet for multi-purpose meeting rooms
bull 443 parking spaces (five levels of parking)
Phase la also under construction includes a two-storey addition to the current City Hall that
can accommodate
bull 2507 square feet for committee rooms
bull 6187 square feet for ground retail space
Phases 1 and la of the Southwest Quadrant Renewal Plan (SWQRP) represents a $94M
investment in the downtown and all 3 Phases of the combined SWQRP represents an
estimated investment of $251M
This investment in the Southwest Quadrant Renewal Plan is another major building block in the
ongoing evolution and revitalization of downtown Brampton both in terms of contributing to
the urban landscape as well as attracting private sector investment and opportunities
Combined with other major projects like the Rose Theatre Brampton the launch of Ziim on
Queen and Main Streets restoration work at Alderlea and Peel Heritage Complex and several
new condominium projects Bramptons Downtown is experiencing an exciting resurgence
The City of Brampton is planning to add another signature building in our downtown core
further evidence of Bramptons commitment to economic development
Sustainable Community Development Project shy
Mount Pleasant Mobility Hub
The project includes a number of elements that serve to establish Mount Pleasant as a transit-
oriented development exemplifying a more sustainable approach to suburban community
living
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 20
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario p |~^Q
In partnership with the OntarioGovernment MetrolinxGO and Mattamy Homes the City has invested approximately $23 million in the following infrastructure
bull Community Transit Infrastructure station stops and related passenger amenities
Intelligent Transportation Systems (ITS) and transit enhancements at intersections
bull Mobility Hub facility bus layovers sheltered passenger areas clock tower bike storage areas and related amenities
bull Cultural Heritage reconstructed historic CPR station structure to be used as a cultural
facility in the Mt Pleasant civicsquare shared with the Peel District School Board and the
Library
bull Pedestrian amenities Civic Square and Village Green incorporating a reflection poolskating
facility public art canopy structures play area and landscaping features
Through development and stewardship the Mount Pleasant Community will restore and
enhance individual features that currently cover approximately 8 (or 41 hectares) of the
area and create a Natural Heritage System that will cover approximately 19 (or 976 hectares)
of the community As development proceeds within the Mount Pleasant Community the
NHS will come into public ownership The City will be responsible to manage the NHS and our
goal is to support natural processes and regeneration that are beneficial to the health and
diversity of the natural features functions and habitat This will generally mean
bull Planting no-maintenance vegetative buffers between natural areas and private
properties using native trees shrubs and groundcovers
bull Not mowing pruning or spraying natural areas for weeds and insects
bull Allowing for annual flooding and ponding of water along East Huttonville Creek and
within wetlands and woodlands to maintain a natural hydrology that is critical for plant
and wildlife health and diversity
bull Allowingfor the natural loss of vegetation and regrowth of young trees and shrubs
bull Managing natural areas for invasive species such as Buckthorn and Norway Maple
bull Managing the urban trees along streets and parks for invasive species such as Emerald
Ash Borer
The Mount Pleasant Mobility Hub represents a large project that has created one-time
employment within the stipulated 2-year construction period as well generating annual
multipliers supporting Bramptons economic development for future generations
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 21
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario p [raquo^ )
5 OUR INVESTMENT - A COMMITMENT TO POST SECONDARY EDUCATION
The City of Brampton iscommitted to investing in this Strategy Below is a summary of the types of financial and in-kind investmentsthe municipality is prepared to make in order to realize this Strategy
bull Municipal Land Contribution
bull Municipal Commitment to Economic and Market Growth Policies
bull Municipal assistance on site servicing for digitally linked and virtual classrooms
laboratories office
bull Shared Infrastructure related to municipal services such as library field house gymnasium
bull Design an extensive planning process and design exercise that represents the highest
standard of excellence including engaging the community and surrounding land-owners
LEEDS Community and Environmental Design
bull Facilitating municipal and community partnerships to maximize utilization of spaces during
the May - August shoulder period
bull Economic development research grant to support research that fosters innovation and
commercialization
bull Support industry partnerships and innovative enterprises
bull Demonstrate commitment to a shared provincial municipal and university relationship
focused on a culture of open communication shared values community engagement and
volunteerism
bull Staff time and expertise dedicated to teams assigned to this Strategy
bull Leverage City of Brampton AAA Credit Rating by Standard amp Poors
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 22
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario p- ( ~ Q jL
6 IMPLEMENTATION STEPS
The following decision milestones guide the municipal commitment and stewardship of this
Strategy
bull Exploratory Meetings with Sheridan Executive and Chair of Governing Council
bull Preparation of Bramptons Post-Secondary Strategy Proposal
bull Presentation to Premier Wynne - Receive and Endorse Proposed Strategy
bull City Council approval of final post-secondary strategy and approval to enter into a
Memorandum of Understanding with Sheridan College ITAL to explore the feasibility of
establishing Sheridan University in Downtown Brampton
bull Execute an MOU with Sheridan
bull Complete the Feasibility Study for Goal 1
bull Form a project team to prepare the technical documents in support of an RFP related to
Goal 2 -Attract a new undergraduate and graduate research-oriented university campus
aligned with Bramptons vision and proposed site locations with reporting to Council
7 CONTACTS
Susan Fennell
Mayor
City of Brampton Tel 905-874-2600
John Corbett MCIP RPP
Chief Administrative Officer
City of Brampton Tel 905-874-2625
Creating andpreserving knowledge-basedjobs by enabling investments in post-secondary education research innovation and commercialization activities
is at the heart ofBramptons economic vision
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 23
APPENDIX 3
FI-V4shybullUTaarrgt-^M
Major
Capacity
Expansion
Policy
Framework
December 2013
Ministry of Training Colleges and Universities
pound Ontario
PI -IS
The Ontario Public Service endeavours to demonstrate leadership with respect to accessibility in Ontario Our goal isto ensure that Ontario government services products and focilities ore occessible to all our employees and to all members of the public we serve This document or the information that itcontains is available on request in alternative formats Please forward all requests for alternative formats to ServiceOntario ot 1-800-668-9938 (TTY 1-800-268-7095)
line publication equivolenle est disponible en francais sous le titre suivant (Mesttattgique pout Iocuoissement moeur de hcapocili 2013
This publication is also available on the Ministry ofTraining Colleges and Universities website at wwvontariocatcu 13-278 bull ISBN 978-1-4606-3428-8 (POF) bull copy Queens Printer for Ontario 2013
Contents
Vision 5
Context 5
Government Priorities 6
Components of the Policy Framework 7
Initial Review 7
Scope 7
Selection and Approval 9
Policy Implementation and Compliance 10
Appendix A
Contact Information and Checklist for Institutions Considering
Capacity Expansion 11
Appendix B
An Outline of the Review and Approval Process for Planned
Capacity Expansion Proposals 13
Appendix C
General Evaluation Criteria for Major Capacity Expansion 14
Pi-Vi
Vision
Ontarios colleges and universities will drive creativity innovation knowledge and community engagement through teaching and research They will put students first by providing the best possible learning experience for all qualified learners in an affordable and financially sustainable way ensuring high quality and globally competitive outcomes for students and Ontarios knowledge economy
Context
Between 2002-03 and 2012-13 the postsecondary education system in Ontario expanded substantially with full-time enrolment growing by over 160000 more than in any decade in the provinces history Ontario has been supporting enrolment growth across the college and university sectors through increases in operating grants enhancements to student financial aid and capital investments
Ontarios postsecondary institutions have been committed partners in their efforts to accommodate these unprecedented levels of enrolment growth and have thus contributed to expanding opportunities for students to pursue higher education in many communities across Ontario
At65 per cent Ontarios level of postsecondary attainment (college university and apprenticeship) in 2012 was higher than thatof any country in theOrganisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) The Ontario government has set a postsecondary education attainment target of 70 per cent to ensure that the province continues to benefit from the competitive advantage of its highly skilled and educated workforce in the global economy
In this context it is essential to ensure that in future the right spaces are created in the right places for Ontarios students This can be done by targeting areas in which population growth is strong but local postsecondary education capacity is limited
Population growth in Ontario has recently been - and is expected tocontinue to be - concentrated in a number of large urban areas Some of the regions and communities where strong
Fl-W
long-term demand growth is anticipated are not currently served by local campuses In those areas gaps have recently begun to appear between enrolment demand growth and the capacity to accommodate continued enrolment growth If left unaddressed those gaps are likely to widen over time
Projections are subject to uncertainty and caution should always be used when considering long-term forecasts Based on the ministrys latest assessment of demographics and long-term postsecondary education participation patterns enrolment demand growth will moderate in the near term but is expected to return to more rapid growth after 2020 with the potential for substantial enrolment increases over the longer term Consistent with recent trends long-term demand is expected to be greatest for degree-level programs
It is anticipated that the focus of most major capacity expansions in the future will be at the undergraduate degree level Students in rapidly growing communities have access to substantial local college facilities more than they do to local university campuses In addition although graduate enrolment has risen significantly in recent years it is much lower than enrolment at the undergraduate level and tends to be concentrated in fewer institutions
The timing of this anticipated growth in demand provides an important opportunity The province will have time to plan for and address postsecondary education capacity needs in areas of Ontario where communities are growing and where students need better and more affordable access to postsecondary education opportunities closer to home
Government Priorities
The Major Capacity Expansion Policy Framework set out in this document seeks to achieve the following objectives
bull Ensuring that future large-scale capacity expansion supports long-term postsecondary education priorities including institutional differentiation
bull Managing enrolment growth strategically in line with provincial growth planning priorities to address regional capacity gaps in underserved areas
bull Putting in place a transparent evidence-based decision making and implementation process
ldegt
9 Addressing affordability and sustainability for students institutions and the province by maximizing the cost-effectiveness of targeted investments
bull Creating local community and regional economic benefits leading to job creation and greater economic diversity
Components of the Policy Framework The components of the Major Capacity Expansion policy framework include
1) a description of the kinds of initiatives that will be within the scope of the new approval and selection process
2) the selection process and the criteria that will be used in evaluating proposals for approval after a call for proposals is made and
3) details on implementation and compliance
Initial Review
Any institution considering an initiative that involves an expansion ofcapacity should contact the ministry in writing using the checklist provided in Appendix A The ministry will review initiatives proposed by institutions on a case-by-case basis to determine whether the planned expansion is subject to the new selection and approval process outlined below The ministry will provide a response to the institutions request in writing clearly indicating whether a proposed project or initiative will be subject to the new Major Capacity Expansion selection and approval process Initiatives subject to the new process are not to proceed unless approved by the provincial government following a formal call for proposals
Scope
This policy framework addresses a significant provincial interest in the need for provincial management of future large-scale expansions in postsecondary education capacity Effective management and planning is also needed to help avoid potential conflicts that can arise between and among institutions sect with respect to the location of new facilities and campuses s
FI-H-0
The new approval and selection process is primarily focused on initiatives that are designed to accommodate significant long-term increases in the number of domestic full-time postsecondary education students Such large-scale initiatives could include expansions at existing locations or might involve the establishment of new campuses Initiatives could be partnerships including university-college collaborations that would also enhance students educational experience and student pathways
Recognizing thata wide range and variety of potential expansion opportunities exist in Ontarios diverse and complex postsecondary education system the ministry has avoided setting rigid parameters to define major capacity expansion However initiatives characterized by the following scale-related features are most likely to be subject to the new approval and selection process
0 accommodates enrolment growth of more than 1000 full-time students in the short term with the potential to accommodate longer-term growth of5000 to 10000 over the next twenty years (ie long-term enrolment comparable to enrolment at substantial existing college or university campuses)
8 adds new facilities (either owned or secured through long-term lease) larger than 70000 square feet (roughly 6500 square metres) designated primarily for academic purposes
raquo offers a broad range of programs with substantial new or expanded ancillary services (or shows clear potential for future growth in program offerings and ancillary services)
bull significantly improves local student access to postsecondary education in the short term (and has the potential to do so in the longer term) particularly in geographic locations that may be experiencing or are expected to develop capacity gaps
When reviewing a planned expansion the ministry will also take into consideration whether the initiative
bull competes with other capacity expansion initiatives in a particular geographic area or would have an impact on existing or already-planned postsecondary education facilities
bull in the case of proposed new campuses is outside the local area of the institutions existing campuses or is in a new community for the institution in terms of substantial permanent academic facilities For the purpose of this policy the local
FH+I
area of a campus is defined as the area within the median commuter shed for Census Metropolitan Areas in Ontario as specified by Statistics Canada (about 10 km)
Institutions making expansion proposals will be required to provide evidence of prior consultation with and support from other institutions that could be affected by the proposal confirmation of their own Board of Governors support for the proposal and confirmation of significant support from the local municipality or region
Selection and Approval Decisions about future large-scale postsecondary education capacityexpansion projects will be made on the basis of a formal transparent competitive process that will begin with a call for proposals directed to institutions Consideration will be given to proposals for large-scale expansion ofexisting campuses (main or satellite campuses) andor for the creation of new campuses
Calls for proposals will be directed to publicly assisted postsecondary education institutions in Ontario Eligibility to submit a proposal will in general be extended to all institutions however the government may decide to limit eligibility as appropriate depending on current circumstances and evolving provincial priorities
Municipalities interested in being considered as host locations for future major capacity expansion should work in collaboration with institutions that would be prepared to submit a proposal
Priority will be given to proposals in regions that have been experiencing sustained population and postsecondary education demand growth and that are underserved in terms of postsecondary education opportunities
The timing of future calls for proposals the number of projects selected for support and the level and timing of funding will be determined by the provincial government and will reflect a range of considerations including the fiscal environment
FI-M-1
When evaluating proposals the ministry will consider a setof criteria in the following categories consistent with its priorities for future capacity expansion (as outlined on page 6)
bull Strategic management of long-term enrolment growth and accessibility
bull Differentiation sustainability and accountability bull Economic impact raquo Quality innovation and competitiveness (including
institutional partnership options) bull Affordability for students and the province (including
substantial support from host communities)
Over time as circumstances change and priorities evolve the ministry may articulate additional requirements for the competitive process For details of general evaluation criteria refer to Appendix C Additional templates may be provided when a call for proposals is announced
Once the proposals have been evaluated the ministry will make recommendations to Cabinet for funding support for the selected proposals When one or more proposals have been selected and approved for funding bilateral agreements will be put in place between the institution(s) selected and the ministry
Policy Implementation and Compliance This policy framework will be effective immediately Institutions are encouraged to submit their expansion plans for initial review as soon as possible
If an initiative is determined to be outside the scope of this new approval and selection process itwill still be subject to other relevant ministry approval processes including but not limited to program approval and capital funding processes It will also have to be consistent with the terms of the Strategic Mandate Agreement established between the institution and the ministry
Failure to comply with the requirements setout in this policy framework will affect provincial funding Specifically new or expanded enrolment at the location of the expansion will not be recognized for funding through the college or university operating grants and the institution will not be eligible for provincial capital funding at the location Failure to comply could also affect future capital decisions by the provincial government
0 with respect to other locations
Fl-42gt
Appendix A Contact Information and Checklist for Institutions Considering Capacity Expansion
Institutions considering capacity expansion should direct a letter describing the project or initiative along with a completed checklist (see below) to
MCEsubmi53101iionfariocc1
The following checklist will help the ministry determine whether the planned expansion will be subject to the new approval and selection process under the MajorCapacity Expansion policy framework1
Please complete the checklist (copy and scan the completed form or create an e-file based on the template) and include it as an attachment to your communication to the ministry outlining your institutions planned capacity expansion project
Please provide additional information as needed in the Comments section of the checklist
1 A planned expansion that is deemed subject to the new selection and approval process is not to proceed unless approved by the province following a formal call for proposals A planned expansion that is deemed outside the scope of the Major Capacity Expansion approval and selection process will still be subject to other relevant ministry approval processes including but not limited to program approval and capital funding processes
pl-4-4shy
Checklist for Institutions Considering Capacity Expansion
Checklist Items
Size
How many full-time students would this initiative accommodate based on current plans
Is there potential for substantial longer-term enrolment growth If yes please provide a high-level estimate of potential enrolment
How much space (in sq ft) will be designated for academic purposes in the proposed facility (or expansion) Would new facilities be owned or secured through long-term lease
What is the credential mix of programs associated with this proposed expansion
What programs would be made available
Consultation
Have you consulted with other institutions that could be affected by this proposal
bull Which institution(s) have you consulted Are they supportive
Has your institution engaged its Board of Governors with respect to this proposal Is the board supportive
Is your proposal supported by the local municipality region in which it would be located
bull Will third-party resources (municipalities region other) be available to support this initiative What is the level of support expected
Location Services
Where would the new capacity be located (municipality region)
bull Is this a new locationcommunity for your institution
If proposing expansion at a new location is the location more than 10 km from existing campus(es)
Does the planned expansion include ancillary and student services
bull Please provide a list of services to be offered
Notes
Yes No Comme -
DD
an
a a
a a
bull a
bull a
bull a
bull This list is designed to provide information needed to determine whether a proposal will be deemed subject to the Major Capacity Expansion policy approval and selection process
bull Decisions will be made on a case-by-case basis If additional information is needed a representative of the Ministry ofTraining Colleges and Universities will contact the institution Please provide complete contact information including name position title email address and phone numbers
FI-H5
Appendix B An Outline of the Review and Approval Process for Planned Capacity Expansion Proposals
Chart 1 below outlines the steps in the assessment process that will be used to determine whether a planned capacity expansion will be deemed subject to the approval and selection process under the Major Capacity Expansion policy framework
Chart 2 outlines the steps in the process of selecting initiatives for funding under the Major Capacity Expansion policy framework
Chart 1 Initial Review - Is the Planned Expansion Subject to the Major Capacity Expansion Selection and Approval Process
The planned expansion
does not move forward
until approved by the
province following a Ministry reviews the institutions formal call for proposals
Institution submits a letter Failure to comply will submission to evaluate whether
describing the planned the planned expansion will be affect provincial funding
expansion with a completed subject to the new selection 1gt4^lt^t^fea1Vitaiiij4gtlJULJl^
and approval process under
for review the Major Capacity Expansion The planned expansion policy framework moves forward subject to
checklist to the ministry
Wampj^WJfeWamp$Si^^ all other ministry approval
processes (eg capital and
program approvals)
bulluiut^w-ww-yishy
Chart 2 SelectionApproval Process far a Major Capacity Expansion Following a Call for Proposals
Callfor proposals initiated Institutions submit Ministry assesses proposals Announcement of selected
by the province proposals against evaluation criteria initiatives to be supported
and brings forward selected for major capacity
proposals for Cabinet expansion
approval
raquoHSW^8raquoMJmmLiMH WOWluUdUJIUlbUitL
13
r
shy
Fl-Ho
enoix C General Evaluation Criteria for Major Capacity Expansion
Category Evaluation Criteria
Strategic Significant expansion of local postsecondary education opportunities for management students in underserved areas with growing demand based on long-term of long-term demographic trends enrolment Alignment with provincial priorities including Growth Plan priorities and
economic development initiativesgrowth and Clear potential to add substantial new capacity and support futureaccessibility enrolment growth in the postsecondary education sector
Differentiation Alignment with the institutions Strategic Mandate Agreement and goals sustainability and priorities of the Differentiation Policy Framework and Impact on nearby institutions accountability Effective and sustainable governance model including consideration
of the impact of distance from the expansion location for administration and academic experience Focus on undergraduate programs Range of programs offered locally and avoidance of unwarranted duplication of existing programming
Economic Demonstrated Value for Money including AFP options where impact appropriate and limits on provincial contributions
Tangible regional economic benefits combined with potential for province-wide benefit based on labour force skills and economic growth Demonstrated local economic benefits and linkages with local industries
Quality Innovative service delivery innovation Institutional partnership options including university-college collaboration and Postsecondary education quality and student experience (including
ancillary and student services)competitiveness
Affordabiiity Evidence of substantial support from host community including financial for students contributions and land ownership
Economies of scaleand the
province Linkages with local transportation for commuting students Potential for leveraging private sector resources Evidence of consideration ofalternatives to expansion proposal based on existing capacity and potential partnerships Proven financial health of institution with asset management plan in place Demonstrated labour market demand
Nofe These are the general criteria that will be used to guide the selection and approval of proposals submitted in response toa ministry call for proposals
N
News Release
Helping More Students Pursue Postsecondary Education
Ontario Calls for Expansion Proposals from Universities March 272014 945 am
Office of the Premier
Premier Kathleen Wynne announced today that the government is taking steps to
ensure that more students can pursue undergraduate degrees close to home The
province is inviting universities to submit proposals for new or expanded campuses in
underserved areas (colleges are encouraged to partner with universities to submit
proposals)
This call for proposals is part of the governments commitment to provide funding for
60000 additional postsecondary education spaces across Ontario The government will
collaborate closely with municipalities colleges and universities to ensure that capacity
is increased where it is needed the most
The proposals will be evaluated based on their potential to
bull Increase postsecondary spaces in underserved areas
bull Improve quality innovation and competitiveness
bull Demonstrate cost-effectiveness to both students and taxpayers
bull Help stimulate growth and economic development in Ontario
This will help establish a formal transparent and competitive process to evaluate
decisions about future expansions
Improving access to postsecondary education is part of the Ontario governments
economic plan that is creating jobs for today and tomorrow The comprehensive plan
and its six priorities focus on Ontarios greatest strengths -- its people and strategic
partnerships
Fl-M
Quick Facts
The call for proposals is open to all publicly assisted universities and all colleges of
applied arts and technology in Ontario with a deadline for submissions of Sept 26
2014 Colleges must partner with universities to be eligible for major capacity
expansion projects
Municipalities interested in being considered as host locations are expected to work
in collaboration with institutions that are submitting a proposal
The province released the Major Capacity Expansion Policy Framework in December
2013 to identify priority areas for growth
In the last 10 years full-time enrolment in Ontarios postsecondary system has grown
by more than 160000 mdash more than in any decade in the provinces history
bull The provinces 30 off Tuition Grant helped more than 230000 students start
college or university last year
Quotes
Fl-M
We are committed to helping more students get the postsecondary education they need to succeed
We want to bridge Ontarios skills gap and ensure that young people are equipped with all the right
skills mdash no matter where they live
Kathleen Wynne
Premier of Ontario
Expanding and creating new postsecondary campuses where they are needed most will help
ensure that more students have the opportunity to get a world-class education while staying close to
home Were working closely with our postsecondary partners to make sure the right spaces are in
the right places
Brad Duguid
Minister of Training Colleges and Universities
Laurier Brantford has provided immeasurable benefits to both local students and the citys
downtown revitalization This announcement signifies similar economic development partnerships
between municipalities and postsecondary institutions leading to new jobs and increased prosperity
for more communities across Ontario Chris Friel Mayor City of Brantford
PI-so
^^js^-^
Major
Capacity
Expansion
Call for
Proposals
GUIDELINES
March 2014
Ministry of Training Colleges and Universities
w^ Ontario
Fl-SI
The Ontario Public Service endeavours to demonstrate leadership with respect to accessibility in Ontario Our gool is to ensure that Ontario government services products and facilities are occessible to all our employees and to all members ofthe public we serve This document or the inlormolion that itcontains is available on request in alternative formats Pleose forward all requests lor alternative formats to ServiceOntario at1-800-668-9938 (TTY 1-800-268-709S)
line publication equivolente est disponible en francais sous le litre suivont Appel de propositions pour Ioccroissement moieur de la capocM - lignes directrices
This publication is also available on the Ministry olTraining Colleges and Universities website atwwivontariocatcu 13-323 bull ISBN 978-1-4606-3802-6 (PDF) bull copy Queens Printer for Ontario 2014
2014
Fi-sa
Contents
1 Background 5
2 Timelines for Submitting a Proposal 5
3 Notice of Intent 5
4 Eligible Applicants 6
5 Eligible Projects 6
6 Major Capacity Expansion General Evaluation Criteria 7
7 Weighting 8
8 Assessment and Ranking 9
9 Communications Protocol 13
10 Role of Infrastructure Ontario and Alternative
Financing and Procurement 13
11 The Selection Process and Funding 14
12 Components of the Submission 14
13 Links to Related Documents and Resources 16
14 Disclosure of Information 16
15 Call for Proposals Timeline 16
PI-S3
1 Background The ministry released its Major Capacity Expansion Policy Framework on December 20 2013 A commitment was made to
issue a Call for Proposals in early 2014
This Call for Proposals represents the beginning of a process that will lead to the selection of successful proposals which collectively will meet provincial goals for postsecondary education in Ontario - increased capacity at the undergraduate degree level greater affordability for students institutions and the province improved institutional differentiation and regional economic benefits This process will be guided by principles of fairness competitiveness and transparency and by a commitment to serve the public interest
This long-term initiative will help ensure that our postsecondary education system will have the right spaces in the right places for Ontario students
2 Timelines for Submitting a Proposal The closing date for submission of a Notice of Intent is June 27 2014
The closing date for submission of the full proposal is September 26 2014
Submissions must be received by the ministry on or before these dates
3 Notice of Intent
The Notice of Intent is a one-page overview of the proposed project Proposals will not be considered unless a Notice of Intent is received by the deadline ofJune 27 2014 To ensure transparency and competitiveness every Notice of Intent submitted to the ministry will be posted on the Postsecondary Education Partners Gateway website within 30 days of the submission date
Fl-Sf
4 Eligible Applicants In view of the focus on undergraduate degree capacity it is expected that submissions will be led by universities butcollegeshyuniversity partnership models are encouraged
All proposals must demonstrate need (ie expansion should be located in areas thatare currently underserved by postsecondary education andor thatare expected to experience significant future growth in enrolment demand)
5 Eligible Projects Recognizing the wide range and variety of potential expansion opportunities the ministry continues to avoid setting rigid parameters to define major capacityexpansion However as stated in the Major Capacity Expansion Policy Framework initiatives characterized by the following scale-related features are most likely to be subject to this approval and selection process
bull accommodates enrolment growth of more than 1000 full-time students in the short term with the potential to accommodate longer-term growth of 5000 to 10000 over the next twenty years (ie long-term enrolment comparable to enrolment at substantial existing collegeor university campuses)
bull adds new facilities (either owned or secured through long-term lease) larger than 70000 square feet (roughly 6500 square metres) designated primarily for academic purposes
bull offers a broad range of programs with substantial new or expanded ancillary services (or shows clear potential for future growth in program offerings and student and ancillary services)
bull significantly improves local student access to postsecondary education in the short term (and has the potential to continue to do so in the longer term) particularly in geographic locations that may be experiencing or are expected to develop capacity gaps at the undergraduate degree level
PI-S5
6 Major Capacity Expansion General Evaluation Criteria
The following general evaluation criteria were included in the Major Capacity Expansion Policy Framework These criteria will be used to assess proposals Institutions should demonstrate the alignment of their proposed projects with the criteria and may do so in any format suitable to them
Priority Objectives
Strategic management of long-term enrolment growth and accessibility
Differentiation sustainability and accountability
Economic impact
Quality innovation and competitiveness
General Criteria
bull Significant expansion of local postsecondary education opportunities for students in underserved areas with growing demand based on long-term demographic trends
bull Alignment with provincial priorities including Growth Plan priorities and economic development initiatives
bull Clear potential to add substantial new capacity and support future enrolment growth in the postsecondary education sector
Alignment with the institutions Strategic Mandate Agreement (SMA) and goals and priorities of the Differentiation Policy Framework Impact on nearby institutions Effective and sustainable governance model including consideration ofthe impact ofdistance from the expansion location for administration and academic experience Focus on undergraduate programs Range of programs offered locally and avoidance ofunwarranted duplication ofexisting programming
Tangible regional economic benefits combined with potential for province-wide benefit based on labour force skills and economic growth Demonstrated local economic benefits and linkages with local industries
Demonstrated Value for Money including Alternative Financing and Procurement (AFP) options where appropriate and limits on provincial contributions
Institutional partnership options including university-college collaboration
Innovative service delivery Postsecondary education quality and student experience (including student and ancillary services)
(continued)
Fl-5b
Priority Objectives General Criteria
Affordability for bull Evidence of substantial support from hostcommunity including students and the financial contributions and land ownership province bull Economies of scale
bull Linkages with local transportation for commuting students bull Potential for leveraging private sector resources bull Evidence of consideration of alternatives to expansion proposal
based on existing capacity and potential partnerships bull Proven financial health of institution with asset management plan
in place bull Demonstrated labour market demand
7 Weighting The evaluation criteria for the assessment of institutional
proposals will be weighted as follows
Category Weight
Section A Meeting Demand 30
bull Strategic management of long-term enrolment growth and accessibility
Section B Demonstrated Affordability 40
bull Affordability for students and the province
Section C Academic and Economic Considerations 30
bull Differentiation sustainability and accountability bull Economic impact bull Quality innovation and competitiveness (including institutional partnership
options)
PI-SI
8 Assessment and Ranking Funding will be awarded on a competitive basis and proposals will be evaluated for suitability using defined criteria Institutions should use both qualitative and quantitative analysis to demonstrate the alignment of their proposals with the general evaluation criteria
SECTION A MEETING DEMAND (30)
Proposals should demonstrate alignment with some or all of the following criteria
Priority Objective 1 Strategic management of long-term enrolment growth and accessibility
General Evaluation Criteria
1 Significant expansion of local postsecondary education opportunities for students in underserved areas with growing demand based on long-term demographic trends
2 Alignment with provincial priorities including Growth Plan priorities and economic development initiatives
3 Clear potential to add substantial new capacity and support future enrolment growth in the postsecondary education sector
Possible Alignment Measures
bull Demographic growth projections for location bull Existing enrolment capacity at institutions in
the proximity of the proposed expansion bull Estimated enrolment capacity ofthe
expansion and projected net increase in undergraduate enrolment
bull Number of students from the area of the intended expansion who are currently attending the institution(s)
Possible Information to Build Evidence Base
bull Institutions long-term enrolment master plan bull Joint campus master plan for partnerships (if applicable) bull Long-term enrolment viability study bull Completed enrolment table in the proposal template stating all assumptions bull Community profile demonstrating future demand in the area bull Documented support from and alignment with plans of any associated agencies municipalities
or other entities
bull Consideration of relevant provincial population and employment projections bull Consideration of key provincial policy directions relating to the location of public institutions and
their associated economic impacts (eg ability to contribute to urban revitalization efforts) bull Evidence of program demand (eg number of applications)
FI-5J
SECTION B DEMONSTRATED AFFORDABILITY (40)
Proposals should demonstrate alignment with some or all of the following criteria
Priority Objective 2 Affordability for students and the province
General Evaluation Criteria
1 Evidence of substantial support from host community including financial contributions and land ownership
2 Economies of scale 3 Linkages with local transportation for
commuting students 4 Potential for leveraging private sector
resources
5 Evidence of consideration of alternatives to expansion proposal based on existing capacity and potential partnerships
6 Proven financial health of institution with asset management plan in place
7 Demonstrated labour market demand
Possible Alignment Measures
bull Total cost of project and expected provincial contribution
bull Cost-benefit analysis ofexpanding an existing assetor building at a new location (or a combination thereof)
bull Distance from current campuses bull Current assetmanagement plan including
effects of expansion on Facilities Condition Index
bull Public transit capacity to the institution and between campuses
bull Debtasset ratioof institution(s) bull Energy sources and efficiency initiatives
(including proposed LEED certification) bull Long-term financial viability bull Existing student employment KPIs
Possible Information to Build Evidence Base
bull Detailed project costing information including projected cash flow requirements and net impact on operating cost
bull Business case demonstrating need for expansiori (existing campus only) including a service gap analysis
bull Letters of support from potential partners indicating details of financial andor in-kind contributions (eg land ownership)
bull Local transportation plan(s) showing current anc1planned public access to site (short- and long-term)
bull Independent verification of total expansion proj set cost
bull Financial health analysis including recent finan cial statements
bull Documentation of preliminary environmental assessment bull Control and ownership of buildings and equipment (partnerships only) bull Long-term forecast of incremental operating expenses and revenues (grants third party revenues)
as a result ofthe proposed project
PI-S9
SECTION C ACADEMIC AND ECONOMIC CONSIDERATIONS (30)
Proposals should demonstrate alignment with some or all of the following criteria
Priority Objective 3 Differentiation sustainability and accountability
General Evaluation Criteria
1Alignment with the institutions Strategic Mandate Agreement (SMA) and goals and priorities of the Differentiation Policy Framework
2 Impact on nearby institutions 3 Effective and sustainable governance model
including consideration of the impact of distance from the expansion location for administration and academic experience
4 Focus on undergraduate programs 5 Range of programs offered locally and
avoidance of unwarranted duplication of existing programming
Possible Alignment Measures
bull Assessment of alignment with SMA bull Proposed programs their alignment with
the institutions strengths and an overview ofsimilar existing programs offered by institutions near the expansion
bull Ranking of institution(s) on applications by students from the proposed area
Possible Information to Build Evidence Base
bull Finalized SMA
bull Program information (initial and planned) bull Overview of proposed institutional governance model bull Consultation overview including results of discussions with affected institutions and letters of
support (if applicable)
pi-to
Priority Objective 4 Economic impact
General Evaluation Criteria
1Tangible regional economic benefits combined with potential for province-wide benefit based on labour force skills and economic growth
2 Demonstrated local economic benefits and linkages with local industries
3 Demonstrated Value for Money including Alternative Financing and Procurement (AFP) options where appropriate and limits on provincial contributions
Possible Alignment Measures
bull Local economic benefits bull Alignment of programs with regional and
Ontario labour market needs
bull Expected financing cost (if any) bull Jobs created (short-term associated with
building period and ongoing) bull Ongoing jobs created at expansion bull Value for Money analysis related to proposed
procurement model
Possible Information to Build Evidence Base
bull An economic impact study or value planning study to demonstrate the projects potential to provide direct economic benefits for the surrounding area (eg by helping to revitalize the community unlock local development potential build the taxbase and leverage existing infrastructure and investments)
Priority Objective 5 Quality innovation and competitiveness
General Evaluation Criteria
1 Institutional partnership options including university-college collaboration
2 Innovative service delivery 3 Postsecondary education quality and student
experience (including student and ancillary services)
Possible Alignment Measures
bull Institutional track record with partnerships bull Assessment ofproposed academic plan and
service delivery bull Range of planned student and ancillary
services compared with services at existing campuses (short- and long-term)
bull Existing student experience (KPIs student outcomes)
Possible Information to Build Evidence Base
bull Institutions Strategic Plan bull Business case in support ofproposed academic plan including partnerships with relevant
raquo information aboutcurriculumpedagogy raquo financial information
raquo interjurisdictional case studies and examples bull Impact analysis with respect toacademic and administrative quality and quality of experience bull Overview of new program accreditation required ifapplicable
12
Fl-fel
9 Communications Protocol
Proposal submissions must be received at MCEsubmissions ontarioca by September 26 2014 Late submissions will not be accepted
Specific questions submitted to the ministry as part of the process will be answered and will be made available to all participants
To ensure a fair and transparent process the ministry will not provide any advisory services to institutions on an individual basis
10 Role of Infrastructure Ontario and Alternative
Financing and Procurement Infrastructure Ontario is a Crown agency of the Government of Ontario It is focused on modernizing and financing the renewal of public infrastructure maximizing the value of public real estate and managing government facilities It also provides expertise in project delivery lending real estate management and asset planning Infrastructure Ontario now has a greater role in procuring infrastructure as well engaging in both traditional forms of procurement and alternative financing and procurement (AFP) when appropriate
As indicated in the Ministry of Infrastructures Building Together Plan and in the provincial governments planning and budgeting process recommendations will be made on the procurement method and delivery of all college infrastructure projects valued at more than $50 million In addition universities with successful projects and associated provincial grants in excess of $100 million will be required to consult with Infrastructure Ontario The $100 million threshold may be lowered in future years
The criteria for assessing these projects could include scope complexity and value-for-money assessment with input from the ministry and Infrastructure Ontario
13
Pl-bl
11 The Selection Process and Funding The ministry will oversee the process leading to the selection of successful applications A multi-ministry panel will review the applications and make recommendations to Cabinet through the Ministry of Training Colleges and Universities Cabinetwill make the final decision aboutsuccessful projects andor future courses of action
Funding for successful projects will be provided subsequently The number of projects selected for support as well as the level and timing of funding will be determined by the provincial government and will reflect a range of considerations including the fiscal environment
12 Components of the Submission The following components of the submission are to be provided to the ministry by the dates indicated In addition to what is required below institutions may submit their proposals in any format that they believe best demonstrates the strengths of their proposed project with due attention to the relevance and conciseness of information supplied (Note that institutions may be asked to revise and re-submit their proposals ifexcessive amounts of information are provided)
All submissions must be preceded by
bull A Notice of Intent to be received by the ministry no later than June 27 2014
The Notices of Intent will give the ministry an early overview of interest in Major Capacity Expansion
14
pl-fe
The components of the proposal submission to be received by the ministry no later than September 26r 2014 are as follows
bull A completed checklist
A checklist is included in the Call for Proposals package The checklist must be completed and included in the submission (The checklist is reproduced from Appendix A of the Major Capacity Expansion Policy Framework page 12)
bull A completed capital template
Please refer to the template included in the Call for Proposals package The template requests detailed information on enrolment projections and funding sources This information must be provided using the template but it may also be presented in a different format in the context of the overall presentation
bull Supplementary information
Institutions are welcome to submit supplementary information to support their proposal Supplementary information may include a business case environmental impact studies and any other information or documentation that substantiates the proposal As noted earlier conciseness and relevance of information are
valued
Pleasealso include evidence of support for your proposal (including documentation of land ownership or leasing contracts documentation of municipal or other funding and letters of support)
In the case of a joint university-college submission approval under s 28 of the Financial Administration Act is required for financing if the debt is related to Colleges or if there is a contingent liability
15
Fl-b4shy
13 Links to Related Documents and Resources
Major Capacity Expansion Policy Framework
Differentiation Policy Framework
Places to Grow
Building Together
14 Disclosure of Information
The Freedom of Information and Protection of Privacy Act (FIPPA) applies to information in the custody or under the control of the ministry Institutions should identify whether any information in their proposals is submitted in confidence within the meaning of s 17 of FIPPA The proposals may be shared with a multi-ministry panel or other advisers that the ministry retains to assist with the assessment of the proposals
15 Call for Proposals Timeline
Date Deliverable
March 27 2014 Release of Call for Proposals
June 27 2014 Notice of Intent
September 26 2014 Close of Call for Proposals
Contact Information
Ministry staff may need to contact institutions to clarify details or request additional information Please provide complete and current contact information in your submission
16
![Page 12: Pl-I *^ BRAMPTON ReP°rt of Cou… · Pi-2> Current Situation: Following Council approval of its Post-Secondary Education Strategy on November 6, ... Call for Proposals Timeline .](https://reader033.fdocuments.in/reader033/viewer/2022060721/6080f345afc78e210d009525/html5/thumbnails/12.jpg)
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario
Demand Drivers
The core drivers ofdemand that justify the expansion of post-secondary education in Ontario particularly in the Greater Toronto Area are well documented
What we present inthis Strategy however is a local community perspective that defines a compelling need for a new waveof post-secondary expansion driven by innovative thinking on undergraduate professional education as well as on undergraduate and graduate education with a focus on research-oriented programs classrooms and labs for faculty students and industry
In our recent strategic planning and community engagement process we found an interesting
human spirit and positive cultural attitude toward higher learning in Brampton This
community perspective was captured through extensive engagement approaches and multiple
primary and secondary information-gathering methods
As a result we have developed a Strategy that paints the picture of a growing diverse and
committed Brampton community ready for university development and a municipality that is
prepared to invest and lead a process that facilitates its communitys vision
Structure
This document is structured as follows
Part 2 - The Need - Meeting the Increasing Demand for Post-Secondary Education
Part 3 - Defining the Opportunities in Brampton
Part 4 - Bramptons Strategic Partnership - a Track Record of Success
Part 5 - Commitment to this Strategy
Part 6 - Next Steps - Our Proposed Implementation Plan
Part 7 - Key Contacts
A Note on Benchmarked Regions in Ontario
Ontarios geography for student registration statistics (OUAC) includes a Zone 7 comprised of
the Cityof Toronto York Region Peel Region (including Brampton) and Simcoe County This
was the reference zone used in our comparative analysis
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 3
A Post-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario
Fl-li 2 THE NEED - MEETING THE INCREASED DEMAND FOR POST-SECONDARY
EDUCATION
The economic benefits of the youth and vitalitythat a new college or university campus would bring are not lost on the Citys residents as a large majority view it to be a top priority for economic development
(64) particularly among influencers (84) Residents of Brampton Compiled by Environlcs 2013
Our Community Speaks Out
In 2013 the City invited its community to participate in a comprehensive strategic planning
program It has been ten years since the City last undertook a strategic planning exercise The
community has changed in that time and will continue to change as our population rises in
keeping with the Province of Ontarios Places to Grow Act
It began with initial research to identify the priorities of Bramptons residents and businesses
figure out what the City is doing well and where there may be room for improvement This
phase was completed through meetings with a variety of community groups and organizations
and a telephone survey to learn about the publics priorities perceptions and concerns From
the information we have collected we identified five Strategic Priorities for Bramptons future
Next we completed the community engagement phase of the process through a series of Town
Hall meetings and other feedback options including the Citys website Twitter email
voicemail and of course one-on-one
The feedback from residents has been impressive The vision and direction offered by the
public is persuasive articulate and focused on these priorities
o Economic Development
o Growth Management
o Environmental Stewardship
o Community Engagement
o Corporate Excellence
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 4
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario FI-I+
Economic development and growth management were identified asthe most important areas of focus for the City The public was clear that attracting large brand name companies and developing local talent were among the major themes for the Citys economic development Similarly the two most important economic development initiatives identified by Brampton residents were first attracting new businesses to the City (69 top priority rating) and second the building of college and university campuses (64) These two priorities are intrinsically related to each other
Promote Brampton Internationally
Support SMEs
Build College and University Campuses
Attract New Business
Top Priority bull Secondary Priority Not a Priority a Dont Know
Source Environics 2013 (Prepared for the City of Brampton Strategic Planning Engagement)
Growing Population
Brampton is a designated growth centre in the Province of Ontario With an official population
of523911 (2011) Brampton is the 9th largest City in Canada 4th largest in Ontario and 3rd largest in the Greater Toronto Area Between 1981 and 2011 Bramptons population grew by
an extraordinary rate of 84 per year Bramptons population is expected to reach
approximately 843000 people by 2031
Total Population 1981-2031
8428000
433806 325428
234445 268251 149090 188498
1981 1986 1991 1996 2001 2006 2011 2031
Source Statistics Canada 1981-2011 Forecast by Hemson Consulting Ltd Oct 2013
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 5
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario pf~S
At 21 Bramptons population grew more than the benchmarks during the period between 2006 and 2011 With a total population increase of90105 persons during this time-frame Brampton was ranked 3rd in Canada behind Toronto and Calgary and ahead of Edmonton Surrey Ottawa and Vaughan
Geography Population Population Population Change 2006 2011 2006 to 2011
Brampton (Zone 7) 433806 523911 208
York Region (Zone 7) 892712 1032524 157
Peel Region (Zone 7) 1159455 1296814 118
Toronto CMA 5113149 5583064 92
Canada 31612897 33476688 59
Ontario 12160282 12851821 57
Simcoe County (Zone 7) 422204 446063 57
City of Toronto (Zone 7) 2503281 2615060 45 Source Statistics Canada 2006 amp 2011
In 2006 the population in Zone 7 was 498 million representing 41 of the total population in Ontario By 2011 the population in this zone soared to 539 million featuring an impressive
82 growth rate above the provincial and national averages
This is a sound level of household formation during a difficult period in Ontarios economic
history Most of the population and household growth occurred in Peel and York Regions
a high demand zone for future university expansion
Brampton is ideally situated in Zone 7
to host Ontarios next wave
of university expansion
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 6
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario H (~ Icopy
A Young and Family Oriented Community
Brampton is a young City with a median age of 347 years according to Statistics Canada
Bramptons population is younger than the ten most populated cities in Canada as well as the
nation the province of Ontario and the Toronto region
Municipality Median Age Median Age 2011 Rank 2011
Brampton 347 1
Edmonton 360 2
Calgary 364 3
Mississauga 385 4
Montreal 386 5
Winnipeg 390 6
Toronto 392 7
Ottawa 392 7
Vancouver 397 9
Hamilton 409 10
Toronto CMA 386
York Region 393
Peel Region 369
Simcoe County 418
Ontario 404
Canada 406
Source Statistics Canada 2011
The typical post-secondary education enrollment age group between 20 and 39 includes more
than 151800 Brampton residents representing a growth rate of 28 between 2006 and 2011
Immigration is a Driver of Economic Growth
For the first time in its history the number of residents living in Brampton that was born
outside of Canada exceeded 50 of the population In other words the foreign-born
population in Brampton is greater than the Canadian-born population
Immigration continues to be a major influence in the growth and diversification of Bramptons
population labour force employment household income business enterprises and
institutions
This is a differentiating factor that is shaping a new highly energetic image of the City of
Brampton
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 7
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario ^ I bull |
Brampton is a magnet for newCanadians The peak immigration period in Bramptons statistical history is indeed the present time The most recent immigration figures from the 2001 and 2006 Census Surveys and the 2011 National Household Survey revealed that more than 83000 people settled in Brampton between 2001 and 2011 This represents an average annual rate of 8300 new foreign-born residents or approximately 33 of the total immigration into Canada into Brampton
Geography Foreign-Born Foreign Born Population Population 2011
Total 2011 As a of Population
Brampton 263670 506
Peel Region 650530 505
City of Toronto 1252215 486
Toronto CMA 2537410 46
York Region 463125 452
Ontario 3611365 29
Canada 6775765 n
Simcoe County 50915 116
Source Statistics Canada 2011
Between 2006 and 2011 the major countries of birth for new Brampton residents included
1 India-525
2 Philippines-68
3 Pakistan - 63
Languages Spoken in Brampton
Panjabi (Punjabi) Hindi and Urdu were the top three non-official languages in 2011 accounting
for 66 of all of the non-official languages spoken in Brampton making this City one of a few in
Canada with significant allophone representation
Rounding out the top ten languages spoken in Brampton were Portuguese (4) Spanish (5)
Tamil (6) Tagalog (7) Gujarati (8) Italian (9) and Vietnamese (10)
In total eighty-nine languages were reported in the 2011 National Household Survey as being
spoken in Brampton homes
Post-Secondary Educational Attainment
At 51 post-secondary education attainment in Brampton is below key benchmarks However
it is the municipalitys goal to increase this level to meet the provincial (55) and national (54)
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 8
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario p 1mdash1Q
average bypromoting and facilitating post-secondary facilities and access to programs that are next-to- home
Geography Post-Secondary Percentage of Certificate Diploma Total Population or Degree 2011 15 and Older 2011
CityofToronto 1271gt545 58
Toronto CMA 2629970 58
York Region 487945 58
Peel Region 576995 56
Ontario 5717340 55
Canada 14805190 54
Brampton 206770 51
Simcoe County 180650 50
Source Statistics Canada 2011
The Citys strategic economic growth initiatives will continue to result in a more diversified and
talented labour force Such initiatives include residential and commercial intensification of
Bramptons central commercial corridor attracting knowledge-based industries expansion of
executive housing supply investment in arts and culture and supporting programs that
promote entrepreneurship innovation and commercialization
Household Income
At $77787 Brampton had the 2nd highest reported household income among the regions in this sample
Geography Median Household Benchmark
Total Income Rank
2010
York Region $89100 1
Brampton $77787 2
Peel $77588 3
Toronto CMA $70365 4
Simcoe County $67468 5
Ontario $66358 6
Canada $61072 7
City of Toronto $58381 8
Source Statistics Canada 2011
Further between 2005 and 2010 the total number of Brampton households reported in the
highest income category being $100000 and more increased by 425
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 9
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario H|deg
Population Growth is Complimented by Strong Employment Growth
The Brampton economy has been projected to attract approximately 120000 net new jobs by 2031 for a total of 291000 people working in Brampton based business establishments
Employment 2011 2016 2021 2026 2031
Brampton 171000 204000 239000 263000 291000
Peel 730000 820000 880000
Source Hemson Consulting Ltd Oct 2013
Brampton will lead economic growth in Peel over the next two decades attracting 80 of the
employment forecasted in the region Brampton is home to 8075 businesses Brampton
businesses contribute approximately $129 Billion to the GDP or 52 of the output in the
Toronto Region The Citys output is dominated by a mixed economy heavily structured on
goods-producing trades and professional business services industries
The major non-government industries dominating the economic base of Brampton by place of
work employment include
- Manufacturing
- Retail and Wholesale Trade
- Professional and Business Services
- Transportation and Warehousing
This skilled and educated workforce in Brampton represents the 3rd highest concentration of labour in the Toronto Region
Major Corporations
Bramptons corporate community is vibrant featuring an impressive list of corporations from
Canadian and International enterprises that have invested in office production andor logistics
facilities in this community
bull Rogers Communications
bull Chrysler Canada
bull Loblaw Companies
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 10
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario P ImiO
Maple Lodge Farms
Canadian Tire Corporation
Coca Cola Bottling
Waste Management of Canada
Gamma Dynacare
Olymel LLP
Air Canada Strategic Operations Centre
Bacardi Canada
Export Packers Ltd
HBC Canada
Ford Motor Company
Nissan Canada
Medtronics Canada
MDA Robotics
Q9 Canada
Aircraft Appliances and Equipment
Para Paints Canada
Brita Water Filter
Clorox Canada Canon Canada recently Hunter Douglas Windows
announced theMandarin Restaurant Corporation
Nestle Canada relocation of their
Maple Leaf Foods national headquarters HankookTire
to Brampton Ontario Smuckers Canada
Parmalat Canada
Miele Canada
Best Buy CanadaFuture Shop Canada
Small and Medium Sized Enterprises (SMEs)
The backbone of Canadas economy is found in the entrepreneurs and innovators who own
and operate small and medium-sized enterprises While Brampton has an excellent
portfolio of corporate brand names the SME sector is an active contributor to economic
growth Ninety-four per cent (94) of all businesses in Brampton had less than 50
employees Small businesses remain strong in professional scientific and technical support
sectors as well as in business services and the retail and wholesale trades
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 11
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario FI-21
Brampton business establishments with less than ten employees had 23000 workers on their payroll in 2011
Public Sector Employment
Adiverse economic base such as Bramptons is also characterised by very good representation from institutions in the public sector
Major employers include
Regional Municipal of Peel The Peel Memorial Centre for
William Osier Health System
Peel Regional Police Integrated Health and Wellness
Corporation of the City of Brampton will attract between 3000-4000
Sheridan College Institute of Technology professionals in the medical
and Advanced Learning services sector by 2016
bull Ontario Courthouse - Grenville Davis
University Application Statistics
The Ontario Universities Application Centre (OUAC) produces an annual report of
application and registration data for secondary school and other applicants
In 2011 514596 applications were administered by the Ontario University system In the
ten-year period between 2002 and 2011 Ontario saw the number of applications received
grow by approximately 135000 During the same time-frame the number of registered
applicants increased by approximately 23000 or 336 In 2011 Ontario universities
hosted 78434 registered applicants
A key finding of the 2011 OUAC Report is that universities located in geographic zone 7
these being the Ontario College of Arts and Design York University Ryerson University and
the University of Toronto attracted the highest proportion of registered applicants from
their home-zone when compared to all other universities in Ontario
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 12
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario p I bull ^i
This point is highlighted in the following table
Universities in Geographic Registered Secondary Registered Other Group Zone 7 School Applicants Applicants
Originating From Originating from (includes Peel Region York Region Zone 7 in 2011 Zone 7 in 2011 Simcoe County and City of Toronto)
( of Total Registered for ( of Total Registered for Each University) Each University)
York 865 592
Ryerson 822 616
Toronto 743 209
OCAD 643 542
Average 4 System Wide 454 306 Source Ontario University Application Centre 2011
Given the large population demographic composition socio-economic characteristics and
cultural attitudes of residents living in Zone 7 it is clear that there is a positive bias for students
particularly secondary-school students to attend a university where they can live near or stay
within their family and community structures
This is a prevalent trend in Peel Region York Region Simcoe County and the City of Toronto
(the communities that comprise Zone 7) more so than any other region in Ontario
As a summary of the complex set of demand factors highlighted in this section of the report we
see tremendous justification for additional university services on the outer edge of the Greater
Toronto Area
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 13
A Post-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario Fl-ii
3 DEFINING THE OPPORTUNITY
Goal 1 - Sheridan University Campus in Downtown Brampton
Project Vision
Site Options
A
AX
PI
A profound and holistic Sheridan Downtown Brampton Campus
connected to its 9500 plus students at Brampton Davis Steeles Campus
supported by enhanced transit to its HMC Campus I and II and Oakville
Campus
1Nelson Square Garage (Phase II SWQRP) and Phase III Lands
2Heritage Theatre Block ^~ rzmdash~ V V i
bullbull bull bull --bull shy
bull -bullbullbull-Ty ^
General Description of Site Locations - for illustrative purposes only
Mobility These sites are within a 5-minute walking distance to the existing
Brampton GO Train Station (with service to Union Station and
KitchenerWaterloo) and the ZUM Bus Rapid Transit service on
Queen Street and Main Street with service to Sheridan Davis
Campus Guelph-Humber University Campus Mississauga City
Centre (HMC I and II) and York University The proposed
Hurontario-Main Light Rapid Transit system is also within walkinj
distance of the site and offers a direct link to HMC I and II
Infrastructure Type Post-Secondary Education Campus and Related Uses
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 14
A Post-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario Fl-24shy
Project Type DBFM or DBF Design Build Finance Maintain or Design Build
Finance (the final business model is subject to a detailed
feasibility study)
Goal 2 - A New University Campus in Brampton
Project Vision A new university campus that offers undergraduate and graduate
degrees with research-oriented programs for students faculty
industry
Site Option 1 65-acre site at McLaughlin Road and Queen Street West
southwest corner known municipally as Flower City Community
Campus This site was formerly owned by the Province of
Ontario (OPP Headquarters and Training Centre) and is currently
being used by the municipality
Mobility This site is located in the Central Area of Brampton with Brampton
Transit service provided to the property The site is 15
kilometres from the Downtown GO Train Station and the
Downtown ZUM BRT Station on Main Street and 3 km to the
Brampton ZUM BRT station at Shoppers World - Steeles Avenue
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 15
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario p | bull ^S
Site Location Option 2
Mobility
Infrastructure Type
Project Type
The road network provides easy access to the major 400 series
highways for example ETR 407 is 35 km south of this site and
Highway 410 is 45 km east of the site
2719 Bovaird Drive West at Heritage Road southwest quadrant
This 87-acre site was formerly owned by private industry Today
the site is owned by the City of Brampton and is being used by the
municipality for maintenance and operation services
CON5WHS
CON5WHS
iV
I
The Mount Pleasant GO Train Station is 22 km east of the site at
Creditview Road The major Highway 401 and ETR 407 juncture
is approximately 8 km by automobile Future infrastructure
serving this area includes the GTA West Corridor immediately
north and east of the subject property
Post-Secondary Education Campus and Related Uses
DBFM or DBF Design Build Finance Maintain or Design Build
Finance (the final business model is subject to a detailed
feasibility study)
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 16
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario p | 1copy
4 BRAMPTONS STRATEGIC PARTNERSHIPS - A RECORD OF SUCCESS
With its strategic partners the Cityof Brampton has demonstrated an excellent record of
success in building and delivering physical and human infrastructure projects designed to expand public services and improve Bramptons economicdevelopment competitiveness
Ultimately these partnerships have created and preserved Ontario jobs In this section we
showcase a few of these strategic projects
Transit Infrastructure Project-Zum Bus Rapid Transit Project
Zum is Brampton Transits Bus Rapid Transit (BRT) service With its limited stops advanced
technology and real-time next bus information Zum connects people and places within
Brampton and throughout the Greater Toronto Area (GTA) Zum Queen Street service began in
the fall of 2010 Ziim Main Street service began operating in September 2011 and Ziim Steeles
Avenue started in the fall of 2012
Ziim was funded by all three levels of government with investments of $95 million each from
the Federal Provincial and Municipal governments for a total allotment of $285 million
Phase Iof the project required $159 million Phase II which expanded services along Queen
Street and Steeles Avenue as well as introduce new services on Bovaird Drive will require $126
million when fully completed
This is a DBFM - Design Build Finance and Maintain project led by the City of Brampton
Brampton designed built financed and maintains all aspects of the Zum system-wide capital
and operating costs related to
bull Roadway infrastructure intersection modifications and signal priority equipment
bull New terminals and station stops with high-quality passenger amenities
Capital equipment including new vehicles for expanded and rebranded service
Intelligent Transportation System technologies including real-time passenger information
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 17
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario p ( raquo^7
Post-Secondary Education Infrastructure Project -Sheridan Centre for Advanced Manufacturing and Design Technology (CAMDT)
In response to the changing face of manufacturing in Central and Southern Ontario Sheridan College and the City of Brampton embarked on a vision to assist Canadian manufacturers to compete globally with knowledge and technology asthe keys to their success
Led by Sheridan College ITAL the CAMDT $8 million venture is a partnership with more than 20 regional manufacturers the Province of Ontario and the City of Brampton Together we are growing regional talent in this important sector In 2005 CAMDT opened its doors
Seen as a strategic economic development initiative the City of Brampton was a major funding
and local knowledge partner contributing$25 million to CAMDT - the largest investment it has
ever made as a municipality in post-secondary education City Councils investment in Sheridan
is intended to address the demand (in the manufacturing sector) for graduates with a broad
range of advanced technical and management skills as well as to provide enhanced training for
those already in the workforce
CAMDT uses a consortia approach with the following goals
New full-time courses and industrycollege projects
Applied research initiatives and student projects
Contract training and continuing education courses
Strengthen program enrolments and graduate placements
The Centre for Sustainable Manufacturing (CSM) is located in Brampton and houses 18000
square feet of state-of-the-art labs and a flexible automation and fabrication centre The labs
support academic programs in integrated manufacturing computer-aided
draftingmanufacturing and manufacturing management
The Centre helps meet current and future needs of local manufacturers to stimulate regional
economic development and prosperity Sheridan government and local industry have
collaborated for nearly a decade to position the Centre to address critical skills gaps in the
manufacturing sector The Centre is now partnering with industry to support technical financial
and knowledge development to facilitate adoption of innovative technologies that minimize
resource consumption harmful emissions waste and use of toxic materials
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 18
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario p | mdash^ff
Health Care Infrastructure Project shy
Peel Memorial Centre for Integrated Health and Wellness
The new Peel Memorial Centre in Brampton will support the William Osier Health Systems vision for an integrated health system by providing primary ambulatory and outpatient-based care
This is a DBFM - Design Build Maintain Finance project led by Infrastructure Ontario (10)
Scheduled to open in 2016 Peel Memorial CIHW will provide specialized outpatient-based care
including urgent care day surgery and specialty clinics with a focus on helping individuals better
manage chronic conditions like asthma diabetes and kidney disease
According to Osier Health System Peel Memorial will introduce new models of care to shift the
focus from illness to wellness and encourage patients to take a more active role in managing
their own health and well-being
Representing the leading edge in integrated health care delivery Peel Memorial will provide
access to specialized patient-centred care in a state-of-the-art facility that offers a wide variety
of traditional and alternative health care services It will help people to get and stay well
through a series of education prevention disease management and healing programs
In the fall of 2012 Osier received government approval to move forward with a request for
qualifications to design build finance and maintain the new facility Following this
announcement Brampton City Council decided to invest 50 of the community share with a
$60 million levy in support of the new Peel Memorial
Downtown Intensification Infrastructure Project shy
Southwest Quadrant Renewal Plan Municipal Office and Commercial Retail Development
On August 10 2011 Bramptons City Council approved the terms of agreement for the
Southwest Quadrant Renewal Plan which enables the City to move forward with a creative
solution to meet the Citys future administrative space needs and plans for revitalization of
Bramptons downtown The successful proposal submitted by Dominus Construction Group is
a plan for a mixed-use development with several new features including new administrative
parking and retail space and a pedestrian-friendly cityscape for completion in 2014
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 19
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario p f~2raquo^
This is a DBF - Design Build Finance project led by Dominus Construction Group The City is a tenant in the building on a long-term lease
Phase 1 of this LEEDS project now under construction includes a new nine-storey building at 41 George Street that can accommodate
bull 126398 foot building for administrative space
bull 10147 square feet for ground retail space
bull 10545 square feet for multi-purpose meeting rooms
bull 443 parking spaces (five levels of parking)
Phase la also under construction includes a two-storey addition to the current City Hall that
can accommodate
bull 2507 square feet for committee rooms
bull 6187 square feet for ground retail space
Phases 1 and la of the Southwest Quadrant Renewal Plan (SWQRP) represents a $94M
investment in the downtown and all 3 Phases of the combined SWQRP represents an
estimated investment of $251M
This investment in the Southwest Quadrant Renewal Plan is another major building block in the
ongoing evolution and revitalization of downtown Brampton both in terms of contributing to
the urban landscape as well as attracting private sector investment and opportunities
Combined with other major projects like the Rose Theatre Brampton the launch of Ziim on
Queen and Main Streets restoration work at Alderlea and Peel Heritage Complex and several
new condominium projects Bramptons Downtown is experiencing an exciting resurgence
The City of Brampton is planning to add another signature building in our downtown core
further evidence of Bramptons commitment to economic development
Sustainable Community Development Project shy
Mount Pleasant Mobility Hub
The project includes a number of elements that serve to establish Mount Pleasant as a transit-
oriented development exemplifying a more sustainable approach to suburban community
living
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 20
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario p |~^Q
In partnership with the OntarioGovernment MetrolinxGO and Mattamy Homes the City has invested approximately $23 million in the following infrastructure
bull Community Transit Infrastructure station stops and related passenger amenities
Intelligent Transportation Systems (ITS) and transit enhancements at intersections
bull Mobility Hub facility bus layovers sheltered passenger areas clock tower bike storage areas and related amenities
bull Cultural Heritage reconstructed historic CPR station structure to be used as a cultural
facility in the Mt Pleasant civicsquare shared with the Peel District School Board and the
Library
bull Pedestrian amenities Civic Square and Village Green incorporating a reflection poolskating
facility public art canopy structures play area and landscaping features
Through development and stewardship the Mount Pleasant Community will restore and
enhance individual features that currently cover approximately 8 (or 41 hectares) of the
area and create a Natural Heritage System that will cover approximately 19 (or 976 hectares)
of the community As development proceeds within the Mount Pleasant Community the
NHS will come into public ownership The City will be responsible to manage the NHS and our
goal is to support natural processes and regeneration that are beneficial to the health and
diversity of the natural features functions and habitat This will generally mean
bull Planting no-maintenance vegetative buffers between natural areas and private
properties using native trees shrubs and groundcovers
bull Not mowing pruning or spraying natural areas for weeds and insects
bull Allowing for annual flooding and ponding of water along East Huttonville Creek and
within wetlands and woodlands to maintain a natural hydrology that is critical for plant
and wildlife health and diversity
bull Allowingfor the natural loss of vegetation and regrowth of young trees and shrubs
bull Managing natural areas for invasive species such as Buckthorn and Norway Maple
bull Managing the urban trees along streets and parks for invasive species such as Emerald
Ash Borer
The Mount Pleasant Mobility Hub represents a large project that has created one-time
employment within the stipulated 2-year construction period as well generating annual
multipliers supporting Bramptons economic development for future generations
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 21
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario p [raquo^ )
5 OUR INVESTMENT - A COMMITMENT TO POST SECONDARY EDUCATION
The City of Brampton iscommitted to investing in this Strategy Below is a summary of the types of financial and in-kind investmentsthe municipality is prepared to make in order to realize this Strategy
bull Municipal Land Contribution
bull Municipal Commitment to Economic and Market Growth Policies
bull Municipal assistance on site servicing for digitally linked and virtual classrooms
laboratories office
bull Shared Infrastructure related to municipal services such as library field house gymnasium
bull Design an extensive planning process and design exercise that represents the highest
standard of excellence including engaging the community and surrounding land-owners
LEEDS Community and Environmental Design
bull Facilitating municipal and community partnerships to maximize utilization of spaces during
the May - August shoulder period
bull Economic development research grant to support research that fosters innovation and
commercialization
bull Support industry partnerships and innovative enterprises
bull Demonstrate commitment to a shared provincial municipal and university relationship
focused on a culture of open communication shared values community engagement and
volunteerism
bull Staff time and expertise dedicated to teams assigned to this Strategy
bull Leverage City of Brampton AAA Credit Rating by Standard amp Poors
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 22
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario p- ( ~ Q jL
6 IMPLEMENTATION STEPS
The following decision milestones guide the municipal commitment and stewardship of this
Strategy
bull Exploratory Meetings with Sheridan Executive and Chair of Governing Council
bull Preparation of Bramptons Post-Secondary Strategy Proposal
bull Presentation to Premier Wynne - Receive and Endorse Proposed Strategy
bull City Council approval of final post-secondary strategy and approval to enter into a
Memorandum of Understanding with Sheridan College ITAL to explore the feasibility of
establishing Sheridan University in Downtown Brampton
bull Execute an MOU with Sheridan
bull Complete the Feasibility Study for Goal 1
bull Form a project team to prepare the technical documents in support of an RFP related to
Goal 2 -Attract a new undergraduate and graduate research-oriented university campus
aligned with Bramptons vision and proposed site locations with reporting to Council
7 CONTACTS
Susan Fennell
Mayor
City of Brampton Tel 905-874-2600
John Corbett MCIP RPP
Chief Administrative Officer
City of Brampton Tel 905-874-2625
Creating andpreserving knowledge-basedjobs by enabling investments in post-secondary education research innovation and commercialization activities
is at the heart ofBramptons economic vision
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 23
APPENDIX 3
FI-V4shybullUTaarrgt-^M
Major
Capacity
Expansion
Policy
Framework
December 2013
Ministry of Training Colleges and Universities
pound Ontario
PI -IS
The Ontario Public Service endeavours to demonstrate leadership with respect to accessibility in Ontario Our goal isto ensure that Ontario government services products and focilities ore occessible to all our employees and to all members of the public we serve This document or the information that itcontains is available on request in alternative formats Please forward all requests for alternative formats to ServiceOntario ot 1-800-668-9938 (TTY 1-800-268-7095)
line publication equivolenle est disponible en francais sous le titre suivant (Mesttattgique pout Iocuoissement moeur de hcapocili 2013
This publication is also available on the Ministry ofTraining Colleges and Universities website at wwvontariocatcu 13-278 bull ISBN 978-1-4606-3428-8 (POF) bull copy Queens Printer for Ontario 2013
Contents
Vision 5
Context 5
Government Priorities 6
Components of the Policy Framework 7
Initial Review 7
Scope 7
Selection and Approval 9
Policy Implementation and Compliance 10
Appendix A
Contact Information and Checklist for Institutions Considering
Capacity Expansion 11
Appendix B
An Outline of the Review and Approval Process for Planned
Capacity Expansion Proposals 13
Appendix C
General Evaluation Criteria for Major Capacity Expansion 14
Pi-Vi
Vision
Ontarios colleges and universities will drive creativity innovation knowledge and community engagement through teaching and research They will put students first by providing the best possible learning experience for all qualified learners in an affordable and financially sustainable way ensuring high quality and globally competitive outcomes for students and Ontarios knowledge economy
Context
Between 2002-03 and 2012-13 the postsecondary education system in Ontario expanded substantially with full-time enrolment growing by over 160000 more than in any decade in the provinces history Ontario has been supporting enrolment growth across the college and university sectors through increases in operating grants enhancements to student financial aid and capital investments
Ontarios postsecondary institutions have been committed partners in their efforts to accommodate these unprecedented levels of enrolment growth and have thus contributed to expanding opportunities for students to pursue higher education in many communities across Ontario
At65 per cent Ontarios level of postsecondary attainment (college university and apprenticeship) in 2012 was higher than thatof any country in theOrganisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) The Ontario government has set a postsecondary education attainment target of 70 per cent to ensure that the province continues to benefit from the competitive advantage of its highly skilled and educated workforce in the global economy
In this context it is essential to ensure that in future the right spaces are created in the right places for Ontarios students This can be done by targeting areas in which population growth is strong but local postsecondary education capacity is limited
Population growth in Ontario has recently been - and is expected tocontinue to be - concentrated in a number of large urban areas Some of the regions and communities where strong
Fl-W
long-term demand growth is anticipated are not currently served by local campuses In those areas gaps have recently begun to appear between enrolment demand growth and the capacity to accommodate continued enrolment growth If left unaddressed those gaps are likely to widen over time
Projections are subject to uncertainty and caution should always be used when considering long-term forecasts Based on the ministrys latest assessment of demographics and long-term postsecondary education participation patterns enrolment demand growth will moderate in the near term but is expected to return to more rapid growth after 2020 with the potential for substantial enrolment increases over the longer term Consistent with recent trends long-term demand is expected to be greatest for degree-level programs
It is anticipated that the focus of most major capacity expansions in the future will be at the undergraduate degree level Students in rapidly growing communities have access to substantial local college facilities more than they do to local university campuses In addition although graduate enrolment has risen significantly in recent years it is much lower than enrolment at the undergraduate level and tends to be concentrated in fewer institutions
The timing of this anticipated growth in demand provides an important opportunity The province will have time to plan for and address postsecondary education capacity needs in areas of Ontario where communities are growing and where students need better and more affordable access to postsecondary education opportunities closer to home
Government Priorities
The Major Capacity Expansion Policy Framework set out in this document seeks to achieve the following objectives
bull Ensuring that future large-scale capacity expansion supports long-term postsecondary education priorities including institutional differentiation
bull Managing enrolment growth strategically in line with provincial growth planning priorities to address regional capacity gaps in underserved areas
bull Putting in place a transparent evidence-based decision making and implementation process
ldegt
9 Addressing affordability and sustainability for students institutions and the province by maximizing the cost-effectiveness of targeted investments
bull Creating local community and regional economic benefits leading to job creation and greater economic diversity
Components of the Policy Framework The components of the Major Capacity Expansion policy framework include
1) a description of the kinds of initiatives that will be within the scope of the new approval and selection process
2) the selection process and the criteria that will be used in evaluating proposals for approval after a call for proposals is made and
3) details on implementation and compliance
Initial Review
Any institution considering an initiative that involves an expansion ofcapacity should contact the ministry in writing using the checklist provided in Appendix A The ministry will review initiatives proposed by institutions on a case-by-case basis to determine whether the planned expansion is subject to the new selection and approval process outlined below The ministry will provide a response to the institutions request in writing clearly indicating whether a proposed project or initiative will be subject to the new Major Capacity Expansion selection and approval process Initiatives subject to the new process are not to proceed unless approved by the provincial government following a formal call for proposals
Scope
This policy framework addresses a significant provincial interest in the need for provincial management of future large-scale expansions in postsecondary education capacity Effective management and planning is also needed to help avoid potential conflicts that can arise between and among institutions sect with respect to the location of new facilities and campuses s
FI-H-0
The new approval and selection process is primarily focused on initiatives that are designed to accommodate significant long-term increases in the number of domestic full-time postsecondary education students Such large-scale initiatives could include expansions at existing locations or might involve the establishment of new campuses Initiatives could be partnerships including university-college collaborations that would also enhance students educational experience and student pathways
Recognizing thata wide range and variety of potential expansion opportunities exist in Ontarios diverse and complex postsecondary education system the ministry has avoided setting rigid parameters to define major capacity expansion However initiatives characterized by the following scale-related features are most likely to be subject to the new approval and selection process
0 accommodates enrolment growth of more than 1000 full-time students in the short term with the potential to accommodate longer-term growth of5000 to 10000 over the next twenty years (ie long-term enrolment comparable to enrolment at substantial existing college or university campuses)
8 adds new facilities (either owned or secured through long-term lease) larger than 70000 square feet (roughly 6500 square metres) designated primarily for academic purposes
raquo offers a broad range of programs with substantial new or expanded ancillary services (or shows clear potential for future growth in program offerings and ancillary services)
bull significantly improves local student access to postsecondary education in the short term (and has the potential to do so in the longer term) particularly in geographic locations that may be experiencing or are expected to develop capacity gaps
When reviewing a planned expansion the ministry will also take into consideration whether the initiative
bull competes with other capacity expansion initiatives in a particular geographic area or would have an impact on existing or already-planned postsecondary education facilities
bull in the case of proposed new campuses is outside the local area of the institutions existing campuses or is in a new community for the institution in terms of substantial permanent academic facilities For the purpose of this policy the local
FH+I
area of a campus is defined as the area within the median commuter shed for Census Metropolitan Areas in Ontario as specified by Statistics Canada (about 10 km)
Institutions making expansion proposals will be required to provide evidence of prior consultation with and support from other institutions that could be affected by the proposal confirmation of their own Board of Governors support for the proposal and confirmation of significant support from the local municipality or region
Selection and Approval Decisions about future large-scale postsecondary education capacityexpansion projects will be made on the basis of a formal transparent competitive process that will begin with a call for proposals directed to institutions Consideration will be given to proposals for large-scale expansion ofexisting campuses (main or satellite campuses) andor for the creation of new campuses
Calls for proposals will be directed to publicly assisted postsecondary education institutions in Ontario Eligibility to submit a proposal will in general be extended to all institutions however the government may decide to limit eligibility as appropriate depending on current circumstances and evolving provincial priorities
Municipalities interested in being considered as host locations for future major capacity expansion should work in collaboration with institutions that would be prepared to submit a proposal
Priority will be given to proposals in regions that have been experiencing sustained population and postsecondary education demand growth and that are underserved in terms of postsecondary education opportunities
The timing of future calls for proposals the number of projects selected for support and the level and timing of funding will be determined by the provincial government and will reflect a range of considerations including the fiscal environment
FI-M-1
When evaluating proposals the ministry will consider a setof criteria in the following categories consistent with its priorities for future capacity expansion (as outlined on page 6)
bull Strategic management of long-term enrolment growth and accessibility
bull Differentiation sustainability and accountability bull Economic impact raquo Quality innovation and competitiveness (including
institutional partnership options) bull Affordability for students and the province (including
substantial support from host communities)
Over time as circumstances change and priorities evolve the ministry may articulate additional requirements for the competitive process For details of general evaluation criteria refer to Appendix C Additional templates may be provided when a call for proposals is announced
Once the proposals have been evaluated the ministry will make recommendations to Cabinet for funding support for the selected proposals When one or more proposals have been selected and approved for funding bilateral agreements will be put in place between the institution(s) selected and the ministry
Policy Implementation and Compliance This policy framework will be effective immediately Institutions are encouraged to submit their expansion plans for initial review as soon as possible
If an initiative is determined to be outside the scope of this new approval and selection process itwill still be subject to other relevant ministry approval processes including but not limited to program approval and capital funding processes It will also have to be consistent with the terms of the Strategic Mandate Agreement established between the institution and the ministry
Failure to comply with the requirements setout in this policy framework will affect provincial funding Specifically new or expanded enrolment at the location of the expansion will not be recognized for funding through the college or university operating grants and the institution will not be eligible for provincial capital funding at the location Failure to comply could also affect future capital decisions by the provincial government
0 with respect to other locations
Fl-42gt
Appendix A Contact Information and Checklist for Institutions Considering Capacity Expansion
Institutions considering capacity expansion should direct a letter describing the project or initiative along with a completed checklist (see below) to
MCEsubmi53101iionfariocc1
The following checklist will help the ministry determine whether the planned expansion will be subject to the new approval and selection process under the MajorCapacity Expansion policy framework1
Please complete the checklist (copy and scan the completed form or create an e-file based on the template) and include it as an attachment to your communication to the ministry outlining your institutions planned capacity expansion project
Please provide additional information as needed in the Comments section of the checklist
1 A planned expansion that is deemed subject to the new selection and approval process is not to proceed unless approved by the province following a formal call for proposals A planned expansion that is deemed outside the scope of the Major Capacity Expansion approval and selection process will still be subject to other relevant ministry approval processes including but not limited to program approval and capital funding processes
pl-4-4shy
Checklist for Institutions Considering Capacity Expansion
Checklist Items
Size
How many full-time students would this initiative accommodate based on current plans
Is there potential for substantial longer-term enrolment growth If yes please provide a high-level estimate of potential enrolment
How much space (in sq ft) will be designated for academic purposes in the proposed facility (or expansion) Would new facilities be owned or secured through long-term lease
What is the credential mix of programs associated with this proposed expansion
What programs would be made available
Consultation
Have you consulted with other institutions that could be affected by this proposal
bull Which institution(s) have you consulted Are they supportive
Has your institution engaged its Board of Governors with respect to this proposal Is the board supportive
Is your proposal supported by the local municipality region in which it would be located
bull Will third-party resources (municipalities region other) be available to support this initiative What is the level of support expected
Location Services
Where would the new capacity be located (municipality region)
bull Is this a new locationcommunity for your institution
If proposing expansion at a new location is the location more than 10 km from existing campus(es)
Does the planned expansion include ancillary and student services
bull Please provide a list of services to be offered
Notes
Yes No Comme -
DD
an
a a
a a
bull a
bull a
bull a
bull This list is designed to provide information needed to determine whether a proposal will be deemed subject to the Major Capacity Expansion policy approval and selection process
bull Decisions will be made on a case-by-case basis If additional information is needed a representative of the Ministry ofTraining Colleges and Universities will contact the institution Please provide complete contact information including name position title email address and phone numbers
FI-H5
Appendix B An Outline of the Review and Approval Process for Planned Capacity Expansion Proposals
Chart 1 below outlines the steps in the assessment process that will be used to determine whether a planned capacity expansion will be deemed subject to the approval and selection process under the Major Capacity Expansion policy framework
Chart 2 outlines the steps in the process of selecting initiatives for funding under the Major Capacity Expansion policy framework
Chart 1 Initial Review - Is the Planned Expansion Subject to the Major Capacity Expansion Selection and Approval Process
The planned expansion
does not move forward
until approved by the
province following a Ministry reviews the institutions formal call for proposals
Institution submits a letter Failure to comply will submission to evaluate whether
describing the planned the planned expansion will be affect provincial funding
expansion with a completed subject to the new selection 1gt4^lt^t^fea1Vitaiiij4gtlJULJl^
and approval process under
for review the Major Capacity Expansion The planned expansion policy framework moves forward subject to
checklist to the ministry
Wampj^WJfeWamp$Si^^ all other ministry approval
processes (eg capital and
program approvals)
bulluiut^w-ww-yishy
Chart 2 SelectionApproval Process far a Major Capacity Expansion Following a Call for Proposals
Callfor proposals initiated Institutions submit Ministry assesses proposals Announcement of selected
by the province proposals against evaluation criteria initiatives to be supported
and brings forward selected for major capacity
proposals for Cabinet expansion
approval
raquoHSW^8raquoMJmmLiMH WOWluUdUJIUlbUitL
13
r
shy
Fl-Ho
enoix C General Evaluation Criteria for Major Capacity Expansion
Category Evaluation Criteria
Strategic Significant expansion of local postsecondary education opportunities for management students in underserved areas with growing demand based on long-term of long-term demographic trends enrolment Alignment with provincial priorities including Growth Plan priorities and
economic development initiativesgrowth and Clear potential to add substantial new capacity and support futureaccessibility enrolment growth in the postsecondary education sector
Differentiation Alignment with the institutions Strategic Mandate Agreement and goals sustainability and priorities of the Differentiation Policy Framework and Impact on nearby institutions accountability Effective and sustainable governance model including consideration
of the impact of distance from the expansion location for administration and academic experience Focus on undergraduate programs Range of programs offered locally and avoidance of unwarranted duplication of existing programming
Economic Demonstrated Value for Money including AFP options where impact appropriate and limits on provincial contributions
Tangible regional economic benefits combined with potential for province-wide benefit based on labour force skills and economic growth Demonstrated local economic benefits and linkages with local industries
Quality Innovative service delivery innovation Institutional partnership options including university-college collaboration and Postsecondary education quality and student experience (including
ancillary and student services)competitiveness
Affordabiiity Evidence of substantial support from host community including financial for students contributions and land ownership
Economies of scaleand the
province Linkages with local transportation for commuting students Potential for leveraging private sector resources Evidence of consideration ofalternatives to expansion proposal based on existing capacity and potential partnerships Proven financial health of institution with asset management plan in place Demonstrated labour market demand
Nofe These are the general criteria that will be used to guide the selection and approval of proposals submitted in response toa ministry call for proposals
N
News Release
Helping More Students Pursue Postsecondary Education
Ontario Calls for Expansion Proposals from Universities March 272014 945 am
Office of the Premier
Premier Kathleen Wynne announced today that the government is taking steps to
ensure that more students can pursue undergraduate degrees close to home The
province is inviting universities to submit proposals for new or expanded campuses in
underserved areas (colleges are encouraged to partner with universities to submit
proposals)
This call for proposals is part of the governments commitment to provide funding for
60000 additional postsecondary education spaces across Ontario The government will
collaborate closely with municipalities colleges and universities to ensure that capacity
is increased where it is needed the most
The proposals will be evaluated based on their potential to
bull Increase postsecondary spaces in underserved areas
bull Improve quality innovation and competitiveness
bull Demonstrate cost-effectiveness to both students and taxpayers
bull Help stimulate growth and economic development in Ontario
This will help establish a formal transparent and competitive process to evaluate
decisions about future expansions
Improving access to postsecondary education is part of the Ontario governments
economic plan that is creating jobs for today and tomorrow The comprehensive plan
and its six priorities focus on Ontarios greatest strengths -- its people and strategic
partnerships
Fl-M
Quick Facts
The call for proposals is open to all publicly assisted universities and all colleges of
applied arts and technology in Ontario with a deadline for submissions of Sept 26
2014 Colleges must partner with universities to be eligible for major capacity
expansion projects
Municipalities interested in being considered as host locations are expected to work
in collaboration with institutions that are submitting a proposal
The province released the Major Capacity Expansion Policy Framework in December
2013 to identify priority areas for growth
In the last 10 years full-time enrolment in Ontarios postsecondary system has grown
by more than 160000 mdash more than in any decade in the provinces history
bull The provinces 30 off Tuition Grant helped more than 230000 students start
college or university last year
Quotes
Fl-M
We are committed to helping more students get the postsecondary education they need to succeed
We want to bridge Ontarios skills gap and ensure that young people are equipped with all the right
skills mdash no matter where they live
Kathleen Wynne
Premier of Ontario
Expanding and creating new postsecondary campuses where they are needed most will help
ensure that more students have the opportunity to get a world-class education while staying close to
home Were working closely with our postsecondary partners to make sure the right spaces are in
the right places
Brad Duguid
Minister of Training Colleges and Universities
Laurier Brantford has provided immeasurable benefits to both local students and the citys
downtown revitalization This announcement signifies similar economic development partnerships
between municipalities and postsecondary institutions leading to new jobs and increased prosperity
for more communities across Ontario Chris Friel Mayor City of Brantford
PI-so
^^js^-^
Major
Capacity
Expansion
Call for
Proposals
GUIDELINES
March 2014
Ministry of Training Colleges and Universities
w^ Ontario
Fl-SI
The Ontario Public Service endeavours to demonstrate leadership with respect to accessibility in Ontario Our gool is to ensure that Ontario government services products and facilities are occessible to all our employees and to all members ofthe public we serve This document or the inlormolion that itcontains is available on request in alternative formats Pleose forward all requests lor alternative formats to ServiceOntario at1-800-668-9938 (TTY 1-800-268-709S)
line publication equivolente est disponible en francais sous le litre suivont Appel de propositions pour Ioccroissement moieur de la capocM - lignes directrices
This publication is also available on the Ministry olTraining Colleges and Universities website atwwivontariocatcu 13-323 bull ISBN 978-1-4606-3802-6 (PDF) bull copy Queens Printer for Ontario 2014
2014
Fi-sa
Contents
1 Background 5
2 Timelines for Submitting a Proposal 5
3 Notice of Intent 5
4 Eligible Applicants 6
5 Eligible Projects 6
6 Major Capacity Expansion General Evaluation Criteria 7
7 Weighting 8
8 Assessment and Ranking 9
9 Communications Protocol 13
10 Role of Infrastructure Ontario and Alternative
Financing and Procurement 13
11 The Selection Process and Funding 14
12 Components of the Submission 14
13 Links to Related Documents and Resources 16
14 Disclosure of Information 16
15 Call for Proposals Timeline 16
PI-S3
1 Background The ministry released its Major Capacity Expansion Policy Framework on December 20 2013 A commitment was made to
issue a Call for Proposals in early 2014
This Call for Proposals represents the beginning of a process that will lead to the selection of successful proposals which collectively will meet provincial goals for postsecondary education in Ontario - increased capacity at the undergraduate degree level greater affordability for students institutions and the province improved institutional differentiation and regional economic benefits This process will be guided by principles of fairness competitiveness and transparency and by a commitment to serve the public interest
This long-term initiative will help ensure that our postsecondary education system will have the right spaces in the right places for Ontario students
2 Timelines for Submitting a Proposal The closing date for submission of a Notice of Intent is June 27 2014
The closing date for submission of the full proposal is September 26 2014
Submissions must be received by the ministry on or before these dates
3 Notice of Intent
The Notice of Intent is a one-page overview of the proposed project Proposals will not be considered unless a Notice of Intent is received by the deadline ofJune 27 2014 To ensure transparency and competitiveness every Notice of Intent submitted to the ministry will be posted on the Postsecondary Education Partners Gateway website within 30 days of the submission date
Fl-Sf
4 Eligible Applicants In view of the focus on undergraduate degree capacity it is expected that submissions will be led by universities butcollegeshyuniversity partnership models are encouraged
All proposals must demonstrate need (ie expansion should be located in areas thatare currently underserved by postsecondary education andor thatare expected to experience significant future growth in enrolment demand)
5 Eligible Projects Recognizing the wide range and variety of potential expansion opportunities the ministry continues to avoid setting rigid parameters to define major capacityexpansion However as stated in the Major Capacity Expansion Policy Framework initiatives characterized by the following scale-related features are most likely to be subject to this approval and selection process
bull accommodates enrolment growth of more than 1000 full-time students in the short term with the potential to accommodate longer-term growth of 5000 to 10000 over the next twenty years (ie long-term enrolment comparable to enrolment at substantial existing collegeor university campuses)
bull adds new facilities (either owned or secured through long-term lease) larger than 70000 square feet (roughly 6500 square metres) designated primarily for academic purposes
bull offers a broad range of programs with substantial new or expanded ancillary services (or shows clear potential for future growth in program offerings and student and ancillary services)
bull significantly improves local student access to postsecondary education in the short term (and has the potential to continue to do so in the longer term) particularly in geographic locations that may be experiencing or are expected to develop capacity gaps at the undergraduate degree level
PI-S5
6 Major Capacity Expansion General Evaluation Criteria
The following general evaluation criteria were included in the Major Capacity Expansion Policy Framework These criteria will be used to assess proposals Institutions should demonstrate the alignment of their proposed projects with the criteria and may do so in any format suitable to them
Priority Objectives
Strategic management of long-term enrolment growth and accessibility
Differentiation sustainability and accountability
Economic impact
Quality innovation and competitiveness
General Criteria
bull Significant expansion of local postsecondary education opportunities for students in underserved areas with growing demand based on long-term demographic trends
bull Alignment with provincial priorities including Growth Plan priorities and economic development initiatives
bull Clear potential to add substantial new capacity and support future enrolment growth in the postsecondary education sector
Alignment with the institutions Strategic Mandate Agreement (SMA) and goals and priorities of the Differentiation Policy Framework Impact on nearby institutions Effective and sustainable governance model including consideration ofthe impact ofdistance from the expansion location for administration and academic experience Focus on undergraduate programs Range of programs offered locally and avoidance ofunwarranted duplication ofexisting programming
Tangible regional economic benefits combined with potential for province-wide benefit based on labour force skills and economic growth Demonstrated local economic benefits and linkages with local industries
Demonstrated Value for Money including Alternative Financing and Procurement (AFP) options where appropriate and limits on provincial contributions
Institutional partnership options including university-college collaboration
Innovative service delivery Postsecondary education quality and student experience (including student and ancillary services)
(continued)
Fl-5b
Priority Objectives General Criteria
Affordability for bull Evidence of substantial support from hostcommunity including students and the financial contributions and land ownership province bull Economies of scale
bull Linkages with local transportation for commuting students bull Potential for leveraging private sector resources bull Evidence of consideration of alternatives to expansion proposal
based on existing capacity and potential partnerships bull Proven financial health of institution with asset management plan
in place bull Demonstrated labour market demand
7 Weighting The evaluation criteria for the assessment of institutional
proposals will be weighted as follows
Category Weight
Section A Meeting Demand 30
bull Strategic management of long-term enrolment growth and accessibility
Section B Demonstrated Affordability 40
bull Affordability for students and the province
Section C Academic and Economic Considerations 30
bull Differentiation sustainability and accountability bull Economic impact bull Quality innovation and competitiveness (including institutional partnership
options)
PI-SI
8 Assessment and Ranking Funding will be awarded on a competitive basis and proposals will be evaluated for suitability using defined criteria Institutions should use both qualitative and quantitative analysis to demonstrate the alignment of their proposals with the general evaluation criteria
SECTION A MEETING DEMAND (30)
Proposals should demonstrate alignment with some or all of the following criteria
Priority Objective 1 Strategic management of long-term enrolment growth and accessibility
General Evaluation Criteria
1 Significant expansion of local postsecondary education opportunities for students in underserved areas with growing demand based on long-term demographic trends
2 Alignment with provincial priorities including Growth Plan priorities and economic development initiatives
3 Clear potential to add substantial new capacity and support future enrolment growth in the postsecondary education sector
Possible Alignment Measures
bull Demographic growth projections for location bull Existing enrolment capacity at institutions in
the proximity of the proposed expansion bull Estimated enrolment capacity ofthe
expansion and projected net increase in undergraduate enrolment
bull Number of students from the area of the intended expansion who are currently attending the institution(s)
Possible Information to Build Evidence Base
bull Institutions long-term enrolment master plan bull Joint campus master plan for partnerships (if applicable) bull Long-term enrolment viability study bull Completed enrolment table in the proposal template stating all assumptions bull Community profile demonstrating future demand in the area bull Documented support from and alignment with plans of any associated agencies municipalities
or other entities
bull Consideration of relevant provincial population and employment projections bull Consideration of key provincial policy directions relating to the location of public institutions and
their associated economic impacts (eg ability to contribute to urban revitalization efforts) bull Evidence of program demand (eg number of applications)
FI-5J
SECTION B DEMONSTRATED AFFORDABILITY (40)
Proposals should demonstrate alignment with some or all of the following criteria
Priority Objective 2 Affordability for students and the province
General Evaluation Criteria
1 Evidence of substantial support from host community including financial contributions and land ownership
2 Economies of scale 3 Linkages with local transportation for
commuting students 4 Potential for leveraging private sector
resources
5 Evidence of consideration of alternatives to expansion proposal based on existing capacity and potential partnerships
6 Proven financial health of institution with asset management plan in place
7 Demonstrated labour market demand
Possible Alignment Measures
bull Total cost of project and expected provincial contribution
bull Cost-benefit analysis ofexpanding an existing assetor building at a new location (or a combination thereof)
bull Distance from current campuses bull Current assetmanagement plan including
effects of expansion on Facilities Condition Index
bull Public transit capacity to the institution and between campuses
bull Debtasset ratioof institution(s) bull Energy sources and efficiency initiatives
(including proposed LEED certification) bull Long-term financial viability bull Existing student employment KPIs
Possible Information to Build Evidence Base
bull Detailed project costing information including projected cash flow requirements and net impact on operating cost
bull Business case demonstrating need for expansiori (existing campus only) including a service gap analysis
bull Letters of support from potential partners indicating details of financial andor in-kind contributions (eg land ownership)
bull Local transportation plan(s) showing current anc1planned public access to site (short- and long-term)
bull Independent verification of total expansion proj set cost
bull Financial health analysis including recent finan cial statements
bull Documentation of preliminary environmental assessment bull Control and ownership of buildings and equipment (partnerships only) bull Long-term forecast of incremental operating expenses and revenues (grants third party revenues)
as a result ofthe proposed project
PI-S9
SECTION C ACADEMIC AND ECONOMIC CONSIDERATIONS (30)
Proposals should demonstrate alignment with some or all of the following criteria
Priority Objective 3 Differentiation sustainability and accountability
General Evaluation Criteria
1Alignment with the institutions Strategic Mandate Agreement (SMA) and goals and priorities of the Differentiation Policy Framework
2 Impact on nearby institutions 3 Effective and sustainable governance model
including consideration of the impact of distance from the expansion location for administration and academic experience
4 Focus on undergraduate programs 5 Range of programs offered locally and
avoidance of unwarranted duplication of existing programming
Possible Alignment Measures
bull Assessment of alignment with SMA bull Proposed programs their alignment with
the institutions strengths and an overview ofsimilar existing programs offered by institutions near the expansion
bull Ranking of institution(s) on applications by students from the proposed area
Possible Information to Build Evidence Base
bull Finalized SMA
bull Program information (initial and planned) bull Overview of proposed institutional governance model bull Consultation overview including results of discussions with affected institutions and letters of
support (if applicable)
pi-to
Priority Objective 4 Economic impact
General Evaluation Criteria
1Tangible regional economic benefits combined with potential for province-wide benefit based on labour force skills and economic growth
2 Demonstrated local economic benefits and linkages with local industries
3 Demonstrated Value for Money including Alternative Financing and Procurement (AFP) options where appropriate and limits on provincial contributions
Possible Alignment Measures
bull Local economic benefits bull Alignment of programs with regional and
Ontario labour market needs
bull Expected financing cost (if any) bull Jobs created (short-term associated with
building period and ongoing) bull Ongoing jobs created at expansion bull Value for Money analysis related to proposed
procurement model
Possible Information to Build Evidence Base
bull An economic impact study or value planning study to demonstrate the projects potential to provide direct economic benefits for the surrounding area (eg by helping to revitalize the community unlock local development potential build the taxbase and leverage existing infrastructure and investments)
Priority Objective 5 Quality innovation and competitiveness
General Evaluation Criteria
1 Institutional partnership options including university-college collaboration
2 Innovative service delivery 3 Postsecondary education quality and student
experience (including student and ancillary services)
Possible Alignment Measures
bull Institutional track record with partnerships bull Assessment ofproposed academic plan and
service delivery bull Range of planned student and ancillary
services compared with services at existing campuses (short- and long-term)
bull Existing student experience (KPIs student outcomes)
Possible Information to Build Evidence Base
bull Institutions Strategic Plan bull Business case in support ofproposed academic plan including partnerships with relevant
raquo information aboutcurriculumpedagogy raquo financial information
raquo interjurisdictional case studies and examples bull Impact analysis with respect toacademic and administrative quality and quality of experience bull Overview of new program accreditation required ifapplicable
12
Fl-fel
9 Communications Protocol
Proposal submissions must be received at MCEsubmissions ontarioca by September 26 2014 Late submissions will not be accepted
Specific questions submitted to the ministry as part of the process will be answered and will be made available to all participants
To ensure a fair and transparent process the ministry will not provide any advisory services to institutions on an individual basis
10 Role of Infrastructure Ontario and Alternative
Financing and Procurement Infrastructure Ontario is a Crown agency of the Government of Ontario It is focused on modernizing and financing the renewal of public infrastructure maximizing the value of public real estate and managing government facilities It also provides expertise in project delivery lending real estate management and asset planning Infrastructure Ontario now has a greater role in procuring infrastructure as well engaging in both traditional forms of procurement and alternative financing and procurement (AFP) when appropriate
As indicated in the Ministry of Infrastructures Building Together Plan and in the provincial governments planning and budgeting process recommendations will be made on the procurement method and delivery of all college infrastructure projects valued at more than $50 million In addition universities with successful projects and associated provincial grants in excess of $100 million will be required to consult with Infrastructure Ontario The $100 million threshold may be lowered in future years
The criteria for assessing these projects could include scope complexity and value-for-money assessment with input from the ministry and Infrastructure Ontario
13
Pl-bl
11 The Selection Process and Funding The ministry will oversee the process leading to the selection of successful applications A multi-ministry panel will review the applications and make recommendations to Cabinet through the Ministry of Training Colleges and Universities Cabinetwill make the final decision aboutsuccessful projects andor future courses of action
Funding for successful projects will be provided subsequently The number of projects selected for support as well as the level and timing of funding will be determined by the provincial government and will reflect a range of considerations including the fiscal environment
12 Components of the Submission The following components of the submission are to be provided to the ministry by the dates indicated In addition to what is required below institutions may submit their proposals in any format that they believe best demonstrates the strengths of their proposed project with due attention to the relevance and conciseness of information supplied (Note that institutions may be asked to revise and re-submit their proposals ifexcessive amounts of information are provided)
All submissions must be preceded by
bull A Notice of Intent to be received by the ministry no later than June 27 2014
The Notices of Intent will give the ministry an early overview of interest in Major Capacity Expansion
14
pl-fe
The components of the proposal submission to be received by the ministry no later than September 26r 2014 are as follows
bull A completed checklist
A checklist is included in the Call for Proposals package The checklist must be completed and included in the submission (The checklist is reproduced from Appendix A of the Major Capacity Expansion Policy Framework page 12)
bull A completed capital template
Please refer to the template included in the Call for Proposals package The template requests detailed information on enrolment projections and funding sources This information must be provided using the template but it may also be presented in a different format in the context of the overall presentation
bull Supplementary information
Institutions are welcome to submit supplementary information to support their proposal Supplementary information may include a business case environmental impact studies and any other information or documentation that substantiates the proposal As noted earlier conciseness and relevance of information are
valued
Pleasealso include evidence of support for your proposal (including documentation of land ownership or leasing contracts documentation of municipal or other funding and letters of support)
In the case of a joint university-college submission approval under s 28 of the Financial Administration Act is required for financing if the debt is related to Colleges or if there is a contingent liability
15
Fl-b4shy
13 Links to Related Documents and Resources
Major Capacity Expansion Policy Framework
Differentiation Policy Framework
Places to Grow
Building Together
14 Disclosure of Information
The Freedom of Information and Protection of Privacy Act (FIPPA) applies to information in the custody or under the control of the ministry Institutions should identify whether any information in their proposals is submitted in confidence within the meaning of s 17 of FIPPA The proposals may be shared with a multi-ministry panel or other advisers that the ministry retains to assist with the assessment of the proposals
15 Call for Proposals Timeline
Date Deliverable
March 27 2014 Release of Call for Proposals
June 27 2014 Notice of Intent
September 26 2014 Close of Call for Proposals
Contact Information
Ministry staff may need to contact institutions to clarify details or request additional information Please provide complete and current contact information in your submission
16
![Page 13: Pl-I *^ BRAMPTON ReP°rt of Cou… · Pi-2> Current Situation: Following Council approval of its Post-Secondary Education Strategy on November 6, ... Call for Proposals Timeline .](https://reader033.fdocuments.in/reader033/viewer/2022060721/6080f345afc78e210d009525/html5/thumbnails/13.jpg)
A Post-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario
Fl-li 2 THE NEED - MEETING THE INCREASED DEMAND FOR POST-SECONDARY
EDUCATION
The economic benefits of the youth and vitalitythat a new college or university campus would bring are not lost on the Citys residents as a large majority view it to be a top priority for economic development
(64) particularly among influencers (84) Residents of Brampton Compiled by Environlcs 2013
Our Community Speaks Out
In 2013 the City invited its community to participate in a comprehensive strategic planning
program It has been ten years since the City last undertook a strategic planning exercise The
community has changed in that time and will continue to change as our population rises in
keeping with the Province of Ontarios Places to Grow Act
It began with initial research to identify the priorities of Bramptons residents and businesses
figure out what the City is doing well and where there may be room for improvement This
phase was completed through meetings with a variety of community groups and organizations
and a telephone survey to learn about the publics priorities perceptions and concerns From
the information we have collected we identified five Strategic Priorities for Bramptons future
Next we completed the community engagement phase of the process through a series of Town
Hall meetings and other feedback options including the Citys website Twitter email
voicemail and of course one-on-one
The feedback from residents has been impressive The vision and direction offered by the
public is persuasive articulate and focused on these priorities
o Economic Development
o Growth Management
o Environmental Stewardship
o Community Engagement
o Corporate Excellence
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 4
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario FI-I+
Economic development and growth management were identified asthe most important areas of focus for the City The public was clear that attracting large brand name companies and developing local talent were among the major themes for the Citys economic development Similarly the two most important economic development initiatives identified by Brampton residents were first attracting new businesses to the City (69 top priority rating) and second the building of college and university campuses (64) These two priorities are intrinsically related to each other
Promote Brampton Internationally
Support SMEs
Build College and University Campuses
Attract New Business
Top Priority bull Secondary Priority Not a Priority a Dont Know
Source Environics 2013 (Prepared for the City of Brampton Strategic Planning Engagement)
Growing Population
Brampton is a designated growth centre in the Province of Ontario With an official population
of523911 (2011) Brampton is the 9th largest City in Canada 4th largest in Ontario and 3rd largest in the Greater Toronto Area Between 1981 and 2011 Bramptons population grew by
an extraordinary rate of 84 per year Bramptons population is expected to reach
approximately 843000 people by 2031
Total Population 1981-2031
8428000
433806 325428
234445 268251 149090 188498
1981 1986 1991 1996 2001 2006 2011 2031
Source Statistics Canada 1981-2011 Forecast by Hemson Consulting Ltd Oct 2013
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 5
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario pf~S
At 21 Bramptons population grew more than the benchmarks during the period between 2006 and 2011 With a total population increase of90105 persons during this time-frame Brampton was ranked 3rd in Canada behind Toronto and Calgary and ahead of Edmonton Surrey Ottawa and Vaughan
Geography Population Population Population Change 2006 2011 2006 to 2011
Brampton (Zone 7) 433806 523911 208
York Region (Zone 7) 892712 1032524 157
Peel Region (Zone 7) 1159455 1296814 118
Toronto CMA 5113149 5583064 92
Canada 31612897 33476688 59
Ontario 12160282 12851821 57
Simcoe County (Zone 7) 422204 446063 57
City of Toronto (Zone 7) 2503281 2615060 45 Source Statistics Canada 2006 amp 2011
In 2006 the population in Zone 7 was 498 million representing 41 of the total population in Ontario By 2011 the population in this zone soared to 539 million featuring an impressive
82 growth rate above the provincial and national averages
This is a sound level of household formation during a difficult period in Ontarios economic
history Most of the population and household growth occurred in Peel and York Regions
a high demand zone for future university expansion
Brampton is ideally situated in Zone 7
to host Ontarios next wave
of university expansion
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 6
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario H (~ Icopy
A Young and Family Oriented Community
Brampton is a young City with a median age of 347 years according to Statistics Canada
Bramptons population is younger than the ten most populated cities in Canada as well as the
nation the province of Ontario and the Toronto region
Municipality Median Age Median Age 2011 Rank 2011
Brampton 347 1
Edmonton 360 2
Calgary 364 3
Mississauga 385 4
Montreal 386 5
Winnipeg 390 6
Toronto 392 7
Ottawa 392 7
Vancouver 397 9
Hamilton 409 10
Toronto CMA 386
York Region 393
Peel Region 369
Simcoe County 418
Ontario 404
Canada 406
Source Statistics Canada 2011
The typical post-secondary education enrollment age group between 20 and 39 includes more
than 151800 Brampton residents representing a growth rate of 28 between 2006 and 2011
Immigration is a Driver of Economic Growth
For the first time in its history the number of residents living in Brampton that was born
outside of Canada exceeded 50 of the population In other words the foreign-born
population in Brampton is greater than the Canadian-born population
Immigration continues to be a major influence in the growth and diversification of Bramptons
population labour force employment household income business enterprises and
institutions
This is a differentiating factor that is shaping a new highly energetic image of the City of
Brampton
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 7
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario ^ I bull |
Brampton is a magnet for newCanadians The peak immigration period in Bramptons statistical history is indeed the present time The most recent immigration figures from the 2001 and 2006 Census Surveys and the 2011 National Household Survey revealed that more than 83000 people settled in Brampton between 2001 and 2011 This represents an average annual rate of 8300 new foreign-born residents or approximately 33 of the total immigration into Canada into Brampton
Geography Foreign-Born Foreign Born Population Population 2011
Total 2011 As a of Population
Brampton 263670 506
Peel Region 650530 505
City of Toronto 1252215 486
Toronto CMA 2537410 46
York Region 463125 452
Ontario 3611365 29
Canada 6775765 n
Simcoe County 50915 116
Source Statistics Canada 2011
Between 2006 and 2011 the major countries of birth for new Brampton residents included
1 India-525
2 Philippines-68
3 Pakistan - 63
Languages Spoken in Brampton
Panjabi (Punjabi) Hindi and Urdu were the top three non-official languages in 2011 accounting
for 66 of all of the non-official languages spoken in Brampton making this City one of a few in
Canada with significant allophone representation
Rounding out the top ten languages spoken in Brampton were Portuguese (4) Spanish (5)
Tamil (6) Tagalog (7) Gujarati (8) Italian (9) and Vietnamese (10)
In total eighty-nine languages were reported in the 2011 National Household Survey as being
spoken in Brampton homes
Post-Secondary Educational Attainment
At 51 post-secondary education attainment in Brampton is below key benchmarks However
it is the municipalitys goal to increase this level to meet the provincial (55) and national (54)
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 8
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario p 1mdash1Q
average bypromoting and facilitating post-secondary facilities and access to programs that are next-to- home
Geography Post-Secondary Percentage of Certificate Diploma Total Population or Degree 2011 15 and Older 2011
CityofToronto 1271gt545 58
Toronto CMA 2629970 58
York Region 487945 58
Peel Region 576995 56
Ontario 5717340 55
Canada 14805190 54
Brampton 206770 51
Simcoe County 180650 50
Source Statistics Canada 2011
The Citys strategic economic growth initiatives will continue to result in a more diversified and
talented labour force Such initiatives include residential and commercial intensification of
Bramptons central commercial corridor attracting knowledge-based industries expansion of
executive housing supply investment in arts and culture and supporting programs that
promote entrepreneurship innovation and commercialization
Household Income
At $77787 Brampton had the 2nd highest reported household income among the regions in this sample
Geography Median Household Benchmark
Total Income Rank
2010
York Region $89100 1
Brampton $77787 2
Peel $77588 3
Toronto CMA $70365 4
Simcoe County $67468 5
Ontario $66358 6
Canada $61072 7
City of Toronto $58381 8
Source Statistics Canada 2011
Further between 2005 and 2010 the total number of Brampton households reported in the
highest income category being $100000 and more increased by 425
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 9
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario H|deg
Population Growth is Complimented by Strong Employment Growth
The Brampton economy has been projected to attract approximately 120000 net new jobs by 2031 for a total of 291000 people working in Brampton based business establishments
Employment 2011 2016 2021 2026 2031
Brampton 171000 204000 239000 263000 291000
Peel 730000 820000 880000
Source Hemson Consulting Ltd Oct 2013
Brampton will lead economic growth in Peel over the next two decades attracting 80 of the
employment forecasted in the region Brampton is home to 8075 businesses Brampton
businesses contribute approximately $129 Billion to the GDP or 52 of the output in the
Toronto Region The Citys output is dominated by a mixed economy heavily structured on
goods-producing trades and professional business services industries
The major non-government industries dominating the economic base of Brampton by place of
work employment include
- Manufacturing
- Retail and Wholesale Trade
- Professional and Business Services
- Transportation and Warehousing
This skilled and educated workforce in Brampton represents the 3rd highest concentration of labour in the Toronto Region
Major Corporations
Bramptons corporate community is vibrant featuring an impressive list of corporations from
Canadian and International enterprises that have invested in office production andor logistics
facilities in this community
bull Rogers Communications
bull Chrysler Canada
bull Loblaw Companies
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 10
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario P ImiO
Maple Lodge Farms
Canadian Tire Corporation
Coca Cola Bottling
Waste Management of Canada
Gamma Dynacare
Olymel LLP
Air Canada Strategic Operations Centre
Bacardi Canada
Export Packers Ltd
HBC Canada
Ford Motor Company
Nissan Canada
Medtronics Canada
MDA Robotics
Q9 Canada
Aircraft Appliances and Equipment
Para Paints Canada
Brita Water Filter
Clorox Canada Canon Canada recently Hunter Douglas Windows
announced theMandarin Restaurant Corporation
Nestle Canada relocation of their
Maple Leaf Foods national headquarters HankookTire
to Brampton Ontario Smuckers Canada
Parmalat Canada
Miele Canada
Best Buy CanadaFuture Shop Canada
Small and Medium Sized Enterprises (SMEs)
The backbone of Canadas economy is found in the entrepreneurs and innovators who own
and operate small and medium-sized enterprises While Brampton has an excellent
portfolio of corporate brand names the SME sector is an active contributor to economic
growth Ninety-four per cent (94) of all businesses in Brampton had less than 50
employees Small businesses remain strong in professional scientific and technical support
sectors as well as in business services and the retail and wholesale trades
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 11
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario FI-21
Brampton business establishments with less than ten employees had 23000 workers on their payroll in 2011
Public Sector Employment
Adiverse economic base such as Bramptons is also characterised by very good representation from institutions in the public sector
Major employers include
Regional Municipal of Peel The Peel Memorial Centre for
William Osier Health System
Peel Regional Police Integrated Health and Wellness
Corporation of the City of Brampton will attract between 3000-4000
Sheridan College Institute of Technology professionals in the medical
and Advanced Learning services sector by 2016
bull Ontario Courthouse - Grenville Davis
University Application Statistics
The Ontario Universities Application Centre (OUAC) produces an annual report of
application and registration data for secondary school and other applicants
In 2011 514596 applications were administered by the Ontario University system In the
ten-year period between 2002 and 2011 Ontario saw the number of applications received
grow by approximately 135000 During the same time-frame the number of registered
applicants increased by approximately 23000 or 336 In 2011 Ontario universities
hosted 78434 registered applicants
A key finding of the 2011 OUAC Report is that universities located in geographic zone 7
these being the Ontario College of Arts and Design York University Ryerson University and
the University of Toronto attracted the highest proportion of registered applicants from
their home-zone when compared to all other universities in Ontario
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 12
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario p I bull ^i
This point is highlighted in the following table
Universities in Geographic Registered Secondary Registered Other Group Zone 7 School Applicants Applicants
Originating From Originating from (includes Peel Region York Region Zone 7 in 2011 Zone 7 in 2011 Simcoe County and City of Toronto)
( of Total Registered for ( of Total Registered for Each University) Each University)
York 865 592
Ryerson 822 616
Toronto 743 209
OCAD 643 542
Average 4 System Wide 454 306 Source Ontario University Application Centre 2011
Given the large population demographic composition socio-economic characteristics and
cultural attitudes of residents living in Zone 7 it is clear that there is a positive bias for students
particularly secondary-school students to attend a university where they can live near or stay
within their family and community structures
This is a prevalent trend in Peel Region York Region Simcoe County and the City of Toronto
(the communities that comprise Zone 7) more so than any other region in Ontario
As a summary of the complex set of demand factors highlighted in this section of the report we
see tremendous justification for additional university services on the outer edge of the Greater
Toronto Area
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 13
A Post-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario Fl-ii
3 DEFINING THE OPPORTUNITY
Goal 1 - Sheridan University Campus in Downtown Brampton
Project Vision
Site Options
A
AX
PI
A profound and holistic Sheridan Downtown Brampton Campus
connected to its 9500 plus students at Brampton Davis Steeles Campus
supported by enhanced transit to its HMC Campus I and II and Oakville
Campus
1Nelson Square Garage (Phase II SWQRP) and Phase III Lands
2Heritage Theatre Block ^~ rzmdash~ V V i
bullbull bull bull --bull shy
bull -bullbullbull-Ty ^
General Description of Site Locations - for illustrative purposes only
Mobility These sites are within a 5-minute walking distance to the existing
Brampton GO Train Station (with service to Union Station and
KitchenerWaterloo) and the ZUM Bus Rapid Transit service on
Queen Street and Main Street with service to Sheridan Davis
Campus Guelph-Humber University Campus Mississauga City
Centre (HMC I and II) and York University The proposed
Hurontario-Main Light Rapid Transit system is also within walkinj
distance of the site and offers a direct link to HMC I and II
Infrastructure Type Post-Secondary Education Campus and Related Uses
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 14
A Post-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario Fl-24shy
Project Type DBFM or DBF Design Build Finance Maintain or Design Build
Finance (the final business model is subject to a detailed
feasibility study)
Goal 2 - A New University Campus in Brampton
Project Vision A new university campus that offers undergraduate and graduate
degrees with research-oriented programs for students faculty
industry
Site Option 1 65-acre site at McLaughlin Road and Queen Street West
southwest corner known municipally as Flower City Community
Campus This site was formerly owned by the Province of
Ontario (OPP Headquarters and Training Centre) and is currently
being used by the municipality
Mobility This site is located in the Central Area of Brampton with Brampton
Transit service provided to the property The site is 15
kilometres from the Downtown GO Train Station and the
Downtown ZUM BRT Station on Main Street and 3 km to the
Brampton ZUM BRT station at Shoppers World - Steeles Avenue
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 15
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario p | bull ^S
Site Location Option 2
Mobility
Infrastructure Type
Project Type
The road network provides easy access to the major 400 series
highways for example ETR 407 is 35 km south of this site and
Highway 410 is 45 km east of the site
2719 Bovaird Drive West at Heritage Road southwest quadrant
This 87-acre site was formerly owned by private industry Today
the site is owned by the City of Brampton and is being used by the
municipality for maintenance and operation services
CON5WHS
CON5WHS
iV
I
The Mount Pleasant GO Train Station is 22 km east of the site at
Creditview Road The major Highway 401 and ETR 407 juncture
is approximately 8 km by automobile Future infrastructure
serving this area includes the GTA West Corridor immediately
north and east of the subject property
Post-Secondary Education Campus and Related Uses
DBFM or DBF Design Build Finance Maintain or Design Build
Finance (the final business model is subject to a detailed
feasibility study)
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 16
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario p | 1copy
4 BRAMPTONS STRATEGIC PARTNERSHIPS - A RECORD OF SUCCESS
With its strategic partners the Cityof Brampton has demonstrated an excellent record of
success in building and delivering physical and human infrastructure projects designed to expand public services and improve Bramptons economicdevelopment competitiveness
Ultimately these partnerships have created and preserved Ontario jobs In this section we
showcase a few of these strategic projects
Transit Infrastructure Project-Zum Bus Rapid Transit Project
Zum is Brampton Transits Bus Rapid Transit (BRT) service With its limited stops advanced
technology and real-time next bus information Zum connects people and places within
Brampton and throughout the Greater Toronto Area (GTA) Zum Queen Street service began in
the fall of 2010 Ziim Main Street service began operating in September 2011 and Ziim Steeles
Avenue started in the fall of 2012
Ziim was funded by all three levels of government with investments of $95 million each from
the Federal Provincial and Municipal governments for a total allotment of $285 million
Phase Iof the project required $159 million Phase II which expanded services along Queen
Street and Steeles Avenue as well as introduce new services on Bovaird Drive will require $126
million when fully completed
This is a DBFM - Design Build Finance and Maintain project led by the City of Brampton
Brampton designed built financed and maintains all aspects of the Zum system-wide capital
and operating costs related to
bull Roadway infrastructure intersection modifications and signal priority equipment
bull New terminals and station stops with high-quality passenger amenities
Capital equipment including new vehicles for expanded and rebranded service
Intelligent Transportation System technologies including real-time passenger information
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 17
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario p ( raquo^7
Post-Secondary Education Infrastructure Project -Sheridan Centre for Advanced Manufacturing and Design Technology (CAMDT)
In response to the changing face of manufacturing in Central and Southern Ontario Sheridan College and the City of Brampton embarked on a vision to assist Canadian manufacturers to compete globally with knowledge and technology asthe keys to their success
Led by Sheridan College ITAL the CAMDT $8 million venture is a partnership with more than 20 regional manufacturers the Province of Ontario and the City of Brampton Together we are growing regional talent in this important sector In 2005 CAMDT opened its doors
Seen as a strategic economic development initiative the City of Brampton was a major funding
and local knowledge partner contributing$25 million to CAMDT - the largest investment it has
ever made as a municipality in post-secondary education City Councils investment in Sheridan
is intended to address the demand (in the manufacturing sector) for graduates with a broad
range of advanced technical and management skills as well as to provide enhanced training for
those already in the workforce
CAMDT uses a consortia approach with the following goals
New full-time courses and industrycollege projects
Applied research initiatives and student projects
Contract training and continuing education courses
Strengthen program enrolments and graduate placements
The Centre for Sustainable Manufacturing (CSM) is located in Brampton and houses 18000
square feet of state-of-the-art labs and a flexible automation and fabrication centre The labs
support academic programs in integrated manufacturing computer-aided
draftingmanufacturing and manufacturing management
The Centre helps meet current and future needs of local manufacturers to stimulate regional
economic development and prosperity Sheridan government and local industry have
collaborated for nearly a decade to position the Centre to address critical skills gaps in the
manufacturing sector The Centre is now partnering with industry to support technical financial
and knowledge development to facilitate adoption of innovative technologies that minimize
resource consumption harmful emissions waste and use of toxic materials
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 18
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario p | mdash^ff
Health Care Infrastructure Project shy
Peel Memorial Centre for Integrated Health and Wellness
The new Peel Memorial Centre in Brampton will support the William Osier Health Systems vision for an integrated health system by providing primary ambulatory and outpatient-based care
This is a DBFM - Design Build Maintain Finance project led by Infrastructure Ontario (10)
Scheduled to open in 2016 Peel Memorial CIHW will provide specialized outpatient-based care
including urgent care day surgery and specialty clinics with a focus on helping individuals better
manage chronic conditions like asthma diabetes and kidney disease
According to Osier Health System Peel Memorial will introduce new models of care to shift the
focus from illness to wellness and encourage patients to take a more active role in managing
their own health and well-being
Representing the leading edge in integrated health care delivery Peel Memorial will provide
access to specialized patient-centred care in a state-of-the-art facility that offers a wide variety
of traditional and alternative health care services It will help people to get and stay well
through a series of education prevention disease management and healing programs
In the fall of 2012 Osier received government approval to move forward with a request for
qualifications to design build finance and maintain the new facility Following this
announcement Brampton City Council decided to invest 50 of the community share with a
$60 million levy in support of the new Peel Memorial
Downtown Intensification Infrastructure Project shy
Southwest Quadrant Renewal Plan Municipal Office and Commercial Retail Development
On August 10 2011 Bramptons City Council approved the terms of agreement for the
Southwest Quadrant Renewal Plan which enables the City to move forward with a creative
solution to meet the Citys future administrative space needs and plans for revitalization of
Bramptons downtown The successful proposal submitted by Dominus Construction Group is
a plan for a mixed-use development with several new features including new administrative
parking and retail space and a pedestrian-friendly cityscape for completion in 2014
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 19
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario p f~2raquo^
This is a DBF - Design Build Finance project led by Dominus Construction Group The City is a tenant in the building on a long-term lease
Phase 1 of this LEEDS project now under construction includes a new nine-storey building at 41 George Street that can accommodate
bull 126398 foot building for administrative space
bull 10147 square feet for ground retail space
bull 10545 square feet for multi-purpose meeting rooms
bull 443 parking spaces (five levels of parking)
Phase la also under construction includes a two-storey addition to the current City Hall that
can accommodate
bull 2507 square feet for committee rooms
bull 6187 square feet for ground retail space
Phases 1 and la of the Southwest Quadrant Renewal Plan (SWQRP) represents a $94M
investment in the downtown and all 3 Phases of the combined SWQRP represents an
estimated investment of $251M
This investment in the Southwest Quadrant Renewal Plan is another major building block in the
ongoing evolution and revitalization of downtown Brampton both in terms of contributing to
the urban landscape as well as attracting private sector investment and opportunities
Combined with other major projects like the Rose Theatre Brampton the launch of Ziim on
Queen and Main Streets restoration work at Alderlea and Peel Heritage Complex and several
new condominium projects Bramptons Downtown is experiencing an exciting resurgence
The City of Brampton is planning to add another signature building in our downtown core
further evidence of Bramptons commitment to economic development
Sustainable Community Development Project shy
Mount Pleasant Mobility Hub
The project includes a number of elements that serve to establish Mount Pleasant as a transit-
oriented development exemplifying a more sustainable approach to suburban community
living
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 20
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario p |~^Q
In partnership with the OntarioGovernment MetrolinxGO and Mattamy Homes the City has invested approximately $23 million in the following infrastructure
bull Community Transit Infrastructure station stops and related passenger amenities
Intelligent Transportation Systems (ITS) and transit enhancements at intersections
bull Mobility Hub facility bus layovers sheltered passenger areas clock tower bike storage areas and related amenities
bull Cultural Heritage reconstructed historic CPR station structure to be used as a cultural
facility in the Mt Pleasant civicsquare shared with the Peel District School Board and the
Library
bull Pedestrian amenities Civic Square and Village Green incorporating a reflection poolskating
facility public art canopy structures play area and landscaping features
Through development and stewardship the Mount Pleasant Community will restore and
enhance individual features that currently cover approximately 8 (or 41 hectares) of the
area and create a Natural Heritage System that will cover approximately 19 (or 976 hectares)
of the community As development proceeds within the Mount Pleasant Community the
NHS will come into public ownership The City will be responsible to manage the NHS and our
goal is to support natural processes and regeneration that are beneficial to the health and
diversity of the natural features functions and habitat This will generally mean
bull Planting no-maintenance vegetative buffers between natural areas and private
properties using native trees shrubs and groundcovers
bull Not mowing pruning or spraying natural areas for weeds and insects
bull Allowing for annual flooding and ponding of water along East Huttonville Creek and
within wetlands and woodlands to maintain a natural hydrology that is critical for plant
and wildlife health and diversity
bull Allowingfor the natural loss of vegetation and regrowth of young trees and shrubs
bull Managing natural areas for invasive species such as Buckthorn and Norway Maple
bull Managing the urban trees along streets and parks for invasive species such as Emerald
Ash Borer
The Mount Pleasant Mobility Hub represents a large project that has created one-time
employment within the stipulated 2-year construction period as well generating annual
multipliers supporting Bramptons economic development for future generations
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 21
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario p [raquo^ )
5 OUR INVESTMENT - A COMMITMENT TO POST SECONDARY EDUCATION
The City of Brampton iscommitted to investing in this Strategy Below is a summary of the types of financial and in-kind investmentsthe municipality is prepared to make in order to realize this Strategy
bull Municipal Land Contribution
bull Municipal Commitment to Economic and Market Growth Policies
bull Municipal assistance on site servicing for digitally linked and virtual classrooms
laboratories office
bull Shared Infrastructure related to municipal services such as library field house gymnasium
bull Design an extensive planning process and design exercise that represents the highest
standard of excellence including engaging the community and surrounding land-owners
LEEDS Community and Environmental Design
bull Facilitating municipal and community partnerships to maximize utilization of spaces during
the May - August shoulder period
bull Economic development research grant to support research that fosters innovation and
commercialization
bull Support industry partnerships and innovative enterprises
bull Demonstrate commitment to a shared provincial municipal and university relationship
focused on a culture of open communication shared values community engagement and
volunteerism
bull Staff time and expertise dedicated to teams assigned to this Strategy
bull Leverage City of Brampton AAA Credit Rating by Standard amp Poors
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 22
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario p- ( ~ Q jL
6 IMPLEMENTATION STEPS
The following decision milestones guide the municipal commitment and stewardship of this
Strategy
bull Exploratory Meetings with Sheridan Executive and Chair of Governing Council
bull Preparation of Bramptons Post-Secondary Strategy Proposal
bull Presentation to Premier Wynne - Receive and Endorse Proposed Strategy
bull City Council approval of final post-secondary strategy and approval to enter into a
Memorandum of Understanding with Sheridan College ITAL to explore the feasibility of
establishing Sheridan University in Downtown Brampton
bull Execute an MOU with Sheridan
bull Complete the Feasibility Study for Goal 1
bull Form a project team to prepare the technical documents in support of an RFP related to
Goal 2 -Attract a new undergraduate and graduate research-oriented university campus
aligned with Bramptons vision and proposed site locations with reporting to Council
7 CONTACTS
Susan Fennell
Mayor
City of Brampton Tel 905-874-2600
John Corbett MCIP RPP
Chief Administrative Officer
City of Brampton Tel 905-874-2625
Creating andpreserving knowledge-basedjobs by enabling investments in post-secondary education research innovation and commercialization activities
is at the heart ofBramptons economic vision
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 23
APPENDIX 3
FI-V4shybullUTaarrgt-^M
Major
Capacity
Expansion
Policy
Framework
December 2013
Ministry of Training Colleges and Universities
pound Ontario
PI -IS
The Ontario Public Service endeavours to demonstrate leadership with respect to accessibility in Ontario Our goal isto ensure that Ontario government services products and focilities ore occessible to all our employees and to all members of the public we serve This document or the information that itcontains is available on request in alternative formats Please forward all requests for alternative formats to ServiceOntario ot 1-800-668-9938 (TTY 1-800-268-7095)
line publication equivolenle est disponible en francais sous le titre suivant (Mesttattgique pout Iocuoissement moeur de hcapocili 2013
This publication is also available on the Ministry ofTraining Colleges and Universities website at wwvontariocatcu 13-278 bull ISBN 978-1-4606-3428-8 (POF) bull copy Queens Printer for Ontario 2013
Contents
Vision 5
Context 5
Government Priorities 6
Components of the Policy Framework 7
Initial Review 7
Scope 7
Selection and Approval 9
Policy Implementation and Compliance 10
Appendix A
Contact Information and Checklist for Institutions Considering
Capacity Expansion 11
Appendix B
An Outline of the Review and Approval Process for Planned
Capacity Expansion Proposals 13
Appendix C
General Evaluation Criteria for Major Capacity Expansion 14
Pi-Vi
Vision
Ontarios colleges and universities will drive creativity innovation knowledge and community engagement through teaching and research They will put students first by providing the best possible learning experience for all qualified learners in an affordable and financially sustainable way ensuring high quality and globally competitive outcomes for students and Ontarios knowledge economy
Context
Between 2002-03 and 2012-13 the postsecondary education system in Ontario expanded substantially with full-time enrolment growing by over 160000 more than in any decade in the provinces history Ontario has been supporting enrolment growth across the college and university sectors through increases in operating grants enhancements to student financial aid and capital investments
Ontarios postsecondary institutions have been committed partners in their efforts to accommodate these unprecedented levels of enrolment growth and have thus contributed to expanding opportunities for students to pursue higher education in many communities across Ontario
At65 per cent Ontarios level of postsecondary attainment (college university and apprenticeship) in 2012 was higher than thatof any country in theOrganisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) The Ontario government has set a postsecondary education attainment target of 70 per cent to ensure that the province continues to benefit from the competitive advantage of its highly skilled and educated workforce in the global economy
In this context it is essential to ensure that in future the right spaces are created in the right places for Ontarios students This can be done by targeting areas in which population growth is strong but local postsecondary education capacity is limited
Population growth in Ontario has recently been - and is expected tocontinue to be - concentrated in a number of large urban areas Some of the regions and communities where strong
Fl-W
long-term demand growth is anticipated are not currently served by local campuses In those areas gaps have recently begun to appear between enrolment demand growth and the capacity to accommodate continued enrolment growth If left unaddressed those gaps are likely to widen over time
Projections are subject to uncertainty and caution should always be used when considering long-term forecasts Based on the ministrys latest assessment of demographics and long-term postsecondary education participation patterns enrolment demand growth will moderate in the near term but is expected to return to more rapid growth after 2020 with the potential for substantial enrolment increases over the longer term Consistent with recent trends long-term demand is expected to be greatest for degree-level programs
It is anticipated that the focus of most major capacity expansions in the future will be at the undergraduate degree level Students in rapidly growing communities have access to substantial local college facilities more than they do to local university campuses In addition although graduate enrolment has risen significantly in recent years it is much lower than enrolment at the undergraduate level and tends to be concentrated in fewer institutions
The timing of this anticipated growth in demand provides an important opportunity The province will have time to plan for and address postsecondary education capacity needs in areas of Ontario where communities are growing and where students need better and more affordable access to postsecondary education opportunities closer to home
Government Priorities
The Major Capacity Expansion Policy Framework set out in this document seeks to achieve the following objectives
bull Ensuring that future large-scale capacity expansion supports long-term postsecondary education priorities including institutional differentiation
bull Managing enrolment growth strategically in line with provincial growth planning priorities to address regional capacity gaps in underserved areas
bull Putting in place a transparent evidence-based decision making and implementation process
ldegt
9 Addressing affordability and sustainability for students institutions and the province by maximizing the cost-effectiveness of targeted investments
bull Creating local community and regional economic benefits leading to job creation and greater economic diversity
Components of the Policy Framework The components of the Major Capacity Expansion policy framework include
1) a description of the kinds of initiatives that will be within the scope of the new approval and selection process
2) the selection process and the criteria that will be used in evaluating proposals for approval after a call for proposals is made and
3) details on implementation and compliance
Initial Review
Any institution considering an initiative that involves an expansion ofcapacity should contact the ministry in writing using the checklist provided in Appendix A The ministry will review initiatives proposed by institutions on a case-by-case basis to determine whether the planned expansion is subject to the new selection and approval process outlined below The ministry will provide a response to the institutions request in writing clearly indicating whether a proposed project or initiative will be subject to the new Major Capacity Expansion selection and approval process Initiatives subject to the new process are not to proceed unless approved by the provincial government following a formal call for proposals
Scope
This policy framework addresses a significant provincial interest in the need for provincial management of future large-scale expansions in postsecondary education capacity Effective management and planning is also needed to help avoid potential conflicts that can arise between and among institutions sect with respect to the location of new facilities and campuses s
FI-H-0
The new approval and selection process is primarily focused on initiatives that are designed to accommodate significant long-term increases in the number of domestic full-time postsecondary education students Such large-scale initiatives could include expansions at existing locations or might involve the establishment of new campuses Initiatives could be partnerships including university-college collaborations that would also enhance students educational experience and student pathways
Recognizing thata wide range and variety of potential expansion opportunities exist in Ontarios diverse and complex postsecondary education system the ministry has avoided setting rigid parameters to define major capacity expansion However initiatives characterized by the following scale-related features are most likely to be subject to the new approval and selection process
0 accommodates enrolment growth of more than 1000 full-time students in the short term with the potential to accommodate longer-term growth of5000 to 10000 over the next twenty years (ie long-term enrolment comparable to enrolment at substantial existing college or university campuses)
8 adds new facilities (either owned or secured through long-term lease) larger than 70000 square feet (roughly 6500 square metres) designated primarily for academic purposes
raquo offers a broad range of programs with substantial new or expanded ancillary services (or shows clear potential for future growth in program offerings and ancillary services)
bull significantly improves local student access to postsecondary education in the short term (and has the potential to do so in the longer term) particularly in geographic locations that may be experiencing or are expected to develop capacity gaps
When reviewing a planned expansion the ministry will also take into consideration whether the initiative
bull competes with other capacity expansion initiatives in a particular geographic area or would have an impact on existing or already-planned postsecondary education facilities
bull in the case of proposed new campuses is outside the local area of the institutions existing campuses or is in a new community for the institution in terms of substantial permanent academic facilities For the purpose of this policy the local
FH+I
area of a campus is defined as the area within the median commuter shed for Census Metropolitan Areas in Ontario as specified by Statistics Canada (about 10 km)
Institutions making expansion proposals will be required to provide evidence of prior consultation with and support from other institutions that could be affected by the proposal confirmation of their own Board of Governors support for the proposal and confirmation of significant support from the local municipality or region
Selection and Approval Decisions about future large-scale postsecondary education capacityexpansion projects will be made on the basis of a formal transparent competitive process that will begin with a call for proposals directed to institutions Consideration will be given to proposals for large-scale expansion ofexisting campuses (main or satellite campuses) andor for the creation of new campuses
Calls for proposals will be directed to publicly assisted postsecondary education institutions in Ontario Eligibility to submit a proposal will in general be extended to all institutions however the government may decide to limit eligibility as appropriate depending on current circumstances and evolving provincial priorities
Municipalities interested in being considered as host locations for future major capacity expansion should work in collaboration with institutions that would be prepared to submit a proposal
Priority will be given to proposals in regions that have been experiencing sustained population and postsecondary education demand growth and that are underserved in terms of postsecondary education opportunities
The timing of future calls for proposals the number of projects selected for support and the level and timing of funding will be determined by the provincial government and will reflect a range of considerations including the fiscal environment
FI-M-1
When evaluating proposals the ministry will consider a setof criteria in the following categories consistent with its priorities for future capacity expansion (as outlined on page 6)
bull Strategic management of long-term enrolment growth and accessibility
bull Differentiation sustainability and accountability bull Economic impact raquo Quality innovation and competitiveness (including
institutional partnership options) bull Affordability for students and the province (including
substantial support from host communities)
Over time as circumstances change and priorities evolve the ministry may articulate additional requirements for the competitive process For details of general evaluation criteria refer to Appendix C Additional templates may be provided when a call for proposals is announced
Once the proposals have been evaluated the ministry will make recommendations to Cabinet for funding support for the selected proposals When one or more proposals have been selected and approved for funding bilateral agreements will be put in place between the institution(s) selected and the ministry
Policy Implementation and Compliance This policy framework will be effective immediately Institutions are encouraged to submit their expansion plans for initial review as soon as possible
If an initiative is determined to be outside the scope of this new approval and selection process itwill still be subject to other relevant ministry approval processes including but not limited to program approval and capital funding processes It will also have to be consistent with the terms of the Strategic Mandate Agreement established between the institution and the ministry
Failure to comply with the requirements setout in this policy framework will affect provincial funding Specifically new or expanded enrolment at the location of the expansion will not be recognized for funding through the college or university operating grants and the institution will not be eligible for provincial capital funding at the location Failure to comply could also affect future capital decisions by the provincial government
0 with respect to other locations
Fl-42gt
Appendix A Contact Information and Checklist for Institutions Considering Capacity Expansion
Institutions considering capacity expansion should direct a letter describing the project or initiative along with a completed checklist (see below) to
MCEsubmi53101iionfariocc1
The following checklist will help the ministry determine whether the planned expansion will be subject to the new approval and selection process under the MajorCapacity Expansion policy framework1
Please complete the checklist (copy and scan the completed form or create an e-file based on the template) and include it as an attachment to your communication to the ministry outlining your institutions planned capacity expansion project
Please provide additional information as needed in the Comments section of the checklist
1 A planned expansion that is deemed subject to the new selection and approval process is not to proceed unless approved by the province following a formal call for proposals A planned expansion that is deemed outside the scope of the Major Capacity Expansion approval and selection process will still be subject to other relevant ministry approval processes including but not limited to program approval and capital funding processes
pl-4-4shy
Checklist for Institutions Considering Capacity Expansion
Checklist Items
Size
How many full-time students would this initiative accommodate based on current plans
Is there potential for substantial longer-term enrolment growth If yes please provide a high-level estimate of potential enrolment
How much space (in sq ft) will be designated for academic purposes in the proposed facility (or expansion) Would new facilities be owned or secured through long-term lease
What is the credential mix of programs associated with this proposed expansion
What programs would be made available
Consultation
Have you consulted with other institutions that could be affected by this proposal
bull Which institution(s) have you consulted Are they supportive
Has your institution engaged its Board of Governors with respect to this proposal Is the board supportive
Is your proposal supported by the local municipality region in which it would be located
bull Will third-party resources (municipalities region other) be available to support this initiative What is the level of support expected
Location Services
Where would the new capacity be located (municipality region)
bull Is this a new locationcommunity for your institution
If proposing expansion at a new location is the location more than 10 km from existing campus(es)
Does the planned expansion include ancillary and student services
bull Please provide a list of services to be offered
Notes
Yes No Comme -
DD
an
a a
a a
bull a
bull a
bull a
bull This list is designed to provide information needed to determine whether a proposal will be deemed subject to the Major Capacity Expansion policy approval and selection process
bull Decisions will be made on a case-by-case basis If additional information is needed a representative of the Ministry ofTraining Colleges and Universities will contact the institution Please provide complete contact information including name position title email address and phone numbers
FI-H5
Appendix B An Outline of the Review and Approval Process for Planned Capacity Expansion Proposals
Chart 1 below outlines the steps in the assessment process that will be used to determine whether a planned capacity expansion will be deemed subject to the approval and selection process under the Major Capacity Expansion policy framework
Chart 2 outlines the steps in the process of selecting initiatives for funding under the Major Capacity Expansion policy framework
Chart 1 Initial Review - Is the Planned Expansion Subject to the Major Capacity Expansion Selection and Approval Process
The planned expansion
does not move forward
until approved by the
province following a Ministry reviews the institutions formal call for proposals
Institution submits a letter Failure to comply will submission to evaluate whether
describing the planned the planned expansion will be affect provincial funding
expansion with a completed subject to the new selection 1gt4^lt^t^fea1Vitaiiij4gtlJULJl^
and approval process under
for review the Major Capacity Expansion The planned expansion policy framework moves forward subject to
checklist to the ministry
Wampj^WJfeWamp$Si^^ all other ministry approval
processes (eg capital and
program approvals)
bulluiut^w-ww-yishy
Chart 2 SelectionApproval Process far a Major Capacity Expansion Following a Call for Proposals
Callfor proposals initiated Institutions submit Ministry assesses proposals Announcement of selected
by the province proposals against evaluation criteria initiatives to be supported
and brings forward selected for major capacity
proposals for Cabinet expansion
approval
raquoHSW^8raquoMJmmLiMH WOWluUdUJIUlbUitL
13
r
shy
Fl-Ho
enoix C General Evaluation Criteria for Major Capacity Expansion
Category Evaluation Criteria
Strategic Significant expansion of local postsecondary education opportunities for management students in underserved areas with growing demand based on long-term of long-term demographic trends enrolment Alignment with provincial priorities including Growth Plan priorities and
economic development initiativesgrowth and Clear potential to add substantial new capacity and support futureaccessibility enrolment growth in the postsecondary education sector
Differentiation Alignment with the institutions Strategic Mandate Agreement and goals sustainability and priorities of the Differentiation Policy Framework and Impact on nearby institutions accountability Effective and sustainable governance model including consideration
of the impact of distance from the expansion location for administration and academic experience Focus on undergraduate programs Range of programs offered locally and avoidance of unwarranted duplication of existing programming
Economic Demonstrated Value for Money including AFP options where impact appropriate and limits on provincial contributions
Tangible regional economic benefits combined with potential for province-wide benefit based on labour force skills and economic growth Demonstrated local economic benefits and linkages with local industries
Quality Innovative service delivery innovation Institutional partnership options including university-college collaboration and Postsecondary education quality and student experience (including
ancillary and student services)competitiveness
Affordabiiity Evidence of substantial support from host community including financial for students contributions and land ownership
Economies of scaleand the
province Linkages with local transportation for commuting students Potential for leveraging private sector resources Evidence of consideration ofalternatives to expansion proposal based on existing capacity and potential partnerships Proven financial health of institution with asset management plan in place Demonstrated labour market demand
Nofe These are the general criteria that will be used to guide the selection and approval of proposals submitted in response toa ministry call for proposals
N
News Release
Helping More Students Pursue Postsecondary Education
Ontario Calls for Expansion Proposals from Universities March 272014 945 am
Office of the Premier
Premier Kathleen Wynne announced today that the government is taking steps to
ensure that more students can pursue undergraduate degrees close to home The
province is inviting universities to submit proposals for new or expanded campuses in
underserved areas (colleges are encouraged to partner with universities to submit
proposals)
This call for proposals is part of the governments commitment to provide funding for
60000 additional postsecondary education spaces across Ontario The government will
collaborate closely with municipalities colleges and universities to ensure that capacity
is increased where it is needed the most
The proposals will be evaluated based on their potential to
bull Increase postsecondary spaces in underserved areas
bull Improve quality innovation and competitiveness
bull Demonstrate cost-effectiveness to both students and taxpayers
bull Help stimulate growth and economic development in Ontario
This will help establish a formal transparent and competitive process to evaluate
decisions about future expansions
Improving access to postsecondary education is part of the Ontario governments
economic plan that is creating jobs for today and tomorrow The comprehensive plan
and its six priorities focus on Ontarios greatest strengths -- its people and strategic
partnerships
Fl-M
Quick Facts
The call for proposals is open to all publicly assisted universities and all colleges of
applied arts and technology in Ontario with a deadline for submissions of Sept 26
2014 Colleges must partner with universities to be eligible for major capacity
expansion projects
Municipalities interested in being considered as host locations are expected to work
in collaboration with institutions that are submitting a proposal
The province released the Major Capacity Expansion Policy Framework in December
2013 to identify priority areas for growth
In the last 10 years full-time enrolment in Ontarios postsecondary system has grown
by more than 160000 mdash more than in any decade in the provinces history
bull The provinces 30 off Tuition Grant helped more than 230000 students start
college or university last year
Quotes
Fl-M
We are committed to helping more students get the postsecondary education they need to succeed
We want to bridge Ontarios skills gap and ensure that young people are equipped with all the right
skills mdash no matter where they live
Kathleen Wynne
Premier of Ontario
Expanding and creating new postsecondary campuses where they are needed most will help
ensure that more students have the opportunity to get a world-class education while staying close to
home Were working closely with our postsecondary partners to make sure the right spaces are in
the right places
Brad Duguid
Minister of Training Colleges and Universities
Laurier Brantford has provided immeasurable benefits to both local students and the citys
downtown revitalization This announcement signifies similar economic development partnerships
between municipalities and postsecondary institutions leading to new jobs and increased prosperity
for more communities across Ontario Chris Friel Mayor City of Brantford
PI-so
^^js^-^
Major
Capacity
Expansion
Call for
Proposals
GUIDELINES
March 2014
Ministry of Training Colleges and Universities
w^ Ontario
Fl-SI
The Ontario Public Service endeavours to demonstrate leadership with respect to accessibility in Ontario Our gool is to ensure that Ontario government services products and facilities are occessible to all our employees and to all members ofthe public we serve This document or the inlormolion that itcontains is available on request in alternative formats Pleose forward all requests lor alternative formats to ServiceOntario at1-800-668-9938 (TTY 1-800-268-709S)
line publication equivolente est disponible en francais sous le litre suivont Appel de propositions pour Ioccroissement moieur de la capocM - lignes directrices
This publication is also available on the Ministry olTraining Colleges and Universities website atwwivontariocatcu 13-323 bull ISBN 978-1-4606-3802-6 (PDF) bull copy Queens Printer for Ontario 2014
2014
Fi-sa
Contents
1 Background 5
2 Timelines for Submitting a Proposal 5
3 Notice of Intent 5
4 Eligible Applicants 6
5 Eligible Projects 6
6 Major Capacity Expansion General Evaluation Criteria 7
7 Weighting 8
8 Assessment and Ranking 9
9 Communications Protocol 13
10 Role of Infrastructure Ontario and Alternative
Financing and Procurement 13
11 The Selection Process and Funding 14
12 Components of the Submission 14
13 Links to Related Documents and Resources 16
14 Disclosure of Information 16
15 Call for Proposals Timeline 16
PI-S3
1 Background The ministry released its Major Capacity Expansion Policy Framework on December 20 2013 A commitment was made to
issue a Call for Proposals in early 2014
This Call for Proposals represents the beginning of a process that will lead to the selection of successful proposals which collectively will meet provincial goals for postsecondary education in Ontario - increased capacity at the undergraduate degree level greater affordability for students institutions and the province improved institutional differentiation and regional economic benefits This process will be guided by principles of fairness competitiveness and transparency and by a commitment to serve the public interest
This long-term initiative will help ensure that our postsecondary education system will have the right spaces in the right places for Ontario students
2 Timelines for Submitting a Proposal The closing date for submission of a Notice of Intent is June 27 2014
The closing date for submission of the full proposal is September 26 2014
Submissions must be received by the ministry on or before these dates
3 Notice of Intent
The Notice of Intent is a one-page overview of the proposed project Proposals will not be considered unless a Notice of Intent is received by the deadline ofJune 27 2014 To ensure transparency and competitiveness every Notice of Intent submitted to the ministry will be posted on the Postsecondary Education Partners Gateway website within 30 days of the submission date
Fl-Sf
4 Eligible Applicants In view of the focus on undergraduate degree capacity it is expected that submissions will be led by universities butcollegeshyuniversity partnership models are encouraged
All proposals must demonstrate need (ie expansion should be located in areas thatare currently underserved by postsecondary education andor thatare expected to experience significant future growth in enrolment demand)
5 Eligible Projects Recognizing the wide range and variety of potential expansion opportunities the ministry continues to avoid setting rigid parameters to define major capacityexpansion However as stated in the Major Capacity Expansion Policy Framework initiatives characterized by the following scale-related features are most likely to be subject to this approval and selection process
bull accommodates enrolment growth of more than 1000 full-time students in the short term with the potential to accommodate longer-term growth of 5000 to 10000 over the next twenty years (ie long-term enrolment comparable to enrolment at substantial existing collegeor university campuses)
bull adds new facilities (either owned or secured through long-term lease) larger than 70000 square feet (roughly 6500 square metres) designated primarily for academic purposes
bull offers a broad range of programs with substantial new or expanded ancillary services (or shows clear potential for future growth in program offerings and student and ancillary services)
bull significantly improves local student access to postsecondary education in the short term (and has the potential to continue to do so in the longer term) particularly in geographic locations that may be experiencing or are expected to develop capacity gaps at the undergraduate degree level
PI-S5
6 Major Capacity Expansion General Evaluation Criteria
The following general evaluation criteria were included in the Major Capacity Expansion Policy Framework These criteria will be used to assess proposals Institutions should demonstrate the alignment of their proposed projects with the criteria and may do so in any format suitable to them
Priority Objectives
Strategic management of long-term enrolment growth and accessibility
Differentiation sustainability and accountability
Economic impact
Quality innovation and competitiveness
General Criteria
bull Significant expansion of local postsecondary education opportunities for students in underserved areas with growing demand based on long-term demographic trends
bull Alignment with provincial priorities including Growth Plan priorities and economic development initiatives
bull Clear potential to add substantial new capacity and support future enrolment growth in the postsecondary education sector
Alignment with the institutions Strategic Mandate Agreement (SMA) and goals and priorities of the Differentiation Policy Framework Impact on nearby institutions Effective and sustainable governance model including consideration ofthe impact ofdistance from the expansion location for administration and academic experience Focus on undergraduate programs Range of programs offered locally and avoidance ofunwarranted duplication ofexisting programming
Tangible regional economic benefits combined with potential for province-wide benefit based on labour force skills and economic growth Demonstrated local economic benefits and linkages with local industries
Demonstrated Value for Money including Alternative Financing and Procurement (AFP) options where appropriate and limits on provincial contributions
Institutional partnership options including university-college collaboration
Innovative service delivery Postsecondary education quality and student experience (including student and ancillary services)
(continued)
Fl-5b
Priority Objectives General Criteria
Affordability for bull Evidence of substantial support from hostcommunity including students and the financial contributions and land ownership province bull Economies of scale
bull Linkages with local transportation for commuting students bull Potential for leveraging private sector resources bull Evidence of consideration of alternatives to expansion proposal
based on existing capacity and potential partnerships bull Proven financial health of institution with asset management plan
in place bull Demonstrated labour market demand
7 Weighting The evaluation criteria for the assessment of institutional
proposals will be weighted as follows
Category Weight
Section A Meeting Demand 30
bull Strategic management of long-term enrolment growth and accessibility
Section B Demonstrated Affordability 40
bull Affordability for students and the province
Section C Academic and Economic Considerations 30
bull Differentiation sustainability and accountability bull Economic impact bull Quality innovation and competitiveness (including institutional partnership
options)
PI-SI
8 Assessment and Ranking Funding will be awarded on a competitive basis and proposals will be evaluated for suitability using defined criteria Institutions should use both qualitative and quantitative analysis to demonstrate the alignment of their proposals with the general evaluation criteria
SECTION A MEETING DEMAND (30)
Proposals should demonstrate alignment with some or all of the following criteria
Priority Objective 1 Strategic management of long-term enrolment growth and accessibility
General Evaluation Criteria
1 Significant expansion of local postsecondary education opportunities for students in underserved areas with growing demand based on long-term demographic trends
2 Alignment with provincial priorities including Growth Plan priorities and economic development initiatives
3 Clear potential to add substantial new capacity and support future enrolment growth in the postsecondary education sector
Possible Alignment Measures
bull Demographic growth projections for location bull Existing enrolment capacity at institutions in
the proximity of the proposed expansion bull Estimated enrolment capacity ofthe
expansion and projected net increase in undergraduate enrolment
bull Number of students from the area of the intended expansion who are currently attending the institution(s)
Possible Information to Build Evidence Base
bull Institutions long-term enrolment master plan bull Joint campus master plan for partnerships (if applicable) bull Long-term enrolment viability study bull Completed enrolment table in the proposal template stating all assumptions bull Community profile demonstrating future demand in the area bull Documented support from and alignment with plans of any associated agencies municipalities
or other entities
bull Consideration of relevant provincial population and employment projections bull Consideration of key provincial policy directions relating to the location of public institutions and
their associated economic impacts (eg ability to contribute to urban revitalization efforts) bull Evidence of program demand (eg number of applications)
FI-5J
SECTION B DEMONSTRATED AFFORDABILITY (40)
Proposals should demonstrate alignment with some or all of the following criteria
Priority Objective 2 Affordability for students and the province
General Evaluation Criteria
1 Evidence of substantial support from host community including financial contributions and land ownership
2 Economies of scale 3 Linkages with local transportation for
commuting students 4 Potential for leveraging private sector
resources
5 Evidence of consideration of alternatives to expansion proposal based on existing capacity and potential partnerships
6 Proven financial health of institution with asset management plan in place
7 Demonstrated labour market demand
Possible Alignment Measures
bull Total cost of project and expected provincial contribution
bull Cost-benefit analysis ofexpanding an existing assetor building at a new location (or a combination thereof)
bull Distance from current campuses bull Current assetmanagement plan including
effects of expansion on Facilities Condition Index
bull Public transit capacity to the institution and between campuses
bull Debtasset ratioof institution(s) bull Energy sources and efficiency initiatives
(including proposed LEED certification) bull Long-term financial viability bull Existing student employment KPIs
Possible Information to Build Evidence Base
bull Detailed project costing information including projected cash flow requirements and net impact on operating cost
bull Business case demonstrating need for expansiori (existing campus only) including a service gap analysis
bull Letters of support from potential partners indicating details of financial andor in-kind contributions (eg land ownership)
bull Local transportation plan(s) showing current anc1planned public access to site (short- and long-term)
bull Independent verification of total expansion proj set cost
bull Financial health analysis including recent finan cial statements
bull Documentation of preliminary environmental assessment bull Control and ownership of buildings and equipment (partnerships only) bull Long-term forecast of incremental operating expenses and revenues (grants third party revenues)
as a result ofthe proposed project
PI-S9
SECTION C ACADEMIC AND ECONOMIC CONSIDERATIONS (30)
Proposals should demonstrate alignment with some or all of the following criteria
Priority Objective 3 Differentiation sustainability and accountability
General Evaluation Criteria
1Alignment with the institutions Strategic Mandate Agreement (SMA) and goals and priorities of the Differentiation Policy Framework
2 Impact on nearby institutions 3 Effective and sustainable governance model
including consideration of the impact of distance from the expansion location for administration and academic experience
4 Focus on undergraduate programs 5 Range of programs offered locally and
avoidance of unwarranted duplication of existing programming
Possible Alignment Measures
bull Assessment of alignment with SMA bull Proposed programs their alignment with
the institutions strengths and an overview ofsimilar existing programs offered by institutions near the expansion
bull Ranking of institution(s) on applications by students from the proposed area
Possible Information to Build Evidence Base
bull Finalized SMA
bull Program information (initial and planned) bull Overview of proposed institutional governance model bull Consultation overview including results of discussions with affected institutions and letters of
support (if applicable)
pi-to
Priority Objective 4 Economic impact
General Evaluation Criteria
1Tangible regional economic benefits combined with potential for province-wide benefit based on labour force skills and economic growth
2 Demonstrated local economic benefits and linkages with local industries
3 Demonstrated Value for Money including Alternative Financing and Procurement (AFP) options where appropriate and limits on provincial contributions
Possible Alignment Measures
bull Local economic benefits bull Alignment of programs with regional and
Ontario labour market needs
bull Expected financing cost (if any) bull Jobs created (short-term associated with
building period and ongoing) bull Ongoing jobs created at expansion bull Value for Money analysis related to proposed
procurement model
Possible Information to Build Evidence Base
bull An economic impact study or value planning study to demonstrate the projects potential to provide direct economic benefits for the surrounding area (eg by helping to revitalize the community unlock local development potential build the taxbase and leverage existing infrastructure and investments)
Priority Objective 5 Quality innovation and competitiveness
General Evaluation Criteria
1 Institutional partnership options including university-college collaboration
2 Innovative service delivery 3 Postsecondary education quality and student
experience (including student and ancillary services)
Possible Alignment Measures
bull Institutional track record with partnerships bull Assessment ofproposed academic plan and
service delivery bull Range of planned student and ancillary
services compared with services at existing campuses (short- and long-term)
bull Existing student experience (KPIs student outcomes)
Possible Information to Build Evidence Base
bull Institutions Strategic Plan bull Business case in support ofproposed academic plan including partnerships with relevant
raquo information aboutcurriculumpedagogy raquo financial information
raquo interjurisdictional case studies and examples bull Impact analysis with respect toacademic and administrative quality and quality of experience bull Overview of new program accreditation required ifapplicable
12
Fl-fel
9 Communications Protocol
Proposal submissions must be received at MCEsubmissions ontarioca by September 26 2014 Late submissions will not be accepted
Specific questions submitted to the ministry as part of the process will be answered and will be made available to all participants
To ensure a fair and transparent process the ministry will not provide any advisory services to institutions on an individual basis
10 Role of Infrastructure Ontario and Alternative
Financing and Procurement Infrastructure Ontario is a Crown agency of the Government of Ontario It is focused on modernizing and financing the renewal of public infrastructure maximizing the value of public real estate and managing government facilities It also provides expertise in project delivery lending real estate management and asset planning Infrastructure Ontario now has a greater role in procuring infrastructure as well engaging in both traditional forms of procurement and alternative financing and procurement (AFP) when appropriate
As indicated in the Ministry of Infrastructures Building Together Plan and in the provincial governments planning and budgeting process recommendations will be made on the procurement method and delivery of all college infrastructure projects valued at more than $50 million In addition universities with successful projects and associated provincial grants in excess of $100 million will be required to consult with Infrastructure Ontario The $100 million threshold may be lowered in future years
The criteria for assessing these projects could include scope complexity and value-for-money assessment with input from the ministry and Infrastructure Ontario
13
Pl-bl
11 The Selection Process and Funding The ministry will oversee the process leading to the selection of successful applications A multi-ministry panel will review the applications and make recommendations to Cabinet through the Ministry of Training Colleges and Universities Cabinetwill make the final decision aboutsuccessful projects andor future courses of action
Funding for successful projects will be provided subsequently The number of projects selected for support as well as the level and timing of funding will be determined by the provincial government and will reflect a range of considerations including the fiscal environment
12 Components of the Submission The following components of the submission are to be provided to the ministry by the dates indicated In addition to what is required below institutions may submit their proposals in any format that they believe best demonstrates the strengths of their proposed project with due attention to the relevance and conciseness of information supplied (Note that institutions may be asked to revise and re-submit their proposals ifexcessive amounts of information are provided)
All submissions must be preceded by
bull A Notice of Intent to be received by the ministry no later than June 27 2014
The Notices of Intent will give the ministry an early overview of interest in Major Capacity Expansion
14
pl-fe
The components of the proposal submission to be received by the ministry no later than September 26r 2014 are as follows
bull A completed checklist
A checklist is included in the Call for Proposals package The checklist must be completed and included in the submission (The checklist is reproduced from Appendix A of the Major Capacity Expansion Policy Framework page 12)
bull A completed capital template
Please refer to the template included in the Call for Proposals package The template requests detailed information on enrolment projections and funding sources This information must be provided using the template but it may also be presented in a different format in the context of the overall presentation
bull Supplementary information
Institutions are welcome to submit supplementary information to support their proposal Supplementary information may include a business case environmental impact studies and any other information or documentation that substantiates the proposal As noted earlier conciseness and relevance of information are
valued
Pleasealso include evidence of support for your proposal (including documentation of land ownership or leasing contracts documentation of municipal or other funding and letters of support)
In the case of a joint university-college submission approval under s 28 of the Financial Administration Act is required for financing if the debt is related to Colleges or if there is a contingent liability
15
Fl-b4shy
13 Links to Related Documents and Resources
Major Capacity Expansion Policy Framework
Differentiation Policy Framework
Places to Grow
Building Together
14 Disclosure of Information
The Freedom of Information and Protection of Privacy Act (FIPPA) applies to information in the custody or under the control of the ministry Institutions should identify whether any information in their proposals is submitted in confidence within the meaning of s 17 of FIPPA The proposals may be shared with a multi-ministry panel or other advisers that the ministry retains to assist with the assessment of the proposals
15 Call for Proposals Timeline
Date Deliverable
March 27 2014 Release of Call for Proposals
June 27 2014 Notice of Intent
September 26 2014 Close of Call for Proposals
Contact Information
Ministry staff may need to contact institutions to clarify details or request additional information Please provide complete and current contact information in your submission
16
![Page 14: Pl-I *^ BRAMPTON ReP°rt of Cou… · Pi-2> Current Situation: Following Council approval of its Post-Secondary Education Strategy on November 6, ... Call for Proposals Timeline .](https://reader033.fdocuments.in/reader033/viewer/2022060721/6080f345afc78e210d009525/html5/thumbnails/14.jpg)
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario FI-I+
Economic development and growth management were identified asthe most important areas of focus for the City The public was clear that attracting large brand name companies and developing local talent were among the major themes for the Citys economic development Similarly the two most important economic development initiatives identified by Brampton residents were first attracting new businesses to the City (69 top priority rating) and second the building of college and university campuses (64) These two priorities are intrinsically related to each other
Promote Brampton Internationally
Support SMEs
Build College and University Campuses
Attract New Business
Top Priority bull Secondary Priority Not a Priority a Dont Know
Source Environics 2013 (Prepared for the City of Brampton Strategic Planning Engagement)
Growing Population
Brampton is a designated growth centre in the Province of Ontario With an official population
of523911 (2011) Brampton is the 9th largest City in Canada 4th largest in Ontario and 3rd largest in the Greater Toronto Area Between 1981 and 2011 Bramptons population grew by
an extraordinary rate of 84 per year Bramptons population is expected to reach
approximately 843000 people by 2031
Total Population 1981-2031
8428000
433806 325428
234445 268251 149090 188498
1981 1986 1991 1996 2001 2006 2011 2031
Source Statistics Canada 1981-2011 Forecast by Hemson Consulting Ltd Oct 2013
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 5
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario pf~S
At 21 Bramptons population grew more than the benchmarks during the period between 2006 and 2011 With a total population increase of90105 persons during this time-frame Brampton was ranked 3rd in Canada behind Toronto and Calgary and ahead of Edmonton Surrey Ottawa and Vaughan
Geography Population Population Population Change 2006 2011 2006 to 2011
Brampton (Zone 7) 433806 523911 208
York Region (Zone 7) 892712 1032524 157
Peel Region (Zone 7) 1159455 1296814 118
Toronto CMA 5113149 5583064 92
Canada 31612897 33476688 59
Ontario 12160282 12851821 57
Simcoe County (Zone 7) 422204 446063 57
City of Toronto (Zone 7) 2503281 2615060 45 Source Statistics Canada 2006 amp 2011
In 2006 the population in Zone 7 was 498 million representing 41 of the total population in Ontario By 2011 the population in this zone soared to 539 million featuring an impressive
82 growth rate above the provincial and national averages
This is a sound level of household formation during a difficult period in Ontarios economic
history Most of the population and household growth occurred in Peel and York Regions
a high demand zone for future university expansion
Brampton is ideally situated in Zone 7
to host Ontarios next wave
of university expansion
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 6
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario H (~ Icopy
A Young and Family Oriented Community
Brampton is a young City with a median age of 347 years according to Statistics Canada
Bramptons population is younger than the ten most populated cities in Canada as well as the
nation the province of Ontario and the Toronto region
Municipality Median Age Median Age 2011 Rank 2011
Brampton 347 1
Edmonton 360 2
Calgary 364 3
Mississauga 385 4
Montreal 386 5
Winnipeg 390 6
Toronto 392 7
Ottawa 392 7
Vancouver 397 9
Hamilton 409 10
Toronto CMA 386
York Region 393
Peel Region 369
Simcoe County 418
Ontario 404
Canada 406
Source Statistics Canada 2011
The typical post-secondary education enrollment age group between 20 and 39 includes more
than 151800 Brampton residents representing a growth rate of 28 between 2006 and 2011
Immigration is a Driver of Economic Growth
For the first time in its history the number of residents living in Brampton that was born
outside of Canada exceeded 50 of the population In other words the foreign-born
population in Brampton is greater than the Canadian-born population
Immigration continues to be a major influence in the growth and diversification of Bramptons
population labour force employment household income business enterprises and
institutions
This is a differentiating factor that is shaping a new highly energetic image of the City of
Brampton
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 7
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario ^ I bull |
Brampton is a magnet for newCanadians The peak immigration period in Bramptons statistical history is indeed the present time The most recent immigration figures from the 2001 and 2006 Census Surveys and the 2011 National Household Survey revealed that more than 83000 people settled in Brampton between 2001 and 2011 This represents an average annual rate of 8300 new foreign-born residents or approximately 33 of the total immigration into Canada into Brampton
Geography Foreign-Born Foreign Born Population Population 2011
Total 2011 As a of Population
Brampton 263670 506
Peel Region 650530 505
City of Toronto 1252215 486
Toronto CMA 2537410 46
York Region 463125 452
Ontario 3611365 29
Canada 6775765 n
Simcoe County 50915 116
Source Statistics Canada 2011
Between 2006 and 2011 the major countries of birth for new Brampton residents included
1 India-525
2 Philippines-68
3 Pakistan - 63
Languages Spoken in Brampton
Panjabi (Punjabi) Hindi and Urdu were the top three non-official languages in 2011 accounting
for 66 of all of the non-official languages spoken in Brampton making this City one of a few in
Canada with significant allophone representation
Rounding out the top ten languages spoken in Brampton were Portuguese (4) Spanish (5)
Tamil (6) Tagalog (7) Gujarati (8) Italian (9) and Vietnamese (10)
In total eighty-nine languages were reported in the 2011 National Household Survey as being
spoken in Brampton homes
Post-Secondary Educational Attainment
At 51 post-secondary education attainment in Brampton is below key benchmarks However
it is the municipalitys goal to increase this level to meet the provincial (55) and national (54)
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 8
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario p 1mdash1Q
average bypromoting and facilitating post-secondary facilities and access to programs that are next-to- home
Geography Post-Secondary Percentage of Certificate Diploma Total Population or Degree 2011 15 and Older 2011
CityofToronto 1271gt545 58
Toronto CMA 2629970 58
York Region 487945 58
Peel Region 576995 56
Ontario 5717340 55
Canada 14805190 54
Brampton 206770 51
Simcoe County 180650 50
Source Statistics Canada 2011
The Citys strategic economic growth initiatives will continue to result in a more diversified and
talented labour force Such initiatives include residential and commercial intensification of
Bramptons central commercial corridor attracting knowledge-based industries expansion of
executive housing supply investment in arts and culture and supporting programs that
promote entrepreneurship innovation and commercialization
Household Income
At $77787 Brampton had the 2nd highest reported household income among the regions in this sample
Geography Median Household Benchmark
Total Income Rank
2010
York Region $89100 1
Brampton $77787 2
Peel $77588 3
Toronto CMA $70365 4
Simcoe County $67468 5
Ontario $66358 6
Canada $61072 7
City of Toronto $58381 8
Source Statistics Canada 2011
Further between 2005 and 2010 the total number of Brampton households reported in the
highest income category being $100000 and more increased by 425
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 9
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario H|deg
Population Growth is Complimented by Strong Employment Growth
The Brampton economy has been projected to attract approximately 120000 net new jobs by 2031 for a total of 291000 people working in Brampton based business establishments
Employment 2011 2016 2021 2026 2031
Brampton 171000 204000 239000 263000 291000
Peel 730000 820000 880000
Source Hemson Consulting Ltd Oct 2013
Brampton will lead economic growth in Peel over the next two decades attracting 80 of the
employment forecasted in the region Brampton is home to 8075 businesses Brampton
businesses contribute approximately $129 Billion to the GDP or 52 of the output in the
Toronto Region The Citys output is dominated by a mixed economy heavily structured on
goods-producing trades and professional business services industries
The major non-government industries dominating the economic base of Brampton by place of
work employment include
- Manufacturing
- Retail and Wholesale Trade
- Professional and Business Services
- Transportation and Warehousing
This skilled and educated workforce in Brampton represents the 3rd highest concentration of labour in the Toronto Region
Major Corporations
Bramptons corporate community is vibrant featuring an impressive list of corporations from
Canadian and International enterprises that have invested in office production andor logistics
facilities in this community
bull Rogers Communications
bull Chrysler Canada
bull Loblaw Companies
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 10
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario P ImiO
Maple Lodge Farms
Canadian Tire Corporation
Coca Cola Bottling
Waste Management of Canada
Gamma Dynacare
Olymel LLP
Air Canada Strategic Operations Centre
Bacardi Canada
Export Packers Ltd
HBC Canada
Ford Motor Company
Nissan Canada
Medtronics Canada
MDA Robotics
Q9 Canada
Aircraft Appliances and Equipment
Para Paints Canada
Brita Water Filter
Clorox Canada Canon Canada recently Hunter Douglas Windows
announced theMandarin Restaurant Corporation
Nestle Canada relocation of their
Maple Leaf Foods national headquarters HankookTire
to Brampton Ontario Smuckers Canada
Parmalat Canada
Miele Canada
Best Buy CanadaFuture Shop Canada
Small and Medium Sized Enterprises (SMEs)
The backbone of Canadas economy is found in the entrepreneurs and innovators who own
and operate small and medium-sized enterprises While Brampton has an excellent
portfolio of corporate brand names the SME sector is an active contributor to economic
growth Ninety-four per cent (94) of all businesses in Brampton had less than 50
employees Small businesses remain strong in professional scientific and technical support
sectors as well as in business services and the retail and wholesale trades
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 11
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario FI-21
Brampton business establishments with less than ten employees had 23000 workers on their payroll in 2011
Public Sector Employment
Adiverse economic base such as Bramptons is also characterised by very good representation from institutions in the public sector
Major employers include
Regional Municipal of Peel The Peel Memorial Centre for
William Osier Health System
Peel Regional Police Integrated Health and Wellness
Corporation of the City of Brampton will attract between 3000-4000
Sheridan College Institute of Technology professionals in the medical
and Advanced Learning services sector by 2016
bull Ontario Courthouse - Grenville Davis
University Application Statistics
The Ontario Universities Application Centre (OUAC) produces an annual report of
application and registration data for secondary school and other applicants
In 2011 514596 applications were administered by the Ontario University system In the
ten-year period between 2002 and 2011 Ontario saw the number of applications received
grow by approximately 135000 During the same time-frame the number of registered
applicants increased by approximately 23000 or 336 In 2011 Ontario universities
hosted 78434 registered applicants
A key finding of the 2011 OUAC Report is that universities located in geographic zone 7
these being the Ontario College of Arts and Design York University Ryerson University and
the University of Toronto attracted the highest proportion of registered applicants from
their home-zone when compared to all other universities in Ontario
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 12
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario p I bull ^i
This point is highlighted in the following table
Universities in Geographic Registered Secondary Registered Other Group Zone 7 School Applicants Applicants
Originating From Originating from (includes Peel Region York Region Zone 7 in 2011 Zone 7 in 2011 Simcoe County and City of Toronto)
( of Total Registered for ( of Total Registered for Each University) Each University)
York 865 592
Ryerson 822 616
Toronto 743 209
OCAD 643 542
Average 4 System Wide 454 306 Source Ontario University Application Centre 2011
Given the large population demographic composition socio-economic characteristics and
cultural attitudes of residents living in Zone 7 it is clear that there is a positive bias for students
particularly secondary-school students to attend a university where they can live near or stay
within their family and community structures
This is a prevalent trend in Peel Region York Region Simcoe County and the City of Toronto
(the communities that comprise Zone 7) more so than any other region in Ontario
As a summary of the complex set of demand factors highlighted in this section of the report we
see tremendous justification for additional university services on the outer edge of the Greater
Toronto Area
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 13
A Post-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario Fl-ii
3 DEFINING THE OPPORTUNITY
Goal 1 - Sheridan University Campus in Downtown Brampton
Project Vision
Site Options
A
AX
PI
A profound and holistic Sheridan Downtown Brampton Campus
connected to its 9500 plus students at Brampton Davis Steeles Campus
supported by enhanced transit to its HMC Campus I and II and Oakville
Campus
1Nelson Square Garage (Phase II SWQRP) and Phase III Lands
2Heritage Theatre Block ^~ rzmdash~ V V i
bullbull bull bull --bull shy
bull -bullbullbull-Ty ^
General Description of Site Locations - for illustrative purposes only
Mobility These sites are within a 5-minute walking distance to the existing
Brampton GO Train Station (with service to Union Station and
KitchenerWaterloo) and the ZUM Bus Rapid Transit service on
Queen Street and Main Street with service to Sheridan Davis
Campus Guelph-Humber University Campus Mississauga City
Centre (HMC I and II) and York University The proposed
Hurontario-Main Light Rapid Transit system is also within walkinj
distance of the site and offers a direct link to HMC I and II
Infrastructure Type Post-Secondary Education Campus and Related Uses
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 14
A Post-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario Fl-24shy
Project Type DBFM or DBF Design Build Finance Maintain or Design Build
Finance (the final business model is subject to a detailed
feasibility study)
Goal 2 - A New University Campus in Brampton
Project Vision A new university campus that offers undergraduate and graduate
degrees with research-oriented programs for students faculty
industry
Site Option 1 65-acre site at McLaughlin Road and Queen Street West
southwest corner known municipally as Flower City Community
Campus This site was formerly owned by the Province of
Ontario (OPP Headquarters and Training Centre) and is currently
being used by the municipality
Mobility This site is located in the Central Area of Brampton with Brampton
Transit service provided to the property The site is 15
kilometres from the Downtown GO Train Station and the
Downtown ZUM BRT Station on Main Street and 3 km to the
Brampton ZUM BRT station at Shoppers World - Steeles Avenue
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 15
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario p | bull ^S
Site Location Option 2
Mobility
Infrastructure Type
Project Type
The road network provides easy access to the major 400 series
highways for example ETR 407 is 35 km south of this site and
Highway 410 is 45 km east of the site
2719 Bovaird Drive West at Heritage Road southwest quadrant
This 87-acre site was formerly owned by private industry Today
the site is owned by the City of Brampton and is being used by the
municipality for maintenance and operation services
CON5WHS
CON5WHS
iV
I
The Mount Pleasant GO Train Station is 22 km east of the site at
Creditview Road The major Highway 401 and ETR 407 juncture
is approximately 8 km by automobile Future infrastructure
serving this area includes the GTA West Corridor immediately
north and east of the subject property
Post-Secondary Education Campus and Related Uses
DBFM or DBF Design Build Finance Maintain or Design Build
Finance (the final business model is subject to a detailed
feasibility study)
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 16
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario p | 1copy
4 BRAMPTONS STRATEGIC PARTNERSHIPS - A RECORD OF SUCCESS
With its strategic partners the Cityof Brampton has demonstrated an excellent record of
success in building and delivering physical and human infrastructure projects designed to expand public services and improve Bramptons economicdevelopment competitiveness
Ultimately these partnerships have created and preserved Ontario jobs In this section we
showcase a few of these strategic projects
Transit Infrastructure Project-Zum Bus Rapid Transit Project
Zum is Brampton Transits Bus Rapid Transit (BRT) service With its limited stops advanced
technology and real-time next bus information Zum connects people and places within
Brampton and throughout the Greater Toronto Area (GTA) Zum Queen Street service began in
the fall of 2010 Ziim Main Street service began operating in September 2011 and Ziim Steeles
Avenue started in the fall of 2012
Ziim was funded by all three levels of government with investments of $95 million each from
the Federal Provincial and Municipal governments for a total allotment of $285 million
Phase Iof the project required $159 million Phase II which expanded services along Queen
Street and Steeles Avenue as well as introduce new services on Bovaird Drive will require $126
million when fully completed
This is a DBFM - Design Build Finance and Maintain project led by the City of Brampton
Brampton designed built financed and maintains all aspects of the Zum system-wide capital
and operating costs related to
bull Roadway infrastructure intersection modifications and signal priority equipment
bull New terminals and station stops with high-quality passenger amenities
Capital equipment including new vehicles for expanded and rebranded service
Intelligent Transportation System technologies including real-time passenger information
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 17
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario p ( raquo^7
Post-Secondary Education Infrastructure Project -Sheridan Centre for Advanced Manufacturing and Design Technology (CAMDT)
In response to the changing face of manufacturing in Central and Southern Ontario Sheridan College and the City of Brampton embarked on a vision to assist Canadian manufacturers to compete globally with knowledge and technology asthe keys to their success
Led by Sheridan College ITAL the CAMDT $8 million venture is a partnership with more than 20 regional manufacturers the Province of Ontario and the City of Brampton Together we are growing regional talent in this important sector In 2005 CAMDT opened its doors
Seen as a strategic economic development initiative the City of Brampton was a major funding
and local knowledge partner contributing$25 million to CAMDT - the largest investment it has
ever made as a municipality in post-secondary education City Councils investment in Sheridan
is intended to address the demand (in the manufacturing sector) for graduates with a broad
range of advanced technical and management skills as well as to provide enhanced training for
those already in the workforce
CAMDT uses a consortia approach with the following goals
New full-time courses and industrycollege projects
Applied research initiatives and student projects
Contract training and continuing education courses
Strengthen program enrolments and graduate placements
The Centre for Sustainable Manufacturing (CSM) is located in Brampton and houses 18000
square feet of state-of-the-art labs and a flexible automation and fabrication centre The labs
support academic programs in integrated manufacturing computer-aided
draftingmanufacturing and manufacturing management
The Centre helps meet current and future needs of local manufacturers to stimulate regional
economic development and prosperity Sheridan government and local industry have
collaborated for nearly a decade to position the Centre to address critical skills gaps in the
manufacturing sector The Centre is now partnering with industry to support technical financial
and knowledge development to facilitate adoption of innovative technologies that minimize
resource consumption harmful emissions waste and use of toxic materials
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 18
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario p | mdash^ff
Health Care Infrastructure Project shy
Peel Memorial Centre for Integrated Health and Wellness
The new Peel Memorial Centre in Brampton will support the William Osier Health Systems vision for an integrated health system by providing primary ambulatory and outpatient-based care
This is a DBFM - Design Build Maintain Finance project led by Infrastructure Ontario (10)
Scheduled to open in 2016 Peel Memorial CIHW will provide specialized outpatient-based care
including urgent care day surgery and specialty clinics with a focus on helping individuals better
manage chronic conditions like asthma diabetes and kidney disease
According to Osier Health System Peel Memorial will introduce new models of care to shift the
focus from illness to wellness and encourage patients to take a more active role in managing
their own health and well-being
Representing the leading edge in integrated health care delivery Peel Memorial will provide
access to specialized patient-centred care in a state-of-the-art facility that offers a wide variety
of traditional and alternative health care services It will help people to get and stay well
through a series of education prevention disease management and healing programs
In the fall of 2012 Osier received government approval to move forward with a request for
qualifications to design build finance and maintain the new facility Following this
announcement Brampton City Council decided to invest 50 of the community share with a
$60 million levy in support of the new Peel Memorial
Downtown Intensification Infrastructure Project shy
Southwest Quadrant Renewal Plan Municipal Office and Commercial Retail Development
On August 10 2011 Bramptons City Council approved the terms of agreement for the
Southwest Quadrant Renewal Plan which enables the City to move forward with a creative
solution to meet the Citys future administrative space needs and plans for revitalization of
Bramptons downtown The successful proposal submitted by Dominus Construction Group is
a plan for a mixed-use development with several new features including new administrative
parking and retail space and a pedestrian-friendly cityscape for completion in 2014
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 19
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario p f~2raquo^
This is a DBF - Design Build Finance project led by Dominus Construction Group The City is a tenant in the building on a long-term lease
Phase 1 of this LEEDS project now under construction includes a new nine-storey building at 41 George Street that can accommodate
bull 126398 foot building for administrative space
bull 10147 square feet for ground retail space
bull 10545 square feet for multi-purpose meeting rooms
bull 443 parking spaces (five levels of parking)
Phase la also under construction includes a two-storey addition to the current City Hall that
can accommodate
bull 2507 square feet for committee rooms
bull 6187 square feet for ground retail space
Phases 1 and la of the Southwest Quadrant Renewal Plan (SWQRP) represents a $94M
investment in the downtown and all 3 Phases of the combined SWQRP represents an
estimated investment of $251M
This investment in the Southwest Quadrant Renewal Plan is another major building block in the
ongoing evolution and revitalization of downtown Brampton both in terms of contributing to
the urban landscape as well as attracting private sector investment and opportunities
Combined with other major projects like the Rose Theatre Brampton the launch of Ziim on
Queen and Main Streets restoration work at Alderlea and Peel Heritage Complex and several
new condominium projects Bramptons Downtown is experiencing an exciting resurgence
The City of Brampton is planning to add another signature building in our downtown core
further evidence of Bramptons commitment to economic development
Sustainable Community Development Project shy
Mount Pleasant Mobility Hub
The project includes a number of elements that serve to establish Mount Pleasant as a transit-
oriented development exemplifying a more sustainable approach to suburban community
living
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 20
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario p |~^Q
In partnership with the OntarioGovernment MetrolinxGO and Mattamy Homes the City has invested approximately $23 million in the following infrastructure
bull Community Transit Infrastructure station stops and related passenger amenities
Intelligent Transportation Systems (ITS) and transit enhancements at intersections
bull Mobility Hub facility bus layovers sheltered passenger areas clock tower bike storage areas and related amenities
bull Cultural Heritage reconstructed historic CPR station structure to be used as a cultural
facility in the Mt Pleasant civicsquare shared with the Peel District School Board and the
Library
bull Pedestrian amenities Civic Square and Village Green incorporating a reflection poolskating
facility public art canopy structures play area and landscaping features
Through development and stewardship the Mount Pleasant Community will restore and
enhance individual features that currently cover approximately 8 (or 41 hectares) of the
area and create a Natural Heritage System that will cover approximately 19 (or 976 hectares)
of the community As development proceeds within the Mount Pleasant Community the
NHS will come into public ownership The City will be responsible to manage the NHS and our
goal is to support natural processes and regeneration that are beneficial to the health and
diversity of the natural features functions and habitat This will generally mean
bull Planting no-maintenance vegetative buffers between natural areas and private
properties using native trees shrubs and groundcovers
bull Not mowing pruning or spraying natural areas for weeds and insects
bull Allowing for annual flooding and ponding of water along East Huttonville Creek and
within wetlands and woodlands to maintain a natural hydrology that is critical for plant
and wildlife health and diversity
bull Allowingfor the natural loss of vegetation and regrowth of young trees and shrubs
bull Managing natural areas for invasive species such as Buckthorn and Norway Maple
bull Managing the urban trees along streets and parks for invasive species such as Emerald
Ash Borer
The Mount Pleasant Mobility Hub represents a large project that has created one-time
employment within the stipulated 2-year construction period as well generating annual
multipliers supporting Bramptons economic development for future generations
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 21
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario p [raquo^ )
5 OUR INVESTMENT - A COMMITMENT TO POST SECONDARY EDUCATION
The City of Brampton iscommitted to investing in this Strategy Below is a summary of the types of financial and in-kind investmentsthe municipality is prepared to make in order to realize this Strategy
bull Municipal Land Contribution
bull Municipal Commitment to Economic and Market Growth Policies
bull Municipal assistance on site servicing for digitally linked and virtual classrooms
laboratories office
bull Shared Infrastructure related to municipal services such as library field house gymnasium
bull Design an extensive planning process and design exercise that represents the highest
standard of excellence including engaging the community and surrounding land-owners
LEEDS Community and Environmental Design
bull Facilitating municipal and community partnerships to maximize utilization of spaces during
the May - August shoulder period
bull Economic development research grant to support research that fosters innovation and
commercialization
bull Support industry partnerships and innovative enterprises
bull Demonstrate commitment to a shared provincial municipal and university relationship
focused on a culture of open communication shared values community engagement and
volunteerism
bull Staff time and expertise dedicated to teams assigned to this Strategy
bull Leverage City of Brampton AAA Credit Rating by Standard amp Poors
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 22
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario p- ( ~ Q jL
6 IMPLEMENTATION STEPS
The following decision milestones guide the municipal commitment and stewardship of this
Strategy
bull Exploratory Meetings with Sheridan Executive and Chair of Governing Council
bull Preparation of Bramptons Post-Secondary Strategy Proposal
bull Presentation to Premier Wynne - Receive and Endorse Proposed Strategy
bull City Council approval of final post-secondary strategy and approval to enter into a
Memorandum of Understanding with Sheridan College ITAL to explore the feasibility of
establishing Sheridan University in Downtown Brampton
bull Execute an MOU with Sheridan
bull Complete the Feasibility Study for Goal 1
bull Form a project team to prepare the technical documents in support of an RFP related to
Goal 2 -Attract a new undergraduate and graduate research-oriented university campus
aligned with Bramptons vision and proposed site locations with reporting to Council
7 CONTACTS
Susan Fennell
Mayor
City of Brampton Tel 905-874-2600
John Corbett MCIP RPP
Chief Administrative Officer
City of Brampton Tel 905-874-2625
Creating andpreserving knowledge-basedjobs by enabling investments in post-secondary education research innovation and commercialization activities
is at the heart ofBramptons economic vision
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 23
APPENDIX 3
FI-V4shybullUTaarrgt-^M
Major
Capacity
Expansion
Policy
Framework
December 2013
Ministry of Training Colleges and Universities
pound Ontario
PI -IS
The Ontario Public Service endeavours to demonstrate leadership with respect to accessibility in Ontario Our goal isto ensure that Ontario government services products and focilities ore occessible to all our employees and to all members of the public we serve This document or the information that itcontains is available on request in alternative formats Please forward all requests for alternative formats to ServiceOntario ot 1-800-668-9938 (TTY 1-800-268-7095)
line publication equivolenle est disponible en francais sous le titre suivant (Mesttattgique pout Iocuoissement moeur de hcapocili 2013
This publication is also available on the Ministry ofTraining Colleges and Universities website at wwvontariocatcu 13-278 bull ISBN 978-1-4606-3428-8 (POF) bull copy Queens Printer for Ontario 2013
Contents
Vision 5
Context 5
Government Priorities 6
Components of the Policy Framework 7
Initial Review 7
Scope 7
Selection and Approval 9
Policy Implementation and Compliance 10
Appendix A
Contact Information and Checklist for Institutions Considering
Capacity Expansion 11
Appendix B
An Outline of the Review and Approval Process for Planned
Capacity Expansion Proposals 13
Appendix C
General Evaluation Criteria for Major Capacity Expansion 14
Pi-Vi
Vision
Ontarios colleges and universities will drive creativity innovation knowledge and community engagement through teaching and research They will put students first by providing the best possible learning experience for all qualified learners in an affordable and financially sustainable way ensuring high quality and globally competitive outcomes for students and Ontarios knowledge economy
Context
Between 2002-03 and 2012-13 the postsecondary education system in Ontario expanded substantially with full-time enrolment growing by over 160000 more than in any decade in the provinces history Ontario has been supporting enrolment growth across the college and university sectors through increases in operating grants enhancements to student financial aid and capital investments
Ontarios postsecondary institutions have been committed partners in their efforts to accommodate these unprecedented levels of enrolment growth and have thus contributed to expanding opportunities for students to pursue higher education in many communities across Ontario
At65 per cent Ontarios level of postsecondary attainment (college university and apprenticeship) in 2012 was higher than thatof any country in theOrganisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) The Ontario government has set a postsecondary education attainment target of 70 per cent to ensure that the province continues to benefit from the competitive advantage of its highly skilled and educated workforce in the global economy
In this context it is essential to ensure that in future the right spaces are created in the right places for Ontarios students This can be done by targeting areas in which population growth is strong but local postsecondary education capacity is limited
Population growth in Ontario has recently been - and is expected tocontinue to be - concentrated in a number of large urban areas Some of the regions and communities where strong
Fl-W
long-term demand growth is anticipated are not currently served by local campuses In those areas gaps have recently begun to appear between enrolment demand growth and the capacity to accommodate continued enrolment growth If left unaddressed those gaps are likely to widen over time
Projections are subject to uncertainty and caution should always be used when considering long-term forecasts Based on the ministrys latest assessment of demographics and long-term postsecondary education participation patterns enrolment demand growth will moderate in the near term but is expected to return to more rapid growth after 2020 with the potential for substantial enrolment increases over the longer term Consistent with recent trends long-term demand is expected to be greatest for degree-level programs
It is anticipated that the focus of most major capacity expansions in the future will be at the undergraduate degree level Students in rapidly growing communities have access to substantial local college facilities more than they do to local university campuses In addition although graduate enrolment has risen significantly in recent years it is much lower than enrolment at the undergraduate level and tends to be concentrated in fewer institutions
The timing of this anticipated growth in demand provides an important opportunity The province will have time to plan for and address postsecondary education capacity needs in areas of Ontario where communities are growing and where students need better and more affordable access to postsecondary education opportunities closer to home
Government Priorities
The Major Capacity Expansion Policy Framework set out in this document seeks to achieve the following objectives
bull Ensuring that future large-scale capacity expansion supports long-term postsecondary education priorities including institutional differentiation
bull Managing enrolment growth strategically in line with provincial growth planning priorities to address regional capacity gaps in underserved areas
bull Putting in place a transparent evidence-based decision making and implementation process
ldegt
9 Addressing affordability and sustainability for students institutions and the province by maximizing the cost-effectiveness of targeted investments
bull Creating local community and regional economic benefits leading to job creation and greater economic diversity
Components of the Policy Framework The components of the Major Capacity Expansion policy framework include
1) a description of the kinds of initiatives that will be within the scope of the new approval and selection process
2) the selection process and the criteria that will be used in evaluating proposals for approval after a call for proposals is made and
3) details on implementation and compliance
Initial Review
Any institution considering an initiative that involves an expansion ofcapacity should contact the ministry in writing using the checklist provided in Appendix A The ministry will review initiatives proposed by institutions on a case-by-case basis to determine whether the planned expansion is subject to the new selection and approval process outlined below The ministry will provide a response to the institutions request in writing clearly indicating whether a proposed project or initiative will be subject to the new Major Capacity Expansion selection and approval process Initiatives subject to the new process are not to proceed unless approved by the provincial government following a formal call for proposals
Scope
This policy framework addresses a significant provincial interest in the need for provincial management of future large-scale expansions in postsecondary education capacity Effective management and planning is also needed to help avoid potential conflicts that can arise between and among institutions sect with respect to the location of new facilities and campuses s
FI-H-0
The new approval and selection process is primarily focused on initiatives that are designed to accommodate significant long-term increases in the number of domestic full-time postsecondary education students Such large-scale initiatives could include expansions at existing locations or might involve the establishment of new campuses Initiatives could be partnerships including university-college collaborations that would also enhance students educational experience and student pathways
Recognizing thata wide range and variety of potential expansion opportunities exist in Ontarios diverse and complex postsecondary education system the ministry has avoided setting rigid parameters to define major capacity expansion However initiatives characterized by the following scale-related features are most likely to be subject to the new approval and selection process
0 accommodates enrolment growth of more than 1000 full-time students in the short term with the potential to accommodate longer-term growth of5000 to 10000 over the next twenty years (ie long-term enrolment comparable to enrolment at substantial existing college or university campuses)
8 adds new facilities (either owned or secured through long-term lease) larger than 70000 square feet (roughly 6500 square metres) designated primarily for academic purposes
raquo offers a broad range of programs with substantial new or expanded ancillary services (or shows clear potential for future growth in program offerings and ancillary services)
bull significantly improves local student access to postsecondary education in the short term (and has the potential to do so in the longer term) particularly in geographic locations that may be experiencing or are expected to develop capacity gaps
When reviewing a planned expansion the ministry will also take into consideration whether the initiative
bull competes with other capacity expansion initiatives in a particular geographic area or would have an impact on existing or already-planned postsecondary education facilities
bull in the case of proposed new campuses is outside the local area of the institutions existing campuses or is in a new community for the institution in terms of substantial permanent academic facilities For the purpose of this policy the local
FH+I
area of a campus is defined as the area within the median commuter shed for Census Metropolitan Areas in Ontario as specified by Statistics Canada (about 10 km)
Institutions making expansion proposals will be required to provide evidence of prior consultation with and support from other institutions that could be affected by the proposal confirmation of their own Board of Governors support for the proposal and confirmation of significant support from the local municipality or region
Selection and Approval Decisions about future large-scale postsecondary education capacityexpansion projects will be made on the basis of a formal transparent competitive process that will begin with a call for proposals directed to institutions Consideration will be given to proposals for large-scale expansion ofexisting campuses (main or satellite campuses) andor for the creation of new campuses
Calls for proposals will be directed to publicly assisted postsecondary education institutions in Ontario Eligibility to submit a proposal will in general be extended to all institutions however the government may decide to limit eligibility as appropriate depending on current circumstances and evolving provincial priorities
Municipalities interested in being considered as host locations for future major capacity expansion should work in collaboration with institutions that would be prepared to submit a proposal
Priority will be given to proposals in regions that have been experiencing sustained population and postsecondary education demand growth and that are underserved in terms of postsecondary education opportunities
The timing of future calls for proposals the number of projects selected for support and the level and timing of funding will be determined by the provincial government and will reflect a range of considerations including the fiscal environment
FI-M-1
When evaluating proposals the ministry will consider a setof criteria in the following categories consistent with its priorities for future capacity expansion (as outlined on page 6)
bull Strategic management of long-term enrolment growth and accessibility
bull Differentiation sustainability and accountability bull Economic impact raquo Quality innovation and competitiveness (including
institutional partnership options) bull Affordability for students and the province (including
substantial support from host communities)
Over time as circumstances change and priorities evolve the ministry may articulate additional requirements for the competitive process For details of general evaluation criteria refer to Appendix C Additional templates may be provided when a call for proposals is announced
Once the proposals have been evaluated the ministry will make recommendations to Cabinet for funding support for the selected proposals When one or more proposals have been selected and approved for funding bilateral agreements will be put in place between the institution(s) selected and the ministry
Policy Implementation and Compliance This policy framework will be effective immediately Institutions are encouraged to submit their expansion plans for initial review as soon as possible
If an initiative is determined to be outside the scope of this new approval and selection process itwill still be subject to other relevant ministry approval processes including but not limited to program approval and capital funding processes It will also have to be consistent with the terms of the Strategic Mandate Agreement established between the institution and the ministry
Failure to comply with the requirements setout in this policy framework will affect provincial funding Specifically new or expanded enrolment at the location of the expansion will not be recognized for funding through the college or university operating grants and the institution will not be eligible for provincial capital funding at the location Failure to comply could also affect future capital decisions by the provincial government
0 with respect to other locations
Fl-42gt
Appendix A Contact Information and Checklist for Institutions Considering Capacity Expansion
Institutions considering capacity expansion should direct a letter describing the project or initiative along with a completed checklist (see below) to
MCEsubmi53101iionfariocc1
The following checklist will help the ministry determine whether the planned expansion will be subject to the new approval and selection process under the MajorCapacity Expansion policy framework1
Please complete the checklist (copy and scan the completed form or create an e-file based on the template) and include it as an attachment to your communication to the ministry outlining your institutions planned capacity expansion project
Please provide additional information as needed in the Comments section of the checklist
1 A planned expansion that is deemed subject to the new selection and approval process is not to proceed unless approved by the province following a formal call for proposals A planned expansion that is deemed outside the scope of the Major Capacity Expansion approval and selection process will still be subject to other relevant ministry approval processes including but not limited to program approval and capital funding processes
pl-4-4shy
Checklist for Institutions Considering Capacity Expansion
Checklist Items
Size
How many full-time students would this initiative accommodate based on current plans
Is there potential for substantial longer-term enrolment growth If yes please provide a high-level estimate of potential enrolment
How much space (in sq ft) will be designated for academic purposes in the proposed facility (or expansion) Would new facilities be owned or secured through long-term lease
What is the credential mix of programs associated with this proposed expansion
What programs would be made available
Consultation
Have you consulted with other institutions that could be affected by this proposal
bull Which institution(s) have you consulted Are they supportive
Has your institution engaged its Board of Governors with respect to this proposal Is the board supportive
Is your proposal supported by the local municipality region in which it would be located
bull Will third-party resources (municipalities region other) be available to support this initiative What is the level of support expected
Location Services
Where would the new capacity be located (municipality region)
bull Is this a new locationcommunity for your institution
If proposing expansion at a new location is the location more than 10 km from existing campus(es)
Does the planned expansion include ancillary and student services
bull Please provide a list of services to be offered
Notes
Yes No Comme -
DD
an
a a
a a
bull a
bull a
bull a
bull This list is designed to provide information needed to determine whether a proposal will be deemed subject to the Major Capacity Expansion policy approval and selection process
bull Decisions will be made on a case-by-case basis If additional information is needed a representative of the Ministry ofTraining Colleges and Universities will contact the institution Please provide complete contact information including name position title email address and phone numbers
FI-H5
Appendix B An Outline of the Review and Approval Process for Planned Capacity Expansion Proposals
Chart 1 below outlines the steps in the assessment process that will be used to determine whether a planned capacity expansion will be deemed subject to the approval and selection process under the Major Capacity Expansion policy framework
Chart 2 outlines the steps in the process of selecting initiatives for funding under the Major Capacity Expansion policy framework
Chart 1 Initial Review - Is the Planned Expansion Subject to the Major Capacity Expansion Selection and Approval Process
The planned expansion
does not move forward
until approved by the
province following a Ministry reviews the institutions formal call for proposals
Institution submits a letter Failure to comply will submission to evaluate whether
describing the planned the planned expansion will be affect provincial funding
expansion with a completed subject to the new selection 1gt4^lt^t^fea1Vitaiiij4gtlJULJl^
and approval process under
for review the Major Capacity Expansion The planned expansion policy framework moves forward subject to
checklist to the ministry
Wampj^WJfeWamp$Si^^ all other ministry approval
processes (eg capital and
program approvals)
bulluiut^w-ww-yishy
Chart 2 SelectionApproval Process far a Major Capacity Expansion Following a Call for Proposals
Callfor proposals initiated Institutions submit Ministry assesses proposals Announcement of selected
by the province proposals against evaluation criteria initiatives to be supported
and brings forward selected for major capacity
proposals for Cabinet expansion
approval
raquoHSW^8raquoMJmmLiMH WOWluUdUJIUlbUitL
13
r
shy
Fl-Ho
enoix C General Evaluation Criteria for Major Capacity Expansion
Category Evaluation Criteria
Strategic Significant expansion of local postsecondary education opportunities for management students in underserved areas with growing demand based on long-term of long-term demographic trends enrolment Alignment with provincial priorities including Growth Plan priorities and
economic development initiativesgrowth and Clear potential to add substantial new capacity and support futureaccessibility enrolment growth in the postsecondary education sector
Differentiation Alignment with the institutions Strategic Mandate Agreement and goals sustainability and priorities of the Differentiation Policy Framework and Impact on nearby institutions accountability Effective and sustainable governance model including consideration
of the impact of distance from the expansion location for administration and academic experience Focus on undergraduate programs Range of programs offered locally and avoidance of unwarranted duplication of existing programming
Economic Demonstrated Value for Money including AFP options where impact appropriate and limits on provincial contributions
Tangible regional economic benefits combined with potential for province-wide benefit based on labour force skills and economic growth Demonstrated local economic benefits and linkages with local industries
Quality Innovative service delivery innovation Institutional partnership options including university-college collaboration and Postsecondary education quality and student experience (including
ancillary and student services)competitiveness
Affordabiiity Evidence of substantial support from host community including financial for students contributions and land ownership
Economies of scaleand the
province Linkages with local transportation for commuting students Potential for leveraging private sector resources Evidence of consideration ofalternatives to expansion proposal based on existing capacity and potential partnerships Proven financial health of institution with asset management plan in place Demonstrated labour market demand
Nofe These are the general criteria that will be used to guide the selection and approval of proposals submitted in response toa ministry call for proposals
N
News Release
Helping More Students Pursue Postsecondary Education
Ontario Calls for Expansion Proposals from Universities March 272014 945 am
Office of the Premier
Premier Kathleen Wynne announced today that the government is taking steps to
ensure that more students can pursue undergraduate degrees close to home The
province is inviting universities to submit proposals for new or expanded campuses in
underserved areas (colleges are encouraged to partner with universities to submit
proposals)
This call for proposals is part of the governments commitment to provide funding for
60000 additional postsecondary education spaces across Ontario The government will
collaborate closely with municipalities colleges and universities to ensure that capacity
is increased where it is needed the most
The proposals will be evaluated based on their potential to
bull Increase postsecondary spaces in underserved areas
bull Improve quality innovation and competitiveness
bull Demonstrate cost-effectiveness to both students and taxpayers
bull Help stimulate growth and economic development in Ontario
This will help establish a formal transparent and competitive process to evaluate
decisions about future expansions
Improving access to postsecondary education is part of the Ontario governments
economic plan that is creating jobs for today and tomorrow The comprehensive plan
and its six priorities focus on Ontarios greatest strengths -- its people and strategic
partnerships
Fl-M
Quick Facts
The call for proposals is open to all publicly assisted universities and all colleges of
applied arts and technology in Ontario with a deadline for submissions of Sept 26
2014 Colleges must partner with universities to be eligible for major capacity
expansion projects
Municipalities interested in being considered as host locations are expected to work
in collaboration with institutions that are submitting a proposal
The province released the Major Capacity Expansion Policy Framework in December
2013 to identify priority areas for growth
In the last 10 years full-time enrolment in Ontarios postsecondary system has grown
by more than 160000 mdash more than in any decade in the provinces history
bull The provinces 30 off Tuition Grant helped more than 230000 students start
college or university last year
Quotes
Fl-M
We are committed to helping more students get the postsecondary education they need to succeed
We want to bridge Ontarios skills gap and ensure that young people are equipped with all the right
skills mdash no matter where they live
Kathleen Wynne
Premier of Ontario
Expanding and creating new postsecondary campuses where they are needed most will help
ensure that more students have the opportunity to get a world-class education while staying close to
home Were working closely with our postsecondary partners to make sure the right spaces are in
the right places
Brad Duguid
Minister of Training Colleges and Universities
Laurier Brantford has provided immeasurable benefits to both local students and the citys
downtown revitalization This announcement signifies similar economic development partnerships
between municipalities and postsecondary institutions leading to new jobs and increased prosperity
for more communities across Ontario Chris Friel Mayor City of Brantford
PI-so
^^js^-^
Major
Capacity
Expansion
Call for
Proposals
GUIDELINES
March 2014
Ministry of Training Colleges and Universities
w^ Ontario
Fl-SI
The Ontario Public Service endeavours to demonstrate leadership with respect to accessibility in Ontario Our gool is to ensure that Ontario government services products and facilities are occessible to all our employees and to all members ofthe public we serve This document or the inlormolion that itcontains is available on request in alternative formats Pleose forward all requests lor alternative formats to ServiceOntario at1-800-668-9938 (TTY 1-800-268-709S)
line publication equivolente est disponible en francais sous le litre suivont Appel de propositions pour Ioccroissement moieur de la capocM - lignes directrices
This publication is also available on the Ministry olTraining Colleges and Universities website atwwivontariocatcu 13-323 bull ISBN 978-1-4606-3802-6 (PDF) bull copy Queens Printer for Ontario 2014
2014
Fi-sa
Contents
1 Background 5
2 Timelines for Submitting a Proposal 5
3 Notice of Intent 5
4 Eligible Applicants 6
5 Eligible Projects 6
6 Major Capacity Expansion General Evaluation Criteria 7
7 Weighting 8
8 Assessment and Ranking 9
9 Communications Protocol 13
10 Role of Infrastructure Ontario and Alternative
Financing and Procurement 13
11 The Selection Process and Funding 14
12 Components of the Submission 14
13 Links to Related Documents and Resources 16
14 Disclosure of Information 16
15 Call for Proposals Timeline 16
PI-S3
1 Background The ministry released its Major Capacity Expansion Policy Framework on December 20 2013 A commitment was made to
issue a Call for Proposals in early 2014
This Call for Proposals represents the beginning of a process that will lead to the selection of successful proposals which collectively will meet provincial goals for postsecondary education in Ontario - increased capacity at the undergraduate degree level greater affordability for students institutions and the province improved institutional differentiation and regional economic benefits This process will be guided by principles of fairness competitiveness and transparency and by a commitment to serve the public interest
This long-term initiative will help ensure that our postsecondary education system will have the right spaces in the right places for Ontario students
2 Timelines for Submitting a Proposal The closing date for submission of a Notice of Intent is June 27 2014
The closing date for submission of the full proposal is September 26 2014
Submissions must be received by the ministry on or before these dates
3 Notice of Intent
The Notice of Intent is a one-page overview of the proposed project Proposals will not be considered unless a Notice of Intent is received by the deadline ofJune 27 2014 To ensure transparency and competitiveness every Notice of Intent submitted to the ministry will be posted on the Postsecondary Education Partners Gateway website within 30 days of the submission date
Fl-Sf
4 Eligible Applicants In view of the focus on undergraduate degree capacity it is expected that submissions will be led by universities butcollegeshyuniversity partnership models are encouraged
All proposals must demonstrate need (ie expansion should be located in areas thatare currently underserved by postsecondary education andor thatare expected to experience significant future growth in enrolment demand)
5 Eligible Projects Recognizing the wide range and variety of potential expansion opportunities the ministry continues to avoid setting rigid parameters to define major capacityexpansion However as stated in the Major Capacity Expansion Policy Framework initiatives characterized by the following scale-related features are most likely to be subject to this approval and selection process
bull accommodates enrolment growth of more than 1000 full-time students in the short term with the potential to accommodate longer-term growth of 5000 to 10000 over the next twenty years (ie long-term enrolment comparable to enrolment at substantial existing collegeor university campuses)
bull adds new facilities (either owned or secured through long-term lease) larger than 70000 square feet (roughly 6500 square metres) designated primarily for academic purposes
bull offers a broad range of programs with substantial new or expanded ancillary services (or shows clear potential for future growth in program offerings and student and ancillary services)
bull significantly improves local student access to postsecondary education in the short term (and has the potential to continue to do so in the longer term) particularly in geographic locations that may be experiencing or are expected to develop capacity gaps at the undergraduate degree level
PI-S5
6 Major Capacity Expansion General Evaluation Criteria
The following general evaluation criteria were included in the Major Capacity Expansion Policy Framework These criteria will be used to assess proposals Institutions should demonstrate the alignment of their proposed projects with the criteria and may do so in any format suitable to them
Priority Objectives
Strategic management of long-term enrolment growth and accessibility
Differentiation sustainability and accountability
Economic impact
Quality innovation and competitiveness
General Criteria
bull Significant expansion of local postsecondary education opportunities for students in underserved areas with growing demand based on long-term demographic trends
bull Alignment with provincial priorities including Growth Plan priorities and economic development initiatives
bull Clear potential to add substantial new capacity and support future enrolment growth in the postsecondary education sector
Alignment with the institutions Strategic Mandate Agreement (SMA) and goals and priorities of the Differentiation Policy Framework Impact on nearby institutions Effective and sustainable governance model including consideration ofthe impact ofdistance from the expansion location for administration and academic experience Focus on undergraduate programs Range of programs offered locally and avoidance ofunwarranted duplication ofexisting programming
Tangible regional economic benefits combined with potential for province-wide benefit based on labour force skills and economic growth Demonstrated local economic benefits and linkages with local industries
Demonstrated Value for Money including Alternative Financing and Procurement (AFP) options where appropriate and limits on provincial contributions
Institutional partnership options including university-college collaboration
Innovative service delivery Postsecondary education quality and student experience (including student and ancillary services)
(continued)
Fl-5b
Priority Objectives General Criteria
Affordability for bull Evidence of substantial support from hostcommunity including students and the financial contributions and land ownership province bull Economies of scale
bull Linkages with local transportation for commuting students bull Potential for leveraging private sector resources bull Evidence of consideration of alternatives to expansion proposal
based on existing capacity and potential partnerships bull Proven financial health of institution with asset management plan
in place bull Demonstrated labour market demand
7 Weighting The evaluation criteria for the assessment of institutional
proposals will be weighted as follows
Category Weight
Section A Meeting Demand 30
bull Strategic management of long-term enrolment growth and accessibility
Section B Demonstrated Affordability 40
bull Affordability for students and the province
Section C Academic and Economic Considerations 30
bull Differentiation sustainability and accountability bull Economic impact bull Quality innovation and competitiveness (including institutional partnership
options)
PI-SI
8 Assessment and Ranking Funding will be awarded on a competitive basis and proposals will be evaluated for suitability using defined criteria Institutions should use both qualitative and quantitative analysis to demonstrate the alignment of their proposals with the general evaluation criteria
SECTION A MEETING DEMAND (30)
Proposals should demonstrate alignment with some or all of the following criteria
Priority Objective 1 Strategic management of long-term enrolment growth and accessibility
General Evaluation Criteria
1 Significant expansion of local postsecondary education opportunities for students in underserved areas with growing demand based on long-term demographic trends
2 Alignment with provincial priorities including Growth Plan priorities and economic development initiatives
3 Clear potential to add substantial new capacity and support future enrolment growth in the postsecondary education sector
Possible Alignment Measures
bull Demographic growth projections for location bull Existing enrolment capacity at institutions in
the proximity of the proposed expansion bull Estimated enrolment capacity ofthe
expansion and projected net increase in undergraduate enrolment
bull Number of students from the area of the intended expansion who are currently attending the institution(s)
Possible Information to Build Evidence Base
bull Institutions long-term enrolment master plan bull Joint campus master plan for partnerships (if applicable) bull Long-term enrolment viability study bull Completed enrolment table in the proposal template stating all assumptions bull Community profile demonstrating future demand in the area bull Documented support from and alignment with plans of any associated agencies municipalities
or other entities
bull Consideration of relevant provincial population and employment projections bull Consideration of key provincial policy directions relating to the location of public institutions and
their associated economic impacts (eg ability to contribute to urban revitalization efforts) bull Evidence of program demand (eg number of applications)
FI-5J
SECTION B DEMONSTRATED AFFORDABILITY (40)
Proposals should demonstrate alignment with some or all of the following criteria
Priority Objective 2 Affordability for students and the province
General Evaluation Criteria
1 Evidence of substantial support from host community including financial contributions and land ownership
2 Economies of scale 3 Linkages with local transportation for
commuting students 4 Potential for leveraging private sector
resources
5 Evidence of consideration of alternatives to expansion proposal based on existing capacity and potential partnerships
6 Proven financial health of institution with asset management plan in place
7 Demonstrated labour market demand
Possible Alignment Measures
bull Total cost of project and expected provincial contribution
bull Cost-benefit analysis ofexpanding an existing assetor building at a new location (or a combination thereof)
bull Distance from current campuses bull Current assetmanagement plan including
effects of expansion on Facilities Condition Index
bull Public transit capacity to the institution and between campuses
bull Debtasset ratioof institution(s) bull Energy sources and efficiency initiatives
(including proposed LEED certification) bull Long-term financial viability bull Existing student employment KPIs
Possible Information to Build Evidence Base
bull Detailed project costing information including projected cash flow requirements and net impact on operating cost
bull Business case demonstrating need for expansiori (existing campus only) including a service gap analysis
bull Letters of support from potential partners indicating details of financial andor in-kind contributions (eg land ownership)
bull Local transportation plan(s) showing current anc1planned public access to site (short- and long-term)
bull Independent verification of total expansion proj set cost
bull Financial health analysis including recent finan cial statements
bull Documentation of preliminary environmental assessment bull Control and ownership of buildings and equipment (partnerships only) bull Long-term forecast of incremental operating expenses and revenues (grants third party revenues)
as a result ofthe proposed project
PI-S9
SECTION C ACADEMIC AND ECONOMIC CONSIDERATIONS (30)
Proposals should demonstrate alignment with some or all of the following criteria
Priority Objective 3 Differentiation sustainability and accountability
General Evaluation Criteria
1Alignment with the institutions Strategic Mandate Agreement (SMA) and goals and priorities of the Differentiation Policy Framework
2 Impact on nearby institutions 3 Effective and sustainable governance model
including consideration of the impact of distance from the expansion location for administration and academic experience
4 Focus on undergraduate programs 5 Range of programs offered locally and
avoidance of unwarranted duplication of existing programming
Possible Alignment Measures
bull Assessment of alignment with SMA bull Proposed programs their alignment with
the institutions strengths and an overview ofsimilar existing programs offered by institutions near the expansion
bull Ranking of institution(s) on applications by students from the proposed area
Possible Information to Build Evidence Base
bull Finalized SMA
bull Program information (initial and planned) bull Overview of proposed institutional governance model bull Consultation overview including results of discussions with affected institutions and letters of
support (if applicable)
pi-to
Priority Objective 4 Economic impact
General Evaluation Criteria
1Tangible regional economic benefits combined with potential for province-wide benefit based on labour force skills and economic growth
2 Demonstrated local economic benefits and linkages with local industries
3 Demonstrated Value for Money including Alternative Financing and Procurement (AFP) options where appropriate and limits on provincial contributions
Possible Alignment Measures
bull Local economic benefits bull Alignment of programs with regional and
Ontario labour market needs
bull Expected financing cost (if any) bull Jobs created (short-term associated with
building period and ongoing) bull Ongoing jobs created at expansion bull Value for Money analysis related to proposed
procurement model
Possible Information to Build Evidence Base
bull An economic impact study or value planning study to demonstrate the projects potential to provide direct economic benefits for the surrounding area (eg by helping to revitalize the community unlock local development potential build the taxbase and leverage existing infrastructure and investments)
Priority Objective 5 Quality innovation and competitiveness
General Evaluation Criteria
1 Institutional partnership options including university-college collaboration
2 Innovative service delivery 3 Postsecondary education quality and student
experience (including student and ancillary services)
Possible Alignment Measures
bull Institutional track record with partnerships bull Assessment ofproposed academic plan and
service delivery bull Range of planned student and ancillary
services compared with services at existing campuses (short- and long-term)
bull Existing student experience (KPIs student outcomes)
Possible Information to Build Evidence Base
bull Institutions Strategic Plan bull Business case in support ofproposed academic plan including partnerships with relevant
raquo information aboutcurriculumpedagogy raquo financial information
raquo interjurisdictional case studies and examples bull Impact analysis with respect toacademic and administrative quality and quality of experience bull Overview of new program accreditation required ifapplicable
12
Fl-fel
9 Communications Protocol
Proposal submissions must be received at MCEsubmissions ontarioca by September 26 2014 Late submissions will not be accepted
Specific questions submitted to the ministry as part of the process will be answered and will be made available to all participants
To ensure a fair and transparent process the ministry will not provide any advisory services to institutions on an individual basis
10 Role of Infrastructure Ontario and Alternative
Financing and Procurement Infrastructure Ontario is a Crown agency of the Government of Ontario It is focused on modernizing and financing the renewal of public infrastructure maximizing the value of public real estate and managing government facilities It also provides expertise in project delivery lending real estate management and asset planning Infrastructure Ontario now has a greater role in procuring infrastructure as well engaging in both traditional forms of procurement and alternative financing and procurement (AFP) when appropriate
As indicated in the Ministry of Infrastructures Building Together Plan and in the provincial governments planning and budgeting process recommendations will be made on the procurement method and delivery of all college infrastructure projects valued at more than $50 million In addition universities with successful projects and associated provincial grants in excess of $100 million will be required to consult with Infrastructure Ontario The $100 million threshold may be lowered in future years
The criteria for assessing these projects could include scope complexity and value-for-money assessment with input from the ministry and Infrastructure Ontario
13
Pl-bl
11 The Selection Process and Funding The ministry will oversee the process leading to the selection of successful applications A multi-ministry panel will review the applications and make recommendations to Cabinet through the Ministry of Training Colleges and Universities Cabinetwill make the final decision aboutsuccessful projects andor future courses of action
Funding for successful projects will be provided subsequently The number of projects selected for support as well as the level and timing of funding will be determined by the provincial government and will reflect a range of considerations including the fiscal environment
12 Components of the Submission The following components of the submission are to be provided to the ministry by the dates indicated In addition to what is required below institutions may submit their proposals in any format that they believe best demonstrates the strengths of their proposed project with due attention to the relevance and conciseness of information supplied (Note that institutions may be asked to revise and re-submit their proposals ifexcessive amounts of information are provided)
All submissions must be preceded by
bull A Notice of Intent to be received by the ministry no later than June 27 2014
The Notices of Intent will give the ministry an early overview of interest in Major Capacity Expansion
14
pl-fe
The components of the proposal submission to be received by the ministry no later than September 26r 2014 are as follows
bull A completed checklist
A checklist is included in the Call for Proposals package The checklist must be completed and included in the submission (The checklist is reproduced from Appendix A of the Major Capacity Expansion Policy Framework page 12)
bull A completed capital template
Please refer to the template included in the Call for Proposals package The template requests detailed information on enrolment projections and funding sources This information must be provided using the template but it may also be presented in a different format in the context of the overall presentation
bull Supplementary information
Institutions are welcome to submit supplementary information to support their proposal Supplementary information may include a business case environmental impact studies and any other information or documentation that substantiates the proposal As noted earlier conciseness and relevance of information are
valued
Pleasealso include evidence of support for your proposal (including documentation of land ownership or leasing contracts documentation of municipal or other funding and letters of support)
In the case of a joint university-college submission approval under s 28 of the Financial Administration Act is required for financing if the debt is related to Colleges or if there is a contingent liability
15
Fl-b4shy
13 Links to Related Documents and Resources
Major Capacity Expansion Policy Framework
Differentiation Policy Framework
Places to Grow
Building Together
14 Disclosure of Information
The Freedom of Information and Protection of Privacy Act (FIPPA) applies to information in the custody or under the control of the ministry Institutions should identify whether any information in their proposals is submitted in confidence within the meaning of s 17 of FIPPA The proposals may be shared with a multi-ministry panel or other advisers that the ministry retains to assist with the assessment of the proposals
15 Call for Proposals Timeline
Date Deliverable
March 27 2014 Release of Call for Proposals
June 27 2014 Notice of Intent
September 26 2014 Close of Call for Proposals
Contact Information
Ministry staff may need to contact institutions to clarify details or request additional information Please provide complete and current contact information in your submission
16
![Page 15: Pl-I *^ BRAMPTON ReP°rt of Cou… · Pi-2> Current Situation: Following Council approval of its Post-Secondary Education Strategy on November 6, ... Call for Proposals Timeline .](https://reader033.fdocuments.in/reader033/viewer/2022060721/6080f345afc78e210d009525/html5/thumbnails/15.jpg)
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario pf~S
At 21 Bramptons population grew more than the benchmarks during the period between 2006 and 2011 With a total population increase of90105 persons during this time-frame Brampton was ranked 3rd in Canada behind Toronto and Calgary and ahead of Edmonton Surrey Ottawa and Vaughan
Geography Population Population Population Change 2006 2011 2006 to 2011
Brampton (Zone 7) 433806 523911 208
York Region (Zone 7) 892712 1032524 157
Peel Region (Zone 7) 1159455 1296814 118
Toronto CMA 5113149 5583064 92
Canada 31612897 33476688 59
Ontario 12160282 12851821 57
Simcoe County (Zone 7) 422204 446063 57
City of Toronto (Zone 7) 2503281 2615060 45 Source Statistics Canada 2006 amp 2011
In 2006 the population in Zone 7 was 498 million representing 41 of the total population in Ontario By 2011 the population in this zone soared to 539 million featuring an impressive
82 growth rate above the provincial and national averages
This is a sound level of household formation during a difficult period in Ontarios economic
history Most of the population and household growth occurred in Peel and York Regions
a high demand zone for future university expansion
Brampton is ideally situated in Zone 7
to host Ontarios next wave
of university expansion
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 6
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario H (~ Icopy
A Young and Family Oriented Community
Brampton is a young City with a median age of 347 years according to Statistics Canada
Bramptons population is younger than the ten most populated cities in Canada as well as the
nation the province of Ontario and the Toronto region
Municipality Median Age Median Age 2011 Rank 2011
Brampton 347 1
Edmonton 360 2
Calgary 364 3
Mississauga 385 4
Montreal 386 5
Winnipeg 390 6
Toronto 392 7
Ottawa 392 7
Vancouver 397 9
Hamilton 409 10
Toronto CMA 386
York Region 393
Peel Region 369
Simcoe County 418
Ontario 404
Canada 406
Source Statistics Canada 2011
The typical post-secondary education enrollment age group between 20 and 39 includes more
than 151800 Brampton residents representing a growth rate of 28 between 2006 and 2011
Immigration is a Driver of Economic Growth
For the first time in its history the number of residents living in Brampton that was born
outside of Canada exceeded 50 of the population In other words the foreign-born
population in Brampton is greater than the Canadian-born population
Immigration continues to be a major influence in the growth and diversification of Bramptons
population labour force employment household income business enterprises and
institutions
This is a differentiating factor that is shaping a new highly energetic image of the City of
Brampton
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 7
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario ^ I bull |
Brampton is a magnet for newCanadians The peak immigration period in Bramptons statistical history is indeed the present time The most recent immigration figures from the 2001 and 2006 Census Surveys and the 2011 National Household Survey revealed that more than 83000 people settled in Brampton between 2001 and 2011 This represents an average annual rate of 8300 new foreign-born residents or approximately 33 of the total immigration into Canada into Brampton
Geography Foreign-Born Foreign Born Population Population 2011
Total 2011 As a of Population
Brampton 263670 506
Peel Region 650530 505
City of Toronto 1252215 486
Toronto CMA 2537410 46
York Region 463125 452
Ontario 3611365 29
Canada 6775765 n
Simcoe County 50915 116
Source Statistics Canada 2011
Between 2006 and 2011 the major countries of birth for new Brampton residents included
1 India-525
2 Philippines-68
3 Pakistan - 63
Languages Spoken in Brampton
Panjabi (Punjabi) Hindi and Urdu were the top three non-official languages in 2011 accounting
for 66 of all of the non-official languages spoken in Brampton making this City one of a few in
Canada with significant allophone representation
Rounding out the top ten languages spoken in Brampton were Portuguese (4) Spanish (5)
Tamil (6) Tagalog (7) Gujarati (8) Italian (9) and Vietnamese (10)
In total eighty-nine languages were reported in the 2011 National Household Survey as being
spoken in Brampton homes
Post-Secondary Educational Attainment
At 51 post-secondary education attainment in Brampton is below key benchmarks However
it is the municipalitys goal to increase this level to meet the provincial (55) and national (54)
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 8
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario p 1mdash1Q
average bypromoting and facilitating post-secondary facilities and access to programs that are next-to- home
Geography Post-Secondary Percentage of Certificate Diploma Total Population or Degree 2011 15 and Older 2011
CityofToronto 1271gt545 58
Toronto CMA 2629970 58
York Region 487945 58
Peel Region 576995 56
Ontario 5717340 55
Canada 14805190 54
Brampton 206770 51
Simcoe County 180650 50
Source Statistics Canada 2011
The Citys strategic economic growth initiatives will continue to result in a more diversified and
talented labour force Such initiatives include residential and commercial intensification of
Bramptons central commercial corridor attracting knowledge-based industries expansion of
executive housing supply investment in arts and culture and supporting programs that
promote entrepreneurship innovation and commercialization
Household Income
At $77787 Brampton had the 2nd highest reported household income among the regions in this sample
Geography Median Household Benchmark
Total Income Rank
2010
York Region $89100 1
Brampton $77787 2
Peel $77588 3
Toronto CMA $70365 4
Simcoe County $67468 5
Ontario $66358 6
Canada $61072 7
City of Toronto $58381 8
Source Statistics Canada 2011
Further between 2005 and 2010 the total number of Brampton households reported in the
highest income category being $100000 and more increased by 425
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 9
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario H|deg
Population Growth is Complimented by Strong Employment Growth
The Brampton economy has been projected to attract approximately 120000 net new jobs by 2031 for a total of 291000 people working in Brampton based business establishments
Employment 2011 2016 2021 2026 2031
Brampton 171000 204000 239000 263000 291000
Peel 730000 820000 880000
Source Hemson Consulting Ltd Oct 2013
Brampton will lead economic growth in Peel over the next two decades attracting 80 of the
employment forecasted in the region Brampton is home to 8075 businesses Brampton
businesses contribute approximately $129 Billion to the GDP or 52 of the output in the
Toronto Region The Citys output is dominated by a mixed economy heavily structured on
goods-producing trades and professional business services industries
The major non-government industries dominating the economic base of Brampton by place of
work employment include
- Manufacturing
- Retail and Wholesale Trade
- Professional and Business Services
- Transportation and Warehousing
This skilled and educated workforce in Brampton represents the 3rd highest concentration of labour in the Toronto Region
Major Corporations
Bramptons corporate community is vibrant featuring an impressive list of corporations from
Canadian and International enterprises that have invested in office production andor logistics
facilities in this community
bull Rogers Communications
bull Chrysler Canada
bull Loblaw Companies
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 10
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario P ImiO
Maple Lodge Farms
Canadian Tire Corporation
Coca Cola Bottling
Waste Management of Canada
Gamma Dynacare
Olymel LLP
Air Canada Strategic Operations Centre
Bacardi Canada
Export Packers Ltd
HBC Canada
Ford Motor Company
Nissan Canada
Medtronics Canada
MDA Robotics
Q9 Canada
Aircraft Appliances and Equipment
Para Paints Canada
Brita Water Filter
Clorox Canada Canon Canada recently Hunter Douglas Windows
announced theMandarin Restaurant Corporation
Nestle Canada relocation of their
Maple Leaf Foods national headquarters HankookTire
to Brampton Ontario Smuckers Canada
Parmalat Canada
Miele Canada
Best Buy CanadaFuture Shop Canada
Small and Medium Sized Enterprises (SMEs)
The backbone of Canadas economy is found in the entrepreneurs and innovators who own
and operate small and medium-sized enterprises While Brampton has an excellent
portfolio of corporate brand names the SME sector is an active contributor to economic
growth Ninety-four per cent (94) of all businesses in Brampton had less than 50
employees Small businesses remain strong in professional scientific and technical support
sectors as well as in business services and the retail and wholesale trades
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 11
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario FI-21
Brampton business establishments with less than ten employees had 23000 workers on their payroll in 2011
Public Sector Employment
Adiverse economic base such as Bramptons is also characterised by very good representation from institutions in the public sector
Major employers include
Regional Municipal of Peel The Peel Memorial Centre for
William Osier Health System
Peel Regional Police Integrated Health and Wellness
Corporation of the City of Brampton will attract between 3000-4000
Sheridan College Institute of Technology professionals in the medical
and Advanced Learning services sector by 2016
bull Ontario Courthouse - Grenville Davis
University Application Statistics
The Ontario Universities Application Centre (OUAC) produces an annual report of
application and registration data for secondary school and other applicants
In 2011 514596 applications were administered by the Ontario University system In the
ten-year period between 2002 and 2011 Ontario saw the number of applications received
grow by approximately 135000 During the same time-frame the number of registered
applicants increased by approximately 23000 or 336 In 2011 Ontario universities
hosted 78434 registered applicants
A key finding of the 2011 OUAC Report is that universities located in geographic zone 7
these being the Ontario College of Arts and Design York University Ryerson University and
the University of Toronto attracted the highest proportion of registered applicants from
their home-zone when compared to all other universities in Ontario
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 12
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario p I bull ^i
This point is highlighted in the following table
Universities in Geographic Registered Secondary Registered Other Group Zone 7 School Applicants Applicants
Originating From Originating from (includes Peel Region York Region Zone 7 in 2011 Zone 7 in 2011 Simcoe County and City of Toronto)
( of Total Registered for ( of Total Registered for Each University) Each University)
York 865 592
Ryerson 822 616
Toronto 743 209
OCAD 643 542
Average 4 System Wide 454 306 Source Ontario University Application Centre 2011
Given the large population demographic composition socio-economic characteristics and
cultural attitudes of residents living in Zone 7 it is clear that there is a positive bias for students
particularly secondary-school students to attend a university where they can live near or stay
within their family and community structures
This is a prevalent trend in Peel Region York Region Simcoe County and the City of Toronto
(the communities that comprise Zone 7) more so than any other region in Ontario
As a summary of the complex set of demand factors highlighted in this section of the report we
see tremendous justification for additional university services on the outer edge of the Greater
Toronto Area
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 13
A Post-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario Fl-ii
3 DEFINING THE OPPORTUNITY
Goal 1 - Sheridan University Campus in Downtown Brampton
Project Vision
Site Options
A
AX
PI
A profound and holistic Sheridan Downtown Brampton Campus
connected to its 9500 plus students at Brampton Davis Steeles Campus
supported by enhanced transit to its HMC Campus I and II and Oakville
Campus
1Nelson Square Garage (Phase II SWQRP) and Phase III Lands
2Heritage Theatre Block ^~ rzmdash~ V V i
bullbull bull bull --bull shy
bull -bullbullbull-Ty ^
General Description of Site Locations - for illustrative purposes only
Mobility These sites are within a 5-minute walking distance to the existing
Brampton GO Train Station (with service to Union Station and
KitchenerWaterloo) and the ZUM Bus Rapid Transit service on
Queen Street and Main Street with service to Sheridan Davis
Campus Guelph-Humber University Campus Mississauga City
Centre (HMC I and II) and York University The proposed
Hurontario-Main Light Rapid Transit system is also within walkinj
distance of the site and offers a direct link to HMC I and II
Infrastructure Type Post-Secondary Education Campus and Related Uses
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 14
A Post-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario Fl-24shy
Project Type DBFM or DBF Design Build Finance Maintain or Design Build
Finance (the final business model is subject to a detailed
feasibility study)
Goal 2 - A New University Campus in Brampton
Project Vision A new university campus that offers undergraduate and graduate
degrees with research-oriented programs for students faculty
industry
Site Option 1 65-acre site at McLaughlin Road and Queen Street West
southwest corner known municipally as Flower City Community
Campus This site was formerly owned by the Province of
Ontario (OPP Headquarters and Training Centre) and is currently
being used by the municipality
Mobility This site is located in the Central Area of Brampton with Brampton
Transit service provided to the property The site is 15
kilometres from the Downtown GO Train Station and the
Downtown ZUM BRT Station on Main Street and 3 km to the
Brampton ZUM BRT station at Shoppers World - Steeles Avenue
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 15
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario p | bull ^S
Site Location Option 2
Mobility
Infrastructure Type
Project Type
The road network provides easy access to the major 400 series
highways for example ETR 407 is 35 km south of this site and
Highway 410 is 45 km east of the site
2719 Bovaird Drive West at Heritage Road southwest quadrant
This 87-acre site was formerly owned by private industry Today
the site is owned by the City of Brampton and is being used by the
municipality for maintenance and operation services
CON5WHS
CON5WHS
iV
I
The Mount Pleasant GO Train Station is 22 km east of the site at
Creditview Road The major Highway 401 and ETR 407 juncture
is approximately 8 km by automobile Future infrastructure
serving this area includes the GTA West Corridor immediately
north and east of the subject property
Post-Secondary Education Campus and Related Uses
DBFM or DBF Design Build Finance Maintain or Design Build
Finance (the final business model is subject to a detailed
feasibility study)
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 16
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario p | 1copy
4 BRAMPTONS STRATEGIC PARTNERSHIPS - A RECORD OF SUCCESS
With its strategic partners the Cityof Brampton has demonstrated an excellent record of
success in building and delivering physical and human infrastructure projects designed to expand public services and improve Bramptons economicdevelopment competitiveness
Ultimately these partnerships have created and preserved Ontario jobs In this section we
showcase a few of these strategic projects
Transit Infrastructure Project-Zum Bus Rapid Transit Project
Zum is Brampton Transits Bus Rapid Transit (BRT) service With its limited stops advanced
technology and real-time next bus information Zum connects people and places within
Brampton and throughout the Greater Toronto Area (GTA) Zum Queen Street service began in
the fall of 2010 Ziim Main Street service began operating in September 2011 and Ziim Steeles
Avenue started in the fall of 2012
Ziim was funded by all three levels of government with investments of $95 million each from
the Federal Provincial and Municipal governments for a total allotment of $285 million
Phase Iof the project required $159 million Phase II which expanded services along Queen
Street and Steeles Avenue as well as introduce new services on Bovaird Drive will require $126
million when fully completed
This is a DBFM - Design Build Finance and Maintain project led by the City of Brampton
Brampton designed built financed and maintains all aspects of the Zum system-wide capital
and operating costs related to
bull Roadway infrastructure intersection modifications and signal priority equipment
bull New terminals and station stops with high-quality passenger amenities
Capital equipment including new vehicles for expanded and rebranded service
Intelligent Transportation System technologies including real-time passenger information
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 17
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario p ( raquo^7
Post-Secondary Education Infrastructure Project -Sheridan Centre for Advanced Manufacturing and Design Technology (CAMDT)
In response to the changing face of manufacturing in Central and Southern Ontario Sheridan College and the City of Brampton embarked on a vision to assist Canadian manufacturers to compete globally with knowledge and technology asthe keys to their success
Led by Sheridan College ITAL the CAMDT $8 million venture is a partnership with more than 20 regional manufacturers the Province of Ontario and the City of Brampton Together we are growing regional talent in this important sector In 2005 CAMDT opened its doors
Seen as a strategic economic development initiative the City of Brampton was a major funding
and local knowledge partner contributing$25 million to CAMDT - the largest investment it has
ever made as a municipality in post-secondary education City Councils investment in Sheridan
is intended to address the demand (in the manufacturing sector) for graduates with a broad
range of advanced technical and management skills as well as to provide enhanced training for
those already in the workforce
CAMDT uses a consortia approach with the following goals
New full-time courses and industrycollege projects
Applied research initiatives and student projects
Contract training and continuing education courses
Strengthen program enrolments and graduate placements
The Centre for Sustainable Manufacturing (CSM) is located in Brampton and houses 18000
square feet of state-of-the-art labs and a flexible automation and fabrication centre The labs
support academic programs in integrated manufacturing computer-aided
draftingmanufacturing and manufacturing management
The Centre helps meet current and future needs of local manufacturers to stimulate regional
economic development and prosperity Sheridan government and local industry have
collaborated for nearly a decade to position the Centre to address critical skills gaps in the
manufacturing sector The Centre is now partnering with industry to support technical financial
and knowledge development to facilitate adoption of innovative technologies that minimize
resource consumption harmful emissions waste and use of toxic materials
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 18
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario p | mdash^ff
Health Care Infrastructure Project shy
Peel Memorial Centre for Integrated Health and Wellness
The new Peel Memorial Centre in Brampton will support the William Osier Health Systems vision for an integrated health system by providing primary ambulatory and outpatient-based care
This is a DBFM - Design Build Maintain Finance project led by Infrastructure Ontario (10)
Scheduled to open in 2016 Peel Memorial CIHW will provide specialized outpatient-based care
including urgent care day surgery and specialty clinics with a focus on helping individuals better
manage chronic conditions like asthma diabetes and kidney disease
According to Osier Health System Peel Memorial will introduce new models of care to shift the
focus from illness to wellness and encourage patients to take a more active role in managing
their own health and well-being
Representing the leading edge in integrated health care delivery Peel Memorial will provide
access to specialized patient-centred care in a state-of-the-art facility that offers a wide variety
of traditional and alternative health care services It will help people to get and stay well
through a series of education prevention disease management and healing programs
In the fall of 2012 Osier received government approval to move forward with a request for
qualifications to design build finance and maintain the new facility Following this
announcement Brampton City Council decided to invest 50 of the community share with a
$60 million levy in support of the new Peel Memorial
Downtown Intensification Infrastructure Project shy
Southwest Quadrant Renewal Plan Municipal Office and Commercial Retail Development
On August 10 2011 Bramptons City Council approved the terms of agreement for the
Southwest Quadrant Renewal Plan which enables the City to move forward with a creative
solution to meet the Citys future administrative space needs and plans for revitalization of
Bramptons downtown The successful proposal submitted by Dominus Construction Group is
a plan for a mixed-use development with several new features including new administrative
parking and retail space and a pedestrian-friendly cityscape for completion in 2014
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 19
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario p f~2raquo^
This is a DBF - Design Build Finance project led by Dominus Construction Group The City is a tenant in the building on a long-term lease
Phase 1 of this LEEDS project now under construction includes a new nine-storey building at 41 George Street that can accommodate
bull 126398 foot building for administrative space
bull 10147 square feet for ground retail space
bull 10545 square feet for multi-purpose meeting rooms
bull 443 parking spaces (five levels of parking)
Phase la also under construction includes a two-storey addition to the current City Hall that
can accommodate
bull 2507 square feet for committee rooms
bull 6187 square feet for ground retail space
Phases 1 and la of the Southwest Quadrant Renewal Plan (SWQRP) represents a $94M
investment in the downtown and all 3 Phases of the combined SWQRP represents an
estimated investment of $251M
This investment in the Southwest Quadrant Renewal Plan is another major building block in the
ongoing evolution and revitalization of downtown Brampton both in terms of contributing to
the urban landscape as well as attracting private sector investment and opportunities
Combined with other major projects like the Rose Theatre Brampton the launch of Ziim on
Queen and Main Streets restoration work at Alderlea and Peel Heritage Complex and several
new condominium projects Bramptons Downtown is experiencing an exciting resurgence
The City of Brampton is planning to add another signature building in our downtown core
further evidence of Bramptons commitment to economic development
Sustainable Community Development Project shy
Mount Pleasant Mobility Hub
The project includes a number of elements that serve to establish Mount Pleasant as a transit-
oriented development exemplifying a more sustainable approach to suburban community
living
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 20
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario p |~^Q
In partnership with the OntarioGovernment MetrolinxGO and Mattamy Homes the City has invested approximately $23 million in the following infrastructure
bull Community Transit Infrastructure station stops and related passenger amenities
Intelligent Transportation Systems (ITS) and transit enhancements at intersections
bull Mobility Hub facility bus layovers sheltered passenger areas clock tower bike storage areas and related amenities
bull Cultural Heritage reconstructed historic CPR station structure to be used as a cultural
facility in the Mt Pleasant civicsquare shared with the Peel District School Board and the
Library
bull Pedestrian amenities Civic Square and Village Green incorporating a reflection poolskating
facility public art canopy structures play area and landscaping features
Through development and stewardship the Mount Pleasant Community will restore and
enhance individual features that currently cover approximately 8 (or 41 hectares) of the
area and create a Natural Heritage System that will cover approximately 19 (or 976 hectares)
of the community As development proceeds within the Mount Pleasant Community the
NHS will come into public ownership The City will be responsible to manage the NHS and our
goal is to support natural processes and regeneration that are beneficial to the health and
diversity of the natural features functions and habitat This will generally mean
bull Planting no-maintenance vegetative buffers between natural areas and private
properties using native trees shrubs and groundcovers
bull Not mowing pruning or spraying natural areas for weeds and insects
bull Allowing for annual flooding and ponding of water along East Huttonville Creek and
within wetlands and woodlands to maintain a natural hydrology that is critical for plant
and wildlife health and diversity
bull Allowingfor the natural loss of vegetation and regrowth of young trees and shrubs
bull Managing natural areas for invasive species such as Buckthorn and Norway Maple
bull Managing the urban trees along streets and parks for invasive species such as Emerald
Ash Borer
The Mount Pleasant Mobility Hub represents a large project that has created one-time
employment within the stipulated 2-year construction period as well generating annual
multipliers supporting Bramptons economic development for future generations
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 21
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario p [raquo^ )
5 OUR INVESTMENT - A COMMITMENT TO POST SECONDARY EDUCATION
The City of Brampton iscommitted to investing in this Strategy Below is a summary of the types of financial and in-kind investmentsthe municipality is prepared to make in order to realize this Strategy
bull Municipal Land Contribution
bull Municipal Commitment to Economic and Market Growth Policies
bull Municipal assistance on site servicing for digitally linked and virtual classrooms
laboratories office
bull Shared Infrastructure related to municipal services such as library field house gymnasium
bull Design an extensive planning process and design exercise that represents the highest
standard of excellence including engaging the community and surrounding land-owners
LEEDS Community and Environmental Design
bull Facilitating municipal and community partnerships to maximize utilization of spaces during
the May - August shoulder period
bull Economic development research grant to support research that fosters innovation and
commercialization
bull Support industry partnerships and innovative enterprises
bull Demonstrate commitment to a shared provincial municipal and university relationship
focused on a culture of open communication shared values community engagement and
volunteerism
bull Staff time and expertise dedicated to teams assigned to this Strategy
bull Leverage City of Brampton AAA Credit Rating by Standard amp Poors
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 22
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario p- ( ~ Q jL
6 IMPLEMENTATION STEPS
The following decision milestones guide the municipal commitment and stewardship of this
Strategy
bull Exploratory Meetings with Sheridan Executive and Chair of Governing Council
bull Preparation of Bramptons Post-Secondary Strategy Proposal
bull Presentation to Premier Wynne - Receive and Endorse Proposed Strategy
bull City Council approval of final post-secondary strategy and approval to enter into a
Memorandum of Understanding with Sheridan College ITAL to explore the feasibility of
establishing Sheridan University in Downtown Brampton
bull Execute an MOU with Sheridan
bull Complete the Feasibility Study for Goal 1
bull Form a project team to prepare the technical documents in support of an RFP related to
Goal 2 -Attract a new undergraduate and graduate research-oriented university campus
aligned with Bramptons vision and proposed site locations with reporting to Council
7 CONTACTS
Susan Fennell
Mayor
City of Brampton Tel 905-874-2600
John Corbett MCIP RPP
Chief Administrative Officer
City of Brampton Tel 905-874-2625
Creating andpreserving knowledge-basedjobs by enabling investments in post-secondary education research innovation and commercialization activities
is at the heart ofBramptons economic vision
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 23
APPENDIX 3
FI-V4shybullUTaarrgt-^M
Major
Capacity
Expansion
Policy
Framework
December 2013
Ministry of Training Colleges and Universities
pound Ontario
PI -IS
The Ontario Public Service endeavours to demonstrate leadership with respect to accessibility in Ontario Our goal isto ensure that Ontario government services products and focilities ore occessible to all our employees and to all members of the public we serve This document or the information that itcontains is available on request in alternative formats Please forward all requests for alternative formats to ServiceOntario ot 1-800-668-9938 (TTY 1-800-268-7095)
line publication equivolenle est disponible en francais sous le titre suivant (Mesttattgique pout Iocuoissement moeur de hcapocili 2013
This publication is also available on the Ministry ofTraining Colleges and Universities website at wwvontariocatcu 13-278 bull ISBN 978-1-4606-3428-8 (POF) bull copy Queens Printer for Ontario 2013
Contents
Vision 5
Context 5
Government Priorities 6
Components of the Policy Framework 7
Initial Review 7
Scope 7
Selection and Approval 9
Policy Implementation and Compliance 10
Appendix A
Contact Information and Checklist for Institutions Considering
Capacity Expansion 11
Appendix B
An Outline of the Review and Approval Process for Planned
Capacity Expansion Proposals 13
Appendix C
General Evaluation Criteria for Major Capacity Expansion 14
Pi-Vi
Vision
Ontarios colleges and universities will drive creativity innovation knowledge and community engagement through teaching and research They will put students first by providing the best possible learning experience for all qualified learners in an affordable and financially sustainable way ensuring high quality and globally competitive outcomes for students and Ontarios knowledge economy
Context
Between 2002-03 and 2012-13 the postsecondary education system in Ontario expanded substantially with full-time enrolment growing by over 160000 more than in any decade in the provinces history Ontario has been supporting enrolment growth across the college and university sectors through increases in operating grants enhancements to student financial aid and capital investments
Ontarios postsecondary institutions have been committed partners in their efforts to accommodate these unprecedented levels of enrolment growth and have thus contributed to expanding opportunities for students to pursue higher education in many communities across Ontario
At65 per cent Ontarios level of postsecondary attainment (college university and apprenticeship) in 2012 was higher than thatof any country in theOrganisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) The Ontario government has set a postsecondary education attainment target of 70 per cent to ensure that the province continues to benefit from the competitive advantage of its highly skilled and educated workforce in the global economy
In this context it is essential to ensure that in future the right spaces are created in the right places for Ontarios students This can be done by targeting areas in which population growth is strong but local postsecondary education capacity is limited
Population growth in Ontario has recently been - and is expected tocontinue to be - concentrated in a number of large urban areas Some of the regions and communities where strong
Fl-W
long-term demand growth is anticipated are not currently served by local campuses In those areas gaps have recently begun to appear between enrolment demand growth and the capacity to accommodate continued enrolment growth If left unaddressed those gaps are likely to widen over time
Projections are subject to uncertainty and caution should always be used when considering long-term forecasts Based on the ministrys latest assessment of demographics and long-term postsecondary education participation patterns enrolment demand growth will moderate in the near term but is expected to return to more rapid growth after 2020 with the potential for substantial enrolment increases over the longer term Consistent with recent trends long-term demand is expected to be greatest for degree-level programs
It is anticipated that the focus of most major capacity expansions in the future will be at the undergraduate degree level Students in rapidly growing communities have access to substantial local college facilities more than they do to local university campuses In addition although graduate enrolment has risen significantly in recent years it is much lower than enrolment at the undergraduate level and tends to be concentrated in fewer institutions
The timing of this anticipated growth in demand provides an important opportunity The province will have time to plan for and address postsecondary education capacity needs in areas of Ontario where communities are growing and where students need better and more affordable access to postsecondary education opportunities closer to home
Government Priorities
The Major Capacity Expansion Policy Framework set out in this document seeks to achieve the following objectives
bull Ensuring that future large-scale capacity expansion supports long-term postsecondary education priorities including institutional differentiation
bull Managing enrolment growth strategically in line with provincial growth planning priorities to address regional capacity gaps in underserved areas
bull Putting in place a transparent evidence-based decision making and implementation process
ldegt
9 Addressing affordability and sustainability for students institutions and the province by maximizing the cost-effectiveness of targeted investments
bull Creating local community and regional economic benefits leading to job creation and greater economic diversity
Components of the Policy Framework The components of the Major Capacity Expansion policy framework include
1) a description of the kinds of initiatives that will be within the scope of the new approval and selection process
2) the selection process and the criteria that will be used in evaluating proposals for approval after a call for proposals is made and
3) details on implementation and compliance
Initial Review
Any institution considering an initiative that involves an expansion ofcapacity should contact the ministry in writing using the checklist provided in Appendix A The ministry will review initiatives proposed by institutions on a case-by-case basis to determine whether the planned expansion is subject to the new selection and approval process outlined below The ministry will provide a response to the institutions request in writing clearly indicating whether a proposed project or initiative will be subject to the new Major Capacity Expansion selection and approval process Initiatives subject to the new process are not to proceed unless approved by the provincial government following a formal call for proposals
Scope
This policy framework addresses a significant provincial interest in the need for provincial management of future large-scale expansions in postsecondary education capacity Effective management and planning is also needed to help avoid potential conflicts that can arise between and among institutions sect with respect to the location of new facilities and campuses s
FI-H-0
The new approval and selection process is primarily focused on initiatives that are designed to accommodate significant long-term increases in the number of domestic full-time postsecondary education students Such large-scale initiatives could include expansions at existing locations or might involve the establishment of new campuses Initiatives could be partnerships including university-college collaborations that would also enhance students educational experience and student pathways
Recognizing thata wide range and variety of potential expansion opportunities exist in Ontarios diverse and complex postsecondary education system the ministry has avoided setting rigid parameters to define major capacity expansion However initiatives characterized by the following scale-related features are most likely to be subject to the new approval and selection process
0 accommodates enrolment growth of more than 1000 full-time students in the short term with the potential to accommodate longer-term growth of5000 to 10000 over the next twenty years (ie long-term enrolment comparable to enrolment at substantial existing college or university campuses)
8 adds new facilities (either owned or secured through long-term lease) larger than 70000 square feet (roughly 6500 square metres) designated primarily for academic purposes
raquo offers a broad range of programs with substantial new or expanded ancillary services (or shows clear potential for future growth in program offerings and ancillary services)
bull significantly improves local student access to postsecondary education in the short term (and has the potential to do so in the longer term) particularly in geographic locations that may be experiencing or are expected to develop capacity gaps
When reviewing a planned expansion the ministry will also take into consideration whether the initiative
bull competes with other capacity expansion initiatives in a particular geographic area or would have an impact on existing or already-planned postsecondary education facilities
bull in the case of proposed new campuses is outside the local area of the institutions existing campuses or is in a new community for the institution in terms of substantial permanent academic facilities For the purpose of this policy the local
FH+I
area of a campus is defined as the area within the median commuter shed for Census Metropolitan Areas in Ontario as specified by Statistics Canada (about 10 km)
Institutions making expansion proposals will be required to provide evidence of prior consultation with and support from other institutions that could be affected by the proposal confirmation of their own Board of Governors support for the proposal and confirmation of significant support from the local municipality or region
Selection and Approval Decisions about future large-scale postsecondary education capacityexpansion projects will be made on the basis of a formal transparent competitive process that will begin with a call for proposals directed to institutions Consideration will be given to proposals for large-scale expansion ofexisting campuses (main or satellite campuses) andor for the creation of new campuses
Calls for proposals will be directed to publicly assisted postsecondary education institutions in Ontario Eligibility to submit a proposal will in general be extended to all institutions however the government may decide to limit eligibility as appropriate depending on current circumstances and evolving provincial priorities
Municipalities interested in being considered as host locations for future major capacity expansion should work in collaboration with institutions that would be prepared to submit a proposal
Priority will be given to proposals in regions that have been experiencing sustained population and postsecondary education demand growth and that are underserved in terms of postsecondary education opportunities
The timing of future calls for proposals the number of projects selected for support and the level and timing of funding will be determined by the provincial government and will reflect a range of considerations including the fiscal environment
FI-M-1
When evaluating proposals the ministry will consider a setof criteria in the following categories consistent with its priorities for future capacity expansion (as outlined on page 6)
bull Strategic management of long-term enrolment growth and accessibility
bull Differentiation sustainability and accountability bull Economic impact raquo Quality innovation and competitiveness (including
institutional partnership options) bull Affordability for students and the province (including
substantial support from host communities)
Over time as circumstances change and priorities evolve the ministry may articulate additional requirements for the competitive process For details of general evaluation criteria refer to Appendix C Additional templates may be provided when a call for proposals is announced
Once the proposals have been evaluated the ministry will make recommendations to Cabinet for funding support for the selected proposals When one or more proposals have been selected and approved for funding bilateral agreements will be put in place between the institution(s) selected and the ministry
Policy Implementation and Compliance This policy framework will be effective immediately Institutions are encouraged to submit their expansion plans for initial review as soon as possible
If an initiative is determined to be outside the scope of this new approval and selection process itwill still be subject to other relevant ministry approval processes including but not limited to program approval and capital funding processes It will also have to be consistent with the terms of the Strategic Mandate Agreement established between the institution and the ministry
Failure to comply with the requirements setout in this policy framework will affect provincial funding Specifically new or expanded enrolment at the location of the expansion will not be recognized for funding through the college or university operating grants and the institution will not be eligible for provincial capital funding at the location Failure to comply could also affect future capital decisions by the provincial government
0 with respect to other locations
Fl-42gt
Appendix A Contact Information and Checklist for Institutions Considering Capacity Expansion
Institutions considering capacity expansion should direct a letter describing the project or initiative along with a completed checklist (see below) to
MCEsubmi53101iionfariocc1
The following checklist will help the ministry determine whether the planned expansion will be subject to the new approval and selection process under the MajorCapacity Expansion policy framework1
Please complete the checklist (copy and scan the completed form or create an e-file based on the template) and include it as an attachment to your communication to the ministry outlining your institutions planned capacity expansion project
Please provide additional information as needed in the Comments section of the checklist
1 A planned expansion that is deemed subject to the new selection and approval process is not to proceed unless approved by the province following a formal call for proposals A planned expansion that is deemed outside the scope of the Major Capacity Expansion approval and selection process will still be subject to other relevant ministry approval processes including but not limited to program approval and capital funding processes
pl-4-4shy
Checklist for Institutions Considering Capacity Expansion
Checklist Items
Size
How many full-time students would this initiative accommodate based on current plans
Is there potential for substantial longer-term enrolment growth If yes please provide a high-level estimate of potential enrolment
How much space (in sq ft) will be designated for academic purposes in the proposed facility (or expansion) Would new facilities be owned or secured through long-term lease
What is the credential mix of programs associated with this proposed expansion
What programs would be made available
Consultation
Have you consulted with other institutions that could be affected by this proposal
bull Which institution(s) have you consulted Are they supportive
Has your institution engaged its Board of Governors with respect to this proposal Is the board supportive
Is your proposal supported by the local municipality region in which it would be located
bull Will third-party resources (municipalities region other) be available to support this initiative What is the level of support expected
Location Services
Where would the new capacity be located (municipality region)
bull Is this a new locationcommunity for your institution
If proposing expansion at a new location is the location more than 10 km from existing campus(es)
Does the planned expansion include ancillary and student services
bull Please provide a list of services to be offered
Notes
Yes No Comme -
DD
an
a a
a a
bull a
bull a
bull a
bull This list is designed to provide information needed to determine whether a proposal will be deemed subject to the Major Capacity Expansion policy approval and selection process
bull Decisions will be made on a case-by-case basis If additional information is needed a representative of the Ministry ofTraining Colleges and Universities will contact the institution Please provide complete contact information including name position title email address and phone numbers
FI-H5
Appendix B An Outline of the Review and Approval Process for Planned Capacity Expansion Proposals
Chart 1 below outlines the steps in the assessment process that will be used to determine whether a planned capacity expansion will be deemed subject to the approval and selection process under the Major Capacity Expansion policy framework
Chart 2 outlines the steps in the process of selecting initiatives for funding under the Major Capacity Expansion policy framework
Chart 1 Initial Review - Is the Planned Expansion Subject to the Major Capacity Expansion Selection and Approval Process
The planned expansion
does not move forward
until approved by the
province following a Ministry reviews the institutions formal call for proposals
Institution submits a letter Failure to comply will submission to evaluate whether
describing the planned the planned expansion will be affect provincial funding
expansion with a completed subject to the new selection 1gt4^lt^t^fea1Vitaiiij4gtlJULJl^
and approval process under
for review the Major Capacity Expansion The planned expansion policy framework moves forward subject to
checklist to the ministry
Wampj^WJfeWamp$Si^^ all other ministry approval
processes (eg capital and
program approvals)
bulluiut^w-ww-yishy
Chart 2 SelectionApproval Process far a Major Capacity Expansion Following a Call for Proposals
Callfor proposals initiated Institutions submit Ministry assesses proposals Announcement of selected
by the province proposals against evaluation criteria initiatives to be supported
and brings forward selected for major capacity
proposals for Cabinet expansion
approval
raquoHSW^8raquoMJmmLiMH WOWluUdUJIUlbUitL
13
r
shy
Fl-Ho
enoix C General Evaluation Criteria for Major Capacity Expansion
Category Evaluation Criteria
Strategic Significant expansion of local postsecondary education opportunities for management students in underserved areas with growing demand based on long-term of long-term demographic trends enrolment Alignment with provincial priorities including Growth Plan priorities and
economic development initiativesgrowth and Clear potential to add substantial new capacity and support futureaccessibility enrolment growth in the postsecondary education sector
Differentiation Alignment with the institutions Strategic Mandate Agreement and goals sustainability and priorities of the Differentiation Policy Framework and Impact on nearby institutions accountability Effective and sustainable governance model including consideration
of the impact of distance from the expansion location for administration and academic experience Focus on undergraduate programs Range of programs offered locally and avoidance of unwarranted duplication of existing programming
Economic Demonstrated Value for Money including AFP options where impact appropriate and limits on provincial contributions
Tangible regional economic benefits combined with potential for province-wide benefit based on labour force skills and economic growth Demonstrated local economic benefits and linkages with local industries
Quality Innovative service delivery innovation Institutional partnership options including university-college collaboration and Postsecondary education quality and student experience (including
ancillary and student services)competitiveness
Affordabiiity Evidence of substantial support from host community including financial for students contributions and land ownership
Economies of scaleand the
province Linkages with local transportation for commuting students Potential for leveraging private sector resources Evidence of consideration ofalternatives to expansion proposal based on existing capacity and potential partnerships Proven financial health of institution with asset management plan in place Demonstrated labour market demand
Nofe These are the general criteria that will be used to guide the selection and approval of proposals submitted in response toa ministry call for proposals
N
News Release
Helping More Students Pursue Postsecondary Education
Ontario Calls for Expansion Proposals from Universities March 272014 945 am
Office of the Premier
Premier Kathleen Wynne announced today that the government is taking steps to
ensure that more students can pursue undergraduate degrees close to home The
province is inviting universities to submit proposals for new or expanded campuses in
underserved areas (colleges are encouraged to partner with universities to submit
proposals)
This call for proposals is part of the governments commitment to provide funding for
60000 additional postsecondary education spaces across Ontario The government will
collaborate closely with municipalities colleges and universities to ensure that capacity
is increased where it is needed the most
The proposals will be evaluated based on their potential to
bull Increase postsecondary spaces in underserved areas
bull Improve quality innovation and competitiveness
bull Demonstrate cost-effectiveness to both students and taxpayers
bull Help stimulate growth and economic development in Ontario
This will help establish a formal transparent and competitive process to evaluate
decisions about future expansions
Improving access to postsecondary education is part of the Ontario governments
economic plan that is creating jobs for today and tomorrow The comprehensive plan
and its six priorities focus on Ontarios greatest strengths -- its people and strategic
partnerships
Fl-M
Quick Facts
The call for proposals is open to all publicly assisted universities and all colleges of
applied arts and technology in Ontario with a deadline for submissions of Sept 26
2014 Colleges must partner with universities to be eligible for major capacity
expansion projects
Municipalities interested in being considered as host locations are expected to work
in collaboration with institutions that are submitting a proposal
The province released the Major Capacity Expansion Policy Framework in December
2013 to identify priority areas for growth
In the last 10 years full-time enrolment in Ontarios postsecondary system has grown
by more than 160000 mdash more than in any decade in the provinces history
bull The provinces 30 off Tuition Grant helped more than 230000 students start
college or university last year
Quotes
Fl-M
We are committed to helping more students get the postsecondary education they need to succeed
We want to bridge Ontarios skills gap and ensure that young people are equipped with all the right
skills mdash no matter where they live
Kathleen Wynne
Premier of Ontario
Expanding and creating new postsecondary campuses where they are needed most will help
ensure that more students have the opportunity to get a world-class education while staying close to
home Were working closely with our postsecondary partners to make sure the right spaces are in
the right places
Brad Duguid
Minister of Training Colleges and Universities
Laurier Brantford has provided immeasurable benefits to both local students and the citys
downtown revitalization This announcement signifies similar economic development partnerships
between municipalities and postsecondary institutions leading to new jobs and increased prosperity
for more communities across Ontario Chris Friel Mayor City of Brantford
PI-so
^^js^-^
Major
Capacity
Expansion
Call for
Proposals
GUIDELINES
March 2014
Ministry of Training Colleges and Universities
w^ Ontario
Fl-SI
The Ontario Public Service endeavours to demonstrate leadership with respect to accessibility in Ontario Our gool is to ensure that Ontario government services products and facilities are occessible to all our employees and to all members ofthe public we serve This document or the inlormolion that itcontains is available on request in alternative formats Pleose forward all requests lor alternative formats to ServiceOntario at1-800-668-9938 (TTY 1-800-268-709S)
line publication equivolente est disponible en francais sous le litre suivont Appel de propositions pour Ioccroissement moieur de la capocM - lignes directrices
This publication is also available on the Ministry olTraining Colleges and Universities website atwwivontariocatcu 13-323 bull ISBN 978-1-4606-3802-6 (PDF) bull copy Queens Printer for Ontario 2014
2014
Fi-sa
Contents
1 Background 5
2 Timelines for Submitting a Proposal 5
3 Notice of Intent 5
4 Eligible Applicants 6
5 Eligible Projects 6
6 Major Capacity Expansion General Evaluation Criteria 7
7 Weighting 8
8 Assessment and Ranking 9
9 Communications Protocol 13
10 Role of Infrastructure Ontario and Alternative
Financing and Procurement 13
11 The Selection Process and Funding 14
12 Components of the Submission 14
13 Links to Related Documents and Resources 16
14 Disclosure of Information 16
15 Call for Proposals Timeline 16
PI-S3
1 Background The ministry released its Major Capacity Expansion Policy Framework on December 20 2013 A commitment was made to
issue a Call for Proposals in early 2014
This Call for Proposals represents the beginning of a process that will lead to the selection of successful proposals which collectively will meet provincial goals for postsecondary education in Ontario - increased capacity at the undergraduate degree level greater affordability for students institutions and the province improved institutional differentiation and regional economic benefits This process will be guided by principles of fairness competitiveness and transparency and by a commitment to serve the public interest
This long-term initiative will help ensure that our postsecondary education system will have the right spaces in the right places for Ontario students
2 Timelines for Submitting a Proposal The closing date for submission of a Notice of Intent is June 27 2014
The closing date for submission of the full proposal is September 26 2014
Submissions must be received by the ministry on or before these dates
3 Notice of Intent
The Notice of Intent is a one-page overview of the proposed project Proposals will not be considered unless a Notice of Intent is received by the deadline ofJune 27 2014 To ensure transparency and competitiveness every Notice of Intent submitted to the ministry will be posted on the Postsecondary Education Partners Gateway website within 30 days of the submission date
Fl-Sf
4 Eligible Applicants In view of the focus on undergraduate degree capacity it is expected that submissions will be led by universities butcollegeshyuniversity partnership models are encouraged
All proposals must demonstrate need (ie expansion should be located in areas thatare currently underserved by postsecondary education andor thatare expected to experience significant future growth in enrolment demand)
5 Eligible Projects Recognizing the wide range and variety of potential expansion opportunities the ministry continues to avoid setting rigid parameters to define major capacityexpansion However as stated in the Major Capacity Expansion Policy Framework initiatives characterized by the following scale-related features are most likely to be subject to this approval and selection process
bull accommodates enrolment growth of more than 1000 full-time students in the short term with the potential to accommodate longer-term growth of 5000 to 10000 over the next twenty years (ie long-term enrolment comparable to enrolment at substantial existing collegeor university campuses)
bull adds new facilities (either owned or secured through long-term lease) larger than 70000 square feet (roughly 6500 square metres) designated primarily for academic purposes
bull offers a broad range of programs with substantial new or expanded ancillary services (or shows clear potential for future growth in program offerings and student and ancillary services)
bull significantly improves local student access to postsecondary education in the short term (and has the potential to continue to do so in the longer term) particularly in geographic locations that may be experiencing or are expected to develop capacity gaps at the undergraduate degree level
PI-S5
6 Major Capacity Expansion General Evaluation Criteria
The following general evaluation criteria were included in the Major Capacity Expansion Policy Framework These criteria will be used to assess proposals Institutions should demonstrate the alignment of their proposed projects with the criteria and may do so in any format suitable to them
Priority Objectives
Strategic management of long-term enrolment growth and accessibility
Differentiation sustainability and accountability
Economic impact
Quality innovation and competitiveness
General Criteria
bull Significant expansion of local postsecondary education opportunities for students in underserved areas with growing demand based on long-term demographic trends
bull Alignment with provincial priorities including Growth Plan priorities and economic development initiatives
bull Clear potential to add substantial new capacity and support future enrolment growth in the postsecondary education sector
Alignment with the institutions Strategic Mandate Agreement (SMA) and goals and priorities of the Differentiation Policy Framework Impact on nearby institutions Effective and sustainable governance model including consideration ofthe impact ofdistance from the expansion location for administration and academic experience Focus on undergraduate programs Range of programs offered locally and avoidance ofunwarranted duplication ofexisting programming
Tangible regional economic benefits combined with potential for province-wide benefit based on labour force skills and economic growth Demonstrated local economic benefits and linkages with local industries
Demonstrated Value for Money including Alternative Financing and Procurement (AFP) options where appropriate and limits on provincial contributions
Institutional partnership options including university-college collaboration
Innovative service delivery Postsecondary education quality and student experience (including student and ancillary services)
(continued)
Fl-5b
Priority Objectives General Criteria
Affordability for bull Evidence of substantial support from hostcommunity including students and the financial contributions and land ownership province bull Economies of scale
bull Linkages with local transportation for commuting students bull Potential for leveraging private sector resources bull Evidence of consideration of alternatives to expansion proposal
based on existing capacity and potential partnerships bull Proven financial health of institution with asset management plan
in place bull Demonstrated labour market demand
7 Weighting The evaluation criteria for the assessment of institutional
proposals will be weighted as follows
Category Weight
Section A Meeting Demand 30
bull Strategic management of long-term enrolment growth and accessibility
Section B Demonstrated Affordability 40
bull Affordability for students and the province
Section C Academic and Economic Considerations 30
bull Differentiation sustainability and accountability bull Economic impact bull Quality innovation and competitiveness (including institutional partnership
options)
PI-SI
8 Assessment and Ranking Funding will be awarded on a competitive basis and proposals will be evaluated for suitability using defined criteria Institutions should use both qualitative and quantitative analysis to demonstrate the alignment of their proposals with the general evaluation criteria
SECTION A MEETING DEMAND (30)
Proposals should demonstrate alignment with some or all of the following criteria
Priority Objective 1 Strategic management of long-term enrolment growth and accessibility
General Evaluation Criteria
1 Significant expansion of local postsecondary education opportunities for students in underserved areas with growing demand based on long-term demographic trends
2 Alignment with provincial priorities including Growth Plan priorities and economic development initiatives
3 Clear potential to add substantial new capacity and support future enrolment growth in the postsecondary education sector
Possible Alignment Measures
bull Demographic growth projections for location bull Existing enrolment capacity at institutions in
the proximity of the proposed expansion bull Estimated enrolment capacity ofthe
expansion and projected net increase in undergraduate enrolment
bull Number of students from the area of the intended expansion who are currently attending the institution(s)
Possible Information to Build Evidence Base
bull Institutions long-term enrolment master plan bull Joint campus master plan for partnerships (if applicable) bull Long-term enrolment viability study bull Completed enrolment table in the proposal template stating all assumptions bull Community profile demonstrating future demand in the area bull Documented support from and alignment with plans of any associated agencies municipalities
or other entities
bull Consideration of relevant provincial population and employment projections bull Consideration of key provincial policy directions relating to the location of public institutions and
their associated economic impacts (eg ability to contribute to urban revitalization efforts) bull Evidence of program demand (eg number of applications)
FI-5J
SECTION B DEMONSTRATED AFFORDABILITY (40)
Proposals should demonstrate alignment with some or all of the following criteria
Priority Objective 2 Affordability for students and the province
General Evaluation Criteria
1 Evidence of substantial support from host community including financial contributions and land ownership
2 Economies of scale 3 Linkages with local transportation for
commuting students 4 Potential for leveraging private sector
resources
5 Evidence of consideration of alternatives to expansion proposal based on existing capacity and potential partnerships
6 Proven financial health of institution with asset management plan in place
7 Demonstrated labour market demand
Possible Alignment Measures
bull Total cost of project and expected provincial contribution
bull Cost-benefit analysis ofexpanding an existing assetor building at a new location (or a combination thereof)
bull Distance from current campuses bull Current assetmanagement plan including
effects of expansion on Facilities Condition Index
bull Public transit capacity to the institution and between campuses
bull Debtasset ratioof institution(s) bull Energy sources and efficiency initiatives
(including proposed LEED certification) bull Long-term financial viability bull Existing student employment KPIs
Possible Information to Build Evidence Base
bull Detailed project costing information including projected cash flow requirements and net impact on operating cost
bull Business case demonstrating need for expansiori (existing campus only) including a service gap analysis
bull Letters of support from potential partners indicating details of financial andor in-kind contributions (eg land ownership)
bull Local transportation plan(s) showing current anc1planned public access to site (short- and long-term)
bull Independent verification of total expansion proj set cost
bull Financial health analysis including recent finan cial statements
bull Documentation of preliminary environmental assessment bull Control and ownership of buildings and equipment (partnerships only) bull Long-term forecast of incremental operating expenses and revenues (grants third party revenues)
as a result ofthe proposed project
PI-S9
SECTION C ACADEMIC AND ECONOMIC CONSIDERATIONS (30)
Proposals should demonstrate alignment with some or all of the following criteria
Priority Objective 3 Differentiation sustainability and accountability
General Evaluation Criteria
1Alignment with the institutions Strategic Mandate Agreement (SMA) and goals and priorities of the Differentiation Policy Framework
2 Impact on nearby institutions 3 Effective and sustainable governance model
including consideration of the impact of distance from the expansion location for administration and academic experience
4 Focus on undergraduate programs 5 Range of programs offered locally and
avoidance of unwarranted duplication of existing programming
Possible Alignment Measures
bull Assessment of alignment with SMA bull Proposed programs their alignment with
the institutions strengths and an overview ofsimilar existing programs offered by institutions near the expansion
bull Ranking of institution(s) on applications by students from the proposed area
Possible Information to Build Evidence Base
bull Finalized SMA
bull Program information (initial and planned) bull Overview of proposed institutional governance model bull Consultation overview including results of discussions with affected institutions and letters of
support (if applicable)
pi-to
Priority Objective 4 Economic impact
General Evaluation Criteria
1Tangible regional economic benefits combined with potential for province-wide benefit based on labour force skills and economic growth
2 Demonstrated local economic benefits and linkages with local industries
3 Demonstrated Value for Money including Alternative Financing and Procurement (AFP) options where appropriate and limits on provincial contributions
Possible Alignment Measures
bull Local economic benefits bull Alignment of programs with regional and
Ontario labour market needs
bull Expected financing cost (if any) bull Jobs created (short-term associated with
building period and ongoing) bull Ongoing jobs created at expansion bull Value for Money analysis related to proposed
procurement model
Possible Information to Build Evidence Base
bull An economic impact study or value planning study to demonstrate the projects potential to provide direct economic benefits for the surrounding area (eg by helping to revitalize the community unlock local development potential build the taxbase and leverage existing infrastructure and investments)
Priority Objective 5 Quality innovation and competitiveness
General Evaluation Criteria
1 Institutional partnership options including university-college collaboration
2 Innovative service delivery 3 Postsecondary education quality and student
experience (including student and ancillary services)
Possible Alignment Measures
bull Institutional track record with partnerships bull Assessment ofproposed academic plan and
service delivery bull Range of planned student and ancillary
services compared with services at existing campuses (short- and long-term)
bull Existing student experience (KPIs student outcomes)
Possible Information to Build Evidence Base
bull Institutions Strategic Plan bull Business case in support ofproposed academic plan including partnerships with relevant
raquo information aboutcurriculumpedagogy raquo financial information
raquo interjurisdictional case studies and examples bull Impact analysis with respect toacademic and administrative quality and quality of experience bull Overview of new program accreditation required ifapplicable
12
Fl-fel
9 Communications Protocol
Proposal submissions must be received at MCEsubmissions ontarioca by September 26 2014 Late submissions will not be accepted
Specific questions submitted to the ministry as part of the process will be answered and will be made available to all participants
To ensure a fair and transparent process the ministry will not provide any advisory services to institutions on an individual basis
10 Role of Infrastructure Ontario and Alternative
Financing and Procurement Infrastructure Ontario is a Crown agency of the Government of Ontario It is focused on modernizing and financing the renewal of public infrastructure maximizing the value of public real estate and managing government facilities It also provides expertise in project delivery lending real estate management and asset planning Infrastructure Ontario now has a greater role in procuring infrastructure as well engaging in both traditional forms of procurement and alternative financing and procurement (AFP) when appropriate
As indicated in the Ministry of Infrastructures Building Together Plan and in the provincial governments planning and budgeting process recommendations will be made on the procurement method and delivery of all college infrastructure projects valued at more than $50 million In addition universities with successful projects and associated provincial grants in excess of $100 million will be required to consult with Infrastructure Ontario The $100 million threshold may be lowered in future years
The criteria for assessing these projects could include scope complexity and value-for-money assessment with input from the ministry and Infrastructure Ontario
13
Pl-bl
11 The Selection Process and Funding The ministry will oversee the process leading to the selection of successful applications A multi-ministry panel will review the applications and make recommendations to Cabinet through the Ministry of Training Colleges and Universities Cabinetwill make the final decision aboutsuccessful projects andor future courses of action
Funding for successful projects will be provided subsequently The number of projects selected for support as well as the level and timing of funding will be determined by the provincial government and will reflect a range of considerations including the fiscal environment
12 Components of the Submission The following components of the submission are to be provided to the ministry by the dates indicated In addition to what is required below institutions may submit their proposals in any format that they believe best demonstrates the strengths of their proposed project with due attention to the relevance and conciseness of information supplied (Note that institutions may be asked to revise and re-submit their proposals ifexcessive amounts of information are provided)
All submissions must be preceded by
bull A Notice of Intent to be received by the ministry no later than June 27 2014
The Notices of Intent will give the ministry an early overview of interest in Major Capacity Expansion
14
pl-fe
The components of the proposal submission to be received by the ministry no later than September 26r 2014 are as follows
bull A completed checklist
A checklist is included in the Call for Proposals package The checklist must be completed and included in the submission (The checklist is reproduced from Appendix A of the Major Capacity Expansion Policy Framework page 12)
bull A completed capital template
Please refer to the template included in the Call for Proposals package The template requests detailed information on enrolment projections and funding sources This information must be provided using the template but it may also be presented in a different format in the context of the overall presentation
bull Supplementary information
Institutions are welcome to submit supplementary information to support their proposal Supplementary information may include a business case environmental impact studies and any other information or documentation that substantiates the proposal As noted earlier conciseness and relevance of information are
valued
Pleasealso include evidence of support for your proposal (including documentation of land ownership or leasing contracts documentation of municipal or other funding and letters of support)
In the case of a joint university-college submission approval under s 28 of the Financial Administration Act is required for financing if the debt is related to Colleges or if there is a contingent liability
15
Fl-b4shy
13 Links to Related Documents and Resources
Major Capacity Expansion Policy Framework
Differentiation Policy Framework
Places to Grow
Building Together
14 Disclosure of Information
The Freedom of Information and Protection of Privacy Act (FIPPA) applies to information in the custody or under the control of the ministry Institutions should identify whether any information in their proposals is submitted in confidence within the meaning of s 17 of FIPPA The proposals may be shared with a multi-ministry panel or other advisers that the ministry retains to assist with the assessment of the proposals
15 Call for Proposals Timeline
Date Deliverable
March 27 2014 Release of Call for Proposals
June 27 2014 Notice of Intent
September 26 2014 Close of Call for Proposals
Contact Information
Ministry staff may need to contact institutions to clarify details or request additional information Please provide complete and current contact information in your submission
16
![Page 16: Pl-I *^ BRAMPTON ReP°rt of Cou… · Pi-2> Current Situation: Following Council approval of its Post-Secondary Education Strategy on November 6, ... Call for Proposals Timeline .](https://reader033.fdocuments.in/reader033/viewer/2022060721/6080f345afc78e210d009525/html5/thumbnails/16.jpg)
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario H (~ Icopy
A Young and Family Oriented Community
Brampton is a young City with a median age of 347 years according to Statistics Canada
Bramptons population is younger than the ten most populated cities in Canada as well as the
nation the province of Ontario and the Toronto region
Municipality Median Age Median Age 2011 Rank 2011
Brampton 347 1
Edmonton 360 2
Calgary 364 3
Mississauga 385 4
Montreal 386 5
Winnipeg 390 6
Toronto 392 7
Ottawa 392 7
Vancouver 397 9
Hamilton 409 10
Toronto CMA 386
York Region 393
Peel Region 369
Simcoe County 418
Ontario 404
Canada 406
Source Statistics Canada 2011
The typical post-secondary education enrollment age group between 20 and 39 includes more
than 151800 Brampton residents representing a growth rate of 28 between 2006 and 2011
Immigration is a Driver of Economic Growth
For the first time in its history the number of residents living in Brampton that was born
outside of Canada exceeded 50 of the population In other words the foreign-born
population in Brampton is greater than the Canadian-born population
Immigration continues to be a major influence in the growth and diversification of Bramptons
population labour force employment household income business enterprises and
institutions
This is a differentiating factor that is shaping a new highly energetic image of the City of
Brampton
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 7
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario ^ I bull |
Brampton is a magnet for newCanadians The peak immigration period in Bramptons statistical history is indeed the present time The most recent immigration figures from the 2001 and 2006 Census Surveys and the 2011 National Household Survey revealed that more than 83000 people settled in Brampton between 2001 and 2011 This represents an average annual rate of 8300 new foreign-born residents or approximately 33 of the total immigration into Canada into Brampton
Geography Foreign-Born Foreign Born Population Population 2011
Total 2011 As a of Population
Brampton 263670 506
Peel Region 650530 505
City of Toronto 1252215 486
Toronto CMA 2537410 46
York Region 463125 452
Ontario 3611365 29
Canada 6775765 n
Simcoe County 50915 116
Source Statistics Canada 2011
Between 2006 and 2011 the major countries of birth for new Brampton residents included
1 India-525
2 Philippines-68
3 Pakistan - 63
Languages Spoken in Brampton
Panjabi (Punjabi) Hindi and Urdu were the top three non-official languages in 2011 accounting
for 66 of all of the non-official languages spoken in Brampton making this City one of a few in
Canada with significant allophone representation
Rounding out the top ten languages spoken in Brampton were Portuguese (4) Spanish (5)
Tamil (6) Tagalog (7) Gujarati (8) Italian (9) and Vietnamese (10)
In total eighty-nine languages were reported in the 2011 National Household Survey as being
spoken in Brampton homes
Post-Secondary Educational Attainment
At 51 post-secondary education attainment in Brampton is below key benchmarks However
it is the municipalitys goal to increase this level to meet the provincial (55) and national (54)
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 8
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario p 1mdash1Q
average bypromoting and facilitating post-secondary facilities and access to programs that are next-to- home
Geography Post-Secondary Percentage of Certificate Diploma Total Population or Degree 2011 15 and Older 2011
CityofToronto 1271gt545 58
Toronto CMA 2629970 58
York Region 487945 58
Peel Region 576995 56
Ontario 5717340 55
Canada 14805190 54
Brampton 206770 51
Simcoe County 180650 50
Source Statistics Canada 2011
The Citys strategic economic growth initiatives will continue to result in a more diversified and
talented labour force Such initiatives include residential and commercial intensification of
Bramptons central commercial corridor attracting knowledge-based industries expansion of
executive housing supply investment in arts and culture and supporting programs that
promote entrepreneurship innovation and commercialization
Household Income
At $77787 Brampton had the 2nd highest reported household income among the regions in this sample
Geography Median Household Benchmark
Total Income Rank
2010
York Region $89100 1
Brampton $77787 2
Peel $77588 3
Toronto CMA $70365 4
Simcoe County $67468 5
Ontario $66358 6
Canada $61072 7
City of Toronto $58381 8
Source Statistics Canada 2011
Further between 2005 and 2010 the total number of Brampton households reported in the
highest income category being $100000 and more increased by 425
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 9
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario H|deg
Population Growth is Complimented by Strong Employment Growth
The Brampton economy has been projected to attract approximately 120000 net new jobs by 2031 for a total of 291000 people working in Brampton based business establishments
Employment 2011 2016 2021 2026 2031
Brampton 171000 204000 239000 263000 291000
Peel 730000 820000 880000
Source Hemson Consulting Ltd Oct 2013
Brampton will lead economic growth in Peel over the next two decades attracting 80 of the
employment forecasted in the region Brampton is home to 8075 businesses Brampton
businesses contribute approximately $129 Billion to the GDP or 52 of the output in the
Toronto Region The Citys output is dominated by a mixed economy heavily structured on
goods-producing trades and professional business services industries
The major non-government industries dominating the economic base of Brampton by place of
work employment include
- Manufacturing
- Retail and Wholesale Trade
- Professional and Business Services
- Transportation and Warehousing
This skilled and educated workforce in Brampton represents the 3rd highest concentration of labour in the Toronto Region
Major Corporations
Bramptons corporate community is vibrant featuring an impressive list of corporations from
Canadian and International enterprises that have invested in office production andor logistics
facilities in this community
bull Rogers Communications
bull Chrysler Canada
bull Loblaw Companies
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 10
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario P ImiO
Maple Lodge Farms
Canadian Tire Corporation
Coca Cola Bottling
Waste Management of Canada
Gamma Dynacare
Olymel LLP
Air Canada Strategic Operations Centre
Bacardi Canada
Export Packers Ltd
HBC Canada
Ford Motor Company
Nissan Canada
Medtronics Canada
MDA Robotics
Q9 Canada
Aircraft Appliances and Equipment
Para Paints Canada
Brita Water Filter
Clorox Canada Canon Canada recently Hunter Douglas Windows
announced theMandarin Restaurant Corporation
Nestle Canada relocation of their
Maple Leaf Foods national headquarters HankookTire
to Brampton Ontario Smuckers Canada
Parmalat Canada
Miele Canada
Best Buy CanadaFuture Shop Canada
Small and Medium Sized Enterprises (SMEs)
The backbone of Canadas economy is found in the entrepreneurs and innovators who own
and operate small and medium-sized enterprises While Brampton has an excellent
portfolio of corporate brand names the SME sector is an active contributor to economic
growth Ninety-four per cent (94) of all businesses in Brampton had less than 50
employees Small businesses remain strong in professional scientific and technical support
sectors as well as in business services and the retail and wholesale trades
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 11
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario FI-21
Brampton business establishments with less than ten employees had 23000 workers on their payroll in 2011
Public Sector Employment
Adiverse economic base such as Bramptons is also characterised by very good representation from institutions in the public sector
Major employers include
Regional Municipal of Peel The Peel Memorial Centre for
William Osier Health System
Peel Regional Police Integrated Health and Wellness
Corporation of the City of Brampton will attract between 3000-4000
Sheridan College Institute of Technology professionals in the medical
and Advanced Learning services sector by 2016
bull Ontario Courthouse - Grenville Davis
University Application Statistics
The Ontario Universities Application Centre (OUAC) produces an annual report of
application and registration data for secondary school and other applicants
In 2011 514596 applications were administered by the Ontario University system In the
ten-year period between 2002 and 2011 Ontario saw the number of applications received
grow by approximately 135000 During the same time-frame the number of registered
applicants increased by approximately 23000 or 336 In 2011 Ontario universities
hosted 78434 registered applicants
A key finding of the 2011 OUAC Report is that universities located in geographic zone 7
these being the Ontario College of Arts and Design York University Ryerson University and
the University of Toronto attracted the highest proportion of registered applicants from
their home-zone when compared to all other universities in Ontario
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 12
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario p I bull ^i
This point is highlighted in the following table
Universities in Geographic Registered Secondary Registered Other Group Zone 7 School Applicants Applicants
Originating From Originating from (includes Peel Region York Region Zone 7 in 2011 Zone 7 in 2011 Simcoe County and City of Toronto)
( of Total Registered for ( of Total Registered for Each University) Each University)
York 865 592
Ryerson 822 616
Toronto 743 209
OCAD 643 542
Average 4 System Wide 454 306 Source Ontario University Application Centre 2011
Given the large population demographic composition socio-economic characteristics and
cultural attitudes of residents living in Zone 7 it is clear that there is a positive bias for students
particularly secondary-school students to attend a university where they can live near or stay
within their family and community structures
This is a prevalent trend in Peel Region York Region Simcoe County and the City of Toronto
(the communities that comprise Zone 7) more so than any other region in Ontario
As a summary of the complex set of demand factors highlighted in this section of the report we
see tremendous justification for additional university services on the outer edge of the Greater
Toronto Area
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 13
A Post-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario Fl-ii
3 DEFINING THE OPPORTUNITY
Goal 1 - Sheridan University Campus in Downtown Brampton
Project Vision
Site Options
A
AX
PI
A profound and holistic Sheridan Downtown Brampton Campus
connected to its 9500 plus students at Brampton Davis Steeles Campus
supported by enhanced transit to its HMC Campus I and II and Oakville
Campus
1Nelson Square Garage (Phase II SWQRP) and Phase III Lands
2Heritage Theatre Block ^~ rzmdash~ V V i
bullbull bull bull --bull shy
bull -bullbullbull-Ty ^
General Description of Site Locations - for illustrative purposes only
Mobility These sites are within a 5-minute walking distance to the existing
Brampton GO Train Station (with service to Union Station and
KitchenerWaterloo) and the ZUM Bus Rapid Transit service on
Queen Street and Main Street with service to Sheridan Davis
Campus Guelph-Humber University Campus Mississauga City
Centre (HMC I and II) and York University The proposed
Hurontario-Main Light Rapid Transit system is also within walkinj
distance of the site and offers a direct link to HMC I and II
Infrastructure Type Post-Secondary Education Campus and Related Uses
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 14
A Post-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario Fl-24shy
Project Type DBFM or DBF Design Build Finance Maintain or Design Build
Finance (the final business model is subject to a detailed
feasibility study)
Goal 2 - A New University Campus in Brampton
Project Vision A new university campus that offers undergraduate and graduate
degrees with research-oriented programs for students faculty
industry
Site Option 1 65-acre site at McLaughlin Road and Queen Street West
southwest corner known municipally as Flower City Community
Campus This site was formerly owned by the Province of
Ontario (OPP Headquarters and Training Centre) and is currently
being used by the municipality
Mobility This site is located in the Central Area of Brampton with Brampton
Transit service provided to the property The site is 15
kilometres from the Downtown GO Train Station and the
Downtown ZUM BRT Station on Main Street and 3 km to the
Brampton ZUM BRT station at Shoppers World - Steeles Avenue
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 15
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario p | bull ^S
Site Location Option 2
Mobility
Infrastructure Type
Project Type
The road network provides easy access to the major 400 series
highways for example ETR 407 is 35 km south of this site and
Highway 410 is 45 km east of the site
2719 Bovaird Drive West at Heritage Road southwest quadrant
This 87-acre site was formerly owned by private industry Today
the site is owned by the City of Brampton and is being used by the
municipality for maintenance and operation services
CON5WHS
CON5WHS
iV
I
The Mount Pleasant GO Train Station is 22 km east of the site at
Creditview Road The major Highway 401 and ETR 407 juncture
is approximately 8 km by automobile Future infrastructure
serving this area includes the GTA West Corridor immediately
north and east of the subject property
Post-Secondary Education Campus and Related Uses
DBFM or DBF Design Build Finance Maintain or Design Build
Finance (the final business model is subject to a detailed
feasibility study)
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 16
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario p | 1copy
4 BRAMPTONS STRATEGIC PARTNERSHIPS - A RECORD OF SUCCESS
With its strategic partners the Cityof Brampton has demonstrated an excellent record of
success in building and delivering physical and human infrastructure projects designed to expand public services and improve Bramptons economicdevelopment competitiveness
Ultimately these partnerships have created and preserved Ontario jobs In this section we
showcase a few of these strategic projects
Transit Infrastructure Project-Zum Bus Rapid Transit Project
Zum is Brampton Transits Bus Rapid Transit (BRT) service With its limited stops advanced
technology and real-time next bus information Zum connects people and places within
Brampton and throughout the Greater Toronto Area (GTA) Zum Queen Street service began in
the fall of 2010 Ziim Main Street service began operating in September 2011 and Ziim Steeles
Avenue started in the fall of 2012
Ziim was funded by all three levels of government with investments of $95 million each from
the Federal Provincial and Municipal governments for a total allotment of $285 million
Phase Iof the project required $159 million Phase II which expanded services along Queen
Street and Steeles Avenue as well as introduce new services on Bovaird Drive will require $126
million when fully completed
This is a DBFM - Design Build Finance and Maintain project led by the City of Brampton
Brampton designed built financed and maintains all aspects of the Zum system-wide capital
and operating costs related to
bull Roadway infrastructure intersection modifications and signal priority equipment
bull New terminals and station stops with high-quality passenger amenities
Capital equipment including new vehicles for expanded and rebranded service
Intelligent Transportation System technologies including real-time passenger information
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 17
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario p ( raquo^7
Post-Secondary Education Infrastructure Project -Sheridan Centre for Advanced Manufacturing and Design Technology (CAMDT)
In response to the changing face of manufacturing in Central and Southern Ontario Sheridan College and the City of Brampton embarked on a vision to assist Canadian manufacturers to compete globally with knowledge and technology asthe keys to their success
Led by Sheridan College ITAL the CAMDT $8 million venture is a partnership with more than 20 regional manufacturers the Province of Ontario and the City of Brampton Together we are growing regional talent in this important sector In 2005 CAMDT opened its doors
Seen as a strategic economic development initiative the City of Brampton was a major funding
and local knowledge partner contributing$25 million to CAMDT - the largest investment it has
ever made as a municipality in post-secondary education City Councils investment in Sheridan
is intended to address the demand (in the manufacturing sector) for graduates with a broad
range of advanced technical and management skills as well as to provide enhanced training for
those already in the workforce
CAMDT uses a consortia approach with the following goals
New full-time courses and industrycollege projects
Applied research initiatives and student projects
Contract training and continuing education courses
Strengthen program enrolments and graduate placements
The Centre for Sustainable Manufacturing (CSM) is located in Brampton and houses 18000
square feet of state-of-the-art labs and a flexible automation and fabrication centre The labs
support academic programs in integrated manufacturing computer-aided
draftingmanufacturing and manufacturing management
The Centre helps meet current and future needs of local manufacturers to stimulate regional
economic development and prosperity Sheridan government and local industry have
collaborated for nearly a decade to position the Centre to address critical skills gaps in the
manufacturing sector The Centre is now partnering with industry to support technical financial
and knowledge development to facilitate adoption of innovative technologies that minimize
resource consumption harmful emissions waste and use of toxic materials
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 18
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario p | mdash^ff
Health Care Infrastructure Project shy
Peel Memorial Centre for Integrated Health and Wellness
The new Peel Memorial Centre in Brampton will support the William Osier Health Systems vision for an integrated health system by providing primary ambulatory and outpatient-based care
This is a DBFM - Design Build Maintain Finance project led by Infrastructure Ontario (10)
Scheduled to open in 2016 Peel Memorial CIHW will provide specialized outpatient-based care
including urgent care day surgery and specialty clinics with a focus on helping individuals better
manage chronic conditions like asthma diabetes and kidney disease
According to Osier Health System Peel Memorial will introduce new models of care to shift the
focus from illness to wellness and encourage patients to take a more active role in managing
their own health and well-being
Representing the leading edge in integrated health care delivery Peel Memorial will provide
access to specialized patient-centred care in a state-of-the-art facility that offers a wide variety
of traditional and alternative health care services It will help people to get and stay well
through a series of education prevention disease management and healing programs
In the fall of 2012 Osier received government approval to move forward with a request for
qualifications to design build finance and maintain the new facility Following this
announcement Brampton City Council decided to invest 50 of the community share with a
$60 million levy in support of the new Peel Memorial
Downtown Intensification Infrastructure Project shy
Southwest Quadrant Renewal Plan Municipal Office and Commercial Retail Development
On August 10 2011 Bramptons City Council approved the terms of agreement for the
Southwest Quadrant Renewal Plan which enables the City to move forward with a creative
solution to meet the Citys future administrative space needs and plans for revitalization of
Bramptons downtown The successful proposal submitted by Dominus Construction Group is
a plan for a mixed-use development with several new features including new administrative
parking and retail space and a pedestrian-friendly cityscape for completion in 2014
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 19
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario p f~2raquo^
This is a DBF - Design Build Finance project led by Dominus Construction Group The City is a tenant in the building on a long-term lease
Phase 1 of this LEEDS project now under construction includes a new nine-storey building at 41 George Street that can accommodate
bull 126398 foot building for administrative space
bull 10147 square feet for ground retail space
bull 10545 square feet for multi-purpose meeting rooms
bull 443 parking spaces (five levels of parking)
Phase la also under construction includes a two-storey addition to the current City Hall that
can accommodate
bull 2507 square feet for committee rooms
bull 6187 square feet for ground retail space
Phases 1 and la of the Southwest Quadrant Renewal Plan (SWQRP) represents a $94M
investment in the downtown and all 3 Phases of the combined SWQRP represents an
estimated investment of $251M
This investment in the Southwest Quadrant Renewal Plan is another major building block in the
ongoing evolution and revitalization of downtown Brampton both in terms of contributing to
the urban landscape as well as attracting private sector investment and opportunities
Combined with other major projects like the Rose Theatre Brampton the launch of Ziim on
Queen and Main Streets restoration work at Alderlea and Peel Heritage Complex and several
new condominium projects Bramptons Downtown is experiencing an exciting resurgence
The City of Brampton is planning to add another signature building in our downtown core
further evidence of Bramptons commitment to economic development
Sustainable Community Development Project shy
Mount Pleasant Mobility Hub
The project includes a number of elements that serve to establish Mount Pleasant as a transit-
oriented development exemplifying a more sustainable approach to suburban community
living
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 20
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario p |~^Q
In partnership with the OntarioGovernment MetrolinxGO and Mattamy Homes the City has invested approximately $23 million in the following infrastructure
bull Community Transit Infrastructure station stops and related passenger amenities
Intelligent Transportation Systems (ITS) and transit enhancements at intersections
bull Mobility Hub facility bus layovers sheltered passenger areas clock tower bike storage areas and related amenities
bull Cultural Heritage reconstructed historic CPR station structure to be used as a cultural
facility in the Mt Pleasant civicsquare shared with the Peel District School Board and the
Library
bull Pedestrian amenities Civic Square and Village Green incorporating a reflection poolskating
facility public art canopy structures play area and landscaping features
Through development and stewardship the Mount Pleasant Community will restore and
enhance individual features that currently cover approximately 8 (or 41 hectares) of the
area and create a Natural Heritage System that will cover approximately 19 (or 976 hectares)
of the community As development proceeds within the Mount Pleasant Community the
NHS will come into public ownership The City will be responsible to manage the NHS and our
goal is to support natural processes and regeneration that are beneficial to the health and
diversity of the natural features functions and habitat This will generally mean
bull Planting no-maintenance vegetative buffers between natural areas and private
properties using native trees shrubs and groundcovers
bull Not mowing pruning or spraying natural areas for weeds and insects
bull Allowing for annual flooding and ponding of water along East Huttonville Creek and
within wetlands and woodlands to maintain a natural hydrology that is critical for plant
and wildlife health and diversity
bull Allowingfor the natural loss of vegetation and regrowth of young trees and shrubs
bull Managing natural areas for invasive species such as Buckthorn and Norway Maple
bull Managing the urban trees along streets and parks for invasive species such as Emerald
Ash Borer
The Mount Pleasant Mobility Hub represents a large project that has created one-time
employment within the stipulated 2-year construction period as well generating annual
multipliers supporting Bramptons economic development for future generations
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 21
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario p [raquo^ )
5 OUR INVESTMENT - A COMMITMENT TO POST SECONDARY EDUCATION
The City of Brampton iscommitted to investing in this Strategy Below is a summary of the types of financial and in-kind investmentsthe municipality is prepared to make in order to realize this Strategy
bull Municipal Land Contribution
bull Municipal Commitment to Economic and Market Growth Policies
bull Municipal assistance on site servicing for digitally linked and virtual classrooms
laboratories office
bull Shared Infrastructure related to municipal services such as library field house gymnasium
bull Design an extensive planning process and design exercise that represents the highest
standard of excellence including engaging the community and surrounding land-owners
LEEDS Community and Environmental Design
bull Facilitating municipal and community partnerships to maximize utilization of spaces during
the May - August shoulder period
bull Economic development research grant to support research that fosters innovation and
commercialization
bull Support industry partnerships and innovative enterprises
bull Demonstrate commitment to a shared provincial municipal and university relationship
focused on a culture of open communication shared values community engagement and
volunteerism
bull Staff time and expertise dedicated to teams assigned to this Strategy
bull Leverage City of Brampton AAA Credit Rating by Standard amp Poors
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 22
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario p- ( ~ Q jL
6 IMPLEMENTATION STEPS
The following decision milestones guide the municipal commitment and stewardship of this
Strategy
bull Exploratory Meetings with Sheridan Executive and Chair of Governing Council
bull Preparation of Bramptons Post-Secondary Strategy Proposal
bull Presentation to Premier Wynne - Receive and Endorse Proposed Strategy
bull City Council approval of final post-secondary strategy and approval to enter into a
Memorandum of Understanding with Sheridan College ITAL to explore the feasibility of
establishing Sheridan University in Downtown Brampton
bull Execute an MOU with Sheridan
bull Complete the Feasibility Study for Goal 1
bull Form a project team to prepare the technical documents in support of an RFP related to
Goal 2 -Attract a new undergraduate and graduate research-oriented university campus
aligned with Bramptons vision and proposed site locations with reporting to Council
7 CONTACTS
Susan Fennell
Mayor
City of Brampton Tel 905-874-2600
John Corbett MCIP RPP
Chief Administrative Officer
City of Brampton Tel 905-874-2625
Creating andpreserving knowledge-basedjobs by enabling investments in post-secondary education research innovation and commercialization activities
is at the heart ofBramptons economic vision
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 23
APPENDIX 3
FI-V4shybullUTaarrgt-^M
Major
Capacity
Expansion
Policy
Framework
December 2013
Ministry of Training Colleges and Universities
pound Ontario
PI -IS
The Ontario Public Service endeavours to demonstrate leadership with respect to accessibility in Ontario Our goal isto ensure that Ontario government services products and focilities ore occessible to all our employees and to all members of the public we serve This document or the information that itcontains is available on request in alternative formats Please forward all requests for alternative formats to ServiceOntario ot 1-800-668-9938 (TTY 1-800-268-7095)
line publication equivolenle est disponible en francais sous le titre suivant (Mesttattgique pout Iocuoissement moeur de hcapocili 2013
This publication is also available on the Ministry ofTraining Colleges and Universities website at wwvontariocatcu 13-278 bull ISBN 978-1-4606-3428-8 (POF) bull copy Queens Printer for Ontario 2013
Contents
Vision 5
Context 5
Government Priorities 6
Components of the Policy Framework 7
Initial Review 7
Scope 7
Selection and Approval 9
Policy Implementation and Compliance 10
Appendix A
Contact Information and Checklist for Institutions Considering
Capacity Expansion 11
Appendix B
An Outline of the Review and Approval Process for Planned
Capacity Expansion Proposals 13
Appendix C
General Evaluation Criteria for Major Capacity Expansion 14
Pi-Vi
Vision
Ontarios colleges and universities will drive creativity innovation knowledge and community engagement through teaching and research They will put students first by providing the best possible learning experience for all qualified learners in an affordable and financially sustainable way ensuring high quality and globally competitive outcomes for students and Ontarios knowledge economy
Context
Between 2002-03 and 2012-13 the postsecondary education system in Ontario expanded substantially with full-time enrolment growing by over 160000 more than in any decade in the provinces history Ontario has been supporting enrolment growth across the college and university sectors through increases in operating grants enhancements to student financial aid and capital investments
Ontarios postsecondary institutions have been committed partners in their efforts to accommodate these unprecedented levels of enrolment growth and have thus contributed to expanding opportunities for students to pursue higher education in many communities across Ontario
At65 per cent Ontarios level of postsecondary attainment (college university and apprenticeship) in 2012 was higher than thatof any country in theOrganisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) The Ontario government has set a postsecondary education attainment target of 70 per cent to ensure that the province continues to benefit from the competitive advantage of its highly skilled and educated workforce in the global economy
In this context it is essential to ensure that in future the right spaces are created in the right places for Ontarios students This can be done by targeting areas in which population growth is strong but local postsecondary education capacity is limited
Population growth in Ontario has recently been - and is expected tocontinue to be - concentrated in a number of large urban areas Some of the regions and communities where strong
Fl-W
long-term demand growth is anticipated are not currently served by local campuses In those areas gaps have recently begun to appear between enrolment demand growth and the capacity to accommodate continued enrolment growth If left unaddressed those gaps are likely to widen over time
Projections are subject to uncertainty and caution should always be used when considering long-term forecasts Based on the ministrys latest assessment of demographics and long-term postsecondary education participation patterns enrolment demand growth will moderate in the near term but is expected to return to more rapid growth after 2020 with the potential for substantial enrolment increases over the longer term Consistent with recent trends long-term demand is expected to be greatest for degree-level programs
It is anticipated that the focus of most major capacity expansions in the future will be at the undergraduate degree level Students in rapidly growing communities have access to substantial local college facilities more than they do to local university campuses In addition although graduate enrolment has risen significantly in recent years it is much lower than enrolment at the undergraduate level and tends to be concentrated in fewer institutions
The timing of this anticipated growth in demand provides an important opportunity The province will have time to plan for and address postsecondary education capacity needs in areas of Ontario where communities are growing and where students need better and more affordable access to postsecondary education opportunities closer to home
Government Priorities
The Major Capacity Expansion Policy Framework set out in this document seeks to achieve the following objectives
bull Ensuring that future large-scale capacity expansion supports long-term postsecondary education priorities including institutional differentiation
bull Managing enrolment growth strategically in line with provincial growth planning priorities to address regional capacity gaps in underserved areas
bull Putting in place a transparent evidence-based decision making and implementation process
ldegt
9 Addressing affordability and sustainability for students institutions and the province by maximizing the cost-effectiveness of targeted investments
bull Creating local community and regional economic benefits leading to job creation and greater economic diversity
Components of the Policy Framework The components of the Major Capacity Expansion policy framework include
1) a description of the kinds of initiatives that will be within the scope of the new approval and selection process
2) the selection process and the criteria that will be used in evaluating proposals for approval after a call for proposals is made and
3) details on implementation and compliance
Initial Review
Any institution considering an initiative that involves an expansion ofcapacity should contact the ministry in writing using the checklist provided in Appendix A The ministry will review initiatives proposed by institutions on a case-by-case basis to determine whether the planned expansion is subject to the new selection and approval process outlined below The ministry will provide a response to the institutions request in writing clearly indicating whether a proposed project or initiative will be subject to the new Major Capacity Expansion selection and approval process Initiatives subject to the new process are not to proceed unless approved by the provincial government following a formal call for proposals
Scope
This policy framework addresses a significant provincial interest in the need for provincial management of future large-scale expansions in postsecondary education capacity Effective management and planning is also needed to help avoid potential conflicts that can arise between and among institutions sect with respect to the location of new facilities and campuses s
FI-H-0
The new approval and selection process is primarily focused on initiatives that are designed to accommodate significant long-term increases in the number of domestic full-time postsecondary education students Such large-scale initiatives could include expansions at existing locations or might involve the establishment of new campuses Initiatives could be partnerships including university-college collaborations that would also enhance students educational experience and student pathways
Recognizing thata wide range and variety of potential expansion opportunities exist in Ontarios diverse and complex postsecondary education system the ministry has avoided setting rigid parameters to define major capacity expansion However initiatives characterized by the following scale-related features are most likely to be subject to the new approval and selection process
0 accommodates enrolment growth of more than 1000 full-time students in the short term with the potential to accommodate longer-term growth of5000 to 10000 over the next twenty years (ie long-term enrolment comparable to enrolment at substantial existing college or university campuses)
8 adds new facilities (either owned or secured through long-term lease) larger than 70000 square feet (roughly 6500 square metres) designated primarily for academic purposes
raquo offers a broad range of programs with substantial new or expanded ancillary services (or shows clear potential for future growth in program offerings and ancillary services)
bull significantly improves local student access to postsecondary education in the short term (and has the potential to do so in the longer term) particularly in geographic locations that may be experiencing or are expected to develop capacity gaps
When reviewing a planned expansion the ministry will also take into consideration whether the initiative
bull competes with other capacity expansion initiatives in a particular geographic area or would have an impact on existing or already-planned postsecondary education facilities
bull in the case of proposed new campuses is outside the local area of the institutions existing campuses or is in a new community for the institution in terms of substantial permanent academic facilities For the purpose of this policy the local
FH+I
area of a campus is defined as the area within the median commuter shed for Census Metropolitan Areas in Ontario as specified by Statistics Canada (about 10 km)
Institutions making expansion proposals will be required to provide evidence of prior consultation with and support from other institutions that could be affected by the proposal confirmation of their own Board of Governors support for the proposal and confirmation of significant support from the local municipality or region
Selection and Approval Decisions about future large-scale postsecondary education capacityexpansion projects will be made on the basis of a formal transparent competitive process that will begin with a call for proposals directed to institutions Consideration will be given to proposals for large-scale expansion ofexisting campuses (main or satellite campuses) andor for the creation of new campuses
Calls for proposals will be directed to publicly assisted postsecondary education institutions in Ontario Eligibility to submit a proposal will in general be extended to all institutions however the government may decide to limit eligibility as appropriate depending on current circumstances and evolving provincial priorities
Municipalities interested in being considered as host locations for future major capacity expansion should work in collaboration with institutions that would be prepared to submit a proposal
Priority will be given to proposals in regions that have been experiencing sustained population and postsecondary education demand growth and that are underserved in terms of postsecondary education opportunities
The timing of future calls for proposals the number of projects selected for support and the level and timing of funding will be determined by the provincial government and will reflect a range of considerations including the fiscal environment
FI-M-1
When evaluating proposals the ministry will consider a setof criteria in the following categories consistent with its priorities for future capacity expansion (as outlined on page 6)
bull Strategic management of long-term enrolment growth and accessibility
bull Differentiation sustainability and accountability bull Economic impact raquo Quality innovation and competitiveness (including
institutional partnership options) bull Affordability for students and the province (including
substantial support from host communities)
Over time as circumstances change and priorities evolve the ministry may articulate additional requirements for the competitive process For details of general evaluation criteria refer to Appendix C Additional templates may be provided when a call for proposals is announced
Once the proposals have been evaluated the ministry will make recommendations to Cabinet for funding support for the selected proposals When one or more proposals have been selected and approved for funding bilateral agreements will be put in place between the institution(s) selected and the ministry
Policy Implementation and Compliance This policy framework will be effective immediately Institutions are encouraged to submit their expansion plans for initial review as soon as possible
If an initiative is determined to be outside the scope of this new approval and selection process itwill still be subject to other relevant ministry approval processes including but not limited to program approval and capital funding processes It will also have to be consistent with the terms of the Strategic Mandate Agreement established between the institution and the ministry
Failure to comply with the requirements setout in this policy framework will affect provincial funding Specifically new or expanded enrolment at the location of the expansion will not be recognized for funding through the college or university operating grants and the institution will not be eligible for provincial capital funding at the location Failure to comply could also affect future capital decisions by the provincial government
0 with respect to other locations
Fl-42gt
Appendix A Contact Information and Checklist for Institutions Considering Capacity Expansion
Institutions considering capacity expansion should direct a letter describing the project or initiative along with a completed checklist (see below) to
MCEsubmi53101iionfariocc1
The following checklist will help the ministry determine whether the planned expansion will be subject to the new approval and selection process under the MajorCapacity Expansion policy framework1
Please complete the checklist (copy and scan the completed form or create an e-file based on the template) and include it as an attachment to your communication to the ministry outlining your institutions planned capacity expansion project
Please provide additional information as needed in the Comments section of the checklist
1 A planned expansion that is deemed subject to the new selection and approval process is not to proceed unless approved by the province following a formal call for proposals A planned expansion that is deemed outside the scope of the Major Capacity Expansion approval and selection process will still be subject to other relevant ministry approval processes including but not limited to program approval and capital funding processes
pl-4-4shy
Checklist for Institutions Considering Capacity Expansion
Checklist Items
Size
How many full-time students would this initiative accommodate based on current plans
Is there potential for substantial longer-term enrolment growth If yes please provide a high-level estimate of potential enrolment
How much space (in sq ft) will be designated for academic purposes in the proposed facility (or expansion) Would new facilities be owned or secured through long-term lease
What is the credential mix of programs associated with this proposed expansion
What programs would be made available
Consultation
Have you consulted with other institutions that could be affected by this proposal
bull Which institution(s) have you consulted Are they supportive
Has your institution engaged its Board of Governors with respect to this proposal Is the board supportive
Is your proposal supported by the local municipality region in which it would be located
bull Will third-party resources (municipalities region other) be available to support this initiative What is the level of support expected
Location Services
Where would the new capacity be located (municipality region)
bull Is this a new locationcommunity for your institution
If proposing expansion at a new location is the location more than 10 km from existing campus(es)
Does the planned expansion include ancillary and student services
bull Please provide a list of services to be offered
Notes
Yes No Comme -
DD
an
a a
a a
bull a
bull a
bull a
bull This list is designed to provide information needed to determine whether a proposal will be deemed subject to the Major Capacity Expansion policy approval and selection process
bull Decisions will be made on a case-by-case basis If additional information is needed a representative of the Ministry ofTraining Colleges and Universities will contact the institution Please provide complete contact information including name position title email address and phone numbers
FI-H5
Appendix B An Outline of the Review and Approval Process for Planned Capacity Expansion Proposals
Chart 1 below outlines the steps in the assessment process that will be used to determine whether a planned capacity expansion will be deemed subject to the approval and selection process under the Major Capacity Expansion policy framework
Chart 2 outlines the steps in the process of selecting initiatives for funding under the Major Capacity Expansion policy framework
Chart 1 Initial Review - Is the Planned Expansion Subject to the Major Capacity Expansion Selection and Approval Process
The planned expansion
does not move forward
until approved by the
province following a Ministry reviews the institutions formal call for proposals
Institution submits a letter Failure to comply will submission to evaluate whether
describing the planned the planned expansion will be affect provincial funding
expansion with a completed subject to the new selection 1gt4^lt^t^fea1Vitaiiij4gtlJULJl^
and approval process under
for review the Major Capacity Expansion The planned expansion policy framework moves forward subject to
checklist to the ministry
Wampj^WJfeWamp$Si^^ all other ministry approval
processes (eg capital and
program approvals)
bulluiut^w-ww-yishy
Chart 2 SelectionApproval Process far a Major Capacity Expansion Following a Call for Proposals
Callfor proposals initiated Institutions submit Ministry assesses proposals Announcement of selected
by the province proposals against evaluation criteria initiatives to be supported
and brings forward selected for major capacity
proposals for Cabinet expansion
approval
raquoHSW^8raquoMJmmLiMH WOWluUdUJIUlbUitL
13
r
shy
Fl-Ho
enoix C General Evaluation Criteria for Major Capacity Expansion
Category Evaluation Criteria
Strategic Significant expansion of local postsecondary education opportunities for management students in underserved areas with growing demand based on long-term of long-term demographic trends enrolment Alignment with provincial priorities including Growth Plan priorities and
economic development initiativesgrowth and Clear potential to add substantial new capacity and support futureaccessibility enrolment growth in the postsecondary education sector
Differentiation Alignment with the institutions Strategic Mandate Agreement and goals sustainability and priorities of the Differentiation Policy Framework and Impact on nearby institutions accountability Effective and sustainable governance model including consideration
of the impact of distance from the expansion location for administration and academic experience Focus on undergraduate programs Range of programs offered locally and avoidance of unwarranted duplication of existing programming
Economic Demonstrated Value for Money including AFP options where impact appropriate and limits on provincial contributions
Tangible regional economic benefits combined with potential for province-wide benefit based on labour force skills and economic growth Demonstrated local economic benefits and linkages with local industries
Quality Innovative service delivery innovation Institutional partnership options including university-college collaboration and Postsecondary education quality and student experience (including
ancillary and student services)competitiveness
Affordabiiity Evidence of substantial support from host community including financial for students contributions and land ownership
Economies of scaleand the
province Linkages with local transportation for commuting students Potential for leveraging private sector resources Evidence of consideration ofalternatives to expansion proposal based on existing capacity and potential partnerships Proven financial health of institution with asset management plan in place Demonstrated labour market demand
Nofe These are the general criteria that will be used to guide the selection and approval of proposals submitted in response toa ministry call for proposals
N
News Release
Helping More Students Pursue Postsecondary Education
Ontario Calls for Expansion Proposals from Universities March 272014 945 am
Office of the Premier
Premier Kathleen Wynne announced today that the government is taking steps to
ensure that more students can pursue undergraduate degrees close to home The
province is inviting universities to submit proposals for new or expanded campuses in
underserved areas (colleges are encouraged to partner with universities to submit
proposals)
This call for proposals is part of the governments commitment to provide funding for
60000 additional postsecondary education spaces across Ontario The government will
collaborate closely with municipalities colleges and universities to ensure that capacity
is increased where it is needed the most
The proposals will be evaluated based on their potential to
bull Increase postsecondary spaces in underserved areas
bull Improve quality innovation and competitiveness
bull Demonstrate cost-effectiveness to both students and taxpayers
bull Help stimulate growth and economic development in Ontario
This will help establish a formal transparent and competitive process to evaluate
decisions about future expansions
Improving access to postsecondary education is part of the Ontario governments
economic plan that is creating jobs for today and tomorrow The comprehensive plan
and its six priorities focus on Ontarios greatest strengths -- its people and strategic
partnerships
Fl-M
Quick Facts
The call for proposals is open to all publicly assisted universities and all colleges of
applied arts and technology in Ontario with a deadline for submissions of Sept 26
2014 Colleges must partner with universities to be eligible for major capacity
expansion projects
Municipalities interested in being considered as host locations are expected to work
in collaboration with institutions that are submitting a proposal
The province released the Major Capacity Expansion Policy Framework in December
2013 to identify priority areas for growth
In the last 10 years full-time enrolment in Ontarios postsecondary system has grown
by more than 160000 mdash more than in any decade in the provinces history
bull The provinces 30 off Tuition Grant helped more than 230000 students start
college or university last year
Quotes
Fl-M
We are committed to helping more students get the postsecondary education they need to succeed
We want to bridge Ontarios skills gap and ensure that young people are equipped with all the right
skills mdash no matter where they live
Kathleen Wynne
Premier of Ontario
Expanding and creating new postsecondary campuses where they are needed most will help
ensure that more students have the opportunity to get a world-class education while staying close to
home Were working closely with our postsecondary partners to make sure the right spaces are in
the right places
Brad Duguid
Minister of Training Colleges and Universities
Laurier Brantford has provided immeasurable benefits to both local students and the citys
downtown revitalization This announcement signifies similar economic development partnerships
between municipalities and postsecondary institutions leading to new jobs and increased prosperity
for more communities across Ontario Chris Friel Mayor City of Brantford
PI-so
^^js^-^
Major
Capacity
Expansion
Call for
Proposals
GUIDELINES
March 2014
Ministry of Training Colleges and Universities
w^ Ontario
Fl-SI
The Ontario Public Service endeavours to demonstrate leadership with respect to accessibility in Ontario Our gool is to ensure that Ontario government services products and facilities are occessible to all our employees and to all members ofthe public we serve This document or the inlormolion that itcontains is available on request in alternative formats Pleose forward all requests lor alternative formats to ServiceOntario at1-800-668-9938 (TTY 1-800-268-709S)
line publication equivolente est disponible en francais sous le litre suivont Appel de propositions pour Ioccroissement moieur de la capocM - lignes directrices
This publication is also available on the Ministry olTraining Colleges and Universities website atwwivontariocatcu 13-323 bull ISBN 978-1-4606-3802-6 (PDF) bull copy Queens Printer for Ontario 2014
2014
Fi-sa
Contents
1 Background 5
2 Timelines for Submitting a Proposal 5
3 Notice of Intent 5
4 Eligible Applicants 6
5 Eligible Projects 6
6 Major Capacity Expansion General Evaluation Criteria 7
7 Weighting 8
8 Assessment and Ranking 9
9 Communications Protocol 13
10 Role of Infrastructure Ontario and Alternative
Financing and Procurement 13
11 The Selection Process and Funding 14
12 Components of the Submission 14
13 Links to Related Documents and Resources 16
14 Disclosure of Information 16
15 Call for Proposals Timeline 16
PI-S3
1 Background The ministry released its Major Capacity Expansion Policy Framework on December 20 2013 A commitment was made to
issue a Call for Proposals in early 2014
This Call for Proposals represents the beginning of a process that will lead to the selection of successful proposals which collectively will meet provincial goals for postsecondary education in Ontario - increased capacity at the undergraduate degree level greater affordability for students institutions and the province improved institutional differentiation and regional economic benefits This process will be guided by principles of fairness competitiveness and transparency and by a commitment to serve the public interest
This long-term initiative will help ensure that our postsecondary education system will have the right spaces in the right places for Ontario students
2 Timelines for Submitting a Proposal The closing date for submission of a Notice of Intent is June 27 2014
The closing date for submission of the full proposal is September 26 2014
Submissions must be received by the ministry on or before these dates
3 Notice of Intent
The Notice of Intent is a one-page overview of the proposed project Proposals will not be considered unless a Notice of Intent is received by the deadline ofJune 27 2014 To ensure transparency and competitiveness every Notice of Intent submitted to the ministry will be posted on the Postsecondary Education Partners Gateway website within 30 days of the submission date
Fl-Sf
4 Eligible Applicants In view of the focus on undergraduate degree capacity it is expected that submissions will be led by universities butcollegeshyuniversity partnership models are encouraged
All proposals must demonstrate need (ie expansion should be located in areas thatare currently underserved by postsecondary education andor thatare expected to experience significant future growth in enrolment demand)
5 Eligible Projects Recognizing the wide range and variety of potential expansion opportunities the ministry continues to avoid setting rigid parameters to define major capacityexpansion However as stated in the Major Capacity Expansion Policy Framework initiatives characterized by the following scale-related features are most likely to be subject to this approval and selection process
bull accommodates enrolment growth of more than 1000 full-time students in the short term with the potential to accommodate longer-term growth of 5000 to 10000 over the next twenty years (ie long-term enrolment comparable to enrolment at substantial existing collegeor university campuses)
bull adds new facilities (either owned or secured through long-term lease) larger than 70000 square feet (roughly 6500 square metres) designated primarily for academic purposes
bull offers a broad range of programs with substantial new or expanded ancillary services (or shows clear potential for future growth in program offerings and student and ancillary services)
bull significantly improves local student access to postsecondary education in the short term (and has the potential to continue to do so in the longer term) particularly in geographic locations that may be experiencing or are expected to develop capacity gaps at the undergraduate degree level
PI-S5
6 Major Capacity Expansion General Evaluation Criteria
The following general evaluation criteria were included in the Major Capacity Expansion Policy Framework These criteria will be used to assess proposals Institutions should demonstrate the alignment of their proposed projects with the criteria and may do so in any format suitable to them
Priority Objectives
Strategic management of long-term enrolment growth and accessibility
Differentiation sustainability and accountability
Economic impact
Quality innovation and competitiveness
General Criteria
bull Significant expansion of local postsecondary education opportunities for students in underserved areas with growing demand based on long-term demographic trends
bull Alignment with provincial priorities including Growth Plan priorities and economic development initiatives
bull Clear potential to add substantial new capacity and support future enrolment growth in the postsecondary education sector
Alignment with the institutions Strategic Mandate Agreement (SMA) and goals and priorities of the Differentiation Policy Framework Impact on nearby institutions Effective and sustainable governance model including consideration ofthe impact ofdistance from the expansion location for administration and academic experience Focus on undergraduate programs Range of programs offered locally and avoidance ofunwarranted duplication ofexisting programming
Tangible regional economic benefits combined with potential for province-wide benefit based on labour force skills and economic growth Demonstrated local economic benefits and linkages with local industries
Demonstrated Value for Money including Alternative Financing and Procurement (AFP) options where appropriate and limits on provincial contributions
Institutional partnership options including university-college collaboration
Innovative service delivery Postsecondary education quality and student experience (including student and ancillary services)
(continued)
Fl-5b
Priority Objectives General Criteria
Affordability for bull Evidence of substantial support from hostcommunity including students and the financial contributions and land ownership province bull Economies of scale
bull Linkages with local transportation for commuting students bull Potential for leveraging private sector resources bull Evidence of consideration of alternatives to expansion proposal
based on existing capacity and potential partnerships bull Proven financial health of institution with asset management plan
in place bull Demonstrated labour market demand
7 Weighting The evaluation criteria for the assessment of institutional
proposals will be weighted as follows
Category Weight
Section A Meeting Demand 30
bull Strategic management of long-term enrolment growth and accessibility
Section B Demonstrated Affordability 40
bull Affordability for students and the province
Section C Academic and Economic Considerations 30
bull Differentiation sustainability and accountability bull Economic impact bull Quality innovation and competitiveness (including institutional partnership
options)
PI-SI
8 Assessment and Ranking Funding will be awarded on a competitive basis and proposals will be evaluated for suitability using defined criteria Institutions should use both qualitative and quantitative analysis to demonstrate the alignment of their proposals with the general evaluation criteria
SECTION A MEETING DEMAND (30)
Proposals should demonstrate alignment with some or all of the following criteria
Priority Objective 1 Strategic management of long-term enrolment growth and accessibility
General Evaluation Criteria
1 Significant expansion of local postsecondary education opportunities for students in underserved areas with growing demand based on long-term demographic trends
2 Alignment with provincial priorities including Growth Plan priorities and economic development initiatives
3 Clear potential to add substantial new capacity and support future enrolment growth in the postsecondary education sector
Possible Alignment Measures
bull Demographic growth projections for location bull Existing enrolment capacity at institutions in
the proximity of the proposed expansion bull Estimated enrolment capacity ofthe
expansion and projected net increase in undergraduate enrolment
bull Number of students from the area of the intended expansion who are currently attending the institution(s)
Possible Information to Build Evidence Base
bull Institutions long-term enrolment master plan bull Joint campus master plan for partnerships (if applicable) bull Long-term enrolment viability study bull Completed enrolment table in the proposal template stating all assumptions bull Community profile demonstrating future demand in the area bull Documented support from and alignment with plans of any associated agencies municipalities
or other entities
bull Consideration of relevant provincial population and employment projections bull Consideration of key provincial policy directions relating to the location of public institutions and
their associated economic impacts (eg ability to contribute to urban revitalization efforts) bull Evidence of program demand (eg number of applications)
FI-5J
SECTION B DEMONSTRATED AFFORDABILITY (40)
Proposals should demonstrate alignment with some or all of the following criteria
Priority Objective 2 Affordability for students and the province
General Evaluation Criteria
1 Evidence of substantial support from host community including financial contributions and land ownership
2 Economies of scale 3 Linkages with local transportation for
commuting students 4 Potential for leveraging private sector
resources
5 Evidence of consideration of alternatives to expansion proposal based on existing capacity and potential partnerships
6 Proven financial health of institution with asset management plan in place
7 Demonstrated labour market demand
Possible Alignment Measures
bull Total cost of project and expected provincial contribution
bull Cost-benefit analysis ofexpanding an existing assetor building at a new location (or a combination thereof)
bull Distance from current campuses bull Current assetmanagement plan including
effects of expansion on Facilities Condition Index
bull Public transit capacity to the institution and between campuses
bull Debtasset ratioof institution(s) bull Energy sources and efficiency initiatives
(including proposed LEED certification) bull Long-term financial viability bull Existing student employment KPIs
Possible Information to Build Evidence Base
bull Detailed project costing information including projected cash flow requirements and net impact on operating cost
bull Business case demonstrating need for expansiori (existing campus only) including a service gap analysis
bull Letters of support from potential partners indicating details of financial andor in-kind contributions (eg land ownership)
bull Local transportation plan(s) showing current anc1planned public access to site (short- and long-term)
bull Independent verification of total expansion proj set cost
bull Financial health analysis including recent finan cial statements
bull Documentation of preliminary environmental assessment bull Control and ownership of buildings and equipment (partnerships only) bull Long-term forecast of incremental operating expenses and revenues (grants third party revenues)
as a result ofthe proposed project
PI-S9
SECTION C ACADEMIC AND ECONOMIC CONSIDERATIONS (30)
Proposals should demonstrate alignment with some or all of the following criteria
Priority Objective 3 Differentiation sustainability and accountability
General Evaluation Criteria
1Alignment with the institutions Strategic Mandate Agreement (SMA) and goals and priorities of the Differentiation Policy Framework
2 Impact on nearby institutions 3 Effective and sustainable governance model
including consideration of the impact of distance from the expansion location for administration and academic experience
4 Focus on undergraduate programs 5 Range of programs offered locally and
avoidance of unwarranted duplication of existing programming
Possible Alignment Measures
bull Assessment of alignment with SMA bull Proposed programs their alignment with
the institutions strengths and an overview ofsimilar existing programs offered by institutions near the expansion
bull Ranking of institution(s) on applications by students from the proposed area
Possible Information to Build Evidence Base
bull Finalized SMA
bull Program information (initial and planned) bull Overview of proposed institutional governance model bull Consultation overview including results of discussions with affected institutions and letters of
support (if applicable)
pi-to
Priority Objective 4 Economic impact
General Evaluation Criteria
1Tangible regional economic benefits combined with potential for province-wide benefit based on labour force skills and economic growth
2 Demonstrated local economic benefits and linkages with local industries
3 Demonstrated Value for Money including Alternative Financing and Procurement (AFP) options where appropriate and limits on provincial contributions
Possible Alignment Measures
bull Local economic benefits bull Alignment of programs with regional and
Ontario labour market needs
bull Expected financing cost (if any) bull Jobs created (short-term associated with
building period and ongoing) bull Ongoing jobs created at expansion bull Value for Money analysis related to proposed
procurement model
Possible Information to Build Evidence Base
bull An economic impact study or value planning study to demonstrate the projects potential to provide direct economic benefits for the surrounding area (eg by helping to revitalize the community unlock local development potential build the taxbase and leverage existing infrastructure and investments)
Priority Objective 5 Quality innovation and competitiveness
General Evaluation Criteria
1 Institutional partnership options including university-college collaboration
2 Innovative service delivery 3 Postsecondary education quality and student
experience (including student and ancillary services)
Possible Alignment Measures
bull Institutional track record with partnerships bull Assessment ofproposed academic plan and
service delivery bull Range of planned student and ancillary
services compared with services at existing campuses (short- and long-term)
bull Existing student experience (KPIs student outcomes)
Possible Information to Build Evidence Base
bull Institutions Strategic Plan bull Business case in support ofproposed academic plan including partnerships with relevant
raquo information aboutcurriculumpedagogy raquo financial information
raquo interjurisdictional case studies and examples bull Impact analysis with respect toacademic and administrative quality and quality of experience bull Overview of new program accreditation required ifapplicable
12
Fl-fel
9 Communications Protocol
Proposal submissions must be received at MCEsubmissions ontarioca by September 26 2014 Late submissions will not be accepted
Specific questions submitted to the ministry as part of the process will be answered and will be made available to all participants
To ensure a fair and transparent process the ministry will not provide any advisory services to institutions on an individual basis
10 Role of Infrastructure Ontario and Alternative
Financing and Procurement Infrastructure Ontario is a Crown agency of the Government of Ontario It is focused on modernizing and financing the renewal of public infrastructure maximizing the value of public real estate and managing government facilities It also provides expertise in project delivery lending real estate management and asset planning Infrastructure Ontario now has a greater role in procuring infrastructure as well engaging in both traditional forms of procurement and alternative financing and procurement (AFP) when appropriate
As indicated in the Ministry of Infrastructures Building Together Plan and in the provincial governments planning and budgeting process recommendations will be made on the procurement method and delivery of all college infrastructure projects valued at more than $50 million In addition universities with successful projects and associated provincial grants in excess of $100 million will be required to consult with Infrastructure Ontario The $100 million threshold may be lowered in future years
The criteria for assessing these projects could include scope complexity and value-for-money assessment with input from the ministry and Infrastructure Ontario
13
Pl-bl
11 The Selection Process and Funding The ministry will oversee the process leading to the selection of successful applications A multi-ministry panel will review the applications and make recommendations to Cabinet through the Ministry of Training Colleges and Universities Cabinetwill make the final decision aboutsuccessful projects andor future courses of action
Funding for successful projects will be provided subsequently The number of projects selected for support as well as the level and timing of funding will be determined by the provincial government and will reflect a range of considerations including the fiscal environment
12 Components of the Submission The following components of the submission are to be provided to the ministry by the dates indicated In addition to what is required below institutions may submit their proposals in any format that they believe best demonstrates the strengths of their proposed project with due attention to the relevance and conciseness of information supplied (Note that institutions may be asked to revise and re-submit their proposals ifexcessive amounts of information are provided)
All submissions must be preceded by
bull A Notice of Intent to be received by the ministry no later than June 27 2014
The Notices of Intent will give the ministry an early overview of interest in Major Capacity Expansion
14
pl-fe
The components of the proposal submission to be received by the ministry no later than September 26r 2014 are as follows
bull A completed checklist
A checklist is included in the Call for Proposals package The checklist must be completed and included in the submission (The checklist is reproduced from Appendix A of the Major Capacity Expansion Policy Framework page 12)
bull A completed capital template
Please refer to the template included in the Call for Proposals package The template requests detailed information on enrolment projections and funding sources This information must be provided using the template but it may also be presented in a different format in the context of the overall presentation
bull Supplementary information
Institutions are welcome to submit supplementary information to support their proposal Supplementary information may include a business case environmental impact studies and any other information or documentation that substantiates the proposal As noted earlier conciseness and relevance of information are
valued
Pleasealso include evidence of support for your proposal (including documentation of land ownership or leasing contracts documentation of municipal or other funding and letters of support)
In the case of a joint university-college submission approval under s 28 of the Financial Administration Act is required for financing if the debt is related to Colleges or if there is a contingent liability
15
Fl-b4shy
13 Links to Related Documents and Resources
Major Capacity Expansion Policy Framework
Differentiation Policy Framework
Places to Grow
Building Together
14 Disclosure of Information
The Freedom of Information and Protection of Privacy Act (FIPPA) applies to information in the custody or under the control of the ministry Institutions should identify whether any information in their proposals is submitted in confidence within the meaning of s 17 of FIPPA The proposals may be shared with a multi-ministry panel or other advisers that the ministry retains to assist with the assessment of the proposals
15 Call for Proposals Timeline
Date Deliverable
March 27 2014 Release of Call for Proposals
June 27 2014 Notice of Intent
September 26 2014 Close of Call for Proposals
Contact Information
Ministry staff may need to contact institutions to clarify details or request additional information Please provide complete and current contact information in your submission
16
![Page 17: Pl-I *^ BRAMPTON ReP°rt of Cou… · Pi-2> Current Situation: Following Council approval of its Post-Secondary Education Strategy on November 6, ... Call for Proposals Timeline .](https://reader033.fdocuments.in/reader033/viewer/2022060721/6080f345afc78e210d009525/html5/thumbnails/17.jpg)
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario ^ I bull |
Brampton is a magnet for newCanadians The peak immigration period in Bramptons statistical history is indeed the present time The most recent immigration figures from the 2001 and 2006 Census Surveys and the 2011 National Household Survey revealed that more than 83000 people settled in Brampton between 2001 and 2011 This represents an average annual rate of 8300 new foreign-born residents or approximately 33 of the total immigration into Canada into Brampton
Geography Foreign-Born Foreign Born Population Population 2011
Total 2011 As a of Population
Brampton 263670 506
Peel Region 650530 505
City of Toronto 1252215 486
Toronto CMA 2537410 46
York Region 463125 452
Ontario 3611365 29
Canada 6775765 n
Simcoe County 50915 116
Source Statistics Canada 2011
Between 2006 and 2011 the major countries of birth for new Brampton residents included
1 India-525
2 Philippines-68
3 Pakistan - 63
Languages Spoken in Brampton
Panjabi (Punjabi) Hindi and Urdu were the top three non-official languages in 2011 accounting
for 66 of all of the non-official languages spoken in Brampton making this City one of a few in
Canada with significant allophone representation
Rounding out the top ten languages spoken in Brampton were Portuguese (4) Spanish (5)
Tamil (6) Tagalog (7) Gujarati (8) Italian (9) and Vietnamese (10)
In total eighty-nine languages were reported in the 2011 National Household Survey as being
spoken in Brampton homes
Post-Secondary Educational Attainment
At 51 post-secondary education attainment in Brampton is below key benchmarks However
it is the municipalitys goal to increase this level to meet the provincial (55) and national (54)
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 8
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario p 1mdash1Q
average bypromoting and facilitating post-secondary facilities and access to programs that are next-to- home
Geography Post-Secondary Percentage of Certificate Diploma Total Population or Degree 2011 15 and Older 2011
CityofToronto 1271gt545 58
Toronto CMA 2629970 58
York Region 487945 58
Peel Region 576995 56
Ontario 5717340 55
Canada 14805190 54
Brampton 206770 51
Simcoe County 180650 50
Source Statistics Canada 2011
The Citys strategic economic growth initiatives will continue to result in a more diversified and
talented labour force Such initiatives include residential and commercial intensification of
Bramptons central commercial corridor attracting knowledge-based industries expansion of
executive housing supply investment in arts and culture and supporting programs that
promote entrepreneurship innovation and commercialization
Household Income
At $77787 Brampton had the 2nd highest reported household income among the regions in this sample
Geography Median Household Benchmark
Total Income Rank
2010
York Region $89100 1
Brampton $77787 2
Peel $77588 3
Toronto CMA $70365 4
Simcoe County $67468 5
Ontario $66358 6
Canada $61072 7
City of Toronto $58381 8
Source Statistics Canada 2011
Further between 2005 and 2010 the total number of Brampton households reported in the
highest income category being $100000 and more increased by 425
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 9
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario H|deg
Population Growth is Complimented by Strong Employment Growth
The Brampton economy has been projected to attract approximately 120000 net new jobs by 2031 for a total of 291000 people working in Brampton based business establishments
Employment 2011 2016 2021 2026 2031
Brampton 171000 204000 239000 263000 291000
Peel 730000 820000 880000
Source Hemson Consulting Ltd Oct 2013
Brampton will lead economic growth in Peel over the next two decades attracting 80 of the
employment forecasted in the region Brampton is home to 8075 businesses Brampton
businesses contribute approximately $129 Billion to the GDP or 52 of the output in the
Toronto Region The Citys output is dominated by a mixed economy heavily structured on
goods-producing trades and professional business services industries
The major non-government industries dominating the economic base of Brampton by place of
work employment include
- Manufacturing
- Retail and Wholesale Trade
- Professional and Business Services
- Transportation and Warehousing
This skilled and educated workforce in Brampton represents the 3rd highest concentration of labour in the Toronto Region
Major Corporations
Bramptons corporate community is vibrant featuring an impressive list of corporations from
Canadian and International enterprises that have invested in office production andor logistics
facilities in this community
bull Rogers Communications
bull Chrysler Canada
bull Loblaw Companies
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 10
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario P ImiO
Maple Lodge Farms
Canadian Tire Corporation
Coca Cola Bottling
Waste Management of Canada
Gamma Dynacare
Olymel LLP
Air Canada Strategic Operations Centre
Bacardi Canada
Export Packers Ltd
HBC Canada
Ford Motor Company
Nissan Canada
Medtronics Canada
MDA Robotics
Q9 Canada
Aircraft Appliances and Equipment
Para Paints Canada
Brita Water Filter
Clorox Canada Canon Canada recently Hunter Douglas Windows
announced theMandarin Restaurant Corporation
Nestle Canada relocation of their
Maple Leaf Foods national headquarters HankookTire
to Brampton Ontario Smuckers Canada
Parmalat Canada
Miele Canada
Best Buy CanadaFuture Shop Canada
Small and Medium Sized Enterprises (SMEs)
The backbone of Canadas economy is found in the entrepreneurs and innovators who own
and operate small and medium-sized enterprises While Brampton has an excellent
portfolio of corporate brand names the SME sector is an active contributor to economic
growth Ninety-four per cent (94) of all businesses in Brampton had less than 50
employees Small businesses remain strong in professional scientific and technical support
sectors as well as in business services and the retail and wholesale trades
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 11
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario FI-21
Brampton business establishments with less than ten employees had 23000 workers on their payroll in 2011
Public Sector Employment
Adiverse economic base such as Bramptons is also characterised by very good representation from institutions in the public sector
Major employers include
Regional Municipal of Peel The Peel Memorial Centre for
William Osier Health System
Peel Regional Police Integrated Health and Wellness
Corporation of the City of Brampton will attract between 3000-4000
Sheridan College Institute of Technology professionals in the medical
and Advanced Learning services sector by 2016
bull Ontario Courthouse - Grenville Davis
University Application Statistics
The Ontario Universities Application Centre (OUAC) produces an annual report of
application and registration data for secondary school and other applicants
In 2011 514596 applications were administered by the Ontario University system In the
ten-year period between 2002 and 2011 Ontario saw the number of applications received
grow by approximately 135000 During the same time-frame the number of registered
applicants increased by approximately 23000 or 336 In 2011 Ontario universities
hosted 78434 registered applicants
A key finding of the 2011 OUAC Report is that universities located in geographic zone 7
these being the Ontario College of Arts and Design York University Ryerson University and
the University of Toronto attracted the highest proportion of registered applicants from
their home-zone when compared to all other universities in Ontario
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 12
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario p I bull ^i
This point is highlighted in the following table
Universities in Geographic Registered Secondary Registered Other Group Zone 7 School Applicants Applicants
Originating From Originating from (includes Peel Region York Region Zone 7 in 2011 Zone 7 in 2011 Simcoe County and City of Toronto)
( of Total Registered for ( of Total Registered for Each University) Each University)
York 865 592
Ryerson 822 616
Toronto 743 209
OCAD 643 542
Average 4 System Wide 454 306 Source Ontario University Application Centre 2011
Given the large population demographic composition socio-economic characteristics and
cultural attitudes of residents living in Zone 7 it is clear that there is a positive bias for students
particularly secondary-school students to attend a university where they can live near or stay
within their family and community structures
This is a prevalent trend in Peel Region York Region Simcoe County and the City of Toronto
(the communities that comprise Zone 7) more so than any other region in Ontario
As a summary of the complex set of demand factors highlighted in this section of the report we
see tremendous justification for additional university services on the outer edge of the Greater
Toronto Area
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 13
A Post-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario Fl-ii
3 DEFINING THE OPPORTUNITY
Goal 1 - Sheridan University Campus in Downtown Brampton
Project Vision
Site Options
A
AX
PI
A profound and holistic Sheridan Downtown Brampton Campus
connected to its 9500 plus students at Brampton Davis Steeles Campus
supported by enhanced transit to its HMC Campus I and II and Oakville
Campus
1Nelson Square Garage (Phase II SWQRP) and Phase III Lands
2Heritage Theatre Block ^~ rzmdash~ V V i
bullbull bull bull --bull shy
bull -bullbullbull-Ty ^
General Description of Site Locations - for illustrative purposes only
Mobility These sites are within a 5-minute walking distance to the existing
Brampton GO Train Station (with service to Union Station and
KitchenerWaterloo) and the ZUM Bus Rapid Transit service on
Queen Street and Main Street with service to Sheridan Davis
Campus Guelph-Humber University Campus Mississauga City
Centre (HMC I and II) and York University The proposed
Hurontario-Main Light Rapid Transit system is also within walkinj
distance of the site and offers a direct link to HMC I and II
Infrastructure Type Post-Secondary Education Campus and Related Uses
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 14
A Post-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario Fl-24shy
Project Type DBFM or DBF Design Build Finance Maintain or Design Build
Finance (the final business model is subject to a detailed
feasibility study)
Goal 2 - A New University Campus in Brampton
Project Vision A new university campus that offers undergraduate and graduate
degrees with research-oriented programs for students faculty
industry
Site Option 1 65-acre site at McLaughlin Road and Queen Street West
southwest corner known municipally as Flower City Community
Campus This site was formerly owned by the Province of
Ontario (OPP Headquarters and Training Centre) and is currently
being used by the municipality
Mobility This site is located in the Central Area of Brampton with Brampton
Transit service provided to the property The site is 15
kilometres from the Downtown GO Train Station and the
Downtown ZUM BRT Station on Main Street and 3 km to the
Brampton ZUM BRT station at Shoppers World - Steeles Avenue
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 15
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario p | bull ^S
Site Location Option 2
Mobility
Infrastructure Type
Project Type
The road network provides easy access to the major 400 series
highways for example ETR 407 is 35 km south of this site and
Highway 410 is 45 km east of the site
2719 Bovaird Drive West at Heritage Road southwest quadrant
This 87-acre site was formerly owned by private industry Today
the site is owned by the City of Brampton and is being used by the
municipality for maintenance and operation services
CON5WHS
CON5WHS
iV
I
The Mount Pleasant GO Train Station is 22 km east of the site at
Creditview Road The major Highway 401 and ETR 407 juncture
is approximately 8 km by automobile Future infrastructure
serving this area includes the GTA West Corridor immediately
north and east of the subject property
Post-Secondary Education Campus and Related Uses
DBFM or DBF Design Build Finance Maintain or Design Build
Finance (the final business model is subject to a detailed
feasibility study)
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 16
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario p | 1copy
4 BRAMPTONS STRATEGIC PARTNERSHIPS - A RECORD OF SUCCESS
With its strategic partners the Cityof Brampton has demonstrated an excellent record of
success in building and delivering physical and human infrastructure projects designed to expand public services and improve Bramptons economicdevelopment competitiveness
Ultimately these partnerships have created and preserved Ontario jobs In this section we
showcase a few of these strategic projects
Transit Infrastructure Project-Zum Bus Rapid Transit Project
Zum is Brampton Transits Bus Rapid Transit (BRT) service With its limited stops advanced
technology and real-time next bus information Zum connects people and places within
Brampton and throughout the Greater Toronto Area (GTA) Zum Queen Street service began in
the fall of 2010 Ziim Main Street service began operating in September 2011 and Ziim Steeles
Avenue started in the fall of 2012
Ziim was funded by all three levels of government with investments of $95 million each from
the Federal Provincial and Municipal governments for a total allotment of $285 million
Phase Iof the project required $159 million Phase II which expanded services along Queen
Street and Steeles Avenue as well as introduce new services on Bovaird Drive will require $126
million when fully completed
This is a DBFM - Design Build Finance and Maintain project led by the City of Brampton
Brampton designed built financed and maintains all aspects of the Zum system-wide capital
and operating costs related to
bull Roadway infrastructure intersection modifications and signal priority equipment
bull New terminals and station stops with high-quality passenger amenities
Capital equipment including new vehicles for expanded and rebranded service
Intelligent Transportation System technologies including real-time passenger information
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 17
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario p ( raquo^7
Post-Secondary Education Infrastructure Project -Sheridan Centre for Advanced Manufacturing and Design Technology (CAMDT)
In response to the changing face of manufacturing in Central and Southern Ontario Sheridan College and the City of Brampton embarked on a vision to assist Canadian manufacturers to compete globally with knowledge and technology asthe keys to their success
Led by Sheridan College ITAL the CAMDT $8 million venture is a partnership with more than 20 regional manufacturers the Province of Ontario and the City of Brampton Together we are growing regional talent in this important sector In 2005 CAMDT opened its doors
Seen as a strategic economic development initiative the City of Brampton was a major funding
and local knowledge partner contributing$25 million to CAMDT - the largest investment it has
ever made as a municipality in post-secondary education City Councils investment in Sheridan
is intended to address the demand (in the manufacturing sector) for graduates with a broad
range of advanced technical and management skills as well as to provide enhanced training for
those already in the workforce
CAMDT uses a consortia approach with the following goals
New full-time courses and industrycollege projects
Applied research initiatives and student projects
Contract training and continuing education courses
Strengthen program enrolments and graduate placements
The Centre for Sustainable Manufacturing (CSM) is located in Brampton and houses 18000
square feet of state-of-the-art labs and a flexible automation and fabrication centre The labs
support academic programs in integrated manufacturing computer-aided
draftingmanufacturing and manufacturing management
The Centre helps meet current and future needs of local manufacturers to stimulate regional
economic development and prosperity Sheridan government and local industry have
collaborated for nearly a decade to position the Centre to address critical skills gaps in the
manufacturing sector The Centre is now partnering with industry to support technical financial
and knowledge development to facilitate adoption of innovative technologies that minimize
resource consumption harmful emissions waste and use of toxic materials
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 18
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario p | mdash^ff
Health Care Infrastructure Project shy
Peel Memorial Centre for Integrated Health and Wellness
The new Peel Memorial Centre in Brampton will support the William Osier Health Systems vision for an integrated health system by providing primary ambulatory and outpatient-based care
This is a DBFM - Design Build Maintain Finance project led by Infrastructure Ontario (10)
Scheduled to open in 2016 Peel Memorial CIHW will provide specialized outpatient-based care
including urgent care day surgery and specialty clinics with a focus on helping individuals better
manage chronic conditions like asthma diabetes and kidney disease
According to Osier Health System Peel Memorial will introduce new models of care to shift the
focus from illness to wellness and encourage patients to take a more active role in managing
their own health and well-being
Representing the leading edge in integrated health care delivery Peel Memorial will provide
access to specialized patient-centred care in a state-of-the-art facility that offers a wide variety
of traditional and alternative health care services It will help people to get and stay well
through a series of education prevention disease management and healing programs
In the fall of 2012 Osier received government approval to move forward with a request for
qualifications to design build finance and maintain the new facility Following this
announcement Brampton City Council decided to invest 50 of the community share with a
$60 million levy in support of the new Peel Memorial
Downtown Intensification Infrastructure Project shy
Southwest Quadrant Renewal Plan Municipal Office and Commercial Retail Development
On August 10 2011 Bramptons City Council approved the terms of agreement for the
Southwest Quadrant Renewal Plan which enables the City to move forward with a creative
solution to meet the Citys future administrative space needs and plans for revitalization of
Bramptons downtown The successful proposal submitted by Dominus Construction Group is
a plan for a mixed-use development with several new features including new administrative
parking and retail space and a pedestrian-friendly cityscape for completion in 2014
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 19
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario p f~2raquo^
This is a DBF - Design Build Finance project led by Dominus Construction Group The City is a tenant in the building on a long-term lease
Phase 1 of this LEEDS project now under construction includes a new nine-storey building at 41 George Street that can accommodate
bull 126398 foot building for administrative space
bull 10147 square feet for ground retail space
bull 10545 square feet for multi-purpose meeting rooms
bull 443 parking spaces (five levels of parking)
Phase la also under construction includes a two-storey addition to the current City Hall that
can accommodate
bull 2507 square feet for committee rooms
bull 6187 square feet for ground retail space
Phases 1 and la of the Southwest Quadrant Renewal Plan (SWQRP) represents a $94M
investment in the downtown and all 3 Phases of the combined SWQRP represents an
estimated investment of $251M
This investment in the Southwest Quadrant Renewal Plan is another major building block in the
ongoing evolution and revitalization of downtown Brampton both in terms of contributing to
the urban landscape as well as attracting private sector investment and opportunities
Combined with other major projects like the Rose Theatre Brampton the launch of Ziim on
Queen and Main Streets restoration work at Alderlea and Peel Heritage Complex and several
new condominium projects Bramptons Downtown is experiencing an exciting resurgence
The City of Brampton is planning to add another signature building in our downtown core
further evidence of Bramptons commitment to economic development
Sustainable Community Development Project shy
Mount Pleasant Mobility Hub
The project includes a number of elements that serve to establish Mount Pleasant as a transit-
oriented development exemplifying a more sustainable approach to suburban community
living
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 20
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario p |~^Q
In partnership with the OntarioGovernment MetrolinxGO and Mattamy Homes the City has invested approximately $23 million in the following infrastructure
bull Community Transit Infrastructure station stops and related passenger amenities
Intelligent Transportation Systems (ITS) and transit enhancements at intersections
bull Mobility Hub facility bus layovers sheltered passenger areas clock tower bike storage areas and related amenities
bull Cultural Heritage reconstructed historic CPR station structure to be used as a cultural
facility in the Mt Pleasant civicsquare shared with the Peel District School Board and the
Library
bull Pedestrian amenities Civic Square and Village Green incorporating a reflection poolskating
facility public art canopy structures play area and landscaping features
Through development and stewardship the Mount Pleasant Community will restore and
enhance individual features that currently cover approximately 8 (or 41 hectares) of the
area and create a Natural Heritage System that will cover approximately 19 (or 976 hectares)
of the community As development proceeds within the Mount Pleasant Community the
NHS will come into public ownership The City will be responsible to manage the NHS and our
goal is to support natural processes and regeneration that are beneficial to the health and
diversity of the natural features functions and habitat This will generally mean
bull Planting no-maintenance vegetative buffers between natural areas and private
properties using native trees shrubs and groundcovers
bull Not mowing pruning or spraying natural areas for weeds and insects
bull Allowing for annual flooding and ponding of water along East Huttonville Creek and
within wetlands and woodlands to maintain a natural hydrology that is critical for plant
and wildlife health and diversity
bull Allowingfor the natural loss of vegetation and regrowth of young trees and shrubs
bull Managing natural areas for invasive species such as Buckthorn and Norway Maple
bull Managing the urban trees along streets and parks for invasive species such as Emerald
Ash Borer
The Mount Pleasant Mobility Hub represents a large project that has created one-time
employment within the stipulated 2-year construction period as well generating annual
multipliers supporting Bramptons economic development for future generations
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 21
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario p [raquo^ )
5 OUR INVESTMENT - A COMMITMENT TO POST SECONDARY EDUCATION
The City of Brampton iscommitted to investing in this Strategy Below is a summary of the types of financial and in-kind investmentsthe municipality is prepared to make in order to realize this Strategy
bull Municipal Land Contribution
bull Municipal Commitment to Economic and Market Growth Policies
bull Municipal assistance on site servicing for digitally linked and virtual classrooms
laboratories office
bull Shared Infrastructure related to municipal services such as library field house gymnasium
bull Design an extensive planning process and design exercise that represents the highest
standard of excellence including engaging the community and surrounding land-owners
LEEDS Community and Environmental Design
bull Facilitating municipal and community partnerships to maximize utilization of spaces during
the May - August shoulder period
bull Economic development research grant to support research that fosters innovation and
commercialization
bull Support industry partnerships and innovative enterprises
bull Demonstrate commitment to a shared provincial municipal and university relationship
focused on a culture of open communication shared values community engagement and
volunteerism
bull Staff time and expertise dedicated to teams assigned to this Strategy
bull Leverage City of Brampton AAA Credit Rating by Standard amp Poors
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 22
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario p- ( ~ Q jL
6 IMPLEMENTATION STEPS
The following decision milestones guide the municipal commitment and stewardship of this
Strategy
bull Exploratory Meetings with Sheridan Executive and Chair of Governing Council
bull Preparation of Bramptons Post-Secondary Strategy Proposal
bull Presentation to Premier Wynne - Receive and Endorse Proposed Strategy
bull City Council approval of final post-secondary strategy and approval to enter into a
Memorandum of Understanding with Sheridan College ITAL to explore the feasibility of
establishing Sheridan University in Downtown Brampton
bull Execute an MOU with Sheridan
bull Complete the Feasibility Study for Goal 1
bull Form a project team to prepare the technical documents in support of an RFP related to
Goal 2 -Attract a new undergraduate and graduate research-oriented university campus
aligned with Bramptons vision and proposed site locations with reporting to Council
7 CONTACTS
Susan Fennell
Mayor
City of Brampton Tel 905-874-2600
John Corbett MCIP RPP
Chief Administrative Officer
City of Brampton Tel 905-874-2625
Creating andpreserving knowledge-basedjobs by enabling investments in post-secondary education research innovation and commercialization activities
is at the heart ofBramptons economic vision
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 23
APPENDIX 3
FI-V4shybullUTaarrgt-^M
Major
Capacity
Expansion
Policy
Framework
December 2013
Ministry of Training Colleges and Universities
pound Ontario
PI -IS
The Ontario Public Service endeavours to demonstrate leadership with respect to accessibility in Ontario Our goal isto ensure that Ontario government services products and focilities ore occessible to all our employees and to all members of the public we serve This document or the information that itcontains is available on request in alternative formats Please forward all requests for alternative formats to ServiceOntario ot 1-800-668-9938 (TTY 1-800-268-7095)
line publication equivolenle est disponible en francais sous le titre suivant (Mesttattgique pout Iocuoissement moeur de hcapocili 2013
This publication is also available on the Ministry ofTraining Colleges and Universities website at wwvontariocatcu 13-278 bull ISBN 978-1-4606-3428-8 (POF) bull copy Queens Printer for Ontario 2013
Contents
Vision 5
Context 5
Government Priorities 6
Components of the Policy Framework 7
Initial Review 7
Scope 7
Selection and Approval 9
Policy Implementation and Compliance 10
Appendix A
Contact Information and Checklist for Institutions Considering
Capacity Expansion 11
Appendix B
An Outline of the Review and Approval Process for Planned
Capacity Expansion Proposals 13
Appendix C
General Evaluation Criteria for Major Capacity Expansion 14
Pi-Vi
Vision
Ontarios colleges and universities will drive creativity innovation knowledge and community engagement through teaching and research They will put students first by providing the best possible learning experience for all qualified learners in an affordable and financially sustainable way ensuring high quality and globally competitive outcomes for students and Ontarios knowledge economy
Context
Between 2002-03 and 2012-13 the postsecondary education system in Ontario expanded substantially with full-time enrolment growing by over 160000 more than in any decade in the provinces history Ontario has been supporting enrolment growth across the college and university sectors through increases in operating grants enhancements to student financial aid and capital investments
Ontarios postsecondary institutions have been committed partners in their efforts to accommodate these unprecedented levels of enrolment growth and have thus contributed to expanding opportunities for students to pursue higher education in many communities across Ontario
At65 per cent Ontarios level of postsecondary attainment (college university and apprenticeship) in 2012 was higher than thatof any country in theOrganisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) The Ontario government has set a postsecondary education attainment target of 70 per cent to ensure that the province continues to benefit from the competitive advantage of its highly skilled and educated workforce in the global economy
In this context it is essential to ensure that in future the right spaces are created in the right places for Ontarios students This can be done by targeting areas in which population growth is strong but local postsecondary education capacity is limited
Population growth in Ontario has recently been - and is expected tocontinue to be - concentrated in a number of large urban areas Some of the regions and communities where strong
Fl-W
long-term demand growth is anticipated are not currently served by local campuses In those areas gaps have recently begun to appear between enrolment demand growth and the capacity to accommodate continued enrolment growth If left unaddressed those gaps are likely to widen over time
Projections are subject to uncertainty and caution should always be used when considering long-term forecasts Based on the ministrys latest assessment of demographics and long-term postsecondary education participation patterns enrolment demand growth will moderate in the near term but is expected to return to more rapid growth after 2020 with the potential for substantial enrolment increases over the longer term Consistent with recent trends long-term demand is expected to be greatest for degree-level programs
It is anticipated that the focus of most major capacity expansions in the future will be at the undergraduate degree level Students in rapidly growing communities have access to substantial local college facilities more than they do to local university campuses In addition although graduate enrolment has risen significantly in recent years it is much lower than enrolment at the undergraduate level and tends to be concentrated in fewer institutions
The timing of this anticipated growth in demand provides an important opportunity The province will have time to plan for and address postsecondary education capacity needs in areas of Ontario where communities are growing and where students need better and more affordable access to postsecondary education opportunities closer to home
Government Priorities
The Major Capacity Expansion Policy Framework set out in this document seeks to achieve the following objectives
bull Ensuring that future large-scale capacity expansion supports long-term postsecondary education priorities including institutional differentiation
bull Managing enrolment growth strategically in line with provincial growth planning priorities to address regional capacity gaps in underserved areas
bull Putting in place a transparent evidence-based decision making and implementation process
ldegt
9 Addressing affordability and sustainability for students institutions and the province by maximizing the cost-effectiveness of targeted investments
bull Creating local community and regional economic benefits leading to job creation and greater economic diversity
Components of the Policy Framework The components of the Major Capacity Expansion policy framework include
1) a description of the kinds of initiatives that will be within the scope of the new approval and selection process
2) the selection process and the criteria that will be used in evaluating proposals for approval after a call for proposals is made and
3) details on implementation and compliance
Initial Review
Any institution considering an initiative that involves an expansion ofcapacity should contact the ministry in writing using the checklist provided in Appendix A The ministry will review initiatives proposed by institutions on a case-by-case basis to determine whether the planned expansion is subject to the new selection and approval process outlined below The ministry will provide a response to the institutions request in writing clearly indicating whether a proposed project or initiative will be subject to the new Major Capacity Expansion selection and approval process Initiatives subject to the new process are not to proceed unless approved by the provincial government following a formal call for proposals
Scope
This policy framework addresses a significant provincial interest in the need for provincial management of future large-scale expansions in postsecondary education capacity Effective management and planning is also needed to help avoid potential conflicts that can arise between and among institutions sect with respect to the location of new facilities and campuses s
FI-H-0
The new approval and selection process is primarily focused on initiatives that are designed to accommodate significant long-term increases in the number of domestic full-time postsecondary education students Such large-scale initiatives could include expansions at existing locations or might involve the establishment of new campuses Initiatives could be partnerships including university-college collaborations that would also enhance students educational experience and student pathways
Recognizing thata wide range and variety of potential expansion opportunities exist in Ontarios diverse and complex postsecondary education system the ministry has avoided setting rigid parameters to define major capacity expansion However initiatives characterized by the following scale-related features are most likely to be subject to the new approval and selection process
0 accommodates enrolment growth of more than 1000 full-time students in the short term with the potential to accommodate longer-term growth of5000 to 10000 over the next twenty years (ie long-term enrolment comparable to enrolment at substantial existing college or university campuses)
8 adds new facilities (either owned or secured through long-term lease) larger than 70000 square feet (roughly 6500 square metres) designated primarily for academic purposes
raquo offers a broad range of programs with substantial new or expanded ancillary services (or shows clear potential for future growth in program offerings and ancillary services)
bull significantly improves local student access to postsecondary education in the short term (and has the potential to do so in the longer term) particularly in geographic locations that may be experiencing or are expected to develop capacity gaps
When reviewing a planned expansion the ministry will also take into consideration whether the initiative
bull competes with other capacity expansion initiatives in a particular geographic area or would have an impact on existing or already-planned postsecondary education facilities
bull in the case of proposed new campuses is outside the local area of the institutions existing campuses or is in a new community for the institution in terms of substantial permanent academic facilities For the purpose of this policy the local
FH+I
area of a campus is defined as the area within the median commuter shed for Census Metropolitan Areas in Ontario as specified by Statistics Canada (about 10 km)
Institutions making expansion proposals will be required to provide evidence of prior consultation with and support from other institutions that could be affected by the proposal confirmation of their own Board of Governors support for the proposal and confirmation of significant support from the local municipality or region
Selection and Approval Decisions about future large-scale postsecondary education capacityexpansion projects will be made on the basis of a formal transparent competitive process that will begin with a call for proposals directed to institutions Consideration will be given to proposals for large-scale expansion ofexisting campuses (main or satellite campuses) andor for the creation of new campuses
Calls for proposals will be directed to publicly assisted postsecondary education institutions in Ontario Eligibility to submit a proposal will in general be extended to all institutions however the government may decide to limit eligibility as appropriate depending on current circumstances and evolving provincial priorities
Municipalities interested in being considered as host locations for future major capacity expansion should work in collaboration with institutions that would be prepared to submit a proposal
Priority will be given to proposals in regions that have been experiencing sustained population and postsecondary education demand growth and that are underserved in terms of postsecondary education opportunities
The timing of future calls for proposals the number of projects selected for support and the level and timing of funding will be determined by the provincial government and will reflect a range of considerations including the fiscal environment
FI-M-1
When evaluating proposals the ministry will consider a setof criteria in the following categories consistent with its priorities for future capacity expansion (as outlined on page 6)
bull Strategic management of long-term enrolment growth and accessibility
bull Differentiation sustainability and accountability bull Economic impact raquo Quality innovation and competitiveness (including
institutional partnership options) bull Affordability for students and the province (including
substantial support from host communities)
Over time as circumstances change and priorities evolve the ministry may articulate additional requirements for the competitive process For details of general evaluation criteria refer to Appendix C Additional templates may be provided when a call for proposals is announced
Once the proposals have been evaluated the ministry will make recommendations to Cabinet for funding support for the selected proposals When one or more proposals have been selected and approved for funding bilateral agreements will be put in place between the institution(s) selected and the ministry
Policy Implementation and Compliance This policy framework will be effective immediately Institutions are encouraged to submit their expansion plans for initial review as soon as possible
If an initiative is determined to be outside the scope of this new approval and selection process itwill still be subject to other relevant ministry approval processes including but not limited to program approval and capital funding processes It will also have to be consistent with the terms of the Strategic Mandate Agreement established between the institution and the ministry
Failure to comply with the requirements setout in this policy framework will affect provincial funding Specifically new or expanded enrolment at the location of the expansion will not be recognized for funding through the college or university operating grants and the institution will not be eligible for provincial capital funding at the location Failure to comply could also affect future capital decisions by the provincial government
0 with respect to other locations
Fl-42gt
Appendix A Contact Information and Checklist for Institutions Considering Capacity Expansion
Institutions considering capacity expansion should direct a letter describing the project or initiative along with a completed checklist (see below) to
MCEsubmi53101iionfariocc1
The following checklist will help the ministry determine whether the planned expansion will be subject to the new approval and selection process under the MajorCapacity Expansion policy framework1
Please complete the checklist (copy and scan the completed form or create an e-file based on the template) and include it as an attachment to your communication to the ministry outlining your institutions planned capacity expansion project
Please provide additional information as needed in the Comments section of the checklist
1 A planned expansion that is deemed subject to the new selection and approval process is not to proceed unless approved by the province following a formal call for proposals A planned expansion that is deemed outside the scope of the Major Capacity Expansion approval and selection process will still be subject to other relevant ministry approval processes including but not limited to program approval and capital funding processes
pl-4-4shy
Checklist for Institutions Considering Capacity Expansion
Checklist Items
Size
How many full-time students would this initiative accommodate based on current plans
Is there potential for substantial longer-term enrolment growth If yes please provide a high-level estimate of potential enrolment
How much space (in sq ft) will be designated for academic purposes in the proposed facility (or expansion) Would new facilities be owned or secured through long-term lease
What is the credential mix of programs associated with this proposed expansion
What programs would be made available
Consultation
Have you consulted with other institutions that could be affected by this proposal
bull Which institution(s) have you consulted Are they supportive
Has your institution engaged its Board of Governors with respect to this proposal Is the board supportive
Is your proposal supported by the local municipality region in which it would be located
bull Will third-party resources (municipalities region other) be available to support this initiative What is the level of support expected
Location Services
Where would the new capacity be located (municipality region)
bull Is this a new locationcommunity for your institution
If proposing expansion at a new location is the location more than 10 km from existing campus(es)
Does the planned expansion include ancillary and student services
bull Please provide a list of services to be offered
Notes
Yes No Comme -
DD
an
a a
a a
bull a
bull a
bull a
bull This list is designed to provide information needed to determine whether a proposal will be deemed subject to the Major Capacity Expansion policy approval and selection process
bull Decisions will be made on a case-by-case basis If additional information is needed a representative of the Ministry ofTraining Colleges and Universities will contact the institution Please provide complete contact information including name position title email address and phone numbers
FI-H5
Appendix B An Outline of the Review and Approval Process for Planned Capacity Expansion Proposals
Chart 1 below outlines the steps in the assessment process that will be used to determine whether a planned capacity expansion will be deemed subject to the approval and selection process under the Major Capacity Expansion policy framework
Chart 2 outlines the steps in the process of selecting initiatives for funding under the Major Capacity Expansion policy framework
Chart 1 Initial Review - Is the Planned Expansion Subject to the Major Capacity Expansion Selection and Approval Process
The planned expansion
does not move forward
until approved by the
province following a Ministry reviews the institutions formal call for proposals
Institution submits a letter Failure to comply will submission to evaluate whether
describing the planned the planned expansion will be affect provincial funding
expansion with a completed subject to the new selection 1gt4^lt^t^fea1Vitaiiij4gtlJULJl^
and approval process under
for review the Major Capacity Expansion The planned expansion policy framework moves forward subject to
checklist to the ministry
Wampj^WJfeWamp$Si^^ all other ministry approval
processes (eg capital and
program approvals)
bulluiut^w-ww-yishy
Chart 2 SelectionApproval Process far a Major Capacity Expansion Following a Call for Proposals
Callfor proposals initiated Institutions submit Ministry assesses proposals Announcement of selected
by the province proposals against evaluation criteria initiatives to be supported
and brings forward selected for major capacity
proposals for Cabinet expansion
approval
raquoHSW^8raquoMJmmLiMH WOWluUdUJIUlbUitL
13
r
shy
Fl-Ho
enoix C General Evaluation Criteria for Major Capacity Expansion
Category Evaluation Criteria
Strategic Significant expansion of local postsecondary education opportunities for management students in underserved areas with growing demand based on long-term of long-term demographic trends enrolment Alignment with provincial priorities including Growth Plan priorities and
economic development initiativesgrowth and Clear potential to add substantial new capacity and support futureaccessibility enrolment growth in the postsecondary education sector
Differentiation Alignment with the institutions Strategic Mandate Agreement and goals sustainability and priorities of the Differentiation Policy Framework and Impact on nearby institutions accountability Effective and sustainable governance model including consideration
of the impact of distance from the expansion location for administration and academic experience Focus on undergraduate programs Range of programs offered locally and avoidance of unwarranted duplication of existing programming
Economic Demonstrated Value for Money including AFP options where impact appropriate and limits on provincial contributions
Tangible regional economic benefits combined with potential for province-wide benefit based on labour force skills and economic growth Demonstrated local economic benefits and linkages with local industries
Quality Innovative service delivery innovation Institutional partnership options including university-college collaboration and Postsecondary education quality and student experience (including
ancillary and student services)competitiveness
Affordabiiity Evidence of substantial support from host community including financial for students contributions and land ownership
Economies of scaleand the
province Linkages with local transportation for commuting students Potential for leveraging private sector resources Evidence of consideration ofalternatives to expansion proposal based on existing capacity and potential partnerships Proven financial health of institution with asset management plan in place Demonstrated labour market demand
Nofe These are the general criteria that will be used to guide the selection and approval of proposals submitted in response toa ministry call for proposals
N
News Release
Helping More Students Pursue Postsecondary Education
Ontario Calls for Expansion Proposals from Universities March 272014 945 am
Office of the Premier
Premier Kathleen Wynne announced today that the government is taking steps to
ensure that more students can pursue undergraduate degrees close to home The
province is inviting universities to submit proposals for new or expanded campuses in
underserved areas (colleges are encouraged to partner with universities to submit
proposals)
This call for proposals is part of the governments commitment to provide funding for
60000 additional postsecondary education spaces across Ontario The government will
collaborate closely with municipalities colleges and universities to ensure that capacity
is increased where it is needed the most
The proposals will be evaluated based on their potential to
bull Increase postsecondary spaces in underserved areas
bull Improve quality innovation and competitiveness
bull Demonstrate cost-effectiveness to both students and taxpayers
bull Help stimulate growth and economic development in Ontario
This will help establish a formal transparent and competitive process to evaluate
decisions about future expansions
Improving access to postsecondary education is part of the Ontario governments
economic plan that is creating jobs for today and tomorrow The comprehensive plan
and its six priorities focus on Ontarios greatest strengths -- its people and strategic
partnerships
Fl-M
Quick Facts
The call for proposals is open to all publicly assisted universities and all colleges of
applied arts and technology in Ontario with a deadline for submissions of Sept 26
2014 Colleges must partner with universities to be eligible for major capacity
expansion projects
Municipalities interested in being considered as host locations are expected to work
in collaboration with institutions that are submitting a proposal
The province released the Major Capacity Expansion Policy Framework in December
2013 to identify priority areas for growth
In the last 10 years full-time enrolment in Ontarios postsecondary system has grown
by more than 160000 mdash more than in any decade in the provinces history
bull The provinces 30 off Tuition Grant helped more than 230000 students start
college or university last year
Quotes
Fl-M
We are committed to helping more students get the postsecondary education they need to succeed
We want to bridge Ontarios skills gap and ensure that young people are equipped with all the right
skills mdash no matter where they live
Kathleen Wynne
Premier of Ontario
Expanding and creating new postsecondary campuses where they are needed most will help
ensure that more students have the opportunity to get a world-class education while staying close to
home Were working closely with our postsecondary partners to make sure the right spaces are in
the right places
Brad Duguid
Minister of Training Colleges and Universities
Laurier Brantford has provided immeasurable benefits to both local students and the citys
downtown revitalization This announcement signifies similar economic development partnerships
between municipalities and postsecondary institutions leading to new jobs and increased prosperity
for more communities across Ontario Chris Friel Mayor City of Brantford
PI-so
^^js^-^
Major
Capacity
Expansion
Call for
Proposals
GUIDELINES
March 2014
Ministry of Training Colleges and Universities
w^ Ontario
Fl-SI
The Ontario Public Service endeavours to demonstrate leadership with respect to accessibility in Ontario Our gool is to ensure that Ontario government services products and facilities are occessible to all our employees and to all members ofthe public we serve This document or the inlormolion that itcontains is available on request in alternative formats Pleose forward all requests lor alternative formats to ServiceOntario at1-800-668-9938 (TTY 1-800-268-709S)
line publication equivolente est disponible en francais sous le litre suivont Appel de propositions pour Ioccroissement moieur de la capocM - lignes directrices
This publication is also available on the Ministry olTraining Colleges and Universities website atwwivontariocatcu 13-323 bull ISBN 978-1-4606-3802-6 (PDF) bull copy Queens Printer for Ontario 2014
2014
Fi-sa
Contents
1 Background 5
2 Timelines for Submitting a Proposal 5
3 Notice of Intent 5
4 Eligible Applicants 6
5 Eligible Projects 6
6 Major Capacity Expansion General Evaluation Criteria 7
7 Weighting 8
8 Assessment and Ranking 9
9 Communications Protocol 13
10 Role of Infrastructure Ontario and Alternative
Financing and Procurement 13
11 The Selection Process and Funding 14
12 Components of the Submission 14
13 Links to Related Documents and Resources 16
14 Disclosure of Information 16
15 Call for Proposals Timeline 16
PI-S3
1 Background The ministry released its Major Capacity Expansion Policy Framework on December 20 2013 A commitment was made to
issue a Call for Proposals in early 2014
This Call for Proposals represents the beginning of a process that will lead to the selection of successful proposals which collectively will meet provincial goals for postsecondary education in Ontario - increased capacity at the undergraduate degree level greater affordability for students institutions and the province improved institutional differentiation and regional economic benefits This process will be guided by principles of fairness competitiveness and transparency and by a commitment to serve the public interest
This long-term initiative will help ensure that our postsecondary education system will have the right spaces in the right places for Ontario students
2 Timelines for Submitting a Proposal The closing date for submission of a Notice of Intent is June 27 2014
The closing date for submission of the full proposal is September 26 2014
Submissions must be received by the ministry on or before these dates
3 Notice of Intent
The Notice of Intent is a one-page overview of the proposed project Proposals will not be considered unless a Notice of Intent is received by the deadline ofJune 27 2014 To ensure transparency and competitiveness every Notice of Intent submitted to the ministry will be posted on the Postsecondary Education Partners Gateway website within 30 days of the submission date
Fl-Sf
4 Eligible Applicants In view of the focus on undergraduate degree capacity it is expected that submissions will be led by universities butcollegeshyuniversity partnership models are encouraged
All proposals must demonstrate need (ie expansion should be located in areas thatare currently underserved by postsecondary education andor thatare expected to experience significant future growth in enrolment demand)
5 Eligible Projects Recognizing the wide range and variety of potential expansion opportunities the ministry continues to avoid setting rigid parameters to define major capacityexpansion However as stated in the Major Capacity Expansion Policy Framework initiatives characterized by the following scale-related features are most likely to be subject to this approval and selection process
bull accommodates enrolment growth of more than 1000 full-time students in the short term with the potential to accommodate longer-term growth of 5000 to 10000 over the next twenty years (ie long-term enrolment comparable to enrolment at substantial existing collegeor university campuses)
bull adds new facilities (either owned or secured through long-term lease) larger than 70000 square feet (roughly 6500 square metres) designated primarily for academic purposes
bull offers a broad range of programs with substantial new or expanded ancillary services (or shows clear potential for future growth in program offerings and student and ancillary services)
bull significantly improves local student access to postsecondary education in the short term (and has the potential to continue to do so in the longer term) particularly in geographic locations that may be experiencing or are expected to develop capacity gaps at the undergraduate degree level
PI-S5
6 Major Capacity Expansion General Evaluation Criteria
The following general evaluation criteria were included in the Major Capacity Expansion Policy Framework These criteria will be used to assess proposals Institutions should demonstrate the alignment of their proposed projects with the criteria and may do so in any format suitable to them
Priority Objectives
Strategic management of long-term enrolment growth and accessibility
Differentiation sustainability and accountability
Economic impact
Quality innovation and competitiveness
General Criteria
bull Significant expansion of local postsecondary education opportunities for students in underserved areas with growing demand based on long-term demographic trends
bull Alignment with provincial priorities including Growth Plan priorities and economic development initiatives
bull Clear potential to add substantial new capacity and support future enrolment growth in the postsecondary education sector
Alignment with the institutions Strategic Mandate Agreement (SMA) and goals and priorities of the Differentiation Policy Framework Impact on nearby institutions Effective and sustainable governance model including consideration ofthe impact ofdistance from the expansion location for administration and academic experience Focus on undergraduate programs Range of programs offered locally and avoidance ofunwarranted duplication ofexisting programming
Tangible regional economic benefits combined with potential for province-wide benefit based on labour force skills and economic growth Demonstrated local economic benefits and linkages with local industries
Demonstrated Value for Money including Alternative Financing and Procurement (AFP) options where appropriate and limits on provincial contributions
Institutional partnership options including university-college collaboration
Innovative service delivery Postsecondary education quality and student experience (including student and ancillary services)
(continued)
Fl-5b
Priority Objectives General Criteria
Affordability for bull Evidence of substantial support from hostcommunity including students and the financial contributions and land ownership province bull Economies of scale
bull Linkages with local transportation for commuting students bull Potential for leveraging private sector resources bull Evidence of consideration of alternatives to expansion proposal
based on existing capacity and potential partnerships bull Proven financial health of institution with asset management plan
in place bull Demonstrated labour market demand
7 Weighting The evaluation criteria for the assessment of institutional
proposals will be weighted as follows
Category Weight
Section A Meeting Demand 30
bull Strategic management of long-term enrolment growth and accessibility
Section B Demonstrated Affordability 40
bull Affordability for students and the province
Section C Academic and Economic Considerations 30
bull Differentiation sustainability and accountability bull Economic impact bull Quality innovation and competitiveness (including institutional partnership
options)
PI-SI
8 Assessment and Ranking Funding will be awarded on a competitive basis and proposals will be evaluated for suitability using defined criteria Institutions should use both qualitative and quantitative analysis to demonstrate the alignment of their proposals with the general evaluation criteria
SECTION A MEETING DEMAND (30)
Proposals should demonstrate alignment with some or all of the following criteria
Priority Objective 1 Strategic management of long-term enrolment growth and accessibility
General Evaluation Criteria
1 Significant expansion of local postsecondary education opportunities for students in underserved areas with growing demand based on long-term demographic trends
2 Alignment with provincial priorities including Growth Plan priorities and economic development initiatives
3 Clear potential to add substantial new capacity and support future enrolment growth in the postsecondary education sector
Possible Alignment Measures
bull Demographic growth projections for location bull Existing enrolment capacity at institutions in
the proximity of the proposed expansion bull Estimated enrolment capacity ofthe
expansion and projected net increase in undergraduate enrolment
bull Number of students from the area of the intended expansion who are currently attending the institution(s)
Possible Information to Build Evidence Base
bull Institutions long-term enrolment master plan bull Joint campus master plan for partnerships (if applicable) bull Long-term enrolment viability study bull Completed enrolment table in the proposal template stating all assumptions bull Community profile demonstrating future demand in the area bull Documented support from and alignment with plans of any associated agencies municipalities
or other entities
bull Consideration of relevant provincial population and employment projections bull Consideration of key provincial policy directions relating to the location of public institutions and
their associated economic impacts (eg ability to contribute to urban revitalization efforts) bull Evidence of program demand (eg number of applications)
FI-5J
SECTION B DEMONSTRATED AFFORDABILITY (40)
Proposals should demonstrate alignment with some or all of the following criteria
Priority Objective 2 Affordability for students and the province
General Evaluation Criteria
1 Evidence of substantial support from host community including financial contributions and land ownership
2 Economies of scale 3 Linkages with local transportation for
commuting students 4 Potential for leveraging private sector
resources
5 Evidence of consideration of alternatives to expansion proposal based on existing capacity and potential partnerships
6 Proven financial health of institution with asset management plan in place
7 Demonstrated labour market demand
Possible Alignment Measures
bull Total cost of project and expected provincial contribution
bull Cost-benefit analysis ofexpanding an existing assetor building at a new location (or a combination thereof)
bull Distance from current campuses bull Current assetmanagement plan including
effects of expansion on Facilities Condition Index
bull Public transit capacity to the institution and between campuses
bull Debtasset ratioof institution(s) bull Energy sources and efficiency initiatives
(including proposed LEED certification) bull Long-term financial viability bull Existing student employment KPIs
Possible Information to Build Evidence Base
bull Detailed project costing information including projected cash flow requirements and net impact on operating cost
bull Business case demonstrating need for expansiori (existing campus only) including a service gap analysis
bull Letters of support from potential partners indicating details of financial andor in-kind contributions (eg land ownership)
bull Local transportation plan(s) showing current anc1planned public access to site (short- and long-term)
bull Independent verification of total expansion proj set cost
bull Financial health analysis including recent finan cial statements
bull Documentation of preliminary environmental assessment bull Control and ownership of buildings and equipment (partnerships only) bull Long-term forecast of incremental operating expenses and revenues (grants third party revenues)
as a result ofthe proposed project
PI-S9
SECTION C ACADEMIC AND ECONOMIC CONSIDERATIONS (30)
Proposals should demonstrate alignment with some or all of the following criteria
Priority Objective 3 Differentiation sustainability and accountability
General Evaluation Criteria
1Alignment with the institutions Strategic Mandate Agreement (SMA) and goals and priorities of the Differentiation Policy Framework
2 Impact on nearby institutions 3 Effective and sustainable governance model
including consideration of the impact of distance from the expansion location for administration and academic experience
4 Focus on undergraduate programs 5 Range of programs offered locally and
avoidance of unwarranted duplication of existing programming
Possible Alignment Measures
bull Assessment of alignment with SMA bull Proposed programs their alignment with
the institutions strengths and an overview ofsimilar existing programs offered by institutions near the expansion
bull Ranking of institution(s) on applications by students from the proposed area
Possible Information to Build Evidence Base
bull Finalized SMA
bull Program information (initial and planned) bull Overview of proposed institutional governance model bull Consultation overview including results of discussions with affected institutions and letters of
support (if applicable)
pi-to
Priority Objective 4 Economic impact
General Evaluation Criteria
1Tangible regional economic benefits combined with potential for province-wide benefit based on labour force skills and economic growth
2 Demonstrated local economic benefits and linkages with local industries
3 Demonstrated Value for Money including Alternative Financing and Procurement (AFP) options where appropriate and limits on provincial contributions
Possible Alignment Measures
bull Local economic benefits bull Alignment of programs with regional and
Ontario labour market needs
bull Expected financing cost (if any) bull Jobs created (short-term associated with
building period and ongoing) bull Ongoing jobs created at expansion bull Value for Money analysis related to proposed
procurement model
Possible Information to Build Evidence Base
bull An economic impact study or value planning study to demonstrate the projects potential to provide direct economic benefits for the surrounding area (eg by helping to revitalize the community unlock local development potential build the taxbase and leverage existing infrastructure and investments)
Priority Objective 5 Quality innovation and competitiveness
General Evaluation Criteria
1 Institutional partnership options including university-college collaboration
2 Innovative service delivery 3 Postsecondary education quality and student
experience (including student and ancillary services)
Possible Alignment Measures
bull Institutional track record with partnerships bull Assessment ofproposed academic plan and
service delivery bull Range of planned student and ancillary
services compared with services at existing campuses (short- and long-term)
bull Existing student experience (KPIs student outcomes)
Possible Information to Build Evidence Base
bull Institutions Strategic Plan bull Business case in support ofproposed academic plan including partnerships with relevant
raquo information aboutcurriculumpedagogy raquo financial information
raquo interjurisdictional case studies and examples bull Impact analysis with respect toacademic and administrative quality and quality of experience bull Overview of new program accreditation required ifapplicable
12
Fl-fel
9 Communications Protocol
Proposal submissions must be received at MCEsubmissions ontarioca by September 26 2014 Late submissions will not be accepted
Specific questions submitted to the ministry as part of the process will be answered and will be made available to all participants
To ensure a fair and transparent process the ministry will not provide any advisory services to institutions on an individual basis
10 Role of Infrastructure Ontario and Alternative
Financing and Procurement Infrastructure Ontario is a Crown agency of the Government of Ontario It is focused on modernizing and financing the renewal of public infrastructure maximizing the value of public real estate and managing government facilities It also provides expertise in project delivery lending real estate management and asset planning Infrastructure Ontario now has a greater role in procuring infrastructure as well engaging in both traditional forms of procurement and alternative financing and procurement (AFP) when appropriate
As indicated in the Ministry of Infrastructures Building Together Plan and in the provincial governments planning and budgeting process recommendations will be made on the procurement method and delivery of all college infrastructure projects valued at more than $50 million In addition universities with successful projects and associated provincial grants in excess of $100 million will be required to consult with Infrastructure Ontario The $100 million threshold may be lowered in future years
The criteria for assessing these projects could include scope complexity and value-for-money assessment with input from the ministry and Infrastructure Ontario
13
Pl-bl
11 The Selection Process and Funding The ministry will oversee the process leading to the selection of successful applications A multi-ministry panel will review the applications and make recommendations to Cabinet through the Ministry of Training Colleges and Universities Cabinetwill make the final decision aboutsuccessful projects andor future courses of action
Funding for successful projects will be provided subsequently The number of projects selected for support as well as the level and timing of funding will be determined by the provincial government and will reflect a range of considerations including the fiscal environment
12 Components of the Submission The following components of the submission are to be provided to the ministry by the dates indicated In addition to what is required below institutions may submit their proposals in any format that they believe best demonstrates the strengths of their proposed project with due attention to the relevance and conciseness of information supplied (Note that institutions may be asked to revise and re-submit their proposals ifexcessive amounts of information are provided)
All submissions must be preceded by
bull A Notice of Intent to be received by the ministry no later than June 27 2014
The Notices of Intent will give the ministry an early overview of interest in Major Capacity Expansion
14
pl-fe
The components of the proposal submission to be received by the ministry no later than September 26r 2014 are as follows
bull A completed checklist
A checklist is included in the Call for Proposals package The checklist must be completed and included in the submission (The checklist is reproduced from Appendix A of the Major Capacity Expansion Policy Framework page 12)
bull A completed capital template
Please refer to the template included in the Call for Proposals package The template requests detailed information on enrolment projections and funding sources This information must be provided using the template but it may also be presented in a different format in the context of the overall presentation
bull Supplementary information
Institutions are welcome to submit supplementary information to support their proposal Supplementary information may include a business case environmental impact studies and any other information or documentation that substantiates the proposal As noted earlier conciseness and relevance of information are
valued
Pleasealso include evidence of support for your proposal (including documentation of land ownership or leasing contracts documentation of municipal or other funding and letters of support)
In the case of a joint university-college submission approval under s 28 of the Financial Administration Act is required for financing if the debt is related to Colleges or if there is a contingent liability
15
Fl-b4shy
13 Links to Related Documents and Resources
Major Capacity Expansion Policy Framework
Differentiation Policy Framework
Places to Grow
Building Together
14 Disclosure of Information
The Freedom of Information and Protection of Privacy Act (FIPPA) applies to information in the custody or under the control of the ministry Institutions should identify whether any information in their proposals is submitted in confidence within the meaning of s 17 of FIPPA The proposals may be shared with a multi-ministry panel or other advisers that the ministry retains to assist with the assessment of the proposals
15 Call for Proposals Timeline
Date Deliverable
March 27 2014 Release of Call for Proposals
June 27 2014 Notice of Intent
September 26 2014 Close of Call for Proposals
Contact Information
Ministry staff may need to contact institutions to clarify details or request additional information Please provide complete and current contact information in your submission
16
![Page 18: Pl-I *^ BRAMPTON ReP°rt of Cou… · Pi-2> Current Situation: Following Council approval of its Post-Secondary Education Strategy on November 6, ... Call for Proposals Timeline .](https://reader033.fdocuments.in/reader033/viewer/2022060721/6080f345afc78e210d009525/html5/thumbnails/18.jpg)
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario p 1mdash1Q
average bypromoting and facilitating post-secondary facilities and access to programs that are next-to- home
Geography Post-Secondary Percentage of Certificate Diploma Total Population or Degree 2011 15 and Older 2011
CityofToronto 1271gt545 58
Toronto CMA 2629970 58
York Region 487945 58
Peel Region 576995 56
Ontario 5717340 55
Canada 14805190 54
Brampton 206770 51
Simcoe County 180650 50
Source Statistics Canada 2011
The Citys strategic economic growth initiatives will continue to result in a more diversified and
talented labour force Such initiatives include residential and commercial intensification of
Bramptons central commercial corridor attracting knowledge-based industries expansion of
executive housing supply investment in arts and culture and supporting programs that
promote entrepreneurship innovation and commercialization
Household Income
At $77787 Brampton had the 2nd highest reported household income among the regions in this sample
Geography Median Household Benchmark
Total Income Rank
2010
York Region $89100 1
Brampton $77787 2
Peel $77588 3
Toronto CMA $70365 4
Simcoe County $67468 5
Ontario $66358 6
Canada $61072 7
City of Toronto $58381 8
Source Statistics Canada 2011
Further between 2005 and 2010 the total number of Brampton households reported in the
highest income category being $100000 and more increased by 425
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 9
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario H|deg
Population Growth is Complimented by Strong Employment Growth
The Brampton economy has been projected to attract approximately 120000 net new jobs by 2031 for a total of 291000 people working in Brampton based business establishments
Employment 2011 2016 2021 2026 2031
Brampton 171000 204000 239000 263000 291000
Peel 730000 820000 880000
Source Hemson Consulting Ltd Oct 2013
Brampton will lead economic growth in Peel over the next two decades attracting 80 of the
employment forecasted in the region Brampton is home to 8075 businesses Brampton
businesses contribute approximately $129 Billion to the GDP or 52 of the output in the
Toronto Region The Citys output is dominated by a mixed economy heavily structured on
goods-producing trades and professional business services industries
The major non-government industries dominating the economic base of Brampton by place of
work employment include
- Manufacturing
- Retail and Wholesale Trade
- Professional and Business Services
- Transportation and Warehousing
This skilled and educated workforce in Brampton represents the 3rd highest concentration of labour in the Toronto Region
Major Corporations
Bramptons corporate community is vibrant featuring an impressive list of corporations from
Canadian and International enterprises that have invested in office production andor logistics
facilities in this community
bull Rogers Communications
bull Chrysler Canada
bull Loblaw Companies
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 10
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario P ImiO
Maple Lodge Farms
Canadian Tire Corporation
Coca Cola Bottling
Waste Management of Canada
Gamma Dynacare
Olymel LLP
Air Canada Strategic Operations Centre
Bacardi Canada
Export Packers Ltd
HBC Canada
Ford Motor Company
Nissan Canada
Medtronics Canada
MDA Robotics
Q9 Canada
Aircraft Appliances and Equipment
Para Paints Canada
Brita Water Filter
Clorox Canada Canon Canada recently Hunter Douglas Windows
announced theMandarin Restaurant Corporation
Nestle Canada relocation of their
Maple Leaf Foods national headquarters HankookTire
to Brampton Ontario Smuckers Canada
Parmalat Canada
Miele Canada
Best Buy CanadaFuture Shop Canada
Small and Medium Sized Enterprises (SMEs)
The backbone of Canadas economy is found in the entrepreneurs and innovators who own
and operate small and medium-sized enterprises While Brampton has an excellent
portfolio of corporate brand names the SME sector is an active contributor to economic
growth Ninety-four per cent (94) of all businesses in Brampton had less than 50
employees Small businesses remain strong in professional scientific and technical support
sectors as well as in business services and the retail and wholesale trades
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 11
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario FI-21
Brampton business establishments with less than ten employees had 23000 workers on their payroll in 2011
Public Sector Employment
Adiverse economic base such as Bramptons is also characterised by very good representation from institutions in the public sector
Major employers include
Regional Municipal of Peel The Peel Memorial Centre for
William Osier Health System
Peel Regional Police Integrated Health and Wellness
Corporation of the City of Brampton will attract between 3000-4000
Sheridan College Institute of Technology professionals in the medical
and Advanced Learning services sector by 2016
bull Ontario Courthouse - Grenville Davis
University Application Statistics
The Ontario Universities Application Centre (OUAC) produces an annual report of
application and registration data for secondary school and other applicants
In 2011 514596 applications were administered by the Ontario University system In the
ten-year period between 2002 and 2011 Ontario saw the number of applications received
grow by approximately 135000 During the same time-frame the number of registered
applicants increased by approximately 23000 or 336 In 2011 Ontario universities
hosted 78434 registered applicants
A key finding of the 2011 OUAC Report is that universities located in geographic zone 7
these being the Ontario College of Arts and Design York University Ryerson University and
the University of Toronto attracted the highest proportion of registered applicants from
their home-zone when compared to all other universities in Ontario
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 12
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario p I bull ^i
This point is highlighted in the following table
Universities in Geographic Registered Secondary Registered Other Group Zone 7 School Applicants Applicants
Originating From Originating from (includes Peel Region York Region Zone 7 in 2011 Zone 7 in 2011 Simcoe County and City of Toronto)
( of Total Registered for ( of Total Registered for Each University) Each University)
York 865 592
Ryerson 822 616
Toronto 743 209
OCAD 643 542
Average 4 System Wide 454 306 Source Ontario University Application Centre 2011
Given the large population demographic composition socio-economic characteristics and
cultural attitudes of residents living in Zone 7 it is clear that there is a positive bias for students
particularly secondary-school students to attend a university where they can live near or stay
within their family and community structures
This is a prevalent trend in Peel Region York Region Simcoe County and the City of Toronto
(the communities that comprise Zone 7) more so than any other region in Ontario
As a summary of the complex set of demand factors highlighted in this section of the report we
see tremendous justification for additional university services on the outer edge of the Greater
Toronto Area
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 13
A Post-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario Fl-ii
3 DEFINING THE OPPORTUNITY
Goal 1 - Sheridan University Campus in Downtown Brampton
Project Vision
Site Options
A
AX
PI
A profound and holistic Sheridan Downtown Brampton Campus
connected to its 9500 plus students at Brampton Davis Steeles Campus
supported by enhanced transit to its HMC Campus I and II and Oakville
Campus
1Nelson Square Garage (Phase II SWQRP) and Phase III Lands
2Heritage Theatre Block ^~ rzmdash~ V V i
bullbull bull bull --bull shy
bull -bullbullbull-Ty ^
General Description of Site Locations - for illustrative purposes only
Mobility These sites are within a 5-minute walking distance to the existing
Brampton GO Train Station (with service to Union Station and
KitchenerWaterloo) and the ZUM Bus Rapid Transit service on
Queen Street and Main Street with service to Sheridan Davis
Campus Guelph-Humber University Campus Mississauga City
Centre (HMC I and II) and York University The proposed
Hurontario-Main Light Rapid Transit system is also within walkinj
distance of the site and offers a direct link to HMC I and II
Infrastructure Type Post-Secondary Education Campus and Related Uses
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 14
A Post-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario Fl-24shy
Project Type DBFM or DBF Design Build Finance Maintain or Design Build
Finance (the final business model is subject to a detailed
feasibility study)
Goal 2 - A New University Campus in Brampton
Project Vision A new university campus that offers undergraduate and graduate
degrees with research-oriented programs for students faculty
industry
Site Option 1 65-acre site at McLaughlin Road and Queen Street West
southwest corner known municipally as Flower City Community
Campus This site was formerly owned by the Province of
Ontario (OPP Headquarters and Training Centre) and is currently
being used by the municipality
Mobility This site is located in the Central Area of Brampton with Brampton
Transit service provided to the property The site is 15
kilometres from the Downtown GO Train Station and the
Downtown ZUM BRT Station on Main Street and 3 km to the
Brampton ZUM BRT station at Shoppers World - Steeles Avenue
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 15
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario p | bull ^S
Site Location Option 2
Mobility
Infrastructure Type
Project Type
The road network provides easy access to the major 400 series
highways for example ETR 407 is 35 km south of this site and
Highway 410 is 45 km east of the site
2719 Bovaird Drive West at Heritage Road southwest quadrant
This 87-acre site was formerly owned by private industry Today
the site is owned by the City of Brampton and is being used by the
municipality for maintenance and operation services
CON5WHS
CON5WHS
iV
I
The Mount Pleasant GO Train Station is 22 km east of the site at
Creditview Road The major Highway 401 and ETR 407 juncture
is approximately 8 km by automobile Future infrastructure
serving this area includes the GTA West Corridor immediately
north and east of the subject property
Post-Secondary Education Campus and Related Uses
DBFM or DBF Design Build Finance Maintain or Design Build
Finance (the final business model is subject to a detailed
feasibility study)
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 16
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario p | 1copy
4 BRAMPTONS STRATEGIC PARTNERSHIPS - A RECORD OF SUCCESS
With its strategic partners the Cityof Brampton has demonstrated an excellent record of
success in building and delivering physical and human infrastructure projects designed to expand public services and improve Bramptons economicdevelopment competitiveness
Ultimately these partnerships have created and preserved Ontario jobs In this section we
showcase a few of these strategic projects
Transit Infrastructure Project-Zum Bus Rapid Transit Project
Zum is Brampton Transits Bus Rapid Transit (BRT) service With its limited stops advanced
technology and real-time next bus information Zum connects people and places within
Brampton and throughout the Greater Toronto Area (GTA) Zum Queen Street service began in
the fall of 2010 Ziim Main Street service began operating in September 2011 and Ziim Steeles
Avenue started in the fall of 2012
Ziim was funded by all three levels of government with investments of $95 million each from
the Federal Provincial and Municipal governments for a total allotment of $285 million
Phase Iof the project required $159 million Phase II which expanded services along Queen
Street and Steeles Avenue as well as introduce new services on Bovaird Drive will require $126
million when fully completed
This is a DBFM - Design Build Finance and Maintain project led by the City of Brampton
Brampton designed built financed and maintains all aspects of the Zum system-wide capital
and operating costs related to
bull Roadway infrastructure intersection modifications and signal priority equipment
bull New terminals and station stops with high-quality passenger amenities
Capital equipment including new vehicles for expanded and rebranded service
Intelligent Transportation System technologies including real-time passenger information
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 17
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario p ( raquo^7
Post-Secondary Education Infrastructure Project -Sheridan Centre for Advanced Manufacturing and Design Technology (CAMDT)
In response to the changing face of manufacturing in Central and Southern Ontario Sheridan College and the City of Brampton embarked on a vision to assist Canadian manufacturers to compete globally with knowledge and technology asthe keys to their success
Led by Sheridan College ITAL the CAMDT $8 million venture is a partnership with more than 20 regional manufacturers the Province of Ontario and the City of Brampton Together we are growing regional talent in this important sector In 2005 CAMDT opened its doors
Seen as a strategic economic development initiative the City of Brampton was a major funding
and local knowledge partner contributing$25 million to CAMDT - the largest investment it has
ever made as a municipality in post-secondary education City Councils investment in Sheridan
is intended to address the demand (in the manufacturing sector) for graduates with a broad
range of advanced technical and management skills as well as to provide enhanced training for
those already in the workforce
CAMDT uses a consortia approach with the following goals
New full-time courses and industrycollege projects
Applied research initiatives and student projects
Contract training and continuing education courses
Strengthen program enrolments and graduate placements
The Centre for Sustainable Manufacturing (CSM) is located in Brampton and houses 18000
square feet of state-of-the-art labs and a flexible automation and fabrication centre The labs
support academic programs in integrated manufacturing computer-aided
draftingmanufacturing and manufacturing management
The Centre helps meet current and future needs of local manufacturers to stimulate regional
economic development and prosperity Sheridan government and local industry have
collaborated for nearly a decade to position the Centre to address critical skills gaps in the
manufacturing sector The Centre is now partnering with industry to support technical financial
and knowledge development to facilitate adoption of innovative technologies that minimize
resource consumption harmful emissions waste and use of toxic materials
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 18
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario p | mdash^ff
Health Care Infrastructure Project shy
Peel Memorial Centre for Integrated Health and Wellness
The new Peel Memorial Centre in Brampton will support the William Osier Health Systems vision for an integrated health system by providing primary ambulatory and outpatient-based care
This is a DBFM - Design Build Maintain Finance project led by Infrastructure Ontario (10)
Scheduled to open in 2016 Peel Memorial CIHW will provide specialized outpatient-based care
including urgent care day surgery and specialty clinics with a focus on helping individuals better
manage chronic conditions like asthma diabetes and kidney disease
According to Osier Health System Peel Memorial will introduce new models of care to shift the
focus from illness to wellness and encourage patients to take a more active role in managing
their own health and well-being
Representing the leading edge in integrated health care delivery Peel Memorial will provide
access to specialized patient-centred care in a state-of-the-art facility that offers a wide variety
of traditional and alternative health care services It will help people to get and stay well
through a series of education prevention disease management and healing programs
In the fall of 2012 Osier received government approval to move forward with a request for
qualifications to design build finance and maintain the new facility Following this
announcement Brampton City Council decided to invest 50 of the community share with a
$60 million levy in support of the new Peel Memorial
Downtown Intensification Infrastructure Project shy
Southwest Quadrant Renewal Plan Municipal Office and Commercial Retail Development
On August 10 2011 Bramptons City Council approved the terms of agreement for the
Southwest Quadrant Renewal Plan which enables the City to move forward with a creative
solution to meet the Citys future administrative space needs and plans for revitalization of
Bramptons downtown The successful proposal submitted by Dominus Construction Group is
a plan for a mixed-use development with several new features including new administrative
parking and retail space and a pedestrian-friendly cityscape for completion in 2014
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 19
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario p f~2raquo^
This is a DBF - Design Build Finance project led by Dominus Construction Group The City is a tenant in the building on a long-term lease
Phase 1 of this LEEDS project now under construction includes a new nine-storey building at 41 George Street that can accommodate
bull 126398 foot building for administrative space
bull 10147 square feet for ground retail space
bull 10545 square feet for multi-purpose meeting rooms
bull 443 parking spaces (five levels of parking)
Phase la also under construction includes a two-storey addition to the current City Hall that
can accommodate
bull 2507 square feet for committee rooms
bull 6187 square feet for ground retail space
Phases 1 and la of the Southwest Quadrant Renewal Plan (SWQRP) represents a $94M
investment in the downtown and all 3 Phases of the combined SWQRP represents an
estimated investment of $251M
This investment in the Southwest Quadrant Renewal Plan is another major building block in the
ongoing evolution and revitalization of downtown Brampton both in terms of contributing to
the urban landscape as well as attracting private sector investment and opportunities
Combined with other major projects like the Rose Theatre Brampton the launch of Ziim on
Queen and Main Streets restoration work at Alderlea and Peel Heritage Complex and several
new condominium projects Bramptons Downtown is experiencing an exciting resurgence
The City of Brampton is planning to add another signature building in our downtown core
further evidence of Bramptons commitment to economic development
Sustainable Community Development Project shy
Mount Pleasant Mobility Hub
The project includes a number of elements that serve to establish Mount Pleasant as a transit-
oriented development exemplifying a more sustainable approach to suburban community
living
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 20
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario p |~^Q
In partnership with the OntarioGovernment MetrolinxGO and Mattamy Homes the City has invested approximately $23 million in the following infrastructure
bull Community Transit Infrastructure station stops and related passenger amenities
Intelligent Transportation Systems (ITS) and transit enhancements at intersections
bull Mobility Hub facility bus layovers sheltered passenger areas clock tower bike storage areas and related amenities
bull Cultural Heritage reconstructed historic CPR station structure to be used as a cultural
facility in the Mt Pleasant civicsquare shared with the Peel District School Board and the
Library
bull Pedestrian amenities Civic Square and Village Green incorporating a reflection poolskating
facility public art canopy structures play area and landscaping features
Through development and stewardship the Mount Pleasant Community will restore and
enhance individual features that currently cover approximately 8 (or 41 hectares) of the
area and create a Natural Heritage System that will cover approximately 19 (or 976 hectares)
of the community As development proceeds within the Mount Pleasant Community the
NHS will come into public ownership The City will be responsible to manage the NHS and our
goal is to support natural processes and regeneration that are beneficial to the health and
diversity of the natural features functions and habitat This will generally mean
bull Planting no-maintenance vegetative buffers between natural areas and private
properties using native trees shrubs and groundcovers
bull Not mowing pruning or spraying natural areas for weeds and insects
bull Allowing for annual flooding and ponding of water along East Huttonville Creek and
within wetlands and woodlands to maintain a natural hydrology that is critical for plant
and wildlife health and diversity
bull Allowingfor the natural loss of vegetation and regrowth of young trees and shrubs
bull Managing natural areas for invasive species such as Buckthorn and Norway Maple
bull Managing the urban trees along streets and parks for invasive species such as Emerald
Ash Borer
The Mount Pleasant Mobility Hub represents a large project that has created one-time
employment within the stipulated 2-year construction period as well generating annual
multipliers supporting Bramptons economic development for future generations
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 21
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario p [raquo^ )
5 OUR INVESTMENT - A COMMITMENT TO POST SECONDARY EDUCATION
The City of Brampton iscommitted to investing in this Strategy Below is a summary of the types of financial and in-kind investmentsthe municipality is prepared to make in order to realize this Strategy
bull Municipal Land Contribution
bull Municipal Commitment to Economic and Market Growth Policies
bull Municipal assistance on site servicing for digitally linked and virtual classrooms
laboratories office
bull Shared Infrastructure related to municipal services such as library field house gymnasium
bull Design an extensive planning process and design exercise that represents the highest
standard of excellence including engaging the community and surrounding land-owners
LEEDS Community and Environmental Design
bull Facilitating municipal and community partnerships to maximize utilization of spaces during
the May - August shoulder period
bull Economic development research grant to support research that fosters innovation and
commercialization
bull Support industry partnerships and innovative enterprises
bull Demonstrate commitment to a shared provincial municipal and university relationship
focused on a culture of open communication shared values community engagement and
volunteerism
bull Staff time and expertise dedicated to teams assigned to this Strategy
bull Leverage City of Brampton AAA Credit Rating by Standard amp Poors
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 22
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario p- ( ~ Q jL
6 IMPLEMENTATION STEPS
The following decision milestones guide the municipal commitment and stewardship of this
Strategy
bull Exploratory Meetings with Sheridan Executive and Chair of Governing Council
bull Preparation of Bramptons Post-Secondary Strategy Proposal
bull Presentation to Premier Wynne - Receive and Endorse Proposed Strategy
bull City Council approval of final post-secondary strategy and approval to enter into a
Memorandum of Understanding with Sheridan College ITAL to explore the feasibility of
establishing Sheridan University in Downtown Brampton
bull Execute an MOU with Sheridan
bull Complete the Feasibility Study for Goal 1
bull Form a project team to prepare the technical documents in support of an RFP related to
Goal 2 -Attract a new undergraduate and graduate research-oriented university campus
aligned with Bramptons vision and proposed site locations with reporting to Council
7 CONTACTS
Susan Fennell
Mayor
City of Brampton Tel 905-874-2600
John Corbett MCIP RPP
Chief Administrative Officer
City of Brampton Tel 905-874-2625
Creating andpreserving knowledge-basedjobs by enabling investments in post-secondary education research innovation and commercialization activities
is at the heart ofBramptons economic vision
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 23
APPENDIX 3
FI-V4shybullUTaarrgt-^M
Major
Capacity
Expansion
Policy
Framework
December 2013
Ministry of Training Colleges and Universities
pound Ontario
PI -IS
The Ontario Public Service endeavours to demonstrate leadership with respect to accessibility in Ontario Our goal isto ensure that Ontario government services products and focilities ore occessible to all our employees and to all members of the public we serve This document or the information that itcontains is available on request in alternative formats Please forward all requests for alternative formats to ServiceOntario ot 1-800-668-9938 (TTY 1-800-268-7095)
line publication equivolenle est disponible en francais sous le titre suivant (Mesttattgique pout Iocuoissement moeur de hcapocili 2013
This publication is also available on the Ministry ofTraining Colleges and Universities website at wwvontariocatcu 13-278 bull ISBN 978-1-4606-3428-8 (POF) bull copy Queens Printer for Ontario 2013
Contents
Vision 5
Context 5
Government Priorities 6
Components of the Policy Framework 7
Initial Review 7
Scope 7
Selection and Approval 9
Policy Implementation and Compliance 10
Appendix A
Contact Information and Checklist for Institutions Considering
Capacity Expansion 11
Appendix B
An Outline of the Review and Approval Process for Planned
Capacity Expansion Proposals 13
Appendix C
General Evaluation Criteria for Major Capacity Expansion 14
Pi-Vi
Vision
Ontarios colleges and universities will drive creativity innovation knowledge and community engagement through teaching and research They will put students first by providing the best possible learning experience for all qualified learners in an affordable and financially sustainable way ensuring high quality and globally competitive outcomes for students and Ontarios knowledge economy
Context
Between 2002-03 and 2012-13 the postsecondary education system in Ontario expanded substantially with full-time enrolment growing by over 160000 more than in any decade in the provinces history Ontario has been supporting enrolment growth across the college and university sectors through increases in operating grants enhancements to student financial aid and capital investments
Ontarios postsecondary institutions have been committed partners in their efforts to accommodate these unprecedented levels of enrolment growth and have thus contributed to expanding opportunities for students to pursue higher education in many communities across Ontario
At65 per cent Ontarios level of postsecondary attainment (college university and apprenticeship) in 2012 was higher than thatof any country in theOrganisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) The Ontario government has set a postsecondary education attainment target of 70 per cent to ensure that the province continues to benefit from the competitive advantage of its highly skilled and educated workforce in the global economy
In this context it is essential to ensure that in future the right spaces are created in the right places for Ontarios students This can be done by targeting areas in which population growth is strong but local postsecondary education capacity is limited
Population growth in Ontario has recently been - and is expected tocontinue to be - concentrated in a number of large urban areas Some of the regions and communities where strong
Fl-W
long-term demand growth is anticipated are not currently served by local campuses In those areas gaps have recently begun to appear between enrolment demand growth and the capacity to accommodate continued enrolment growth If left unaddressed those gaps are likely to widen over time
Projections are subject to uncertainty and caution should always be used when considering long-term forecasts Based on the ministrys latest assessment of demographics and long-term postsecondary education participation patterns enrolment demand growth will moderate in the near term but is expected to return to more rapid growth after 2020 with the potential for substantial enrolment increases over the longer term Consistent with recent trends long-term demand is expected to be greatest for degree-level programs
It is anticipated that the focus of most major capacity expansions in the future will be at the undergraduate degree level Students in rapidly growing communities have access to substantial local college facilities more than they do to local university campuses In addition although graduate enrolment has risen significantly in recent years it is much lower than enrolment at the undergraduate level and tends to be concentrated in fewer institutions
The timing of this anticipated growth in demand provides an important opportunity The province will have time to plan for and address postsecondary education capacity needs in areas of Ontario where communities are growing and where students need better and more affordable access to postsecondary education opportunities closer to home
Government Priorities
The Major Capacity Expansion Policy Framework set out in this document seeks to achieve the following objectives
bull Ensuring that future large-scale capacity expansion supports long-term postsecondary education priorities including institutional differentiation
bull Managing enrolment growth strategically in line with provincial growth planning priorities to address regional capacity gaps in underserved areas
bull Putting in place a transparent evidence-based decision making and implementation process
ldegt
9 Addressing affordability and sustainability for students institutions and the province by maximizing the cost-effectiveness of targeted investments
bull Creating local community and regional economic benefits leading to job creation and greater economic diversity
Components of the Policy Framework The components of the Major Capacity Expansion policy framework include
1) a description of the kinds of initiatives that will be within the scope of the new approval and selection process
2) the selection process and the criteria that will be used in evaluating proposals for approval after a call for proposals is made and
3) details on implementation and compliance
Initial Review
Any institution considering an initiative that involves an expansion ofcapacity should contact the ministry in writing using the checklist provided in Appendix A The ministry will review initiatives proposed by institutions on a case-by-case basis to determine whether the planned expansion is subject to the new selection and approval process outlined below The ministry will provide a response to the institutions request in writing clearly indicating whether a proposed project or initiative will be subject to the new Major Capacity Expansion selection and approval process Initiatives subject to the new process are not to proceed unless approved by the provincial government following a formal call for proposals
Scope
This policy framework addresses a significant provincial interest in the need for provincial management of future large-scale expansions in postsecondary education capacity Effective management and planning is also needed to help avoid potential conflicts that can arise between and among institutions sect with respect to the location of new facilities and campuses s
FI-H-0
The new approval and selection process is primarily focused on initiatives that are designed to accommodate significant long-term increases in the number of domestic full-time postsecondary education students Such large-scale initiatives could include expansions at existing locations or might involve the establishment of new campuses Initiatives could be partnerships including university-college collaborations that would also enhance students educational experience and student pathways
Recognizing thata wide range and variety of potential expansion opportunities exist in Ontarios diverse and complex postsecondary education system the ministry has avoided setting rigid parameters to define major capacity expansion However initiatives characterized by the following scale-related features are most likely to be subject to the new approval and selection process
0 accommodates enrolment growth of more than 1000 full-time students in the short term with the potential to accommodate longer-term growth of5000 to 10000 over the next twenty years (ie long-term enrolment comparable to enrolment at substantial existing college or university campuses)
8 adds new facilities (either owned or secured through long-term lease) larger than 70000 square feet (roughly 6500 square metres) designated primarily for academic purposes
raquo offers a broad range of programs with substantial new or expanded ancillary services (or shows clear potential for future growth in program offerings and ancillary services)
bull significantly improves local student access to postsecondary education in the short term (and has the potential to do so in the longer term) particularly in geographic locations that may be experiencing or are expected to develop capacity gaps
When reviewing a planned expansion the ministry will also take into consideration whether the initiative
bull competes with other capacity expansion initiatives in a particular geographic area or would have an impact on existing or already-planned postsecondary education facilities
bull in the case of proposed new campuses is outside the local area of the institutions existing campuses or is in a new community for the institution in terms of substantial permanent academic facilities For the purpose of this policy the local
FH+I
area of a campus is defined as the area within the median commuter shed for Census Metropolitan Areas in Ontario as specified by Statistics Canada (about 10 km)
Institutions making expansion proposals will be required to provide evidence of prior consultation with and support from other institutions that could be affected by the proposal confirmation of their own Board of Governors support for the proposal and confirmation of significant support from the local municipality or region
Selection and Approval Decisions about future large-scale postsecondary education capacityexpansion projects will be made on the basis of a formal transparent competitive process that will begin with a call for proposals directed to institutions Consideration will be given to proposals for large-scale expansion ofexisting campuses (main or satellite campuses) andor for the creation of new campuses
Calls for proposals will be directed to publicly assisted postsecondary education institutions in Ontario Eligibility to submit a proposal will in general be extended to all institutions however the government may decide to limit eligibility as appropriate depending on current circumstances and evolving provincial priorities
Municipalities interested in being considered as host locations for future major capacity expansion should work in collaboration with institutions that would be prepared to submit a proposal
Priority will be given to proposals in regions that have been experiencing sustained population and postsecondary education demand growth and that are underserved in terms of postsecondary education opportunities
The timing of future calls for proposals the number of projects selected for support and the level and timing of funding will be determined by the provincial government and will reflect a range of considerations including the fiscal environment
FI-M-1
When evaluating proposals the ministry will consider a setof criteria in the following categories consistent with its priorities for future capacity expansion (as outlined on page 6)
bull Strategic management of long-term enrolment growth and accessibility
bull Differentiation sustainability and accountability bull Economic impact raquo Quality innovation and competitiveness (including
institutional partnership options) bull Affordability for students and the province (including
substantial support from host communities)
Over time as circumstances change and priorities evolve the ministry may articulate additional requirements for the competitive process For details of general evaluation criteria refer to Appendix C Additional templates may be provided when a call for proposals is announced
Once the proposals have been evaluated the ministry will make recommendations to Cabinet for funding support for the selected proposals When one or more proposals have been selected and approved for funding bilateral agreements will be put in place between the institution(s) selected and the ministry
Policy Implementation and Compliance This policy framework will be effective immediately Institutions are encouraged to submit their expansion plans for initial review as soon as possible
If an initiative is determined to be outside the scope of this new approval and selection process itwill still be subject to other relevant ministry approval processes including but not limited to program approval and capital funding processes It will also have to be consistent with the terms of the Strategic Mandate Agreement established between the institution and the ministry
Failure to comply with the requirements setout in this policy framework will affect provincial funding Specifically new or expanded enrolment at the location of the expansion will not be recognized for funding through the college or university operating grants and the institution will not be eligible for provincial capital funding at the location Failure to comply could also affect future capital decisions by the provincial government
0 with respect to other locations
Fl-42gt
Appendix A Contact Information and Checklist for Institutions Considering Capacity Expansion
Institutions considering capacity expansion should direct a letter describing the project or initiative along with a completed checklist (see below) to
MCEsubmi53101iionfariocc1
The following checklist will help the ministry determine whether the planned expansion will be subject to the new approval and selection process under the MajorCapacity Expansion policy framework1
Please complete the checklist (copy and scan the completed form or create an e-file based on the template) and include it as an attachment to your communication to the ministry outlining your institutions planned capacity expansion project
Please provide additional information as needed in the Comments section of the checklist
1 A planned expansion that is deemed subject to the new selection and approval process is not to proceed unless approved by the province following a formal call for proposals A planned expansion that is deemed outside the scope of the Major Capacity Expansion approval and selection process will still be subject to other relevant ministry approval processes including but not limited to program approval and capital funding processes
pl-4-4shy
Checklist for Institutions Considering Capacity Expansion
Checklist Items
Size
How many full-time students would this initiative accommodate based on current plans
Is there potential for substantial longer-term enrolment growth If yes please provide a high-level estimate of potential enrolment
How much space (in sq ft) will be designated for academic purposes in the proposed facility (or expansion) Would new facilities be owned or secured through long-term lease
What is the credential mix of programs associated with this proposed expansion
What programs would be made available
Consultation
Have you consulted with other institutions that could be affected by this proposal
bull Which institution(s) have you consulted Are they supportive
Has your institution engaged its Board of Governors with respect to this proposal Is the board supportive
Is your proposal supported by the local municipality region in which it would be located
bull Will third-party resources (municipalities region other) be available to support this initiative What is the level of support expected
Location Services
Where would the new capacity be located (municipality region)
bull Is this a new locationcommunity for your institution
If proposing expansion at a new location is the location more than 10 km from existing campus(es)
Does the planned expansion include ancillary and student services
bull Please provide a list of services to be offered
Notes
Yes No Comme -
DD
an
a a
a a
bull a
bull a
bull a
bull This list is designed to provide information needed to determine whether a proposal will be deemed subject to the Major Capacity Expansion policy approval and selection process
bull Decisions will be made on a case-by-case basis If additional information is needed a representative of the Ministry ofTraining Colleges and Universities will contact the institution Please provide complete contact information including name position title email address and phone numbers
FI-H5
Appendix B An Outline of the Review and Approval Process for Planned Capacity Expansion Proposals
Chart 1 below outlines the steps in the assessment process that will be used to determine whether a planned capacity expansion will be deemed subject to the approval and selection process under the Major Capacity Expansion policy framework
Chart 2 outlines the steps in the process of selecting initiatives for funding under the Major Capacity Expansion policy framework
Chart 1 Initial Review - Is the Planned Expansion Subject to the Major Capacity Expansion Selection and Approval Process
The planned expansion
does not move forward
until approved by the
province following a Ministry reviews the institutions formal call for proposals
Institution submits a letter Failure to comply will submission to evaluate whether
describing the planned the planned expansion will be affect provincial funding
expansion with a completed subject to the new selection 1gt4^lt^t^fea1Vitaiiij4gtlJULJl^
and approval process under
for review the Major Capacity Expansion The planned expansion policy framework moves forward subject to
checklist to the ministry
Wampj^WJfeWamp$Si^^ all other ministry approval
processes (eg capital and
program approvals)
bulluiut^w-ww-yishy
Chart 2 SelectionApproval Process far a Major Capacity Expansion Following a Call for Proposals
Callfor proposals initiated Institutions submit Ministry assesses proposals Announcement of selected
by the province proposals against evaluation criteria initiatives to be supported
and brings forward selected for major capacity
proposals for Cabinet expansion
approval
raquoHSW^8raquoMJmmLiMH WOWluUdUJIUlbUitL
13
r
shy
Fl-Ho
enoix C General Evaluation Criteria for Major Capacity Expansion
Category Evaluation Criteria
Strategic Significant expansion of local postsecondary education opportunities for management students in underserved areas with growing demand based on long-term of long-term demographic trends enrolment Alignment with provincial priorities including Growth Plan priorities and
economic development initiativesgrowth and Clear potential to add substantial new capacity and support futureaccessibility enrolment growth in the postsecondary education sector
Differentiation Alignment with the institutions Strategic Mandate Agreement and goals sustainability and priorities of the Differentiation Policy Framework and Impact on nearby institutions accountability Effective and sustainable governance model including consideration
of the impact of distance from the expansion location for administration and academic experience Focus on undergraduate programs Range of programs offered locally and avoidance of unwarranted duplication of existing programming
Economic Demonstrated Value for Money including AFP options where impact appropriate and limits on provincial contributions
Tangible regional economic benefits combined with potential for province-wide benefit based on labour force skills and economic growth Demonstrated local economic benefits and linkages with local industries
Quality Innovative service delivery innovation Institutional partnership options including university-college collaboration and Postsecondary education quality and student experience (including
ancillary and student services)competitiveness
Affordabiiity Evidence of substantial support from host community including financial for students contributions and land ownership
Economies of scaleand the
province Linkages with local transportation for commuting students Potential for leveraging private sector resources Evidence of consideration ofalternatives to expansion proposal based on existing capacity and potential partnerships Proven financial health of institution with asset management plan in place Demonstrated labour market demand
Nofe These are the general criteria that will be used to guide the selection and approval of proposals submitted in response toa ministry call for proposals
N
News Release
Helping More Students Pursue Postsecondary Education
Ontario Calls for Expansion Proposals from Universities March 272014 945 am
Office of the Premier
Premier Kathleen Wynne announced today that the government is taking steps to
ensure that more students can pursue undergraduate degrees close to home The
province is inviting universities to submit proposals for new or expanded campuses in
underserved areas (colleges are encouraged to partner with universities to submit
proposals)
This call for proposals is part of the governments commitment to provide funding for
60000 additional postsecondary education spaces across Ontario The government will
collaborate closely with municipalities colleges and universities to ensure that capacity
is increased where it is needed the most
The proposals will be evaluated based on their potential to
bull Increase postsecondary spaces in underserved areas
bull Improve quality innovation and competitiveness
bull Demonstrate cost-effectiveness to both students and taxpayers
bull Help stimulate growth and economic development in Ontario
This will help establish a formal transparent and competitive process to evaluate
decisions about future expansions
Improving access to postsecondary education is part of the Ontario governments
economic plan that is creating jobs for today and tomorrow The comprehensive plan
and its six priorities focus on Ontarios greatest strengths -- its people and strategic
partnerships
Fl-M
Quick Facts
The call for proposals is open to all publicly assisted universities and all colleges of
applied arts and technology in Ontario with a deadline for submissions of Sept 26
2014 Colleges must partner with universities to be eligible for major capacity
expansion projects
Municipalities interested in being considered as host locations are expected to work
in collaboration with institutions that are submitting a proposal
The province released the Major Capacity Expansion Policy Framework in December
2013 to identify priority areas for growth
In the last 10 years full-time enrolment in Ontarios postsecondary system has grown
by more than 160000 mdash more than in any decade in the provinces history
bull The provinces 30 off Tuition Grant helped more than 230000 students start
college or university last year
Quotes
Fl-M
We are committed to helping more students get the postsecondary education they need to succeed
We want to bridge Ontarios skills gap and ensure that young people are equipped with all the right
skills mdash no matter where they live
Kathleen Wynne
Premier of Ontario
Expanding and creating new postsecondary campuses where they are needed most will help
ensure that more students have the opportunity to get a world-class education while staying close to
home Were working closely with our postsecondary partners to make sure the right spaces are in
the right places
Brad Duguid
Minister of Training Colleges and Universities
Laurier Brantford has provided immeasurable benefits to both local students and the citys
downtown revitalization This announcement signifies similar economic development partnerships
between municipalities and postsecondary institutions leading to new jobs and increased prosperity
for more communities across Ontario Chris Friel Mayor City of Brantford
PI-so
^^js^-^
Major
Capacity
Expansion
Call for
Proposals
GUIDELINES
March 2014
Ministry of Training Colleges and Universities
w^ Ontario
Fl-SI
The Ontario Public Service endeavours to demonstrate leadership with respect to accessibility in Ontario Our gool is to ensure that Ontario government services products and facilities are occessible to all our employees and to all members ofthe public we serve This document or the inlormolion that itcontains is available on request in alternative formats Pleose forward all requests lor alternative formats to ServiceOntario at1-800-668-9938 (TTY 1-800-268-709S)
line publication equivolente est disponible en francais sous le litre suivont Appel de propositions pour Ioccroissement moieur de la capocM - lignes directrices
This publication is also available on the Ministry olTraining Colleges and Universities website atwwivontariocatcu 13-323 bull ISBN 978-1-4606-3802-6 (PDF) bull copy Queens Printer for Ontario 2014
2014
Fi-sa
Contents
1 Background 5
2 Timelines for Submitting a Proposal 5
3 Notice of Intent 5
4 Eligible Applicants 6
5 Eligible Projects 6
6 Major Capacity Expansion General Evaluation Criteria 7
7 Weighting 8
8 Assessment and Ranking 9
9 Communications Protocol 13
10 Role of Infrastructure Ontario and Alternative
Financing and Procurement 13
11 The Selection Process and Funding 14
12 Components of the Submission 14
13 Links to Related Documents and Resources 16
14 Disclosure of Information 16
15 Call for Proposals Timeline 16
PI-S3
1 Background The ministry released its Major Capacity Expansion Policy Framework on December 20 2013 A commitment was made to
issue a Call for Proposals in early 2014
This Call for Proposals represents the beginning of a process that will lead to the selection of successful proposals which collectively will meet provincial goals for postsecondary education in Ontario - increased capacity at the undergraduate degree level greater affordability for students institutions and the province improved institutional differentiation and regional economic benefits This process will be guided by principles of fairness competitiveness and transparency and by a commitment to serve the public interest
This long-term initiative will help ensure that our postsecondary education system will have the right spaces in the right places for Ontario students
2 Timelines for Submitting a Proposal The closing date for submission of a Notice of Intent is June 27 2014
The closing date for submission of the full proposal is September 26 2014
Submissions must be received by the ministry on or before these dates
3 Notice of Intent
The Notice of Intent is a one-page overview of the proposed project Proposals will not be considered unless a Notice of Intent is received by the deadline ofJune 27 2014 To ensure transparency and competitiveness every Notice of Intent submitted to the ministry will be posted on the Postsecondary Education Partners Gateway website within 30 days of the submission date
Fl-Sf
4 Eligible Applicants In view of the focus on undergraduate degree capacity it is expected that submissions will be led by universities butcollegeshyuniversity partnership models are encouraged
All proposals must demonstrate need (ie expansion should be located in areas thatare currently underserved by postsecondary education andor thatare expected to experience significant future growth in enrolment demand)
5 Eligible Projects Recognizing the wide range and variety of potential expansion opportunities the ministry continues to avoid setting rigid parameters to define major capacityexpansion However as stated in the Major Capacity Expansion Policy Framework initiatives characterized by the following scale-related features are most likely to be subject to this approval and selection process
bull accommodates enrolment growth of more than 1000 full-time students in the short term with the potential to accommodate longer-term growth of 5000 to 10000 over the next twenty years (ie long-term enrolment comparable to enrolment at substantial existing collegeor university campuses)
bull adds new facilities (either owned or secured through long-term lease) larger than 70000 square feet (roughly 6500 square metres) designated primarily for academic purposes
bull offers a broad range of programs with substantial new or expanded ancillary services (or shows clear potential for future growth in program offerings and student and ancillary services)
bull significantly improves local student access to postsecondary education in the short term (and has the potential to continue to do so in the longer term) particularly in geographic locations that may be experiencing or are expected to develop capacity gaps at the undergraduate degree level
PI-S5
6 Major Capacity Expansion General Evaluation Criteria
The following general evaluation criteria were included in the Major Capacity Expansion Policy Framework These criteria will be used to assess proposals Institutions should demonstrate the alignment of their proposed projects with the criteria and may do so in any format suitable to them
Priority Objectives
Strategic management of long-term enrolment growth and accessibility
Differentiation sustainability and accountability
Economic impact
Quality innovation and competitiveness
General Criteria
bull Significant expansion of local postsecondary education opportunities for students in underserved areas with growing demand based on long-term demographic trends
bull Alignment with provincial priorities including Growth Plan priorities and economic development initiatives
bull Clear potential to add substantial new capacity and support future enrolment growth in the postsecondary education sector
Alignment with the institutions Strategic Mandate Agreement (SMA) and goals and priorities of the Differentiation Policy Framework Impact on nearby institutions Effective and sustainable governance model including consideration ofthe impact ofdistance from the expansion location for administration and academic experience Focus on undergraduate programs Range of programs offered locally and avoidance ofunwarranted duplication ofexisting programming
Tangible regional economic benefits combined with potential for province-wide benefit based on labour force skills and economic growth Demonstrated local economic benefits and linkages with local industries
Demonstrated Value for Money including Alternative Financing and Procurement (AFP) options where appropriate and limits on provincial contributions
Institutional partnership options including university-college collaboration
Innovative service delivery Postsecondary education quality and student experience (including student and ancillary services)
(continued)
Fl-5b
Priority Objectives General Criteria
Affordability for bull Evidence of substantial support from hostcommunity including students and the financial contributions and land ownership province bull Economies of scale
bull Linkages with local transportation for commuting students bull Potential for leveraging private sector resources bull Evidence of consideration of alternatives to expansion proposal
based on existing capacity and potential partnerships bull Proven financial health of institution with asset management plan
in place bull Demonstrated labour market demand
7 Weighting The evaluation criteria for the assessment of institutional
proposals will be weighted as follows
Category Weight
Section A Meeting Demand 30
bull Strategic management of long-term enrolment growth and accessibility
Section B Demonstrated Affordability 40
bull Affordability for students and the province
Section C Academic and Economic Considerations 30
bull Differentiation sustainability and accountability bull Economic impact bull Quality innovation and competitiveness (including institutional partnership
options)
PI-SI
8 Assessment and Ranking Funding will be awarded on a competitive basis and proposals will be evaluated for suitability using defined criteria Institutions should use both qualitative and quantitative analysis to demonstrate the alignment of their proposals with the general evaluation criteria
SECTION A MEETING DEMAND (30)
Proposals should demonstrate alignment with some or all of the following criteria
Priority Objective 1 Strategic management of long-term enrolment growth and accessibility
General Evaluation Criteria
1 Significant expansion of local postsecondary education opportunities for students in underserved areas with growing demand based on long-term demographic trends
2 Alignment with provincial priorities including Growth Plan priorities and economic development initiatives
3 Clear potential to add substantial new capacity and support future enrolment growth in the postsecondary education sector
Possible Alignment Measures
bull Demographic growth projections for location bull Existing enrolment capacity at institutions in
the proximity of the proposed expansion bull Estimated enrolment capacity ofthe
expansion and projected net increase in undergraduate enrolment
bull Number of students from the area of the intended expansion who are currently attending the institution(s)
Possible Information to Build Evidence Base
bull Institutions long-term enrolment master plan bull Joint campus master plan for partnerships (if applicable) bull Long-term enrolment viability study bull Completed enrolment table in the proposal template stating all assumptions bull Community profile demonstrating future demand in the area bull Documented support from and alignment with plans of any associated agencies municipalities
or other entities
bull Consideration of relevant provincial population and employment projections bull Consideration of key provincial policy directions relating to the location of public institutions and
their associated economic impacts (eg ability to contribute to urban revitalization efforts) bull Evidence of program demand (eg number of applications)
FI-5J
SECTION B DEMONSTRATED AFFORDABILITY (40)
Proposals should demonstrate alignment with some or all of the following criteria
Priority Objective 2 Affordability for students and the province
General Evaluation Criteria
1 Evidence of substantial support from host community including financial contributions and land ownership
2 Economies of scale 3 Linkages with local transportation for
commuting students 4 Potential for leveraging private sector
resources
5 Evidence of consideration of alternatives to expansion proposal based on existing capacity and potential partnerships
6 Proven financial health of institution with asset management plan in place
7 Demonstrated labour market demand
Possible Alignment Measures
bull Total cost of project and expected provincial contribution
bull Cost-benefit analysis ofexpanding an existing assetor building at a new location (or a combination thereof)
bull Distance from current campuses bull Current assetmanagement plan including
effects of expansion on Facilities Condition Index
bull Public transit capacity to the institution and between campuses
bull Debtasset ratioof institution(s) bull Energy sources and efficiency initiatives
(including proposed LEED certification) bull Long-term financial viability bull Existing student employment KPIs
Possible Information to Build Evidence Base
bull Detailed project costing information including projected cash flow requirements and net impact on operating cost
bull Business case demonstrating need for expansiori (existing campus only) including a service gap analysis
bull Letters of support from potential partners indicating details of financial andor in-kind contributions (eg land ownership)
bull Local transportation plan(s) showing current anc1planned public access to site (short- and long-term)
bull Independent verification of total expansion proj set cost
bull Financial health analysis including recent finan cial statements
bull Documentation of preliminary environmental assessment bull Control and ownership of buildings and equipment (partnerships only) bull Long-term forecast of incremental operating expenses and revenues (grants third party revenues)
as a result ofthe proposed project
PI-S9
SECTION C ACADEMIC AND ECONOMIC CONSIDERATIONS (30)
Proposals should demonstrate alignment with some or all of the following criteria
Priority Objective 3 Differentiation sustainability and accountability
General Evaluation Criteria
1Alignment with the institutions Strategic Mandate Agreement (SMA) and goals and priorities of the Differentiation Policy Framework
2 Impact on nearby institutions 3 Effective and sustainable governance model
including consideration of the impact of distance from the expansion location for administration and academic experience
4 Focus on undergraduate programs 5 Range of programs offered locally and
avoidance of unwarranted duplication of existing programming
Possible Alignment Measures
bull Assessment of alignment with SMA bull Proposed programs their alignment with
the institutions strengths and an overview ofsimilar existing programs offered by institutions near the expansion
bull Ranking of institution(s) on applications by students from the proposed area
Possible Information to Build Evidence Base
bull Finalized SMA
bull Program information (initial and planned) bull Overview of proposed institutional governance model bull Consultation overview including results of discussions with affected institutions and letters of
support (if applicable)
pi-to
Priority Objective 4 Economic impact
General Evaluation Criteria
1Tangible regional economic benefits combined with potential for province-wide benefit based on labour force skills and economic growth
2 Demonstrated local economic benefits and linkages with local industries
3 Demonstrated Value for Money including Alternative Financing and Procurement (AFP) options where appropriate and limits on provincial contributions
Possible Alignment Measures
bull Local economic benefits bull Alignment of programs with regional and
Ontario labour market needs
bull Expected financing cost (if any) bull Jobs created (short-term associated with
building period and ongoing) bull Ongoing jobs created at expansion bull Value for Money analysis related to proposed
procurement model
Possible Information to Build Evidence Base
bull An economic impact study or value planning study to demonstrate the projects potential to provide direct economic benefits for the surrounding area (eg by helping to revitalize the community unlock local development potential build the taxbase and leverage existing infrastructure and investments)
Priority Objective 5 Quality innovation and competitiveness
General Evaluation Criteria
1 Institutional partnership options including university-college collaboration
2 Innovative service delivery 3 Postsecondary education quality and student
experience (including student and ancillary services)
Possible Alignment Measures
bull Institutional track record with partnerships bull Assessment ofproposed academic plan and
service delivery bull Range of planned student and ancillary
services compared with services at existing campuses (short- and long-term)
bull Existing student experience (KPIs student outcomes)
Possible Information to Build Evidence Base
bull Institutions Strategic Plan bull Business case in support ofproposed academic plan including partnerships with relevant
raquo information aboutcurriculumpedagogy raquo financial information
raquo interjurisdictional case studies and examples bull Impact analysis with respect toacademic and administrative quality and quality of experience bull Overview of new program accreditation required ifapplicable
12
Fl-fel
9 Communications Protocol
Proposal submissions must be received at MCEsubmissions ontarioca by September 26 2014 Late submissions will not be accepted
Specific questions submitted to the ministry as part of the process will be answered and will be made available to all participants
To ensure a fair and transparent process the ministry will not provide any advisory services to institutions on an individual basis
10 Role of Infrastructure Ontario and Alternative
Financing and Procurement Infrastructure Ontario is a Crown agency of the Government of Ontario It is focused on modernizing and financing the renewal of public infrastructure maximizing the value of public real estate and managing government facilities It also provides expertise in project delivery lending real estate management and asset planning Infrastructure Ontario now has a greater role in procuring infrastructure as well engaging in both traditional forms of procurement and alternative financing and procurement (AFP) when appropriate
As indicated in the Ministry of Infrastructures Building Together Plan and in the provincial governments planning and budgeting process recommendations will be made on the procurement method and delivery of all college infrastructure projects valued at more than $50 million In addition universities with successful projects and associated provincial grants in excess of $100 million will be required to consult with Infrastructure Ontario The $100 million threshold may be lowered in future years
The criteria for assessing these projects could include scope complexity and value-for-money assessment with input from the ministry and Infrastructure Ontario
13
Pl-bl
11 The Selection Process and Funding The ministry will oversee the process leading to the selection of successful applications A multi-ministry panel will review the applications and make recommendations to Cabinet through the Ministry of Training Colleges and Universities Cabinetwill make the final decision aboutsuccessful projects andor future courses of action
Funding for successful projects will be provided subsequently The number of projects selected for support as well as the level and timing of funding will be determined by the provincial government and will reflect a range of considerations including the fiscal environment
12 Components of the Submission The following components of the submission are to be provided to the ministry by the dates indicated In addition to what is required below institutions may submit their proposals in any format that they believe best demonstrates the strengths of their proposed project with due attention to the relevance and conciseness of information supplied (Note that institutions may be asked to revise and re-submit their proposals ifexcessive amounts of information are provided)
All submissions must be preceded by
bull A Notice of Intent to be received by the ministry no later than June 27 2014
The Notices of Intent will give the ministry an early overview of interest in Major Capacity Expansion
14
pl-fe
The components of the proposal submission to be received by the ministry no later than September 26r 2014 are as follows
bull A completed checklist
A checklist is included in the Call for Proposals package The checklist must be completed and included in the submission (The checklist is reproduced from Appendix A of the Major Capacity Expansion Policy Framework page 12)
bull A completed capital template
Please refer to the template included in the Call for Proposals package The template requests detailed information on enrolment projections and funding sources This information must be provided using the template but it may also be presented in a different format in the context of the overall presentation
bull Supplementary information
Institutions are welcome to submit supplementary information to support their proposal Supplementary information may include a business case environmental impact studies and any other information or documentation that substantiates the proposal As noted earlier conciseness and relevance of information are
valued
Pleasealso include evidence of support for your proposal (including documentation of land ownership or leasing contracts documentation of municipal or other funding and letters of support)
In the case of a joint university-college submission approval under s 28 of the Financial Administration Act is required for financing if the debt is related to Colleges or if there is a contingent liability
15
Fl-b4shy
13 Links to Related Documents and Resources
Major Capacity Expansion Policy Framework
Differentiation Policy Framework
Places to Grow
Building Together
14 Disclosure of Information
The Freedom of Information and Protection of Privacy Act (FIPPA) applies to information in the custody or under the control of the ministry Institutions should identify whether any information in their proposals is submitted in confidence within the meaning of s 17 of FIPPA The proposals may be shared with a multi-ministry panel or other advisers that the ministry retains to assist with the assessment of the proposals
15 Call for Proposals Timeline
Date Deliverable
March 27 2014 Release of Call for Proposals
June 27 2014 Notice of Intent
September 26 2014 Close of Call for Proposals
Contact Information
Ministry staff may need to contact institutions to clarify details or request additional information Please provide complete and current contact information in your submission
16
![Page 19: Pl-I *^ BRAMPTON ReP°rt of Cou… · Pi-2> Current Situation: Following Council approval of its Post-Secondary Education Strategy on November 6, ... Call for Proposals Timeline .](https://reader033.fdocuments.in/reader033/viewer/2022060721/6080f345afc78e210d009525/html5/thumbnails/19.jpg)
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario H|deg
Population Growth is Complimented by Strong Employment Growth
The Brampton economy has been projected to attract approximately 120000 net new jobs by 2031 for a total of 291000 people working in Brampton based business establishments
Employment 2011 2016 2021 2026 2031
Brampton 171000 204000 239000 263000 291000
Peel 730000 820000 880000
Source Hemson Consulting Ltd Oct 2013
Brampton will lead economic growth in Peel over the next two decades attracting 80 of the
employment forecasted in the region Brampton is home to 8075 businesses Brampton
businesses contribute approximately $129 Billion to the GDP or 52 of the output in the
Toronto Region The Citys output is dominated by a mixed economy heavily structured on
goods-producing trades and professional business services industries
The major non-government industries dominating the economic base of Brampton by place of
work employment include
- Manufacturing
- Retail and Wholesale Trade
- Professional and Business Services
- Transportation and Warehousing
This skilled and educated workforce in Brampton represents the 3rd highest concentration of labour in the Toronto Region
Major Corporations
Bramptons corporate community is vibrant featuring an impressive list of corporations from
Canadian and International enterprises that have invested in office production andor logistics
facilities in this community
bull Rogers Communications
bull Chrysler Canada
bull Loblaw Companies
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 10
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario P ImiO
Maple Lodge Farms
Canadian Tire Corporation
Coca Cola Bottling
Waste Management of Canada
Gamma Dynacare
Olymel LLP
Air Canada Strategic Operations Centre
Bacardi Canada
Export Packers Ltd
HBC Canada
Ford Motor Company
Nissan Canada
Medtronics Canada
MDA Robotics
Q9 Canada
Aircraft Appliances and Equipment
Para Paints Canada
Brita Water Filter
Clorox Canada Canon Canada recently Hunter Douglas Windows
announced theMandarin Restaurant Corporation
Nestle Canada relocation of their
Maple Leaf Foods national headquarters HankookTire
to Brampton Ontario Smuckers Canada
Parmalat Canada
Miele Canada
Best Buy CanadaFuture Shop Canada
Small and Medium Sized Enterprises (SMEs)
The backbone of Canadas economy is found in the entrepreneurs and innovators who own
and operate small and medium-sized enterprises While Brampton has an excellent
portfolio of corporate brand names the SME sector is an active contributor to economic
growth Ninety-four per cent (94) of all businesses in Brampton had less than 50
employees Small businesses remain strong in professional scientific and technical support
sectors as well as in business services and the retail and wholesale trades
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 11
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario FI-21
Brampton business establishments with less than ten employees had 23000 workers on their payroll in 2011
Public Sector Employment
Adiverse economic base such as Bramptons is also characterised by very good representation from institutions in the public sector
Major employers include
Regional Municipal of Peel The Peel Memorial Centre for
William Osier Health System
Peel Regional Police Integrated Health and Wellness
Corporation of the City of Brampton will attract between 3000-4000
Sheridan College Institute of Technology professionals in the medical
and Advanced Learning services sector by 2016
bull Ontario Courthouse - Grenville Davis
University Application Statistics
The Ontario Universities Application Centre (OUAC) produces an annual report of
application and registration data for secondary school and other applicants
In 2011 514596 applications were administered by the Ontario University system In the
ten-year period between 2002 and 2011 Ontario saw the number of applications received
grow by approximately 135000 During the same time-frame the number of registered
applicants increased by approximately 23000 or 336 In 2011 Ontario universities
hosted 78434 registered applicants
A key finding of the 2011 OUAC Report is that universities located in geographic zone 7
these being the Ontario College of Arts and Design York University Ryerson University and
the University of Toronto attracted the highest proportion of registered applicants from
their home-zone when compared to all other universities in Ontario
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 12
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario p I bull ^i
This point is highlighted in the following table
Universities in Geographic Registered Secondary Registered Other Group Zone 7 School Applicants Applicants
Originating From Originating from (includes Peel Region York Region Zone 7 in 2011 Zone 7 in 2011 Simcoe County and City of Toronto)
( of Total Registered for ( of Total Registered for Each University) Each University)
York 865 592
Ryerson 822 616
Toronto 743 209
OCAD 643 542
Average 4 System Wide 454 306 Source Ontario University Application Centre 2011
Given the large population demographic composition socio-economic characteristics and
cultural attitudes of residents living in Zone 7 it is clear that there is a positive bias for students
particularly secondary-school students to attend a university where they can live near or stay
within their family and community structures
This is a prevalent trend in Peel Region York Region Simcoe County and the City of Toronto
(the communities that comprise Zone 7) more so than any other region in Ontario
As a summary of the complex set of demand factors highlighted in this section of the report we
see tremendous justification for additional university services on the outer edge of the Greater
Toronto Area
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 13
A Post-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario Fl-ii
3 DEFINING THE OPPORTUNITY
Goal 1 - Sheridan University Campus in Downtown Brampton
Project Vision
Site Options
A
AX
PI
A profound and holistic Sheridan Downtown Brampton Campus
connected to its 9500 plus students at Brampton Davis Steeles Campus
supported by enhanced transit to its HMC Campus I and II and Oakville
Campus
1Nelson Square Garage (Phase II SWQRP) and Phase III Lands
2Heritage Theatre Block ^~ rzmdash~ V V i
bullbull bull bull --bull shy
bull -bullbullbull-Ty ^
General Description of Site Locations - for illustrative purposes only
Mobility These sites are within a 5-minute walking distance to the existing
Brampton GO Train Station (with service to Union Station and
KitchenerWaterloo) and the ZUM Bus Rapid Transit service on
Queen Street and Main Street with service to Sheridan Davis
Campus Guelph-Humber University Campus Mississauga City
Centre (HMC I and II) and York University The proposed
Hurontario-Main Light Rapid Transit system is also within walkinj
distance of the site and offers a direct link to HMC I and II
Infrastructure Type Post-Secondary Education Campus and Related Uses
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 14
A Post-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario Fl-24shy
Project Type DBFM or DBF Design Build Finance Maintain or Design Build
Finance (the final business model is subject to a detailed
feasibility study)
Goal 2 - A New University Campus in Brampton
Project Vision A new university campus that offers undergraduate and graduate
degrees with research-oriented programs for students faculty
industry
Site Option 1 65-acre site at McLaughlin Road and Queen Street West
southwest corner known municipally as Flower City Community
Campus This site was formerly owned by the Province of
Ontario (OPP Headquarters and Training Centre) and is currently
being used by the municipality
Mobility This site is located in the Central Area of Brampton with Brampton
Transit service provided to the property The site is 15
kilometres from the Downtown GO Train Station and the
Downtown ZUM BRT Station on Main Street and 3 km to the
Brampton ZUM BRT station at Shoppers World - Steeles Avenue
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 15
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario p | bull ^S
Site Location Option 2
Mobility
Infrastructure Type
Project Type
The road network provides easy access to the major 400 series
highways for example ETR 407 is 35 km south of this site and
Highway 410 is 45 km east of the site
2719 Bovaird Drive West at Heritage Road southwest quadrant
This 87-acre site was formerly owned by private industry Today
the site is owned by the City of Brampton and is being used by the
municipality for maintenance and operation services
CON5WHS
CON5WHS
iV
I
The Mount Pleasant GO Train Station is 22 km east of the site at
Creditview Road The major Highway 401 and ETR 407 juncture
is approximately 8 km by automobile Future infrastructure
serving this area includes the GTA West Corridor immediately
north and east of the subject property
Post-Secondary Education Campus and Related Uses
DBFM or DBF Design Build Finance Maintain or Design Build
Finance (the final business model is subject to a detailed
feasibility study)
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 16
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario p | 1copy
4 BRAMPTONS STRATEGIC PARTNERSHIPS - A RECORD OF SUCCESS
With its strategic partners the Cityof Brampton has demonstrated an excellent record of
success in building and delivering physical and human infrastructure projects designed to expand public services and improve Bramptons economicdevelopment competitiveness
Ultimately these partnerships have created and preserved Ontario jobs In this section we
showcase a few of these strategic projects
Transit Infrastructure Project-Zum Bus Rapid Transit Project
Zum is Brampton Transits Bus Rapid Transit (BRT) service With its limited stops advanced
technology and real-time next bus information Zum connects people and places within
Brampton and throughout the Greater Toronto Area (GTA) Zum Queen Street service began in
the fall of 2010 Ziim Main Street service began operating in September 2011 and Ziim Steeles
Avenue started in the fall of 2012
Ziim was funded by all three levels of government with investments of $95 million each from
the Federal Provincial and Municipal governments for a total allotment of $285 million
Phase Iof the project required $159 million Phase II which expanded services along Queen
Street and Steeles Avenue as well as introduce new services on Bovaird Drive will require $126
million when fully completed
This is a DBFM - Design Build Finance and Maintain project led by the City of Brampton
Brampton designed built financed and maintains all aspects of the Zum system-wide capital
and operating costs related to
bull Roadway infrastructure intersection modifications and signal priority equipment
bull New terminals and station stops with high-quality passenger amenities
Capital equipment including new vehicles for expanded and rebranded service
Intelligent Transportation System technologies including real-time passenger information
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 17
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario p ( raquo^7
Post-Secondary Education Infrastructure Project -Sheridan Centre for Advanced Manufacturing and Design Technology (CAMDT)
In response to the changing face of manufacturing in Central and Southern Ontario Sheridan College and the City of Brampton embarked on a vision to assist Canadian manufacturers to compete globally with knowledge and technology asthe keys to their success
Led by Sheridan College ITAL the CAMDT $8 million venture is a partnership with more than 20 regional manufacturers the Province of Ontario and the City of Brampton Together we are growing regional talent in this important sector In 2005 CAMDT opened its doors
Seen as a strategic economic development initiative the City of Brampton was a major funding
and local knowledge partner contributing$25 million to CAMDT - the largest investment it has
ever made as a municipality in post-secondary education City Councils investment in Sheridan
is intended to address the demand (in the manufacturing sector) for graduates with a broad
range of advanced technical and management skills as well as to provide enhanced training for
those already in the workforce
CAMDT uses a consortia approach with the following goals
New full-time courses and industrycollege projects
Applied research initiatives and student projects
Contract training and continuing education courses
Strengthen program enrolments and graduate placements
The Centre for Sustainable Manufacturing (CSM) is located in Brampton and houses 18000
square feet of state-of-the-art labs and a flexible automation and fabrication centre The labs
support academic programs in integrated manufacturing computer-aided
draftingmanufacturing and manufacturing management
The Centre helps meet current and future needs of local manufacturers to stimulate regional
economic development and prosperity Sheridan government and local industry have
collaborated for nearly a decade to position the Centre to address critical skills gaps in the
manufacturing sector The Centre is now partnering with industry to support technical financial
and knowledge development to facilitate adoption of innovative technologies that minimize
resource consumption harmful emissions waste and use of toxic materials
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 18
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario p | mdash^ff
Health Care Infrastructure Project shy
Peel Memorial Centre for Integrated Health and Wellness
The new Peel Memorial Centre in Brampton will support the William Osier Health Systems vision for an integrated health system by providing primary ambulatory and outpatient-based care
This is a DBFM - Design Build Maintain Finance project led by Infrastructure Ontario (10)
Scheduled to open in 2016 Peel Memorial CIHW will provide specialized outpatient-based care
including urgent care day surgery and specialty clinics with a focus on helping individuals better
manage chronic conditions like asthma diabetes and kidney disease
According to Osier Health System Peel Memorial will introduce new models of care to shift the
focus from illness to wellness and encourage patients to take a more active role in managing
their own health and well-being
Representing the leading edge in integrated health care delivery Peel Memorial will provide
access to specialized patient-centred care in a state-of-the-art facility that offers a wide variety
of traditional and alternative health care services It will help people to get and stay well
through a series of education prevention disease management and healing programs
In the fall of 2012 Osier received government approval to move forward with a request for
qualifications to design build finance and maintain the new facility Following this
announcement Brampton City Council decided to invest 50 of the community share with a
$60 million levy in support of the new Peel Memorial
Downtown Intensification Infrastructure Project shy
Southwest Quadrant Renewal Plan Municipal Office and Commercial Retail Development
On August 10 2011 Bramptons City Council approved the terms of agreement for the
Southwest Quadrant Renewal Plan which enables the City to move forward with a creative
solution to meet the Citys future administrative space needs and plans for revitalization of
Bramptons downtown The successful proposal submitted by Dominus Construction Group is
a plan for a mixed-use development with several new features including new administrative
parking and retail space and a pedestrian-friendly cityscape for completion in 2014
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 19
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario p f~2raquo^
This is a DBF - Design Build Finance project led by Dominus Construction Group The City is a tenant in the building on a long-term lease
Phase 1 of this LEEDS project now under construction includes a new nine-storey building at 41 George Street that can accommodate
bull 126398 foot building for administrative space
bull 10147 square feet for ground retail space
bull 10545 square feet for multi-purpose meeting rooms
bull 443 parking spaces (five levels of parking)
Phase la also under construction includes a two-storey addition to the current City Hall that
can accommodate
bull 2507 square feet for committee rooms
bull 6187 square feet for ground retail space
Phases 1 and la of the Southwest Quadrant Renewal Plan (SWQRP) represents a $94M
investment in the downtown and all 3 Phases of the combined SWQRP represents an
estimated investment of $251M
This investment in the Southwest Quadrant Renewal Plan is another major building block in the
ongoing evolution and revitalization of downtown Brampton both in terms of contributing to
the urban landscape as well as attracting private sector investment and opportunities
Combined with other major projects like the Rose Theatre Brampton the launch of Ziim on
Queen and Main Streets restoration work at Alderlea and Peel Heritage Complex and several
new condominium projects Bramptons Downtown is experiencing an exciting resurgence
The City of Brampton is planning to add another signature building in our downtown core
further evidence of Bramptons commitment to economic development
Sustainable Community Development Project shy
Mount Pleasant Mobility Hub
The project includes a number of elements that serve to establish Mount Pleasant as a transit-
oriented development exemplifying a more sustainable approach to suburban community
living
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 20
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario p |~^Q
In partnership with the OntarioGovernment MetrolinxGO and Mattamy Homes the City has invested approximately $23 million in the following infrastructure
bull Community Transit Infrastructure station stops and related passenger amenities
Intelligent Transportation Systems (ITS) and transit enhancements at intersections
bull Mobility Hub facility bus layovers sheltered passenger areas clock tower bike storage areas and related amenities
bull Cultural Heritage reconstructed historic CPR station structure to be used as a cultural
facility in the Mt Pleasant civicsquare shared with the Peel District School Board and the
Library
bull Pedestrian amenities Civic Square and Village Green incorporating a reflection poolskating
facility public art canopy structures play area and landscaping features
Through development and stewardship the Mount Pleasant Community will restore and
enhance individual features that currently cover approximately 8 (or 41 hectares) of the
area and create a Natural Heritage System that will cover approximately 19 (or 976 hectares)
of the community As development proceeds within the Mount Pleasant Community the
NHS will come into public ownership The City will be responsible to manage the NHS and our
goal is to support natural processes and regeneration that are beneficial to the health and
diversity of the natural features functions and habitat This will generally mean
bull Planting no-maintenance vegetative buffers between natural areas and private
properties using native trees shrubs and groundcovers
bull Not mowing pruning or spraying natural areas for weeds and insects
bull Allowing for annual flooding and ponding of water along East Huttonville Creek and
within wetlands and woodlands to maintain a natural hydrology that is critical for plant
and wildlife health and diversity
bull Allowingfor the natural loss of vegetation and regrowth of young trees and shrubs
bull Managing natural areas for invasive species such as Buckthorn and Norway Maple
bull Managing the urban trees along streets and parks for invasive species such as Emerald
Ash Borer
The Mount Pleasant Mobility Hub represents a large project that has created one-time
employment within the stipulated 2-year construction period as well generating annual
multipliers supporting Bramptons economic development for future generations
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 21
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario p [raquo^ )
5 OUR INVESTMENT - A COMMITMENT TO POST SECONDARY EDUCATION
The City of Brampton iscommitted to investing in this Strategy Below is a summary of the types of financial and in-kind investmentsthe municipality is prepared to make in order to realize this Strategy
bull Municipal Land Contribution
bull Municipal Commitment to Economic and Market Growth Policies
bull Municipal assistance on site servicing for digitally linked and virtual classrooms
laboratories office
bull Shared Infrastructure related to municipal services such as library field house gymnasium
bull Design an extensive planning process and design exercise that represents the highest
standard of excellence including engaging the community and surrounding land-owners
LEEDS Community and Environmental Design
bull Facilitating municipal and community partnerships to maximize utilization of spaces during
the May - August shoulder period
bull Economic development research grant to support research that fosters innovation and
commercialization
bull Support industry partnerships and innovative enterprises
bull Demonstrate commitment to a shared provincial municipal and university relationship
focused on a culture of open communication shared values community engagement and
volunteerism
bull Staff time and expertise dedicated to teams assigned to this Strategy
bull Leverage City of Brampton AAA Credit Rating by Standard amp Poors
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 22
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario p- ( ~ Q jL
6 IMPLEMENTATION STEPS
The following decision milestones guide the municipal commitment and stewardship of this
Strategy
bull Exploratory Meetings with Sheridan Executive and Chair of Governing Council
bull Preparation of Bramptons Post-Secondary Strategy Proposal
bull Presentation to Premier Wynne - Receive and Endorse Proposed Strategy
bull City Council approval of final post-secondary strategy and approval to enter into a
Memorandum of Understanding with Sheridan College ITAL to explore the feasibility of
establishing Sheridan University in Downtown Brampton
bull Execute an MOU with Sheridan
bull Complete the Feasibility Study for Goal 1
bull Form a project team to prepare the technical documents in support of an RFP related to
Goal 2 -Attract a new undergraduate and graduate research-oriented university campus
aligned with Bramptons vision and proposed site locations with reporting to Council
7 CONTACTS
Susan Fennell
Mayor
City of Brampton Tel 905-874-2600
John Corbett MCIP RPP
Chief Administrative Officer
City of Brampton Tel 905-874-2625
Creating andpreserving knowledge-basedjobs by enabling investments in post-secondary education research innovation and commercialization activities
is at the heart ofBramptons economic vision
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 23
APPENDIX 3
FI-V4shybullUTaarrgt-^M
Major
Capacity
Expansion
Policy
Framework
December 2013
Ministry of Training Colleges and Universities
pound Ontario
PI -IS
The Ontario Public Service endeavours to demonstrate leadership with respect to accessibility in Ontario Our goal isto ensure that Ontario government services products and focilities ore occessible to all our employees and to all members of the public we serve This document or the information that itcontains is available on request in alternative formats Please forward all requests for alternative formats to ServiceOntario ot 1-800-668-9938 (TTY 1-800-268-7095)
line publication equivolenle est disponible en francais sous le titre suivant (Mesttattgique pout Iocuoissement moeur de hcapocili 2013
This publication is also available on the Ministry ofTraining Colleges and Universities website at wwvontariocatcu 13-278 bull ISBN 978-1-4606-3428-8 (POF) bull copy Queens Printer for Ontario 2013
Contents
Vision 5
Context 5
Government Priorities 6
Components of the Policy Framework 7
Initial Review 7
Scope 7
Selection and Approval 9
Policy Implementation and Compliance 10
Appendix A
Contact Information and Checklist for Institutions Considering
Capacity Expansion 11
Appendix B
An Outline of the Review and Approval Process for Planned
Capacity Expansion Proposals 13
Appendix C
General Evaluation Criteria for Major Capacity Expansion 14
Pi-Vi
Vision
Ontarios colleges and universities will drive creativity innovation knowledge and community engagement through teaching and research They will put students first by providing the best possible learning experience for all qualified learners in an affordable and financially sustainable way ensuring high quality and globally competitive outcomes for students and Ontarios knowledge economy
Context
Between 2002-03 and 2012-13 the postsecondary education system in Ontario expanded substantially with full-time enrolment growing by over 160000 more than in any decade in the provinces history Ontario has been supporting enrolment growth across the college and university sectors through increases in operating grants enhancements to student financial aid and capital investments
Ontarios postsecondary institutions have been committed partners in their efforts to accommodate these unprecedented levels of enrolment growth and have thus contributed to expanding opportunities for students to pursue higher education in many communities across Ontario
At65 per cent Ontarios level of postsecondary attainment (college university and apprenticeship) in 2012 was higher than thatof any country in theOrganisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) The Ontario government has set a postsecondary education attainment target of 70 per cent to ensure that the province continues to benefit from the competitive advantage of its highly skilled and educated workforce in the global economy
In this context it is essential to ensure that in future the right spaces are created in the right places for Ontarios students This can be done by targeting areas in which population growth is strong but local postsecondary education capacity is limited
Population growth in Ontario has recently been - and is expected tocontinue to be - concentrated in a number of large urban areas Some of the regions and communities where strong
Fl-W
long-term demand growth is anticipated are not currently served by local campuses In those areas gaps have recently begun to appear between enrolment demand growth and the capacity to accommodate continued enrolment growth If left unaddressed those gaps are likely to widen over time
Projections are subject to uncertainty and caution should always be used when considering long-term forecasts Based on the ministrys latest assessment of demographics and long-term postsecondary education participation patterns enrolment demand growth will moderate in the near term but is expected to return to more rapid growth after 2020 with the potential for substantial enrolment increases over the longer term Consistent with recent trends long-term demand is expected to be greatest for degree-level programs
It is anticipated that the focus of most major capacity expansions in the future will be at the undergraduate degree level Students in rapidly growing communities have access to substantial local college facilities more than they do to local university campuses In addition although graduate enrolment has risen significantly in recent years it is much lower than enrolment at the undergraduate level and tends to be concentrated in fewer institutions
The timing of this anticipated growth in demand provides an important opportunity The province will have time to plan for and address postsecondary education capacity needs in areas of Ontario where communities are growing and where students need better and more affordable access to postsecondary education opportunities closer to home
Government Priorities
The Major Capacity Expansion Policy Framework set out in this document seeks to achieve the following objectives
bull Ensuring that future large-scale capacity expansion supports long-term postsecondary education priorities including institutional differentiation
bull Managing enrolment growth strategically in line with provincial growth planning priorities to address regional capacity gaps in underserved areas
bull Putting in place a transparent evidence-based decision making and implementation process
ldegt
9 Addressing affordability and sustainability for students institutions and the province by maximizing the cost-effectiveness of targeted investments
bull Creating local community and regional economic benefits leading to job creation and greater economic diversity
Components of the Policy Framework The components of the Major Capacity Expansion policy framework include
1) a description of the kinds of initiatives that will be within the scope of the new approval and selection process
2) the selection process and the criteria that will be used in evaluating proposals for approval after a call for proposals is made and
3) details on implementation and compliance
Initial Review
Any institution considering an initiative that involves an expansion ofcapacity should contact the ministry in writing using the checklist provided in Appendix A The ministry will review initiatives proposed by institutions on a case-by-case basis to determine whether the planned expansion is subject to the new selection and approval process outlined below The ministry will provide a response to the institutions request in writing clearly indicating whether a proposed project or initiative will be subject to the new Major Capacity Expansion selection and approval process Initiatives subject to the new process are not to proceed unless approved by the provincial government following a formal call for proposals
Scope
This policy framework addresses a significant provincial interest in the need for provincial management of future large-scale expansions in postsecondary education capacity Effective management and planning is also needed to help avoid potential conflicts that can arise between and among institutions sect with respect to the location of new facilities and campuses s
FI-H-0
The new approval and selection process is primarily focused on initiatives that are designed to accommodate significant long-term increases in the number of domestic full-time postsecondary education students Such large-scale initiatives could include expansions at existing locations or might involve the establishment of new campuses Initiatives could be partnerships including university-college collaborations that would also enhance students educational experience and student pathways
Recognizing thata wide range and variety of potential expansion opportunities exist in Ontarios diverse and complex postsecondary education system the ministry has avoided setting rigid parameters to define major capacity expansion However initiatives characterized by the following scale-related features are most likely to be subject to the new approval and selection process
0 accommodates enrolment growth of more than 1000 full-time students in the short term with the potential to accommodate longer-term growth of5000 to 10000 over the next twenty years (ie long-term enrolment comparable to enrolment at substantial existing college or university campuses)
8 adds new facilities (either owned or secured through long-term lease) larger than 70000 square feet (roughly 6500 square metres) designated primarily for academic purposes
raquo offers a broad range of programs with substantial new or expanded ancillary services (or shows clear potential for future growth in program offerings and ancillary services)
bull significantly improves local student access to postsecondary education in the short term (and has the potential to do so in the longer term) particularly in geographic locations that may be experiencing or are expected to develop capacity gaps
When reviewing a planned expansion the ministry will also take into consideration whether the initiative
bull competes with other capacity expansion initiatives in a particular geographic area or would have an impact on existing or already-planned postsecondary education facilities
bull in the case of proposed new campuses is outside the local area of the institutions existing campuses or is in a new community for the institution in terms of substantial permanent academic facilities For the purpose of this policy the local
FH+I
area of a campus is defined as the area within the median commuter shed for Census Metropolitan Areas in Ontario as specified by Statistics Canada (about 10 km)
Institutions making expansion proposals will be required to provide evidence of prior consultation with and support from other institutions that could be affected by the proposal confirmation of their own Board of Governors support for the proposal and confirmation of significant support from the local municipality or region
Selection and Approval Decisions about future large-scale postsecondary education capacityexpansion projects will be made on the basis of a formal transparent competitive process that will begin with a call for proposals directed to institutions Consideration will be given to proposals for large-scale expansion ofexisting campuses (main or satellite campuses) andor for the creation of new campuses
Calls for proposals will be directed to publicly assisted postsecondary education institutions in Ontario Eligibility to submit a proposal will in general be extended to all institutions however the government may decide to limit eligibility as appropriate depending on current circumstances and evolving provincial priorities
Municipalities interested in being considered as host locations for future major capacity expansion should work in collaboration with institutions that would be prepared to submit a proposal
Priority will be given to proposals in regions that have been experiencing sustained population and postsecondary education demand growth and that are underserved in terms of postsecondary education opportunities
The timing of future calls for proposals the number of projects selected for support and the level and timing of funding will be determined by the provincial government and will reflect a range of considerations including the fiscal environment
FI-M-1
When evaluating proposals the ministry will consider a setof criteria in the following categories consistent with its priorities for future capacity expansion (as outlined on page 6)
bull Strategic management of long-term enrolment growth and accessibility
bull Differentiation sustainability and accountability bull Economic impact raquo Quality innovation and competitiveness (including
institutional partnership options) bull Affordability for students and the province (including
substantial support from host communities)
Over time as circumstances change and priorities evolve the ministry may articulate additional requirements for the competitive process For details of general evaluation criteria refer to Appendix C Additional templates may be provided when a call for proposals is announced
Once the proposals have been evaluated the ministry will make recommendations to Cabinet for funding support for the selected proposals When one or more proposals have been selected and approved for funding bilateral agreements will be put in place between the institution(s) selected and the ministry
Policy Implementation and Compliance This policy framework will be effective immediately Institutions are encouraged to submit their expansion plans for initial review as soon as possible
If an initiative is determined to be outside the scope of this new approval and selection process itwill still be subject to other relevant ministry approval processes including but not limited to program approval and capital funding processes It will also have to be consistent with the terms of the Strategic Mandate Agreement established between the institution and the ministry
Failure to comply with the requirements setout in this policy framework will affect provincial funding Specifically new or expanded enrolment at the location of the expansion will not be recognized for funding through the college or university operating grants and the institution will not be eligible for provincial capital funding at the location Failure to comply could also affect future capital decisions by the provincial government
0 with respect to other locations
Fl-42gt
Appendix A Contact Information and Checklist for Institutions Considering Capacity Expansion
Institutions considering capacity expansion should direct a letter describing the project or initiative along with a completed checklist (see below) to
MCEsubmi53101iionfariocc1
The following checklist will help the ministry determine whether the planned expansion will be subject to the new approval and selection process under the MajorCapacity Expansion policy framework1
Please complete the checklist (copy and scan the completed form or create an e-file based on the template) and include it as an attachment to your communication to the ministry outlining your institutions planned capacity expansion project
Please provide additional information as needed in the Comments section of the checklist
1 A planned expansion that is deemed subject to the new selection and approval process is not to proceed unless approved by the province following a formal call for proposals A planned expansion that is deemed outside the scope of the Major Capacity Expansion approval and selection process will still be subject to other relevant ministry approval processes including but not limited to program approval and capital funding processes
pl-4-4shy
Checklist for Institutions Considering Capacity Expansion
Checklist Items
Size
How many full-time students would this initiative accommodate based on current plans
Is there potential for substantial longer-term enrolment growth If yes please provide a high-level estimate of potential enrolment
How much space (in sq ft) will be designated for academic purposes in the proposed facility (or expansion) Would new facilities be owned or secured through long-term lease
What is the credential mix of programs associated with this proposed expansion
What programs would be made available
Consultation
Have you consulted with other institutions that could be affected by this proposal
bull Which institution(s) have you consulted Are they supportive
Has your institution engaged its Board of Governors with respect to this proposal Is the board supportive
Is your proposal supported by the local municipality region in which it would be located
bull Will third-party resources (municipalities region other) be available to support this initiative What is the level of support expected
Location Services
Where would the new capacity be located (municipality region)
bull Is this a new locationcommunity for your institution
If proposing expansion at a new location is the location more than 10 km from existing campus(es)
Does the planned expansion include ancillary and student services
bull Please provide a list of services to be offered
Notes
Yes No Comme -
DD
an
a a
a a
bull a
bull a
bull a
bull This list is designed to provide information needed to determine whether a proposal will be deemed subject to the Major Capacity Expansion policy approval and selection process
bull Decisions will be made on a case-by-case basis If additional information is needed a representative of the Ministry ofTraining Colleges and Universities will contact the institution Please provide complete contact information including name position title email address and phone numbers
FI-H5
Appendix B An Outline of the Review and Approval Process for Planned Capacity Expansion Proposals
Chart 1 below outlines the steps in the assessment process that will be used to determine whether a planned capacity expansion will be deemed subject to the approval and selection process under the Major Capacity Expansion policy framework
Chart 2 outlines the steps in the process of selecting initiatives for funding under the Major Capacity Expansion policy framework
Chart 1 Initial Review - Is the Planned Expansion Subject to the Major Capacity Expansion Selection and Approval Process
The planned expansion
does not move forward
until approved by the
province following a Ministry reviews the institutions formal call for proposals
Institution submits a letter Failure to comply will submission to evaluate whether
describing the planned the planned expansion will be affect provincial funding
expansion with a completed subject to the new selection 1gt4^lt^t^fea1Vitaiiij4gtlJULJl^
and approval process under
for review the Major Capacity Expansion The planned expansion policy framework moves forward subject to
checklist to the ministry
Wampj^WJfeWamp$Si^^ all other ministry approval
processes (eg capital and
program approvals)
bulluiut^w-ww-yishy
Chart 2 SelectionApproval Process far a Major Capacity Expansion Following a Call for Proposals
Callfor proposals initiated Institutions submit Ministry assesses proposals Announcement of selected
by the province proposals against evaluation criteria initiatives to be supported
and brings forward selected for major capacity
proposals for Cabinet expansion
approval
raquoHSW^8raquoMJmmLiMH WOWluUdUJIUlbUitL
13
r
shy
Fl-Ho
enoix C General Evaluation Criteria for Major Capacity Expansion
Category Evaluation Criteria
Strategic Significant expansion of local postsecondary education opportunities for management students in underserved areas with growing demand based on long-term of long-term demographic trends enrolment Alignment with provincial priorities including Growth Plan priorities and
economic development initiativesgrowth and Clear potential to add substantial new capacity and support futureaccessibility enrolment growth in the postsecondary education sector
Differentiation Alignment with the institutions Strategic Mandate Agreement and goals sustainability and priorities of the Differentiation Policy Framework and Impact on nearby institutions accountability Effective and sustainable governance model including consideration
of the impact of distance from the expansion location for administration and academic experience Focus on undergraduate programs Range of programs offered locally and avoidance of unwarranted duplication of existing programming
Economic Demonstrated Value for Money including AFP options where impact appropriate and limits on provincial contributions
Tangible regional economic benefits combined with potential for province-wide benefit based on labour force skills and economic growth Demonstrated local economic benefits and linkages with local industries
Quality Innovative service delivery innovation Institutional partnership options including university-college collaboration and Postsecondary education quality and student experience (including
ancillary and student services)competitiveness
Affordabiiity Evidence of substantial support from host community including financial for students contributions and land ownership
Economies of scaleand the
province Linkages with local transportation for commuting students Potential for leveraging private sector resources Evidence of consideration ofalternatives to expansion proposal based on existing capacity and potential partnerships Proven financial health of institution with asset management plan in place Demonstrated labour market demand
Nofe These are the general criteria that will be used to guide the selection and approval of proposals submitted in response toa ministry call for proposals
N
News Release
Helping More Students Pursue Postsecondary Education
Ontario Calls for Expansion Proposals from Universities March 272014 945 am
Office of the Premier
Premier Kathleen Wynne announced today that the government is taking steps to
ensure that more students can pursue undergraduate degrees close to home The
province is inviting universities to submit proposals for new or expanded campuses in
underserved areas (colleges are encouraged to partner with universities to submit
proposals)
This call for proposals is part of the governments commitment to provide funding for
60000 additional postsecondary education spaces across Ontario The government will
collaborate closely with municipalities colleges and universities to ensure that capacity
is increased where it is needed the most
The proposals will be evaluated based on their potential to
bull Increase postsecondary spaces in underserved areas
bull Improve quality innovation and competitiveness
bull Demonstrate cost-effectiveness to both students and taxpayers
bull Help stimulate growth and economic development in Ontario
This will help establish a formal transparent and competitive process to evaluate
decisions about future expansions
Improving access to postsecondary education is part of the Ontario governments
economic plan that is creating jobs for today and tomorrow The comprehensive plan
and its six priorities focus on Ontarios greatest strengths -- its people and strategic
partnerships
Fl-M
Quick Facts
The call for proposals is open to all publicly assisted universities and all colleges of
applied arts and technology in Ontario with a deadline for submissions of Sept 26
2014 Colleges must partner with universities to be eligible for major capacity
expansion projects
Municipalities interested in being considered as host locations are expected to work
in collaboration with institutions that are submitting a proposal
The province released the Major Capacity Expansion Policy Framework in December
2013 to identify priority areas for growth
In the last 10 years full-time enrolment in Ontarios postsecondary system has grown
by more than 160000 mdash more than in any decade in the provinces history
bull The provinces 30 off Tuition Grant helped more than 230000 students start
college or university last year
Quotes
Fl-M
We are committed to helping more students get the postsecondary education they need to succeed
We want to bridge Ontarios skills gap and ensure that young people are equipped with all the right
skills mdash no matter where they live
Kathleen Wynne
Premier of Ontario
Expanding and creating new postsecondary campuses where they are needed most will help
ensure that more students have the opportunity to get a world-class education while staying close to
home Were working closely with our postsecondary partners to make sure the right spaces are in
the right places
Brad Duguid
Minister of Training Colleges and Universities
Laurier Brantford has provided immeasurable benefits to both local students and the citys
downtown revitalization This announcement signifies similar economic development partnerships
between municipalities and postsecondary institutions leading to new jobs and increased prosperity
for more communities across Ontario Chris Friel Mayor City of Brantford
PI-so
^^js^-^
Major
Capacity
Expansion
Call for
Proposals
GUIDELINES
March 2014
Ministry of Training Colleges and Universities
w^ Ontario
Fl-SI
The Ontario Public Service endeavours to demonstrate leadership with respect to accessibility in Ontario Our gool is to ensure that Ontario government services products and facilities are occessible to all our employees and to all members ofthe public we serve This document or the inlormolion that itcontains is available on request in alternative formats Pleose forward all requests lor alternative formats to ServiceOntario at1-800-668-9938 (TTY 1-800-268-709S)
line publication equivolente est disponible en francais sous le litre suivont Appel de propositions pour Ioccroissement moieur de la capocM - lignes directrices
This publication is also available on the Ministry olTraining Colleges and Universities website atwwivontariocatcu 13-323 bull ISBN 978-1-4606-3802-6 (PDF) bull copy Queens Printer for Ontario 2014
2014
Fi-sa
Contents
1 Background 5
2 Timelines for Submitting a Proposal 5
3 Notice of Intent 5
4 Eligible Applicants 6
5 Eligible Projects 6
6 Major Capacity Expansion General Evaluation Criteria 7
7 Weighting 8
8 Assessment and Ranking 9
9 Communications Protocol 13
10 Role of Infrastructure Ontario and Alternative
Financing and Procurement 13
11 The Selection Process and Funding 14
12 Components of the Submission 14
13 Links to Related Documents and Resources 16
14 Disclosure of Information 16
15 Call for Proposals Timeline 16
PI-S3
1 Background The ministry released its Major Capacity Expansion Policy Framework on December 20 2013 A commitment was made to
issue a Call for Proposals in early 2014
This Call for Proposals represents the beginning of a process that will lead to the selection of successful proposals which collectively will meet provincial goals for postsecondary education in Ontario - increased capacity at the undergraduate degree level greater affordability for students institutions and the province improved institutional differentiation and regional economic benefits This process will be guided by principles of fairness competitiveness and transparency and by a commitment to serve the public interest
This long-term initiative will help ensure that our postsecondary education system will have the right spaces in the right places for Ontario students
2 Timelines for Submitting a Proposal The closing date for submission of a Notice of Intent is June 27 2014
The closing date for submission of the full proposal is September 26 2014
Submissions must be received by the ministry on or before these dates
3 Notice of Intent
The Notice of Intent is a one-page overview of the proposed project Proposals will not be considered unless a Notice of Intent is received by the deadline ofJune 27 2014 To ensure transparency and competitiveness every Notice of Intent submitted to the ministry will be posted on the Postsecondary Education Partners Gateway website within 30 days of the submission date
Fl-Sf
4 Eligible Applicants In view of the focus on undergraduate degree capacity it is expected that submissions will be led by universities butcollegeshyuniversity partnership models are encouraged
All proposals must demonstrate need (ie expansion should be located in areas thatare currently underserved by postsecondary education andor thatare expected to experience significant future growth in enrolment demand)
5 Eligible Projects Recognizing the wide range and variety of potential expansion opportunities the ministry continues to avoid setting rigid parameters to define major capacityexpansion However as stated in the Major Capacity Expansion Policy Framework initiatives characterized by the following scale-related features are most likely to be subject to this approval and selection process
bull accommodates enrolment growth of more than 1000 full-time students in the short term with the potential to accommodate longer-term growth of 5000 to 10000 over the next twenty years (ie long-term enrolment comparable to enrolment at substantial existing collegeor university campuses)
bull adds new facilities (either owned or secured through long-term lease) larger than 70000 square feet (roughly 6500 square metres) designated primarily for academic purposes
bull offers a broad range of programs with substantial new or expanded ancillary services (or shows clear potential for future growth in program offerings and student and ancillary services)
bull significantly improves local student access to postsecondary education in the short term (and has the potential to continue to do so in the longer term) particularly in geographic locations that may be experiencing or are expected to develop capacity gaps at the undergraduate degree level
PI-S5
6 Major Capacity Expansion General Evaluation Criteria
The following general evaluation criteria were included in the Major Capacity Expansion Policy Framework These criteria will be used to assess proposals Institutions should demonstrate the alignment of their proposed projects with the criteria and may do so in any format suitable to them
Priority Objectives
Strategic management of long-term enrolment growth and accessibility
Differentiation sustainability and accountability
Economic impact
Quality innovation and competitiveness
General Criteria
bull Significant expansion of local postsecondary education opportunities for students in underserved areas with growing demand based on long-term demographic trends
bull Alignment with provincial priorities including Growth Plan priorities and economic development initiatives
bull Clear potential to add substantial new capacity and support future enrolment growth in the postsecondary education sector
Alignment with the institutions Strategic Mandate Agreement (SMA) and goals and priorities of the Differentiation Policy Framework Impact on nearby institutions Effective and sustainable governance model including consideration ofthe impact ofdistance from the expansion location for administration and academic experience Focus on undergraduate programs Range of programs offered locally and avoidance ofunwarranted duplication ofexisting programming
Tangible regional economic benefits combined with potential for province-wide benefit based on labour force skills and economic growth Demonstrated local economic benefits and linkages with local industries
Demonstrated Value for Money including Alternative Financing and Procurement (AFP) options where appropriate and limits on provincial contributions
Institutional partnership options including university-college collaboration
Innovative service delivery Postsecondary education quality and student experience (including student and ancillary services)
(continued)
Fl-5b
Priority Objectives General Criteria
Affordability for bull Evidence of substantial support from hostcommunity including students and the financial contributions and land ownership province bull Economies of scale
bull Linkages with local transportation for commuting students bull Potential for leveraging private sector resources bull Evidence of consideration of alternatives to expansion proposal
based on existing capacity and potential partnerships bull Proven financial health of institution with asset management plan
in place bull Demonstrated labour market demand
7 Weighting The evaluation criteria for the assessment of institutional
proposals will be weighted as follows
Category Weight
Section A Meeting Demand 30
bull Strategic management of long-term enrolment growth and accessibility
Section B Demonstrated Affordability 40
bull Affordability for students and the province
Section C Academic and Economic Considerations 30
bull Differentiation sustainability and accountability bull Economic impact bull Quality innovation and competitiveness (including institutional partnership
options)
PI-SI
8 Assessment and Ranking Funding will be awarded on a competitive basis and proposals will be evaluated for suitability using defined criteria Institutions should use both qualitative and quantitative analysis to demonstrate the alignment of their proposals with the general evaluation criteria
SECTION A MEETING DEMAND (30)
Proposals should demonstrate alignment with some or all of the following criteria
Priority Objective 1 Strategic management of long-term enrolment growth and accessibility
General Evaluation Criteria
1 Significant expansion of local postsecondary education opportunities for students in underserved areas with growing demand based on long-term demographic trends
2 Alignment with provincial priorities including Growth Plan priorities and economic development initiatives
3 Clear potential to add substantial new capacity and support future enrolment growth in the postsecondary education sector
Possible Alignment Measures
bull Demographic growth projections for location bull Existing enrolment capacity at institutions in
the proximity of the proposed expansion bull Estimated enrolment capacity ofthe
expansion and projected net increase in undergraduate enrolment
bull Number of students from the area of the intended expansion who are currently attending the institution(s)
Possible Information to Build Evidence Base
bull Institutions long-term enrolment master plan bull Joint campus master plan for partnerships (if applicable) bull Long-term enrolment viability study bull Completed enrolment table in the proposal template stating all assumptions bull Community profile demonstrating future demand in the area bull Documented support from and alignment with plans of any associated agencies municipalities
or other entities
bull Consideration of relevant provincial population and employment projections bull Consideration of key provincial policy directions relating to the location of public institutions and
their associated economic impacts (eg ability to contribute to urban revitalization efforts) bull Evidence of program demand (eg number of applications)
FI-5J
SECTION B DEMONSTRATED AFFORDABILITY (40)
Proposals should demonstrate alignment with some or all of the following criteria
Priority Objective 2 Affordability for students and the province
General Evaluation Criteria
1 Evidence of substantial support from host community including financial contributions and land ownership
2 Economies of scale 3 Linkages with local transportation for
commuting students 4 Potential for leveraging private sector
resources
5 Evidence of consideration of alternatives to expansion proposal based on existing capacity and potential partnerships
6 Proven financial health of institution with asset management plan in place
7 Demonstrated labour market demand
Possible Alignment Measures
bull Total cost of project and expected provincial contribution
bull Cost-benefit analysis ofexpanding an existing assetor building at a new location (or a combination thereof)
bull Distance from current campuses bull Current assetmanagement plan including
effects of expansion on Facilities Condition Index
bull Public transit capacity to the institution and between campuses
bull Debtasset ratioof institution(s) bull Energy sources and efficiency initiatives
(including proposed LEED certification) bull Long-term financial viability bull Existing student employment KPIs
Possible Information to Build Evidence Base
bull Detailed project costing information including projected cash flow requirements and net impact on operating cost
bull Business case demonstrating need for expansiori (existing campus only) including a service gap analysis
bull Letters of support from potential partners indicating details of financial andor in-kind contributions (eg land ownership)
bull Local transportation plan(s) showing current anc1planned public access to site (short- and long-term)
bull Independent verification of total expansion proj set cost
bull Financial health analysis including recent finan cial statements
bull Documentation of preliminary environmental assessment bull Control and ownership of buildings and equipment (partnerships only) bull Long-term forecast of incremental operating expenses and revenues (grants third party revenues)
as a result ofthe proposed project
PI-S9
SECTION C ACADEMIC AND ECONOMIC CONSIDERATIONS (30)
Proposals should demonstrate alignment with some or all of the following criteria
Priority Objective 3 Differentiation sustainability and accountability
General Evaluation Criteria
1Alignment with the institutions Strategic Mandate Agreement (SMA) and goals and priorities of the Differentiation Policy Framework
2 Impact on nearby institutions 3 Effective and sustainable governance model
including consideration of the impact of distance from the expansion location for administration and academic experience
4 Focus on undergraduate programs 5 Range of programs offered locally and
avoidance of unwarranted duplication of existing programming
Possible Alignment Measures
bull Assessment of alignment with SMA bull Proposed programs their alignment with
the institutions strengths and an overview ofsimilar existing programs offered by institutions near the expansion
bull Ranking of institution(s) on applications by students from the proposed area
Possible Information to Build Evidence Base
bull Finalized SMA
bull Program information (initial and planned) bull Overview of proposed institutional governance model bull Consultation overview including results of discussions with affected institutions and letters of
support (if applicable)
pi-to
Priority Objective 4 Economic impact
General Evaluation Criteria
1Tangible regional economic benefits combined with potential for province-wide benefit based on labour force skills and economic growth
2 Demonstrated local economic benefits and linkages with local industries
3 Demonstrated Value for Money including Alternative Financing and Procurement (AFP) options where appropriate and limits on provincial contributions
Possible Alignment Measures
bull Local economic benefits bull Alignment of programs with regional and
Ontario labour market needs
bull Expected financing cost (if any) bull Jobs created (short-term associated with
building period and ongoing) bull Ongoing jobs created at expansion bull Value for Money analysis related to proposed
procurement model
Possible Information to Build Evidence Base
bull An economic impact study or value planning study to demonstrate the projects potential to provide direct economic benefits for the surrounding area (eg by helping to revitalize the community unlock local development potential build the taxbase and leverage existing infrastructure and investments)
Priority Objective 5 Quality innovation and competitiveness
General Evaluation Criteria
1 Institutional partnership options including university-college collaboration
2 Innovative service delivery 3 Postsecondary education quality and student
experience (including student and ancillary services)
Possible Alignment Measures
bull Institutional track record with partnerships bull Assessment ofproposed academic plan and
service delivery bull Range of planned student and ancillary
services compared with services at existing campuses (short- and long-term)
bull Existing student experience (KPIs student outcomes)
Possible Information to Build Evidence Base
bull Institutions Strategic Plan bull Business case in support ofproposed academic plan including partnerships with relevant
raquo information aboutcurriculumpedagogy raquo financial information
raquo interjurisdictional case studies and examples bull Impact analysis with respect toacademic and administrative quality and quality of experience bull Overview of new program accreditation required ifapplicable
12
Fl-fel
9 Communications Protocol
Proposal submissions must be received at MCEsubmissions ontarioca by September 26 2014 Late submissions will not be accepted
Specific questions submitted to the ministry as part of the process will be answered and will be made available to all participants
To ensure a fair and transparent process the ministry will not provide any advisory services to institutions on an individual basis
10 Role of Infrastructure Ontario and Alternative
Financing and Procurement Infrastructure Ontario is a Crown agency of the Government of Ontario It is focused on modernizing and financing the renewal of public infrastructure maximizing the value of public real estate and managing government facilities It also provides expertise in project delivery lending real estate management and asset planning Infrastructure Ontario now has a greater role in procuring infrastructure as well engaging in both traditional forms of procurement and alternative financing and procurement (AFP) when appropriate
As indicated in the Ministry of Infrastructures Building Together Plan and in the provincial governments planning and budgeting process recommendations will be made on the procurement method and delivery of all college infrastructure projects valued at more than $50 million In addition universities with successful projects and associated provincial grants in excess of $100 million will be required to consult with Infrastructure Ontario The $100 million threshold may be lowered in future years
The criteria for assessing these projects could include scope complexity and value-for-money assessment with input from the ministry and Infrastructure Ontario
13
Pl-bl
11 The Selection Process and Funding The ministry will oversee the process leading to the selection of successful applications A multi-ministry panel will review the applications and make recommendations to Cabinet through the Ministry of Training Colleges and Universities Cabinetwill make the final decision aboutsuccessful projects andor future courses of action
Funding for successful projects will be provided subsequently The number of projects selected for support as well as the level and timing of funding will be determined by the provincial government and will reflect a range of considerations including the fiscal environment
12 Components of the Submission The following components of the submission are to be provided to the ministry by the dates indicated In addition to what is required below institutions may submit their proposals in any format that they believe best demonstrates the strengths of their proposed project with due attention to the relevance and conciseness of information supplied (Note that institutions may be asked to revise and re-submit their proposals ifexcessive amounts of information are provided)
All submissions must be preceded by
bull A Notice of Intent to be received by the ministry no later than June 27 2014
The Notices of Intent will give the ministry an early overview of interest in Major Capacity Expansion
14
pl-fe
The components of the proposal submission to be received by the ministry no later than September 26r 2014 are as follows
bull A completed checklist
A checklist is included in the Call for Proposals package The checklist must be completed and included in the submission (The checklist is reproduced from Appendix A of the Major Capacity Expansion Policy Framework page 12)
bull A completed capital template
Please refer to the template included in the Call for Proposals package The template requests detailed information on enrolment projections and funding sources This information must be provided using the template but it may also be presented in a different format in the context of the overall presentation
bull Supplementary information
Institutions are welcome to submit supplementary information to support their proposal Supplementary information may include a business case environmental impact studies and any other information or documentation that substantiates the proposal As noted earlier conciseness and relevance of information are
valued
Pleasealso include evidence of support for your proposal (including documentation of land ownership or leasing contracts documentation of municipal or other funding and letters of support)
In the case of a joint university-college submission approval under s 28 of the Financial Administration Act is required for financing if the debt is related to Colleges or if there is a contingent liability
15
Fl-b4shy
13 Links to Related Documents and Resources
Major Capacity Expansion Policy Framework
Differentiation Policy Framework
Places to Grow
Building Together
14 Disclosure of Information
The Freedom of Information and Protection of Privacy Act (FIPPA) applies to information in the custody or under the control of the ministry Institutions should identify whether any information in their proposals is submitted in confidence within the meaning of s 17 of FIPPA The proposals may be shared with a multi-ministry panel or other advisers that the ministry retains to assist with the assessment of the proposals
15 Call for Proposals Timeline
Date Deliverable
March 27 2014 Release of Call for Proposals
June 27 2014 Notice of Intent
September 26 2014 Close of Call for Proposals
Contact Information
Ministry staff may need to contact institutions to clarify details or request additional information Please provide complete and current contact information in your submission
16
![Page 20: Pl-I *^ BRAMPTON ReP°rt of Cou… · Pi-2> Current Situation: Following Council approval of its Post-Secondary Education Strategy on November 6, ... Call for Proposals Timeline .](https://reader033.fdocuments.in/reader033/viewer/2022060721/6080f345afc78e210d009525/html5/thumbnails/20.jpg)
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario P ImiO
Maple Lodge Farms
Canadian Tire Corporation
Coca Cola Bottling
Waste Management of Canada
Gamma Dynacare
Olymel LLP
Air Canada Strategic Operations Centre
Bacardi Canada
Export Packers Ltd
HBC Canada
Ford Motor Company
Nissan Canada
Medtronics Canada
MDA Robotics
Q9 Canada
Aircraft Appliances and Equipment
Para Paints Canada
Brita Water Filter
Clorox Canada Canon Canada recently Hunter Douglas Windows
announced theMandarin Restaurant Corporation
Nestle Canada relocation of their
Maple Leaf Foods national headquarters HankookTire
to Brampton Ontario Smuckers Canada
Parmalat Canada
Miele Canada
Best Buy CanadaFuture Shop Canada
Small and Medium Sized Enterprises (SMEs)
The backbone of Canadas economy is found in the entrepreneurs and innovators who own
and operate small and medium-sized enterprises While Brampton has an excellent
portfolio of corporate brand names the SME sector is an active contributor to economic
growth Ninety-four per cent (94) of all businesses in Brampton had less than 50
employees Small businesses remain strong in professional scientific and technical support
sectors as well as in business services and the retail and wholesale trades
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 11
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario FI-21
Brampton business establishments with less than ten employees had 23000 workers on their payroll in 2011
Public Sector Employment
Adiverse economic base such as Bramptons is also characterised by very good representation from institutions in the public sector
Major employers include
Regional Municipal of Peel The Peel Memorial Centre for
William Osier Health System
Peel Regional Police Integrated Health and Wellness
Corporation of the City of Brampton will attract between 3000-4000
Sheridan College Institute of Technology professionals in the medical
and Advanced Learning services sector by 2016
bull Ontario Courthouse - Grenville Davis
University Application Statistics
The Ontario Universities Application Centre (OUAC) produces an annual report of
application and registration data for secondary school and other applicants
In 2011 514596 applications were administered by the Ontario University system In the
ten-year period between 2002 and 2011 Ontario saw the number of applications received
grow by approximately 135000 During the same time-frame the number of registered
applicants increased by approximately 23000 or 336 In 2011 Ontario universities
hosted 78434 registered applicants
A key finding of the 2011 OUAC Report is that universities located in geographic zone 7
these being the Ontario College of Arts and Design York University Ryerson University and
the University of Toronto attracted the highest proportion of registered applicants from
their home-zone when compared to all other universities in Ontario
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 12
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario p I bull ^i
This point is highlighted in the following table
Universities in Geographic Registered Secondary Registered Other Group Zone 7 School Applicants Applicants
Originating From Originating from (includes Peel Region York Region Zone 7 in 2011 Zone 7 in 2011 Simcoe County and City of Toronto)
( of Total Registered for ( of Total Registered for Each University) Each University)
York 865 592
Ryerson 822 616
Toronto 743 209
OCAD 643 542
Average 4 System Wide 454 306 Source Ontario University Application Centre 2011
Given the large population demographic composition socio-economic characteristics and
cultural attitudes of residents living in Zone 7 it is clear that there is a positive bias for students
particularly secondary-school students to attend a university where they can live near or stay
within their family and community structures
This is a prevalent trend in Peel Region York Region Simcoe County and the City of Toronto
(the communities that comprise Zone 7) more so than any other region in Ontario
As a summary of the complex set of demand factors highlighted in this section of the report we
see tremendous justification for additional university services on the outer edge of the Greater
Toronto Area
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 13
A Post-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario Fl-ii
3 DEFINING THE OPPORTUNITY
Goal 1 - Sheridan University Campus in Downtown Brampton
Project Vision
Site Options
A
AX
PI
A profound and holistic Sheridan Downtown Brampton Campus
connected to its 9500 plus students at Brampton Davis Steeles Campus
supported by enhanced transit to its HMC Campus I and II and Oakville
Campus
1Nelson Square Garage (Phase II SWQRP) and Phase III Lands
2Heritage Theatre Block ^~ rzmdash~ V V i
bullbull bull bull --bull shy
bull -bullbullbull-Ty ^
General Description of Site Locations - for illustrative purposes only
Mobility These sites are within a 5-minute walking distance to the existing
Brampton GO Train Station (with service to Union Station and
KitchenerWaterloo) and the ZUM Bus Rapid Transit service on
Queen Street and Main Street with service to Sheridan Davis
Campus Guelph-Humber University Campus Mississauga City
Centre (HMC I and II) and York University The proposed
Hurontario-Main Light Rapid Transit system is also within walkinj
distance of the site and offers a direct link to HMC I and II
Infrastructure Type Post-Secondary Education Campus and Related Uses
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 14
A Post-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario Fl-24shy
Project Type DBFM or DBF Design Build Finance Maintain or Design Build
Finance (the final business model is subject to a detailed
feasibility study)
Goal 2 - A New University Campus in Brampton
Project Vision A new university campus that offers undergraduate and graduate
degrees with research-oriented programs for students faculty
industry
Site Option 1 65-acre site at McLaughlin Road and Queen Street West
southwest corner known municipally as Flower City Community
Campus This site was formerly owned by the Province of
Ontario (OPP Headquarters and Training Centre) and is currently
being used by the municipality
Mobility This site is located in the Central Area of Brampton with Brampton
Transit service provided to the property The site is 15
kilometres from the Downtown GO Train Station and the
Downtown ZUM BRT Station on Main Street and 3 km to the
Brampton ZUM BRT station at Shoppers World - Steeles Avenue
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 15
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario p | bull ^S
Site Location Option 2
Mobility
Infrastructure Type
Project Type
The road network provides easy access to the major 400 series
highways for example ETR 407 is 35 km south of this site and
Highway 410 is 45 km east of the site
2719 Bovaird Drive West at Heritage Road southwest quadrant
This 87-acre site was formerly owned by private industry Today
the site is owned by the City of Brampton and is being used by the
municipality for maintenance and operation services
CON5WHS
CON5WHS
iV
I
The Mount Pleasant GO Train Station is 22 km east of the site at
Creditview Road The major Highway 401 and ETR 407 juncture
is approximately 8 km by automobile Future infrastructure
serving this area includes the GTA West Corridor immediately
north and east of the subject property
Post-Secondary Education Campus and Related Uses
DBFM or DBF Design Build Finance Maintain or Design Build
Finance (the final business model is subject to a detailed
feasibility study)
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 16
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario p | 1copy
4 BRAMPTONS STRATEGIC PARTNERSHIPS - A RECORD OF SUCCESS
With its strategic partners the Cityof Brampton has demonstrated an excellent record of
success in building and delivering physical and human infrastructure projects designed to expand public services and improve Bramptons economicdevelopment competitiveness
Ultimately these partnerships have created and preserved Ontario jobs In this section we
showcase a few of these strategic projects
Transit Infrastructure Project-Zum Bus Rapid Transit Project
Zum is Brampton Transits Bus Rapid Transit (BRT) service With its limited stops advanced
technology and real-time next bus information Zum connects people and places within
Brampton and throughout the Greater Toronto Area (GTA) Zum Queen Street service began in
the fall of 2010 Ziim Main Street service began operating in September 2011 and Ziim Steeles
Avenue started in the fall of 2012
Ziim was funded by all three levels of government with investments of $95 million each from
the Federal Provincial and Municipal governments for a total allotment of $285 million
Phase Iof the project required $159 million Phase II which expanded services along Queen
Street and Steeles Avenue as well as introduce new services on Bovaird Drive will require $126
million when fully completed
This is a DBFM - Design Build Finance and Maintain project led by the City of Brampton
Brampton designed built financed and maintains all aspects of the Zum system-wide capital
and operating costs related to
bull Roadway infrastructure intersection modifications and signal priority equipment
bull New terminals and station stops with high-quality passenger amenities
Capital equipment including new vehicles for expanded and rebranded service
Intelligent Transportation System technologies including real-time passenger information
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 17
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario p ( raquo^7
Post-Secondary Education Infrastructure Project -Sheridan Centre for Advanced Manufacturing and Design Technology (CAMDT)
In response to the changing face of manufacturing in Central and Southern Ontario Sheridan College and the City of Brampton embarked on a vision to assist Canadian manufacturers to compete globally with knowledge and technology asthe keys to their success
Led by Sheridan College ITAL the CAMDT $8 million venture is a partnership with more than 20 regional manufacturers the Province of Ontario and the City of Brampton Together we are growing regional talent in this important sector In 2005 CAMDT opened its doors
Seen as a strategic economic development initiative the City of Brampton was a major funding
and local knowledge partner contributing$25 million to CAMDT - the largest investment it has
ever made as a municipality in post-secondary education City Councils investment in Sheridan
is intended to address the demand (in the manufacturing sector) for graduates with a broad
range of advanced technical and management skills as well as to provide enhanced training for
those already in the workforce
CAMDT uses a consortia approach with the following goals
New full-time courses and industrycollege projects
Applied research initiatives and student projects
Contract training and continuing education courses
Strengthen program enrolments and graduate placements
The Centre for Sustainable Manufacturing (CSM) is located in Brampton and houses 18000
square feet of state-of-the-art labs and a flexible automation and fabrication centre The labs
support academic programs in integrated manufacturing computer-aided
draftingmanufacturing and manufacturing management
The Centre helps meet current and future needs of local manufacturers to stimulate regional
economic development and prosperity Sheridan government and local industry have
collaborated for nearly a decade to position the Centre to address critical skills gaps in the
manufacturing sector The Centre is now partnering with industry to support technical financial
and knowledge development to facilitate adoption of innovative technologies that minimize
resource consumption harmful emissions waste and use of toxic materials
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 18
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario p | mdash^ff
Health Care Infrastructure Project shy
Peel Memorial Centre for Integrated Health and Wellness
The new Peel Memorial Centre in Brampton will support the William Osier Health Systems vision for an integrated health system by providing primary ambulatory and outpatient-based care
This is a DBFM - Design Build Maintain Finance project led by Infrastructure Ontario (10)
Scheduled to open in 2016 Peel Memorial CIHW will provide specialized outpatient-based care
including urgent care day surgery and specialty clinics with a focus on helping individuals better
manage chronic conditions like asthma diabetes and kidney disease
According to Osier Health System Peel Memorial will introduce new models of care to shift the
focus from illness to wellness and encourage patients to take a more active role in managing
their own health and well-being
Representing the leading edge in integrated health care delivery Peel Memorial will provide
access to specialized patient-centred care in a state-of-the-art facility that offers a wide variety
of traditional and alternative health care services It will help people to get and stay well
through a series of education prevention disease management and healing programs
In the fall of 2012 Osier received government approval to move forward with a request for
qualifications to design build finance and maintain the new facility Following this
announcement Brampton City Council decided to invest 50 of the community share with a
$60 million levy in support of the new Peel Memorial
Downtown Intensification Infrastructure Project shy
Southwest Quadrant Renewal Plan Municipal Office and Commercial Retail Development
On August 10 2011 Bramptons City Council approved the terms of agreement for the
Southwest Quadrant Renewal Plan which enables the City to move forward with a creative
solution to meet the Citys future administrative space needs and plans for revitalization of
Bramptons downtown The successful proposal submitted by Dominus Construction Group is
a plan for a mixed-use development with several new features including new administrative
parking and retail space and a pedestrian-friendly cityscape for completion in 2014
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 19
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario p f~2raquo^
This is a DBF - Design Build Finance project led by Dominus Construction Group The City is a tenant in the building on a long-term lease
Phase 1 of this LEEDS project now under construction includes a new nine-storey building at 41 George Street that can accommodate
bull 126398 foot building for administrative space
bull 10147 square feet for ground retail space
bull 10545 square feet for multi-purpose meeting rooms
bull 443 parking spaces (five levels of parking)
Phase la also under construction includes a two-storey addition to the current City Hall that
can accommodate
bull 2507 square feet for committee rooms
bull 6187 square feet for ground retail space
Phases 1 and la of the Southwest Quadrant Renewal Plan (SWQRP) represents a $94M
investment in the downtown and all 3 Phases of the combined SWQRP represents an
estimated investment of $251M
This investment in the Southwest Quadrant Renewal Plan is another major building block in the
ongoing evolution and revitalization of downtown Brampton both in terms of contributing to
the urban landscape as well as attracting private sector investment and opportunities
Combined with other major projects like the Rose Theatre Brampton the launch of Ziim on
Queen and Main Streets restoration work at Alderlea and Peel Heritage Complex and several
new condominium projects Bramptons Downtown is experiencing an exciting resurgence
The City of Brampton is planning to add another signature building in our downtown core
further evidence of Bramptons commitment to economic development
Sustainable Community Development Project shy
Mount Pleasant Mobility Hub
The project includes a number of elements that serve to establish Mount Pleasant as a transit-
oriented development exemplifying a more sustainable approach to suburban community
living
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 20
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario p |~^Q
In partnership with the OntarioGovernment MetrolinxGO and Mattamy Homes the City has invested approximately $23 million in the following infrastructure
bull Community Transit Infrastructure station stops and related passenger amenities
Intelligent Transportation Systems (ITS) and transit enhancements at intersections
bull Mobility Hub facility bus layovers sheltered passenger areas clock tower bike storage areas and related amenities
bull Cultural Heritage reconstructed historic CPR station structure to be used as a cultural
facility in the Mt Pleasant civicsquare shared with the Peel District School Board and the
Library
bull Pedestrian amenities Civic Square and Village Green incorporating a reflection poolskating
facility public art canopy structures play area and landscaping features
Through development and stewardship the Mount Pleasant Community will restore and
enhance individual features that currently cover approximately 8 (or 41 hectares) of the
area and create a Natural Heritage System that will cover approximately 19 (or 976 hectares)
of the community As development proceeds within the Mount Pleasant Community the
NHS will come into public ownership The City will be responsible to manage the NHS and our
goal is to support natural processes and regeneration that are beneficial to the health and
diversity of the natural features functions and habitat This will generally mean
bull Planting no-maintenance vegetative buffers between natural areas and private
properties using native trees shrubs and groundcovers
bull Not mowing pruning or spraying natural areas for weeds and insects
bull Allowing for annual flooding and ponding of water along East Huttonville Creek and
within wetlands and woodlands to maintain a natural hydrology that is critical for plant
and wildlife health and diversity
bull Allowingfor the natural loss of vegetation and regrowth of young trees and shrubs
bull Managing natural areas for invasive species such as Buckthorn and Norway Maple
bull Managing the urban trees along streets and parks for invasive species such as Emerald
Ash Borer
The Mount Pleasant Mobility Hub represents a large project that has created one-time
employment within the stipulated 2-year construction period as well generating annual
multipliers supporting Bramptons economic development for future generations
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 21
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario p [raquo^ )
5 OUR INVESTMENT - A COMMITMENT TO POST SECONDARY EDUCATION
The City of Brampton iscommitted to investing in this Strategy Below is a summary of the types of financial and in-kind investmentsthe municipality is prepared to make in order to realize this Strategy
bull Municipal Land Contribution
bull Municipal Commitment to Economic and Market Growth Policies
bull Municipal assistance on site servicing for digitally linked and virtual classrooms
laboratories office
bull Shared Infrastructure related to municipal services such as library field house gymnasium
bull Design an extensive planning process and design exercise that represents the highest
standard of excellence including engaging the community and surrounding land-owners
LEEDS Community and Environmental Design
bull Facilitating municipal and community partnerships to maximize utilization of spaces during
the May - August shoulder period
bull Economic development research grant to support research that fosters innovation and
commercialization
bull Support industry partnerships and innovative enterprises
bull Demonstrate commitment to a shared provincial municipal and university relationship
focused on a culture of open communication shared values community engagement and
volunteerism
bull Staff time and expertise dedicated to teams assigned to this Strategy
bull Leverage City of Brampton AAA Credit Rating by Standard amp Poors
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 22
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario p- ( ~ Q jL
6 IMPLEMENTATION STEPS
The following decision milestones guide the municipal commitment and stewardship of this
Strategy
bull Exploratory Meetings with Sheridan Executive and Chair of Governing Council
bull Preparation of Bramptons Post-Secondary Strategy Proposal
bull Presentation to Premier Wynne - Receive and Endorse Proposed Strategy
bull City Council approval of final post-secondary strategy and approval to enter into a
Memorandum of Understanding with Sheridan College ITAL to explore the feasibility of
establishing Sheridan University in Downtown Brampton
bull Execute an MOU with Sheridan
bull Complete the Feasibility Study for Goal 1
bull Form a project team to prepare the technical documents in support of an RFP related to
Goal 2 -Attract a new undergraduate and graduate research-oriented university campus
aligned with Bramptons vision and proposed site locations with reporting to Council
7 CONTACTS
Susan Fennell
Mayor
City of Brampton Tel 905-874-2600
John Corbett MCIP RPP
Chief Administrative Officer
City of Brampton Tel 905-874-2625
Creating andpreserving knowledge-basedjobs by enabling investments in post-secondary education research innovation and commercialization activities
is at the heart ofBramptons economic vision
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 23
APPENDIX 3
FI-V4shybullUTaarrgt-^M
Major
Capacity
Expansion
Policy
Framework
December 2013
Ministry of Training Colleges and Universities
pound Ontario
PI -IS
The Ontario Public Service endeavours to demonstrate leadership with respect to accessibility in Ontario Our goal isto ensure that Ontario government services products and focilities ore occessible to all our employees and to all members of the public we serve This document or the information that itcontains is available on request in alternative formats Please forward all requests for alternative formats to ServiceOntario ot 1-800-668-9938 (TTY 1-800-268-7095)
line publication equivolenle est disponible en francais sous le titre suivant (Mesttattgique pout Iocuoissement moeur de hcapocili 2013
This publication is also available on the Ministry ofTraining Colleges and Universities website at wwvontariocatcu 13-278 bull ISBN 978-1-4606-3428-8 (POF) bull copy Queens Printer for Ontario 2013
Contents
Vision 5
Context 5
Government Priorities 6
Components of the Policy Framework 7
Initial Review 7
Scope 7
Selection and Approval 9
Policy Implementation and Compliance 10
Appendix A
Contact Information and Checklist for Institutions Considering
Capacity Expansion 11
Appendix B
An Outline of the Review and Approval Process for Planned
Capacity Expansion Proposals 13
Appendix C
General Evaluation Criteria for Major Capacity Expansion 14
Pi-Vi
Vision
Ontarios colleges and universities will drive creativity innovation knowledge and community engagement through teaching and research They will put students first by providing the best possible learning experience for all qualified learners in an affordable and financially sustainable way ensuring high quality and globally competitive outcomes for students and Ontarios knowledge economy
Context
Between 2002-03 and 2012-13 the postsecondary education system in Ontario expanded substantially with full-time enrolment growing by over 160000 more than in any decade in the provinces history Ontario has been supporting enrolment growth across the college and university sectors through increases in operating grants enhancements to student financial aid and capital investments
Ontarios postsecondary institutions have been committed partners in their efforts to accommodate these unprecedented levels of enrolment growth and have thus contributed to expanding opportunities for students to pursue higher education in many communities across Ontario
At65 per cent Ontarios level of postsecondary attainment (college university and apprenticeship) in 2012 was higher than thatof any country in theOrganisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) The Ontario government has set a postsecondary education attainment target of 70 per cent to ensure that the province continues to benefit from the competitive advantage of its highly skilled and educated workforce in the global economy
In this context it is essential to ensure that in future the right spaces are created in the right places for Ontarios students This can be done by targeting areas in which population growth is strong but local postsecondary education capacity is limited
Population growth in Ontario has recently been - and is expected tocontinue to be - concentrated in a number of large urban areas Some of the regions and communities where strong
Fl-W
long-term demand growth is anticipated are not currently served by local campuses In those areas gaps have recently begun to appear between enrolment demand growth and the capacity to accommodate continued enrolment growth If left unaddressed those gaps are likely to widen over time
Projections are subject to uncertainty and caution should always be used when considering long-term forecasts Based on the ministrys latest assessment of demographics and long-term postsecondary education participation patterns enrolment demand growth will moderate in the near term but is expected to return to more rapid growth after 2020 with the potential for substantial enrolment increases over the longer term Consistent with recent trends long-term demand is expected to be greatest for degree-level programs
It is anticipated that the focus of most major capacity expansions in the future will be at the undergraduate degree level Students in rapidly growing communities have access to substantial local college facilities more than they do to local university campuses In addition although graduate enrolment has risen significantly in recent years it is much lower than enrolment at the undergraduate level and tends to be concentrated in fewer institutions
The timing of this anticipated growth in demand provides an important opportunity The province will have time to plan for and address postsecondary education capacity needs in areas of Ontario where communities are growing and where students need better and more affordable access to postsecondary education opportunities closer to home
Government Priorities
The Major Capacity Expansion Policy Framework set out in this document seeks to achieve the following objectives
bull Ensuring that future large-scale capacity expansion supports long-term postsecondary education priorities including institutional differentiation
bull Managing enrolment growth strategically in line with provincial growth planning priorities to address regional capacity gaps in underserved areas
bull Putting in place a transparent evidence-based decision making and implementation process
ldegt
9 Addressing affordability and sustainability for students institutions and the province by maximizing the cost-effectiveness of targeted investments
bull Creating local community and regional economic benefits leading to job creation and greater economic diversity
Components of the Policy Framework The components of the Major Capacity Expansion policy framework include
1) a description of the kinds of initiatives that will be within the scope of the new approval and selection process
2) the selection process and the criteria that will be used in evaluating proposals for approval after a call for proposals is made and
3) details on implementation and compliance
Initial Review
Any institution considering an initiative that involves an expansion ofcapacity should contact the ministry in writing using the checklist provided in Appendix A The ministry will review initiatives proposed by institutions on a case-by-case basis to determine whether the planned expansion is subject to the new selection and approval process outlined below The ministry will provide a response to the institutions request in writing clearly indicating whether a proposed project or initiative will be subject to the new Major Capacity Expansion selection and approval process Initiatives subject to the new process are not to proceed unless approved by the provincial government following a formal call for proposals
Scope
This policy framework addresses a significant provincial interest in the need for provincial management of future large-scale expansions in postsecondary education capacity Effective management and planning is also needed to help avoid potential conflicts that can arise between and among institutions sect with respect to the location of new facilities and campuses s
FI-H-0
The new approval and selection process is primarily focused on initiatives that are designed to accommodate significant long-term increases in the number of domestic full-time postsecondary education students Such large-scale initiatives could include expansions at existing locations or might involve the establishment of new campuses Initiatives could be partnerships including university-college collaborations that would also enhance students educational experience and student pathways
Recognizing thata wide range and variety of potential expansion opportunities exist in Ontarios diverse and complex postsecondary education system the ministry has avoided setting rigid parameters to define major capacity expansion However initiatives characterized by the following scale-related features are most likely to be subject to the new approval and selection process
0 accommodates enrolment growth of more than 1000 full-time students in the short term with the potential to accommodate longer-term growth of5000 to 10000 over the next twenty years (ie long-term enrolment comparable to enrolment at substantial existing college or university campuses)
8 adds new facilities (either owned or secured through long-term lease) larger than 70000 square feet (roughly 6500 square metres) designated primarily for academic purposes
raquo offers a broad range of programs with substantial new or expanded ancillary services (or shows clear potential for future growth in program offerings and ancillary services)
bull significantly improves local student access to postsecondary education in the short term (and has the potential to do so in the longer term) particularly in geographic locations that may be experiencing or are expected to develop capacity gaps
When reviewing a planned expansion the ministry will also take into consideration whether the initiative
bull competes with other capacity expansion initiatives in a particular geographic area or would have an impact on existing or already-planned postsecondary education facilities
bull in the case of proposed new campuses is outside the local area of the institutions existing campuses or is in a new community for the institution in terms of substantial permanent academic facilities For the purpose of this policy the local
FH+I
area of a campus is defined as the area within the median commuter shed for Census Metropolitan Areas in Ontario as specified by Statistics Canada (about 10 km)
Institutions making expansion proposals will be required to provide evidence of prior consultation with and support from other institutions that could be affected by the proposal confirmation of their own Board of Governors support for the proposal and confirmation of significant support from the local municipality or region
Selection and Approval Decisions about future large-scale postsecondary education capacityexpansion projects will be made on the basis of a formal transparent competitive process that will begin with a call for proposals directed to institutions Consideration will be given to proposals for large-scale expansion ofexisting campuses (main or satellite campuses) andor for the creation of new campuses
Calls for proposals will be directed to publicly assisted postsecondary education institutions in Ontario Eligibility to submit a proposal will in general be extended to all institutions however the government may decide to limit eligibility as appropriate depending on current circumstances and evolving provincial priorities
Municipalities interested in being considered as host locations for future major capacity expansion should work in collaboration with institutions that would be prepared to submit a proposal
Priority will be given to proposals in regions that have been experiencing sustained population and postsecondary education demand growth and that are underserved in terms of postsecondary education opportunities
The timing of future calls for proposals the number of projects selected for support and the level and timing of funding will be determined by the provincial government and will reflect a range of considerations including the fiscal environment
FI-M-1
When evaluating proposals the ministry will consider a setof criteria in the following categories consistent with its priorities for future capacity expansion (as outlined on page 6)
bull Strategic management of long-term enrolment growth and accessibility
bull Differentiation sustainability and accountability bull Economic impact raquo Quality innovation and competitiveness (including
institutional partnership options) bull Affordability for students and the province (including
substantial support from host communities)
Over time as circumstances change and priorities evolve the ministry may articulate additional requirements for the competitive process For details of general evaluation criteria refer to Appendix C Additional templates may be provided when a call for proposals is announced
Once the proposals have been evaluated the ministry will make recommendations to Cabinet for funding support for the selected proposals When one or more proposals have been selected and approved for funding bilateral agreements will be put in place between the institution(s) selected and the ministry
Policy Implementation and Compliance This policy framework will be effective immediately Institutions are encouraged to submit their expansion plans for initial review as soon as possible
If an initiative is determined to be outside the scope of this new approval and selection process itwill still be subject to other relevant ministry approval processes including but not limited to program approval and capital funding processes It will also have to be consistent with the terms of the Strategic Mandate Agreement established between the institution and the ministry
Failure to comply with the requirements setout in this policy framework will affect provincial funding Specifically new or expanded enrolment at the location of the expansion will not be recognized for funding through the college or university operating grants and the institution will not be eligible for provincial capital funding at the location Failure to comply could also affect future capital decisions by the provincial government
0 with respect to other locations
Fl-42gt
Appendix A Contact Information and Checklist for Institutions Considering Capacity Expansion
Institutions considering capacity expansion should direct a letter describing the project or initiative along with a completed checklist (see below) to
MCEsubmi53101iionfariocc1
The following checklist will help the ministry determine whether the planned expansion will be subject to the new approval and selection process under the MajorCapacity Expansion policy framework1
Please complete the checklist (copy and scan the completed form or create an e-file based on the template) and include it as an attachment to your communication to the ministry outlining your institutions planned capacity expansion project
Please provide additional information as needed in the Comments section of the checklist
1 A planned expansion that is deemed subject to the new selection and approval process is not to proceed unless approved by the province following a formal call for proposals A planned expansion that is deemed outside the scope of the Major Capacity Expansion approval and selection process will still be subject to other relevant ministry approval processes including but not limited to program approval and capital funding processes
pl-4-4shy
Checklist for Institutions Considering Capacity Expansion
Checklist Items
Size
How many full-time students would this initiative accommodate based on current plans
Is there potential for substantial longer-term enrolment growth If yes please provide a high-level estimate of potential enrolment
How much space (in sq ft) will be designated for academic purposes in the proposed facility (or expansion) Would new facilities be owned or secured through long-term lease
What is the credential mix of programs associated with this proposed expansion
What programs would be made available
Consultation
Have you consulted with other institutions that could be affected by this proposal
bull Which institution(s) have you consulted Are they supportive
Has your institution engaged its Board of Governors with respect to this proposal Is the board supportive
Is your proposal supported by the local municipality region in which it would be located
bull Will third-party resources (municipalities region other) be available to support this initiative What is the level of support expected
Location Services
Where would the new capacity be located (municipality region)
bull Is this a new locationcommunity for your institution
If proposing expansion at a new location is the location more than 10 km from existing campus(es)
Does the planned expansion include ancillary and student services
bull Please provide a list of services to be offered
Notes
Yes No Comme -
DD
an
a a
a a
bull a
bull a
bull a
bull This list is designed to provide information needed to determine whether a proposal will be deemed subject to the Major Capacity Expansion policy approval and selection process
bull Decisions will be made on a case-by-case basis If additional information is needed a representative of the Ministry ofTraining Colleges and Universities will contact the institution Please provide complete contact information including name position title email address and phone numbers
FI-H5
Appendix B An Outline of the Review and Approval Process for Planned Capacity Expansion Proposals
Chart 1 below outlines the steps in the assessment process that will be used to determine whether a planned capacity expansion will be deemed subject to the approval and selection process under the Major Capacity Expansion policy framework
Chart 2 outlines the steps in the process of selecting initiatives for funding under the Major Capacity Expansion policy framework
Chart 1 Initial Review - Is the Planned Expansion Subject to the Major Capacity Expansion Selection and Approval Process
The planned expansion
does not move forward
until approved by the
province following a Ministry reviews the institutions formal call for proposals
Institution submits a letter Failure to comply will submission to evaluate whether
describing the planned the planned expansion will be affect provincial funding
expansion with a completed subject to the new selection 1gt4^lt^t^fea1Vitaiiij4gtlJULJl^
and approval process under
for review the Major Capacity Expansion The planned expansion policy framework moves forward subject to
checklist to the ministry
Wampj^WJfeWamp$Si^^ all other ministry approval
processes (eg capital and
program approvals)
bulluiut^w-ww-yishy
Chart 2 SelectionApproval Process far a Major Capacity Expansion Following a Call for Proposals
Callfor proposals initiated Institutions submit Ministry assesses proposals Announcement of selected
by the province proposals against evaluation criteria initiatives to be supported
and brings forward selected for major capacity
proposals for Cabinet expansion
approval
raquoHSW^8raquoMJmmLiMH WOWluUdUJIUlbUitL
13
r
shy
Fl-Ho
enoix C General Evaluation Criteria for Major Capacity Expansion
Category Evaluation Criteria
Strategic Significant expansion of local postsecondary education opportunities for management students in underserved areas with growing demand based on long-term of long-term demographic trends enrolment Alignment with provincial priorities including Growth Plan priorities and
economic development initiativesgrowth and Clear potential to add substantial new capacity and support futureaccessibility enrolment growth in the postsecondary education sector
Differentiation Alignment with the institutions Strategic Mandate Agreement and goals sustainability and priorities of the Differentiation Policy Framework and Impact on nearby institutions accountability Effective and sustainable governance model including consideration
of the impact of distance from the expansion location for administration and academic experience Focus on undergraduate programs Range of programs offered locally and avoidance of unwarranted duplication of existing programming
Economic Demonstrated Value for Money including AFP options where impact appropriate and limits on provincial contributions
Tangible regional economic benefits combined with potential for province-wide benefit based on labour force skills and economic growth Demonstrated local economic benefits and linkages with local industries
Quality Innovative service delivery innovation Institutional partnership options including university-college collaboration and Postsecondary education quality and student experience (including
ancillary and student services)competitiveness
Affordabiiity Evidence of substantial support from host community including financial for students contributions and land ownership
Economies of scaleand the
province Linkages with local transportation for commuting students Potential for leveraging private sector resources Evidence of consideration ofalternatives to expansion proposal based on existing capacity and potential partnerships Proven financial health of institution with asset management plan in place Demonstrated labour market demand
Nofe These are the general criteria that will be used to guide the selection and approval of proposals submitted in response toa ministry call for proposals
N
News Release
Helping More Students Pursue Postsecondary Education
Ontario Calls for Expansion Proposals from Universities March 272014 945 am
Office of the Premier
Premier Kathleen Wynne announced today that the government is taking steps to
ensure that more students can pursue undergraduate degrees close to home The
province is inviting universities to submit proposals for new or expanded campuses in
underserved areas (colleges are encouraged to partner with universities to submit
proposals)
This call for proposals is part of the governments commitment to provide funding for
60000 additional postsecondary education spaces across Ontario The government will
collaborate closely with municipalities colleges and universities to ensure that capacity
is increased where it is needed the most
The proposals will be evaluated based on their potential to
bull Increase postsecondary spaces in underserved areas
bull Improve quality innovation and competitiveness
bull Demonstrate cost-effectiveness to both students and taxpayers
bull Help stimulate growth and economic development in Ontario
This will help establish a formal transparent and competitive process to evaluate
decisions about future expansions
Improving access to postsecondary education is part of the Ontario governments
economic plan that is creating jobs for today and tomorrow The comprehensive plan
and its six priorities focus on Ontarios greatest strengths -- its people and strategic
partnerships
Fl-M
Quick Facts
The call for proposals is open to all publicly assisted universities and all colleges of
applied arts and technology in Ontario with a deadline for submissions of Sept 26
2014 Colleges must partner with universities to be eligible for major capacity
expansion projects
Municipalities interested in being considered as host locations are expected to work
in collaboration with institutions that are submitting a proposal
The province released the Major Capacity Expansion Policy Framework in December
2013 to identify priority areas for growth
In the last 10 years full-time enrolment in Ontarios postsecondary system has grown
by more than 160000 mdash more than in any decade in the provinces history
bull The provinces 30 off Tuition Grant helped more than 230000 students start
college or university last year
Quotes
Fl-M
We are committed to helping more students get the postsecondary education they need to succeed
We want to bridge Ontarios skills gap and ensure that young people are equipped with all the right
skills mdash no matter where they live
Kathleen Wynne
Premier of Ontario
Expanding and creating new postsecondary campuses where they are needed most will help
ensure that more students have the opportunity to get a world-class education while staying close to
home Were working closely with our postsecondary partners to make sure the right spaces are in
the right places
Brad Duguid
Minister of Training Colleges and Universities
Laurier Brantford has provided immeasurable benefits to both local students and the citys
downtown revitalization This announcement signifies similar economic development partnerships
between municipalities and postsecondary institutions leading to new jobs and increased prosperity
for more communities across Ontario Chris Friel Mayor City of Brantford
PI-so
^^js^-^
Major
Capacity
Expansion
Call for
Proposals
GUIDELINES
March 2014
Ministry of Training Colleges and Universities
w^ Ontario
Fl-SI
The Ontario Public Service endeavours to demonstrate leadership with respect to accessibility in Ontario Our gool is to ensure that Ontario government services products and facilities are occessible to all our employees and to all members ofthe public we serve This document or the inlormolion that itcontains is available on request in alternative formats Pleose forward all requests lor alternative formats to ServiceOntario at1-800-668-9938 (TTY 1-800-268-709S)
line publication equivolente est disponible en francais sous le litre suivont Appel de propositions pour Ioccroissement moieur de la capocM - lignes directrices
This publication is also available on the Ministry olTraining Colleges and Universities website atwwivontariocatcu 13-323 bull ISBN 978-1-4606-3802-6 (PDF) bull copy Queens Printer for Ontario 2014
2014
Fi-sa
Contents
1 Background 5
2 Timelines for Submitting a Proposal 5
3 Notice of Intent 5
4 Eligible Applicants 6
5 Eligible Projects 6
6 Major Capacity Expansion General Evaluation Criteria 7
7 Weighting 8
8 Assessment and Ranking 9
9 Communications Protocol 13
10 Role of Infrastructure Ontario and Alternative
Financing and Procurement 13
11 The Selection Process and Funding 14
12 Components of the Submission 14
13 Links to Related Documents and Resources 16
14 Disclosure of Information 16
15 Call for Proposals Timeline 16
PI-S3
1 Background The ministry released its Major Capacity Expansion Policy Framework on December 20 2013 A commitment was made to
issue a Call for Proposals in early 2014
This Call for Proposals represents the beginning of a process that will lead to the selection of successful proposals which collectively will meet provincial goals for postsecondary education in Ontario - increased capacity at the undergraduate degree level greater affordability for students institutions and the province improved institutional differentiation and regional economic benefits This process will be guided by principles of fairness competitiveness and transparency and by a commitment to serve the public interest
This long-term initiative will help ensure that our postsecondary education system will have the right spaces in the right places for Ontario students
2 Timelines for Submitting a Proposal The closing date for submission of a Notice of Intent is June 27 2014
The closing date for submission of the full proposal is September 26 2014
Submissions must be received by the ministry on or before these dates
3 Notice of Intent
The Notice of Intent is a one-page overview of the proposed project Proposals will not be considered unless a Notice of Intent is received by the deadline ofJune 27 2014 To ensure transparency and competitiveness every Notice of Intent submitted to the ministry will be posted on the Postsecondary Education Partners Gateway website within 30 days of the submission date
Fl-Sf
4 Eligible Applicants In view of the focus on undergraduate degree capacity it is expected that submissions will be led by universities butcollegeshyuniversity partnership models are encouraged
All proposals must demonstrate need (ie expansion should be located in areas thatare currently underserved by postsecondary education andor thatare expected to experience significant future growth in enrolment demand)
5 Eligible Projects Recognizing the wide range and variety of potential expansion opportunities the ministry continues to avoid setting rigid parameters to define major capacityexpansion However as stated in the Major Capacity Expansion Policy Framework initiatives characterized by the following scale-related features are most likely to be subject to this approval and selection process
bull accommodates enrolment growth of more than 1000 full-time students in the short term with the potential to accommodate longer-term growth of 5000 to 10000 over the next twenty years (ie long-term enrolment comparable to enrolment at substantial existing collegeor university campuses)
bull adds new facilities (either owned or secured through long-term lease) larger than 70000 square feet (roughly 6500 square metres) designated primarily for academic purposes
bull offers a broad range of programs with substantial new or expanded ancillary services (or shows clear potential for future growth in program offerings and student and ancillary services)
bull significantly improves local student access to postsecondary education in the short term (and has the potential to continue to do so in the longer term) particularly in geographic locations that may be experiencing or are expected to develop capacity gaps at the undergraduate degree level
PI-S5
6 Major Capacity Expansion General Evaluation Criteria
The following general evaluation criteria were included in the Major Capacity Expansion Policy Framework These criteria will be used to assess proposals Institutions should demonstrate the alignment of their proposed projects with the criteria and may do so in any format suitable to them
Priority Objectives
Strategic management of long-term enrolment growth and accessibility
Differentiation sustainability and accountability
Economic impact
Quality innovation and competitiveness
General Criteria
bull Significant expansion of local postsecondary education opportunities for students in underserved areas with growing demand based on long-term demographic trends
bull Alignment with provincial priorities including Growth Plan priorities and economic development initiatives
bull Clear potential to add substantial new capacity and support future enrolment growth in the postsecondary education sector
Alignment with the institutions Strategic Mandate Agreement (SMA) and goals and priorities of the Differentiation Policy Framework Impact on nearby institutions Effective and sustainable governance model including consideration ofthe impact ofdistance from the expansion location for administration and academic experience Focus on undergraduate programs Range of programs offered locally and avoidance ofunwarranted duplication ofexisting programming
Tangible regional economic benefits combined with potential for province-wide benefit based on labour force skills and economic growth Demonstrated local economic benefits and linkages with local industries
Demonstrated Value for Money including Alternative Financing and Procurement (AFP) options where appropriate and limits on provincial contributions
Institutional partnership options including university-college collaboration
Innovative service delivery Postsecondary education quality and student experience (including student and ancillary services)
(continued)
Fl-5b
Priority Objectives General Criteria
Affordability for bull Evidence of substantial support from hostcommunity including students and the financial contributions and land ownership province bull Economies of scale
bull Linkages with local transportation for commuting students bull Potential for leveraging private sector resources bull Evidence of consideration of alternatives to expansion proposal
based on existing capacity and potential partnerships bull Proven financial health of institution with asset management plan
in place bull Demonstrated labour market demand
7 Weighting The evaluation criteria for the assessment of institutional
proposals will be weighted as follows
Category Weight
Section A Meeting Demand 30
bull Strategic management of long-term enrolment growth and accessibility
Section B Demonstrated Affordability 40
bull Affordability for students and the province
Section C Academic and Economic Considerations 30
bull Differentiation sustainability and accountability bull Economic impact bull Quality innovation and competitiveness (including institutional partnership
options)
PI-SI
8 Assessment and Ranking Funding will be awarded on a competitive basis and proposals will be evaluated for suitability using defined criteria Institutions should use both qualitative and quantitative analysis to demonstrate the alignment of their proposals with the general evaluation criteria
SECTION A MEETING DEMAND (30)
Proposals should demonstrate alignment with some or all of the following criteria
Priority Objective 1 Strategic management of long-term enrolment growth and accessibility
General Evaluation Criteria
1 Significant expansion of local postsecondary education opportunities for students in underserved areas with growing demand based on long-term demographic trends
2 Alignment with provincial priorities including Growth Plan priorities and economic development initiatives
3 Clear potential to add substantial new capacity and support future enrolment growth in the postsecondary education sector
Possible Alignment Measures
bull Demographic growth projections for location bull Existing enrolment capacity at institutions in
the proximity of the proposed expansion bull Estimated enrolment capacity ofthe
expansion and projected net increase in undergraduate enrolment
bull Number of students from the area of the intended expansion who are currently attending the institution(s)
Possible Information to Build Evidence Base
bull Institutions long-term enrolment master plan bull Joint campus master plan for partnerships (if applicable) bull Long-term enrolment viability study bull Completed enrolment table in the proposal template stating all assumptions bull Community profile demonstrating future demand in the area bull Documented support from and alignment with plans of any associated agencies municipalities
or other entities
bull Consideration of relevant provincial population and employment projections bull Consideration of key provincial policy directions relating to the location of public institutions and
their associated economic impacts (eg ability to contribute to urban revitalization efforts) bull Evidence of program demand (eg number of applications)
FI-5J
SECTION B DEMONSTRATED AFFORDABILITY (40)
Proposals should demonstrate alignment with some or all of the following criteria
Priority Objective 2 Affordability for students and the province
General Evaluation Criteria
1 Evidence of substantial support from host community including financial contributions and land ownership
2 Economies of scale 3 Linkages with local transportation for
commuting students 4 Potential for leveraging private sector
resources
5 Evidence of consideration of alternatives to expansion proposal based on existing capacity and potential partnerships
6 Proven financial health of institution with asset management plan in place
7 Demonstrated labour market demand
Possible Alignment Measures
bull Total cost of project and expected provincial contribution
bull Cost-benefit analysis ofexpanding an existing assetor building at a new location (or a combination thereof)
bull Distance from current campuses bull Current assetmanagement plan including
effects of expansion on Facilities Condition Index
bull Public transit capacity to the institution and between campuses
bull Debtasset ratioof institution(s) bull Energy sources and efficiency initiatives
(including proposed LEED certification) bull Long-term financial viability bull Existing student employment KPIs
Possible Information to Build Evidence Base
bull Detailed project costing information including projected cash flow requirements and net impact on operating cost
bull Business case demonstrating need for expansiori (existing campus only) including a service gap analysis
bull Letters of support from potential partners indicating details of financial andor in-kind contributions (eg land ownership)
bull Local transportation plan(s) showing current anc1planned public access to site (short- and long-term)
bull Independent verification of total expansion proj set cost
bull Financial health analysis including recent finan cial statements
bull Documentation of preliminary environmental assessment bull Control and ownership of buildings and equipment (partnerships only) bull Long-term forecast of incremental operating expenses and revenues (grants third party revenues)
as a result ofthe proposed project
PI-S9
SECTION C ACADEMIC AND ECONOMIC CONSIDERATIONS (30)
Proposals should demonstrate alignment with some or all of the following criteria
Priority Objective 3 Differentiation sustainability and accountability
General Evaluation Criteria
1Alignment with the institutions Strategic Mandate Agreement (SMA) and goals and priorities of the Differentiation Policy Framework
2 Impact on nearby institutions 3 Effective and sustainable governance model
including consideration of the impact of distance from the expansion location for administration and academic experience
4 Focus on undergraduate programs 5 Range of programs offered locally and
avoidance of unwarranted duplication of existing programming
Possible Alignment Measures
bull Assessment of alignment with SMA bull Proposed programs their alignment with
the institutions strengths and an overview ofsimilar existing programs offered by institutions near the expansion
bull Ranking of institution(s) on applications by students from the proposed area
Possible Information to Build Evidence Base
bull Finalized SMA
bull Program information (initial and planned) bull Overview of proposed institutional governance model bull Consultation overview including results of discussions with affected institutions and letters of
support (if applicable)
pi-to
Priority Objective 4 Economic impact
General Evaluation Criteria
1Tangible regional economic benefits combined with potential for province-wide benefit based on labour force skills and economic growth
2 Demonstrated local economic benefits and linkages with local industries
3 Demonstrated Value for Money including Alternative Financing and Procurement (AFP) options where appropriate and limits on provincial contributions
Possible Alignment Measures
bull Local economic benefits bull Alignment of programs with regional and
Ontario labour market needs
bull Expected financing cost (if any) bull Jobs created (short-term associated with
building period and ongoing) bull Ongoing jobs created at expansion bull Value for Money analysis related to proposed
procurement model
Possible Information to Build Evidence Base
bull An economic impact study or value planning study to demonstrate the projects potential to provide direct economic benefits for the surrounding area (eg by helping to revitalize the community unlock local development potential build the taxbase and leverage existing infrastructure and investments)
Priority Objective 5 Quality innovation and competitiveness
General Evaluation Criteria
1 Institutional partnership options including university-college collaboration
2 Innovative service delivery 3 Postsecondary education quality and student
experience (including student and ancillary services)
Possible Alignment Measures
bull Institutional track record with partnerships bull Assessment ofproposed academic plan and
service delivery bull Range of planned student and ancillary
services compared with services at existing campuses (short- and long-term)
bull Existing student experience (KPIs student outcomes)
Possible Information to Build Evidence Base
bull Institutions Strategic Plan bull Business case in support ofproposed academic plan including partnerships with relevant
raquo information aboutcurriculumpedagogy raquo financial information
raquo interjurisdictional case studies and examples bull Impact analysis with respect toacademic and administrative quality and quality of experience bull Overview of new program accreditation required ifapplicable
12
Fl-fel
9 Communications Protocol
Proposal submissions must be received at MCEsubmissions ontarioca by September 26 2014 Late submissions will not be accepted
Specific questions submitted to the ministry as part of the process will be answered and will be made available to all participants
To ensure a fair and transparent process the ministry will not provide any advisory services to institutions on an individual basis
10 Role of Infrastructure Ontario and Alternative
Financing and Procurement Infrastructure Ontario is a Crown agency of the Government of Ontario It is focused on modernizing and financing the renewal of public infrastructure maximizing the value of public real estate and managing government facilities It also provides expertise in project delivery lending real estate management and asset planning Infrastructure Ontario now has a greater role in procuring infrastructure as well engaging in both traditional forms of procurement and alternative financing and procurement (AFP) when appropriate
As indicated in the Ministry of Infrastructures Building Together Plan and in the provincial governments planning and budgeting process recommendations will be made on the procurement method and delivery of all college infrastructure projects valued at more than $50 million In addition universities with successful projects and associated provincial grants in excess of $100 million will be required to consult with Infrastructure Ontario The $100 million threshold may be lowered in future years
The criteria for assessing these projects could include scope complexity and value-for-money assessment with input from the ministry and Infrastructure Ontario
13
Pl-bl
11 The Selection Process and Funding The ministry will oversee the process leading to the selection of successful applications A multi-ministry panel will review the applications and make recommendations to Cabinet through the Ministry of Training Colleges and Universities Cabinetwill make the final decision aboutsuccessful projects andor future courses of action
Funding for successful projects will be provided subsequently The number of projects selected for support as well as the level and timing of funding will be determined by the provincial government and will reflect a range of considerations including the fiscal environment
12 Components of the Submission The following components of the submission are to be provided to the ministry by the dates indicated In addition to what is required below institutions may submit their proposals in any format that they believe best demonstrates the strengths of their proposed project with due attention to the relevance and conciseness of information supplied (Note that institutions may be asked to revise and re-submit their proposals ifexcessive amounts of information are provided)
All submissions must be preceded by
bull A Notice of Intent to be received by the ministry no later than June 27 2014
The Notices of Intent will give the ministry an early overview of interest in Major Capacity Expansion
14
pl-fe
The components of the proposal submission to be received by the ministry no later than September 26r 2014 are as follows
bull A completed checklist
A checklist is included in the Call for Proposals package The checklist must be completed and included in the submission (The checklist is reproduced from Appendix A of the Major Capacity Expansion Policy Framework page 12)
bull A completed capital template
Please refer to the template included in the Call for Proposals package The template requests detailed information on enrolment projections and funding sources This information must be provided using the template but it may also be presented in a different format in the context of the overall presentation
bull Supplementary information
Institutions are welcome to submit supplementary information to support their proposal Supplementary information may include a business case environmental impact studies and any other information or documentation that substantiates the proposal As noted earlier conciseness and relevance of information are
valued
Pleasealso include evidence of support for your proposal (including documentation of land ownership or leasing contracts documentation of municipal or other funding and letters of support)
In the case of a joint university-college submission approval under s 28 of the Financial Administration Act is required for financing if the debt is related to Colleges or if there is a contingent liability
15
Fl-b4shy
13 Links to Related Documents and Resources
Major Capacity Expansion Policy Framework
Differentiation Policy Framework
Places to Grow
Building Together
14 Disclosure of Information
The Freedom of Information and Protection of Privacy Act (FIPPA) applies to information in the custody or under the control of the ministry Institutions should identify whether any information in their proposals is submitted in confidence within the meaning of s 17 of FIPPA The proposals may be shared with a multi-ministry panel or other advisers that the ministry retains to assist with the assessment of the proposals
15 Call for Proposals Timeline
Date Deliverable
March 27 2014 Release of Call for Proposals
June 27 2014 Notice of Intent
September 26 2014 Close of Call for Proposals
Contact Information
Ministry staff may need to contact institutions to clarify details or request additional information Please provide complete and current contact information in your submission
16
![Page 21: Pl-I *^ BRAMPTON ReP°rt of Cou… · Pi-2> Current Situation: Following Council approval of its Post-Secondary Education Strategy on November 6, ... Call for Proposals Timeline .](https://reader033.fdocuments.in/reader033/viewer/2022060721/6080f345afc78e210d009525/html5/thumbnails/21.jpg)
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario FI-21
Brampton business establishments with less than ten employees had 23000 workers on their payroll in 2011
Public Sector Employment
Adiverse economic base such as Bramptons is also characterised by very good representation from institutions in the public sector
Major employers include
Regional Municipal of Peel The Peel Memorial Centre for
William Osier Health System
Peel Regional Police Integrated Health and Wellness
Corporation of the City of Brampton will attract between 3000-4000
Sheridan College Institute of Technology professionals in the medical
and Advanced Learning services sector by 2016
bull Ontario Courthouse - Grenville Davis
University Application Statistics
The Ontario Universities Application Centre (OUAC) produces an annual report of
application and registration data for secondary school and other applicants
In 2011 514596 applications were administered by the Ontario University system In the
ten-year period between 2002 and 2011 Ontario saw the number of applications received
grow by approximately 135000 During the same time-frame the number of registered
applicants increased by approximately 23000 or 336 In 2011 Ontario universities
hosted 78434 registered applicants
A key finding of the 2011 OUAC Report is that universities located in geographic zone 7
these being the Ontario College of Arts and Design York University Ryerson University and
the University of Toronto attracted the highest proportion of registered applicants from
their home-zone when compared to all other universities in Ontario
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 12
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario p I bull ^i
This point is highlighted in the following table
Universities in Geographic Registered Secondary Registered Other Group Zone 7 School Applicants Applicants
Originating From Originating from (includes Peel Region York Region Zone 7 in 2011 Zone 7 in 2011 Simcoe County and City of Toronto)
( of Total Registered for ( of Total Registered for Each University) Each University)
York 865 592
Ryerson 822 616
Toronto 743 209
OCAD 643 542
Average 4 System Wide 454 306 Source Ontario University Application Centre 2011
Given the large population demographic composition socio-economic characteristics and
cultural attitudes of residents living in Zone 7 it is clear that there is a positive bias for students
particularly secondary-school students to attend a university where they can live near or stay
within their family and community structures
This is a prevalent trend in Peel Region York Region Simcoe County and the City of Toronto
(the communities that comprise Zone 7) more so than any other region in Ontario
As a summary of the complex set of demand factors highlighted in this section of the report we
see tremendous justification for additional university services on the outer edge of the Greater
Toronto Area
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 13
A Post-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario Fl-ii
3 DEFINING THE OPPORTUNITY
Goal 1 - Sheridan University Campus in Downtown Brampton
Project Vision
Site Options
A
AX
PI
A profound and holistic Sheridan Downtown Brampton Campus
connected to its 9500 plus students at Brampton Davis Steeles Campus
supported by enhanced transit to its HMC Campus I and II and Oakville
Campus
1Nelson Square Garage (Phase II SWQRP) and Phase III Lands
2Heritage Theatre Block ^~ rzmdash~ V V i
bullbull bull bull --bull shy
bull -bullbullbull-Ty ^
General Description of Site Locations - for illustrative purposes only
Mobility These sites are within a 5-minute walking distance to the existing
Brampton GO Train Station (with service to Union Station and
KitchenerWaterloo) and the ZUM Bus Rapid Transit service on
Queen Street and Main Street with service to Sheridan Davis
Campus Guelph-Humber University Campus Mississauga City
Centre (HMC I and II) and York University The proposed
Hurontario-Main Light Rapid Transit system is also within walkinj
distance of the site and offers a direct link to HMC I and II
Infrastructure Type Post-Secondary Education Campus and Related Uses
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 14
A Post-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario Fl-24shy
Project Type DBFM or DBF Design Build Finance Maintain or Design Build
Finance (the final business model is subject to a detailed
feasibility study)
Goal 2 - A New University Campus in Brampton
Project Vision A new university campus that offers undergraduate and graduate
degrees with research-oriented programs for students faculty
industry
Site Option 1 65-acre site at McLaughlin Road and Queen Street West
southwest corner known municipally as Flower City Community
Campus This site was formerly owned by the Province of
Ontario (OPP Headquarters and Training Centre) and is currently
being used by the municipality
Mobility This site is located in the Central Area of Brampton with Brampton
Transit service provided to the property The site is 15
kilometres from the Downtown GO Train Station and the
Downtown ZUM BRT Station on Main Street and 3 km to the
Brampton ZUM BRT station at Shoppers World - Steeles Avenue
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 15
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario p | bull ^S
Site Location Option 2
Mobility
Infrastructure Type
Project Type
The road network provides easy access to the major 400 series
highways for example ETR 407 is 35 km south of this site and
Highway 410 is 45 km east of the site
2719 Bovaird Drive West at Heritage Road southwest quadrant
This 87-acre site was formerly owned by private industry Today
the site is owned by the City of Brampton and is being used by the
municipality for maintenance and operation services
CON5WHS
CON5WHS
iV
I
The Mount Pleasant GO Train Station is 22 km east of the site at
Creditview Road The major Highway 401 and ETR 407 juncture
is approximately 8 km by automobile Future infrastructure
serving this area includes the GTA West Corridor immediately
north and east of the subject property
Post-Secondary Education Campus and Related Uses
DBFM or DBF Design Build Finance Maintain or Design Build
Finance (the final business model is subject to a detailed
feasibility study)
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 16
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario p | 1copy
4 BRAMPTONS STRATEGIC PARTNERSHIPS - A RECORD OF SUCCESS
With its strategic partners the Cityof Brampton has demonstrated an excellent record of
success in building and delivering physical and human infrastructure projects designed to expand public services and improve Bramptons economicdevelopment competitiveness
Ultimately these partnerships have created and preserved Ontario jobs In this section we
showcase a few of these strategic projects
Transit Infrastructure Project-Zum Bus Rapid Transit Project
Zum is Brampton Transits Bus Rapid Transit (BRT) service With its limited stops advanced
technology and real-time next bus information Zum connects people and places within
Brampton and throughout the Greater Toronto Area (GTA) Zum Queen Street service began in
the fall of 2010 Ziim Main Street service began operating in September 2011 and Ziim Steeles
Avenue started in the fall of 2012
Ziim was funded by all three levels of government with investments of $95 million each from
the Federal Provincial and Municipal governments for a total allotment of $285 million
Phase Iof the project required $159 million Phase II which expanded services along Queen
Street and Steeles Avenue as well as introduce new services on Bovaird Drive will require $126
million when fully completed
This is a DBFM - Design Build Finance and Maintain project led by the City of Brampton
Brampton designed built financed and maintains all aspects of the Zum system-wide capital
and operating costs related to
bull Roadway infrastructure intersection modifications and signal priority equipment
bull New terminals and station stops with high-quality passenger amenities
Capital equipment including new vehicles for expanded and rebranded service
Intelligent Transportation System technologies including real-time passenger information
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 17
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario p ( raquo^7
Post-Secondary Education Infrastructure Project -Sheridan Centre for Advanced Manufacturing and Design Technology (CAMDT)
In response to the changing face of manufacturing in Central and Southern Ontario Sheridan College and the City of Brampton embarked on a vision to assist Canadian manufacturers to compete globally with knowledge and technology asthe keys to their success
Led by Sheridan College ITAL the CAMDT $8 million venture is a partnership with more than 20 regional manufacturers the Province of Ontario and the City of Brampton Together we are growing regional talent in this important sector In 2005 CAMDT opened its doors
Seen as a strategic economic development initiative the City of Brampton was a major funding
and local knowledge partner contributing$25 million to CAMDT - the largest investment it has
ever made as a municipality in post-secondary education City Councils investment in Sheridan
is intended to address the demand (in the manufacturing sector) for graduates with a broad
range of advanced technical and management skills as well as to provide enhanced training for
those already in the workforce
CAMDT uses a consortia approach with the following goals
New full-time courses and industrycollege projects
Applied research initiatives and student projects
Contract training and continuing education courses
Strengthen program enrolments and graduate placements
The Centre for Sustainable Manufacturing (CSM) is located in Brampton and houses 18000
square feet of state-of-the-art labs and a flexible automation and fabrication centre The labs
support academic programs in integrated manufacturing computer-aided
draftingmanufacturing and manufacturing management
The Centre helps meet current and future needs of local manufacturers to stimulate regional
economic development and prosperity Sheridan government and local industry have
collaborated for nearly a decade to position the Centre to address critical skills gaps in the
manufacturing sector The Centre is now partnering with industry to support technical financial
and knowledge development to facilitate adoption of innovative technologies that minimize
resource consumption harmful emissions waste and use of toxic materials
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 18
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario p | mdash^ff
Health Care Infrastructure Project shy
Peel Memorial Centre for Integrated Health and Wellness
The new Peel Memorial Centre in Brampton will support the William Osier Health Systems vision for an integrated health system by providing primary ambulatory and outpatient-based care
This is a DBFM - Design Build Maintain Finance project led by Infrastructure Ontario (10)
Scheduled to open in 2016 Peel Memorial CIHW will provide specialized outpatient-based care
including urgent care day surgery and specialty clinics with a focus on helping individuals better
manage chronic conditions like asthma diabetes and kidney disease
According to Osier Health System Peel Memorial will introduce new models of care to shift the
focus from illness to wellness and encourage patients to take a more active role in managing
their own health and well-being
Representing the leading edge in integrated health care delivery Peel Memorial will provide
access to specialized patient-centred care in a state-of-the-art facility that offers a wide variety
of traditional and alternative health care services It will help people to get and stay well
through a series of education prevention disease management and healing programs
In the fall of 2012 Osier received government approval to move forward with a request for
qualifications to design build finance and maintain the new facility Following this
announcement Brampton City Council decided to invest 50 of the community share with a
$60 million levy in support of the new Peel Memorial
Downtown Intensification Infrastructure Project shy
Southwest Quadrant Renewal Plan Municipal Office and Commercial Retail Development
On August 10 2011 Bramptons City Council approved the terms of agreement for the
Southwest Quadrant Renewal Plan which enables the City to move forward with a creative
solution to meet the Citys future administrative space needs and plans for revitalization of
Bramptons downtown The successful proposal submitted by Dominus Construction Group is
a plan for a mixed-use development with several new features including new administrative
parking and retail space and a pedestrian-friendly cityscape for completion in 2014
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 19
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario p f~2raquo^
This is a DBF - Design Build Finance project led by Dominus Construction Group The City is a tenant in the building on a long-term lease
Phase 1 of this LEEDS project now under construction includes a new nine-storey building at 41 George Street that can accommodate
bull 126398 foot building for administrative space
bull 10147 square feet for ground retail space
bull 10545 square feet for multi-purpose meeting rooms
bull 443 parking spaces (five levels of parking)
Phase la also under construction includes a two-storey addition to the current City Hall that
can accommodate
bull 2507 square feet for committee rooms
bull 6187 square feet for ground retail space
Phases 1 and la of the Southwest Quadrant Renewal Plan (SWQRP) represents a $94M
investment in the downtown and all 3 Phases of the combined SWQRP represents an
estimated investment of $251M
This investment in the Southwest Quadrant Renewal Plan is another major building block in the
ongoing evolution and revitalization of downtown Brampton both in terms of contributing to
the urban landscape as well as attracting private sector investment and opportunities
Combined with other major projects like the Rose Theatre Brampton the launch of Ziim on
Queen and Main Streets restoration work at Alderlea and Peel Heritage Complex and several
new condominium projects Bramptons Downtown is experiencing an exciting resurgence
The City of Brampton is planning to add another signature building in our downtown core
further evidence of Bramptons commitment to economic development
Sustainable Community Development Project shy
Mount Pleasant Mobility Hub
The project includes a number of elements that serve to establish Mount Pleasant as a transit-
oriented development exemplifying a more sustainable approach to suburban community
living
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 20
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario p |~^Q
In partnership with the OntarioGovernment MetrolinxGO and Mattamy Homes the City has invested approximately $23 million in the following infrastructure
bull Community Transit Infrastructure station stops and related passenger amenities
Intelligent Transportation Systems (ITS) and transit enhancements at intersections
bull Mobility Hub facility bus layovers sheltered passenger areas clock tower bike storage areas and related amenities
bull Cultural Heritage reconstructed historic CPR station structure to be used as a cultural
facility in the Mt Pleasant civicsquare shared with the Peel District School Board and the
Library
bull Pedestrian amenities Civic Square and Village Green incorporating a reflection poolskating
facility public art canopy structures play area and landscaping features
Through development and stewardship the Mount Pleasant Community will restore and
enhance individual features that currently cover approximately 8 (or 41 hectares) of the
area and create a Natural Heritage System that will cover approximately 19 (or 976 hectares)
of the community As development proceeds within the Mount Pleasant Community the
NHS will come into public ownership The City will be responsible to manage the NHS and our
goal is to support natural processes and regeneration that are beneficial to the health and
diversity of the natural features functions and habitat This will generally mean
bull Planting no-maintenance vegetative buffers between natural areas and private
properties using native trees shrubs and groundcovers
bull Not mowing pruning or spraying natural areas for weeds and insects
bull Allowing for annual flooding and ponding of water along East Huttonville Creek and
within wetlands and woodlands to maintain a natural hydrology that is critical for plant
and wildlife health and diversity
bull Allowingfor the natural loss of vegetation and regrowth of young trees and shrubs
bull Managing natural areas for invasive species such as Buckthorn and Norway Maple
bull Managing the urban trees along streets and parks for invasive species such as Emerald
Ash Borer
The Mount Pleasant Mobility Hub represents a large project that has created one-time
employment within the stipulated 2-year construction period as well generating annual
multipliers supporting Bramptons economic development for future generations
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 21
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario p [raquo^ )
5 OUR INVESTMENT - A COMMITMENT TO POST SECONDARY EDUCATION
The City of Brampton iscommitted to investing in this Strategy Below is a summary of the types of financial and in-kind investmentsthe municipality is prepared to make in order to realize this Strategy
bull Municipal Land Contribution
bull Municipal Commitment to Economic and Market Growth Policies
bull Municipal assistance on site servicing for digitally linked and virtual classrooms
laboratories office
bull Shared Infrastructure related to municipal services such as library field house gymnasium
bull Design an extensive planning process and design exercise that represents the highest
standard of excellence including engaging the community and surrounding land-owners
LEEDS Community and Environmental Design
bull Facilitating municipal and community partnerships to maximize utilization of spaces during
the May - August shoulder period
bull Economic development research grant to support research that fosters innovation and
commercialization
bull Support industry partnerships and innovative enterprises
bull Demonstrate commitment to a shared provincial municipal and university relationship
focused on a culture of open communication shared values community engagement and
volunteerism
bull Staff time and expertise dedicated to teams assigned to this Strategy
bull Leverage City of Brampton AAA Credit Rating by Standard amp Poors
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 22
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario p- ( ~ Q jL
6 IMPLEMENTATION STEPS
The following decision milestones guide the municipal commitment and stewardship of this
Strategy
bull Exploratory Meetings with Sheridan Executive and Chair of Governing Council
bull Preparation of Bramptons Post-Secondary Strategy Proposal
bull Presentation to Premier Wynne - Receive and Endorse Proposed Strategy
bull City Council approval of final post-secondary strategy and approval to enter into a
Memorandum of Understanding with Sheridan College ITAL to explore the feasibility of
establishing Sheridan University in Downtown Brampton
bull Execute an MOU with Sheridan
bull Complete the Feasibility Study for Goal 1
bull Form a project team to prepare the technical documents in support of an RFP related to
Goal 2 -Attract a new undergraduate and graduate research-oriented university campus
aligned with Bramptons vision and proposed site locations with reporting to Council
7 CONTACTS
Susan Fennell
Mayor
City of Brampton Tel 905-874-2600
John Corbett MCIP RPP
Chief Administrative Officer
City of Brampton Tel 905-874-2625
Creating andpreserving knowledge-basedjobs by enabling investments in post-secondary education research innovation and commercialization activities
is at the heart ofBramptons economic vision
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 23
APPENDIX 3
FI-V4shybullUTaarrgt-^M
Major
Capacity
Expansion
Policy
Framework
December 2013
Ministry of Training Colleges and Universities
pound Ontario
PI -IS
The Ontario Public Service endeavours to demonstrate leadership with respect to accessibility in Ontario Our goal isto ensure that Ontario government services products and focilities ore occessible to all our employees and to all members of the public we serve This document or the information that itcontains is available on request in alternative formats Please forward all requests for alternative formats to ServiceOntario ot 1-800-668-9938 (TTY 1-800-268-7095)
line publication equivolenle est disponible en francais sous le titre suivant (Mesttattgique pout Iocuoissement moeur de hcapocili 2013
This publication is also available on the Ministry ofTraining Colleges and Universities website at wwvontariocatcu 13-278 bull ISBN 978-1-4606-3428-8 (POF) bull copy Queens Printer for Ontario 2013
Contents
Vision 5
Context 5
Government Priorities 6
Components of the Policy Framework 7
Initial Review 7
Scope 7
Selection and Approval 9
Policy Implementation and Compliance 10
Appendix A
Contact Information and Checklist for Institutions Considering
Capacity Expansion 11
Appendix B
An Outline of the Review and Approval Process for Planned
Capacity Expansion Proposals 13
Appendix C
General Evaluation Criteria for Major Capacity Expansion 14
Pi-Vi
Vision
Ontarios colleges and universities will drive creativity innovation knowledge and community engagement through teaching and research They will put students first by providing the best possible learning experience for all qualified learners in an affordable and financially sustainable way ensuring high quality and globally competitive outcomes for students and Ontarios knowledge economy
Context
Between 2002-03 and 2012-13 the postsecondary education system in Ontario expanded substantially with full-time enrolment growing by over 160000 more than in any decade in the provinces history Ontario has been supporting enrolment growth across the college and university sectors through increases in operating grants enhancements to student financial aid and capital investments
Ontarios postsecondary institutions have been committed partners in their efforts to accommodate these unprecedented levels of enrolment growth and have thus contributed to expanding opportunities for students to pursue higher education in many communities across Ontario
At65 per cent Ontarios level of postsecondary attainment (college university and apprenticeship) in 2012 was higher than thatof any country in theOrganisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) The Ontario government has set a postsecondary education attainment target of 70 per cent to ensure that the province continues to benefit from the competitive advantage of its highly skilled and educated workforce in the global economy
In this context it is essential to ensure that in future the right spaces are created in the right places for Ontarios students This can be done by targeting areas in which population growth is strong but local postsecondary education capacity is limited
Population growth in Ontario has recently been - and is expected tocontinue to be - concentrated in a number of large urban areas Some of the regions and communities where strong
Fl-W
long-term demand growth is anticipated are not currently served by local campuses In those areas gaps have recently begun to appear between enrolment demand growth and the capacity to accommodate continued enrolment growth If left unaddressed those gaps are likely to widen over time
Projections are subject to uncertainty and caution should always be used when considering long-term forecasts Based on the ministrys latest assessment of demographics and long-term postsecondary education participation patterns enrolment demand growth will moderate in the near term but is expected to return to more rapid growth after 2020 with the potential for substantial enrolment increases over the longer term Consistent with recent trends long-term demand is expected to be greatest for degree-level programs
It is anticipated that the focus of most major capacity expansions in the future will be at the undergraduate degree level Students in rapidly growing communities have access to substantial local college facilities more than they do to local university campuses In addition although graduate enrolment has risen significantly in recent years it is much lower than enrolment at the undergraduate level and tends to be concentrated in fewer institutions
The timing of this anticipated growth in demand provides an important opportunity The province will have time to plan for and address postsecondary education capacity needs in areas of Ontario where communities are growing and where students need better and more affordable access to postsecondary education opportunities closer to home
Government Priorities
The Major Capacity Expansion Policy Framework set out in this document seeks to achieve the following objectives
bull Ensuring that future large-scale capacity expansion supports long-term postsecondary education priorities including institutional differentiation
bull Managing enrolment growth strategically in line with provincial growth planning priorities to address regional capacity gaps in underserved areas
bull Putting in place a transparent evidence-based decision making and implementation process
ldegt
9 Addressing affordability and sustainability for students institutions and the province by maximizing the cost-effectiveness of targeted investments
bull Creating local community and regional economic benefits leading to job creation and greater economic diversity
Components of the Policy Framework The components of the Major Capacity Expansion policy framework include
1) a description of the kinds of initiatives that will be within the scope of the new approval and selection process
2) the selection process and the criteria that will be used in evaluating proposals for approval after a call for proposals is made and
3) details on implementation and compliance
Initial Review
Any institution considering an initiative that involves an expansion ofcapacity should contact the ministry in writing using the checklist provided in Appendix A The ministry will review initiatives proposed by institutions on a case-by-case basis to determine whether the planned expansion is subject to the new selection and approval process outlined below The ministry will provide a response to the institutions request in writing clearly indicating whether a proposed project or initiative will be subject to the new Major Capacity Expansion selection and approval process Initiatives subject to the new process are not to proceed unless approved by the provincial government following a formal call for proposals
Scope
This policy framework addresses a significant provincial interest in the need for provincial management of future large-scale expansions in postsecondary education capacity Effective management and planning is also needed to help avoid potential conflicts that can arise between and among institutions sect with respect to the location of new facilities and campuses s
FI-H-0
The new approval and selection process is primarily focused on initiatives that are designed to accommodate significant long-term increases in the number of domestic full-time postsecondary education students Such large-scale initiatives could include expansions at existing locations or might involve the establishment of new campuses Initiatives could be partnerships including university-college collaborations that would also enhance students educational experience and student pathways
Recognizing thata wide range and variety of potential expansion opportunities exist in Ontarios diverse and complex postsecondary education system the ministry has avoided setting rigid parameters to define major capacity expansion However initiatives characterized by the following scale-related features are most likely to be subject to the new approval and selection process
0 accommodates enrolment growth of more than 1000 full-time students in the short term with the potential to accommodate longer-term growth of5000 to 10000 over the next twenty years (ie long-term enrolment comparable to enrolment at substantial existing college or university campuses)
8 adds new facilities (either owned or secured through long-term lease) larger than 70000 square feet (roughly 6500 square metres) designated primarily for academic purposes
raquo offers a broad range of programs with substantial new or expanded ancillary services (or shows clear potential for future growth in program offerings and ancillary services)
bull significantly improves local student access to postsecondary education in the short term (and has the potential to do so in the longer term) particularly in geographic locations that may be experiencing or are expected to develop capacity gaps
When reviewing a planned expansion the ministry will also take into consideration whether the initiative
bull competes with other capacity expansion initiatives in a particular geographic area or would have an impact on existing or already-planned postsecondary education facilities
bull in the case of proposed new campuses is outside the local area of the institutions existing campuses or is in a new community for the institution in terms of substantial permanent academic facilities For the purpose of this policy the local
FH+I
area of a campus is defined as the area within the median commuter shed for Census Metropolitan Areas in Ontario as specified by Statistics Canada (about 10 km)
Institutions making expansion proposals will be required to provide evidence of prior consultation with and support from other institutions that could be affected by the proposal confirmation of their own Board of Governors support for the proposal and confirmation of significant support from the local municipality or region
Selection and Approval Decisions about future large-scale postsecondary education capacityexpansion projects will be made on the basis of a formal transparent competitive process that will begin with a call for proposals directed to institutions Consideration will be given to proposals for large-scale expansion ofexisting campuses (main or satellite campuses) andor for the creation of new campuses
Calls for proposals will be directed to publicly assisted postsecondary education institutions in Ontario Eligibility to submit a proposal will in general be extended to all institutions however the government may decide to limit eligibility as appropriate depending on current circumstances and evolving provincial priorities
Municipalities interested in being considered as host locations for future major capacity expansion should work in collaboration with institutions that would be prepared to submit a proposal
Priority will be given to proposals in regions that have been experiencing sustained population and postsecondary education demand growth and that are underserved in terms of postsecondary education opportunities
The timing of future calls for proposals the number of projects selected for support and the level and timing of funding will be determined by the provincial government and will reflect a range of considerations including the fiscal environment
FI-M-1
When evaluating proposals the ministry will consider a setof criteria in the following categories consistent with its priorities for future capacity expansion (as outlined on page 6)
bull Strategic management of long-term enrolment growth and accessibility
bull Differentiation sustainability and accountability bull Economic impact raquo Quality innovation and competitiveness (including
institutional partnership options) bull Affordability for students and the province (including
substantial support from host communities)
Over time as circumstances change and priorities evolve the ministry may articulate additional requirements for the competitive process For details of general evaluation criteria refer to Appendix C Additional templates may be provided when a call for proposals is announced
Once the proposals have been evaluated the ministry will make recommendations to Cabinet for funding support for the selected proposals When one or more proposals have been selected and approved for funding bilateral agreements will be put in place between the institution(s) selected and the ministry
Policy Implementation and Compliance This policy framework will be effective immediately Institutions are encouraged to submit their expansion plans for initial review as soon as possible
If an initiative is determined to be outside the scope of this new approval and selection process itwill still be subject to other relevant ministry approval processes including but not limited to program approval and capital funding processes It will also have to be consistent with the terms of the Strategic Mandate Agreement established between the institution and the ministry
Failure to comply with the requirements setout in this policy framework will affect provincial funding Specifically new or expanded enrolment at the location of the expansion will not be recognized for funding through the college or university operating grants and the institution will not be eligible for provincial capital funding at the location Failure to comply could also affect future capital decisions by the provincial government
0 with respect to other locations
Fl-42gt
Appendix A Contact Information and Checklist for Institutions Considering Capacity Expansion
Institutions considering capacity expansion should direct a letter describing the project or initiative along with a completed checklist (see below) to
MCEsubmi53101iionfariocc1
The following checklist will help the ministry determine whether the planned expansion will be subject to the new approval and selection process under the MajorCapacity Expansion policy framework1
Please complete the checklist (copy and scan the completed form or create an e-file based on the template) and include it as an attachment to your communication to the ministry outlining your institutions planned capacity expansion project
Please provide additional information as needed in the Comments section of the checklist
1 A planned expansion that is deemed subject to the new selection and approval process is not to proceed unless approved by the province following a formal call for proposals A planned expansion that is deemed outside the scope of the Major Capacity Expansion approval and selection process will still be subject to other relevant ministry approval processes including but not limited to program approval and capital funding processes
pl-4-4shy
Checklist for Institutions Considering Capacity Expansion
Checklist Items
Size
How many full-time students would this initiative accommodate based on current plans
Is there potential for substantial longer-term enrolment growth If yes please provide a high-level estimate of potential enrolment
How much space (in sq ft) will be designated for academic purposes in the proposed facility (or expansion) Would new facilities be owned or secured through long-term lease
What is the credential mix of programs associated with this proposed expansion
What programs would be made available
Consultation
Have you consulted with other institutions that could be affected by this proposal
bull Which institution(s) have you consulted Are they supportive
Has your institution engaged its Board of Governors with respect to this proposal Is the board supportive
Is your proposal supported by the local municipality region in which it would be located
bull Will third-party resources (municipalities region other) be available to support this initiative What is the level of support expected
Location Services
Where would the new capacity be located (municipality region)
bull Is this a new locationcommunity for your institution
If proposing expansion at a new location is the location more than 10 km from existing campus(es)
Does the planned expansion include ancillary and student services
bull Please provide a list of services to be offered
Notes
Yes No Comme -
DD
an
a a
a a
bull a
bull a
bull a
bull This list is designed to provide information needed to determine whether a proposal will be deemed subject to the Major Capacity Expansion policy approval and selection process
bull Decisions will be made on a case-by-case basis If additional information is needed a representative of the Ministry ofTraining Colleges and Universities will contact the institution Please provide complete contact information including name position title email address and phone numbers
FI-H5
Appendix B An Outline of the Review and Approval Process for Planned Capacity Expansion Proposals
Chart 1 below outlines the steps in the assessment process that will be used to determine whether a planned capacity expansion will be deemed subject to the approval and selection process under the Major Capacity Expansion policy framework
Chart 2 outlines the steps in the process of selecting initiatives for funding under the Major Capacity Expansion policy framework
Chart 1 Initial Review - Is the Planned Expansion Subject to the Major Capacity Expansion Selection and Approval Process
The planned expansion
does not move forward
until approved by the
province following a Ministry reviews the institutions formal call for proposals
Institution submits a letter Failure to comply will submission to evaluate whether
describing the planned the planned expansion will be affect provincial funding
expansion with a completed subject to the new selection 1gt4^lt^t^fea1Vitaiiij4gtlJULJl^
and approval process under
for review the Major Capacity Expansion The planned expansion policy framework moves forward subject to
checklist to the ministry
Wampj^WJfeWamp$Si^^ all other ministry approval
processes (eg capital and
program approvals)
bulluiut^w-ww-yishy
Chart 2 SelectionApproval Process far a Major Capacity Expansion Following a Call for Proposals
Callfor proposals initiated Institutions submit Ministry assesses proposals Announcement of selected
by the province proposals against evaluation criteria initiatives to be supported
and brings forward selected for major capacity
proposals for Cabinet expansion
approval
raquoHSW^8raquoMJmmLiMH WOWluUdUJIUlbUitL
13
r
shy
Fl-Ho
enoix C General Evaluation Criteria for Major Capacity Expansion
Category Evaluation Criteria
Strategic Significant expansion of local postsecondary education opportunities for management students in underserved areas with growing demand based on long-term of long-term demographic trends enrolment Alignment with provincial priorities including Growth Plan priorities and
economic development initiativesgrowth and Clear potential to add substantial new capacity and support futureaccessibility enrolment growth in the postsecondary education sector
Differentiation Alignment with the institutions Strategic Mandate Agreement and goals sustainability and priorities of the Differentiation Policy Framework and Impact on nearby institutions accountability Effective and sustainable governance model including consideration
of the impact of distance from the expansion location for administration and academic experience Focus on undergraduate programs Range of programs offered locally and avoidance of unwarranted duplication of existing programming
Economic Demonstrated Value for Money including AFP options where impact appropriate and limits on provincial contributions
Tangible regional economic benefits combined with potential for province-wide benefit based on labour force skills and economic growth Demonstrated local economic benefits and linkages with local industries
Quality Innovative service delivery innovation Institutional partnership options including university-college collaboration and Postsecondary education quality and student experience (including
ancillary and student services)competitiveness
Affordabiiity Evidence of substantial support from host community including financial for students contributions and land ownership
Economies of scaleand the
province Linkages with local transportation for commuting students Potential for leveraging private sector resources Evidence of consideration ofalternatives to expansion proposal based on existing capacity and potential partnerships Proven financial health of institution with asset management plan in place Demonstrated labour market demand
Nofe These are the general criteria that will be used to guide the selection and approval of proposals submitted in response toa ministry call for proposals
N
News Release
Helping More Students Pursue Postsecondary Education
Ontario Calls for Expansion Proposals from Universities March 272014 945 am
Office of the Premier
Premier Kathleen Wynne announced today that the government is taking steps to
ensure that more students can pursue undergraduate degrees close to home The
province is inviting universities to submit proposals for new or expanded campuses in
underserved areas (colleges are encouraged to partner with universities to submit
proposals)
This call for proposals is part of the governments commitment to provide funding for
60000 additional postsecondary education spaces across Ontario The government will
collaborate closely with municipalities colleges and universities to ensure that capacity
is increased where it is needed the most
The proposals will be evaluated based on their potential to
bull Increase postsecondary spaces in underserved areas
bull Improve quality innovation and competitiveness
bull Demonstrate cost-effectiveness to both students and taxpayers
bull Help stimulate growth and economic development in Ontario
This will help establish a formal transparent and competitive process to evaluate
decisions about future expansions
Improving access to postsecondary education is part of the Ontario governments
economic plan that is creating jobs for today and tomorrow The comprehensive plan
and its six priorities focus on Ontarios greatest strengths -- its people and strategic
partnerships
Fl-M
Quick Facts
The call for proposals is open to all publicly assisted universities and all colleges of
applied arts and technology in Ontario with a deadline for submissions of Sept 26
2014 Colleges must partner with universities to be eligible for major capacity
expansion projects
Municipalities interested in being considered as host locations are expected to work
in collaboration with institutions that are submitting a proposal
The province released the Major Capacity Expansion Policy Framework in December
2013 to identify priority areas for growth
In the last 10 years full-time enrolment in Ontarios postsecondary system has grown
by more than 160000 mdash more than in any decade in the provinces history
bull The provinces 30 off Tuition Grant helped more than 230000 students start
college or university last year
Quotes
Fl-M
We are committed to helping more students get the postsecondary education they need to succeed
We want to bridge Ontarios skills gap and ensure that young people are equipped with all the right
skills mdash no matter where they live
Kathleen Wynne
Premier of Ontario
Expanding and creating new postsecondary campuses where they are needed most will help
ensure that more students have the opportunity to get a world-class education while staying close to
home Were working closely with our postsecondary partners to make sure the right spaces are in
the right places
Brad Duguid
Minister of Training Colleges and Universities
Laurier Brantford has provided immeasurable benefits to both local students and the citys
downtown revitalization This announcement signifies similar economic development partnerships
between municipalities and postsecondary institutions leading to new jobs and increased prosperity
for more communities across Ontario Chris Friel Mayor City of Brantford
PI-so
^^js^-^
Major
Capacity
Expansion
Call for
Proposals
GUIDELINES
March 2014
Ministry of Training Colleges and Universities
w^ Ontario
Fl-SI
The Ontario Public Service endeavours to demonstrate leadership with respect to accessibility in Ontario Our gool is to ensure that Ontario government services products and facilities are occessible to all our employees and to all members ofthe public we serve This document or the inlormolion that itcontains is available on request in alternative formats Pleose forward all requests lor alternative formats to ServiceOntario at1-800-668-9938 (TTY 1-800-268-709S)
line publication equivolente est disponible en francais sous le litre suivont Appel de propositions pour Ioccroissement moieur de la capocM - lignes directrices
This publication is also available on the Ministry olTraining Colleges and Universities website atwwivontariocatcu 13-323 bull ISBN 978-1-4606-3802-6 (PDF) bull copy Queens Printer for Ontario 2014
2014
Fi-sa
Contents
1 Background 5
2 Timelines for Submitting a Proposal 5
3 Notice of Intent 5
4 Eligible Applicants 6
5 Eligible Projects 6
6 Major Capacity Expansion General Evaluation Criteria 7
7 Weighting 8
8 Assessment and Ranking 9
9 Communications Protocol 13
10 Role of Infrastructure Ontario and Alternative
Financing and Procurement 13
11 The Selection Process and Funding 14
12 Components of the Submission 14
13 Links to Related Documents and Resources 16
14 Disclosure of Information 16
15 Call for Proposals Timeline 16
PI-S3
1 Background The ministry released its Major Capacity Expansion Policy Framework on December 20 2013 A commitment was made to
issue a Call for Proposals in early 2014
This Call for Proposals represents the beginning of a process that will lead to the selection of successful proposals which collectively will meet provincial goals for postsecondary education in Ontario - increased capacity at the undergraduate degree level greater affordability for students institutions and the province improved institutional differentiation and regional economic benefits This process will be guided by principles of fairness competitiveness and transparency and by a commitment to serve the public interest
This long-term initiative will help ensure that our postsecondary education system will have the right spaces in the right places for Ontario students
2 Timelines for Submitting a Proposal The closing date for submission of a Notice of Intent is June 27 2014
The closing date for submission of the full proposal is September 26 2014
Submissions must be received by the ministry on or before these dates
3 Notice of Intent
The Notice of Intent is a one-page overview of the proposed project Proposals will not be considered unless a Notice of Intent is received by the deadline ofJune 27 2014 To ensure transparency and competitiveness every Notice of Intent submitted to the ministry will be posted on the Postsecondary Education Partners Gateway website within 30 days of the submission date
Fl-Sf
4 Eligible Applicants In view of the focus on undergraduate degree capacity it is expected that submissions will be led by universities butcollegeshyuniversity partnership models are encouraged
All proposals must demonstrate need (ie expansion should be located in areas thatare currently underserved by postsecondary education andor thatare expected to experience significant future growth in enrolment demand)
5 Eligible Projects Recognizing the wide range and variety of potential expansion opportunities the ministry continues to avoid setting rigid parameters to define major capacityexpansion However as stated in the Major Capacity Expansion Policy Framework initiatives characterized by the following scale-related features are most likely to be subject to this approval and selection process
bull accommodates enrolment growth of more than 1000 full-time students in the short term with the potential to accommodate longer-term growth of 5000 to 10000 over the next twenty years (ie long-term enrolment comparable to enrolment at substantial existing collegeor university campuses)
bull adds new facilities (either owned or secured through long-term lease) larger than 70000 square feet (roughly 6500 square metres) designated primarily for academic purposes
bull offers a broad range of programs with substantial new or expanded ancillary services (or shows clear potential for future growth in program offerings and student and ancillary services)
bull significantly improves local student access to postsecondary education in the short term (and has the potential to continue to do so in the longer term) particularly in geographic locations that may be experiencing or are expected to develop capacity gaps at the undergraduate degree level
PI-S5
6 Major Capacity Expansion General Evaluation Criteria
The following general evaluation criteria were included in the Major Capacity Expansion Policy Framework These criteria will be used to assess proposals Institutions should demonstrate the alignment of their proposed projects with the criteria and may do so in any format suitable to them
Priority Objectives
Strategic management of long-term enrolment growth and accessibility
Differentiation sustainability and accountability
Economic impact
Quality innovation and competitiveness
General Criteria
bull Significant expansion of local postsecondary education opportunities for students in underserved areas with growing demand based on long-term demographic trends
bull Alignment with provincial priorities including Growth Plan priorities and economic development initiatives
bull Clear potential to add substantial new capacity and support future enrolment growth in the postsecondary education sector
Alignment with the institutions Strategic Mandate Agreement (SMA) and goals and priorities of the Differentiation Policy Framework Impact on nearby institutions Effective and sustainable governance model including consideration ofthe impact ofdistance from the expansion location for administration and academic experience Focus on undergraduate programs Range of programs offered locally and avoidance ofunwarranted duplication ofexisting programming
Tangible regional economic benefits combined with potential for province-wide benefit based on labour force skills and economic growth Demonstrated local economic benefits and linkages with local industries
Demonstrated Value for Money including Alternative Financing and Procurement (AFP) options where appropriate and limits on provincial contributions
Institutional partnership options including university-college collaboration
Innovative service delivery Postsecondary education quality and student experience (including student and ancillary services)
(continued)
Fl-5b
Priority Objectives General Criteria
Affordability for bull Evidence of substantial support from hostcommunity including students and the financial contributions and land ownership province bull Economies of scale
bull Linkages with local transportation for commuting students bull Potential for leveraging private sector resources bull Evidence of consideration of alternatives to expansion proposal
based on existing capacity and potential partnerships bull Proven financial health of institution with asset management plan
in place bull Demonstrated labour market demand
7 Weighting The evaluation criteria for the assessment of institutional
proposals will be weighted as follows
Category Weight
Section A Meeting Demand 30
bull Strategic management of long-term enrolment growth and accessibility
Section B Demonstrated Affordability 40
bull Affordability for students and the province
Section C Academic and Economic Considerations 30
bull Differentiation sustainability and accountability bull Economic impact bull Quality innovation and competitiveness (including institutional partnership
options)
PI-SI
8 Assessment and Ranking Funding will be awarded on a competitive basis and proposals will be evaluated for suitability using defined criteria Institutions should use both qualitative and quantitative analysis to demonstrate the alignment of their proposals with the general evaluation criteria
SECTION A MEETING DEMAND (30)
Proposals should demonstrate alignment with some or all of the following criteria
Priority Objective 1 Strategic management of long-term enrolment growth and accessibility
General Evaluation Criteria
1 Significant expansion of local postsecondary education opportunities for students in underserved areas with growing demand based on long-term demographic trends
2 Alignment with provincial priorities including Growth Plan priorities and economic development initiatives
3 Clear potential to add substantial new capacity and support future enrolment growth in the postsecondary education sector
Possible Alignment Measures
bull Demographic growth projections for location bull Existing enrolment capacity at institutions in
the proximity of the proposed expansion bull Estimated enrolment capacity ofthe
expansion and projected net increase in undergraduate enrolment
bull Number of students from the area of the intended expansion who are currently attending the institution(s)
Possible Information to Build Evidence Base
bull Institutions long-term enrolment master plan bull Joint campus master plan for partnerships (if applicable) bull Long-term enrolment viability study bull Completed enrolment table in the proposal template stating all assumptions bull Community profile demonstrating future demand in the area bull Documented support from and alignment with plans of any associated agencies municipalities
or other entities
bull Consideration of relevant provincial population and employment projections bull Consideration of key provincial policy directions relating to the location of public institutions and
their associated economic impacts (eg ability to contribute to urban revitalization efforts) bull Evidence of program demand (eg number of applications)
FI-5J
SECTION B DEMONSTRATED AFFORDABILITY (40)
Proposals should demonstrate alignment with some or all of the following criteria
Priority Objective 2 Affordability for students and the province
General Evaluation Criteria
1 Evidence of substantial support from host community including financial contributions and land ownership
2 Economies of scale 3 Linkages with local transportation for
commuting students 4 Potential for leveraging private sector
resources
5 Evidence of consideration of alternatives to expansion proposal based on existing capacity and potential partnerships
6 Proven financial health of institution with asset management plan in place
7 Demonstrated labour market demand
Possible Alignment Measures
bull Total cost of project and expected provincial contribution
bull Cost-benefit analysis ofexpanding an existing assetor building at a new location (or a combination thereof)
bull Distance from current campuses bull Current assetmanagement plan including
effects of expansion on Facilities Condition Index
bull Public transit capacity to the institution and between campuses
bull Debtasset ratioof institution(s) bull Energy sources and efficiency initiatives
(including proposed LEED certification) bull Long-term financial viability bull Existing student employment KPIs
Possible Information to Build Evidence Base
bull Detailed project costing information including projected cash flow requirements and net impact on operating cost
bull Business case demonstrating need for expansiori (existing campus only) including a service gap analysis
bull Letters of support from potential partners indicating details of financial andor in-kind contributions (eg land ownership)
bull Local transportation plan(s) showing current anc1planned public access to site (short- and long-term)
bull Independent verification of total expansion proj set cost
bull Financial health analysis including recent finan cial statements
bull Documentation of preliminary environmental assessment bull Control and ownership of buildings and equipment (partnerships only) bull Long-term forecast of incremental operating expenses and revenues (grants third party revenues)
as a result ofthe proposed project
PI-S9
SECTION C ACADEMIC AND ECONOMIC CONSIDERATIONS (30)
Proposals should demonstrate alignment with some or all of the following criteria
Priority Objective 3 Differentiation sustainability and accountability
General Evaluation Criteria
1Alignment with the institutions Strategic Mandate Agreement (SMA) and goals and priorities of the Differentiation Policy Framework
2 Impact on nearby institutions 3 Effective and sustainable governance model
including consideration of the impact of distance from the expansion location for administration and academic experience
4 Focus on undergraduate programs 5 Range of programs offered locally and
avoidance of unwarranted duplication of existing programming
Possible Alignment Measures
bull Assessment of alignment with SMA bull Proposed programs their alignment with
the institutions strengths and an overview ofsimilar existing programs offered by institutions near the expansion
bull Ranking of institution(s) on applications by students from the proposed area
Possible Information to Build Evidence Base
bull Finalized SMA
bull Program information (initial and planned) bull Overview of proposed institutional governance model bull Consultation overview including results of discussions with affected institutions and letters of
support (if applicable)
pi-to
Priority Objective 4 Economic impact
General Evaluation Criteria
1Tangible regional economic benefits combined with potential for province-wide benefit based on labour force skills and economic growth
2 Demonstrated local economic benefits and linkages with local industries
3 Demonstrated Value for Money including Alternative Financing and Procurement (AFP) options where appropriate and limits on provincial contributions
Possible Alignment Measures
bull Local economic benefits bull Alignment of programs with regional and
Ontario labour market needs
bull Expected financing cost (if any) bull Jobs created (short-term associated with
building period and ongoing) bull Ongoing jobs created at expansion bull Value for Money analysis related to proposed
procurement model
Possible Information to Build Evidence Base
bull An economic impact study or value planning study to demonstrate the projects potential to provide direct economic benefits for the surrounding area (eg by helping to revitalize the community unlock local development potential build the taxbase and leverage existing infrastructure and investments)
Priority Objective 5 Quality innovation and competitiveness
General Evaluation Criteria
1 Institutional partnership options including university-college collaboration
2 Innovative service delivery 3 Postsecondary education quality and student
experience (including student and ancillary services)
Possible Alignment Measures
bull Institutional track record with partnerships bull Assessment ofproposed academic plan and
service delivery bull Range of planned student and ancillary
services compared with services at existing campuses (short- and long-term)
bull Existing student experience (KPIs student outcomes)
Possible Information to Build Evidence Base
bull Institutions Strategic Plan bull Business case in support ofproposed academic plan including partnerships with relevant
raquo information aboutcurriculumpedagogy raquo financial information
raquo interjurisdictional case studies and examples bull Impact analysis with respect toacademic and administrative quality and quality of experience bull Overview of new program accreditation required ifapplicable
12
Fl-fel
9 Communications Protocol
Proposal submissions must be received at MCEsubmissions ontarioca by September 26 2014 Late submissions will not be accepted
Specific questions submitted to the ministry as part of the process will be answered and will be made available to all participants
To ensure a fair and transparent process the ministry will not provide any advisory services to institutions on an individual basis
10 Role of Infrastructure Ontario and Alternative
Financing and Procurement Infrastructure Ontario is a Crown agency of the Government of Ontario It is focused on modernizing and financing the renewal of public infrastructure maximizing the value of public real estate and managing government facilities It also provides expertise in project delivery lending real estate management and asset planning Infrastructure Ontario now has a greater role in procuring infrastructure as well engaging in both traditional forms of procurement and alternative financing and procurement (AFP) when appropriate
As indicated in the Ministry of Infrastructures Building Together Plan and in the provincial governments planning and budgeting process recommendations will be made on the procurement method and delivery of all college infrastructure projects valued at more than $50 million In addition universities with successful projects and associated provincial grants in excess of $100 million will be required to consult with Infrastructure Ontario The $100 million threshold may be lowered in future years
The criteria for assessing these projects could include scope complexity and value-for-money assessment with input from the ministry and Infrastructure Ontario
13
Pl-bl
11 The Selection Process and Funding The ministry will oversee the process leading to the selection of successful applications A multi-ministry panel will review the applications and make recommendations to Cabinet through the Ministry of Training Colleges and Universities Cabinetwill make the final decision aboutsuccessful projects andor future courses of action
Funding for successful projects will be provided subsequently The number of projects selected for support as well as the level and timing of funding will be determined by the provincial government and will reflect a range of considerations including the fiscal environment
12 Components of the Submission The following components of the submission are to be provided to the ministry by the dates indicated In addition to what is required below institutions may submit their proposals in any format that they believe best demonstrates the strengths of their proposed project with due attention to the relevance and conciseness of information supplied (Note that institutions may be asked to revise and re-submit their proposals ifexcessive amounts of information are provided)
All submissions must be preceded by
bull A Notice of Intent to be received by the ministry no later than June 27 2014
The Notices of Intent will give the ministry an early overview of interest in Major Capacity Expansion
14
pl-fe
The components of the proposal submission to be received by the ministry no later than September 26r 2014 are as follows
bull A completed checklist
A checklist is included in the Call for Proposals package The checklist must be completed and included in the submission (The checklist is reproduced from Appendix A of the Major Capacity Expansion Policy Framework page 12)
bull A completed capital template
Please refer to the template included in the Call for Proposals package The template requests detailed information on enrolment projections and funding sources This information must be provided using the template but it may also be presented in a different format in the context of the overall presentation
bull Supplementary information
Institutions are welcome to submit supplementary information to support their proposal Supplementary information may include a business case environmental impact studies and any other information or documentation that substantiates the proposal As noted earlier conciseness and relevance of information are
valued
Pleasealso include evidence of support for your proposal (including documentation of land ownership or leasing contracts documentation of municipal or other funding and letters of support)
In the case of a joint university-college submission approval under s 28 of the Financial Administration Act is required for financing if the debt is related to Colleges or if there is a contingent liability
15
Fl-b4shy
13 Links to Related Documents and Resources
Major Capacity Expansion Policy Framework
Differentiation Policy Framework
Places to Grow
Building Together
14 Disclosure of Information
The Freedom of Information and Protection of Privacy Act (FIPPA) applies to information in the custody or under the control of the ministry Institutions should identify whether any information in their proposals is submitted in confidence within the meaning of s 17 of FIPPA The proposals may be shared with a multi-ministry panel or other advisers that the ministry retains to assist with the assessment of the proposals
15 Call for Proposals Timeline
Date Deliverable
March 27 2014 Release of Call for Proposals
June 27 2014 Notice of Intent
September 26 2014 Close of Call for Proposals
Contact Information
Ministry staff may need to contact institutions to clarify details or request additional information Please provide complete and current contact information in your submission
16
![Page 22: Pl-I *^ BRAMPTON ReP°rt of Cou… · Pi-2> Current Situation: Following Council approval of its Post-Secondary Education Strategy on November 6, ... Call for Proposals Timeline .](https://reader033.fdocuments.in/reader033/viewer/2022060721/6080f345afc78e210d009525/html5/thumbnails/22.jpg)
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario p I bull ^i
This point is highlighted in the following table
Universities in Geographic Registered Secondary Registered Other Group Zone 7 School Applicants Applicants
Originating From Originating from (includes Peel Region York Region Zone 7 in 2011 Zone 7 in 2011 Simcoe County and City of Toronto)
( of Total Registered for ( of Total Registered for Each University) Each University)
York 865 592
Ryerson 822 616
Toronto 743 209
OCAD 643 542
Average 4 System Wide 454 306 Source Ontario University Application Centre 2011
Given the large population demographic composition socio-economic characteristics and
cultural attitudes of residents living in Zone 7 it is clear that there is a positive bias for students
particularly secondary-school students to attend a university where they can live near or stay
within their family and community structures
This is a prevalent trend in Peel Region York Region Simcoe County and the City of Toronto
(the communities that comprise Zone 7) more so than any other region in Ontario
As a summary of the complex set of demand factors highlighted in this section of the report we
see tremendous justification for additional university services on the outer edge of the Greater
Toronto Area
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 13
A Post-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario Fl-ii
3 DEFINING THE OPPORTUNITY
Goal 1 - Sheridan University Campus in Downtown Brampton
Project Vision
Site Options
A
AX
PI
A profound and holistic Sheridan Downtown Brampton Campus
connected to its 9500 plus students at Brampton Davis Steeles Campus
supported by enhanced transit to its HMC Campus I and II and Oakville
Campus
1Nelson Square Garage (Phase II SWQRP) and Phase III Lands
2Heritage Theatre Block ^~ rzmdash~ V V i
bullbull bull bull --bull shy
bull -bullbullbull-Ty ^
General Description of Site Locations - for illustrative purposes only
Mobility These sites are within a 5-minute walking distance to the existing
Brampton GO Train Station (with service to Union Station and
KitchenerWaterloo) and the ZUM Bus Rapid Transit service on
Queen Street and Main Street with service to Sheridan Davis
Campus Guelph-Humber University Campus Mississauga City
Centre (HMC I and II) and York University The proposed
Hurontario-Main Light Rapid Transit system is also within walkinj
distance of the site and offers a direct link to HMC I and II
Infrastructure Type Post-Secondary Education Campus and Related Uses
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 14
A Post-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario Fl-24shy
Project Type DBFM or DBF Design Build Finance Maintain or Design Build
Finance (the final business model is subject to a detailed
feasibility study)
Goal 2 - A New University Campus in Brampton
Project Vision A new university campus that offers undergraduate and graduate
degrees with research-oriented programs for students faculty
industry
Site Option 1 65-acre site at McLaughlin Road and Queen Street West
southwest corner known municipally as Flower City Community
Campus This site was formerly owned by the Province of
Ontario (OPP Headquarters and Training Centre) and is currently
being used by the municipality
Mobility This site is located in the Central Area of Brampton with Brampton
Transit service provided to the property The site is 15
kilometres from the Downtown GO Train Station and the
Downtown ZUM BRT Station on Main Street and 3 km to the
Brampton ZUM BRT station at Shoppers World - Steeles Avenue
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 15
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario p | bull ^S
Site Location Option 2
Mobility
Infrastructure Type
Project Type
The road network provides easy access to the major 400 series
highways for example ETR 407 is 35 km south of this site and
Highway 410 is 45 km east of the site
2719 Bovaird Drive West at Heritage Road southwest quadrant
This 87-acre site was formerly owned by private industry Today
the site is owned by the City of Brampton and is being used by the
municipality for maintenance and operation services
CON5WHS
CON5WHS
iV
I
The Mount Pleasant GO Train Station is 22 km east of the site at
Creditview Road The major Highway 401 and ETR 407 juncture
is approximately 8 km by automobile Future infrastructure
serving this area includes the GTA West Corridor immediately
north and east of the subject property
Post-Secondary Education Campus and Related Uses
DBFM or DBF Design Build Finance Maintain or Design Build
Finance (the final business model is subject to a detailed
feasibility study)
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 16
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario p | 1copy
4 BRAMPTONS STRATEGIC PARTNERSHIPS - A RECORD OF SUCCESS
With its strategic partners the Cityof Brampton has demonstrated an excellent record of
success in building and delivering physical and human infrastructure projects designed to expand public services and improve Bramptons economicdevelopment competitiveness
Ultimately these partnerships have created and preserved Ontario jobs In this section we
showcase a few of these strategic projects
Transit Infrastructure Project-Zum Bus Rapid Transit Project
Zum is Brampton Transits Bus Rapid Transit (BRT) service With its limited stops advanced
technology and real-time next bus information Zum connects people and places within
Brampton and throughout the Greater Toronto Area (GTA) Zum Queen Street service began in
the fall of 2010 Ziim Main Street service began operating in September 2011 and Ziim Steeles
Avenue started in the fall of 2012
Ziim was funded by all three levels of government with investments of $95 million each from
the Federal Provincial and Municipal governments for a total allotment of $285 million
Phase Iof the project required $159 million Phase II which expanded services along Queen
Street and Steeles Avenue as well as introduce new services on Bovaird Drive will require $126
million when fully completed
This is a DBFM - Design Build Finance and Maintain project led by the City of Brampton
Brampton designed built financed and maintains all aspects of the Zum system-wide capital
and operating costs related to
bull Roadway infrastructure intersection modifications and signal priority equipment
bull New terminals and station stops with high-quality passenger amenities
Capital equipment including new vehicles for expanded and rebranded service
Intelligent Transportation System technologies including real-time passenger information
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 17
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario p ( raquo^7
Post-Secondary Education Infrastructure Project -Sheridan Centre for Advanced Manufacturing and Design Technology (CAMDT)
In response to the changing face of manufacturing in Central and Southern Ontario Sheridan College and the City of Brampton embarked on a vision to assist Canadian manufacturers to compete globally with knowledge and technology asthe keys to their success
Led by Sheridan College ITAL the CAMDT $8 million venture is a partnership with more than 20 regional manufacturers the Province of Ontario and the City of Brampton Together we are growing regional talent in this important sector In 2005 CAMDT opened its doors
Seen as a strategic economic development initiative the City of Brampton was a major funding
and local knowledge partner contributing$25 million to CAMDT - the largest investment it has
ever made as a municipality in post-secondary education City Councils investment in Sheridan
is intended to address the demand (in the manufacturing sector) for graduates with a broad
range of advanced technical and management skills as well as to provide enhanced training for
those already in the workforce
CAMDT uses a consortia approach with the following goals
New full-time courses and industrycollege projects
Applied research initiatives and student projects
Contract training and continuing education courses
Strengthen program enrolments and graduate placements
The Centre for Sustainable Manufacturing (CSM) is located in Brampton and houses 18000
square feet of state-of-the-art labs and a flexible automation and fabrication centre The labs
support academic programs in integrated manufacturing computer-aided
draftingmanufacturing and manufacturing management
The Centre helps meet current and future needs of local manufacturers to stimulate regional
economic development and prosperity Sheridan government and local industry have
collaborated for nearly a decade to position the Centre to address critical skills gaps in the
manufacturing sector The Centre is now partnering with industry to support technical financial
and knowledge development to facilitate adoption of innovative technologies that minimize
resource consumption harmful emissions waste and use of toxic materials
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 18
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario p | mdash^ff
Health Care Infrastructure Project shy
Peel Memorial Centre for Integrated Health and Wellness
The new Peel Memorial Centre in Brampton will support the William Osier Health Systems vision for an integrated health system by providing primary ambulatory and outpatient-based care
This is a DBFM - Design Build Maintain Finance project led by Infrastructure Ontario (10)
Scheduled to open in 2016 Peel Memorial CIHW will provide specialized outpatient-based care
including urgent care day surgery and specialty clinics with a focus on helping individuals better
manage chronic conditions like asthma diabetes and kidney disease
According to Osier Health System Peel Memorial will introduce new models of care to shift the
focus from illness to wellness and encourage patients to take a more active role in managing
their own health and well-being
Representing the leading edge in integrated health care delivery Peel Memorial will provide
access to specialized patient-centred care in a state-of-the-art facility that offers a wide variety
of traditional and alternative health care services It will help people to get and stay well
through a series of education prevention disease management and healing programs
In the fall of 2012 Osier received government approval to move forward with a request for
qualifications to design build finance and maintain the new facility Following this
announcement Brampton City Council decided to invest 50 of the community share with a
$60 million levy in support of the new Peel Memorial
Downtown Intensification Infrastructure Project shy
Southwest Quadrant Renewal Plan Municipal Office and Commercial Retail Development
On August 10 2011 Bramptons City Council approved the terms of agreement for the
Southwest Quadrant Renewal Plan which enables the City to move forward with a creative
solution to meet the Citys future administrative space needs and plans for revitalization of
Bramptons downtown The successful proposal submitted by Dominus Construction Group is
a plan for a mixed-use development with several new features including new administrative
parking and retail space and a pedestrian-friendly cityscape for completion in 2014
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 19
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario p f~2raquo^
This is a DBF - Design Build Finance project led by Dominus Construction Group The City is a tenant in the building on a long-term lease
Phase 1 of this LEEDS project now under construction includes a new nine-storey building at 41 George Street that can accommodate
bull 126398 foot building for administrative space
bull 10147 square feet for ground retail space
bull 10545 square feet for multi-purpose meeting rooms
bull 443 parking spaces (five levels of parking)
Phase la also under construction includes a two-storey addition to the current City Hall that
can accommodate
bull 2507 square feet for committee rooms
bull 6187 square feet for ground retail space
Phases 1 and la of the Southwest Quadrant Renewal Plan (SWQRP) represents a $94M
investment in the downtown and all 3 Phases of the combined SWQRP represents an
estimated investment of $251M
This investment in the Southwest Quadrant Renewal Plan is another major building block in the
ongoing evolution and revitalization of downtown Brampton both in terms of contributing to
the urban landscape as well as attracting private sector investment and opportunities
Combined with other major projects like the Rose Theatre Brampton the launch of Ziim on
Queen and Main Streets restoration work at Alderlea and Peel Heritage Complex and several
new condominium projects Bramptons Downtown is experiencing an exciting resurgence
The City of Brampton is planning to add another signature building in our downtown core
further evidence of Bramptons commitment to economic development
Sustainable Community Development Project shy
Mount Pleasant Mobility Hub
The project includes a number of elements that serve to establish Mount Pleasant as a transit-
oriented development exemplifying a more sustainable approach to suburban community
living
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 20
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario p |~^Q
In partnership with the OntarioGovernment MetrolinxGO and Mattamy Homes the City has invested approximately $23 million in the following infrastructure
bull Community Transit Infrastructure station stops and related passenger amenities
Intelligent Transportation Systems (ITS) and transit enhancements at intersections
bull Mobility Hub facility bus layovers sheltered passenger areas clock tower bike storage areas and related amenities
bull Cultural Heritage reconstructed historic CPR station structure to be used as a cultural
facility in the Mt Pleasant civicsquare shared with the Peel District School Board and the
Library
bull Pedestrian amenities Civic Square and Village Green incorporating a reflection poolskating
facility public art canopy structures play area and landscaping features
Through development and stewardship the Mount Pleasant Community will restore and
enhance individual features that currently cover approximately 8 (or 41 hectares) of the
area and create a Natural Heritage System that will cover approximately 19 (or 976 hectares)
of the community As development proceeds within the Mount Pleasant Community the
NHS will come into public ownership The City will be responsible to manage the NHS and our
goal is to support natural processes and regeneration that are beneficial to the health and
diversity of the natural features functions and habitat This will generally mean
bull Planting no-maintenance vegetative buffers between natural areas and private
properties using native trees shrubs and groundcovers
bull Not mowing pruning or spraying natural areas for weeds and insects
bull Allowing for annual flooding and ponding of water along East Huttonville Creek and
within wetlands and woodlands to maintain a natural hydrology that is critical for plant
and wildlife health and diversity
bull Allowingfor the natural loss of vegetation and regrowth of young trees and shrubs
bull Managing natural areas for invasive species such as Buckthorn and Norway Maple
bull Managing the urban trees along streets and parks for invasive species such as Emerald
Ash Borer
The Mount Pleasant Mobility Hub represents a large project that has created one-time
employment within the stipulated 2-year construction period as well generating annual
multipliers supporting Bramptons economic development for future generations
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 21
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario p [raquo^ )
5 OUR INVESTMENT - A COMMITMENT TO POST SECONDARY EDUCATION
The City of Brampton iscommitted to investing in this Strategy Below is a summary of the types of financial and in-kind investmentsthe municipality is prepared to make in order to realize this Strategy
bull Municipal Land Contribution
bull Municipal Commitment to Economic and Market Growth Policies
bull Municipal assistance on site servicing for digitally linked and virtual classrooms
laboratories office
bull Shared Infrastructure related to municipal services such as library field house gymnasium
bull Design an extensive planning process and design exercise that represents the highest
standard of excellence including engaging the community and surrounding land-owners
LEEDS Community and Environmental Design
bull Facilitating municipal and community partnerships to maximize utilization of spaces during
the May - August shoulder period
bull Economic development research grant to support research that fosters innovation and
commercialization
bull Support industry partnerships and innovative enterprises
bull Demonstrate commitment to a shared provincial municipal and university relationship
focused on a culture of open communication shared values community engagement and
volunteerism
bull Staff time and expertise dedicated to teams assigned to this Strategy
bull Leverage City of Brampton AAA Credit Rating by Standard amp Poors
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 22
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario p- ( ~ Q jL
6 IMPLEMENTATION STEPS
The following decision milestones guide the municipal commitment and stewardship of this
Strategy
bull Exploratory Meetings with Sheridan Executive and Chair of Governing Council
bull Preparation of Bramptons Post-Secondary Strategy Proposal
bull Presentation to Premier Wynne - Receive and Endorse Proposed Strategy
bull City Council approval of final post-secondary strategy and approval to enter into a
Memorandum of Understanding with Sheridan College ITAL to explore the feasibility of
establishing Sheridan University in Downtown Brampton
bull Execute an MOU with Sheridan
bull Complete the Feasibility Study for Goal 1
bull Form a project team to prepare the technical documents in support of an RFP related to
Goal 2 -Attract a new undergraduate and graduate research-oriented university campus
aligned with Bramptons vision and proposed site locations with reporting to Council
7 CONTACTS
Susan Fennell
Mayor
City of Brampton Tel 905-874-2600
John Corbett MCIP RPP
Chief Administrative Officer
City of Brampton Tel 905-874-2625
Creating andpreserving knowledge-basedjobs by enabling investments in post-secondary education research innovation and commercialization activities
is at the heart ofBramptons economic vision
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 23
APPENDIX 3
FI-V4shybullUTaarrgt-^M
Major
Capacity
Expansion
Policy
Framework
December 2013
Ministry of Training Colleges and Universities
pound Ontario
PI -IS
The Ontario Public Service endeavours to demonstrate leadership with respect to accessibility in Ontario Our goal isto ensure that Ontario government services products and focilities ore occessible to all our employees and to all members of the public we serve This document or the information that itcontains is available on request in alternative formats Please forward all requests for alternative formats to ServiceOntario ot 1-800-668-9938 (TTY 1-800-268-7095)
line publication equivolenle est disponible en francais sous le titre suivant (Mesttattgique pout Iocuoissement moeur de hcapocili 2013
This publication is also available on the Ministry ofTraining Colleges and Universities website at wwvontariocatcu 13-278 bull ISBN 978-1-4606-3428-8 (POF) bull copy Queens Printer for Ontario 2013
Contents
Vision 5
Context 5
Government Priorities 6
Components of the Policy Framework 7
Initial Review 7
Scope 7
Selection and Approval 9
Policy Implementation and Compliance 10
Appendix A
Contact Information and Checklist for Institutions Considering
Capacity Expansion 11
Appendix B
An Outline of the Review and Approval Process for Planned
Capacity Expansion Proposals 13
Appendix C
General Evaluation Criteria for Major Capacity Expansion 14
Pi-Vi
Vision
Ontarios colleges and universities will drive creativity innovation knowledge and community engagement through teaching and research They will put students first by providing the best possible learning experience for all qualified learners in an affordable and financially sustainable way ensuring high quality and globally competitive outcomes for students and Ontarios knowledge economy
Context
Between 2002-03 and 2012-13 the postsecondary education system in Ontario expanded substantially with full-time enrolment growing by over 160000 more than in any decade in the provinces history Ontario has been supporting enrolment growth across the college and university sectors through increases in operating grants enhancements to student financial aid and capital investments
Ontarios postsecondary institutions have been committed partners in their efforts to accommodate these unprecedented levels of enrolment growth and have thus contributed to expanding opportunities for students to pursue higher education in many communities across Ontario
At65 per cent Ontarios level of postsecondary attainment (college university and apprenticeship) in 2012 was higher than thatof any country in theOrganisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) The Ontario government has set a postsecondary education attainment target of 70 per cent to ensure that the province continues to benefit from the competitive advantage of its highly skilled and educated workforce in the global economy
In this context it is essential to ensure that in future the right spaces are created in the right places for Ontarios students This can be done by targeting areas in which population growth is strong but local postsecondary education capacity is limited
Population growth in Ontario has recently been - and is expected tocontinue to be - concentrated in a number of large urban areas Some of the regions and communities where strong
Fl-W
long-term demand growth is anticipated are not currently served by local campuses In those areas gaps have recently begun to appear between enrolment demand growth and the capacity to accommodate continued enrolment growth If left unaddressed those gaps are likely to widen over time
Projections are subject to uncertainty and caution should always be used when considering long-term forecasts Based on the ministrys latest assessment of demographics and long-term postsecondary education participation patterns enrolment demand growth will moderate in the near term but is expected to return to more rapid growth after 2020 with the potential for substantial enrolment increases over the longer term Consistent with recent trends long-term demand is expected to be greatest for degree-level programs
It is anticipated that the focus of most major capacity expansions in the future will be at the undergraduate degree level Students in rapidly growing communities have access to substantial local college facilities more than they do to local university campuses In addition although graduate enrolment has risen significantly in recent years it is much lower than enrolment at the undergraduate level and tends to be concentrated in fewer institutions
The timing of this anticipated growth in demand provides an important opportunity The province will have time to plan for and address postsecondary education capacity needs in areas of Ontario where communities are growing and where students need better and more affordable access to postsecondary education opportunities closer to home
Government Priorities
The Major Capacity Expansion Policy Framework set out in this document seeks to achieve the following objectives
bull Ensuring that future large-scale capacity expansion supports long-term postsecondary education priorities including institutional differentiation
bull Managing enrolment growth strategically in line with provincial growth planning priorities to address regional capacity gaps in underserved areas
bull Putting in place a transparent evidence-based decision making and implementation process
ldegt
9 Addressing affordability and sustainability for students institutions and the province by maximizing the cost-effectiveness of targeted investments
bull Creating local community and regional economic benefits leading to job creation and greater economic diversity
Components of the Policy Framework The components of the Major Capacity Expansion policy framework include
1) a description of the kinds of initiatives that will be within the scope of the new approval and selection process
2) the selection process and the criteria that will be used in evaluating proposals for approval after a call for proposals is made and
3) details on implementation and compliance
Initial Review
Any institution considering an initiative that involves an expansion ofcapacity should contact the ministry in writing using the checklist provided in Appendix A The ministry will review initiatives proposed by institutions on a case-by-case basis to determine whether the planned expansion is subject to the new selection and approval process outlined below The ministry will provide a response to the institutions request in writing clearly indicating whether a proposed project or initiative will be subject to the new Major Capacity Expansion selection and approval process Initiatives subject to the new process are not to proceed unless approved by the provincial government following a formal call for proposals
Scope
This policy framework addresses a significant provincial interest in the need for provincial management of future large-scale expansions in postsecondary education capacity Effective management and planning is also needed to help avoid potential conflicts that can arise between and among institutions sect with respect to the location of new facilities and campuses s
FI-H-0
The new approval and selection process is primarily focused on initiatives that are designed to accommodate significant long-term increases in the number of domestic full-time postsecondary education students Such large-scale initiatives could include expansions at existing locations or might involve the establishment of new campuses Initiatives could be partnerships including university-college collaborations that would also enhance students educational experience and student pathways
Recognizing thata wide range and variety of potential expansion opportunities exist in Ontarios diverse and complex postsecondary education system the ministry has avoided setting rigid parameters to define major capacity expansion However initiatives characterized by the following scale-related features are most likely to be subject to the new approval and selection process
0 accommodates enrolment growth of more than 1000 full-time students in the short term with the potential to accommodate longer-term growth of5000 to 10000 over the next twenty years (ie long-term enrolment comparable to enrolment at substantial existing college or university campuses)
8 adds new facilities (either owned or secured through long-term lease) larger than 70000 square feet (roughly 6500 square metres) designated primarily for academic purposes
raquo offers a broad range of programs with substantial new or expanded ancillary services (or shows clear potential for future growth in program offerings and ancillary services)
bull significantly improves local student access to postsecondary education in the short term (and has the potential to do so in the longer term) particularly in geographic locations that may be experiencing or are expected to develop capacity gaps
When reviewing a planned expansion the ministry will also take into consideration whether the initiative
bull competes with other capacity expansion initiatives in a particular geographic area or would have an impact on existing or already-planned postsecondary education facilities
bull in the case of proposed new campuses is outside the local area of the institutions existing campuses or is in a new community for the institution in terms of substantial permanent academic facilities For the purpose of this policy the local
FH+I
area of a campus is defined as the area within the median commuter shed for Census Metropolitan Areas in Ontario as specified by Statistics Canada (about 10 km)
Institutions making expansion proposals will be required to provide evidence of prior consultation with and support from other institutions that could be affected by the proposal confirmation of their own Board of Governors support for the proposal and confirmation of significant support from the local municipality or region
Selection and Approval Decisions about future large-scale postsecondary education capacityexpansion projects will be made on the basis of a formal transparent competitive process that will begin with a call for proposals directed to institutions Consideration will be given to proposals for large-scale expansion ofexisting campuses (main or satellite campuses) andor for the creation of new campuses
Calls for proposals will be directed to publicly assisted postsecondary education institutions in Ontario Eligibility to submit a proposal will in general be extended to all institutions however the government may decide to limit eligibility as appropriate depending on current circumstances and evolving provincial priorities
Municipalities interested in being considered as host locations for future major capacity expansion should work in collaboration with institutions that would be prepared to submit a proposal
Priority will be given to proposals in regions that have been experiencing sustained population and postsecondary education demand growth and that are underserved in terms of postsecondary education opportunities
The timing of future calls for proposals the number of projects selected for support and the level and timing of funding will be determined by the provincial government and will reflect a range of considerations including the fiscal environment
FI-M-1
When evaluating proposals the ministry will consider a setof criteria in the following categories consistent with its priorities for future capacity expansion (as outlined on page 6)
bull Strategic management of long-term enrolment growth and accessibility
bull Differentiation sustainability and accountability bull Economic impact raquo Quality innovation and competitiveness (including
institutional partnership options) bull Affordability for students and the province (including
substantial support from host communities)
Over time as circumstances change and priorities evolve the ministry may articulate additional requirements for the competitive process For details of general evaluation criteria refer to Appendix C Additional templates may be provided when a call for proposals is announced
Once the proposals have been evaluated the ministry will make recommendations to Cabinet for funding support for the selected proposals When one or more proposals have been selected and approved for funding bilateral agreements will be put in place between the institution(s) selected and the ministry
Policy Implementation and Compliance This policy framework will be effective immediately Institutions are encouraged to submit their expansion plans for initial review as soon as possible
If an initiative is determined to be outside the scope of this new approval and selection process itwill still be subject to other relevant ministry approval processes including but not limited to program approval and capital funding processes It will also have to be consistent with the terms of the Strategic Mandate Agreement established between the institution and the ministry
Failure to comply with the requirements setout in this policy framework will affect provincial funding Specifically new or expanded enrolment at the location of the expansion will not be recognized for funding through the college or university operating grants and the institution will not be eligible for provincial capital funding at the location Failure to comply could also affect future capital decisions by the provincial government
0 with respect to other locations
Fl-42gt
Appendix A Contact Information and Checklist for Institutions Considering Capacity Expansion
Institutions considering capacity expansion should direct a letter describing the project or initiative along with a completed checklist (see below) to
MCEsubmi53101iionfariocc1
The following checklist will help the ministry determine whether the planned expansion will be subject to the new approval and selection process under the MajorCapacity Expansion policy framework1
Please complete the checklist (copy and scan the completed form or create an e-file based on the template) and include it as an attachment to your communication to the ministry outlining your institutions planned capacity expansion project
Please provide additional information as needed in the Comments section of the checklist
1 A planned expansion that is deemed subject to the new selection and approval process is not to proceed unless approved by the province following a formal call for proposals A planned expansion that is deemed outside the scope of the Major Capacity Expansion approval and selection process will still be subject to other relevant ministry approval processes including but not limited to program approval and capital funding processes
pl-4-4shy
Checklist for Institutions Considering Capacity Expansion
Checklist Items
Size
How many full-time students would this initiative accommodate based on current plans
Is there potential for substantial longer-term enrolment growth If yes please provide a high-level estimate of potential enrolment
How much space (in sq ft) will be designated for academic purposes in the proposed facility (or expansion) Would new facilities be owned or secured through long-term lease
What is the credential mix of programs associated with this proposed expansion
What programs would be made available
Consultation
Have you consulted with other institutions that could be affected by this proposal
bull Which institution(s) have you consulted Are they supportive
Has your institution engaged its Board of Governors with respect to this proposal Is the board supportive
Is your proposal supported by the local municipality region in which it would be located
bull Will third-party resources (municipalities region other) be available to support this initiative What is the level of support expected
Location Services
Where would the new capacity be located (municipality region)
bull Is this a new locationcommunity for your institution
If proposing expansion at a new location is the location more than 10 km from existing campus(es)
Does the planned expansion include ancillary and student services
bull Please provide a list of services to be offered
Notes
Yes No Comme -
DD
an
a a
a a
bull a
bull a
bull a
bull This list is designed to provide information needed to determine whether a proposal will be deemed subject to the Major Capacity Expansion policy approval and selection process
bull Decisions will be made on a case-by-case basis If additional information is needed a representative of the Ministry ofTraining Colleges and Universities will contact the institution Please provide complete contact information including name position title email address and phone numbers
FI-H5
Appendix B An Outline of the Review and Approval Process for Planned Capacity Expansion Proposals
Chart 1 below outlines the steps in the assessment process that will be used to determine whether a planned capacity expansion will be deemed subject to the approval and selection process under the Major Capacity Expansion policy framework
Chart 2 outlines the steps in the process of selecting initiatives for funding under the Major Capacity Expansion policy framework
Chart 1 Initial Review - Is the Planned Expansion Subject to the Major Capacity Expansion Selection and Approval Process
The planned expansion
does not move forward
until approved by the
province following a Ministry reviews the institutions formal call for proposals
Institution submits a letter Failure to comply will submission to evaluate whether
describing the planned the planned expansion will be affect provincial funding
expansion with a completed subject to the new selection 1gt4^lt^t^fea1Vitaiiij4gtlJULJl^
and approval process under
for review the Major Capacity Expansion The planned expansion policy framework moves forward subject to
checklist to the ministry
Wampj^WJfeWamp$Si^^ all other ministry approval
processes (eg capital and
program approvals)
bulluiut^w-ww-yishy
Chart 2 SelectionApproval Process far a Major Capacity Expansion Following a Call for Proposals
Callfor proposals initiated Institutions submit Ministry assesses proposals Announcement of selected
by the province proposals against evaluation criteria initiatives to be supported
and brings forward selected for major capacity
proposals for Cabinet expansion
approval
raquoHSW^8raquoMJmmLiMH WOWluUdUJIUlbUitL
13
r
shy
Fl-Ho
enoix C General Evaluation Criteria for Major Capacity Expansion
Category Evaluation Criteria
Strategic Significant expansion of local postsecondary education opportunities for management students in underserved areas with growing demand based on long-term of long-term demographic trends enrolment Alignment with provincial priorities including Growth Plan priorities and
economic development initiativesgrowth and Clear potential to add substantial new capacity and support futureaccessibility enrolment growth in the postsecondary education sector
Differentiation Alignment with the institutions Strategic Mandate Agreement and goals sustainability and priorities of the Differentiation Policy Framework and Impact on nearby institutions accountability Effective and sustainable governance model including consideration
of the impact of distance from the expansion location for administration and academic experience Focus on undergraduate programs Range of programs offered locally and avoidance of unwarranted duplication of existing programming
Economic Demonstrated Value for Money including AFP options where impact appropriate and limits on provincial contributions
Tangible regional economic benefits combined with potential for province-wide benefit based on labour force skills and economic growth Demonstrated local economic benefits and linkages with local industries
Quality Innovative service delivery innovation Institutional partnership options including university-college collaboration and Postsecondary education quality and student experience (including
ancillary and student services)competitiveness
Affordabiiity Evidence of substantial support from host community including financial for students contributions and land ownership
Economies of scaleand the
province Linkages with local transportation for commuting students Potential for leveraging private sector resources Evidence of consideration ofalternatives to expansion proposal based on existing capacity and potential partnerships Proven financial health of institution with asset management plan in place Demonstrated labour market demand
Nofe These are the general criteria that will be used to guide the selection and approval of proposals submitted in response toa ministry call for proposals
N
News Release
Helping More Students Pursue Postsecondary Education
Ontario Calls for Expansion Proposals from Universities March 272014 945 am
Office of the Premier
Premier Kathleen Wynne announced today that the government is taking steps to
ensure that more students can pursue undergraduate degrees close to home The
province is inviting universities to submit proposals for new or expanded campuses in
underserved areas (colleges are encouraged to partner with universities to submit
proposals)
This call for proposals is part of the governments commitment to provide funding for
60000 additional postsecondary education spaces across Ontario The government will
collaborate closely with municipalities colleges and universities to ensure that capacity
is increased where it is needed the most
The proposals will be evaluated based on their potential to
bull Increase postsecondary spaces in underserved areas
bull Improve quality innovation and competitiveness
bull Demonstrate cost-effectiveness to both students and taxpayers
bull Help stimulate growth and economic development in Ontario
This will help establish a formal transparent and competitive process to evaluate
decisions about future expansions
Improving access to postsecondary education is part of the Ontario governments
economic plan that is creating jobs for today and tomorrow The comprehensive plan
and its six priorities focus on Ontarios greatest strengths -- its people and strategic
partnerships
Fl-M
Quick Facts
The call for proposals is open to all publicly assisted universities and all colleges of
applied arts and technology in Ontario with a deadline for submissions of Sept 26
2014 Colleges must partner with universities to be eligible for major capacity
expansion projects
Municipalities interested in being considered as host locations are expected to work
in collaboration with institutions that are submitting a proposal
The province released the Major Capacity Expansion Policy Framework in December
2013 to identify priority areas for growth
In the last 10 years full-time enrolment in Ontarios postsecondary system has grown
by more than 160000 mdash more than in any decade in the provinces history
bull The provinces 30 off Tuition Grant helped more than 230000 students start
college or university last year
Quotes
Fl-M
We are committed to helping more students get the postsecondary education they need to succeed
We want to bridge Ontarios skills gap and ensure that young people are equipped with all the right
skills mdash no matter where they live
Kathleen Wynne
Premier of Ontario
Expanding and creating new postsecondary campuses where they are needed most will help
ensure that more students have the opportunity to get a world-class education while staying close to
home Were working closely with our postsecondary partners to make sure the right spaces are in
the right places
Brad Duguid
Minister of Training Colleges and Universities
Laurier Brantford has provided immeasurable benefits to both local students and the citys
downtown revitalization This announcement signifies similar economic development partnerships
between municipalities and postsecondary institutions leading to new jobs and increased prosperity
for more communities across Ontario Chris Friel Mayor City of Brantford
PI-so
^^js^-^
Major
Capacity
Expansion
Call for
Proposals
GUIDELINES
March 2014
Ministry of Training Colleges and Universities
w^ Ontario
Fl-SI
The Ontario Public Service endeavours to demonstrate leadership with respect to accessibility in Ontario Our gool is to ensure that Ontario government services products and facilities are occessible to all our employees and to all members ofthe public we serve This document or the inlormolion that itcontains is available on request in alternative formats Pleose forward all requests lor alternative formats to ServiceOntario at1-800-668-9938 (TTY 1-800-268-709S)
line publication equivolente est disponible en francais sous le litre suivont Appel de propositions pour Ioccroissement moieur de la capocM - lignes directrices
This publication is also available on the Ministry olTraining Colleges and Universities website atwwivontariocatcu 13-323 bull ISBN 978-1-4606-3802-6 (PDF) bull copy Queens Printer for Ontario 2014
2014
Fi-sa
Contents
1 Background 5
2 Timelines for Submitting a Proposal 5
3 Notice of Intent 5
4 Eligible Applicants 6
5 Eligible Projects 6
6 Major Capacity Expansion General Evaluation Criteria 7
7 Weighting 8
8 Assessment and Ranking 9
9 Communications Protocol 13
10 Role of Infrastructure Ontario and Alternative
Financing and Procurement 13
11 The Selection Process and Funding 14
12 Components of the Submission 14
13 Links to Related Documents and Resources 16
14 Disclosure of Information 16
15 Call for Proposals Timeline 16
PI-S3
1 Background The ministry released its Major Capacity Expansion Policy Framework on December 20 2013 A commitment was made to
issue a Call for Proposals in early 2014
This Call for Proposals represents the beginning of a process that will lead to the selection of successful proposals which collectively will meet provincial goals for postsecondary education in Ontario - increased capacity at the undergraduate degree level greater affordability for students institutions and the province improved institutional differentiation and regional economic benefits This process will be guided by principles of fairness competitiveness and transparency and by a commitment to serve the public interest
This long-term initiative will help ensure that our postsecondary education system will have the right spaces in the right places for Ontario students
2 Timelines for Submitting a Proposal The closing date for submission of a Notice of Intent is June 27 2014
The closing date for submission of the full proposal is September 26 2014
Submissions must be received by the ministry on or before these dates
3 Notice of Intent
The Notice of Intent is a one-page overview of the proposed project Proposals will not be considered unless a Notice of Intent is received by the deadline ofJune 27 2014 To ensure transparency and competitiveness every Notice of Intent submitted to the ministry will be posted on the Postsecondary Education Partners Gateway website within 30 days of the submission date
Fl-Sf
4 Eligible Applicants In view of the focus on undergraduate degree capacity it is expected that submissions will be led by universities butcollegeshyuniversity partnership models are encouraged
All proposals must demonstrate need (ie expansion should be located in areas thatare currently underserved by postsecondary education andor thatare expected to experience significant future growth in enrolment demand)
5 Eligible Projects Recognizing the wide range and variety of potential expansion opportunities the ministry continues to avoid setting rigid parameters to define major capacityexpansion However as stated in the Major Capacity Expansion Policy Framework initiatives characterized by the following scale-related features are most likely to be subject to this approval and selection process
bull accommodates enrolment growth of more than 1000 full-time students in the short term with the potential to accommodate longer-term growth of 5000 to 10000 over the next twenty years (ie long-term enrolment comparable to enrolment at substantial existing collegeor university campuses)
bull adds new facilities (either owned or secured through long-term lease) larger than 70000 square feet (roughly 6500 square metres) designated primarily for academic purposes
bull offers a broad range of programs with substantial new or expanded ancillary services (or shows clear potential for future growth in program offerings and student and ancillary services)
bull significantly improves local student access to postsecondary education in the short term (and has the potential to continue to do so in the longer term) particularly in geographic locations that may be experiencing or are expected to develop capacity gaps at the undergraduate degree level
PI-S5
6 Major Capacity Expansion General Evaluation Criteria
The following general evaluation criteria were included in the Major Capacity Expansion Policy Framework These criteria will be used to assess proposals Institutions should demonstrate the alignment of their proposed projects with the criteria and may do so in any format suitable to them
Priority Objectives
Strategic management of long-term enrolment growth and accessibility
Differentiation sustainability and accountability
Economic impact
Quality innovation and competitiveness
General Criteria
bull Significant expansion of local postsecondary education opportunities for students in underserved areas with growing demand based on long-term demographic trends
bull Alignment with provincial priorities including Growth Plan priorities and economic development initiatives
bull Clear potential to add substantial new capacity and support future enrolment growth in the postsecondary education sector
Alignment with the institutions Strategic Mandate Agreement (SMA) and goals and priorities of the Differentiation Policy Framework Impact on nearby institutions Effective and sustainable governance model including consideration ofthe impact ofdistance from the expansion location for administration and academic experience Focus on undergraduate programs Range of programs offered locally and avoidance ofunwarranted duplication ofexisting programming
Tangible regional economic benefits combined with potential for province-wide benefit based on labour force skills and economic growth Demonstrated local economic benefits and linkages with local industries
Demonstrated Value for Money including Alternative Financing and Procurement (AFP) options where appropriate and limits on provincial contributions
Institutional partnership options including university-college collaboration
Innovative service delivery Postsecondary education quality and student experience (including student and ancillary services)
(continued)
Fl-5b
Priority Objectives General Criteria
Affordability for bull Evidence of substantial support from hostcommunity including students and the financial contributions and land ownership province bull Economies of scale
bull Linkages with local transportation for commuting students bull Potential for leveraging private sector resources bull Evidence of consideration of alternatives to expansion proposal
based on existing capacity and potential partnerships bull Proven financial health of institution with asset management plan
in place bull Demonstrated labour market demand
7 Weighting The evaluation criteria for the assessment of institutional
proposals will be weighted as follows
Category Weight
Section A Meeting Demand 30
bull Strategic management of long-term enrolment growth and accessibility
Section B Demonstrated Affordability 40
bull Affordability for students and the province
Section C Academic and Economic Considerations 30
bull Differentiation sustainability and accountability bull Economic impact bull Quality innovation and competitiveness (including institutional partnership
options)
PI-SI
8 Assessment and Ranking Funding will be awarded on a competitive basis and proposals will be evaluated for suitability using defined criteria Institutions should use both qualitative and quantitative analysis to demonstrate the alignment of their proposals with the general evaluation criteria
SECTION A MEETING DEMAND (30)
Proposals should demonstrate alignment with some or all of the following criteria
Priority Objective 1 Strategic management of long-term enrolment growth and accessibility
General Evaluation Criteria
1 Significant expansion of local postsecondary education opportunities for students in underserved areas with growing demand based on long-term demographic trends
2 Alignment with provincial priorities including Growth Plan priorities and economic development initiatives
3 Clear potential to add substantial new capacity and support future enrolment growth in the postsecondary education sector
Possible Alignment Measures
bull Demographic growth projections for location bull Existing enrolment capacity at institutions in
the proximity of the proposed expansion bull Estimated enrolment capacity ofthe
expansion and projected net increase in undergraduate enrolment
bull Number of students from the area of the intended expansion who are currently attending the institution(s)
Possible Information to Build Evidence Base
bull Institutions long-term enrolment master plan bull Joint campus master plan for partnerships (if applicable) bull Long-term enrolment viability study bull Completed enrolment table in the proposal template stating all assumptions bull Community profile demonstrating future demand in the area bull Documented support from and alignment with plans of any associated agencies municipalities
or other entities
bull Consideration of relevant provincial population and employment projections bull Consideration of key provincial policy directions relating to the location of public institutions and
their associated economic impacts (eg ability to contribute to urban revitalization efforts) bull Evidence of program demand (eg number of applications)
FI-5J
SECTION B DEMONSTRATED AFFORDABILITY (40)
Proposals should demonstrate alignment with some or all of the following criteria
Priority Objective 2 Affordability for students and the province
General Evaluation Criteria
1 Evidence of substantial support from host community including financial contributions and land ownership
2 Economies of scale 3 Linkages with local transportation for
commuting students 4 Potential for leveraging private sector
resources
5 Evidence of consideration of alternatives to expansion proposal based on existing capacity and potential partnerships
6 Proven financial health of institution with asset management plan in place
7 Demonstrated labour market demand
Possible Alignment Measures
bull Total cost of project and expected provincial contribution
bull Cost-benefit analysis ofexpanding an existing assetor building at a new location (or a combination thereof)
bull Distance from current campuses bull Current assetmanagement plan including
effects of expansion on Facilities Condition Index
bull Public transit capacity to the institution and between campuses
bull Debtasset ratioof institution(s) bull Energy sources and efficiency initiatives
(including proposed LEED certification) bull Long-term financial viability bull Existing student employment KPIs
Possible Information to Build Evidence Base
bull Detailed project costing information including projected cash flow requirements and net impact on operating cost
bull Business case demonstrating need for expansiori (existing campus only) including a service gap analysis
bull Letters of support from potential partners indicating details of financial andor in-kind contributions (eg land ownership)
bull Local transportation plan(s) showing current anc1planned public access to site (short- and long-term)
bull Independent verification of total expansion proj set cost
bull Financial health analysis including recent finan cial statements
bull Documentation of preliminary environmental assessment bull Control and ownership of buildings and equipment (partnerships only) bull Long-term forecast of incremental operating expenses and revenues (grants third party revenues)
as a result ofthe proposed project
PI-S9
SECTION C ACADEMIC AND ECONOMIC CONSIDERATIONS (30)
Proposals should demonstrate alignment with some or all of the following criteria
Priority Objective 3 Differentiation sustainability and accountability
General Evaluation Criteria
1Alignment with the institutions Strategic Mandate Agreement (SMA) and goals and priorities of the Differentiation Policy Framework
2 Impact on nearby institutions 3 Effective and sustainable governance model
including consideration of the impact of distance from the expansion location for administration and academic experience
4 Focus on undergraduate programs 5 Range of programs offered locally and
avoidance of unwarranted duplication of existing programming
Possible Alignment Measures
bull Assessment of alignment with SMA bull Proposed programs their alignment with
the institutions strengths and an overview ofsimilar existing programs offered by institutions near the expansion
bull Ranking of institution(s) on applications by students from the proposed area
Possible Information to Build Evidence Base
bull Finalized SMA
bull Program information (initial and planned) bull Overview of proposed institutional governance model bull Consultation overview including results of discussions with affected institutions and letters of
support (if applicable)
pi-to
Priority Objective 4 Economic impact
General Evaluation Criteria
1Tangible regional economic benefits combined with potential for province-wide benefit based on labour force skills and economic growth
2 Demonstrated local economic benefits and linkages with local industries
3 Demonstrated Value for Money including Alternative Financing and Procurement (AFP) options where appropriate and limits on provincial contributions
Possible Alignment Measures
bull Local economic benefits bull Alignment of programs with regional and
Ontario labour market needs
bull Expected financing cost (if any) bull Jobs created (short-term associated with
building period and ongoing) bull Ongoing jobs created at expansion bull Value for Money analysis related to proposed
procurement model
Possible Information to Build Evidence Base
bull An economic impact study or value planning study to demonstrate the projects potential to provide direct economic benefits for the surrounding area (eg by helping to revitalize the community unlock local development potential build the taxbase and leverage existing infrastructure and investments)
Priority Objective 5 Quality innovation and competitiveness
General Evaluation Criteria
1 Institutional partnership options including university-college collaboration
2 Innovative service delivery 3 Postsecondary education quality and student
experience (including student and ancillary services)
Possible Alignment Measures
bull Institutional track record with partnerships bull Assessment ofproposed academic plan and
service delivery bull Range of planned student and ancillary
services compared with services at existing campuses (short- and long-term)
bull Existing student experience (KPIs student outcomes)
Possible Information to Build Evidence Base
bull Institutions Strategic Plan bull Business case in support ofproposed academic plan including partnerships with relevant
raquo information aboutcurriculumpedagogy raquo financial information
raquo interjurisdictional case studies and examples bull Impact analysis with respect toacademic and administrative quality and quality of experience bull Overview of new program accreditation required ifapplicable
12
Fl-fel
9 Communications Protocol
Proposal submissions must be received at MCEsubmissions ontarioca by September 26 2014 Late submissions will not be accepted
Specific questions submitted to the ministry as part of the process will be answered and will be made available to all participants
To ensure a fair and transparent process the ministry will not provide any advisory services to institutions on an individual basis
10 Role of Infrastructure Ontario and Alternative
Financing and Procurement Infrastructure Ontario is a Crown agency of the Government of Ontario It is focused on modernizing and financing the renewal of public infrastructure maximizing the value of public real estate and managing government facilities It also provides expertise in project delivery lending real estate management and asset planning Infrastructure Ontario now has a greater role in procuring infrastructure as well engaging in both traditional forms of procurement and alternative financing and procurement (AFP) when appropriate
As indicated in the Ministry of Infrastructures Building Together Plan and in the provincial governments planning and budgeting process recommendations will be made on the procurement method and delivery of all college infrastructure projects valued at more than $50 million In addition universities with successful projects and associated provincial grants in excess of $100 million will be required to consult with Infrastructure Ontario The $100 million threshold may be lowered in future years
The criteria for assessing these projects could include scope complexity and value-for-money assessment with input from the ministry and Infrastructure Ontario
13
Pl-bl
11 The Selection Process and Funding The ministry will oversee the process leading to the selection of successful applications A multi-ministry panel will review the applications and make recommendations to Cabinet through the Ministry of Training Colleges and Universities Cabinetwill make the final decision aboutsuccessful projects andor future courses of action
Funding for successful projects will be provided subsequently The number of projects selected for support as well as the level and timing of funding will be determined by the provincial government and will reflect a range of considerations including the fiscal environment
12 Components of the Submission The following components of the submission are to be provided to the ministry by the dates indicated In addition to what is required below institutions may submit their proposals in any format that they believe best demonstrates the strengths of their proposed project with due attention to the relevance and conciseness of information supplied (Note that institutions may be asked to revise and re-submit their proposals ifexcessive amounts of information are provided)
All submissions must be preceded by
bull A Notice of Intent to be received by the ministry no later than June 27 2014
The Notices of Intent will give the ministry an early overview of interest in Major Capacity Expansion
14
pl-fe
The components of the proposal submission to be received by the ministry no later than September 26r 2014 are as follows
bull A completed checklist
A checklist is included in the Call for Proposals package The checklist must be completed and included in the submission (The checklist is reproduced from Appendix A of the Major Capacity Expansion Policy Framework page 12)
bull A completed capital template
Please refer to the template included in the Call for Proposals package The template requests detailed information on enrolment projections and funding sources This information must be provided using the template but it may also be presented in a different format in the context of the overall presentation
bull Supplementary information
Institutions are welcome to submit supplementary information to support their proposal Supplementary information may include a business case environmental impact studies and any other information or documentation that substantiates the proposal As noted earlier conciseness and relevance of information are
valued
Pleasealso include evidence of support for your proposal (including documentation of land ownership or leasing contracts documentation of municipal or other funding and letters of support)
In the case of a joint university-college submission approval under s 28 of the Financial Administration Act is required for financing if the debt is related to Colleges or if there is a contingent liability
15
Fl-b4shy
13 Links to Related Documents and Resources
Major Capacity Expansion Policy Framework
Differentiation Policy Framework
Places to Grow
Building Together
14 Disclosure of Information
The Freedom of Information and Protection of Privacy Act (FIPPA) applies to information in the custody or under the control of the ministry Institutions should identify whether any information in their proposals is submitted in confidence within the meaning of s 17 of FIPPA The proposals may be shared with a multi-ministry panel or other advisers that the ministry retains to assist with the assessment of the proposals
15 Call for Proposals Timeline
Date Deliverable
March 27 2014 Release of Call for Proposals
June 27 2014 Notice of Intent
September 26 2014 Close of Call for Proposals
Contact Information
Ministry staff may need to contact institutions to clarify details or request additional information Please provide complete and current contact information in your submission
16
![Page 23: Pl-I *^ BRAMPTON ReP°rt of Cou… · Pi-2> Current Situation: Following Council approval of its Post-Secondary Education Strategy on November 6, ... Call for Proposals Timeline .](https://reader033.fdocuments.in/reader033/viewer/2022060721/6080f345afc78e210d009525/html5/thumbnails/23.jpg)
A Post-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario Fl-ii
3 DEFINING THE OPPORTUNITY
Goal 1 - Sheridan University Campus in Downtown Brampton
Project Vision
Site Options
A
AX
PI
A profound and holistic Sheridan Downtown Brampton Campus
connected to its 9500 plus students at Brampton Davis Steeles Campus
supported by enhanced transit to its HMC Campus I and II and Oakville
Campus
1Nelson Square Garage (Phase II SWQRP) and Phase III Lands
2Heritage Theatre Block ^~ rzmdash~ V V i
bullbull bull bull --bull shy
bull -bullbullbull-Ty ^
General Description of Site Locations - for illustrative purposes only
Mobility These sites are within a 5-minute walking distance to the existing
Brampton GO Train Station (with service to Union Station and
KitchenerWaterloo) and the ZUM Bus Rapid Transit service on
Queen Street and Main Street with service to Sheridan Davis
Campus Guelph-Humber University Campus Mississauga City
Centre (HMC I and II) and York University The proposed
Hurontario-Main Light Rapid Transit system is also within walkinj
distance of the site and offers a direct link to HMC I and II
Infrastructure Type Post-Secondary Education Campus and Related Uses
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 14
A Post-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario Fl-24shy
Project Type DBFM or DBF Design Build Finance Maintain or Design Build
Finance (the final business model is subject to a detailed
feasibility study)
Goal 2 - A New University Campus in Brampton
Project Vision A new university campus that offers undergraduate and graduate
degrees with research-oriented programs for students faculty
industry
Site Option 1 65-acre site at McLaughlin Road and Queen Street West
southwest corner known municipally as Flower City Community
Campus This site was formerly owned by the Province of
Ontario (OPP Headquarters and Training Centre) and is currently
being used by the municipality
Mobility This site is located in the Central Area of Brampton with Brampton
Transit service provided to the property The site is 15
kilometres from the Downtown GO Train Station and the
Downtown ZUM BRT Station on Main Street and 3 km to the
Brampton ZUM BRT station at Shoppers World - Steeles Avenue
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 15
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario p | bull ^S
Site Location Option 2
Mobility
Infrastructure Type
Project Type
The road network provides easy access to the major 400 series
highways for example ETR 407 is 35 km south of this site and
Highway 410 is 45 km east of the site
2719 Bovaird Drive West at Heritage Road southwest quadrant
This 87-acre site was formerly owned by private industry Today
the site is owned by the City of Brampton and is being used by the
municipality for maintenance and operation services
CON5WHS
CON5WHS
iV
I
The Mount Pleasant GO Train Station is 22 km east of the site at
Creditview Road The major Highway 401 and ETR 407 juncture
is approximately 8 km by automobile Future infrastructure
serving this area includes the GTA West Corridor immediately
north and east of the subject property
Post-Secondary Education Campus and Related Uses
DBFM or DBF Design Build Finance Maintain or Design Build
Finance (the final business model is subject to a detailed
feasibility study)
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 16
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario p | 1copy
4 BRAMPTONS STRATEGIC PARTNERSHIPS - A RECORD OF SUCCESS
With its strategic partners the Cityof Brampton has demonstrated an excellent record of
success in building and delivering physical and human infrastructure projects designed to expand public services and improve Bramptons economicdevelopment competitiveness
Ultimately these partnerships have created and preserved Ontario jobs In this section we
showcase a few of these strategic projects
Transit Infrastructure Project-Zum Bus Rapid Transit Project
Zum is Brampton Transits Bus Rapid Transit (BRT) service With its limited stops advanced
technology and real-time next bus information Zum connects people and places within
Brampton and throughout the Greater Toronto Area (GTA) Zum Queen Street service began in
the fall of 2010 Ziim Main Street service began operating in September 2011 and Ziim Steeles
Avenue started in the fall of 2012
Ziim was funded by all three levels of government with investments of $95 million each from
the Federal Provincial and Municipal governments for a total allotment of $285 million
Phase Iof the project required $159 million Phase II which expanded services along Queen
Street and Steeles Avenue as well as introduce new services on Bovaird Drive will require $126
million when fully completed
This is a DBFM - Design Build Finance and Maintain project led by the City of Brampton
Brampton designed built financed and maintains all aspects of the Zum system-wide capital
and operating costs related to
bull Roadway infrastructure intersection modifications and signal priority equipment
bull New terminals and station stops with high-quality passenger amenities
Capital equipment including new vehicles for expanded and rebranded service
Intelligent Transportation System technologies including real-time passenger information
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 17
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario p ( raquo^7
Post-Secondary Education Infrastructure Project -Sheridan Centre for Advanced Manufacturing and Design Technology (CAMDT)
In response to the changing face of manufacturing in Central and Southern Ontario Sheridan College and the City of Brampton embarked on a vision to assist Canadian manufacturers to compete globally with knowledge and technology asthe keys to their success
Led by Sheridan College ITAL the CAMDT $8 million venture is a partnership with more than 20 regional manufacturers the Province of Ontario and the City of Brampton Together we are growing regional talent in this important sector In 2005 CAMDT opened its doors
Seen as a strategic economic development initiative the City of Brampton was a major funding
and local knowledge partner contributing$25 million to CAMDT - the largest investment it has
ever made as a municipality in post-secondary education City Councils investment in Sheridan
is intended to address the demand (in the manufacturing sector) for graduates with a broad
range of advanced technical and management skills as well as to provide enhanced training for
those already in the workforce
CAMDT uses a consortia approach with the following goals
New full-time courses and industrycollege projects
Applied research initiatives and student projects
Contract training and continuing education courses
Strengthen program enrolments and graduate placements
The Centre for Sustainable Manufacturing (CSM) is located in Brampton and houses 18000
square feet of state-of-the-art labs and a flexible automation and fabrication centre The labs
support academic programs in integrated manufacturing computer-aided
draftingmanufacturing and manufacturing management
The Centre helps meet current and future needs of local manufacturers to stimulate regional
economic development and prosperity Sheridan government and local industry have
collaborated for nearly a decade to position the Centre to address critical skills gaps in the
manufacturing sector The Centre is now partnering with industry to support technical financial
and knowledge development to facilitate adoption of innovative technologies that minimize
resource consumption harmful emissions waste and use of toxic materials
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 18
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario p | mdash^ff
Health Care Infrastructure Project shy
Peel Memorial Centre for Integrated Health and Wellness
The new Peel Memorial Centre in Brampton will support the William Osier Health Systems vision for an integrated health system by providing primary ambulatory and outpatient-based care
This is a DBFM - Design Build Maintain Finance project led by Infrastructure Ontario (10)
Scheduled to open in 2016 Peel Memorial CIHW will provide specialized outpatient-based care
including urgent care day surgery and specialty clinics with a focus on helping individuals better
manage chronic conditions like asthma diabetes and kidney disease
According to Osier Health System Peel Memorial will introduce new models of care to shift the
focus from illness to wellness and encourage patients to take a more active role in managing
their own health and well-being
Representing the leading edge in integrated health care delivery Peel Memorial will provide
access to specialized patient-centred care in a state-of-the-art facility that offers a wide variety
of traditional and alternative health care services It will help people to get and stay well
through a series of education prevention disease management and healing programs
In the fall of 2012 Osier received government approval to move forward with a request for
qualifications to design build finance and maintain the new facility Following this
announcement Brampton City Council decided to invest 50 of the community share with a
$60 million levy in support of the new Peel Memorial
Downtown Intensification Infrastructure Project shy
Southwest Quadrant Renewal Plan Municipal Office and Commercial Retail Development
On August 10 2011 Bramptons City Council approved the terms of agreement for the
Southwest Quadrant Renewal Plan which enables the City to move forward with a creative
solution to meet the Citys future administrative space needs and plans for revitalization of
Bramptons downtown The successful proposal submitted by Dominus Construction Group is
a plan for a mixed-use development with several new features including new administrative
parking and retail space and a pedestrian-friendly cityscape for completion in 2014
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 19
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario p f~2raquo^
This is a DBF - Design Build Finance project led by Dominus Construction Group The City is a tenant in the building on a long-term lease
Phase 1 of this LEEDS project now under construction includes a new nine-storey building at 41 George Street that can accommodate
bull 126398 foot building for administrative space
bull 10147 square feet for ground retail space
bull 10545 square feet for multi-purpose meeting rooms
bull 443 parking spaces (five levels of parking)
Phase la also under construction includes a two-storey addition to the current City Hall that
can accommodate
bull 2507 square feet for committee rooms
bull 6187 square feet for ground retail space
Phases 1 and la of the Southwest Quadrant Renewal Plan (SWQRP) represents a $94M
investment in the downtown and all 3 Phases of the combined SWQRP represents an
estimated investment of $251M
This investment in the Southwest Quadrant Renewal Plan is another major building block in the
ongoing evolution and revitalization of downtown Brampton both in terms of contributing to
the urban landscape as well as attracting private sector investment and opportunities
Combined with other major projects like the Rose Theatre Brampton the launch of Ziim on
Queen and Main Streets restoration work at Alderlea and Peel Heritage Complex and several
new condominium projects Bramptons Downtown is experiencing an exciting resurgence
The City of Brampton is planning to add another signature building in our downtown core
further evidence of Bramptons commitment to economic development
Sustainable Community Development Project shy
Mount Pleasant Mobility Hub
The project includes a number of elements that serve to establish Mount Pleasant as a transit-
oriented development exemplifying a more sustainable approach to suburban community
living
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 20
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario p |~^Q
In partnership with the OntarioGovernment MetrolinxGO and Mattamy Homes the City has invested approximately $23 million in the following infrastructure
bull Community Transit Infrastructure station stops and related passenger amenities
Intelligent Transportation Systems (ITS) and transit enhancements at intersections
bull Mobility Hub facility bus layovers sheltered passenger areas clock tower bike storage areas and related amenities
bull Cultural Heritage reconstructed historic CPR station structure to be used as a cultural
facility in the Mt Pleasant civicsquare shared with the Peel District School Board and the
Library
bull Pedestrian amenities Civic Square and Village Green incorporating a reflection poolskating
facility public art canopy structures play area and landscaping features
Through development and stewardship the Mount Pleasant Community will restore and
enhance individual features that currently cover approximately 8 (or 41 hectares) of the
area and create a Natural Heritage System that will cover approximately 19 (or 976 hectares)
of the community As development proceeds within the Mount Pleasant Community the
NHS will come into public ownership The City will be responsible to manage the NHS and our
goal is to support natural processes and regeneration that are beneficial to the health and
diversity of the natural features functions and habitat This will generally mean
bull Planting no-maintenance vegetative buffers between natural areas and private
properties using native trees shrubs and groundcovers
bull Not mowing pruning or spraying natural areas for weeds and insects
bull Allowing for annual flooding and ponding of water along East Huttonville Creek and
within wetlands and woodlands to maintain a natural hydrology that is critical for plant
and wildlife health and diversity
bull Allowingfor the natural loss of vegetation and regrowth of young trees and shrubs
bull Managing natural areas for invasive species such as Buckthorn and Norway Maple
bull Managing the urban trees along streets and parks for invasive species such as Emerald
Ash Borer
The Mount Pleasant Mobility Hub represents a large project that has created one-time
employment within the stipulated 2-year construction period as well generating annual
multipliers supporting Bramptons economic development for future generations
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 21
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario p [raquo^ )
5 OUR INVESTMENT - A COMMITMENT TO POST SECONDARY EDUCATION
The City of Brampton iscommitted to investing in this Strategy Below is a summary of the types of financial and in-kind investmentsthe municipality is prepared to make in order to realize this Strategy
bull Municipal Land Contribution
bull Municipal Commitment to Economic and Market Growth Policies
bull Municipal assistance on site servicing for digitally linked and virtual classrooms
laboratories office
bull Shared Infrastructure related to municipal services such as library field house gymnasium
bull Design an extensive planning process and design exercise that represents the highest
standard of excellence including engaging the community and surrounding land-owners
LEEDS Community and Environmental Design
bull Facilitating municipal and community partnerships to maximize utilization of spaces during
the May - August shoulder period
bull Economic development research grant to support research that fosters innovation and
commercialization
bull Support industry partnerships and innovative enterprises
bull Demonstrate commitment to a shared provincial municipal and university relationship
focused on a culture of open communication shared values community engagement and
volunteerism
bull Staff time and expertise dedicated to teams assigned to this Strategy
bull Leverage City of Brampton AAA Credit Rating by Standard amp Poors
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 22
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario p- ( ~ Q jL
6 IMPLEMENTATION STEPS
The following decision milestones guide the municipal commitment and stewardship of this
Strategy
bull Exploratory Meetings with Sheridan Executive and Chair of Governing Council
bull Preparation of Bramptons Post-Secondary Strategy Proposal
bull Presentation to Premier Wynne - Receive and Endorse Proposed Strategy
bull City Council approval of final post-secondary strategy and approval to enter into a
Memorandum of Understanding with Sheridan College ITAL to explore the feasibility of
establishing Sheridan University in Downtown Brampton
bull Execute an MOU with Sheridan
bull Complete the Feasibility Study for Goal 1
bull Form a project team to prepare the technical documents in support of an RFP related to
Goal 2 -Attract a new undergraduate and graduate research-oriented university campus
aligned with Bramptons vision and proposed site locations with reporting to Council
7 CONTACTS
Susan Fennell
Mayor
City of Brampton Tel 905-874-2600
John Corbett MCIP RPP
Chief Administrative Officer
City of Brampton Tel 905-874-2625
Creating andpreserving knowledge-basedjobs by enabling investments in post-secondary education research innovation and commercialization activities
is at the heart ofBramptons economic vision
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 23
APPENDIX 3
FI-V4shybullUTaarrgt-^M
Major
Capacity
Expansion
Policy
Framework
December 2013
Ministry of Training Colleges and Universities
pound Ontario
PI -IS
The Ontario Public Service endeavours to demonstrate leadership with respect to accessibility in Ontario Our goal isto ensure that Ontario government services products and focilities ore occessible to all our employees and to all members of the public we serve This document or the information that itcontains is available on request in alternative formats Please forward all requests for alternative formats to ServiceOntario ot 1-800-668-9938 (TTY 1-800-268-7095)
line publication equivolenle est disponible en francais sous le titre suivant (Mesttattgique pout Iocuoissement moeur de hcapocili 2013
This publication is also available on the Ministry ofTraining Colleges and Universities website at wwvontariocatcu 13-278 bull ISBN 978-1-4606-3428-8 (POF) bull copy Queens Printer for Ontario 2013
Contents
Vision 5
Context 5
Government Priorities 6
Components of the Policy Framework 7
Initial Review 7
Scope 7
Selection and Approval 9
Policy Implementation and Compliance 10
Appendix A
Contact Information and Checklist for Institutions Considering
Capacity Expansion 11
Appendix B
An Outline of the Review and Approval Process for Planned
Capacity Expansion Proposals 13
Appendix C
General Evaluation Criteria for Major Capacity Expansion 14
Pi-Vi
Vision
Ontarios colleges and universities will drive creativity innovation knowledge and community engagement through teaching and research They will put students first by providing the best possible learning experience for all qualified learners in an affordable and financially sustainable way ensuring high quality and globally competitive outcomes for students and Ontarios knowledge economy
Context
Between 2002-03 and 2012-13 the postsecondary education system in Ontario expanded substantially with full-time enrolment growing by over 160000 more than in any decade in the provinces history Ontario has been supporting enrolment growth across the college and university sectors through increases in operating grants enhancements to student financial aid and capital investments
Ontarios postsecondary institutions have been committed partners in their efforts to accommodate these unprecedented levels of enrolment growth and have thus contributed to expanding opportunities for students to pursue higher education in many communities across Ontario
At65 per cent Ontarios level of postsecondary attainment (college university and apprenticeship) in 2012 was higher than thatof any country in theOrganisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) The Ontario government has set a postsecondary education attainment target of 70 per cent to ensure that the province continues to benefit from the competitive advantage of its highly skilled and educated workforce in the global economy
In this context it is essential to ensure that in future the right spaces are created in the right places for Ontarios students This can be done by targeting areas in which population growth is strong but local postsecondary education capacity is limited
Population growth in Ontario has recently been - and is expected tocontinue to be - concentrated in a number of large urban areas Some of the regions and communities where strong
Fl-W
long-term demand growth is anticipated are not currently served by local campuses In those areas gaps have recently begun to appear between enrolment demand growth and the capacity to accommodate continued enrolment growth If left unaddressed those gaps are likely to widen over time
Projections are subject to uncertainty and caution should always be used when considering long-term forecasts Based on the ministrys latest assessment of demographics and long-term postsecondary education participation patterns enrolment demand growth will moderate in the near term but is expected to return to more rapid growth after 2020 with the potential for substantial enrolment increases over the longer term Consistent with recent trends long-term demand is expected to be greatest for degree-level programs
It is anticipated that the focus of most major capacity expansions in the future will be at the undergraduate degree level Students in rapidly growing communities have access to substantial local college facilities more than they do to local university campuses In addition although graduate enrolment has risen significantly in recent years it is much lower than enrolment at the undergraduate level and tends to be concentrated in fewer institutions
The timing of this anticipated growth in demand provides an important opportunity The province will have time to plan for and address postsecondary education capacity needs in areas of Ontario where communities are growing and where students need better and more affordable access to postsecondary education opportunities closer to home
Government Priorities
The Major Capacity Expansion Policy Framework set out in this document seeks to achieve the following objectives
bull Ensuring that future large-scale capacity expansion supports long-term postsecondary education priorities including institutional differentiation
bull Managing enrolment growth strategically in line with provincial growth planning priorities to address regional capacity gaps in underserved areas
bull Putting in place a transparent evidence-based decision making and implementation process
ldegt
9 Addressing affordability and sustainability for students institutions and the province by maximizing the cost-effectiveness of targeted investments
bull Creating local community and regional economic benefits leading to job creation and greater economic diversity
Components of the Policy Framework The components of the Major Capacity Expansion policy framework include
1) a description of the kinds of initiatives that will be within the scope of the new approval and selection process
2) the selection process and the criteria that will be used in evaluating proposals for approval after a call for proposals is made and
3) details on implementation and compliance
Initial Review
Any institution considering an initiative that involves an expansion ofcapacity should contact the ministry in writing using the checklist provided in Appendix A The ministry will review initiatives proposed by institutions on a case-by-case basis to determine whether the planned expansion is subject to the new selection and approval process outlined below The ministry will provide a response to the institutions request in writing clearly indicating whether a proposed project or initiative will be subject to the new Major Capacity Expansion selection and approval process Initiatives subject to the new process are not to proceed unless approved by the provincial government following a formal call for proposals
Scope
This policy framework addresses a significant provincial interest in the need for provincial management of future large-scale expansions in postsecondary education capacity Effective management and planning is also needed to help avoid potential conflicts that can arise between and among institutions sect with respect to the location of new facilities and campuses s
FI-H-0
The new approval and selection process is primarily focused on initiatives that are designed to accommodate significant long-term increases in the number of domestic full-time postsecondary education students Such large-scale initiatives could include expansions at existing locations or might involve the establishment of new campuses Initiatives could be partnerships including university-college collaborations that would also enhance students educational experience and student pathways
Recognizing thata wide range and variety of potential expansion opportunities exist in Ontarios diverse and complex postsecondary education system the ministry has avoided setting rigid parameters to define major capacity expansion However initiatives characterized by the following scale-related features are most likely to be subject to the new approval and selection process
0 accommodates enrolment growth of more than 1000 full-time students in the short term with the potential to accommodate longer-term growth of5000 to 10000 over the next twenty years (ie long-term enrolment comparable to enrolment at substantial existing college or university campuses)
8 adds new facilities (either owned or secured through long-term lease) larger than 70000 square feet (roughly 6500 square metres) designated primarily for academic purposes
raquo offers a broad range of programs with substantial new or expanded ancillary services (or shows clear potential for future growth in program offerings and ancillary services)
bull significantly improves local student access to postsecondary education in the short term (and has the potential to do so in the longer term) particularly in geographic locations that may be experiencing or are expected to develop capacity gaps
When reviewing a planned expansion the ministry will also take into consideration whether the initiative
bull competes with other capacity expansion initiatives in a particular geographic area or would have an impact on existing or already-planned postsecondary education facilities
bull in the case of proposed new campuses is outside the local area of the institutions existing campuses or is in a new community for the institution in terms of substantial permanent academic facilities For the purpose of this policy the local
FH+I
area of a campus is defined as the area within the median commuter shed for Census Metropolitan Areas in Ontario as specified by Statistics Canada (about 10 km)
Institutions making expansion proposals will be required to provide evidence of prior consultation with and support from other institutions that could be affected by the proposal confirmation of their own Board of Governors support for the proposal and confirmation of significant support from the local municipality or region
Selection and Approval Decisions about future large-scale postsecondary education capacityexpansion projects will be made on the basis of a formal transparent competitive process that will begin with a call for proposals directed to institutions Consideration will be given to proposals for large-scale expansion ofexisting campuses (main or satellite campuses) andor for the creation of new campuses
Calls for proposals will be directed to publicly assisted postsecondary education institutions in Ontario Eligibility to submit a proposal will in general be extended to all institutions however the government may decide to limit eligibility as appropriate depending on current circumstances and evolving provincial priorities
Municipalities interested in being considered as host locations for future major capacity expansion should work in collaboration with institutions that would be prepared to submit a proposal
Priority will be given to proposals in regions that have been experiencing sustained population and postsecondary education demand growth and that are underserved in terms of postsecondary education opportunities
The timing of future calls for proposals the number of projects selected for support and the level and timing of funding will be determined by the provincial government and will reflect a range of considerations including the fiscal environment
FI-M-1
When evaluating proposals the ministry will consider a setof criteria in the following categories consistent with its priorities for future capacity expansion (as outlined on page 6)
bull Strategic management of long-term enrolment growth and accessibility
bull Differentiation sustainability and accountability bull Economic impact raquo Quality innovation and competitiveness (including
institutional partnership options) bull Affordability for students and the province (including
substantial support from host communities)
Over time as circumstances change and priorities evolve the ministry may articulate additional requirements for the competitive process For details of general evaluation criteria refer to Appendix C Additional templates may be provided when a call for proposals is announced
Once the proposals have been evaluated the ministry will make recommendations to Cabinet for funding support for the selected proposals When one or more proposals have been selected and approved for funding bilateral agreements will be put in place between the institution(s) selected and the ministry
Policy Implementation and Compliance This policy framework will be effective immediately Institutions are encouraged to submit their expansion plans for initial review as soon as possible
If an initiative is determined to be outside the scope of this new approval and selection process itwill still be subject to other relevant ministry approval processes including but not limited to program approval and capital funding processes It will also have to be consistent with the terms of the Strategic Mandate Agreement established between the institution and the ministry
Failure to comply with the requirements setout in this policy framework will affect provincial funding Specifically new or expanded enrolment at the location of the expansion will not be recognized for funding through the college or university operating grants and the institution will not be eligible for provincial capital funding at the location Failure to comply could also affect future capital decisions by the provincial government
0 with respect to other locations
Fl-42gt
Appendix A Contact Information and Checklist for Institutions Considering Capacity Expansion
Institutions considering capacity expansion should direct a letter describing the project or initiative along with a completed checklist (see below) to
MCEsubmi53101iionfariocc1
The following checklist will help the ministry determine whether the planned expansion will be subject to the new approval and selection process under the MajorCapacity Expansion policy framework1
Please complete the checklist (copy and scan the completed form or create an e-file based on the template) and include it as an attachment to your communication to the ministry outlining your institutions planned capacity expansion project
Please provide additional information as needed in the Comments section of the checklist
1 A planned expansion that is deemed subject to the new selection and approval process is not to proceed unless approved by the province following a formal call for proposals A planned expansion that is deemed outside the scope of the Major Capacity Expansion approval and selection process will still be subject to other relevant ministry approval processes including but not limited to program approval and capital funding processes
pl-4-4shy
Checklist for Institutions Considering Capacity Expansion
Checklist Items
Size
How many full-time students would this initiative accommodate based on current plans
Is there potential for substantial longer-term enrolment growth If yes please provide a high-level estimate of potential enrolment
How much space (in sq ft) will be designated for academic purposes in the proposed facility (or expansion) Would new facilities be owned or secured through long-term lease
What is the credential mix of programs associated with this proposed expansion
What programs would be made available
Consultation
Have you consulted with other institutions that could be affected by this proposal
bull Which institution(s) have you consulted Are they supportive
Has your institution engaged its Board of Governors with respect to this proposal Is the board supportive
Is your proposal supported by the local municipality region in which it would be located
bull Will third-party resources (municipalities region other) be available to support this initiative What is the level of support expected
Location Services
Where would the new capacity be located (municipality region)
bull Is this a new locationcommunity for your institution
If proposing expansion at a new location is the location more than 10 km from existing campus(es)
Does the planned expansion include ancillary and student services
bull Please provide a list of services to be offered
Notes
Yes No Comme -
DD
an
a a
a a
bull a
bull a
bull a
bull This list is designed to provide information needed to determine whether a proposal will be deemed subject to the Major Capacity Expansion policy approval and selection process
bull Decisions will be made on a case-by-case basis If additional information is needed a representative of the Ministry ofTraining Colleges and Universities will contact the institution Please provide complete contact information including name position title email address and phone numbers
FI-H5
Appendix B An Outline of the Review and Approval Process for Planned Capacity Expansion Proposals
Chart 1 below outlines the steps in the assessment process that will be used to determine whether a planned capacity expansion will be deemed subject to the approval and selection process under the Major Capacity Expansion policy framework
Chart 2 outlines the steps in the process of selecting initiatives for funding under the Major Capacity Expansion policy framework
Chart 1 Initial Review - Is the Planned Expansion Subject to the Major Capacity Expansion Selection and Approval Process
The planned expansion
does not move forward
until approved by the
province following a Ministry reviews the institutions formal call for proposals
Institution submits a letter Failure to comply will submission to evaluate whether
describing the planned the planned expansion will be affect provincial funding
expansion with a completed subject to the new selection 1gt4^lt^t^fea1Vitaiiij4gtlJULJl^
and approval process under
for review the Major Capacity Expansion The planned expansion policy framework moves forward subject to
checklist to the ministry
Wampj^WJfeWamp$Si^^ all other ministry approval
processes (eg capital and
program approvals)
bulluiut^w-ww-yishy
Chart 2 SelectionApproval Process far a Major Capacity Expansion Following a Call for Proposals
Callfor proposals initiated Institutions submit Ministry assesses proposals Announcement of selected
by the province proposals against evaluation criteria initiatives to be supported
and brings forward selected for major capacity
proposals for Cabinet expansion
approval
raquoHSW^8raquoMJmmLiMH WOWluUdUJIUlbUitL
13
r
shy
Fl-Ho
enoix C General Evaluation Criteria for Major Capacity Expansion
Category Evaluation Criteria
Strategic Significant expansion of local postsecondary education opportunities for management students in underserved areas with growing demand based on long-term of long-term demographic trends enrolment Alignment with provincial priorities including Growth Plan priorities and
economic development initiativesgrowth and Clear potential to add substantial new capacity and support futureaccessibility enrolment growth in the postsecondary education sector
Differentiation Alignment with the institutions Strategic Mandate Agreement and goals sustainability and priorities of the Differentiation Policy Framework and Impact on nearby institutions accountability Effective and sustainable governance model including consideration
of the impact of distance from the expansion location for administration and academic experience Focus on undergraduate programs Range of programs offered locally and avoidance of unwarranted duplication of existing programming
Economic Demonstrated Value for Money including AFP options where impact appropriate and limits on provincial contributions
Tangible regional economic benefits combined with potential for province-wide benefit based on labour force skills and economic growth Demonstrated local economic benefits and linkages with local industries
Quality Innovative service delivery innovation Institutional partnership options including university-college collaboration and Postsecondary education quality and student experience (including
ancillary and student services)competitiveness
Affordabiiity Evidence of substantial support from host community including financial for students contributions and land ownership
Economies of scaleand the
province Linkages with local transportation for commuting students Potential for leveraging private sector resources Evidence of consideration ofalternatives to expansion proposal based on existing capacity and potential partnerships Proven financial health of institution with asset management plan in place Demonstrated labour market demand
Nofe These are the general criteria that will be used to guide the selection and approval of proposals submitted in response toa ministry call for proposals
N
News Release
Helping More Students Pursue Postsecondary Education
Ontario Calls for Expansion Proposals from Universities March 272014 945 am
Office of the Premier
Premier Kathleen Wynne announced today that the government is taking steps to
ensure that more students can pursue undergraduate degrees close to home The
province is inviting universities to submit proposals for new or expanded campuses in
underserved areas (colleges are encouraged to partner with universities to submit
proposals)
This call for proposals is part of the governments commitment to provide funding for
60000 additional postsecondary education spaces across Ontario The government will
collaborate closely with municipalities colleges and universities to ensure that capacity
is increased where it is needed the most
The proposals will be evaluated based on their potential to
bull Increase postsecondary spaces in underserved areas
bull Improve quality innovation and competitiveness
bull Demonstrate cost-effectiveness to both students and taxpayers
bull Help stimulate growth and economic development in Ontario
This will help establish a formal transparent and competitive process to evaluate
decisions about future expansions
Improving access to postsecondary education is part of the Ontario governments
economic plan that is creating jobs for today and tomorrow The comprehensive plan
and its six priorities focus on Ontarios greatest strengths -- its people and strategic
partnerships
Fl-M
Quick Facts
The call for proposals is open to all publicly assisted universities and all colleges of
applied arts and technology in Ontario with a deadline for submissions of Sept 26
2014 Colleges must partner with universities to be eligible for major capacity
expansion projects
Municipalities interested in being considered as host locations are expected to work
in collaboration with institutions that are submitting a proposal
The province released the Major Capacity Expansion Policy Framework in December
2013 to identify priority areas for growth
In the last 10 years full-time enrolment in Ontarios postsecondary system has grown
by more than 160000 mdash more than in any decade in the provinces history
bull The provinces 30 off Tuition Grant helped more than 230000 students start
college or university last year
Quotes
Fl-M
We are committed to helping more students get the postsecondary education they need to succeed
We want to bridge Ontarios skills gap and ensure that young people are equipped with all the right
skills mdash no matter where they live
Kathleen Wynne
Premier of Ontario
Expanding and creating new postsecondary campuses where they are needed most will help
ensure that more students have the opportunity to get a world-class education while staying close to
home Were working closely with our postsecondary partners to make sure the right spaces are in
the right places
Brad Duguid
Minister of Training Colleges and Universities
Laurier Brantford has provided immeasurable benefits to both local students and the citys
downtown revitalization This announcement signifies similar economic development partnerships
between municipalities and postsecondary institutions leading to new jobs and increased prosperity
for more communities across Ontario Chris Friel Mayor City of Brantford
PI-so
^^js^-^
Major
Capacity
Expansion
Call for
Proposals
GUIDELINES
March 2014
Ministry of Training Colleges and Universities
w^ Ontario
Fl-SI
The Ontario Public Service endeavours to demonstrate leadership with respect to accessibility in Ontario Our gool is to ensure that Ontario government services products and facilities are occessible to all our employees and to all members ofthe public we serve This document or the inlormolion that itcontains is available on request in alternative formats Pleose forward all requests lor alternative formats to ServiceOntario at1-800-668-9938 (TTY 1-800-268-709S)
line publication equivolente est disponible en francais sous le litre suivont Appel de propositions pour Ioccroissement moieur de la capocM - lignes directrices
This publication is also available on the Ministry olTraining Colleges and Universities website atwwivontariocatcu 13-323 bull ISBN 978-1-4606-3802-6 (PDF) bull copy Queens Printer for Ontario 2014
2014
Fi-sa
Contents
1 Background 5
2 Timelines for Submitting a Proposal 5
3 Notice of Intent 5
4 Eligible Applicants 6
5 Eligible Projects 6
6 Major Capacity Expansion General Evaluation Criteria 7
7 Weighting 8
8 Assessment and Ranking 9
9 Communications Protocol 13
10 Role of Infrastructure Ontario and Alternative
Financing and Procurement 13
11 The Selection Process and Funding 14
12 Components of the Submission 14
13 Links to Related Documents and Resources 16
14 Disclosure of Information 16
15 Call for Proposals Timeline 16
PI-S3
1 Background The ministry released its Major Capacity Expansion Policy Framework on December 20 2013 A commitment was made to
issue a Call for Proposals in early 2014
This Call for Proposals represents the beginning of a process that will lead to the selection of successful proposals which collectively will meet provincial goals for postsecondary education in Ontario - increased capacity at the undergraduate degree level greater affordability for students institutions and the province improved institutional differentiation and regional economic benefits This process will be guided by principles of fairness competitiveness and transparency and by a commitment to serve the public interest
This long-term initiative will help ensure that our postsecondary education system will have the right spaces in the right places for Ontario students
2 Timelines for Submitting a Proposal The closing date for submission of a Notice of Intent is June 27 2014
The closing date for submission of the full proposal is September 26 2014
Submissions must be received by the ministry on or before these dates
3 Notice of Intent
The Notice of Intent is a one-page overview of the proposed project Proposals will not be considered unless a Notice of Intent is received by the deadline ofJune 27 2014 To ensure transparency and competitiveness every Notice of Intent submitted to the ministry will be posted on the Postsecondary Education Partners Gateway website within 30 days of the submission date
Fl-Sf
4 Eligible Applicants In view of the focus on undergraduate degree capacity it is expected that submissions will be led by universities butcollegeshyuniversity partnership models are encouraged
All proposals must demonstrate need (ie expansion should be located in areas thatare currently underserved by postsecondary education andor thatare expected to experience significant future growth in enrolment demand)
5 Eligible Projects Recognizing the wide range and variety of potential expansion opportunities the ministry continues to avoid setting rigid parameters to define major capacityexpansion However as stated in the Major Capacity Expansion Policy Framework initiatives characterized by the following scale-related features are most likely to be subject to this approval and selection process
bull accommodates enrolment growth of more than 1000 full-time students in the short term with the potential to accommodate longer-term growth of 5000 to 10000 over the next twenty years (ie long-term enrolment comparable to enrolment at substantial existing collegeor university campuses)
bull adds new facilities (either owned or secured through long-term lease) larger than 70000 square feet (roughly 6500 square metres) designated primarily for academic purposes
bull offers a broad range of programs with substantial new or expanded ancillary services (or shows clear potential for future growth in program offerings and student and ancillary services)
bull significantly improves local student access to postsecondary education in the short term (and has the potential to continue to do so in the longer term) particularly in geographic locations that may be experiencing or are expected to develop capacity gaps at the undergraduate degree level
PI-S5
6 Major Capacity Expansion General Evaluation Criteria
The following general evaluation criteria were included in the Major Capacity Expansion Policy Framework These criteria will be used to assess proposals Institutions should demonstrate the alignment of their proposed projects with the criteria and may do so in any format suitable to them
Priority Objectives
Strategic management of long-term enrolment growth and accessibility
Differentiation sustainability and accountability
Economic impact
Quality innovation and competitiveness
General Criteria
bull Significant expansion of local postsecondary education opportunities for students in underserved areas with growing demand based on long-term demographic trends
bull Alignment with provincial priorities including Growth Plan priorities and economic development initiatives
bull Clear potential to add substantial new capacity and support future enrolment growth in the postsecondary education sector
Alignment with the institutions Strategic Mandate Agreement (SMA) and goals and priorities of the Differentiation Policy Framework Impact on nearby institutions Effective and sustainable governance model including consideration ofthe impact ofdistance from the expansion location for administration and academic experience Focus on undergraduate programs Range of programs offered locally and avoidance ofunwarranted duplication ofexisting programming
Tangible regional economic benefits combined with potential for province-wide benefit based on labour force skills and economic growth Demonstrated local economic benefits and linkages with local industries
Demonstrated Value for Money including Alternative Financing and Procurement (AFP) options where appropriate and limits on provincial contributions
Institutional partnership options including university-college collaboration
Innovative service delivery Postsecondary education quality and student experience (including student and ancillary services)
(continued)
Fl-5b
Priority Objectives General Criteria
Affordability for bull Evidence of substantial support from hostcommunity including students and the financial contributions and land ownership province bull Economies of scale
bull Linkages with local transportation for commuting students bull Potential for leveraging private sector resources bull Evidence of consideration of alternatives to expansion proposal
based on existing capacity and potential partnerships bull Proven financial health of institution with asset management plan
in place bull Demonstrated labour market demand
7 Weighting The evaluation criteria for the assessment of institutional
proposals will be weighted as follows
Category Weight
Section A Meeting Demand 30
bull Strategic management of long-term enrolment growth and accessibility
Section B Demonstrated Affordability 40
bull Affordability for students and the province
Section C Academic and Economic Considerations 30
bull Differentiation sustainability and accountability bull Economic impact bull Quality innovation and competitiveness (including institutional partnership
options)
PI-SI
8 Assessment and Ranking Funding will be awarded on a competitive basis and proposals will be evaluated for suitability using defined criteria Institutions should use both qualitative and quantitative analysis to demonstrate the alignment of their proposals with the general evaluation criteria
SECTION A MEETING DEMAND (30)
Proposals should demonstrate alignment with some or all of the following criteria
Priority Objective 1 Strategic management of long-term enrolment growth and accessibility
General Evaluation Criteria
1 Significant expansion of local postsecondary education opportunities for students in underserved areas with growing demand based on long-term demographic trends
2 Alignment with provincial priorities including Growth Plan priorities and economic development initiatives
3 Clear potential to add substantial new capacity and support future enrolment growth in the postsecondary education sector
Possible Alignment Measures
bull Demographic growth projections for location bull Existing enrolment capacity at institutions in
the proximity of the proposed expansion bull Estimated enrolment capacity ofthe
expansion and projected net increase in undergraduate enrolment
bull Number of students from the area of the intended expansion who are currently attending the institution(s)
Possible Information to Build Evidence Base
bull Institutions long-term enrolment master plan bull Joint campus master plan for partnerships (if applicable) bull Long-term enrolment viability study bull Completed enrolment table in the proposal template stating all assumptions bull Community profile demonstrating future demand in the area bull Documented support from and alignment with plans of any associated agencies municipalities
or other entities
bull Consideration of relevant provincial population and employment projections bull Consideration of key provincial policy directions relating to the location of public institutions and
their associated economic impacts (eg ability to contribute to urban revitalization efforts) bull Evidence of program demand (eg number of applications)
FI-5J
SECTION B DEMONSTRATED AFFORDABILITY (40)
Proposals should demonstrate alignment with some or all of the following criteria
Priority Objective 2 Affordability for students and the province
General Evaluation Criteria
1 Evidence of substantial support from host community including financial contributions and land ownership
2 Economies of scale 3 Linkages with local transportation for
commuting students 4 Potential for leveraging private sector
resources
5 Evidence of consideration of alternatives to expansion proposal based on existing capacity and potential partnerships
6 Proven financial health of institution with asset management plan in place
7 Demonstrated labour market demand
Possible Alignment Measures
bull Total cost of project and expected provincial contribution
bull Cost-benefit analysis ofexpanding an existing assetor building at a new location (or a combination thereof)
bull Distance from current campuses bull Current assetmanagement plan including
effects of expansion on Facilities Condition Index
bull Public transit capacity to the institution and between campuses
bull Debtasset ratioof institution(s) bull Energy sources and efficiency initiatives
(including proposed LEED certification) bull Long-term financial viability bull Existing student employment KPIs
Possible Information to Build Evidence Base
bull Detailed project costing information including projected cash flow requirements and net impact on operating cost
bull Business case demonstrating need for expansiori (existing campus only) including a service gap analysis
bull Letters of support from potential partners indicating details of financial andor in-kind contributions (eg land ownership)
bull Local transportation plan(s) showing current anc1planned public access to site (short- and long-term)
bull Independent verification of total expansion proj set cost
bull Financial health analysis including recent finan cial statements
bull Documentation of preliminary environmental assessment bull Control and ownership of buildings and equipment (partnerships only) bull Long-term forecast of incremental operating expenses and revenues (grants third party revenues)
as a result ofthe proposed project
PI-S9
SECTION C ACADEMIC AND ECONOMIC CONSIDERATIONS (30)
Proposals should demonstrate alignment with some or all of the following criteria
Priority Objective 3 Differentiation sustainability and accountability
General Evaluation Criteria
1Alignment with the institutions Strategic Mandate Agreement (SMA) and goals and priorities of the Differentiation Policy Framework
2 Impact on nearby institutions 3 Effective and sustainable governance model
including consideration of the impact of distance from the expansion location for administration and academic experience
4 Focus on undergraduate programs 5 Range of programs offered locally and
avoidance of unwarranted duplication of existing programming
Possible Alignment Measures
bull Assessment of alignment with SMA bull Proposed programs their alignment with
the institutions strengths and an overview ofsimilar existing programs offered by institutions near the expansion
bull Ranking of institution(s) on applications by students from the proposed area
Possible Information to Build Evidence Base
bull Finalized SMA
bull Program information (initial and planned) bull Overview of proposed institutional governance model bull Consultation overview including results of discussions with affected institutions and letters of
support (if applicable)
pi-to
Priority Objective 4 Economic impact
General Evaluation Criteria
1Tangible regional economic benefits combined with potential for province-wide benefit based on labour force skills and economic growth
2 Demonstrated local economic benefits and linkages with local industries
3 Demonstrated Value for Money including Alternative Financing and Procurement (AFP) options where appropriate and limits on provincial contributions
Possible Alignment Measures
bull Local economic benefits bull Alignment of programs with regional and
Ontario labour market needs
bull Expected financing cost (if any) bull Jobs created (short-term associated with
building period and ongoing) bull Ongoing jobs created at expansion bull Value for Money analysis related to proposed
procurement model
Possible Information to Build Evidence Base
bull An economic impact study or value planning study to demonstrate the projects potential to provide direct economic benefits for the surrounding area (eg by helping to revitalize the community unlock local development potential build the taxbase and leverage existing infrastructure and investments)
Priority Objective 5 Quality innovation and competitiveness
General Evaluation Criteria
1 Institutional partnership options including university-college collaboration
2 Innovative service delivery 3 Postsecondary education quality and student
experience (including student and ancillary services)
Possible Alignment Measures
bull Institutional track record with partnerships bull Assessment ofproposed academic plan and
service delivery bull Range of planned student and ancillary
services compared with services at existing campuses (short- and long-term)
bull Existing student experience (KPIs student outcomes)
Possible Information to Build Evidence Base
bull Institutions Strategic Plan bull Business case in support ofproposed academic plan including partnerships with relevant
raquo information aboutcurriculumpedagogy raquo financial information
raquo interjurisdictional case studies and examples bull Impact analysis with respect toacademic and administrative quality and quality of experience bull Overview of new program accreditation required ifapplicable
12
Fl-fel
9 Communications Protocol
Proposal submissions must be received at MCEsubmissions ontarioca by September 26 2014 Late submissions will not be accepted
Specific questions submitted to the ministry as part of the process will be answered and will be made available to all participants
To ensure a fair and transparent process the ministry will not provide any advisory services to institutions on an individual basis
10 Role of Infrastructure Ontario and Alternative
Financing and Procurement Infrastructure Ontario is a Crown agency of the Government of Ontario It is focused on modernizing and financing the renewal of public infrastructure maximizing the value of public real estate and managing government facilities It also provides expertise in project delivery lending real estate management and asset planning Infrastructure Ontario now has a greater role in procuring infrastructure as well engaging in both traditional forms of procurement and alternative financing and procurement (AFP) when appropriate
As indicated in the Ministry of Infrastructures Building Together Plan and in the provincial governments planning and budgeting process recommendations will be made on the procurement method and delivery of all college infrastructure projects valued at more than $50 million In addition universities with successful projects and associated provincial grants in excess of $100 million will be required to consult with Infrastructure Ontario The $100 million threshold may be lowered in future years
The criteria for assessing these projects could include scope complexity and value-for-money assessment with input from the ministry and Infrastructure Ontario
13
Pl-bl
11 The Selection Process and Funding The ministry will oversee the process leading to the selection of successful applications A multi-ministry panel will review the applications and make recommendations to Cabinet through the Ministry of Training Colleges and Universities Cabinetwill make the final decision aboutsuccessful projects andor future courses of action
Funding for successful projects will be provided subsequently The number of projects selected for support as well as the level and timing of funding will be determined by the provincial government and will reflect a range of considerations including the fiscal environment
12 Components of the Submission The following components of the submission are to be provided to the ministry by the dates indicated In addition to what is required below institutions may submit their proposals in any format that they believe best demonstrates the strengths of their proposed project with due attention to the relevance and conciseness of information supplied (Note that institutions may be asked to revise and re-submit their proposals ifexcessive amounts of information are provided)
All submissions must be preceded by
bull A Notice of Intent to be received by the ministry no later than June 27 2014
The Notices of Intent will give the ministry an early overview of interest in Major Capacity Expansion
14
pl-fe
The components of the proposal submission to be received by the ministry no later than September 26r 2014 are as follows
bull A completed checklist
A checklist is included in the Call for Proposals package The checklist must be completed and included in the submission (The checklist is reproduced from Appendix A of the Major Capacity Expansion Policy Framework page 12)
bull A completed capital template
Please refer to the template included in the Call for Proposals package The template requests detailed information on enrolment projections and funding sources This information must be provided using the template but it may also be presented in a different format in the context of the overall presentation
bull Supplementary information
Institutions are welcome to submit supplementary information to support their proposal Supplementary information may include a business case environmental impact studies and any other information or documentation that substantiates the proposal As noted earlier conciseness and relevance of information are
valued
Pleasealso include evidence of support for your proposal (including documentation of land ownership or leasing contracts documentation of municipal or other funding and letters of support)
In the case of a joint university-college submission approval under s 28 of the Financial Administration Act is required for financing if the debt is related to Colleges or if there is a contingent liability
15
Fl-b4shy
13 Links to Related Documents and Resources
Major Capacity Expansion Policy Framework
Differentiation Policy Framework
Places to Grow
Building Together
14 Disclosure of Information
The Freedom of Information and Protection of Privacy Act (FIPPA) applies to information in the custody or under the control of the ministry Institutions should identify whether any information in their proposals is submitted in confidence within the meaning of s 17 of FIPPA The proposals may be shared with a multi-ministry panel or other advisers that the ministry retains to assist with the assessment of the proposals
15 Call for Proposals Timeline
Date Deliverable
March 27 2014 Release of Call for Proposals
June 27 2014 Notice of Intent
September 26 2014 Close of Call for Proposals
Contact Information
Ministry staff may need to contact institutions to clarify details or request additional information Please provide complete and current contact information in your submission
16
![Page 24: Pl-I *^ BRAMPTON ReP°rt of Cou… · Pi-2> Current Situation: Following Council approval of its Post-Secondary Education Strategy on November 6, ... Call for Proposals Timeline .](https://reader033.fdocuments.in/reader033/viewer/2022060721/6080f345afc78e210d009525/html5/thumbnails/24.jpg)
A Post-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario Fl-24shy
Project Type DBFM or DBF Design Build Finance Maintain or Design Build
Finance (the final business model is subject to a detailed
feasibility study)
Goal 2 - A New University Campus in Brampton
Project Vision A new university campus that offers undergraduate and graduate
degrees with research-oriented programs for students faculty
industry
Site Option 1 65-acre site at McLaughlin Road and Queen Street West
southwest corner known municipally as Flower City Community
Campus This site was formerly owned by the Province of
Ontario (OPP Headquarters and Training Centre) and is currently
being used by the municipality
Mobility This site is located in the Central Area of Brampton with Brampton
Transit service provided to the property The site is 15
kilometres from the Downtown GO Train Station and the
Downtown ZUM BRT Station on Main Street and 3 km to the
Brampton ZUM BRT station at Shoppers World - Steeles Avenue
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 15
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario p | bull ^S
Site Location Option 2
Mobility
Infrastructure Type
Project Type
The road network provides easy access to the major 400 series
highways for example ETR 407 is 35 km south of this site and
Highway 410 is 45 km east of the site
2719 Bovaird Drive West at Heritage Road southwest quadrant
This 87-acre site was formerly owned by private industry Today
the site is owned by the City of Brampton and is being used by the
municipality for maintenance and operation services
CON5WHS
CON5WHS
iV
I
The Mount Pleasant GO Train Station is 22 km east of the site at
Creditview Road The major Highway 401 and ETR 407 juncture
is approximately 8 km by automobile Future infrastructure
serving this area includes the GTA West Corridor immediately
north and east of the subject property
Post-Secondary Education Campus and Related Uses
DBFM or DBF Design Build Finance Maintain or Design Build
Finance (the final business model is subject to a detailed
feasibility study)
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 16
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario p | 1copy
4 BRAMPTONS STRATEGIC PARTNERSHIPS - A RECORD OF SUCCESS
With its strategic partners the Cityof Brampton has demonstrated an excellent record of
success in building and delivering physical and human infrastructure projects designed to expand public services and improve Bramptons economicdevelopment competitiveness
Ultimately these partnerships have created and preserved Ontario jobs In this section we
showcase a few of these strategic projects
Transit Infrastructure Project-Zum Bus Rapid Transit Project
Zum is Brampton Transits Bus Rapid Transit (BRT) service With its limited stops advanced
technology and real-time next bus information Zum connects people and places within
Brampton and throughout the Greater Toronto Area (GTA) Zum Queen Street service began in
the fall of 2010 Ziim Main Street service began operating in September 2011 and Ziim Steeles
Avenue started in the fall of 2012
Ziim was funded by all three levels of government with investments of $95 million each from
the Federal Provincial and Municipal governments for a total allotment of $285 million
Phase Iof the project required $159 million Phase II which expanded services along Queen
Street and Steeles Avenue as well as introduce new services on Bovaird Drive will require $126
million when fully completed
This is a DBFM - Design Build Finance and Maintain project led by the City of Brampton
Brampton designed built financed and maintains all aspects of the Zum system-wide capital
and operating costs related to
bull Roadway infrastructure intersection modifications and signal priority equipment
bull New terminals and station stops with high-quality passenger amenities
Capital equipment including new vehicles for expanded and rebranded service
Intelligent Transportation System technologies including real-time passenger information
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 17
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario p ( raquo^7
Post-Secondary Education Infrastructure Project -Sheridan Centre for Advanced Manufacturing and Design Technology (CAMDT)
In response to the changing face of manufacturing in Central and Southern Ontario Sheridan College and the City of Brampton embarked on a vision to assist Canadian manufacturers to compete globally with knowledge and technology asthe keys to their success
Led by Sheridan College ITAL the CAMDT $8 million venture is a partnership with more than 20 regional manufacturers the Province of Ontario and the City of Brampton Together we are growing regional talent in this important sector In 2005 CAMDT opened its doors
Seen as a strategic economic development initiative the City of Brampton was a major funding
and local knowledge partner contributing$25 million to CAMDT - the largest investment it has
ever made as a municipality in post-secondary education City Councils investment in Sheridan
is intended to address the demand (in the manufacturing sector) for graduates with a broad
range of advanced technical and management skills as well as to provide enhanced training for
those already in the workforce
CAMDT uses a consortia approach with the following goals
New full-time courses and industrycollege projects
Applied research initiatives and student projects
Contract training and continuing education courses
Strengthen program enrolments and graduate placements
The Centre for Sustainable Manufacturing (CSM) is located in Brampton and houses 18000
square feet of state-of-the-art labs and a flexible automation and fabrication centre The labs
support academic programs in integrated manufacturing computer-aided
draftingmanufacturing and manufacturing management
The Centre helps meet current and future needs of local manufacturers to stimulate regional
economic development and prosperity Sheridan government and local industry have
collaborated for nearly a decade to position the Centre to address critical skills gaps in the
manufacturing sector The Centre is now partnering with industry to support technical financial
and knowledge development to facilitate adoption of innovative technologies that minimize
resource consumption harmful emissions waste and use of toxic materials
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 18
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario p | mdash^ff
Health Care Infrastructure Project shy
Peel Memorial Centre for Integrated Health and Wellness
The new Peel Memorial Centre in Brampton will support the William Osier Health Systems vision for an integrated health system by providing primary ambulatory and outpatient-based care
This is a DBFM - Design Build Maintain Finance project led by Infrastructure Ontario (10)
Scheduled to open in 2016 Peel Memorial CIHW will provide specialized outpatient-based care
including urgent care day surgery and specialty clinics with a focus on helping individuals better
manage chronic conditions like asthma diabetes and kidney disease
According to Osier Health System Peel Memorial will introduce new models of care to shift the
focus from illness to wellness and encourage patients to take a more active role in managing
their own health and well-being
Representing the leading edge in integrated health care delivery Peel Memorial will provide
access to specialized patient-centred care in a state-of-the-art facility that offers a wide variety
of traditional and alternative health care services It will help people to get and stay well
through a series of education prevention disease management and healing programs
In the fall of 2012 Osier received government approval to move forward with a request for
qualifications to design build finance and maintain the new facility Following this
announcement Brampton City Council decided to invest 50 of the community share with a
$60 million levy in support of the new Peel Memorial
Downtown Intensification Infrastructure Project shy
Southwest Quadrant Renewal Plan Municipal Office and Commercial Retail Development
On August 10 2011 Bramptons City Council approved the terms of agreement for the
Southwest Quadrant Renewal Plan which enables the City to move forward with a creative
solution to meet the Citys future administrative space needs and plans for revitalization of
Bramptons downtown The successful proposal submitted by Dominus Construction Group is
a plan for a mixed-use development with several new features including new administrative
parking and retail space and a pedestrian-friendly cityscape for completion in 2014
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 19
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario p f~2raquo^
This is a DBF - Design Build Finance project led by Dominus Construction Group The City is a tenant in the building on a long-term lease
Phase 1 of this LEEDS project now under construction includes a new nine-storey building at 41 George Street that can accommodate
bull 126398 foot building for administrative space
bull 10147 square feet for ground retail space
bull 10545 square feet for multi-purpose meeting rooms
bull 443 parking spaces (five levels of parking)
Phase la also under construction includes a two-storey addition to the current City Hall that
can accommodate
bull 2507 square feet for committee rooms
bull 6187 square feet for ground retail space
Phases 1 and la of the Southwest Quadrant Renewal Plan (SWQRP) represents a $94M
investment in the downtown and all 3 Phases of the combined SWQRP represents an
estimated investment of $251M
This investment in the Southwest Quadrant Renewal Plan is another major building block in the
ongoing evolution and revitalization of downtown Brampton both in terms of contributing to
the urban landscape as well as attracting private sector investment and opportunities
Combined with other major projects like the Rose Theatre Brampton the launch of Ziim on
Queen and Main Streets restoration work at Alderlea and Peel Heritage Complex and several
new condominium projects Bramptons Downtown is experiencing an exciting resurgence
The City of Brampton is planning to add another signature building in our downtown core
further evidence of Bramptons commitment to economic development
Sustainable Community Development Project shy
Mount Pleasant Mobility Hub
The project includes a number of elements that serve to establish Mount Pleasant as a transit-
oriented development exemplifying a more sustainable approach to suburban community
living
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 20
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario p |~^Q
In partnership with the OntarioGovernment MetrolinxGO and Mattamy Homes the City has invested approximately $23 million in the following infrastructure
bull Community Transit Infrastructure station stops and related passenger amenities
Intelligent Transportation Systems (ITS) and transit enhancements at intersections
bull Mobility Hub facility bus layovers sheltered passenger areas clock tower bike storage areas and related amenities
bull Cultural Heritage reconstructed historic CPR station structure to be used as a cultural
facility in the Mt Pleasant civicsquare shared with the Peel District School Board and the
Library
bull Pedestrian amenities Civic Square and Village Green incorporating a reflection poolskating
facility public art canopy structures play area and landscaping features
Through development and stewardship the Mount Pleasant Community will restore and
enhance individual features that currently cover approximately 8 (or 41 hectares) of the
area and create a Natural Heritage System that will cover approximately 19 (or 976 hectares)
of the community As development proceeds within the Mount Pleasant Community the
NHS will come into public ownership The City will be responsible to manage the NHS and our
goal is to support natural processes and regeneration that are beneficial to the health and
diversity of the natural features functions and habitat This will generally mean
bull Planting no-maintenance vegetative buffers between natural areas and private
properties using native trees shrubs and groundcovers
bull Not mowing pruning or spraying natural areas for weeds and insects
bull Allowing for annual flooding and ponding of water along East Huttonville Creek and
within wetlands and woodlands to maintain a natural hydrology that is critical for plant
and wildlife health and diversity
bull Allowingfor the natural loss of vegetation and regrowth of young trees and shrubs
bull Managing natural areas for invasive species such as Buckthorn and Norway Maple
bull Managing the urban trees along streets and parks for invasive species such as Emerald
Ash Borer
The Mount Pleasant Mobility Hub represents a large project that has created one-time
employment within the stipulated 2-year construction period as well generating annual
multipliers supporting Bramptons economic development for future generations
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 21
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario p [raquo^ )
5 OUR INVESTMENT - A COMMITMENT TO POST SECONDARY EDUCATION
The City of Brampton iscommitted to investing in this Strategy Below is a summary of the types of financial and in-kind investmentsthe municipality is prepared to make in order to realize this Strategy
bull Municipal Land Contribution
bull Municipal Commitment to Economic and Market Growth Policies
bull Municipal assistance on site servicing for digitally linked and virtual classrooms
laboratories office
bull Shared Infrastructure related to municipal services such as library field house gymnasium
bull Design an extensive planning process and design exercise that represents the highest
standard of excellence including engaging the community and surrounding land-owners
LEEDS Community and Environmental Design
bull Facilitating municipal and community partnerships to maximize utilization of spaces during
the May - August shoulder period
bull Economic development research grant to support research that fosters innovation and
commercialization
bull Support industry partnerships and innovative enterprises
bull Demonstrate commitment to a shared provincial municipal and university relationship
focused on a culture of open communication shared values community engagement and
volunteerism
bull Staff time and expertise dedicated to teams assigned to this Strategy
bull Leverage City of Brampton AAA Credit Rating by Standard amp Poors
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 22
APost-Secondary University Education Strategy Brampton Ontario p- ( ~ Q jL
6 IMPLEMENTATION STEPS
The following decision milestones guide the municipal commitment and stewardship of this
Strategy
bull Exploratory Meetings with Sheridan Executive and Chair of Governing Council
bull Preparation of Bramptons Post-Secondary Strategy Proposal
bull Presentation to Premier Wynne - Receive and Endorse Proposed Strategy
bull City Council approval of final post-secondary strategy and approval to enter into a
Memorandum of Understanding with Sheridan College ITAL to explore the feasibility of
establishing Sheridan University in Downtown Brampton
bull Execute an MOU with Sheridan
bull Complete the Feasibility Study for Goal 1
bull Form a project team to prepare the technical documents in support of an RFP related to
Goal 2 -Attract a new undergraduate and graduate research-oriented university campus
aligned with Bramptons vision and proposed site locations with reporting to Council
7 CONTACTS
Susan Fennell
Mayor
City of Brampton Tel 905-874-2600
John Corbett MCIP RPP
Chief Administrative Officer
City of Brampton Tel 905-874-2625
Creating andpreserving knowledge-basedjobs by enabling investments in post-secondary education research innovation and commercialization activities
is at the heart ofBramptons economic vision
Council Approved - November 6 2013 Page 23
APPENDIX 3
FI-V4shybullUTaarrgt-^M
Major
Capacity
Expansion
Policy
Framework
December 2013
Ministry of Training Colleges and Universities
pound Ontario
PI -IS
The Ontario Public Service endeavours to demonstrate leadership with respect to accessibility in Ontario Our goal isto ensure that Ontario government services products and focilities ore occessible to all our employees and to all members of the public we serve This document or the information that itcontains is available on request in alternative formats Please forward all requests for alternative formats to ServiceOntario ot 1-800-668-9938 (TTY 1-800-268-7095)
line publication equivolenle est disponible en francais sous le titre suivant (Mesttattgique pout Iocuoissement moeur de hcapocili 2013
This publication is also available on the Ministry ofTraining Colleges and Universities website at wwvontariocatcu 13-278 bull ISBN 978-1-4606-3428-8 (POF) bull copy Queens Printer for Ontario 2013
Contents
Vision 5
Context 5
Government Priorities 6
Components of the Policy Framework 7
Initial Review 7
Scope 7
Selection and Approval 9
Policy Implementation and Compliance 10
Appendix A
Contact Information and Checklist for Institutions Considering
Capacity Expansion 11
Appendix B
An Outline of the Review and Approval Process for Planned
Capacity Expansion Proposals 13
Appendix C
General Evaluation Criteria for Major Capacity Expansion 14
Pi-Vi
Vision
Ontarios colleges and universities will drive creativity innovation knowledge and community engagement through teaching and research They will put students first by providing the best possible learning experience for all qualified learners in an affordable and financially sustainable way ensuring high quality and globally competitive outcomes for students and Ontarios knowledge economy
Context
Between 2002-03 and 2012-13 the postsecondary education system in Ontario expanded substantially with full-time enrolment growing by over 160000 more than in any decade in the provinces history Ontario has been supporting enrolment growth across the college and university sectors through increases in operating grants enhancements to student financial aid and capital investments
Ontarios postsecondary institutions have been committed partners in their efforts to accommodate these unprecedented levels of enrolment growth and have thus contributed to expanding opportunities for students to pursue higher education in many communities across Ontario
At65 per cent Ontarios level of postsecondary attainment (college university and apprenticeship) in 2012 was higher than thatof any country in theOrganisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) The Ontario government has set a postsecondary education attainment target of 70 per cent to ensure that the province continues to benefit from the competitive advantage of its highly skilled and educated workforce in the global economy
In this context it is essential to ensure that in future the right spaces are created in the right places for Ontarios students This can be done by targeting areas in which population growth is strong but local postsecondary education capacity is limited
Population growth in Ontario has recently been - and is expected tocontinue to be - concentrated in a number of large urban areas Some of the regions and communities where strong
Fl-W
long-term demand growth is anticipated are not currently served by local campuses In those areas gaps have recently begun to appear between enrolment demand growth and the capacity to accommodate continued enrolment growth If left unaddressed those gaps are likely to widen over time
Projections are subject to uncertainty and caution should always be used when considering long-term forecasts Based on the ministrys latest assessment of demographics and long-term postsecondary education participation patterns enrolment demand growth will moderate in the near term but is expected to return to more rapid growth after 2020 with the potential for substantial enrolment increases over the longer term Consistent with recent trends long-term demand is expected to be greatest for degree-level programs
It is anticipated that the focus of most major capacity expansions in the future will be at the undergraduate degree level Students in rapidly growing communities have access to substantial local college facilities more than they do to local university campuses In addition although graduate enrolment has risen significantly in recent years it is much lower than enrolment at the undergraduate level and tends to be concentrated in fewer institutions
The timing of this anticipated growth in demand provides an important opportunity The province will have time to plan for and address postsecondary education capacity needs in areas of Ontario where communities are growing and where students need better and more affordable access to postsecondary education opportunities closer to home
Government Priorities
The Major Capacity Expansion Policy Framework set out in this document seeks to achieve the following objectives
bull Ensuring that future large-scale capacity expansion supports long-term postsecondary education priorities including institutional differentiation
bull Managing enrolment growth strategically in line with provincial growth planning priorities to address regional capacity gaps in underserved areas
bull Putting in place a transparent evidence-based decision making and implementation process
ldegt
9 Addressing affordability and sustainability for students institutions and the province by maximizing the cost-effectiveness of targeted investments
bull Creating local community and regional economic benefits leading to job creation and greater economic diversity
Components of the Policy Framework The components of the Major Capacity Expansion policy framework include
1) a description of the kinds of initiatives that will be within the scope of the new approval and selection process
2) the selection process and the criteria that will be used in evaluating proposals for approval after a call for proposals is made and
3) details on implementation and compliance
Initial Review
Any institution considering an initiative that involves an expansion ofcapacity should contact the ministry in writing using the checklist provided in Appendix A The ministry will review initiatives proposed by institutions on a case-by-case basis to determine whether the planned expansion is subject to the new selection and approval process outlined below The ministry will provide a response to the institutions request in writing clearly indicating whether a proposed project or initiative will be subject to the new Major Capacity Expansion selection and approval process Initiatives subject to the new process are not to proceed unless approved by the provincial government following a formal call for proposals
Scope
This policy framework addresses a significant provincial interest in the need for provincial management of future large-scale expansions in postsecondary education capacity Effective management and planning is also needed to help avoid potential conflicts that can arise between and among institutions sect with respect to the location of new facilities and campuses s
FI-H-0
The new approval and selection process is primarily focused on initiatives that are designed to accommodate significant long-term increases in the number of domestic full-time postsecondary education students Such large-scale initiatives could include expansions at existing locations or might involve the establishment of new campuses Initiatives could be partnerships including university-college collaborations that would also enhance students educational experience and student pathways
Recognizing thata wide range and variety of potential expansion opportunities exist in Ontarios diverse and complex postsecondary education system the ministry has avoided setting rigid parameters to define major capacity expansion However initiatives characterized by the following scale-related features are most likely to be subject to the new approval and selection process
0 accommodates enrolment growth of more than 1000 full-time students in the short term with the potential to accommodate longer-term growth of5000 to 10000 over the next twenty years (ie long-term enrolment comparable to enrolment at substantial existing college or university campuses)
8 adds new facilities (either owned or secured through long-term lease) larger than 70000 square feet (roughly 6500 square metres) designated primarily for academic purposes
raquo offers a broad range of programs with substantial new or expanded ancillary services (or shows clear potential for future growth in program offerings and ancillary services)
bull significantly improves local student access to postsecondary education in the short term (and has the potential to do so in the longer term) particularly in geographic locations that may be experiencing or are expected to develop capacity gaps
When reviewing a planned expansion the ministry will also take into consideration whether the initiative
bull competes with other capacity expansion initiatives in a particular geographic area or would have an impact on existing or already-planned postsecondary education facilities
bull in the case of proposed new campuses is outside the local area of the institutions existing campuses or is in a new community for the institution in terms of substantial permanent academic facilities For the purpose of this policy the local
FH+I
area of a campus is defined as the area within the median commuter shed for Census Metropolitan Areas in Ontario as specified by Statistics Canada (about 10 km)
Institutions making expansion proposals will be required to provide evidence of prior consultation with and support from other institutions that could be affected by the proposal confirmation of their own Board of Governors support for the proposal and confirmation of significant support from the local municipality or region
Selection and Approval Decisions about future large-scale postsecondary education capacityexpansion projects will be made on the basis of a formal transparent competitive process that will begin with a call for proposals directed to institutions Consideration will be given to proposals for large-scale expansion ofexisting campuses (main or satellite campuses) andor for the creation of new campuses
Calls for proposals will be directed to publicly assisted postsecondary education institutions in Ontario Eligibility to submit a proposal will in general be extended to all institutions however the government may decide to limit eligibility as appropriate depending on current circumstances and evolving provincial priorities
Municipalities interested in being considered as host locations for future major capacity expansion should work in collaboration with institutions that would be prepared to submit a proposal
Priority will be given to proposals in regions that have been experiencing sustained population and postsecondary education demand growth and that are underserved in terms of postsecondary education opportunities
The timing of future calls for proposals the number of projects selected for support and the level and timing of funding will be determined by the provincial government and will reflect a range of considerations including the fiscal environment
FI-M-1
When evaluating proposals the ministry will consider a setof criteria in the following categories consistent with its priorities for future capacity expansion (as outlined on page 6)
bull Strategic management of long-term enrolment growth and accessibility
bull Differentiation sustainability and accountability bull Economic impact raquo Quality innovation and competitiveness (including
institutional partnership options) bull Affordability for students and the province (including
substantial support from host communities)
Over time as circumstances change and priorities evolve the ministry may articulate additional requirements for the competitive process For details of general evaluation criteria refer to Appendix C Additional templates may be provided when a call for proposals is announced
Once the proposals have been evaluated the ministry will make recommendations to Cabinet for funding support for the selected proposals When one or more proposals have been selected and approved for funding bilateral agreements will be put in place between the institution(s) selected and the ministry
Policy Implementation and Compliance This policy framework will be effective immediately Institutions are encouraged to submit their expansion plans for initial review as soon as possible
If an initiative is determined to be outside the scope of this new approval and selection process itwill still be subject to other relevant ministry approval processes including but not limited to program approval and capital funding processes It will also have to be consistent with the terms of the Strategic Mandate Agreement established between the institution and the ministry
Failure to comply with the requirements setout in this policy framework will affect provincial funding Specifically new or expanded enrolment at the location of the expansion will not be recognized for funding through the college or university operating grants and the institution will not be eligible for provincial capital funding at the location Failure to comply could also affect future capital decisions by the provincial government
0 with respect to other locations
Fl-42gt
Appendix A Contact Information and Checklist for Institutions Considering Capacity Expansion
Institutions considering capacity expansion should direct a letter describing the project or initiative along with a completed checklist (see below) to
MCEsubmi53101iionfariocc1
The following checklist will help the ministry determine whether the planned expansion will be subject to the new approval and selection process under the MajorCapacity Expansion policy framework1
Please complete the checklist (copy and scan the completed form or create an e-file based on the template) and include it as an attachment to your communication to the ministry outlining your institutions planned capacity expansion project
Please provide additional information as needed in the Comments section of the checklist
1 A planned expansion that is deemed subject to the new selection and approval process is not to proceed unless approved by the province following a formal call for proposals A planned expansion that is deemed outside the scope of the Major Capacity Expansion approval and selection process will still be subject to other relevant ministry approval processes including but not limited to program approval and capital funding processes
pl-4-4shy
Checklist for Institutions Considering Capacity Expansion
Checklist Items
Size
How many full-time students would this initiative accommodate based on current plans
Is there potential for substantial longer-term enrolment growth If yes please provide a high-level estimate of potential enrolment
How much space (in sq ft) will be designated for academic purposes in the proposed facility (or expansion) Would new facilities be owned or secured through long-term lease
What is the credential mix of programs associated with this proposed expansion
What programs would be made available
Consultation
Have you consulted with other institutions that could be affected by this proposal
bull Which institution(s) have you consulted Are they supportive
Has your institution engaged its Board of Governors with respect to this proposal Is the board supportive
Is your proposal supported by the local municipality region in which it would be located
bull Will third-party resources (municipalities region other) be available to support this initiative What is the level of support expected
Location Services
Where would the new capacity be located (municipality region)
bull Is this a new locationcommunity for your institution
If proposing expansion at a new location is the location more than 10 km from existing campus(es)
Does the planned expansion include ancillary and student services
bull Please provide a list of services to be offered
Notes
Yes No Comme -
DD
an
a a
a a
bull a
bull a
bull a
bull This list is designed to provide information needed to determine whether a proposal will be deemed subject to the Major Capacity Expansion policy approval and selection process
bull Decisions will be made on a case-by-case basis If additional information is needed a representative of the Ministry ofTraining Colleges and Universities will contact the institution Please provide complete contact information including name position title email address and phone numbers
FI-H5
Appendix B An Outline of the Review and Approval Process for Planned Capacity Expansion Proposals
Chart 1 below outlines the steps in the assessment process that will be used to determine whether a planned capacity expansion will be deemed subject to the approval and selection process under the Major Capacity Expansion policy framework
Chart 2 outlines the steps in the process of selecting initiatives for funding under the Major Capacity Expansion policy framework
Chart 1 Initial Review - Is the Planned Expansion Subject to the Major Capacity Expansion Selection and Approval Process
The planned expansion
does not move forward
until approved by the
province following a Ministry reviews the institutions formal call for proposals
Institution submits a letter Failure to comply will submission to evaluate whether
describing the planned the planned expansion will be affect provincial funding
expansion with a completed subject to the new selection 1gt4^lt^t^fea1Vitaiiij4gtlJULJl^
and approval process under
for review the Major Capacity Expansion The planned expansion policy framework moves forward subject to
checklist to the ministry
Wampj^WJfeWamp$Si^^ all other ministry approval
processes (eg capital and
program approvals)
bulluiut^w-ww-yishy
Chart 2 SelectionApproval Process far a Major Capacity Expansion Following a Call for Proposals
Callfor proposals initiated Institutions submit Ministry assesses proposals Announcement of selected
by the province proposals against evaluation criteria initiatives to be supported
and brings forward selected for major capacity
proposals for Cabinet expansion
approval
raquoHSW^8raquoMJmmLiMH WOWluUdUJIUlbUitL
13
r
shy
Fl-Ho
enoix C General Evaluation Criteria for Major Capacity Expansion
Category Evaluation Criteria
Strategic Significant expansion of local postsecondary education opportunities for management students in underserved areas with growing demand based on long-term of long-term demographic trends enrolment Alignment with provincial priorities including Growth Plan priorities and
economic development initiativesgrowth and Clear potential to add substantial new capacity and support futureaccessibility enrolment growth in the postsecondary education sector
Differentiation Alignment with the institutions Strategic Mandate Agreement and goals sustainability and priorities of the Differentiation Policy Framework and Impact on nearby institutions accountability Effective and sustainable governance model including consideration
of the impact of distance from the expansion location for administration and academic experience Focus on undergraduate programs Range of programs offered locally and avoidance of unwarranted duplication of existing programming
Economic Demonstrated Value for Money including AFP options where impact appropriate and limits on provincial contributions
Tangible regional economic benefits combined with potential for province-wide benefit based on labour force skills and economic growth Demonstrated local economic benefits and linkages with local industries
Quality Innovative service delivery innovation Institutional partnership options including university-college collaboration and Postsecondary education quality and student experience (including
ancillary and student services)competitiveness
Affordabiiity Evidence of substantial support from host community including financial for students contributions and land ownership
Economies of scaleand the
province Linkages with local transportation for commuting students Potential for leveraging private sector resources Evidence of consideration ofalternatives to expansion proposal based on existing capacity and potential partnerships Proven financial health of institution with asset management plan in place Demonstrated labour market demand
Nofe These are the general criteria that will be used to guide the selection and approval of proposals submitted in response toa ministry call for proposals
N
News Release
Helping More Students Pursue Postsecondary Education
Ontario Calls for Expansion Proposals from Universities March 272014 945 am
Office of the Premier
Premier Kathleen Wynne announced today that the government is taking steps to
ensure that more students can pursue undergraduate degrees close to home The
province is inviting universities to submit proposals for new or expanded campuses in
underserved areas (colleges are encouraged to partner with universities to submit
proposals)
This call for proposals is part of the governments commitment to provide funding for
60000 additional postsecondary education spaces across Ontario The government will
collaborate closely with municipalities colleges and universities to ensure that capacity
is increased where it is needed the most
The proposals will be evaluated based on their potential to
bull Increase postsecondary spaces in underserved areas
bull Improve quality innovation and competitiveness
bull Demonstrate cost-effectiveness to both students and taxpayers
bull Help stimulate growth and economic development in Ontario
This will help establish a formal transparent and competitive process to evaluate
decisions about future expansions
Improving access to postsecondary education is part of the Ontario governments
economic plan that is creating jobs for today and tomorrow The comprehensive plan
and its six priorities focus on Ontarios greatest strengths -- its people and strategic
partnerships
Fl-M
Quick Facts
The call for proposals is open to all publicly assisted universities and all colleges of
applied arts and technology in Ontario with a deadline for submissions of Sept 26
2014 Colleges must partner with universities to be eligible for major capacity
expansion projects
Municipalities interested in being considered as host locations are expected to work
in collaboration with institutions that are submitting a proposal
The province released the Major Capacity Expansion Policy Framework in December
2013 to identify priority areas for growth
In the last 10 years full-time enrolment in Ontarios postsecondary system has grown
by more than 160000 mdash more than in any decade in the provinces history
bull The provinces 30 off Tuition Grant helped more than 230000 students start
college or university last year
Quotes
Fl-M
We are committed to helping more students get the postsecondary education they need to succeed
We want to bridge Ontarios skills gap and ensure that young people are equipped with all the right
skills mdash no matter where they live
Kathleen Wynne
Premier of Ontario
Expanding and creating new postsecondary campuses where they are needed most will help
ensure that more students have the opportunity to get a world-class education while staying close to
home Were working closely with our postsecondary partners to make sure the right spaces are in
the right places
Brad Duguid
Minister of Training Colleges and Universities
Laurier Brantford has provided immeasurable benefits to both local students and the citys
downtown revitalization This announcement signifies similar economic development partnerships
between municipalities and postsecondary institutions leading to new jobs and increased prosperity
for more communities across Ontario Chris Friel Mayor City of Brantford
PI-so
^^js^-^
Major
Capacity
Expansion
Call for
Proposals
GUIDELINES
March 2014
Ministry of Training Colleges and Universities
w^ Ontario
Fl-SI
The Ontario Public Service endeavours to demonstrate leadership with respect to accessibility in Ontario Our gool is to ensure that Ontario government services products and facilities are occessible to all our employees and to all members ofthe public we serve This document or the inlormolion that itcontains is available on request in alternative formats Pleose forward all requests lor alternative formats to ServiceOntario at1-800-668-9938 (TTY 1-800-268-709S)
line publication equivolente est disponible en francais sous le litre suivont Appel de propositions pour Ioccroissement moieur de la capocM - lignes directrices
This publication is also available on the Ministry olTraining Colleges and Universities website atwwivontariocatcu 13-323 bull ISBN 978-1-4606-3802-6 (PDF) bull copy Queens Printer for Ontario 2014
2014
Fi-sa
Contents
1 Background 5
2 Timelines for Submitting a Proposal 5
3 Notice of Intent 5
4 Eligible Applicants 6
5 Eligible Projects 6
6 Major Capacity Expansion General Evaluation Criteria 7
7 Weighting 8
8 Assessment and Ranking 9
9 Communications Protocol 13
10 Role of Infrastructure Ontario and Alternative
Financing and Procurement 13
11 The Selection Process and Funding 14
12 Components of the Submission 14
13 Links to Related Documents and Resources 16
14 Disclosure of Information 16
15 Call for Proposals Timeline 16
PI-S3
1 Background The ministry released its Major Capacity Expansion Policy Framework on December 20 2013 A commitment was made to
issue a Call for Proposals in early 2014
This Call for Proposals represents the beginning of a process that will lead to the selection of successful proposals which collectively will meet provincial goals for postsecondary education in Ontario - increased capacity at the undergraduate degree level greater affordability for students institutions and the province improved institutional differentiation and regional economic benefits This process will be guided by principles of fairness competitiveness and transparency and by a commitment to serve the public interest
This long-term initiative will help ensure that our postsecondary education system will have the right spaces in the right places for Ontario students
2 Timelines for Submitting a Proposal The closing date for submission of a Notice of Intent is June 27 2014
The closing date for submission of the full proposal is September 26 2014
Submissions must be received by the ministry on or before these dates
3 Notice of Intent
The Notice of Intent is a one-page overview of the proposed project Proposals will not be considered unless a Notice of Intent is received by the deadline ofJune 27 2014 To ensure transparency and competitiveness every Notice of Intent submitted to the ministry will be posted on the Postsecondary Education Partners Gateway website within 30 days of the submission date
Fl-Sf
4 Eligible Applicants In view of the focus on undergraduate degree capacity it is expected that submissions will be led by universities butcollegeshyuniversity partnership models are encouraged
All proposals must demonstrate need (ie expansion should be located in areas thatare currently underserved by postsecondary education andor thatare expected to experience significant future growth in enrolment demand)
5 Eligible Projects Recognizing the wide range and variety of potential expansion opportunities the ministry continues to avoid setting rigid parameters to define major capacityexpansion However as stated in the Major Capacity Expansion Policy Framework initiatives characterized by the following scale-related features are most likely to be subject to this approval and selection process
bull accommodates enrolment growth of more than 1000 full-time students in the short term with the potential to accommodate longer-term growth of 5000 to 10000 over the next twenty years (ie long-term enrolment comparable to enrolment at substantial existing collegeor university campuses)
bull adds new facilities (either owned or secured through long-term lease) larger than 70000 square feet (roughly 6500 square metres) designated primarily for academic purposes
bull offers a broad range of programs with substantial new or expanded ancillary services (or shows clear potential for future growth in program offerings and student and ancillary services)
bull significantly improves local student access to postsecondary education in the short term (and has the potential to continue to do so in the longer term) particularly in geographic locations that may be experiencing or are expected to develop capacity gaps at the undergraduate degree level
PI-S5
6 Major Capacity Expansion General Evaluation Criteria
The following general evaluation criteria were included in the Major Capacity Expansion Policy Framework These criteria will be used to assess proposals Institutions should demonstrate the alignment of their proposed projects with the criteria and may do so in any format suitable to them
Priority Objectives
Strategic management of long-term enrolment growth and accessibility
Differentiation sustainability and accountability
Economic impact
Quality innovation and competitiveness
General Criteria
bull Significant expansion of local postsecondary education opportunities for students in underserved areas with growing demand based on long-term demographic trends
bull Alignment with provincial priorities including Growth Plan priorities and economic development initiatives
bull Clear potential to add substantial new capacity and support future enrolment growth in the postsecondary education sector
Alignment with the institutions Strategic Mandate Agreement (SMA) and goals and priorities of the Differentiation Policy Framework Impact on nearby institutions Effective and sustainable governance model including consideration ofthe impact ofdistance from the expansion location for administration and academic experience Focus on undergraduate programs Range of programs offered locally and avoidance ofunwarranted duplication ofexisting programming
Tangible regional economic benefits combined with potential for province-wide benefit based on labour force skills and economic growth Demonstrated local economic benefits and linkages with local industries
Demonstrated Value for Money including Alternative Financing and Procurement (AFP) options where appropriate and limits on provincial contributions
Institutional partnership options including university-college collaboration
Innovative service delivery Postsecondary education quality and student experience (including student and ancillary services)
(continued)
Fl-5b
Priority Objectives General Criteria
Affordability for bull Evidence of substantial support from hostcommunity including students and the financial contributions and land ownership province bull Economies of scale
bull Linkages with local transportation for commuting students bull Potential for leveraging private sector resources bull Evidence of consideration of alternatives to expansion proposal
based on existing capacity and potential partnerships bull Proven financial health of institution with asset management plan
in place bull Demonstrated labour market demand
7 Weighting The evaluation criteria for the assessment of institutional
proposals will be weighted as follows
Category Weight
Section A Meeting Demand 30
bull Strategic management of long-term enrolment growth and accessibility
Section B Demonstrated Affordability 40
bull Affordability for students and the province
Section C Academic and Economic Considerations 30
bull Differentiation sustainability and accountability bull Economic impact bull Quality innovation and competitiveness (including institutional partnership
options)
PI-SI
8 Assessment and Ranking Funding will be awarded on a competitive basis and proposals will be evaluated for suitability using defined criteria Institutions should use both qualitative and quantitative analysis to demonstrate the alignment of their proposals with the general evaluation criteria
SECTION A MEETING DEMAND (30)
Proposals should demonstrate alignment with some or all of the following criteria
Priority Objective 1 Strategic management of long-term enrolment growth and accessibility
General Evaluation Criteria
1 Significant expansion of local postsecondary education opportunities for students in underserved areas with growing demand based on long-term demographic trends
2 Alignment with provincial priorities including Growth Plan priorities and economic development initiatives
3 Clear potential to add substantial new capacity and support future enrolment growth in the postsecondary education sector
Possible Alignment Measures
bull Demographic growth projections for location bull Existing enrolment capacity at institutions in
the proximity of the proposed expansion bull Estimated enrolment capacity ofthe
expansion and projected net increase in undergraduate enrolment
bull Number of students from the area of the intended expansion who are currently attending the institution(s)
Possible Information to Build Evidence Base
bull Institutions long-term enrolment master plan bull Joint campus master plan for partnerships (if applicable) bull Long-term enrolment viability study bull Completed enrolment table in the proposal template stating all assumptions bull Community profile demonstrating future demand in the area bull Documented support from and alignment with plans of any associated agencies municipalities
or other entities
bull Consideration of relevant provincial population and employment projections bull Consideration of key provincial policy directions relating to the location of public institutions and
their associated economic impacts (eg ability to contribute to urban revitalization efforts) bull Evidence of program demand (eg number of applications)
FI-5J
SECTION B DEMONSTRATED AFFORDABILITY (40)
Proposals should demonstrate alignment with some or all of the following criteria
Priority Objective 2 Affordability for students and the province
General Evaluation Criteria
1 Evidence of substantial support from host community including financial contributions and land ownership
2 Economies of scale 3 Linkages with local transportation for
commuting students 4 Potential for leveraging private sector
resources
5 Evidence of consideration of alternatives to expansion proposal based on existing capacity and potential partnerships
6 Proven financial health of institution with asset management plan in place
7 Demonstrated labour market demand
Possible Alignment Measures
bull Total cost of project and expected provincial contribution
bull Cost-benefit analysis ofexpanding an existing assetor building at a new location (or a combination thereof)
bull Distance from current campuses bull Current assetmanagement plan including
effects of expansion on Facilities Condition Index
bull Public transit capacity to the institution and between campuses
bull Debtasset ratioof institution(s) bull Energy sources and efficiency initiatives
(including proposed LEED certification) bull Long-term financial viability bull Existing student employment KPIs
Possible Information to Build Evidence Base
bull Detailed project costing information including projected cash flow requirements and net impact on operating cost
bull Business case demonstrating need for expansiori (existing campus only) including a service gap analysis
bull Letters of support from potential partners indicating details of financial andor in-kind contributions (eg land ownership)
bull Local transportation plan(s) showing current anc1planned public access to site (short- and long-term)
bull Independent verification of total expansion proj set cost
bull Financial health analysis including recent finan cial statements
bull Documentation of preliminary environmental assessment bull Control and ownership of buildings and equipment (partnerships only) bull Long-term forecast of incremental operating expenses and revenues (grants third party revenues)
as a result ofthe proposed project
PI-S9
SECTION C ACADEMIC AND ECONOMIC CONSIDERATIONS (30)
Proposals should demonstrate alignment with some or all of the following criteria
Priority Objective 3 Differentiation sustainability and accountability
General Evaluation Criteria
1Alignment with the institutions Strategic Mandate Agreement (SMA) and goals and priorities of the Differentiation Policy Framework
2 Impact on nearby institutions 3 Effective and sustainable governance model
including consideration of the impact of distance from the expansion location for administration and academic experience
4 Focus on undergraduate programs 5 Range of programs offered locally and
avoidance of unwarranted duplication of existing programming
Possible Alignment Measures
bull Assessment of alignment with SMA bull Proposed programs their alignment with
the institutions strengths and an overview ofsimilar existing programs offered by institutions near the expansion
bull Ranking of institution(s) on applications by students from the proposed area
Possible Information to Build Evidence Base
bull Finalized SMA
bull Program information (initial and planned) bull Overview of proposed institutional governance model bull Consultation overview including results of discussions with affected institutions and letters of
support (if applicable)
pi-to
Priority Objective 4 Economic impact
General Evaluation Criteria
1Tangible regional economic benefits combined with potential for province-wide benefit based on labour force skills and economic growth
2 Demonstrated local economic benefits and linkages with local industries
3 Demonstrated Value for Money including Alternative Financing and Procurement (AFP) options where appropriate and limits on provincial contributions
Possible Alignment Measures
bull Local economic benefits bull Alignment of programs with regional and
Ontario labour market needs
bull Expected financing cost (if any) bull Jobs created (short-term associated with
building period and ongoing) bull Ongoing jobs created at expansion bull Value for Money analysis related to proposed
procurement model
Possible Information to Build Evidence Base
bull An economic impact study or value planning study to demonstrate the projects potential to provide direct economic benefits for the surrounding area (eg by helping to revitalize the community unlock local development potential build the taxbase and leverage existing infrastructure and investments)
Priority Objective 5 Quality innovation and competitiveness
General Evaluation Criteria
1 Institutional partnership options including university-college collaboration
2 Innovative service delivery 3 Postsecondary education quality and student
experience (including student and ancillary services)
Possible Alignment Measures
bull Institutional track record with partnerships bull Assessment ofproposed academic plan and
service delivery bull Range of planned student and ancillary
services compared with services at existing campuses (short- and long-term)
bull Existing student experience (KPIs student outcomes)
Possible Information to Build Evidence Base
bull Institutions Strategic Plan bull Business case in support ofproposed academic plan including partnerships with relevant
raquo information aboutcurriculumpedagogy raquo financial information
raquo interjurisdictional case studies and examples bull Impact analysis with respect toacademic and administrative quality and quality of experience bull Overview of new program accreditation required ifapplicable
12
Fl-fel
9 Communications Protocol
Proposal submissions must be received at MCEsubmissions ontarioca by September 26 2014 Late submissions will not be accepted
Specific questions submitted to the ministry as part of the process will be answered and will be made available to all participants
To ensure a fair and transparent process the ministry will not provide any advisory services to institutions on an individual basis
10 Role of Infrastructure Ontario and Alternative
Financing and Procurement Infrastructure Ontario is a Crown agency of the Government of Ontario It is focused on modernizing and financing the renewal of public infrastructure maximizing the value of public real estate and managing government facilities It also provides expertise in project delivery lending real estate management and asset planning Infrastructure Ontario now has a greater role in procuring infrastructure as well engaging in both traditional forms of procurement and alternative financing and procurement (AFP) when appropriate
As indicated in the Ministry of Infrastructures Building Together Plan and in the provincial governments planning and budgeting process recommendations will be made on the procurement method and delivery of all college infrastructure projects valued at more than $50 million In addition universities with successful projects and associated provincial grants in excess of $100 million will be required to consult with Infrastructure Ontario The $100 million threshold may be lowered in future years
The criteria for assessing these projects could include scope complexity and value-for-money assessment with input from the ministry and Infrastructure Ontario
13
Pl-bl
11 The Selection Process and Funding The ministry will oversee the process leading to the selection of successful applications A multi-ministry panel will review the applications and make recommendations to Cabinet through the Ministry of Training Colleges and Universities Cabinetwill make the final decision aboutsuccessful projects andor future courses of action
Funding for successful projects will be provided subsequently The number of projects selected for support as well as the level and timing of funding will be determined by the provincial government and will reflect a range of considerations including the fiscal environment
12 Components of the Submission The following components of the submission are to be provided to the ministry by the dates indicated In addition to what is required below institutions may submit their proposals in any format that they believe best demonstrates the strengths of their proposed project with due attention to the relevance and conciseness of information supplied (Note that institutions may be asked to revise and re-submit their proposals ifexcessive amounts of information are provided)
All submissions must be preceded by
bull A Notice of Intent to be received by the ministry no later than June 27 2014
The Notices of Intent will give the ministry an early overview of interest in Major Capacity Expansion
14
pl-fe
The components of the proposal submission to be received by the ministry no later than September 26r 2014 are as follows
bull A completed checklist
A checklist is included in the Call for Proposals package The checklist must be completed and included in the submission (The checklist is reproduced from Appendix A of the Major Capacity Expansion Policy Framework page 12)
bull A completed capital template
Please refer to the template included in the Call for Proposals package The template requests detailed information on enrolment projections and funding sources This information must be provided using the template but it may also be presented in a different format in the context of the overall presentation
bull Supplementary information
Institutions are welcome to submit supplementary information to support their proposal Supplementary information may include a business case environmental impact studies and any other information or documentation that substantiates the proposal As noted earlier conciseness and relevance of information are
valued
Pleasealso include evidence of support for your proposal (including documentation of land ownership or leasing contracts documentation of municipal or other funding and letters of support)
In the case of a joint university-college submission approval under s 28 of the Financial Administration Act is required for financing if the debt is related to Colleges or if there is a contingent liability
15
Fl-b4shy
13 Links to Related Documents and Resources
Major Capacity Expansion Policy Framework
Differentiation Policy Framework
Places to Grow
Building Together
14 Disclosure of Information
The Freedom of Information and Protection of Privacy Act (FIPPA) applies to information in the custody or under the control of the ministry Institutions should identify whether any information in their proposals is submitted in confidence within the meaning of s 17 of FIPPA The proposals may be shared with a multi-ministry panel or other advisers that the ministry retains to assist with the assessment of the proposals
15 Call for Proposals Timeline
Date Deliverable
March 27 2014 Release of Call for Proposals
June 27 2014 Notice of Intent
September 26 2014 Close of Call for Proposals
Contact Information
Ministry staff may need to contact institutions to clarify details or request additional information Please provide complete and current contact information in your submission
16
![Page 25: Pl-I *^ BRAMPTON ReP°rt of Cou… · Pi-2> Current Situation: Following Council approval of its Post-Secondary Education Strategy on November 6, ... Call for Proposals Timeline .](https://reader033.fdocuments.in/reader033/viewer/2022060721/6080f345afc78e210d009525/html5/thumbnails/25.jpg)
![Page 26: Pl-I *^ BRAMPTON ReP°rt of Cou… · Pi-2> Current Situation: Following Council approval of its Post-Secondary Education Strategy on November 6, ... Call for Proposals Timeline .](https://reader033.fdocuments.in/reader033/viewer/2022060721/6080f345afc78e210d009525/html5/thumbnails/26.jpg)
![Page 27: Pl-I *^ BRAMPTON ReP°rt of Cou… · Pi-2> Current Situation: Following Council approval of its Post-Secondary Education Strategy on November 6, ... Call for Proposals Timeline .](https://reader033.fdocuments.in/reader033/viewer/2022060721/6080f345afc78e210d009525/html5/thumbnails/27.jpg)
![Page 28: Pl-I *^ BRAMPTON ReP°rt of Cou… · Pi-2> Current Situation: Following Council approval of its Post-Secondary Education Strategy on November 6, ... Call for Proposals Timeline .](https://reader033.fdocuments.in/reader033/viewer/2022060721/6080f345afc78e210d009525/html5/thumbnails/28.jpg)
![Page 29: Pl-I *^ BRAMPTON ReP°rt of Cou… · Pi-2> Current Situation: Following Council approval of its Post-Secondary Education Strategy on November 6, ... Call for Proposals Timeline .](https://reader033.fdocuments.in/reader033/viewer/2022060721/6080f345afc78e210d009525/html5/thumbnails/29.jpg)
![Page 30: Pl-I *^ BRAMPTON ReP°rt of Cou… · Pi-2> Current Situation: Following Council approval of its Post-Secondary Education Strategy on November 6, ... Call for Proposals Timeline .](https://reader033.fdocuments.in/reader033/viewer/2022060721/6080f345afc78e210d009525/html5/thumbnails/30.jpg)
![Page 31: Pl-I *^ BRAMPTON ReP°rt of Cou… · Pi-2> Current Situation: Following Council approval of its Post-Secondary Education Strategy on November 6, ... Call for Proposals Timeline .](https://reader033.fdocuments.in/reader033/viewer/2022060721/6080f345afc78e210d009525/html5/thumbnails/31.jpg)
![Page 32: Pl-I *^ BRAMPTON ReP°rt of Cou… · Pi-2> Current Situation: Following Council approval of its Post-Secondary Education Strategy on November 6, ... Call for Proposals Timeline .](https://reader033.fdocuments.in/reader033/viewer/2022060721/6080f345afc78e210d009525/html5/thumbnails/32.jpg)
![Page 33: Pl-I *^ BRAMPTON ReP°rt of Cou… · Pi-2> Current Situation: Following Council approval of its Post-Secondary Education Strategy on November 6, ... Call for Proposals Timeline .](https://reader033.fdocuments.in/reader033/viewer/2022060721/6080f345afc78e210d009525/html5/thumbnails/33.jpg)
![Page 34: Pl-I *^ BRAMPTON ReP°rt of Cou… · Pi-2> Current Situation: Following Council approval of its Post-Secondary Education Strategy on November 6, ... Call for Proposals Timeline .](https://reader033.fdocuments.in/reader033/viewer/2022060721/6080f345afc78e210d009525/html5/thumbnails/34.jpg)
![Page 35: Pl-I *^ BRAMPTON ReP°rt of Cou… · Pi-2> Current Situation: Following Council approval of its Post-Secondary Education Strategy on November 6, ... Call for Proposals Timeline .](https://reader033.fdocuments.in/reader033/viewer/2022060721/6080f345afc78e210d009525/html5/thumbnails/35.jpg)
![Page 36: Pl-I *^ BRAMPTON ReP°rt of Cou… · Pi-2> Current Situation: Following Council approval of its Post-Secondary Education Strategy on November 6, ... Call for Proposals Timeline .](https://reader033.fdocuments.in/reader033/viewer/2022060721/6080f345afc78e210d009525/html5/thumbnails/36.jpg)
![Page 37: Pl-I *^ BRAMPTON ReP°rt of Cou… · Pi-2> Current Situation: Following Council approval of its Post-Secondary Education Strategy on November 6, ... Call for Proposals Timeline .](https://reader033.fdocuments.in/reader033/viewer/2022060721/6080f345afc78e210d009525/html5/thumbnails/37.jpg)
![Page 38: Pl-I *^ BRAMPTON ReP°rt of Cou… · Pi-2> Current Situation: Following Council approval of its Post-Secondary Education Strategy on November 6, ... Call for Proposals Timeline .](https://reader033.fdocuments.in/reader033/viewer/2022060721/6080f345afc78e210d009525/html5/thumbnails/38.jpg)
![Page 39: Pl-I *^ BRAMPTON ReP°rt of Cou… · Pi-2> Current Situation: Following Council approval of its Post-Secondary Education Strategy on November 6, ... Call for Proposals Timeline .](https://reader033.fdocuments.in/reader033/viewer/2022060721/6080f345afc78e210d009525/html5/thumbnails/39.jpg)
![Page 40: Pl-I *^ BRAMPTON ReP°rt of Cou… · Pi-2> Current Situation: Following Council approval of its Post-Secondary Education Strategy on November 6, ... Call for Proposals Timeline .](https://reader033.fdocuments.in/reader033/viewer/2022060721/6080f345afc78e210d009525/html5/thumbnails/40.jpg)
![Page 41: Pl-I *^ BRAMPTON ReP°rt of Cou… · Pi-2> Current Situation: Following Council approval of its Post-Secondary Education Strategy on November 6, ... Call for Proposals Timeline .](https://reader033.fdocuments.in/reader033/viewer/2022060721/6080f345afc78e210d009525/html5/thumbnails/41.jpg)
![Page 42: Pl-I *^ BRAMPTON ReP°rt of Cou… · Pi-2> Current Situation: Following Council approval of its Post-Secondary Education Strategy on November 6, ... Call for Proposals Timeline .](https://reader033.fdocuments.in/reader033/viewer/2022060721/6080f345afc78e210d009525/html5/thumbnails/42.jpg)
![Page 43: Pl-I *^ BRAMPTON ReP°rt of Cou… · Pi-2> Current Situation: Following Council approval of its Post-Secondary Education Strategy on November 6, ... Call for Proposals Timeline .](https://reader033.fdocuments.in/reader033/viewer/2022060721/6080f345afc78e210d009525/html5/thumbnails/43.jpg)
![Page 44: Pl-I *^ BRAMPTON ReP°rt of Cou… · Pi-2> Current Situation: Following Council approval of its Post-Secondary Education Strategy on November 6, ... Call for Proposals Timeline .](https://reader033.fdocuments.in/reader033/viewer/2022060721/6080f345afc78e210d009525/html5/thumbnails/44.jpg)
![Page 45: Pl-I *^ BRAMPTON ReP°rt of Cou… · Pi-2> Current Situation: Following Council approval of its Post-Secondary Education Strategy on November 6, ... Call for Proposals Timeline .](https://reader033.fdocuments.in/reader033/viewer/2022060721/6080f345afc78e210d009525/html5/thumbnails/45.jpg)
![Page 46: Pl-I *^ BRAMPTON ReP°rt of Cou… · Pi-2> Current Situation: Following Council approval of its Post-Secondary Education Strategy on November 6, ... Call for Proposals Timeline .](https://reader033.fdocuments.in/reader033/viewer/2022060721/6080f345afc78e210d009525/html5/thumbnails/46.jpg)
![Page 47: Pl-I *^ BRAMPTON ReP°rt of Cou… · Pi-2> Current Situation: Following Council approval of its Post-Secondary Education Strategy on November 6, ... Call for Proposals Timeline .](https://reader033.fdocuments.in/reader033/viewer/2022060721/6080f345afc78e210d009525/html5/thumbnails/47.jpg)
![Page 48: Pl-I *^ BRAMPTON ReP°rt of Cou… · Pi-2> Current Situation: Following Council approval of its Post-Secondary Education Strategy on November 6, ... Call for Proposals Timeline .](https://reader033.fdocuments.in/reader033/viewer/2022060721/6080f345afc78e210d009525/html5/thumbnails/48.jpg)
![Page 49: Pl-I *^ BRAMPTON ReP°rt of Cou… · Pi-2> Current Situation: Following Council approval of its Post-Secondary Education Strategy on November 6, ... Call for Proposals Timeline .](https://reader033.fdocuments.in/reader033/viewer/2022060721/6080f345afc78e210d009525/html5/thumbnails/49.jpg)
![Page 50: Pl-I *^ BRAMPTON ReP°rt of Cou… · Pi-2> Current Situation: Following Council approval of its Post-Secondary Education Strategy on November 6, ... Call for Proposals Timeline .](https://reader033.fdocuments.in/reader033/viewer/2022060721/6080f345afc78e210d009525/html5/thumbnails/50.jpg)
![Page 51: Pl-I *^ BRAMPTON ReP°rt of Cou… · Pi-2> Current Situation: Following Council approval of its Post-Secondary Education Strategy on November 6, ... Call for Proposals Timeline .](https://reader033.fdocuments.in/reader033/viewer/2022060721/6080f345afc78e210d009525/html5/thumbnails/51.jpg)
![Page 52: Pl-I *^ BRAMPTON ReP°rt of Cou… · Pi-2> Current Situation: Following Council approval of its Post-Secondary Education Strategy on November 6, ... Call for Proposals Timeline .](https://reader033.fdocuments.in/reader033/viewer/2022060721/6080f345afc78e210d009525/html5/thumbnails/52.jpg)
![Page 53: Pl-I *^ BRAMPTON ReP°rt of Cou… · Pi-2> Current Situation: Following Council approval of its Post-Secondary Education Strategy on November 6, ... Call for Proposals Timeline .](https://reader033.fdocuments.in/reader033/viewer/2022060721/6080f345afc78e210d009525/html5/thumbnails/53.jpg)
![Page 54: Pl-I *^ BRAMPTON ReP°rt of Cou… · Pi-2> Current Situation: Following Council approval of its Post-Secondary Education Strategy on November 6, ... Call for Proposals Timeline .](https://reader033.fdocuments.in/reader033/viewer/2022060721/6080f345afc78e210d009525/html5/thumbnails/54.jpg)
![Page 55: Pl-I *^ BRAMPTON ReP°rt of Cou… · Pi-2> Current Situation: Following Council approval of its Post-Secondary Education Strategy on November 6, ... Call for Proposals Timeline .](https://reader033.fdocuments.in/reader033/viewer/2022060721/6080f345afc78e210d009525/html5/thumbnails/55.jpg)
![Page 56: Pl-I *^ BRAMPTON ReP°rt of Cou… · Pi-2> Current Situation: Following Council approval of its Post-Secondary Education Strategy on November 6, ... Call for Proposals Timeline .](https://reader033.fdocuments.in/reader033/viewer/2022060721/6080f345afc78e210d009525/html5/thumbnails/56.jpg)
![Page 57: Pl-I *^ BRAMPTON ReP°rt of Cou… · Pi-2> Current Situation: Following Council approval of its Post-Secondary Education Strategy on November 6, ... Call for Proposals Timeline .](https://reader033.fdocuments.in/reader033/viewer/2022060721/6080f345afc78e210d009525/html5/thumbnails/57.jpg)
![Page 58: Pl-I *^ BRAMPTON ReP°rt of Cou… · Pi-2> Current Situation: Following Council approval of its Post-Secondary Education Strategy on November 6, ... Call for Proposals Timeline .](https://reader033.fdocuments.in/reader033/viewer/2022060721/6080f345afc78e210d009525/html5/thumbnails/58.jpg)
![Page 59: Pl-I *^ BRAMPTON ReP°rt of Cou… · Pi-2> Current Situation: Following Council approval of its Post-Secondary Education Strategy on November 6, ... Call for Proposals Timeline .](https://reader033.fdocuments.in/reader033/viewer/2022060721/6080f345afc78e210d009525/html5/thumbnails/59.jpg)
![Page 60: Pl-I *^ BRAMPTON ReP°rt of Cou… · Pi-2> Current Situation: Following Council approval of its Post-Secondary Education Strategy on November 6, ... Call for Proposals Timeline .](https://reader033.fdocuments.in/reader033/viewer/2022060721/6080f345afc78e210d009525/html5/thumbnails/60.jpg)
![Page 61: Pl-I *^ BRAMPTON ReP°rt of Cou… · Pi-2> Current Situation: Following Council approval of its Post-Secondary Education Strategy on November 6, ... Call for Proposals Timeline .](https://reader033.fdocuments.in/reader033/viewer/2022060721/6080f345afc78e210d009525/html5/thumbnails/61.jpg)
![Page 62: Pl-I *^ BRAMPTON ReP°rt of Cou… · Pi-2> Current Situation: Following Council approval of its Post-Secondary Education Strategy on November 6, ... Call for Proposals Timeline .](https://reader033.fdocuments.in/reader033/viewer/2022060721/6080f345afc78e210d009525/html5/thumbnails/62.jpg)
![Page 63: Pl-I *^ BRAMPTON ReP°rt of Cou… · Pi-2> Current Situation: Following Council approval of its Post-Secondary Education Strategy on November 6, ... Call for Proposals Timeline .](https://reader033.fdocuments.in/reader033/viewer/2022060721/6080f345afc78e210d009525/html5/thumbnails/63.jpg)
![Page 64: Pl-I *^ BRAMPTON ReP°rt of Cou… · Pi-2> Current Situation: Following Council approval of its Post-Secondary Education Strategy on November 6, ... Call for Proposals Timeline .](https://reader033.fdocuments.in/reader033/viewer/2022060721/6080f345afc78e210d009525/html5/thumbnails/64.jpg)